--- /dev/null
+\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@c Copyright 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c
+@c %**start of header
+@c makeinfo ignores cmds prev to setfilename, so its arg cannot make use
+@c of @set vars. However, you can override filename with makeinfo -o.
+@setfilename gdb.info
+@c
+@include gdb-cfg.texi
+@c
+@ifset GENERIC
+@settitle Using the Graphical Interface to @value{GDBN}
+@end ifset
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@settitle Using the Graphical Interface to @value{GDBN} (@value{TARGET})
+@end ifclear
+@setchapternewpage odd
+@c %**end of header
+
+@c Since this interface is so new, there is much missing still.
+@c Desired but unimplemented features are commented out.
+
+@iftex
+@c @smallbook
+@c @cropmarks
+@end iftex
+
+@finalout
+@syncodeindex ky cp
+
+@c readline appendices use @vindex
+@syncodeindex vr cp
+
+@c !!set GDB manual's edition---not the same as GDB version!
+@set EDITION 4.13
+
+@c !!set GDB manual's revision date
+@set DATE January 1995
+
+@c THIS MANUAL REQUIRES TEXINFO-2 macros and info-makers to format properly.
+
+@ifinfo
+@c This is a dir.info fragment to support semi-automated addition of
+@c manuals to an info tree. zoo@cygnus.com is developing this facility.
+@format
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* Gdb: (gdb). The GNU debugger.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+@end format
+@end ifinfo
+@c
+@c
+@ifinfo
+This file documents the graphical interface to the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
+
+
+This is Edition @value{EDITION}, @value{DATE},
+of @cite{Using the Graphical Interface to @value{GDBN}}
+for GDB Version @value{GDBVN}.
+
+Copyright (C) 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+@ignore
+Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
+notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
+(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+
+@end ignore
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
+@end ifinfo
+
+@titlepage
+@title Using the Graphical Interface to @value{GDBN}
+@subtitle The GNU Source-Level Debugger
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@subtitle (@value{TARGET})
+@end ifclear
+@sp 1
+@subtitle Edition @value{EDITION}, for @value{GDBN} version @value{GDBVN}
+@subtitle @value{DATE}
+@author Stanley T. Shebs
+@page
+@tex
+{\parskip=0pt
+\hfill (Send bugs and comments on @value{GDBN} to bug-gdb\@prep.ai.mit.edu.)\par
+\hfill {\it Debugging with @value{GDBN}}\par
+\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
+\hfill doc\@cygnus.com\par
+}
+@end tex
+
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+Copyright @copyright{} 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@sp 2
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
+@end titlepage
+@page
+
+@ifinfo
+@node Top
+@top Using the Graphical Interface to @value{GDBN}
+@end ifinfo
+
+This file describes a graphical interface to @value{GDBN},
+the GNU symbolic debugger.
+
+@node Invocation
+@chapter Starting up GUI @value{GDBN}
+
+If @value{GDBN} has been configured to use the graphical interface,
+then you will get the interface automatically upon startup.
+
+When running as a Unix program and using the X11-based interface,
+you must of course be using an X server and/or workstation,
+and your @code{DISPLAY} environment variable must be set correctly.
+If either of these is not true, then @value{GDBN} will still start up,
+but will use only the traditional command interface.
+
+The exact layout and appearance of the windows will depend on the host
+system type. For instance, GDB under Windows will display its windows
+inside a larger window, while under Unix/X, each window is a separate
+toplevel window. However, general behavior and layout is consistent
+across all platforms; omissions or restrictions on particular platforms,
+if not documented as unavoidable, should be considered bugs and
+reported.
+
+All GDB windows have a common structure. Each window has an associated
+menu bar, which may be at the top of the window or perhaps elsewhere.
+Some of the menus and menu items in the menu bar are common to all GDB
+windows, while others are specific to particular types of windows.
+Below the menu bar is the working data area of the window. If the data
+is too large to display all at once, the data area will have scroll bars
+on its right and bottom sides. Below the data area are two optional
+features; a status/data line, and a button box.
+
+@section Menus
+
+@subsection File Menu
+
+The standard file menu provides operations that affect the overall state
+of GDB, mainly file operations, but other things as well.
+
+About GDB...
+
+Displays the startup window for GDB.
+
+File...
+
+Lets you set the combined executable and symbol file that GDB will use.
+(Like "file".)
+
+Target...
+
+Brings up a dialog that you can use to connect GDB to a target program.
+The dialog is described in more depth later.
+(Like "target".)
+
+Edit...
+
+Starts up an editor to modify the source file being displayed.
+
+Exec File...
+
+Lets you set the executable file that GDB will use.
+(Like "exec-file".)
+
+Symbol File...
+
+Lets you set the symbol file that GDB will use.
+(Like "symbol-file".)
+
+Add Symbol File...
+
+Lets you add additional symbol files.
+(Like "add-symbol-file".)
+
+Core File...
+
+Lets you set the core file that GDB will use.
+(Like "core-file".)
+
+Shared Libraries...
+
+(Like "sharedlibrary".)
+
+Quit
+
+quits GDB.
+(Like @samp{quit}.)
+
+
+@c @subsection Commands Menu
+
+@c The commands menu consists of items that let you run and control the program being
+@c debugged.
+@c
+@c Run
+@c
+@c Step
+@c
+@c Next
+@c
+@c Finish
+@c
+@c Stepi
+@c
+@c Nexti
+
+@subsection Windows Menu
+
+The windows menu allows access to all the windows available in GDB.
+The first part of the menu lists all of the predefined individual windows.
+If the window exists already, its item will be marked as such;
+selecting the item will cause the window to be put in front if it is
+obscured. If it does not exist, then it will be created.
+
+The second part of the menu lists additional windows that you may have
+created, such as source windows or variable displays.
+
+Command
+---
+Source
+Assembly
+---
+Registers
+Variables
+---
+Files
+@c ---
+@c <extra windows>
+
+@subsection View Menu
+
+All windows have a view menu, but its contents are highly specific to
+window type. For instance, a source window will have a view menu item
+to control the display of line numbers, but a register window will instead
+have an option to choose the radix in which to display register contents.
+You can find the full description of view options with each window type.
+
+@subsection Help Menu
+
+The help menu includes access to GDB's online help.
+
+@section Windows
+
+@subsection Command Window
+
+The command window provides access to the standard GDB command
+interpreter. In nearly all cases, commands typed into this window
+will behave exactly as for a non-windowing GDB.
+
+Note that not all changes to GDB will be reflected in this window. For instance,
+if you were to type a "step" command, then click on the "step" menu item in
+the source window, then go back, and type another "step" command, the command
+buffer will only show two steps, when you have actually done three. GDB will
+put a "..." into the command buffer when operations in other windows are done,
+as a reminder that the command buffer is incomplete.
+
+@c Also note that as a side effect of having the interface and possibly an
+@c associated scripting language built in, additional commands may be
+@c available. For instance, if tcl is in GDB, the command ``tcl <tcl code>''
+@c will be available.
+
+The command window has no status line or button box.
+
+@subsection Files Window
+
+The files window lists all of the files that were used to build the
+executable.
+
+Clicking on the xxx in the left margin expands/contracts the display of
+included files and symbols defined by the file.
+
+The View menu for this window includes the following items:
+Name/Full Pathname
+@c Sort by Name
+@c Sort by Section&Offset
+@c Show All Included Files
+@c Included File Indentation...
+
+@subsection Source Window
+
+A source window displays a single file of source code.
+
+The left margin includes an indicator for the current PC, breakpoints and potential breakpoints,
+and (optionally) line numbers.
+
+The View menu for this window includes the following items:
+Show Line Numbers
+Show Breakdots
+@c Jump to PC (if pc changes, scroll back so PC is centered)
+@c Tab... (set tabbing)
+
+@section Extensions
+
+[description of gdbtk details]
+
+@c
+@c GDBTK Interface Design
+@c
+@c This is the working document describing the design of the GDBTK
+@c interface. Note that overall layout applies only to the default setup;
+@c it is expected that debugger users will be able to customize extensively.
+@c
+@c Default Startup
+@c
+@c One source window, shows source as in "list main", does *not* set a
+@c break at main or run or anything. No current PC indicator, only put
+@c in when something runs.
+@c
+@c Source Window
+@c
+@c For native, "run" button is always the same, for cross, it's actually
+@c a "target" button that pops up appropriate dialog to get connected.
+@c Once remote target is active, change button to "run".
+@c
+@c Be able to toggle assembly interleaved between source.
+@c
+@c Command Window
+@c
+@c Is an *optional* window.
+@c
+@c Behavior mimics command-line GDB running in an Emacs buffer as much
+@c as possible.
+@c
+@c Assembly Window
+@c
+@c Be able to toggle source interleaved between assembly.
+@c
+@c Target Info Window
+@c
+@c Contents similar to "info target".
+@c
+@c Should expand into process and thread info also.
+@c
+@c File Info Window
+@c
+@c Contents similar to "info files".
+@c
+@c Include data shown in "info sources" as well as "info files".
+@c
+@c Register Info Window
+@c
+@c Contents similar to "info registers".
+@c
+@c Add view option(s) for classes of registers.
+@c
+@c Stack Info Window
+@c
+@c Combines backtrace, frame, and local var displays.
+@c
+@c Signals Dialog
+@c
+@c Includes all signals whose handling may be controlled, plus
+@c checkboxes for what to do with each.
+@c
+@c Settings Dialog(s)
+@c
+@c Include all variables that can be "set" and "show"n.
+@c
+@c General Principles
+@c
+@c All windows should have a menu that allows access to other windows.
+@c Selection of item either brings up for first time or brings to front.
+@c
+@c All windows should have a "view" menu that controls formatting
+@c options for that window.
+@c
+@c Windows should usually be scrollable. Windows that display largish
+@c horizontal things should be horizontal and vertical scrollbars.
+@c
+@c To do standard modification, add commands or tcl code to .gdbtkinit.
+@c
+@c Be able to record window positions so they come up in the same way
+@c the next time. Could scribble on .gdbtkinit perhaps, or else an
+@c aux file that can be sourced by .gdbtkinit.
+
+@section How to Build
+
+If GDB is configured with --enable-gdbtk, then upon startup, it will
+open windows.
+
+@node Index
+@unnumbered Index
+
+@printindex cp
+
+@contents
+@bye
--- /dev/null
+Sat Feb 5 00:14:30 2000 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdb.rc, gdbtool.ico, README.GDBTK: To here from top level GDB
+ directory.
+ * gdb/gdbtcl2: Directory moved to gdbtk/library.
+ * gdb/gdbtk/generic: New directory.
+
--- /dev/null
+ README.GDBTK
+ Written by Stu Grossman
+ Updated 9/26/95 by Fred Fish for gdb 4.15 release
+ Updated 4/18/97 by Martin Hunt
+
+This file describes how to build, install, use and hack on GDBtk, a TK based
+GUI for GDB, the GNU debugger.
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+GDBtk is a version of GDB that uses Tcl/Tk to implement a graphical
+user inter-face. It is a fully integrated GUI, not a separate
+front-end program. The interface consists of several seperate
+windows, which use standard elements like buttons, scrollbars, entry
+boxes and such to create a fairly easy to use interface. Each window
+has a distinct content and purpose, and can be enabled or disabled
+individually. The windows contain things like the current source
+file, a disassembly of the current function, text commands (for things
+that aren't accessible via a button), and so forth.
+
+Building and installing
+=======================
+
+Building GDBtk is very straightforward. The main difference is that you will
+need to use the `--enable-gdbtk' option when you run configure in the top level
+directory. You will also need to install Tcl version 7.6 and Tk version 4.2.
+
+On Unix machines, you will also need to have X11 (R4/R5/R6) installed
+(this is a prerequisite to installing Tk).
+
+For Windows, you can obtain Tcl/Tk from ftp://ftp.smli.com:/pub/tcl/win76p2.exe.
+There is a bug in this version of Tcl/tk that requires you to set the
+environmental variable TK_LIBRARY to where the tk library directory is installed.
+There is also a problem with the colors in images on 16-bit displays under
+Windows, so some icons may look strange.
+
+[See the GDB README file for more details on configure options and such.]
+
+For example:
+
+ host> cd gdbtk
+ host> ./configure --enable-gdbtk
+ host> make
+ host> make install
+
+Using GDBtk
+===========
+
+Just run it like you would a normal GDB (in fact, it's actually called `gdb').
+If everything goes well, you should have several windows pop up. To get going,
+hit the start button, and go exploring.
+
+If you want to use GDB in command line mode, just use the -nw option. Or, you
+can undefine the DISPLAY environment variable.
+
+In the current version, you can have up to 6 windows active at once. They are:
+
+ 1) Command
+ 2) Source
+ 3) Assembly
+ 4) Register
+ 5) Auto Command
+ 6) Expression
+
+Most windows have a similar layout consisting of a menubar, display area,
+scrollbar, status box and window-specific buttons.
+
+The menubar contains the following items:
+
+ File - General file control. Also has window close and quit buttons.
+ Options - Window specific options.
+ Window - A menu of other windows that can be popped up or created.
+ Help - Mostly unimplemented.
+
+The status box indicates things like the current file and function, or the
+current PC and function depending upon the window.
+
+Command window:
+
+ This can be used to type commands at GDB (useful for when there isn't a
+ button for what you want to do).
+
+Source window:
+
+ This contains the current source file. The margin displays line
+ numbers, and has an indicator for lines that actually contain code (and
+ therefore can have breakpoints as well). When a breakpoint is set at
+ that line, the indicator is replaced with a stop sign icon.
+
+ The buttons are:
+
+ Start - Put a breakpoint at main, and then run.
+ Stop - Stop the program (only active when program is running).
+ Step, Next, Cont[inue], Finish, Up, Down - Same as the corresponding
+ GDB command. (Finish runs the current subroutine until it's done.)
+ Bottom - Does a `frame 0' to put you at the innermost call frame.
+
+ There are also accelerators for various buttons (just type the letter
+ without any control/meta/alt/shift in the text frame):
+
+ s - Step
+ n - Next
+ c - Continue
+ f - Finish
+ u - Up
+ d - Down
+
+ The mouse can also be used to set and clear breakpoints when clicked
+ in the margin (on a breakpoint indicator).
+
+Assembly window:
+
+ This displays a disassembly of the current function. It's buttons are
+ similar to those of the source window, except that it uses Stepi and
+ Nexti to run one instruction at a time instead of one statement at a
+ time. The accelerators and mouse actions are also similar.
+
+ Additionally, there is an option to enable mixed source and assembly.
+
+Register window:
+
+ This displays the registers. It may have to be resized to properly
+ display all the registers. The displayed registers can be selected
+ via the Options|Config menu item.
+
+Auto Command window:
+
+ Using this window, you can specify a command to be executed frequently.
+ The output will be automatically updated. Options|Accumulate-output
+ can be used to avoid clearing the window each time so that you can
+ accumulate a history.
+
+Expressions:
+
+ The expression window can be used to just calculate an expression, or
+ to watch the value of an expression (ala the `display' command), using
+ the Update button. The expression window will also pop up
+ automatically when an expression is double-clicked in the source window.
+
+Customizing GDBtk
+=================
+
+There are three primary ways to customize GDBtk. One is to modifiy the
+appropriate X resources. The other is to hack a ~/.gdbtkinit file. The last
+is to change the files in gdbtcl, which defines the most basic interface
+elements.
+
+X resources give you control over things like the choice of fonts, color
+schemes and some geometry info.
+
+For more serious customizations, you will probably need to hack your
+~/.gdbtkinit or gdbtcl files.
+
+X Resources
+===========
+
+ The class name for GDBtk is `Gdb', and it's appname is `gdb'. The top-
+level windows have instance names of `src', 'asm', 'reg', and 'cmd'. The main
+display area in each has the class `Text'. So, to change the font in all the
+main display areas, something like the following will do:
+
+ Gdb*Text*font: fixed
+
+To change the font in only the source window:
+
+ Gdb*src*Text*font: fixed
+
+To find out the names of the widgets do the following (in the command window):
+
+ tk info comm .*
+
+To get the list of resources (and their classes) for a given widget, do some-
+thing like:
+
+ tk .asm.text config
+
+This will return a list of lists, where each sublist looks something like this:
+
+ {-height height Height 24 25}
+
+The first item is the name of the config option used when creating the widget.
+The second item is the instance name of this resource, the third is the class
+name. The fourth item is the default value, and the last item is the current
+value.
+
+To get info about a single resource, add the config option name to the end of
+the previous command. Ie:
+
+ tk .asm.text config -font
+
+will return just the info about the font.
+
+To find out the class of a window, just do:
+
+ tk winfo class .asm.text
+
+Note that some things may be explicitly overridden by gdbtk.tcl. In
+particular, the `tk colormodel . monochrome' command should probably be
+disabled if you want to use color.
+
+Hacking ~/.gdbtkinit and gdbtcl
+==================================
+~/.gdbtkinit is sourced at the end of gdbtk.tcl. Currently there is no good
+doc on this. See gdbtcl/main.tcl for see what you can change.
+
+The GUI is primarily implemented by Tcl/Tk code which lives in gdbtcl and a
+C file called gdbtk.c. The Tcl/Tk code determines the look and feel, the
+layout, and the functions associated with all of the interface elements. The C
+code is mostly just glue between GDB internals and Tclland. In essence, all of
+the policy is implemented in Tcl/Tk, and is easily changed without recompiling.
+
+To make more serious changes to the interface, such as adding a new window or
+changing the framework, you will have to hack the tcl code. This directory is
+installed in $(libdir) (probably /usr/local/lib/). But, you will probably want
+to hack on your own private copy before putting it up for the rest of the
+users. To find the GDB tcl code, GDB first checks for the environment variable
+GDBTK_LIBRARY. This can be a directory name or a list of directories seperated
+by colons (semicolons on Windows). GDB will check each directory in order until
+it finds "main.tcl". If GDBTK_LIBRARY is not set, GDB will look for
+"gdbtcl/main.tcl" in the current directory, and finally, it will try to find
+the tcl directory in the sources.
+
+Note that the old GDBTK_FILENAME environment variable is no longer used.
+
+Internally, GDBtk is basically GDB, linked with Tcl/Tk, and some glue code that
+interfaces GDB internals to Tclland. This means that GDBtk operates as a
+single program, not a front-end to GDB. All GDB commands, and a great deal of
+the target program state are accessible to the Tcl programmer. In addition,
+there are many callbacks from GDB to notify Tclland of important events.
+
+Here is a brief rundown of the GDB<=>Tcl interfaces:
+
+Tcl->GDB calls:
+ gdb_cmd - sends a text command to gdb. Returns the result
+ gdb_loc - takes PC, and returns a list consisting of a short file name,
+ the function name, a long file name, the line number and the
+ PC (in case you didn't supply it).
+ gdb_sourcelines - Takes a filename, and returns a list of lines that
+ contain code.
+ gdb_listfiles - Returns a list of all of the source files.
+ gdb_stop - Stops the target process.
+ gdb_regnames - Returns a list of all of the register names.
+ gdb_fetch_registers - Returns the contents of the specified registers.
+ gdb_changed_register_list - Returns a list of registers that have
+ changed since the last call.
+ gdb_disassemble - Takes a function or PC. Returns the text of a dis-
+ assembly of the entire function.
+ gdb_eval - Takes an expression. Returns it's value.
+ gdb_get_breakpoint_list - Does the obvious.
+ gdb_get_breakpoint_info - Takes a breakpoint number. Returns a list of
+ info about that breakpoint.
+
+GDB->Tcl callbacks:
+ gdb_tcl_fputs - Sends output into Tcl for the command window.
+ gdb_tcl_query - Pops up a query window.
+ gdbtk_tcl_breakpoint - Notifies Tcl of changes to a breakpoint.
+ gdbtk_tcl_idle - Notifies Tcl that debugged process is now idle.
+ gdbtk_tcl_busy - Notifies Tcl that debugged process is now running.
+
+For details, see the usage in gdbtk.tcl, or the definitions in gdbtk.c.
+
+Additionally, there is a new GDB command `tk', which can be used to poke at
+Tk/Tcl from the command window.
+
+Problems
+========
+
+During building, you may run into problems with finding Tcl, Tk or X11. Look
+in gdb/Makefile, and fix TCL_CFLAGS, TCL, TK_CFLAGS, TK, and ENABLE_CLIBS as
+appropriate.
+
+If you one of the following messages when you run gdb:
+
+ Tcl_Init failed: can't find init.tcl; perhaps you need to
+ install Tcl or set your TCL_LIBRARY environment variable?
+or
+ Tk_Init failed: can't find tk.tcl; perhaps you need to
+ install Tk or set your TK_LIBRARY environment variable?
+
+then you haven't installed Tcl or TK properly. Fix the appropriate environment
+variable to point at the {tcl tk}/library directory, and restart gdb.
+
+If you get the following:
+
+ /usr/local/lib/gdbtk.tcl:1: couldn't read file "/usr/local/lib/gdbtk.tcl": No such file or directory
+ Stack trace:
+ can't unset "auto_index": no such variable
+ while executing
+ "unset auto_index"
+
+then GDBtk wasn't installed properly. You can set the GDBTK_FILENAME
+environment variable to point at the gdbtk.tcl in your source directory. Note
+that the stack trace displayed here is not valid. If you actually get an error
+in gdbtk.tcl, the stack trace is useful to pinpoint the location.
+
+Known Bugs
+==========
+
+generic problems
+
+ o If you open an Assembly window before you have run the program, gdbtk
+ pops up a dialog box titled "Error in Tcl Script" with the contents
+ "Error: No function contains the specified address". Trying to then
+ do other things brings up a dialog box with the contents "Error:
+ can't read 'current_asm_label': no such variable.
+
+ Solution: Close Assembly window when there is no program running.
+
+ o If you open Registers window before you have run the program, gdbtk
+ pops up a dialog box titled "Error in Tcl Script" with the contents
+ "Error: No registers". Trying to then do other things, like use the
+ Start button to run the program, repeatedly produce the same dialog
+ box and the action is not performed.
+
+ Solution: Close Registers window when there is no program running.
+
+ o Expressions are sometimes not displayed correctly in the Expression
+ window. I.E. "argc" works, as does "*(argv+argc)" but not "argv[argc]".
+
+ Solution: None
+ [ I believe this problem is fixed, but I have not tested it ]
+
+ o The Breakpoint window does not get automatically updated and changes
+ made in the window are not reflected back in the results from "info br".
+ I.E. the breakpoint count in the window is not updated at each hit and
+ enabling/disabling the breakpoint from the Breakpoint window has no effect.
+
+ Solution: Use the command interface to control breakpoints and don't
+ open a Breakpoint window.
+
+ o Sometimes while an expression window is active you get a dialog box
+ that complains "Error: invalide command name ".expr.e5.expr" for
+ example. The Tcl stack trace looks something like:
+
+ invalid command name ".expr.e5.expr"
+ while executing
+ "$e.expr get 0.0 end"
+ invoked from within
+ "set expr [$e.expr get 0.0 end]..."
+ (procedure "update_expr" line 17)
+ invoked from within
+ "update_expr $expr_num"
+ invoked from within
+ "if $expr_update_list($expr_num) {
+ update_expr $expr_num
+ .
+ .
+ .
+
+ Solution: None except close expression window and reopen it.
+
+ o If you select the "Down" button in either the Source or Assembly
+ window while in the bottom (innermost) frame, the error message that
+ results goes just to the command window and may be missed if the
+ command window is not open. This may also apply to other messages
+ as well. It should probably put up a notification box instead.
+
+ Solution: Keep Command window open to see error messages.
+
+ o Not really a problem, but it would be nice to have a backtrace
+ window.
+
+ Solution: Do bt in command window?
+
+ o Also not really a problem, but it might be nice to have a frame/stack
+ window that displays the last N words on the stack, along with
+ indications about which function owns a particular frame, how the
+ frame pointers are chained, and possibly the names of variables
+ alongside their frame slots.
+
+m68k-hp-hpux9.00:
+
+ o Attempting to use a Register window results in a Tcl Script Error
+ "Error: Erroneous arithmetic operation". The Tcl stack trace is:
+
+ while executing
+ "gdb_fetch_registers $reg_format $regnum"
+ invoked from within
+ "set regval [gdb_fetch_registers $reg_format $regnum]..."
+ ("foreach" body line 2)
+ invoked from within
+ "foreach regnum $reg_display_list {
+ set regval [gdb_fetch_registers $reg_format $regnum]
+ set regval [format "%-*s" $valwidth $regval]
+ $win del ..."
+ invoked from within
+ "if {$which == "all"} {
+ set lineindex 1
+ foreach regnum $reg_display_list {
+ set regval [gdb_fetch_registers $reg_format $regnum]
+ set regval [f ..."
+ (procedure "update_registers" line 16)
+ invoked from within
+ "update_registers all"
+ .
+ .
+ .
+
+
+/* Local variables: */
+/* change-log-default-name: "ChangeLog-gdbtk" */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+tk ICON DISCARDABLE "gdbtool.ico"
--- /dev/null
+Fri Feb 4 23:19:03 2000 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Update default path to tcl code - now
+ gdbtk/library.
+
+Fri Feb 4 23:19:03 2000 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ChangeLog-gdbtk, gdbtk-cmds.c, gdbtk-hooks.c, gdbtk-variable.c,
+ gdbtk-varobj.c, gdbtk-wrapper.c, gdbtk-wrapper.h, gdbtk.c,
+ gdbtk.h: Moved here from the top level GDB directory.
+
+Tue Feb 1 00:17:12 2000 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c, gdbtk-variable.c, gdbtk-wrapper.c,
+ gdbtk-wrapper.h, gdbtk.h: Update to reflect rename of gdb-file /
+ GDB_FILE to ui-file / ``struct ui_file''.
+
+2000-01-31 Keith Seitz <kseitz@nwlink.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_disassemble_driver) If using multi-arch, set the
+ architecture in the disassembly info.
+
+Mon Jan 31 18:32:06 2000 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-variable.c, gdbtk-cmds.c, gdbtk.c: Include "tui/tui-file.h"
+
+1999-09-23 Fernando Nasser <fnasser@totem.to.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-varobj.c (variable_value): Fix small memory leak.
+
+Mon Jan 3 01:09:24 2000 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_get_mem): Use builtin_type_int32 et.al. to
+ force the word size to 32 bits.
+
+Thu Nov 18 18:19:59 1999 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (tk_command), gdbtk-hooks.c (gdbtk_readline),
+ gdbtk-variable.c (variable_type): Replace strdup with xstrdup.
+
+Thu Nov 18 19:03:28 1999 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_get_mem): Document nbr parameter. Fix check
+ on nbr and nbytes parameters.
+
+1999-11-18 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_actions_command): Updated for new
+ get_tracepoint_by_number.
+
+Tue Nov 9 15:40:51 1999 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_get_mem): Keep calling
+ target_read_memory_partial until all the data is read.
+
+1999-11-01 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_actions_command): Updated for new
+ get_tracepoint_by_number.
+
+Fri Oct 15 18:34:41 1999 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c (ui_load_progress_hook): Move extern declaration
+ to defs.h.
+ (gdbtk_load_hash): Update SECTION argument to match prototype.
+ Make static.
+
+Wed Oct 13 17:57:17 1999 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c (gdbtk_flush): Delete.
+ (gdbtk_add_hooks): Don't initialize flush_hook.
+
+Mon Oct 11 10:19:04 1999 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_get_tracepoint_info): Use paddr_nz to convert
+ the address into a string.
+
+1999-10-05 James Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (map_arg_registers): Don't stop at the first
+ undefined register, but skip it and go on. There may be other
+ defined registers higher up in the list.
+
+1999-09-29 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-varobj.c (variable_create): Replace cast "(CORE_ADDR) - 1"
+ with the more obviously intended expression "(CORE_ADDR) -1".
+
+1999-09-23 Fernando Nasser <fnasser@totem.to.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-variable.c (variable_value): Fix handling of baseclasses and
+ correct the behavior when it is not a baseclass (both cases could
+ potentially dumping core).
+
+1999-09-23 James Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Add the initialization of the shell
+ execute command under cygwin.
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c (gdbtk_attach): New function, run from the attach
+ hook.
+ (gdbtk_detach): New function, run from the detach hook.
+ (gdbtk_add_hooks): Add the attach & detach hooks.
+
+1999-09-23 Fernando Nasser <fnasser@totem.to.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-varobj.c (variable_create): Dynamically allocate variable
+ object name string.
+
+1999-09-22 Fernando Nasser <fnasser@totem.to.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-variable.c (_gdb_variable): Remove unused entry.
+ (variable_update): Fix error in list initialization (apparently
+ innocuous).
+ (type_changeable): Fix handling of typedef'ed structs and
+ unions (removing c_variable.exp test case 2.12 FAIL).
+
+Mon Sep 20 18:03:28 1999 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-variable.c (new_root_variable): Fix prototype declaration.
+ * gdbtk.c (_initialize_gdbtk): Add declaration.
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (tracepoint_exists): Make static. Add declaration.
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_add_hooks): Move declaration from here.
+ * gdbtk.h (gdbtk_add_hooks): To here.
+
+Fri Sep 17 19:00:39 1999 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c: Include "source.h".
+ (gdb_load_disassembly): Fix printf calls.
+ Makefile.in (gdbtk-cmds.o): Add dependency on source.h.
+
+ * gdbtk.c: Include <itk.h> for Itk_Init.
+
+1999-09-17 Fernando Nasser <fnasser@totem.to.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-varobj.c: New file. It supersedes gdbtk-variable.c and
+ uses standard gdb varobj code.
+
+Fri Sep 3 20:16:54 1999 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Cast ``host_name'' and ``target_name'' to
+ void. While Tcl_SetVar2 treats the value argument as read-only
+ its prototype does not specify const for the parameter.
+
+Mon Aug 30 17:56:28 1999 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c, gdbtk-hooks.c, gdbtk-cmds.c: #include <unistd.h> moved
+ to defs.h.
+
+Mon Aug 30 15:34:42 1999 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c (x_event): Missing result to return - return 0.
+ Make in_x_event volatile.
+ (in_fputs): Make volatile.
+
+1999-09-02 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c: Include version.h, remove inconsistent decls of
+ host_name and target_name.
+
+1999-08-27 James Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.h: Add def'n for gdbtk_fputs, since it is needed outside
+ of gdbtk-hooks.c
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_load_disassembly): Really implement this
+ function. Load the source widget from C.
+ (gdbtk_load_source): Helper for the above, which loads source lines.
+ (gdbtk_load_asm): Helper for the above, which loads assembly
+ lines.
+ (gdb_restore_fputs): New function, restore the gdbtk_fputs hook,
+ in case somebody supressed it, and then errored out before they
+ got a chance to put it back.
+
+1999-08-10 James Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c: Remove the gdb_disassembly_flavor_hook. Use the
+ set_hook instead.
+
+Mon Aug 9 10:28:22 1999 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c, gdbtk-cmds.c: Delete #if ANSI_PROTOTYPES code, GDB
+ assumes ISO-C.
+
+1999-08-06 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c (gdbtk_add_hooks): Set `set_hook'.
+ (gdbtk_set_hook): New function.
+
+1999-08-05 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-variable.c (new_variable): Add missing return value.
+
+1999-08-02 James Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c: Misc. Cleanups... Mostly wrapping at 80
+ characters.
+ (gdb_loadfile): Go straight to the widget command to insert the
+ text, rather than through the interpreter. Gives about 2x-3x
+ speedup in rendering the source text.
+ (gdb_disassemble): Rewrite to separate out the generic disassembly
+ work from the printing part. The former goes in
+ gdb_disassembly_driver. This way I can share the code with the
+ version that loads the text widget directly.
+ (gdb_load_disassembly): New function. This will load the text
+ widget directly (not done yet).
+ (gdbtk_load_source): Load the text widget with a source line.
+ (gdbtk_load_asm): Load the text widget with an assembly line.
+ (gdbtk_print_source): Print a source line to stdout.
+ (gdbtk_print_asm): Print an assembly line to stdout.
+ (gdb_disassemble_driver): New function.
+
+ * gdbtk.h: Fix a compiler warning from Keith's 07-27 checkin.
+
+1999-08-02 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-variable.c (CPLUS_FAKE_CHILD): NULL variables are not
+ "fakes", either.
+
+1999-07-27 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-variable.c: Rewrite. :-)
+ * gdbtk-wrapper.c (GDB_value_ind): New function.
+ (GDB_value_slice): New function.
+ (GDB_value_coerce_array): New function.
+ (GDB_value_struct_elt): New function.
+ (GDB_value_cast): New function.
+ (GDB_get_frame_block): New function.
+ (wrap_value_slice): New function.
+ (wrap_value_coerce_array): New function.
+ (wrap_value_struct_elt): New function.
+ (wrap_value_cast): New function.
+ (wrap_get_frame_block): New function.
+ * gdbtk-wrapper.h: Add declarations for above new functions.
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_selected_block): New function.
+ (gdb_get_blocks): New function.
+ (gdb_block_vars): New function.
+
+1999-07-16 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_loc): Change all references of "stop_pc" to
+ "read_pc ()".
+
+ * gdbtk.c (target_is_native): New function.
+ (target_should_use_timer): Use target_is_native to determine whether
+ the timer should run.
+ * gdbtk.h (target_is_native): Add prototype.
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_disassemble): Use target_is_native to determine if
+ we should disassemble from inferior memory.
+
+1999-07-09 Fernando Nasser <fnasser@totem.to.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-variable.c (variable_obj_command): Add missing comments
+ for object variable commands.
+
+Fri Jul 9 12:06:36 1999 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (Gdbtk_Init): Explicitly route log/debug and target
+ output to stderr instead of stdout.
+
+1999-06-21 James Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (target_should_use_timer): Add check for "linuxthreads"
+ to enable the timer for Linux as well as other natives.
+
+1999-06-15 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c (gdbtk_annotate_signal): Run
+ gdbtk_stop_idle_callback so that signals don't interfere
+ with the stop button.
+
+1999-06-10 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Add host_name and target_name to
+ GDBStartup.
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_clear_file): Delete breakpoints and
+ clear the exec file, too.
+ (gdb_loadfile): Don't close a file that's not opened until
+ later.
+
+Wed Jun 9 14:21:40 1999 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (old_regs): Change array to a pointer.
+ (setup_architecture_data): New function.
+ (Gdbtk_Init): Call setup_architecture_data. Register ``old_regs''
+ as an architecture dependant variable.
+
+1999-05-25 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-wrapper.c (GDB_val_print): Fix compiler warnings.
+ (wrap_val_print): Ditto.
+ (GDB_block_for_pc): Ditto.
+ (wrap_block_for_pc): Ditto.
+ (GDB_find_frame_addr_in_frame_chain): Ditto.
+ (wrap_find_frame_addr_in_frame_chain): Ditto.
+
+ * gdbtk-variable.c (variable_create): Rename "-pc" option
+ to the more explicit name "-frame". Update usage.
+ (create_variable): Swallow errors before parse_exp_1, too.
+ If no frame is given as an argument, use the current frame;
+ otherwise, use the current block in the specified frame.
+ (variable_children): Check for errors creating children.
+ (create_child): Ditto.
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (get_selected_frame): New function.
+ (Gdbtk_Init): Add get_selected_frame to interpreter.
+ (gdb_get_vars_command): Use current block in selected frame
+ if no args specified.
+
+ * Makefile.in (gdbtk-cmds.o): Depend on frame.h, too
+
+Tue May 25 16:12:57 1999 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE,
+ REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL): Delete default definitions.
+ gdbarch.h ensures that there is always a definition available.
+
+1999-05-20 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ Mon Apr 26 09:15:27 1999 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>:
+ * gdbtk.c (x_event_wrapper): Wrapper for x_event that matches
+ signal function signature.
+ (gdbtk_start_timer): set .sa_handler to x_event_wrapper instead of
+ x_event.
+
+1999-05-14 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.in (ENABLE_GDBTK): Don't clobber WIN32LIBS.
+ * configure: Regenerated.
+
+1999-04-12 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-variable.c (variable_value_changed): Swallow errors from
+ evaluate_expression.
+
+1999-04-09 James Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_get_mem): Use the Tcl list API to add the
+ ASCII entry to the return list. We were trying to do the quoting
+ by hand which is bound to lose in some cases.
+
+1999-04-06 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c (gdbtk_annotate_signal): New function.
+ Notifies GDBtk when a signal occurs.
+
+1999-04-02 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c (gdbtk_force_detach): New global.
+ (x_event): Change to return gdbtk_force_detach so that
+ callers will know if we want to detach. See comments.
+ (gdbtk_wait): Insert calls to gdbtk_start/stop_timer. This
+ is a nop for most hosts/targets. Remove ice-specific code.
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_stop): Add "detach" option, which forces
+ gdb to detach from the target. See comments.
+
+ * gdbtk.c (target_should_use_timer): New function.
+ (gdbtk_start_timer): Only use on unix native targets.
+ (gdbtk_stop_timer): Ditto.
+
+ * gdbtk.h (x_event): Update declaration: now returns an int.
+
+1999-03-29 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c, gdbtk-cmds.c, gdbtk-hooks.c: Don't include setjmp.h.
+
+1999-03-29 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (pc_function_name): New function which returns the
+ source name (regardless of mangling) of the function at a given PC.
+ (gdb_get_function_command): Use it.
+ (gdb_get_tracepoint_info): Ditto.
+ (gdb_loc): Ditto.
+ (gdb_get_breakpoint_info): Ditto.
+
+ * Makefile.in (install-only): Don't install help/index.toc: it doesn't
+ exist anymore.
+
+Wed Mar 10 19:37:23 1999 Geoffrey Noer <noer@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c: Don't need to include any Win32 API headers.
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c: Include Windows.h, not just winuser.h.
+ * gdbtk.c: Ditto.
+
+1999-03-04 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c (gdbtk_load_hash): Change download_hash()
+ to Download::download_hash().
+
+1999-03-01 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (TclDebug): Increase buffer size to 10000, in case
+ backtraces are very long.
+
+1999-02-26 James Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_search): Add a -filename switch, which returns
+ the file in which the function or type was defined, along with the
+ function...
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_find_main): The external editor stuff was getting
+ set twice...
+
+1999-02-18 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_disassemble): When debugging native threads,
+ set disassemble_from_exec to 0. This fixes bugs where disassembly
+ of threaded programs failed.
+
+1999-02-16 James Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Remove redundant setting of the external
+ editor variables.
+
+1999-02-11 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-variable.c (variable_format): Enable binary format.
+
+1999-02-11 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c: Change ALL Tcl_Eval calls in hooks to
+ call report_error() if there are errors.
+
+1999-02-11 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c, gdbtk-cmds.c, gdbtk-hooks.c: Removed old IDE stuff.
+
+1999-02-09 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c: Remove gdbtk_ignorable_warning prototype.
+ It is in gdbtk.h.
+ (report_error): New function. Displays debugging information
+ if a hook function fails. All hook functions should probably
+ call this.
+ (gdbtk_warning): Call report_error() if there is a problem.
+ (gdbtk_register_changed): Call report_error() if there is a problem.
+ (gdbtk_memory_changed): Call report_error() if there is a problem.
+ (gdbtk_ignorable_warning): Pass along class argument. If there
+ is a problem, call report_error().
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c: Remove TclDebug prototype. It is in gdbtk.h.
+ (gdb_loadfile): Add class name to gdbtk_ignorable_warning call.
+
+ * gdbtk.c (TclDebug): Add "priority" argument. Calls "dbug"
+ instead of "debug". Removed non-ANSI ifdefs.
+
+ * gdbtk.h: Fixed protos for gdbtk_ignorable_warning and TclDebug.
+
+1999-02-05 James Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in: Add GDBTK_CFLAGS - this is now used to hold
+ -fwritable-strings when compiling with Tk8.1.
+ * configure.in: Add GDBTK_CFLAGS, set it to -fwritable-strings for
+ Tcl/Tk8.1 & greater.
+ * acinclude.m4: Move the rest of the defines to find Itcl, Itk &
+ Tix from aclocal.m4 to here.
+ * aclocal.m4: regenerate.
+ * configure: regenerate.
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c (x_event): Tcl_ObjGetVar2 was removed from
+ Tcl8.1. Use Tcl_GetVar2 instead.
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c (gdbtk_trace_find): Fix up call to
+ Tcl_GlobalEvalObj for Tcl/Tk 8.1.
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c (gdbtk_trace_start_stop): Call to Tcl_EvalObj was
+ inefficient, replace with call to Tcl_GlobalEval.
+ * gdbtk.c: Don't swap out the Tcl_Alloc calls in gdbtk.c. We took
+ care of that in Tcl itself for 8.1.
+ * gdbtk.c: Remove const from the script string since Tcl8.1 has
+ taken to scribbling sentinals into strings passed to it again...
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (wrapped_call): Change declaration of 1st arg from
+ char * to PTR to eliminate warning.
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (perror_with_name_wrapper): Ditto
+
+Thu Feb 4 10:35:28 1999 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-variable.c (variable_create): Allocate enough
+ space to hold the NULL, too!
+
+Wed Feb 3 13:37:07 1999 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-variable.c (variable_create): Add parentheses to the name
+ so that casts do not confuse the expression parser.
+
+1999-02-03 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtool.ico: Add missing desktop image.
+
+1999-02-02 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (get_register): For RAW display, concat all the
+ pieces together before calling fputs.
+
+1999-02-01 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c: (gdb_set_bp): Change the "type" argument
+ to be ASCII instead of an integer. Currently accepts "temp"
+ or "normal". Fixed error messages.
+ (gdb_set_bp_addr): Ditto.
+
+1999-01-29 James Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Set the fputs_unfiltered_hook to
+ gdbtk_fputs BEFORE you eval script. The old code was setting it
+ to null until after you did this, but that is wrong, because it
+ will cause the output of CAUGHT errors to go to gdb_stderr, which
+ is wrong. You only want to write errors to the console if the
+ eval generates an error.
+
+1999-01-29 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_get_breakpoint_info): When printing addresses,
+ do not rely on the format string "%lx" -- it does not exist for all
+ hosts. Use paddr instead.
+ (gdb_loadfile): Increase maximum line size to pass testsuite cases.
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c (gdbtk_add_hooks): Remove pc_changed_hook and
+ add register_changed_hook and memory_changed_hook.
+ (gdbtk_register_changed): New function.
+ (gdbtk_memory_changed): New function.
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Create tcl warp_pointer command
+ for use with testing.
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_loc): Fix for case where there are only
+ minimal symbols. Also make gdb_loc return the shared library
+ the location is in, if it is in one.
+
+1999-01-27 James Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-wrapper.c: Missed a couple of places where FILE->GDB_FILE
+ in the fputs_unfiltered_hook needed to propagate.
+
+1999-01-27 James Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ Merging in changes from gdbtk-980810 - the Itcl3
+ gdb branch.
+
+ 1999-01-12 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_loadfile): Increase maximum line size so
+ files with very long lines get numbered correctly.
+
+ Thu Jan 7 06:50:32 1999 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c (gdbtk_add_hooks): Add the error_begin_hook;
+ (gdbtk_error_begin): New function.
+ (gdbtk_fputs): If GDBTK_ERROR_ONLY is set, treat output to
+ any stream as if it had come from gdb_stderr.
+
+ * gdbtk.h: Define GDBTK_SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME: does the same thing
+ as SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME, except that it NEVER returns a mangled name.
+ Define GDBTK_ERROR_ONLY flag for result_ptr.
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_listfuncs): Use SYMBOL_DEMANGLED_NAME to
+ get the symbol's fully demangled name (including class and
+ args for overloaded funcs), not cplus_demangle.
+ (get_frame_name): Use GDBTK_SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME to get the name
+ of the frame level.
+
+ * gdbtk-wrapper.c, gdbtk-wrapper.h:
+ (GDB_val_print): Allow caller to specify all function args to val_print.
+ (wrap_val_print): Ditto.
+
+ * gdbtk-variable.c (variable_value): Clear addressprint when getting
+ value of C++ reference-type variables
+ If we errored because a parent (struct pointer) was junk, output
+ an error message indicating so.
+ (call_gdb_val_print): Tell val_print to dereference C++ reference
+ types.
+ (number_of_children): void * also has no children.
+ (get_call_output): Clear any error flags that may have been set
+ as a result of error_begin.
+
+ * utils.c (error_begin_hook): New hook.
+ (error_begin): Call error_begin_hook so that the GUI
+ gets notified.
+
+ * defs.h (error_begin_hook): Declare.
+
+ Wed Jan 6 08:43:31 1999 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-wrapper.c, gdbtk-wrapper.h: Add wrappers for parse_exp_1,
+ evaluate_type, block_for_pc, block_innermost_frame, reinit_frame_cache,
+ and find_frame_addr_in_frame_chain.
+
+ * gdbtk-variable.c (variable_create): Check for failure when
+ creating variables.
+ (create_variable): Use wrapped calls for block_for_pc, parse_exp_1,
+ and block_innermost_frame.
+ Return NULL if parse_exp_1 fails.
+ Attempt to prohibit creating a gdb_variable for type names.
+ (variable_value_changed): Use wrapped calls for reinit_frame_cache and
+ find_frame_addr_in_frame_chain.
+ (variable_type): Use wrapped call for evaluate_type.
+ (variable_value): Use wrapped call for parse_exp_1.
+ (variable_editable): Use wrapped call for evaluate_type.
+
+ Tue Jan 5 11:37:17 1999 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-variable.c: New variable object interface.
+ * gdbtk-wrapper.c, gdbtk-wrapper.h: New wrappers for safely calling
+ gdb functions without the fear of longjmp'ing.
+ * configure.in (CONFIG_OBS): Add gdbtk-wrapper.o and gdbtk-variable.o
+ when gdbtk is enabled.
+ * configure: Regenerate.
+ * Makefile.in: Add gdbtk-wrapper.o and gdbtk-variable.o
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (call_wrapper): Export so that other files can use.
+ (Gdbtk_Init): Initialize new variable interface.
+ * gdbtk.h: Add declaration for call_wrapper.
+
+ Tue Jan 5 11:19:14 1999 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_loc): Call resolve_sal_pc to before using
+ the sal's pc.
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Add global array GDBStartup to interpreter
+ which contains any startup info. Add "inhibit_prefs" (follows -nx)
+ so that "-nx" turns preference reading/writing off.
+
+ Mon Dec 21 11:11:02 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (get_register): Call get_saved_register instead of
+ read_relative_register_raw_bytes to fetch registers.
+
+ Thu Dec 17 09:00:56 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_search): Don't mention C++ RTTI and
+ global constructor/destructor symbols.
+
+ Thu Nov 12 15:20:15 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+ * More bug fixes merged in from devo.
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_cmd): Added an optional second argument to the
+ gdb_cmd, which is from_tty. This is passed to the gdb command
+ parser. It is 0 by default, and the console window passes 1.
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c: moved disassemble_from_exec from gdbtk.c to gdbtk-cmds.c
+ with all the other link-var'ed variables
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c (gdbtk_trace_find): Only run the hook functions if
+ we are called from_tty.
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c (gdbtk_trace_start_stop): Set the trace buttons
+ from a trace_start_command callback rather than doing it as a
+ special case in gdb_cmd.
+
+ * tracepoint.c (tstart_command, tstop_command): Add call to
+ trace_start_stop_hook here.
+
+ 1998-11-04 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_set_bp_addr): For callback, send full
+ pathname instead of just basename.
+
+ 1998-11-03 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+ * v850ice.c (do_gdb): New function.
+ (ice_stepi): Use do_gdb to step properly.
+ (ice_nexti): Use do_gdb to step properly.
+ (view_source): Correct call to src window's location for new version.
+
+ Tue Aug 25 18:13:30 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): I hadn't excised ALL the old startup code,
+ so it was not working correctly. Now it does.
+
+ Fri Aug 21 14:37:40 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Changed the startup code to use
+ tcl_findLibrary
+
+
+
+
+on Dec 28 17:44:36 1998 David Taylor <taylor@texas.cygnus.com>
+
+
+ The following changes were made by Jim Blandy <jimb@cygnus.com>,
+ Edith Epstein <eepstein@cygnus.com>, Elena Zannoni
+ <ezannoni@cygnus.com> Stan Shebs <shebs@cygnus.com>, and David
+ Taylor <taylor@cygnus.com>, as part of the project to merge in
+ changes originally made by HP; HP did not create ChangeLog
+ entries.
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): change stderr to gdb_stderr.
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c
+ (get_pc_register): Use paddr_nz, not sprintf's %llx and
+ a cast to `long long'. Those aren't portable.
+ (gdb_eval): add embedded_offset param to val_print call
+ (get_register): add embedded_offset param to val_print call
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c
+ (tk_command_loop): change instream to a FILE.
+ (gdbtk_flush): change both the declaration and definition to
+ use GDB_FILE rather than FILE.
+
+Mon Dec 21 11:11:02 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (get_register): Call get_saved_register instead of
+ read_relative_register_raw_bytes to fetch registers.
+
+Thu Dec 17 09:00:56 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_search): Don't mention C++ RTTI and
+ global constructor/destructor symbols.
+
+Tue Dec 15 10:09:31 1998 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_disassemble): Fix typo.
+
+Sun Dec 13 09:52:51 1998 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c: Update TARGET_PRINT_INSN_INFO, TARGET_PRINT_INSN.
+
+Fri Dec 11 09:52:04 1998 Andrew Cagney <cagney@chook>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c: Replace reg_name with REGISTER_NAME.
+
+Mon Dec 14 13:20:50 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in, configure.in configure - add support for LIBGUI
+ outside the IDE context.
+
+Thu Nov 19 13:14:57 1998 Geoffrey Noer <noer@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c: Can't start using new API names yet. Switch back
+ to calling cygwin32_ funcs until some time has passed...
+ * gdbtk.c: Ditto. Also, include sys/cygwin.h for Cygwin, instead
+ of providing own proto.
+
+Fri Nov 13 00:15:08 1998 Geoffrey Noer <noer@cygnus.com>
+
+ Changes to account for name change from cygwin32 to cygwin and
+ clean up Win32-related ifdefs.
+
+ * gdbtk.c: lose "32" from cygwin_ func calls. ifndef for
+ checking DISPLAY should be for _WIN32, not WINNT.
+ * gdbtk.h: pick GDBTK_PATH_SEP based on _WIN32, not WINNT.
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_path_conv): lose "32" from cygwin_ func call,
+ change ifdef to __CYGWIN32__ instead of WINNT.
+ * {gdbtk.c, gdbtk-hooks.c}: __CYGWIN32__ refs drop the "32".
+
+Thu Nov 12 15:20:15 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_cmd): Added an optional second argument to the
+ gdb_cmd, which is from_tty. This is passed to the gdb command
+ parser. It is 0 by default, and the console window passes 1.
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c: moved disassemble_from_exec from gdbtk.c to gdbtk-cmds.c
+ with all the other link-var'ed variables
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c (gdbtk_trace_find): Only run the hook functions if
+ we are called from_tty.
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c (gdbtk_trace_start_stop): Set the trace buttons
+ from a trace_start_command callback rather than doing it as a
+ special case in gdb_cmd.
+
+ * tracepoint.c (tstart_command, tstop_command): Add call to
+ trace_start_stop_hook here.
+
+Wed Nov 4 12:41:42 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_set_bp_addr): Pass the type, enable & thread
+ to gdbtk_tcl_breakpoint.
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c (gdbtk_trace_find): Added this function. It is
+ the hook function for tfind commands.
+ * tracepoint.c (trace_find_command): Added the trace_find_hook,
+ run when you do trace_find_command.
+ * tracepoint.h: Define the trace_find_hook.
+
+1998-11-03 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * v850ice.c (do_gdb): New function.
+ (ice_stepi): Use do_gdb to step properly.
+ (ice_nexti): Use do_gdb to step properly.
+ (view_source): Correct call to src window's location for new version.
+
+Mon Nov 2 11:16:10 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds (gdb_get_tracepoint_info): Demangle C++ function names.
+
+Fri Oct 30 11:22:23 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds (gdb_get_tracepoint_info): Fixed typo.
+
+Wed Oct 28 16:19:02 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_set_bp_addr): For callback, send full
+ pathname instead of just basename.
+
+Wed Oct 28 10:14:33 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c: Made the bdtypes & bpdisp arrays shared so they
+ could be used in gdbtk-hooks.c (breakpoint_notify).
+ Also fixed a few error messages to actually print the bp number
+ rather that #%d...
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c (breakpoint_notify): pass more of the information
+ about the breakpoint into the Tcl command, so it does not have to
+ try and guess about information we have on the C side.
+ * gdbtk.h: Export the bptypes & pbdisp arrays.
+
+1998-10-13 Jason Molenda (jsm@bugshack.cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.c, gdbtk-cmds.c: Cast parameters passed to make_cleanup to
+ use the new make_cleanup_func typedef.
+
+1998-10-08 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c (gdbtk_add_hooks): Install a hook for
+ (new) file_changed_hook.
+ (gdbtk_exec_file_changed): Rename to gdbtk_exec_file_display
+ to mimic hook's name.
+ (gdbtk_file_changed): New hook function.
+
+Tue Oct 6 22:57:13 1998 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.in (links): Link gdbtcl2 directory instead of gdbtcl.
+
+Mon Oct 5 00:34:00 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_set_bp_addr): New command. Sets a
+ breakpoint at an address. Use this instead of gdb_cmd "break"
+ because the syntax of the break command is broken and doesn't
+ allow you to create a thread-specific BP at an address. Also
+ this is faster.
+
+Sun Oct 4 22:35:47 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_set_bp): Add an optional thread number.
+ (gdb_find_bp_at_line): New function. Returns a list of bpnums
+ at the specified line number.
+ (gdb_find_bp_at_addr): New function. Returns a list of bpnums
+ at an address..
+
+1998-10-02 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c (gdbtk_exec_file_changed): New function which handles
+ exec_file changes.
+ (gdbtk_add_hooks): Define exec_file_display_hook (to gdbtk_exec_file_changed)
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_stop): target_stop is ALWAYS defined, so
+ compare against something a little more meaningful (target_ignore).
+
+1998-09-24 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_wait): Don't run the timer for ice targets.
+
+ * v850ice.c (WM_ADDR_TO_SYM): New message.
+ (v850ice_wndproc): Add handler for WM_SOURCE.
+ (v850ice_wait): Call the ui_loop_hook occasionally.
+ (ice_cont): Acknowledge message before doing anything.
+ (ice_stepi): Ack message and let gdbtk do stepping.
+ (ice_nexti): Ack message and let gdbtk do stepping.
+ (view_source): New function ICE calls to display source code.
+
+1998-09-18 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (get_frame_name): Demangle function names, too.
+
+Thu Sep 10 22:10:29 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ *gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_disassemble): Make sure the symtab's linetable is not
+ null before trying to use it...
+
+1998-09-02 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_cmd): Do not run the timer when downloading --
+ the ui_progress_hook that has been installed will actually
+ update the gui for us.
+
+Mon Aug 31 15:42:10 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c (context_hook): Don't define.
+
+1998-08-31 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_listfuncs): When stripping out "global destructors"
+ and "global constructors", do not append any elements to the result.
+
+Sun Aug 30 00:49:18 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (Gdbtk_Init): Link C variable gdb_context
+ with tcl variable gdb_context_id.
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c (gdbtk_context_change): Implement new hook called
+ context_hook. Called when threads change.
+
+ * gdbtk.c: Initialize gdb_context.
+
+ * gdbtk.h: Declare gdb_context.
+
+ * infrun (wait_for_inferior): Call context_hook.
+
+ * thread.c (thread_command): Call context_hook.
+
+ * defs.h: Declare context_hook.
+
+Fri Aug 28 12:14:49 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_loadfile): Open the file after doing
+ the symtab lookup and calling symtab_to_filename(). This
+ makes GDBtk work with the GDB "dir" command.
+
+1998-08-18 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c (gdbtk_add_hooks): Set selected_frame_level_changed_hook.
+ (gdbtk_selected_frame_changed): New function.
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (Gdbtk_Init): Add command gdb_stack into interpreter.
+ Link gdb's global selected_frame_level with interpreter global
+ gdb_selected_frame_level.
+ (gdb_stack): New function to faciltate speedier backtraces from
+ gdbtk.
+ (get_frame_name): New helper function for gdb_stack.
+
+Tue Aug 18 15:42:40 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_listfuncs): Strip out global constructors
+ and destructors from the function list.
+
+Thu Aug 13 15:09:59 1998 Drew Moseley <dmoseley@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_cleanup): added a scope-level around the contents
+ of the #ifdef so that the variable declarations in there would not
+ be illegal in a C compilation.
+
+Mon Jul 27 13:07:16 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_call_command): Removed because it is now
+ in gdbtk-hooks.c
+ (null_routine): Removed.
+
+ * gdbtk-hooks.c (tracepoint_notify): Fix sprintf to
+ match number of arguments.
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_loc): When calling gdb_loc with an
+ argument, call find_pc_line() to get a complete
+ symtab_and_line struct.
+
+Fri Jul 24 14:25:43 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_search): Add missing NULL to switches.
+ Add missing flags to result_ptr.
+ Pass along any errors caused by getting the list of files from
+ tcl.
+ Allocate correct amount of memory for the file list.
+ Don't do any unecessary cleanups.
+
+Fri Jul 24 01:08:37 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk-cmds.c (gdb_loadfile): When there are no
+ linenumbers, use only one tab.
+
+Sat Jul 18 12:28:39 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_cleanup): Add call to tcl function
+ gdbtk_cleanup. We need this so the GUI gets to clean
+ up no matter how GDB exits.
+
+Wed Jul 1 13:10:58 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Moved gdbtk_hooks.c & gdbtk_cmds.c to gdbtk-hooks.c &
+ gdbtk-cmds.c to comply with the gdb conventions. Changed the
+ configure & makefile to reflect the change...
+
+Wed Jul 1 11:07:21 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c: removed all the commands and hooks from this file so
+ now it contains only the startup code.
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Fixed a bug in the startup code on Windows
+ that caused gdbtk not to find the share directory unless
+ GDBTK_LIBRARY was set.
+ * gdbtk_cmds.c: New file - this contains all the Tcl commands that
+ gdb defines. All the old commands were moved here, the
+ string-based commands were converted to object commands, and the
+ object-based commands were all converted to uniformly use the
+ call_wrapper. A new function, Gdbtk_Init was added to centralize
+ initializing the gdb package.
+ * gdbtk_hooks.c: New file - All the hooks were moved here, and a new
+ function, gdbtk_add_hooks was added to centralize adding all these
+ hook functions. gdbtk_fputs was also modified to handle the new
+ result_ptr structure. See the comments in gdbtk.h for more
+ details.
+ * gdbtk.h: New file - this contains all the defines and globals
+ shared by gdbtk.c, gdbtk_cmds.c & gdbtk_hooks.c
+ * Makefile.in, configure.in & configure: mutatis mutandi for the
+ new files.
+
+
+Mon Jun 29 11:49:17 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.c (main): Don't include gdbtk test code if GDBTK is
+ not defined by configure.
+
+ * configure.in: When enabling gdbtk, add "-DGDBTK" to ENABLE_CFLAGS.
+
+ * configure: Regenerate.
+
+Fri Jun 26 13:56:07 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c: Change all references to static global "interp" to
+ "gdbtk_interp" and export this global.
+ (gdbtk_init): If gdbtk_source_filename is not NULL, source this file
+ into the interpreter when it goes idle.
+ Add new command "gdb_search".
+ (gdb_search): New function which searches the symbol table.
+ (gdbtk_test): New function called by main when the --tclcommand
+ option is used.
+
+ * main.c (main): Add a new option "--tclcommand" which is used
+ by the testsuite to source a file into the interpreter when it
+ goes idle.
+
+Sun Jun 21 09:31:12 1998 Ron Unrau (runrau@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_set_bp): Use new interface.
+
+Wed Jun 17 19:12:23 1998 Jeff Holcomb <jeffh@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (install-only): Install tracing help files.
+
+Mon Jun 15 13:18:21 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Add elements to the auto_path AS LIST
+ ELEMENTS. This allows gdbtk to work when installed in a directory
+ which has a space in the path. D. Moseley pointed out the bug.
+
+
+Tue Jun 9 14:10:46 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_get_vars_command): Return static variables and
+ variables stored in registers.
+
+ * main.c (main): Call pre/post_add_symbol_hook's when loading
+ executables and symbol files.
+
+Fri Jun 5 00:16:22 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Change all references to
+ GDBTK_IDE to IDE_ENABLED.
+
+Thu Jun 4 18:31:53 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Initialize tkTable.
+
+Thu Jun 4 10:15:03 1998 Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c: merged:
+
+ - Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+ (call_obj_wrapper): in case of error, copy the
+ error message from the result to the error_string.
+ (gdbtk_fputs): add comments.
+ (gdb_actions_command): call validate_actionline when installing the
+ tracepoint, to do the syntax checking of the actions for us.
+ - Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+ (gdb_get_trace_frame_num): new function to get the
+ trace frame number from gdb.
+ (gdbtk_init): added new command gdb_get_trace_frame_num.
+ - Jim Blandy <jimb@zwingli.cygnus.com>
+ (struct wrapped_call_objs): Change the `func' member to
+ be a Tcl_ObjCmdProc, not an Tcl_CmdProc, since it accepts a vector
+ of objects as arguments. Change the object vector to be const,
+ since that's what all the users of this structure seem to expect.
+ (call_obj_wrapper): Cast clientData properly before storing it in
+ the wrapped_args structure.
+
+Thu May 28 17:19:14 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (_initialize_gdbtk): Get rid of the console. Patch from
+ Chris Faylor (cgf@cygnus.com).
+
+ * configure.in: Link cygwin32 with subsystem console.
+
+ * configure: Regenerated
+
+Sun May 24 14:00:24 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ser-unix.c (wait_for): Do not reset timeout_remaining for cygwin32 so that
+ we can use this member to track real timeouts.
+ (hardwire_readchar): Modify for cygwin32 so that we only ever use a real
+ system timeout of one second. Track the "real" timeout as a series of these
+ one second timeouts.
+ Call ui_loop_hook to keep the gui alive.
+
+ * top.c: Define new hook for cygwin32, "ui_loop_hook".
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Add ui_loop_hook for CygWin32 to work around
+ update problems.
+
+Thu May 21 13:56:24 1998 Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c: reinserted the changes that were accidentally deleted:
+ (_initialize_gdbtk): Use correct device names in
+ cygwin-specific call (cosmetic change).
+ (gdbtk_ignorable_warning): removed va_list parameter,
+ which was unused.
+ (_initialize_gdbtk): add cygwin32 specific code to
+ allow `gdb -nw' to work when specified specified from a windows
+ console-mode command line.
+
+1998-05-19 Jim Blandy <jimb@zwingli.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (struct wrapped_call_objs): Change the `func' member to
+ be a Tcl_ObjCmdProc, not an Tcl_CmdProc, since it accepts a vector
+ of objects as arguments. Change the object vector to be const,
+ since that's what all the users of this structure seem to expect.
+ (call_obj_wrapper): Cast clientData properly before storing it in
+ the wrapped_args structure.
+
+Wed May 13 11:12:58 1998 James Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c: Fixed a goof in the definition of the gdb_get_args &
+ gdb_get_locals Tcl commands. Moved the previous ChangeLog entry
+ from ChangeLog to ChangeLog-gdbtk (here)...
+
+Tue May 12 13:29:20 1998 Jeff Holcomb <jeffh@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (install-only): Add images/icons.txt and
+ images2/icons.txt to files that need to be installed.
+
+Tue May 12 12:03:16 1998 James Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c: Add an object call wrapper for the new Tcl_Obj based
+ commands. This way the obj commands will also go through
+ catch_errors. This is just a bandaid while I rewrite the
+ string-based commands to use the object format.
+
+Tue May 5 09:30:25 1998 Christopher Faylor <cgf@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (_initialize_gdbtk): Use correct device names in
+ cygwin-specific call (cosmetic change).
+
+Wed Apr 29 15:53:16 1998 Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_ignorable_warning): removed va_list parameter,
+ which was unused.
+
+Tue Apr 28 19:41:33 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (GDBTKLIBS): New macro.
+ (INSTALLED_LIBS): Include GDBTKLIBS.
+ (CLIBS): Likewise.
+ * configure: Rebuilt.
+ * configure.in: Put Tcl/Tk libs into GDBTKLIBS, not LIBS.
+ (GDBTKLIBS): AC_SUBST.
+
+Thu Apr 23 19:01:05 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (install-only): Install help files.
+
+Wed Apr 22 21:17:35 1998 Christopher Faylor <cgf@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (_initialize_gdbtk): add cygwin32 specific code to
+ allow `gdb -nw' to work when specified specified from a windows
+ console-mode command line.
+
+Wed Apr 15 11:23:53 1998 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtcl: Remove directory and contents, this version of
+ the interface is obsolete.
+
+Mon Apr 13 16:17:52 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_loadfile): Change fstat() call to stat().
+ Needed because you can't convert a FILE* to an fd.
+
+Mon Apr 13 16:28:07 1998 Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c: (perror_with_name_wrapper) new function to call
+ perror_with_name safely.
+ (gdb_loadfile) added source vs. executable time stamp check.
+ (gdbtk_warning) new function to pass a warning message to the gui.
+ (gdbtk_ignorable_warning) new function to pass a warning
+ to the gui. Used only for the src. vs. exec check.
+ (gdbtk_init) added warning_hook
+ added include <sys/stat.h>
+
+Mon Apr 13 12:58:26 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_start_timer): Include on all platforms. Decrease
+ timer interval a little.
+ (gdbtk_stop_timer): Include on all platforms.
+ (gdbtk_wait): No more signals! Use a timer on all platforms to keep the
+ GUI alive.
+ (gdbtk_init): Remove FIOASYNC and all x_fd references. Now using timers
+ on all platforms.
+
+Fri Apr 10 15:48:10 1998 Jason Molenda (crash@bugshack.cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_listfiles): Allocate space for 'files' dynamically.
+
+Thu Apr 9 14:20:59 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Remove redundant variable "IDE".
+
+Tue Apr 7 15:13:58 1998 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl: Remove, no longer used.
+
+Tue Apr 7 12:49:45 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_cmd): NEVER call the busy, update, and idle hooks.
+
+Tue Mar 31 15:42:06 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_loadfile): Don't use the return result from
+ sprintf, which returns a char * under SunOS4.
+
+Tue Mar 31 17:18:43 1998 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.in: Add $(LIBIDETCL) as well as $(LIBIDE) if
+ --enable-ide.
+ * Makefile.in (IDE_CFLAGS_X): Add -I for libidetcl/src.
+ (LIBIDETCL): Define.
+ * configure: Rebuild.
+
+Sun Mar 29 21:19:46 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_get_tracepoint_info): Change formatting of address.
+ (tracepoint_exists): Remove code which confuses assembly traces.
+
+Sat Mar 28 12:13:23 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_cmd): If argc > 2, assume that the busy and idle hooks
+ should not be called.
+
+Thu Mar 26 22:29:28 1998 Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c: (gdb_trace_status) new function.
+ (gdbtk_init) added command "gdb_is_tracing".
+ (tracepoint_notify) added passcount information.
+
+Thu Mar 26 12:00:35 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_fputs): Insert fencepost.
+ (gdb_loc): Correct pc calculation.
+ (gdb_immediate_command): Return if a load is in progress.
+ (gdb_cmd): Return if a load is in progress.
+ (target_stop_wrapper): New function.
+ (gdb_stop): Call target_stop_wrapper.
+ (x_event): Add fencepost and optimize load cancel check.
+ (gdbtk_start_timer): Set up structs only once.
+ (gdbtk_stop_timer): Just use preset structs to set timer parameters.
+ (gdb_loadfile): If file cannot be loaded, return error message.
+ (gdb_loadfile): Add space before tab so that lines without
+ a '-' can later be changed to have one.
+
+Wed Mar 25 14:08:51 1998 Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_pre_add_symbol): Use Tcl_merge to form Tcl commands.
+
+Mon Mar 23 13:41:39 1998 Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_get_mem): Rewrite to fetch entire contents
+ of the memory window at once.
+
+Sat Mar 21 19:34:49 1998 Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ Merged changes from Foundry: list follows by author:
+
+ - Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (gdbres.o): New target.
+ (WINDRES): New define.
+ * configure: Rebuilt.
+ * configure.in (WINDRES): Define.
+ (CONFIG_OBS): Include gdbres.o on Windows.
+ * gdbtool.ico: New file.
+ * gdb.rc: New file.
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Call ide_create_messagebox_command.
+ (gdbtk_cleanup): Call ide_interface_deregister_all.
+ (gdbtk_init): Pass event handle to cleanup.
+ (TclDebug): Use Tcl_Merge to construct command.
+ (gdbtk_init): Call ide_create_cygwin_path_command.
+
+ - Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_set_bp): Set addr_string for bp.
+ (gdb_get_breakpoint_info): Demangle function
+ names in breakpoint info.
+ Include "demangle.h".
+ (gdb_loc, gdb_listfuncs): Demangle C++
+ function names.
+ (gdb_set_bp): Properly quote filename to fix
+ problems with spaces. Send pc back as a hex string.
+ (gdb_listfuncs): Remove debugging line.
+ Turn off some debugging lines.
+ (breakpoint_notify): Return correct line number.
+ (gdb_get_breakpoint_info): Return correct line number.
+ (gdb_set_bp): New function to provide a better way to
+ set breakpoints.
+ (gdbtk_readline, gdbtk_readline_begin): Memory
+ allocated by tcl needs to be freed by Tcl_Free().
+ (find_file_in_dir): Deleted.
+ (gdb_find_file_command): Call full_lookup_symtab().
+ (gdb_listfuncs): Call full_lookup_symtab().
+ (full_lookup_symtab): New function. Like lookup_symtab
+ except handles multiple files with the same basename,
+ full pathnames, and always sets symtab->fullname.
+ (gdb_loadfile): Call full_lookup_symtab(). Clear
+ realloc'd memory.
+ (gdb_loadfile): Don't tag lines without source.
+ Tag source lines with source_tag.
+ (gdb_find_file_command, find_file_in_dir):
+ Rewrite. Now searches symtabs and psymtabs for a match
+ on the partial or full filename. Returns the full pathname.
+ (gdb_loadfile): Realloc additional memory
+ if someone loads in a file with more than 160,000
+ lines. I don't know if this really works because
+ I don't have enough memory to test it.
+ (gdb_sourcelines): Deleted.
+ (gdb_loadfile): New function. Takes a text widget
+ and loads it with the contents of a file. Marks
+ and tags source lines.
+ (pc_changed): New function.
+ (get_pc_register): Returns the value of
+ the PC to GDB.
+ (gdb_loc): If looking on the stack, return
+ real pc along with calling source line.
+ (gdb_loc): Return "" instead of "N/A" if
+ filename is not found.
+ (gdb_get_breakpoint_info): Same.
+ (get_register): For Natural mode, set format to 0.
+ Minor bugfixes from keiths.
+ (TclDebug): New function for debugging use.
+ (gdb_loc): Return correct PC for frames
+ that are not the innermost frame.
+ (gdb_listfiles): Rewritten to use object
+ API. Now takes an optional dirname which will cause
+ only files in that directory or its subdirectories
+ to be returned. Now returns basenames instead of
+ full pathnames.
+ (gdb_cmd): Set/reset load_in_progress flag.
+ (call_wrapper): Don't pop up dialog for errors in
+ downloads; just abort download.
+ (gdbtk_load_hash): Set return value correctly.
+
+ - Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Define the ui_loop_hook so that it can be
+ called by routines which might block, allowing us to update the GUI.
+ (gdbtk_wait): Move timer calls to annotation hooks.
+ (gdbtk_init): Define the annotation hooks.
+ (gdbtk_annotate_starting): New function for cygwin32 hosts.
+ (gdbtk_annotate_stopped): New function for cygwin32 hosts.
+ (gdbtk_annotate_exited): New function for cygwin32 hosts.
+ (gdbtk_annotate_signalled): New function. for cygwin32 hosts.
+ (gdbtk_init): Use gdbtk_print_frame_info hook.
+ (gdbtk_print_frame_info): New function which sets current_source_symtab
+ based on the given symtab and line info.
+ (gdb_immediate_command): New function which does
+ not buffer any
+ output. (Contrast to gdb_cmd.)
+ (gdb_prompt_command): New function to return gdb's prompt.
+ (find_file_in_dir): New functon which searches source paths
+ for a given filename.
+ (gdb_find_file): New function which returns path to given file -- uses
+ find_file_in_dir.
+ (gdbtk_init): Install "gdb_immediate", "gdb_find_file", and
+ "gdb_prompt"
+ commands into interpreter.
+
+ - Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_timer_going): If __CYGWIN32__, new static
+ variable.
+ (gdb_cmd): If __CYGWIN32__, if executing the load command, call
+ gdbtk_start_timer and gdbtk_stop_timer.
+ (call_wrapper): If __CYGWIN32__, if the timer is going, turn it
+ off. Clear load_in_progress.
+ (x_event): If load_in_progress, quit if download_cancel_ok.
+ (gdbtk_start_timer): Set gdbtk_timer_going.
+ (gdbtk_stop_timer): Clear gdbtk_timer_going.
+ (gdbtk_wait): Call x_event.
+ (gdbtk_init): Call ide_create_win_grab_command if
+ __CYGIN32__.
+ (gdb_clear_file): Clear stop_pc.
+
+Wed Mar 4 16:50:18 1998 Jason Molenda (crash@bugshack.cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_listfiles): Fix thinko in last change.
+
+Wed Mar 4 15:34:49 1998 Jason Molenda (crash@bugshack.cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_listfiles): Allocate space for 'files' dynamically.
+
+Tue Feb 10 17:50:37 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_modify_tracepoint): Define new tracepoint modification hook.
+ (gdbtk_print_frame_info): Define this hook so that current_source_symtab
+ is set properly.
+ (gdb_actions_command): Use free_actions () from tracepoint.c/h.
+
+Mon Jan 26 11:37:55 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_actions_command): Make note of next action
+ before freeing all references to it.
+
+Sat Jan 24 23:52:08 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c: Merge from Foundry branch.
+ (TclDebug): New debugging function.
+ (gdb_loc): For frames, find address of calling function
+ instead of whatever is on the stack (usually the next
+ instruction).
+ (gdb_listfiles): Takes an optional pathname argument and
+ returns an alphabetized list of basenames of files in the
+ path.
+
+Wed Jan 22 10:37:02 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * symfile.c: Define two new hooks for symbol reading:
+ "pre_add_symbol_hook" and "post_add_symbol_hook". These hooks
+ are called before we begin reading symbols, and after we finish.
+ (generic_load): Use new symbol reading hooks and get rid of
+ compiler warning.
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Add hooks for pre- and post-symbol reading.
+ (gdbtk_pre_add_symbol): New function: the pre-add-symbol hook.
+ (gdbtk_post_add_symbol): New function: the post-add-symbol hook.
+ (find_file_in_dir): New function. Moved the guts of gdb_find_file_command
+ into here to allow its use by others.
+ (gdb_loc): Use find_file_in_dir to return the real path to the file
+ (or "N/A" if we can't find it).
+
+ * configure.in (TIX_LIB_EXT): Define new variable for those special cases
+ when TCL_SHLIB_SUFFIX is not enough to specify the dependency.
+
+ * configure: Regenerate.
+
+Fri Jan 23 07:47:06 1998 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (uninstall): Remove installed gdbtcl dir, if one
+ was installed.
+
+Thu Jan 15 12:42:28 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_immediate_command): New function which does not buffer any
+ output. (Contrast to gdb_cmd.)
+ (gdbtk_init): Install "gdb_immediate" command into interpreter.
+
+Wed Jan 14 16:38:44 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.in (--enable-gdbtk): If tcl was built with --enable-shared,
+ use TCL_SHLIB_SUFFIX to specify the suffix of the library file so that
+ we don't expect to see "libfoo.a" instead of "libfoo.{so,sl, etc}".
+
+ * configure: Regenerate.
+
+Wed Dec 31 16:50:26 1998 Keith Seitz (keiths@onions.cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_actions_command): extract and save step count
+ from "while-stepping" command
+
+Tue Dec 16 21:16:42 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (LIBGUI): New variable.
+ (GUI_CFLAGS_X): New variable.
+ (IDE_CFLAGS): Add $(GUI_CFLAGS_X).
+ * configure.in: Add $(LIBGUI) to TCL_LIBS and CONFIG_DEPS.
+ * configure: Rebuild.
+
+Wed Dec 10 13:16:45 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_get_tracepoint_info): Use info in struct
+ symtab_and_line (not struct tracepoint) so that we get the
+ real line info for an address. Arrange data more like
+ gdb_get_breakpoint_info.
+ (tracepoint_notify): Use info in struct symtab_and_line again.
+ (gdbtk_init): Add command "gdb_get_tracepoint_list" into
+ interpreter.
+ (gdb_get_tracepoint_list): New function that aids the source
+ window in displaying tracepoints when the file changes.
+
+Fri Dec 5 10:31:23 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Add gdb_find_file into interpreter.
+ (gdb_find_file_command): New function which searches source path
+ to find the real full filename of a file.
+
+Mon Dec 1 10:19:44 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c: Move include of "guitcl.h" back out of IDE ifdef.
+ (gdbtk_init): Move ide_initialize_paths out of IDE ifdef.
+
+ * configure.in (TCL_LIBS, CONFIG_DEPS): Add IDE libraries for all
+ builds.
+ (CONFIG_OBS): Remove tracepoint.o, which should always be included.
+
+ * configure: regenerate
+
+ * Makefile.in (install-only): ALWAYS install the new gdbtk
+ (REMOTE_OBS): add tracepoint.o
+
+Thu Nov 27 09:07:18 1997 Michael Meissner <meissner@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.in ({TCL_LIBS,CONFIG_DEPS}): Don't add IDE libraries
+ if not --enable-ide.
+ (CONFIG_OBS): Add tracepoint.o to list if --enable-gdbtk.
+ * configure: Regenerate.
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_get_breakpoint_info): Add missing filename
+ argument.
+ (toplevel): Move include of guitcl.h into #ifdef IDE region.
+ (gdbtk_init): Move ide_initialize_paths call into #ifdef IDE
+ section.
+
+ * Makefile.in (gdbtk.o): Update dependencies.
+
+Wed Nov 26 15:02:43 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_loc): symtab_to_filename can return NULL.
+ (breakpoint_notify): Ditto.
+ (gdb_get_breakpoint_info): Ditto.
+
+Wed Nov 26 11:33:09 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ Merge in code from Foundry branch:
+
+ * Makefile.in (install-only): install the new gdbtk, not the old
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_call_command): also run idle hooks for class_trace
+ commands
+ (gdbtk_init): Add new commands "gdb_get_locals", "gdb_get_args",
+ "gdb_get_function", "gdb_get_line", "gdb_get_file",
+ "gdb_tracepoint_exists", "gdb_get_tracepoint_info", "gdb_actions",
+ and "gdb_prompt".
+ (gdb_get_vars_command): New function.
+ (gdb_get_line_command): New.
+ (gdb_get_file_command): New.
+ (gdb_get_function_command): New.
+ (gdb_get_tracepoint_info): New.
+ (gdbtk_create_tracepoint): New.
+ (gdbtk_delete_tracepoint): New.
+ (tracepoint_notify): New.
+ (tracepoint_exists): New.
+ (gdb_actions_command): New.
+ (gdb_tracepoint_exists_command): New.
+ (gdb_prompt_command): New.
+
+Thu Nov 13 18:15:54 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c: Move include of gdbcore.h to top of file.
+ (close_bfds): New static function if _WIN32.
+ (gdbtk_readline): Call close_bfds.
+ (call_wrapper, tk_command_loop): Likewise.
+ (gdb_clear_file): New static function.
+ (gdbtk_init): Create gdb_clear_file Tcl command.
+
+Wed Nov 12 14:58:39 1997 Jeff Holcomb <jeffh@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c: gdbtk_load_hash and ui_load_progress_hook return an
+ int result.
+ (gdbtk_load_hash): download hash routine returns an int result.
+
+Mon Nov 10 15:11:51 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Call ide_create_shell_execute_command if
+ __CYGWIN32__.
+ * configure.in: Add -lshell32 to WIN32LIBS on cygwin32.
+ * configure: Rebuild.
+
+Sun Nov 9 16:25:34 1997 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Run ide_create_help_command.
+
+Tue Oct 28 17:31:47 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Call ide_create_winprint_command.
+
+Thu Oct 23 15:53:37 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.in: Add -lgdi32 to WIN32LIBS when linking gdbtk on
+ cygwin32.
+ * configure: Rebuild.
+
+Wed Oct 22 21:32:54 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Create sizebox command on Windows.
+
+Thu Oct 9 14:33:21 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Remove assertion argument from call to
+ ide_create_window_register_command.
+
+Wed Oct 1 11:09:52 1997 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Pass name of restore interface to
+ ide_create_window_register_command.
+
+Fri Sep 26 21:08:22 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Initialize ui_load_progress_hook.
+
+Thu Sep 25 03:05:00 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_load_info): New function. Returns a list
+ of section names and sizes for an executable.
+ (gdbtk_load_hash): Stub function to call tcl function
+ download_hash.
+
+Tue Sep 23 01:29:00 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_get_mem): Fix compiler warning.
+
+Sun Sep 21 00:15:00 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_get_mem): Fix problem with ASCII dump.
+
+Tue Sep 16 18:07:17 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_get_mem): New function. Returns
+ a formatted memory dump with optional ASCII dump.
+
+Mon Sep 8 12:48:50 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c: Include ilutk.h if IDE.
+ (gdb_confirm_quit, gdb_force_quit): New static functions.
+ (gdbtk_init): Add Tcl commands gdb_confirm_quit and
+ gdb_force_quit.
+
+Mon Sep 8 03:05:33 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_get_breakpoint_info): Now returns the
+ function a breakpoint is in.
+
+Fri Sep 5 20:23:58 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Call ide_create_exit_command.
+
+Wed Sep 3 19:39:15 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c: Include guitcl.h.
+ (gdbtk_init): Always call ide_initialize_paths. Set the Tcl
+ variable IDE to 1 when using the IDE. Always try using auto path
+ to find main.tcl.
+ * Makefile.in (IDE_CFLAGS_X): Always include libide.
+ (LIBIDE): New variable.
+ (IDE_X): Omit -lide.
+ (IDE_DEPS): Omit libide.
+ * configure.in: Add LIBIDE to TCL_LIBS and CONFIG_DEPS.
+ * configure: Rebuild.
+
+Mon Aug 25 02:28:55 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c: (gdb_target_has_inferior) check if inferior_pid is non-zero
+ before assuming that the inferior is running.
+
+Mon Aug 25 01:06:48 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_start_timer): Pass third argument to setitimer.
+ (gdbtk_stop_timer): Likewise.
+
+Mon Aug 25 00:23:08 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c: (gdbtk_init) create new command "gdb_target_has_execution"
+ (gdb_target_has_execution_command) new function
+
+Sun Aug 24 20:27:22 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_loc): If there are no symbols, just bail
+ immediately.
+ (tk_command_loop): Print errors encountered while running
+ gdbtk_tcl_preloop.
+
+Sun Aug 24 13:44:03 1997 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Run ide_create_build_command.
+
+Sat Aug 23 21:53:39 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c: If CYGWIN32, include <sys/time.h>.
+ (x_fd): Don't define if WINNT.
+ (gdbtk_start_timer, gdbtk_stop_timer): New static functions if
+ CYGWIN32.
+ (gdbtk_wait): Don't set up signal handling if WINNT. If CYGWIN32,
+ call gdbtk_start_timer and gdbtk_stop_timer.
+ (gdbtk_init): Don't set up signal handling or make x_fd
+ asynchronous if CYGWIN32.
+
+Fri Aug 22 15:23:15 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (error_string_ptr): New static variable.
+ (gdbtk_fputs): If result_ptr is NULL, and error_string_ptr is not
+ NULL, and we're outputting to stderr, append string to
+ error_string_ptr rather than calling gdbtk_tcl_fputs.
+ (call_wrapper): Set up error_string_ptr. Put both error string
+ and normal string in Tcl result.
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Don't call ide_run_server_init until after
+ gdb has initialized.
+
+Thu Aug 21 19:14:38 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c: If _WIN32, include winuser.h.
+ (gdbtk_init): If _WIN32, use MessageBox to display an error
+ evaluating main.tcl.
+
+Thu Aug 21 00:48:00 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@pern.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Add call to ide_run_server_init().
+ (gdb_cmd): For the load command, don't buffer the I/O.
+
+Wed Aug 20 11:41:22 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_query): Chaneg free() call to Tcl_Free().
+
+Tue Aug 19 17:09:19 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (TCL_DEPS, TK_DEPS): New variables.
+ (ITCL_DEPS, TIX_DEPS): New variables.
+ (IDE_DEPS): New variable.
+ (CDEPS): Include @CONFIG_DEPS@.
+ * configure.in: Set and substitute CONFIG_DEPS and TIX_DEPS.
+ * configure: Rebuild.
+
+Sun Aug 17 00:42:11 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_listfuncs): New function that returns
+ a list of all the functions in a source file.
+
+Tue Aug 12 16:35:21 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (install-only): Install tclIndex if ENABLE_IDE.
+
+Mon Aug 11 10:43:04 1997 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Use ide_event_init_from_environment.
+
+Fri Aug 8 15:59:24 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Change gdbtk_lib_tmp and gdbtk_file to be
+ dynamically allocated, rather than fixed size. Pass "gdbtcl" to
+ ide_initialize_paths to match installed directory name. If IDE,
+ use auto_path to search for main.tcl.
+ * Makefile.in (install-only): If ENABLE_IDE, install from gdbtcl2
+ rather than gdbtcl.
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_cleanup): New static function.
+ (gdbtk_init): Add gdbtk_cleanup as a final cleanup. Uncomment
+ call to ide_initialize_paths. If we can't initialize the event
+ system, set GDBTK_IDE to 0 in the Tcl interpreter. Create the
+ ide_window_register and the ide_window commands. Initialize tk,
+ itcl, and tix after initializing the IDE.
+
+ * configure.in (tixdir): Update for cygwin32 case for Tcl 8.0.
+ * configure: Rebuild.
+
+Fri Aug 8 00:13:32 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (breakpoint_notify): Change buffer size from 100
+ to 256 to avoid memory corruption with very long pathnames.
+
+Thu Aug 7 14:08:23 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.in: Change required Tix version to 4.1.8.0 .
+ * configure: Rebuilt.
+
+Fri Aug 1 15:21:44 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (Tcl_Alloc): Don't provide our own version of this if
+ _WIN32.
+ (Tcl_Realloc, Tcl_Free): Likewise.
+ * configure.in: Check for cygwin32 environment. Define and
+ substitute WIN32LIBS and WIN32LDAPP. Always set configdir to
+ unix; setting it to win was for an old Tcl/Tk configuration
+ scheme.
+ * aclocal.m4 (CY_AC_LOAD_TKCONFIG): Substitute TK_BUILD_INCLUDES.
+ * Makefile.in (TK_CFLAGS): Add @TK_BUILD_INCLUDES@.
+ (WIN32LDAPP, WIN32LIBS): Define.
+ (CLIBS): Add $(WIN32LIBS).
+ (gdb): Use $(WIN32LDAPP).
+ * configure: Rebuild.
+
+Tue Jul 22 19:45:37 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.in, aclocal.m4: Another fix to find the
+ correct Tix library name.
+
+ * configure: Rebuilt.
+
+Mon Jul 21 22:24:07 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * aclocal.m4: Search for the correct tix library.
+
+Thu Jul 10 00:02:41 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in, configure.in, aclocal.m4: Add Itcl, Tix, and
+ IDE configuration information.
+
+ * gdbtk.c (breakpoint_notify): Send address, linenumber and
+ filename when a breakpoint is set. Avoids call to bp_info.
+ (gdbtk_init): Call Tcl_FindExecutable(). Add code to handle
+ Itcl, Tix and IDE initialization.
+
+ * configure: Regenerated.
+
+Fri Jun 13 10:28:09 1997 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Make truth value test explicit.
+ Remove unused static variable "Gdbtk_Library".
+
+Sat Jun 7 02:34:19 1997 Peter Schauer (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_get_breakpoint_info): Add string for new
+ enumeration del_at_next_stop to bpdisp array.
+
+Tue Jun 3 15:46:51 1997 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (LIB_RUNTIME_DIR): New variable.
+
+Wed May 7 19:10:19 1997 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (wrapped_call): New function - make actual call to tk
+ worker function.
+ (call_wrapper): Rewrite to use top.c:catch_errors.
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_stop): If No target_stop set quit flag and hope for
+ best.
+
+Mon Apr 21 14:00:08 1997 Doug Evans <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_disassemble): Store endian-ness in `di'.
+
+Wed Apr 16 12:33:06 1997 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (install-only): Make list of gdbtcl files to install
+ explicit - was picking up files such as ChangeLog etc.
+ (install-only): Don't blindly create the directory.
+
+Tue Apr 1 15:04:21 1997 Jason Molenda (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+ * configure.in (gdbtcl): Create soft-link for gdbtcl/ directory
+ instead of gdbtk.tcl.
+
+Fri Mar 28 17:04:02 1997 Jason Molenda (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+ * Makefile.in (gdbtk.o): look for GDBTK_LIBRARY in $(datadir) by
+ default, not $(srcdir).
+
+Wed Mar 19 15:16:17 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in: Install gdbtcl dir instead of gdbtk.tcl.
+
+ * gdbtk.c: Added some ifdefs for Windows. Changed GDBTK_FILENAME
+ to GDBTK_LIBRARY, which is now a path to search.
+ (gdb_path_conv): New function. Convert Cygwin32 pathname to
+ DOS-style pathname.
+
+ * {aclocal.m4,configure.in}: Changes for Windows builds.
+
+ * configure: Rebuilt.
+
+Fri Mar 14 10:01:29 1997 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure: Regenerated.
+ * configure.in (LIBS): Re-reverse order of TCL_LIBS and TK_LIBS.
+
+Wed Mar 12 14:29:52 1997 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (x_event): Use Tcl_DoOneEvent, TCL_DONT_WAIT,
+ TCL_ALL_EVENTS.
+
+ * configure: Regenerated.
+ * configure.in (ENABLE_GDBTK): Put TCL_LIBS after TK_LIBS in
+ LIBS.
+
+Mon Feb 10 13:50:53 1997 Stu Grossman (grossman@critters.cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.c (call_wrapper): Clear running_now if an error occurs.
+
+Wed Dec 11 18:51:35 1996 Mark Alexander <marka@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_loc): Correct truncation of PC on 64-bit MIPS.
+
+Tue Nov 19 09:26:14 1996 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_readline): Fix memory leak.
+
+Mon Nov 18 23:43:05 1996 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ Fixes for Tcl 7.6 / Tk 4.2:
+ * gdbtk.tcl (apply_filespec): Use tk_getOpenFile.
+ Remove old fileselect code.
+ * gdbtk.c (Tcl_Alloc): Rename from Tcl_Malloc.
+
+Fri Sep 27 10:25:30 1996 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (create_copyright_window): Increase timeout from
+ 15 seconds to 30 seconds.
+
+Wed Sep 4 17:28:40 1996 Stu Grossman (grossman@critters.cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure configure.in: Add host *windows* to list of hosts
+ that don't support GDBtk.
+
+Fri Aug 23 00:44:57 1996 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Check for a DISPLAY env variable and
+ gracefully degrade to using command line interface if none is
+ found.
+
+Fri Aug 9 12:32:53 1996 Tom Tromey <tromey@creche.cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (LIB_INSTALL_DIR): New macro.
+ (TCL): Include @TCL_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS@.
+
+Thu Aug 1 20:35:01 1996 Tom Tromey <tromey@creche.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (mainWindow): Deleted.
+ (cleanup_init): Don't destroy main window.
+ (gdbtk_init): Main window now created by Tk_Init.
+
+ * configure.in: Most X checks now handled automatically by Tk.
+ Use new macros to find Tcl/Tk.
+ * aclocal.m4: New version for new Tcl/Tk; from Don Libes.
+ * config.in, configure: Regenerated.
+
+ * Makefile.in (TCL, TCL_CFLAGS, TK, TK_CFLAGS, X11_CFLAGS,
+ X11_LDFLAGS, X11_LIBS): Changed for new Tcl and Tk.
+
+Thu Aug 1 16:12:05 1996 Jason Molenda (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+ * Makefile.in (gdbtk.tcl): put in $(datadir), not $(libdir).
+
+Fri Jul 26 14:07:37 1996 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_disassemble): Initialize di.flavour.
+
+Thu Jul 25 19:41:31 1996 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (null_routine): Ditto.
+ (gdbtk_flush): Ditto.
+ (gdbtk_fputs): Ditto.
+ (gdbtk_query): Ditto.
+ (gdbtk_readline): Ditto.
+ (gdbtk_readline_end): Ditto.
+ (gdb_get_breakpoint_list): Ditto.
+ (gdb_get_breakpoint_info): Ditto.
+ (breakpoint_notify): Ditto.
+ (gdbtk_create_breakpoint): Ditto.
+ (gdbtk_delete_breakpoint): Ditto.
+ (gdbtk_modify_breakpoint): Ditto.
+ (gdb_loc): Ditto.
+ (gdb_eval): Ditto.
+ (gdb_sourcelines): Ditto.
+ (map_arg_registers): Ditto.
+ (get_register_name): Ditto.
+ (gdb_regnames): Ditto.
+ (get_register): Ditto.
+ (gdb_fetch_registers): Ditto.
+ (register_changed_p): Ditto.
+ (gdb_changed_register_list): Ditto.
+ (gdb_cmd): Ditto.
+ (call_wrapper): Ditto.
+ (gdb_listfiles): Ditto.
+ (gdb_stop): Ditto.
+ (gdbtk_dis_asm_read_memory): Ditto.
+ (compare_lines): Ditto.
+ (gdb_disassemble): Ditto.
+ (tk_command): Ditto.
+ (cleanup_init): Ditto.
+ (gdbtk_interactive): Ditto.
+ (x_event): Ditto.
+ (gdbtk_wait): Ditto.
+ (gdbtk_call_command): Ditto.
+ (tk_command_loop): Ditto.
+ (gdbtk_init): Ditto.
+
+ * gdbtk.c (register_changed_p): Remove unused local variable "buf".
+
+Sat Jul 20 17:46:40 1996 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (files_command): Reorder the binding tags for
+ the listbox widget to avoid referencing the listbox after
+ the containing widget has been destroyed by the action of
+ a previous binding.
+
+Sat Jul 20 10:09:28 1996 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (delete_expr): Unset corresponding element of
+ expr_update_list when destroying an expression.
+ (create_expr_window): Initialize expr_num, delete_expr_num,
+ and expr_update_list here when each new expression window
+ is created, rather than once at startup.
+
+Mon Jul 15 16:44:05 1996 Stu Grossman (grossman@critters.cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_disassemble): Setup di.mach from
+ tm_print_insn_info.mach, and set endian from TARGET_BYTE_ORDER.
+
+Fri Jun 21 11:04:47 1996 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (create_register_windows): Include missing '$'s.
+ Add global declarations for various reg_format_* variables.
+ * gdbtk.tcl (populate_register_window): Make initial window one
+ line taller to account for new column header line.
+
+Fri Jun 21 09:46:47 1996 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (get_register): Support for printing raw formats.
+ * gdbtk.tcl: Add hint for using debug_interface.
+ (center_window, add_breakpoint_frame, delete_breakpoint_frame):
+ Enclose arg in braces for consistency.
+ (create_registers_window, populate_reg_window, update_registers):
+ Major rewrite to support displaying multiple formats in the register
+ window.
+ (init_reg_info): New function.
+ (recompute_reg_display_list): Reset reg_display_list, start
+ register display lines at line 2.
+
+Thu Jun 20 08:18:59 1996 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_readline_begin): Handle backspace to
+ avoid backing up over prompt. At every input, make sure insert
+ point is at least after command start, handle control-u to delete
+ current input line.
+ (tclsh): Handle backspace to avoid backing up over prompt. Handle
+ control-u to delete current input line.
+
+Wed Jun 19 17:23:38 1996 Geoffrey Noer <noer@cygnus.com>
+
+ * configure.in: disable gdbtk for *cygwin32* hosted compiles
+ * configure: regenerated with autoconf 2.8
+
+Sun May 19 16:49:37 1996 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_readline_begin, gdbtk_readline, gdbtk_readline_end):
+ New functions.
+ (tk_command_loop): Set instream to NULL to enable Tk user interaction.
+ (gdbtk_init): Set readline_begin_hook, readline_hook,
+ and readline_end_hook.
+ * gdbtk.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_readline_begin, gdbtk_tcl_readline,
+ gdbtk_tcl_readline_end): New functions.
+ (tclsh): Pack scroll bar on right side of window, not left.
+
+Fri May 17 13:54:34 1996 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (create_command_window): Change a misspelled "get"
+ to the intended "cget".
+ (delete_line): Fix so it deletes the current line at the
+ insertion cursor.
+
+Thu May 16 19:20:29 1996 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (gdb_prompt): Set this early on.
+ (create_command_window): Use gdb_prompt rather than "(gdb) ".
+ (gdbtk_tcl_preloop): Proc executed just prior to Tk main loop.
+ (tclsh): If an evaluation window already exists, just bring it
+ to the front instead of trying to create another.
+ * gdbtk.c (tk_command_loop): New function.
+ (gdbtk_init): Call tk_command_loop rather than Tk_MainLoop.
+
+Thu May 16 16:16:35 1996 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (evaluate_tcl_command, tclsh): New functions that
+ implement a tcl evaluation window for gdbtk maintainers to use.
+
+Thu May 16 11:42:58 1996 Tom Tromey <tromey@creche.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (files_command): Correctly insert list of files into
+ listbox widget.
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (files_command): listbox command no longer accepts
+ -geometry.
+
+Wed May 15 16:04:09 1996 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (create_command_window): If command window's buffer
+ is disabled, don't execute any of the key bindings.
+
+Mon May 13 13:43:25 1996 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (tk_command): Catch case where no argument is given
+ since this will cause the tcl interpreter to dump core.
+
+Wed May 8 20:33:24 1996 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c: Fix a couple of misspellings.
+
+Thu May 2 19:17:49 1996 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (debug_interface): New global, use to aid debugging.
+ (insert_breakpoint_tag, delete_breakpoint_tag): Fix range.
+ (file_popup_menu): Delete, never used.
+ (listing_window_popup): Rename from listing_window_button_1,
+ remove breakpoint toggling code.
+ (toggle_breakpoint): New procedure.
+ (create_file_win): Bind popup menu to button 2, toggle breakpoints
+ with button 1 in breakpoint area, add display of tagged areas if
+ debugging on.
+
+Fri Apr 5 13:44:40 1996 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (running_now): New global variable.
+ (gdb_cmd): Test it before executing any command.
+ (gdbtk_call_command): Set it when inferior is running.
+ * gdbtk.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_busy, gdbtk_tcl_idle): Enable and
+ disable interaction with command window's text appropriately.
+
+Fri Apr 5 13:25:42 1996 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (SIOCSPGRP, linux): If on Linux, undef SIOCSPGRP, since
+ some versions of the kernel don't support it.
+
+Tue Feb 6 16:31:25 1996 Tom Tromey <tromey@creche.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (create_file_win): Eliminate text widget B1 binding so
+ double-clicking will work again.
+ (create_asm_win): Put "break" at end of all B1 bindings.
+ (create_file_win): Lower "sel" tag, don't raise it.
+ (ensure_line_visible): New proc.
+ (update_listing, update_assembly): Use it.
+ (create_copyright_window): Destroy window on Leave event.
+ (create_command_window): Put "break" at end of all B2 bindings.
+
+Wed Jan 24 15:28:41 1996 Tom Tromey <tromey@creche.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl, gdbtk.c: Updated copyrights.
+
+ * configure.in: Look for -ldl or -ldld when using Tcl 7.5 or
+ greater.
+ * configure: Rebuilt.
+
+Tue Jan 23 09:00:48 1996 Doug Evans <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_disassemble): Pass fprintf_unfiltered to
+ INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO.
+
+Mon Jan 15 09:58:41 1996 Tom Tromey <tromey@creche.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (create_expr_window): Many changes to update GUI.
+ (add_expr): Changes from create_expr_window.
+ (create_command_window): Set focus.
+ (delete_expr): Rewrote.
+ (expr_update_button): New proc.
+ (add_expr): Put bindings on FocusIn, FocusOut.
+ Don't allow .file_popup to be torn off.
+
+Fri Jan 12 09:36:17 1996 Tom Tromey <tromey@creche.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_query): Swap Yes and No buttons.
+ (update_listing): Use lassign. Use "see" to scroll. Don't need
+ screen_top, screen_bot, screen_height.
+ (update_assembly): Use "see" to scroll.
+ (textscrollproc): Removed.
+ (create_file_win): Don't use textscrollproc.
+ (asmscrollproc): Removed.
+ (create_asm_window): Don't use asmscrollproc.
+ (create_asm_win): Ditto.
+ (screen_height, screen_top, screen_bot): Removed.
+ (run_editor): New proc.
+ (build_framework): Use it.
+ (create_file_win, create_source_window): Don't use textscrollproc.
+ (create_breakpoints_window): Set -xscrollcommand on canvas.
+ (not_implemented_yet): Default button is 0.
+ (delete_char): Don't use tk_textBackspace.
+ (create_command_window): Allow Tk bindings to fire after deleting
+ character.
+ (create_command_window): Make Delete delete left, not right.
+
+Thu Jan 11 10:08:14 1996 Tom Tromey <tromey@creche.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (FSBox): Don't use tk_listboxSingleSelect.
+
+ Changes in sync with expect:
+ * configure.in (ENABLE_GDBTK): Use CY_AC_PATH_TCL and
+ CY_AC_PATH_TK.
+ * aclocal.m4: Replaced with version from expect.
+ * configure: Regenerated.
+
+Wed Jan 10 09:07:22 1996 Tom Tromey <tromey@creche.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_fputs, gdbtk_tcl_fputs_error,
+ gdbtk_tcl_flush): Use "see", not "yview".
+ (gdbtk_tcl_query): Use questhead bitmap.
+ various: Always wrap condition of 'if' in {...}.
+ (add_breakpoint_frame): Set -value on radiobuttons.
+ (lassign): New proc.
+ (add_breakpoint_frame): Use lassign, not series of assignments.
+ (decr): Made faster.
+ (interactive_cmd): Use "see", not "yview".
+ (not_implemented_yet): Use warning bitmap.
+ (update_expr): Don't allow $expr to be evalled by Tcl.
+ (create_expr_window): Don't use "focus".
+ (delete_char, delete_line): Define globally.
+ (delete_line, delete_char, create_command_window, update_autocmd,
+ build_framework, create_asm_win, create_file_win): Use "see", not
+ "yview".
+ (create_copyright_window, center_window, bind_widget_after_class):
+ New procs.
+ (FSBox,create_command_window, create_autocmd_window): Binding
+ changes for Tk4.
+ (textscrollproc): Define globally.
+ (build_framework): tk_menuBar no longer needed. Keys Prior, Next,
+ Home, End, Up, and Down are all defined by Tk.
+ (apply_filespec): Use error bitmap in dialog.
+ (files_command): Don't use tk_listboxSingleSelect.
+ (files_command): Don't use "uniq" to remove duplicates from a
+ list.
+ (update_assembly): Use lassign.
+ (create_asm_win): Removed redundant bindings.
+ (listing_window_button_1, file_popup_menu): Use tk_popup.
+ (ButtonRelease-1 binding): Just remove tag from window; rest
+ handled by Tk.
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_query): Use Tcl_Merge to provide quoting.
+ (call_wrapper): Use Tcl_Eval, not Tcl_VarEval.
+ (gdbtk_call_command): Ditto.
+
+Thu Jan 4 16:04:54 1996 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure configure.in: Make --enable-gdbtk be the default.
+
+Thu Dec 28 15:10:49 1995 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+ * README.GDBTK: Polish introductory paragraph.
+
+Mon Oct 16 11:27:06 1995 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_disassemble): Use fprintf_unfiltered instead of
+ fprintf_filtered.
+
+Tue Oct 10 15:26:39 1995 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+ * README.GDBTK: Updated for version 4.15.
+
+Sat Aug 19 17:20:22 1995 Michael Tiemann <tiemann@axon.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl: ENABLE comes back as "1" or "0", not "enable" or
+ "disable".
+ Also, wire up the breakpoint window so that it can be demo'd.
+
+Tue Aug 1 11:44:53 1995 J.T. Conklin <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c: Include "gdb_string.h" instead of <string.h>.
+
+Tue Jun 20 10:19:40 1995 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.c: Add functions Tcl_Malloc, Tcl_Realloc, and Tcl_Free.
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (add_breakpoint_frame): Add more fields.
+ * (create_file_win create_asm_win build_framework): Create null
+ bindings for meta keys to keep window from dropping down to
+ insertion point when meta is pressed by itself. New bindings:
+ Up/Down - Scroll up/down one line at a time
+ Next/Prior - Scroll up/down one page at a time
+ Home/End - Warp to current pc/end of file
+ * (build_framework): Turn on breakpoint menu.
+ * (create_command_window): Implement tab completion. Add binding
+ for ^C to stop target.
+
+Fri May 19 06:15:40 1995 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@deneb.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c: Conditionalize use of stdarg rather than varargs on
+ ANSI_PROTOTYPES not __STDC__; it must match the definition of
+ PARAMS.
+
+Thu May 18 15:58:46 1995 J.T. Conklin <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_query): Use stdarg.h macros when compiling with
+ an ANSI compiler.
+
+Sat Apr 15 13:52:24 1995 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_disassemble): Read from inferior if connected
+ to a VxWorks target.
+
+Fri Apr 14 10:18:20 1995 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * README.GDBTK: New file. Contains the obvious.
+
+Tue Apr 11 11:07:12 1995 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): If SIOCSPGRP is not available, but
+ F_SETOWN is, use that.
+
+Thu Apr 6 17:00:46 1995 Michael Meissner <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.in (X11_INCLUDES): Define as empty.
+ (X11_CFLAGS): Define as including $(X11_INCLUDES).
+ (X11_LIB_SWITCHES): Define as empty.
+ (X11_LIBS): Define as -lX11.
+
+ * configure.in (enable_gdbtk): If gdbtk, support the --x-includes
+ and --x-libraries switches, setting the X11_INCLUDES and
+ X11_LIB_SWITCHES respectively. Instead of using a hardcoded -lX11
+ in ENABLE_CLIBS, use the X11_LIB_SWITCHES and X11_LIBS variables.
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): If SIOCSPGRP is not available, don't use
+ it. This means that the stop button doesn't work, but is better
+ than nothing.
+
+Wed Mar 29 17:09:29 1995 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in (gdbtk.o): Use X11_CFLAGS to provide alternate
+ locations (per-host) for X11 include files.
+ * config/pa/hppahpux.mh (XM_CLIBS): Add -L/usr/lib/X11R5 to force
+ the use of R5 libs.
+ (X11_CFLAGS): Add this to indicate the locs
+ of the R5 include files.
+
+Wed Mar 8 16:12:21 1995 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_get_breakpoint_info): Return error if breakpoint
+ type is not bp_breakpoint.
+
+Tue Feb 14 17:16:41 1995 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.c: Ditto.
+ * gdbtk.c: General cleanups, get rid of unused variables. Redo
+ handling of stdout/stderr to just return output as the result of
+ the tcl command that caused the output. Cleanup -Wall stuff.
+ * (breakpoint_notify): Now returns just action and breakpoint
+ number.
+ * (gdb_get_breakpoint_list): New routine. Does the obvious.
+ * (gdb_get_breakpoint_info): Mostly derived from the old
+ breakpoint_notify, but returns lots more info.
+ * (dsprintf_append_element): Helper routine, works like printf,
+ but appends a tcl element onto the specified DString. Good for
+ building up lists as return values.
+ * (gdbtk_enable/disable_breakpoint): Go away. Replaced with
+ gdbtk_modify_breakpoint.
+ * (*many routines*): Use new result protocol.
+ * (call_wrapper): Make sure that recursive calls don't trash results.
+ * gdbtk.tcl: New windows, autocmd, and breakpoints.
+ * (gdbtk_tcl_fputs): Don't use $current_output_win redirection
+ anymore. It's not needed (in fact, this routine may not be needed
+ anymore).
+ * (gdbtk_tcl_breakpoint): Change to reflect new breakpoint
+ notification protocol.
+ * (gdbtk_tcl_busy gdbtk_tcl_idle): Straighten out buttons, remove
+ catches.
+ * (interactive_cmd): Use this wrapper around button invocations
+ of many commands. This will catch errors and put the results into
+ the command window. It also updates all the other windows.
+ * Also, change reliefs of most things to sunken. This actually
+ looks better.
+ * (create_file_win): Fix margin binding to allow breakpoints to
+ work again.
+ * (create_asm_win): Use return value of gdb_disassemble instead
+ of implicit I/O to the command window.
+ * (create_command_window): Use new result protocol to get output
+ from commands.
+
+Sun Feb 5 20:32:44 1995 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_disassemble): Deference pointer to function before
+ calling it (pre-ANSI compilers generally require this).
+
+Fri Feb 3 11:19:20 1995 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_disassemble): Get rid of
+ dis_asm_read_memory_hook. We can now call the disassemblers
+ directly and have no need for this hook anymore.
+
+Mon Jan 30 17:34:24 1995 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (create_file_win): Disable old popup menu for source
+ window.
+
+Wed Jan 25 18:23:46 1995 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Prevent segfault when gdbtk.tcl can't be
+ found.
+ * gdbtk.tcl: Initialize expr_update_list() to prevent errors when
+ popping up expression window for the first time.
+
+Tue Jan 24 12:10:28 1995 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (create_registers_window): Work around a radiobutton
+ widget bug to make Options|Natural button work.
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_disassemble): Fix problem with source+assembly and
+ g++ caused by out-of-order pc's.
+ * gdbtk.tcl (files_command): Remove duplicate file names. Also,
+ add scrollbar.
+
+Mon Jan 23 17:21:09 1995 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl: Take .gdbtkinit if it exists. Makes gdbtk match the
+ doc!
+
+Thu Jan 12 15:02:40 1995 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.c, gdbtk.tcl: Update/add copyright.
+ * gdbtk.tcl (build_framework): Several fixes for filespec widget,
+ including dismiss button, and better error handling.
+ * (create_command_win): Bind button 2 to retrieve selection.
+
+Wed Jan 11 17:06:55 1995 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl: Add button to control mixed source disassembly.
+ Use text widgets in expr window. The give me more control over
+ layout.
+ Add auto-updating of exprs in expression window.
+ Handle expressions out of scope a bit better.
+ Make selected window pop up to the top when invoked via the
+ menubar.
+ Make copyright message have raised relief.
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_init): Improve handling for errors in gdbtk.tcl
+ during startup.
+
+Thu Jan 5 17:38:29 1995 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.c (finish_saving_output): Don't do anything if not saving
+ output.
+ * (breakpoint_notify): Don't send null filename to tcl.
+ * (gdb_eval): New tcl command to eval an expression.
+ * (gdb_disassemble): New tcl command to do disassembly. This
+ allows tcl code to choose between exec file and target memeory,
+ and can also do mixed source and assembly.
+ * (gdbtk_init): Move reading of gdbtk.tcl to the end to make sure
+ that more of the environment is set up. Also, create link between
+ gdb and tcl vars disassemble{-_}from{-_}exec.
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl: New expression window support.
+ * Make assembly window be 80 columns wide.
+ * Use new disassembly method. Add menu items to select
+ disassembly from exec file or target.
+ * Change View menubar item to Options.
+
+ * Get rid of Stack, Breakpoints, Signals, and Variables Windows,
+ since they don't exist yet.
+
+ * Pop up a copyright window on startup.
+
+Wed Jan 4 19:49:10 1995 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (build_framework): Add standard commands menu, more
+ windows to standard windows menu.
+ (not_implemented_yet): Clarify message.
+
+Fri Dec 30 15:49:00 1994 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (FSBox): New proc, File Selection Box code from exmh.
+ (not_implemented_yet): New proc.
+ (build_framework): Add various file commands to file menu.
+
+Fri Dec 23 16:18:50 1994 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_wait gdbtk_init): Portability improvements for
+ SIGIO handling.
+
+Mon Dec 19 09:55:47 1994 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (update_assembly): Force update to make sure that pc
+ is visible when creating new assembly windows.
+
+Sun Dec 18 23:31:20 1994 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_wait gdbtk_init): Use different method of
+ enabling I/O interrupts for SVR4 (streams).
+ * (start_saving_output save_output get_saved_output
+ finish_saving_output flush_holdbuf gdbtk_flush gdbtk_fputs
+ gdbtk_init):
+ Totally revamp to use TCLs dynamic string functions. Also, quote
+ all data passed back to TCL to prevent errors with unmatched
+ braces, odd characters, etc... This fixes several wierd problems
+ with outputting strings containing unmatched braces.
+ * (breakpoint_notify gdb_loc): Use long hex format to output
+ addresses of breakpoints and PCs. This fixes some Alpha problems.
+ * (breakpoint_notify): Add stream arg to call to gdbtk_fputs.
+ * (gdb_listfiles): Also, go through the symtabs when looking for
+ files. This makes xcoff work (sort of), but probably breaks
+ something else.
+ * (gdb_stop): Return TCL_OK instead of nothing. This fixes odd
+ TCL errors when hitting stop button.
+ * (tk_command): Don't pass interp->result on to Tcl_{Var}Eval, as
+ that will trash the result. strdup the result instead and pass
+ that on. Improve error handling as well.
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_flush): Use global def of
+ current_output_win. Makes flushing actually work!
+ * (asm_win_name create_asm_win update_assembly): Bunch of fixes
+ to make assembly windows stop flashing when loading a new file.
+ * (gdbtk_tcl_busy gdbtk_tcl_idle): Use catch to prevent gdb_cmd
+ errors from losing control.
+ * (create_source_window): Add source file selection to View menu.
+ * (create_command_window (<Key-Return> binding): Quote text fed
+ into gdb_cmd to prevent eval errors.
+
+Thu Dec 15 16:40:10 1994 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.c: Improve mechanism for capturing output values.
+ (full_filename): Remove.
+ (gdb_cmd call_wrapper gdbtk_init): Protect all calls from tcl land
+ with call_wrapper. This prevents longjmps (usually via error())
+ from jumping out of tcl/tk and leaving things in an indeterminate
+ state.
+ (gdbtk_fputs): Differentiate stdout from stderr when passing text
+ into tcl land.
+ * gdbtk.tcl: New view option to disable line numbers. Put catch
+ around most uses of gdb_cmd. Add update button to reg config
+ window. Stop doing immediate updates when selecting registers.
+ Change register view values into checkbuttons.
+
+Mon Dec 12 16:59:29 1994 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (reg_config_menu create_registers_window
+ recompute_reg_display_list): Use array instead of individual vars
+ for register display list.
+ * (recompute_reg_display_list update_registers): Fix bug with not
+ displaying all registers.
+
+Mon Dec 12 12:22:21 1994 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.c: New tcl commands: gdb_fetch_registers,
+ gdb_changed_register_list, and gdb_regnames.
+ * gdbtk.tcl: Use monochrome color model for now.
+ * (delete_breakpoint_tag create_file_win): Add breakdot support.
+ * (create_file_win create_asm_win update_listing build_framework
+ create_source_window create_command_window): Re-org window
+ creation to give all windows consistent look and feel.
+ * (update_listing update_asm): Change pc pointer to '->'.
+ * (registers_command reg_config_menu create_registers_window
+ populate_reg_window update_registers): Revamp register window.
+ Allow selection of registers to be displayed. Highlight changed
+ registers.
+
+Mon Nov 28 09:17:20 1994 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (build_framework): Fix bug with setting window titles.
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl (build_framework): Add "Report bug" to help menu.
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl: Re-arrange windows using new, consistent layout. Clean
+ up lots of code and centralize framework initialization.
+
+Wed Nov 16 15:28:29 1994 Rob Savoye (rob@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: Fix the test for installing gdbtk.
+
+Mon Nov 14 08:51:29 1994 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: Install gdbtk.tcl.
+ * configure.in: Add ENABLE_GDBTK flag.
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_sourcelines): Returns list of source lines
+ containing code. (gdb_regnames): Returns list of register names.
+
+Thu Nov 3 14:25:24 1994 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_stop): Switch to target_stop().
+
+Tue Nov 1 16:41:12 1994 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * Makefile.in: Use $(objdir)/tcl and $(objdir)/tk if they are
+ available.
+ * configure.in (ENABLE_CLIBS): Use $(TCL) and $(TK) instead of
+ -ltcl and -ltk.
+ * gdbtk.c: Get rid of lots of unnecessary #includes.
+ * (gdbtk_init): Use ConnectionNumber macro instead of referencing
+ Display structure directly.
+ * gdbtk.tcl: Change exit button to quit button.
+
+Wed Oct 26 15:41:07 1994 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.c: Change sense and name of no_windows variable. Now
+ called use_windows, and defaults to off (for compatibility).
+
+Thu Oct 20 17:35:45 1994 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdb_cmd): Force GUI into idle mode when errors occur.
+ * (gdb_stop): New tcl command to stop the target process.
+ * (x_event, gdbtk_wait): Allow GUI to interrupt gdb out of target
+ waits.
+ * (gdbtk_call_command): Wrapper around command processing to
+ alert GUI of target state changes.
+ * (gdbtk_init): Get the fd of X server for doing async
+ notification of X events (via x_event). Setup new hooks.
+ * gdbtk.tcl: Add scrollbars to assembly and command windows.
+ * Change window foreground & background colors.
+ * Create margin tag for breakpoints in source and assembly windows.
+ * Add new routines to be invoked when target state changes to/from
+ idle.
+ * Add start of expression window.
+ * Change bindings of mouse button 1 in assembly and source window
+ to just set or clear breakpoints when in the margin tag.
+ * Change shape of register window to be more vertical to better
+ reflect its contents.
+ * Add stop button.
+ * Cleanup some code around command window bindings.
+
+Sat Sep 17 17:05:14 1994 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl: Let ^U delete lines in the command window.
+
+Fri Sep 16 15:40:34 1994 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.c: Replace calls to full_filename with symtab_to_filename.
+ * gdbtk.tcl: New routine pc_to_line replaces in line code. New
+ routine decr replaces in line code.
+ * (create_file_win): Use catch to handle open failures more
+ elegantly. Also, create special window to display file open
+ failure message. Move opening of file prior to creation of text
+ widget.
+ * (create_asm_win): Add PC as argument. We now base disassembly
+ on PC instead of function name, since function names can be
+ ambiguous (usually seen with shared libs). Also, use catch to
+ simplify code where we don't care about failures.
+
+Wed Sep 14 00:55:26 1994 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl: Add ref counts to breakpoint tags.
+ * Put quotes around function name in disassemble command to better
+ handle assembler names containing `.'.
+ * Make pclist element 0 be filler to avoid off-by-one problem with
+ line numbers.
+ * Set names of top-level windows.
+ * Add register display window.
+ * Add PC to label of assembly window.
+
+Tue Sep 13 08:59:04 1994 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * gdbtk.c (gdbtk_flush gdbtk_fputs): Buffer up output to make
+ disassembly more efficient.
+ * (breakpoint_notify): Include pc in gdbtk_tcl_breakpoint
+ callback.
+ * (gdb_loc): Include pc in return value. Also, return function
+ name if arg was specified.
+ * (gdb_cmd_stub): Call gdb_flush to drain internal GDB buffers
+ after command completes.
+ * (gdbtk_init): Improve error handling.
+
+ * gdbtk.tcl: Add lots of comments. Clean up code.
+ * (gdbtk_tcl_fputs): Make output window redirectable.
+ * Add assembly window, and breapoint support.
+ * Make button 1 in margin toggle breakpoints.
+ * Use stippling to indicate breakpoint disabling.
+
+Fri Sep 2 19:11:40 1994 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ * configure.in: Don't symlink to gdbtk.tcl if it's already there.
+
+Thu Jul 28 14:37:36 1994 Stu Grossman (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+ Support for TK GUI.
+ * Makefile.in: Add rule for gdbtk.o.
+ * configure.in: Add support for --enable-gdbtk.
+ * gdbtk.c: New file. Contains support routines for TK interface.
+ * gdbtk.tcl: New file. Implements GUI policy.
+
+\f
+Local Variables:
+mode: change-log
+left-margin: 8
+fill-column: 74
+version-control: never
+End:
--- /dev/null
+/* Tcl/Tk command definitions for gdbtk.
+ Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ Written by Stu Grossman <grossman@cygnus.com> of Cygnus Support.
+ Substantially augmented by Martin Hunt, Keith Seitz & Jim Ingham of
+ Cygnus Support.
+
+ This file is part of GDB.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#include "defs.h"
+#include "symtab.h"
+#include "inferior.h"
+#include "command.h"
+#include "source.h"
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "symfile.h"
+#include "objfiles.h"
+#include "target.h"
+#include "gdbcore.h"
+#include "tracepoint.h"
+#include "demangle.h"
+#include "frame.h"
+#include "tui/tui-file.h"
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <tcl.h>
+#include <tk.h>
+#include <itcl.h>
+#include <tix.h>
+#include "guitcl.h"
+#include "gdbtk.h"
+
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include "top.h"
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include "gdb_string.h"
+#include "dis-asm.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "gdbcmd.h"
+
+#include "annotate.h"
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+static void setup_architecture_data PARAMS ((void));
+static int tracepoint_exists (char *args);
+
+/* This structure filled in call_wrapper and passed to
+ the wrapped call function.
+ It stores the command pointer and arguments
+ run in the wrapper function. */
+
+struct wrapped_call_args
+ {
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ Tcl_ObjCmdProc *func;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST * objv;
+ int val;
+ };
+
+/* These two objects hold boolean true and false,
+ and are shared by all the list objects that gdb_listfuncs
+ returns. */
+
+static Tcl_Obj *mangled, *not_mangled;
+
+/* These two control how the GUI behaves when gdb is either tracing or loading.
+ They are used in this file & gdbtk_hooks.c */
+
+int No_Update = 0;
+int load_in_progress = 0;
+
+/*
+ * This is used in the register fetching routines
+ */
+
+#ifndef INVALID_FLOAT
+#define INVALID_FLOAT(x, y) (0 != 0)
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* This Structure is used in gdb_disassemble.
+ We need a different sort of line table from the normal one cuz we can't
+ depend upon implicit line-end pc's for lines to do the
+ reordering in this function. */
+
+struct my_line_entry
+ {
+ int line;
+ CORE_ADDR start_pc;
+ CORE_ADDR end_pc;
+ };
+
+/* Use this to pass the Tcl Text widget command and the open file
+ descriptor to the disassembly load command. */
+
+struct disassembly_client_data {
+ FILE *fp;
+ int file_opened_p;
+ int widget_line_no;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ char *widget;
+ Tcl_Obj *result_obj[3];
+ char *asm_argv[14];
+ char *source_argv[7];
+ char *map_arr;
+ Tcl_DString src_to_line_prefix;
+ Tcl_DString pc_to_line_prefix;
+ Tcl_DString line_to_pc_prefix;
+ Tcl_CmdInfo cmd;
+};
+
+/* This contains the previous values of the registers, since the last call to
+ gdb_changed_register_list. */
+
+static char *old_regs;
+
+/* These two lookup tables are used to translate the type & disposition fields
+ of the breakpoint structure (respectively) into something gdbtk understands.
+ They are also used in gdbtk-hooks.c */
+
+char *bptypes[] =
+{"none", "breakpoint", "hw breakpoint", "until",
+ "finish", "watchpoint", "hw watchpoint",
+ "read watchpoint", "acc watchpoint",
+ "longjmp", "longjmp resume", "step resume",
+ "sigtramp", "watchpoint scope",
+ "call dummy", "shlib events", "catch load",
+ "catch unload", "catch fork", "catch vfork",
+ "catch exec", "catch catch", "catch throw"
+};
+char *bpdisp[] =
+{"delete", "delstop", "disable", "donttouch"};
+
+/*
+ * These are routines we need from breakpoint.c.
+ * at some point make these static in breakpoint.c and move GUI code there
+ */
+
+extern struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal);
+extern void set_breakpoint_count (int);
+extern int breakpoint_count;
+
+/* This variable determines where memory used for disassembly is read from.
+ * See note in gdbtk.h for details.
+ */
+int disassemble_from_exec = -1;
+
+extern int gdb_variable_init PARAMS ((Tcl_Interp * interp));
+
+/*
+ * Declarations for routines exported from this file
+ */
+
+int Gdbtk_Init (Tcl_Interp * interp);
+int call_wrapper PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int, Tcl_Obj * CONST[]));
+
+/*
+ * Declarations for routines used only in this file.
+ */
+
+static int compare_lines PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
+static int comp_files PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
+static int gdb_actions_command PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]));
+static int gdb_changed_register_list PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST[]));
+static int gdb_clear_file PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp * interp, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST[]));
+static int gdb_cmd PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST[]));
+static int gdb_confirm_quit PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST[]));
+static int gdb_disassemble PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST[]));
+static int gdb_eval PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST[]));
+static int gdb_fetch_registers PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST[]));
+static int gdb_find_file_command PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]));
+static int gdb_force_quit PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST[]));
+static struct symtab *full_lookup_symtab PARAMS ((char *file));
+static int gdb_get_args_command PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]));
+static int gdb_get_breakpoint_info PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST[]));
+static int gdb_get_breakpoint_list PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST[]));
+static int gdb_get_file_command PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]));
+static int gdb_get_function_command PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]));
+static int gdb_get_line_command PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]));
+static int gdb_get_locals_command PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]));
+static int gdb_get_mem PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST[]));
+static int gdb_get_trace_frame_num PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]));
+static int gdb_get_tracepoint_list PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]));
+static int gdb_get_vars_command PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]));
+static int gdb_immediate_command PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST[]));
+static int gdb_listfiles PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST[]));
+static int gdb_listfuncs PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST[]));
+static int gdb_loadfile PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]));
+static int gdb_load_disassembly PARAMS ((ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp
+ *interp,
+ int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
+static int gdb_load_info PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]));
+static int gdb_loc PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST[]));
+static int gdb_path_conv PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST[]));
+static int gdb_prompt_command PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]));
+static int gdb_regnames PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST[]));
+static int gdb_restore_fputs PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST[]));
+static int gdb_search PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]));
+static int gdb_set_bp PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]));
+static int gdb_set_bp_addr PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]));
+static int gdb_find_bp_at_line PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]));
+static int gdb_find_bp_at_addr PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]));
+static int gdb_stop PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST[]));
+static int gdb_target_has_execution_command PARAMS ((ClientData,
+ Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST[]));
+static int gdb_trace_status PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST[]));
+static int gdb_tracepoint_exists_command PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *,
+ int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]));
+static int gdb_get_tracepoint_info PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]));
+static int gdbtk_dis_asm_read_memory PARAMS ((bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, int,
+ disassemble_info *));
+static void gdbtk_load_source PARAMS ((ClientData clientData,
+ struct symtab *symtab,
+ int start_line, int end_line));
+static CORE_ADDR gdbtk_load_asm PARAMS ((ClientData clientData, CORE_ADDR pc,
+ struct disassemble_info *di));
+static void gdbtk_print_source PARAMS ((ClientData clientData,
+ struct symtab *symtab,
+ int start_line, int end_line));
+static CORE_ADDR gdbtk_print_asm PARAMS ((ClientData clientData, CORE_ADDR pc,
+ struct disassemble_info *di));
+static int gdb_disassemble_driver PARAMS ((CORE_ADDR low, CORE_ADDR high,
+ int mixed_source_and_assembly,
+ ClientData clientData,
+ void (*print_source_fn) (ClientData, struct
+ symtab *, int, int),
+ CORE_ADDR (*print_asm_fn) (ClientData,
+ CORE_ADDR,
+ struct disassemble_info *)));
+static int get_pc_register PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST []));
+static int gdb_stack PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST []));
+static int gdb_selected_frame PARAMS ((ClientData clientData,
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
+static int gdb_selected_block PARAMS ((ClientData clientData,
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
+static int gdb_get_blocks PARAMS ((ClientData clientData,
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
+static int gdb_block_vars PARAMS ((ClientData clientData,
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
+char * get_prompt PARAMS ((void));
+static void get_register PARAMS ((int, void *));
+static void get_register_name PARAMS ((int, void *));
+static int map_arg_registers PARAMS ((int, Tcl_Obj * CONST[],
+ void (*)(int, void *), void *));
+static int perror_with_name_wrapper PARAMS ((PTR args));
+static void register_changed_p PARAMS ((int, void *));
+static int wrapped_call (PTR opaque_args);
+static void get_frame_name PARAMS ((Tcl_Interp * interp, Tcl_Obj * list,
+ struct frame_info * fi));
+char *pc_function_name PARAMS ((CORE_ADDR pc));
+\f
+
+/* Gdbtk_Init
+ * This loads all the Tcl commands into the Tcl interpreter.
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * interp - The interpreter into which to load the commands.
+ *
+ * Result:
+ * A standard Tcl result.
+ */
+
+int
+Gdbtk_Init (interp)
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+{
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_cmd", call_wrapper, gdb_cmd, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_immediate", call_wrapper,
+ gdb_immediate_command, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_loc", call_wrapper, gdb_loc, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_path_conv", call_wrapper, gdb_path_conv,
+ NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_listfiles", call_wrapper, gdb_listfiles,
+ NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_listfuncs", call_wrapper, gdb_listfuncs,
+ NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_get_mem", call_wrapper, gdb_get_mem,
+ NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_stop", call_wrapper, gdb_stop, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_regnames", call_wrapper, gdb_regnames,
+ NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_restore_fputs", call_wrapper, gdb_restore_fputs,
+ NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_fetch_registers", call_wrapper,
+ gdb_fetch_registers, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_changed_register_list", call_wrapper,
+ gdb_changed_register_list, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_disassemble", call_wrapper,
+ gdb_disassemble, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_eval", call_wrapper, gdb_eval, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_get_breakpoint_list", call_wrapper,
+ gdb_get_breakpoint_list, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_get_breakpoint_info", call_wrapper,
+ gdb_get_breakpoint_info, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_clear_file", call_wrapper,
+ gdb_clear_file, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_confirm_quit", call_wrapper,
+ gdb_confirm_quit, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_force_quit", call_wrapper,
+ gdb_force_quit, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_target_has_execution",
+ call_wrapper,
+ gdb_target_has_execution_command, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_is_tracing",
+ call_wrapper, gdb_trace_status,
+ NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_load_info", call_wrapper, gdb_load_info,
+ NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_get_locals", call_wrapper,
+ gdb_get_locals_command, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_get_args", call_wrapper,
+ gdb_get_args_command, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_get_function", call_wrapper,
+ gdb_get_function_command, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_get_line", call_wrapper,
+ gdb_get_line_command, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_get_file", call_wrapper,
+ gdb_get_file_command, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_tracepoint_exists",
+ call_wrapper, gdb_tracepoint_exists_command, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_get_tracepoint_info",
+ call_wrapper, gdb_get_tracepoint_info, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_actions",
+ call_wrapper, gdb_actions_command, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_prompt",
+ call_wrapper, gdb_prompt_command, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_find_file",
+ call_wrapper, gdb_find_file_command, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_get_tracepoint_list",
+ call_wrapper, gdb_get_tracepoint_list, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_pc_reg", call_wrapper, get_pc_register,
+ NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_loadfile", call_wrapper, gdb_loadfile,
+ NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_load_disassembly", call_wrapper,
+ gdb_load_disassembly, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (gdbtk_interp, "gdb_search", call_wrapper,
+ gdb_search, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_set_bp", call_wrapper, gdb_set_bp, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_set_bp_addr", call_wrapper,
+ gdb_set_bp_addr, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_find_bp_at_line", call_wrapper,
+ gdb_find_bp_at_line, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_find_bp_at_addr", call_wrapper,
+ gdb_find_bp_at_addr, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_get_trace_frame_num",
+ call_wrapper, gdb_get_trace_frame_num, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_stack", call_wrapper, gdb_stack, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_selected_frame", call_wrapper,
+ gdb_selected_frame, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_selected_block", call_wrapper,
+ gdb_selected_block, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_get_blocks", call_wrapper,
+ gdb_get_blocks, NULL);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_block_variables", call_wrapper,
+ gdb_block_vars, NULL);
+
+ Tcl_LinkVar (interp, "gdb_selected_frame_level",
+ (char *) &selected_frame_level,
+ TCL_LINK_INT | TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY);
+
+ /* gdb_context is used for debugging multiple threads or tasks */
+ Tcl_LinkVar (interp, "gdb_context_id",
+ (char *) &gdb_context,
+ TCL_LINK_INT | TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY);
+
+ /* Init variable interface... */
+ if (gdb_variable_init (interp) != TCL_OK)
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+
+ /* Route GDB internal log messages and target output and through
+ stderr instead of stdout. FIXME: Should have a separate streams
+ for handling these two types of output. */
+ gdb_stdtarg = gdb_stderr;
+ gdb_stdlog = gdb_stderr;
+
+ /* Register/initialize any architecture specific data */
+ setup_architecture_data ();
+ register_gdbarch_swap (&old_regs, sizeof (old_regs), NULL);
+ register_gdbarch_swap (NULL, 0, setup_architecture_data);
+
+ /* Determine where to disassemble from */
+ Tcl_LinkVar (gdbtk_interp, "disassemble-from-exec",
+ (char *) &disassemble_from_exec,
+ TCL_LINK_INT);
+
+ Tcl_PkgProvide (interp, "Gdbtk", GDBTK_VERSION);
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* This routine acts as a top-level for all GDB code called by Tcl/Tk. It
+ handles cleanups, and uses catch_errors to trap calls to return_to_top_level
+ (usually via error).
+ This is necessary in order to prevent a longjmp out of the bowels of Tk,
+ possibly leaving things in a bad state. Since this routine can be called
+ recursively, it needs to save and restore the contents of the result_ptr as
+ necessary. */
+
+int
+call_wrapper (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ struct wrapped_call_args wrapped_args;
+ gdbtk_result new_result, *old_result_ptr;
+
+ old_result_ptr = result_ptr;
+ result_ptr = &new_result;
+ result_ptr->obj_ptr = Tcl_NewObj ();
+ result_ptr->flags = GDBTK_TO_RESULT;
+
+ wrapped_args.func = (Tcl_ObjCmdProc *) clientData;
+ wrapped_args.interp = interp;
+ wrapped_args.objc = objc;
+ wrapped_args.objv = objv;
+ wrapped_args.val = TCL_OK;
+
+ if (!catch_errors (wrapped_call, &wrapped_args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL))
+ {
+
+ wrapped_args.val = TCL_ERROR; /* Flag an error for TCL */
+
+ /* Make sure the timer interrupts are turned off. */
+ gdbtk_stop_timer ();
+
+ gdb_flush (gdb_stderr); /* Flush error output */
+ gdb_flush (gdb_stdout); /* Sometimes error output comes here as well */
+
+ /* If we errored out here, and the results were going to the
+ console, then gdbtk_fputs will have gathered the result into the
+ result_ptr. We also need to echo them out to the console here */
+
+ gdb_flush (gdb_stderr); /* Flush error output */
+ gdb_flush (gdb_stdout); /* Sometimes error output comes here as well */
+
+ /* In case of an error, we may need to force the GUI into idle
+ mode because gdbtk_call_command may have bombed out while in
+ the command routine. */
+
+ running_now = 0;
+ Tcl_Eval (interp, "gdbtk_tcl_idle");
+
+ }
+
+ /* do not suppress any errors -- a remote target could have errored */
+ load_in_progress = 0;
+
+ /*
+ * Now copy the result over to the true Tcl result. If GDBTK_TO_RESULT flag
+ * bit is set , this just copies a null object over to the Tcl result,
+ * which is fine because we should reset the result in this case anyway.
+ */
+ if (result_ptr->flags & GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT)
+ {
+ Tcl_DecrRefCount (result_ptr->obj_ptr);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Tcl_SetObjResult (interp, result_ptr->obj_ptr);
+ }
+
+ result_ptr = old_result_ptr;
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+ close_bfds ();
+#endif
+
+ return wrapped_args.val;
+}
+
+/*
+ * This is the wrapper that is passed to catch_errors.
+ */
+
+static int
+wrapped_call (opaque_args)
+ PTR opaque_args;
+{
+ struct wrapped_call_args *args = (struct wrapped_call_args *) opaque_args;
+ args->val = (*args->func) (args->func, args->interp, args->objc, args->objv);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* This is a convenience function to sprintf something(s) into a
+ * new element in a Tcl list object.
+ */
+
+static void
+sprintf_append_element_to_obj (Tcl_Obj * objp, char *format,...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ char buf[1024];
+
+ va_start (args, format);
+
+ vsprintf (buf, format, args);
+
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, objp, Tcl_NewStringObj (buf, -1));
+}
+\f
+/*
+ * This section contains the commands that control execution.
+ */
+
+/* This implements the tcl command gdb_clear_file.
+
+ * Prepare to accept a new executable file. This is called when we
+ * want to clear away everything we know about the old file, without
+ * asking the user. The Tcl code will have already asked the user if
+ * necessary. After this is called, we should be able to run the
+ * `file' command without getting any questions.
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * None
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * None
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_clear_file (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ if (objc != 1)
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ "Wrong number of args, none are allowed.", -1);
+
+ if (inferior_pid != 0 && target_has_execution)
+ {
+ if (attach_flag)
+ target_detach (NULL, 0);
+ else
+ target_kill ();
+ }
+
+ if (target_has_execution)
+ pop_target ();
+
+ delete_command (NULL, 0);
+ exec_file_command (NULL, 0);
+ symbol_file_command (NULL, 0);
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* This implements the tcl command gdb_confirm_quit
+ * Ask the user to confirm an exit request.
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * None
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * A boolean, 1 if the user answered yes, 0 if no.
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_confirm_quit (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ int ret;
+
+ if (objc != 1)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ "Wrong number of args, should be none.", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ ret = quit_confirm ();
+ Tcl_SetBooleanObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, ret);
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* This implements the tcl command gdb_force_quit
+ * Quit without asking for confirmation.
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * None
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * None
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_force_quit (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ if (objc != 1)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ "Wrong number of args, should be none.", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ quit_force ((char *) NULL, 1);
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* Pressing the stop button on the source window should attempt to
+ * stop the target. If, after some short time, this fails, a dialog
+ * should appear allowing the user to detach.
+ *
+ * The global GDBTK_FORCE_DETACH is set when we wish to detach
+ * from a target. This value is returned by ui_loop_hook (x_event),
+ * indicating to callers that they should detach.
+ *
+ * Read the comments before x_event to find out how we (try) to keep
+ * gdbtk alive while some other event loop has stolen control from us.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This command implements the tcl command gdb_stop, which
+ * is used to either stop the target or detach.
+ * Note that it is assumed that a simulator or native target
+ * can ALWAYS be stopped. Doing a "detach" on them has no effect.
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * None or "detach"
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * None
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_stop (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ int force = 0;
+ char *s;
+
+ if (objc > 1)
+ {
+ s = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL);
+ if (STREQ (s, "detach"))
+ force = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (force)
+ {
+ /* Set the "forcibly detach from target" flag. x_event will
+ return this value to callers when they should forcibly detach. */
+ gdbtk_force_detach = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (target_stop != target_ignore)
+ target_stop ();
+ else
+ quit_flag = 1; /* hope something sees this */
+ }
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+\f
+
+/*
+ * This section contains Tcl commands that are wrappers for invoking
+ * the GDB command interpreter.
+ */
+
+
+/* This implements the tcl command `gdb_eval'.
+ * It uses the gdb evaluator to return the value of
+ * an expression in the current language
+ *
+ * Tcl Arguments:
+ * expression - the expression to evaluate.
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * The result of the evaluation.
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_eval (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ struct expression *expr;
+ struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
+ value_ptr val;
+
+ if (objc != 2)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ "wrong # args, should be \"gdb_eval expression\"", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ expr = parse_expression (Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL));
+
+ old_chain = make_cleanup ((make_cleanup_func) free_current_contents, &expr);
+
+ val = evaluate_expression (expr);
+
+ /*
+ * Print the result of the expression evaluation. This will go to
+ * eventually go to gdbtk_fputs, and from there be collected into
+ * the Tcl result.
+ */
+
+ val_print (VALUE_TYPE (val), VALUE_CONTENTS (val),
+ VALUE_EMBEDDED_OFFSET (val), VALUE_ADDRESS (val),
+ gdb_stdout, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+
+ do_cleanups (old_chain);
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* This implements the tcl command "gdb_cmd".
+
+ * It sends its argument to the GDB command scanner for execution.
+ * This command will never cause the update, idle and busy hooks to be called
+ * within the GUI.
+ *
+ * Tcl Arguments:
+ * command - The GDB command to execute
+ * from_tty - 1 indicates this comes to the console.
+ * Pass this to the gdb command.
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * The output from the gdb command (except for the "load" & "while"
+ * which dump their output to the console.
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_cmd (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ int from_tty = 0;
+
+ if (objc < 2)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "wrong # args", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (objc == 3)
+ {
+ if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj (NULL, objv[2], &from_tty) != TCL_OK)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "from_tty must be a boolean.",
+ -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (running_now || load_in_progress)
+ return TCL_OK;
+
+ No_Update = 1;
+
+ /* for the load instruction (and possibly others later) we
+ set turn off the GDBTK_TO_RESULT flag bit so gdbtk_fputs()
+ will not buffer all the data until the command is finished. */
+
+ if ((strncmp ("load ", Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL), 5) == 0))
+ {
+ result_ptr->flags &= ~GDBTK_TO_RESULT;
+ load_in_progress = 1;
+ }
+
+ execute_command (Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL), from_tty);
+
+ if (load_in_progress)
+ {
+ load_in_progress = 0;
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_TO_RESULT;
+ }
+
+ bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * This implements the tcl command "gdb_immediate"
+ *
+ * It does exactly the same thing as gdb_cmd, except NONE of its outut
+ * is buffered. This will also ALWAYS cause the busy, update, and idle
+ * hooks to be called, contrasted with gdb_cmd, which NEVER calls them.
+ * It turns off the GDBTK_TO_RESULT flag, which diverts the result
+ * to the console window.
+ *
+ * Tcl Arguments:
+ * command - The GDB command to execute
+ * from_tty - 1 to indicate this is from the console.
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * None.
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_immediate_command (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+
+ int from_tty = 0;
+
+ if (objc < 2)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "wrong # args", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (objc == 3)
+ {
+ if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj (NULL, objv[2], &from_tty) != TCL_OK)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "from_tty must be a boolean.",
+ -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (running_now || load_in_progress)
+ return TCL_OK;
+
+ No_Update = 0;
+
+ result_ptr->flags &= ~GDBTK_TO_RESULT;
+
+ execute_command (Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL), from_tty);
+
+ bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
+
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_TO_RESULT;
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* This implements the tcl command "gdb_prompt"
+
+ * It returns the gdb interpreter's prompt.
+ *
+ * Tcl Arguments:
+ * None.
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * The prompt.
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_prompt_command (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, get_prompt (), -1);
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+\f
+
+/*
+ * This section contains general informational commands.
+ */
+
+/* This implements the tcl command "gdb_target_has_execution"
+
+ * Tells whether the target is executing.
+ *
+ * Tcl Arguments:
+ * None
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * A boolean indicating whether the target is executing.
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_target_has_execution_command (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ int result = 0;
+
+ if (target_has_execution && inferior_pid != 0)
+ result = 1;
+
+ Tcl_SetBooleanObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, result);
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* This implements the tcl command "gdb_load_info"
+
+ * It returns information about the file about to be downloaded.
+ *
+ * Tcl Arguments:
+ * filename: The file to open & get the info on.
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * A list consisting of the name and size of each section.
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_load_info (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ bfd *loadfile_bfd;
+ struct cleanup *old_cleanups;
+ asection *s;
+ Tcl_Obj *ob[2];
+
+ char *filename = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL);
+
+ loadfile_bfd = bfd_openr (filename, gnutarget);
+ if (loadfile_bfd == NULL)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "Open failed", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ old_cleanups = make_cleanup ((make_cleanup_func) bfd_close, loadfile_bfd);
+
+ if (!bfd_check_format (loadfile_bfd, bfd_object))
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "Bad Object File", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ Tcl_SetListObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, 0, NULL);
+
+ for (s = loadfile_bfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
+ {
+ if (s->flags & SEC_LOAD)
+ {
+ bfd_size_type size = bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc (s);
+ if (size > 0)
+ {
+ ob[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj ((char *)
+ bfd_get_section_name (loadfile_bfd, s),
+ -1);
+ ob[1] = Tcl_NewLongObj ((long) size);
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewListObj (2, ob));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* gdb_get_locals -
+ * This and gdb_get_locals just call gdb_get_vars_command with the right
+ * value of clientData. We can't use the client data in the definition
+ * of the command, because the call wrapper uses this instead...
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_get_locals_command (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+
+ return gdb_get_vars_command ((ClientData) 0, interp, objc, objv);
+
+}
+
+static int
+gdb_get_args_command (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+
+ return gdb_get_vars_command ((ClientData) 1, interp, objc, objv);
+
+}
+
+/* This implements the tcl commands "gdb_get_locals" and "gdb_get_args"
+
+ * This function sets the Tcl interpreter's result to a list of variable names
+ * depending on clientData. If clientData is one, the result is a list of
+ * arguments; zero returns a list of locals -- all relative to the block
+ * specified as an argument to the command. Valid commands include
+ * anything decode_line_1 can handle (like "main.c:2", "*0x02020202",
+ * and "main").
+ *
+ * Tcl Arguments:
+ * linespec - the linespec defining the scope of the lookup. Empty string
+ * to use the current block in the innermost frame.
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * A list of the locals or args
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_get_vars_command (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
+ struct symbol *sym;
+ struct block *block;
+ char **canonical, *args;
+ int i, nsyms, arguments;
+
+ if (objc > 2)
+ {
+ Tcl_AppendStringsToObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ "wrong # of args: should be \"",
+ Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[0], NULL),
+ " [function:line|function|line|*addr]\"", NULL);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ arguments = (int) clientData;
+
+ /* Initialize the result pointer to an empty list. */
+
+ Tcl_SetListObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, 0, NULL);
+
+ if (objc == 2)
+ {
+ args = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL);
+ sals = decode_line_1 (&args, 1, NULL, 0, &canonical);
+ if (sals.nelts == 0)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ "error decoding line", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's */
+ for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
+ resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
+
+ block = block_for_pc (sals.sals[0].pc);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Specified currently selected frame */
+ if (selected_frame == NULL)
+ return TCL_OK;
+
+ block = get_frame_block (selected_frame);
+ }
+
+ while (block != 0)
+ {
+ nsyms = BLOCK_NSYMS (block);
+ for (i = 0; i < nsyms; i++)
+ {
+ sym = BLOCK_SYM (block, i);
+ switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
+ {
+ default:
+ case LOC_UNDEF: /* catches errors */
+ case LOC_CONST: /* constant */
+ case LOC_TYPEDEF: /* local typedef */
+ case LOC_LABEL: /* local label */
+ case LOC_BLOCK: /* local function */
+ case LOC_CONST_BYTES: /* loc. byte seq. */
+ case LOC_UNRESOLVED: /* unresolved static */
+ case LOC_OPTIMIZED_OUT: /* optimized out */
+ break;
+ case LOC_ARG: /* argument */
+ case LOC_REF_ARG: /* reference arg */
+ case LOC_REGPARM: /* register arg */
+ case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR: /* indirect register arg */
+ case LOC_LOCAL_ARG: /* stack arg */
+ case LOC_BASEREG_ARG: /* basereg arg */
+ if (arguments)
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (SYMBOL_NAME (sym), -1));
+ break;
+ case LOC_LOCAL: /* stack local */
+ case LOC_BASEREG: /* basereg local */
+ case LOC_STATIC: /* static */
+ case LOC_REGISTER: /* register */
+ if (!arguments)
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (SYMBOL_NAME (sym), -1));
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (block))
+ break;
+ else
+ block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block);
+ }
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* This implements the tcl command "gdb_get_line"
+
+ * It returns the linenumber for a given linespec. It will take any spec
+ * that can be passed to decode_line_1
+ *
+ * Tcl Arguments:
+ * linespec - the line specification
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * The line number for that spec.
+ */
+static int
+gdb_get_line_command (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
+ char *args, **canonical;
+
+ if (objc != 2)
+ {
+ Tcl_AppendStringsToObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ "wrong # of args: should be \"",
+ Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[0], NULL),
+ " linespec\"", NULL);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ args = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL);
+ sals = decode_line_1 (&args, 1, NULL, 0, &canonical);
+ if (sals.nelts == 1)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetIntObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, sals.sals[0].line);
+ return TCL_OK;
+ }
+
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "N/A", -1);
+ return TCL_OK;
+
+}
+
+/* This implements the tcl command "gdb_get_file"
+
+ * It returns the file containing a given line spec.
+ *
+ * Tcl Arguments:
+ * linespec - The linespec to look up
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * The file containing it.
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_get_file_command (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
+ char *args, **canonical;
+
+ if (objc != 2)
+ {
+ Tcl_AppendStringsToObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ "wrong # of args: should be \"",
+ Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[0], NULL),
+ " linespec\"", NULL);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ args = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL);
+ sals = decode_line_1 (&args, 1, NULL, 0, &canonical);
+ if (sals.nelts == 1)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ sals.sals[0].symtab->filename, -1);
+ return TCL_OK;
+ }
+
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "N/A", -1);
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* This implements the tcl command "gdb_get_function"
+
+ * It finds the function containing the given line spec.
+ *
+ * Tcl Arguments:
+ * linespec - The line specification
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * The function that contains it, or "N/A" if it is not in a function.
+ */
+static int
+gdb_get_function_command (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ char *function;
+ struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
+ char *args, **canonical;
+
+ if (objc != 2)
+ {
+ Tcl_AppendStringsToObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ "wrong # of args: should be \"",
+ Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[0], NULL),
+ " linespec\"", NULL);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ args = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL);
+ sals = decode_line_1 (&args, 1, NULL, 0, &canonical);
+ if (sals.nelts == 1)
+ {
+ resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
+ function = pc_function_name (sals.sals[0].pc);
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, function, -1);
+ return TCL_OK;
+ }
+
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "N/A", -1);
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* This implements the tcl command "gdb_find_file"
+
+ * It searches the symbol tables to get the full pathname to a file.
+ *
+ * Tcl Arguments:
+ * filename: the file name to search for.
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * The full path to the file, or an empty string if the file is not
+ * found.
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_find_file_command (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ char *filename = NULL;
+ struct symtab *st;
+
+ if (objc != 2)
+ {
+ Tcl_WrongNumArgs (interp, 1, objv, "filename");
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ st = full_lookup_symtab (Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL));
+ if (st)
+ filename = st->fullname;
+
+ if (filename == NULL)
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "", 0);
+ else
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, filename, -1);
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* This implements the tcl command "gdb_listfiles"
+
+ * This lists all the files in the current executible.
+ *
+ * Note that this currently pulls in all sorts of filenames
+ * that aren't really part of the executable. It would be
+ * best if we could check each file to see if it actually
+ * contains executable lines of code, but we can't do that
+ * with psymtabs.
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * ?pathname? - If provided, only files which match pathname
+ * (up to strlen(pathname)) are included. THIS DOES NOT
+ * CURRENTLY WORK BECAUSE PARTIAL_SYMTABS DON'T SUPPLY
+ * THE FULL PATHNAME!!!
+ *
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * A list of all matching files.
+ */
+static int
+gdb_listfiles (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ struct objfile *objfile;
+ struct partial_symtab *psymtab;
+ struct symtab *symtab;
+ char *lastfile, *pathname = NULL, **files;
+ int files_size;
+ int i, numfiles = 0, len = 0;
+
+ files_size = 1000;
+ files = (char **) xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * files_size);
+
+ if (objc > 2)
+ {
+ Tcl_WrongNumArgs (interp, 1, objv, "Usage: gdb_listfiles ?pathname?");
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else if (objc == 2)
+ pathname = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], &len);
+
+ ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, psymtab)
+ {
+ if (numfiles == files_size)
+ {
+ files_size = files_size * 2;
+ files = (char **) xrealloc (files, sizeof (char *) * files_size);
+ }
+ if (psymtab->filename)
+ {
+ if (!len || !strncmp (pathname, psymtab->filename, len)
+ || !strcmp (psymtab->filename, basename (psymtab->filename)))
+ {
+ files[numfiles++] = basename (psymtab->filename);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, symtab)
+ {
+ if (numfiles == files_size)
+ {
+ files_size = files_size * 2;
+ files = (char **) xrealloc (files, sizeof (char *) * files_size);
+ }
+ if (symtab->filename && symtab->linetable && symtab->linetable->nitems)
+ {
+ if (!len || !strncmp (pathname, symtab->filename, len)
+ || !strcmp (symtab->filename, basename (symtab->filename)))
+ {
+ files[numfiles++] = basename (symtab->filename);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (char *), comp_files);
+
+ lastfile = "";
+
+ /* Discard the old result pointer, in case it has accumulated anything
+ and set it to a new list object */
+
+ Tcl_SetListObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, 0, NULL);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
+ {
+ if (strcmp (files[i], lastfile))
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (files[i], -1));
+ lastfile = files[i];
+ }
+
+ free (files);
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static int
+comp_files (file1, file2)
+ const void *file1, *file2;
+{
+ return strcmp (*(char **) file1, *(char **) file2);
+}
+
+
+/* This implements the tcl command "gdb_search"
+
+
+ * Tcl Arguments:
+ * option - One of "functions", "variables" or "types"
+ * regexp - The regular expression to look for.
+ * Then, optionally:
+ * -files fileList
+ * -static 1/0
+ * -filename 1/0
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * A list of all the matches found. Optionally, if -filename is set to 1,
+ * then the output is a list of two element lists, with the symbol first,
+ * and the file in which it is found second.
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_search (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ struct symbol_search *ss = NULL;
+ struct symbol_search *p;
+ struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST * switch_objv;
+ int index, switch_objc, i, show_files = 0;
+ namespace_enum space = 0;
+ char *regexp;
+ int static_only, nfiles;
+ Tcl_Obj **file_list;
+ char **files;
+ static char *search_options[] =
+ {"functions", "variables", "types", (char *) NULL};
+ static char *switches[] =
+ {"-files", "-filename", "-static", (char *) NULL};
+ enum search_opts
+ {
+ SEARCH_FUNCTIONS, SEARCH_VARIABLES, SEARCH_TYPES
+ };
+ enum switches_opts
+ {
+ SWITCH_FILES, SWITCH_FILENAME, SWITCH_STATIC_ONLY
+ };
+
+ if (objc < 3)
+ {
+ Tcl_WrongNumArgs (interp, 1, objv, "option regexp ?arg ...?");
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj (interp, objv[1], search_options, "option", 0,
+ &index) != TCL_OK)
+ {
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Unfortunately, we cannot teach search_symbols to search on
+ multiple regexps, so we have to do a two-tier search for
+ any searches which choose to narrow the playing field. */
+ switch ((enum search_opts) index)
+ {
+ case SEARCH_FUNCTIONS:
+ space = FUNCTIONS_NAMESPACE;
+ break;
+ case SEARCH_VARIABLES:
+ space = VARIABLES_NAMESPACE;
+ break;
+ case SEARCH_TYPES:
+ space = TYPES_NAMESPACE;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ regexp = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[2], NULL);
+ /* Process any switches that refine the search */
+ switch_objc = objc - 3;
+ switch_objv = objv + 3;
+
+ static_only = 0;
+ nfiles = 0;
+ files = (char **) NULL;
+ while (switch_objc > 0)
+ {
+ if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj (interp, switch_objv[0], switches,
+ "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK)
+ {
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ switch ((enum switches_opts) index)
+ {
+ case SWITCH_FILENAME:
+ {
+ if (switch_objc < 2)
+ {
+ Tcl_WrongNumArgs (interp, 3, objv,
+ "?-files fileList -filename 1|0 -static 1|0?");
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj (interp, switch_objv[1], &show_files)
+ != TCL_OK)
+ {
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ switch_objc--;
+ switch_objv++;
+ }
+ break;
+ case SWITCH_FILES:
+ {
+ int result;
+ if (switch_objc < 2)
+ {
+ Tcl_WrongNumArgs (interp, 3, objv,
+ "?-files fileList -filename 1|0 -static 1|0?");
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ result = Tcl_ListObjGetElements (interp, switch_objv[1],
+ &nfiles, &file_list);
+ if (result != TCL_OK)
+ return result;
+
+ files = (char **) xmalloc (nfiles * sizeof (char *));
+ for (i = 0; i < nfiles; i++)
+ files[i] = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (file_list[i], NULL);
+ switch_objc--;
+ switch_objv++;
+ }
+ break;
+ case SWITCH_STATIC_ONLY:
+ if (switch_objc < 2)
+ {
+ Tcl_WrongNumArgs (interp, 3, objv,
+ "?-files fileList -filename 1|0 -static 1|0?");
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj (interp, switch_objv[1], &static_only)
+ != TCL_OK)
+ {
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ switch_objc--;
+ switch_objv++;
+ }
+ switch_objc--;
+ switch_objv++;
+ }
+
+ search_symbols (regexp, space, nfiles, files, &ss);
+ if (ss != NULL)
+ old_chain = make_cleanup ((make_cleanup_func) free_search_symbols, ss);
+
+ Tcl_SetListObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, 0, NULL);
+
+ for (p = ss; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+ {
+ Tcl_Obj *elem;
+
+ if (static_only && p->block != STATIC_BLOCK)
+ continue;
+
+ /* Strip off some C++ special symbols, like RTTI and global
+ constructors/destructors. */
+ if ((p->symbol != NULL && !STREQN (SYMBOL_NAME (p->symbol), "__tf", 4)
+ && !STREQN (SYMBOL_NAME (p->symbol), "_GLOBAL_", 8))
+ || p->msymbol != NULL)
+ {
+ elem = Tcl_NewListObj (0, NULL);
+
+ if (p->msymbol == NULL)
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, elem,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (p->symbol), -1));
+ else
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, elem,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (p->msymbol), -1));
+
+ if (show_files)
+ {
+ if ((p->symtab != NULL) && (p->symtab->filename != NULL))
+ {
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, elem, Tcl_NewStringObj
+ (p->symtab->filename, -1));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, elem,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj ("", 0));
+ }
+ }
+
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, result_ptr->obj_ptr, elem);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ss != NULL)
+ do_cleanups (old_chain);
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* This implements the tcl command gdb_listfuncs
+
+ * It lists all the functions defined in a given file
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * file - the file to look in
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * A list of two element lists, the first element is
+ * the symbol name, and the second is a boolean indicating
+ * whether the symbol is demangled (1 for yes).
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_listfuncs (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ struct symtab *symtab;
+ struct blockvector *bv;
+ struct block *b;
+ struct symbol *sym;
+ int i, j;
+ Tcl_Obj *funcVals[2];
+
+ if (objc != 2)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "wrong # args", -1);
+ }
+
+ symtab = full_lookup_symtab (Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL));
+ if (!symtab)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "No such file", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (mangled == NULL)
+ {
+ mangled = Tcl_NewBooleanObj (1);
+ not_mangled = Tcl_NewBooleanObj (0);
+ Tcl_IncrRefCount (mangled);
+ Tcl_IncrRefCount (not_mangled);
+ }
+
+ Tcl_SetListObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, 0, NULL);
+
+ bv = BLOCKVECTOR (symtab);
+ for (i = GLOBAL_BLOCK; i <= STATIC_BLOCK; i++)
+ {
+ b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, i);
+ /* Skip the sort if this block is always sorted. */
+ if (!BLOCK_SHOULD_SORT (b))
+ sort_block_syms (b);
+ for (j = 0; j < BLOCK_NSYMS (b); j++)
+ {
+ sym = BLOCK_SYM (b, j);
+ if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_BLOCK)
+ {
+
+ char *name = SYMBOL_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym);
+
+ if (name)
+ {
+ /* strip out "global constructors" and
+ * "global destructors"
+ * because we aren't interested in them. */
+
+ if (strncmp (name, "global ", 7))
+ {
+ /* If the function is overloaded,
+ * print out the functions
+ * declaration, not just its name. */
+
+ funcVals[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj (name, -1);
+ funcVals[1] = mangled;
+ }
+ else
+ continue;
+
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ funcVals[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj (SYMBOL_NAME (sym), -1);
+ funcVals[1] = not_mangled;
+ }
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewListObj (2, funcVals));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+\f
+
+/*
+ * This section contains all the commands that act on the registers:
+ */
+
+/* This is a sort of mapcar function for operations on registers */
+
+static int
+map_arg_registers (objc, objv, func, argp)
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+ void (*func) PARAMS ((int regnum, void *argp));
+ void *argp;
+{
+ int regnum, numregs;
+
+ /* Note that the test for a valid register must include checking the
+ REGISTER_NAME because NUM_REGS may be allocated for the union of
+ the register sets within a family of related processors. In this
+ case, some entries of REGISTER_NAME will change depending upon
+ the particular processor being debugged. */
+
+ numregs = ARCH_NUM_REGS;
+
+ if (objc == 0) /* No args, just do all the regs */
+ {
+ for (regnum = 0;
+ regnum < numregs;
+ regnum++)
+ {
+ if (REGISTER_NAME (regnum) == NULL
+ || *(REGISTER_NAME (regnum)) == '\0')
+ continue;
+
+ func (regnum, argp);
+ }
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+ }
+
+ /* Else, list of register #s, just do listed regs */
+ for (; objc > 0; objc--, objv++)
+ {
+ if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj (NULL, *objv, ®num) != TCL_OK)
+ {
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (regnum >= 0
+ && regnum < numregs
+ && REGISTER_NAME (regnum) != NULL
+ && *REGISTER_NAME (regnum) != '\000')
+ func (regnum, argp);
+ else
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "bad register number", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* This implements the TCL command `gdb_restore_fputs'
+ It sets the fputs_unfiltered hook back to gdbtk_fputs.
+ Its sole reason for being is that sometimes we move the
+ fputs hook out of the way to specially trap output, and if
+ we get an error which we weren't expecting, it won't get put
+ back, so we run this at idle time as insurance.
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_restore_fputs (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ fputs_unfiltered_hook = gdbtk_fputs;
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* This implements the TCL command `gdb_regnames', which returns a list of
+ all of the register names. */
+
+static int
+gdb_regnames (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ objc--;
+ objv++;
+
+ return map_arg_registers (objc, objv, get_register_name, NULL);
+}
+
+static void
+get_register_name (regnum, argp)
+ int regnum;
+ void *argp; /* Ignored */
+{
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (REGISTER_NAME (regnum), -1));
+}
+
+/* This implements the tcl command gdb_fetch_registers
+ * Pass it a list of register names, and it will
+ * return their values as a list.
+ *
+ * Tcl Arguments:
+ * format: The format string for printing the values
+ * args: the registers to look for
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * A list of their values.
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_fetch_registers (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ int format, result;
+
+ if (objc < 2)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ "wrong # args, should be gdb_fetch_registers format ?register1 register2 ...?", -1);
+ }
+ objc -= 2;
+ objv++;
+ format = *(Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[0], NULL));
+ objv++;
+
+
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_MAKES_LIST; /* Output the results as a list */
+ result = map_arg_registers (objc, objv, get_register, (void *) format);
+ result_ptr->flags &= ~GDBTK_MAKES_LIST;
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+static void
+get_register (regnum, fp)
+ int regnum;
+ void *fp;
+{
+ char raw_buffer[MAX_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE];
+ char virtual_buffer[MAX_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE];
+ int format = (int) fp;
+ int optim;
+
+ if (format == 'N')
+ format = 0;
+
+ /* read_relative_register_raw_bytes returns a virtual frame pointer
+ (FRAME_FP (selected_frame)) if regnum == FP_REGNUM instead
+ of the real contents of the register. To get around this,
+ use get_saved_register instead. */
+ get_saved_register (raw_buffer, &optim, (CORE_ADDR *) NULL, selected_frame,
+ regnum, (enum lval_type *) NULL);
+ if (optim)
+ {
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj ("Optimized out", -1));
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Convert raw data to virtual format if necessary. */
+
+ if (REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (regnum))
+ {
+ REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL (regnum, REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (regnum),
+ raw_buffer, virtual_buffer);
+ }
+ else
+ memcpy (virtual_buffer, raw_buffer, REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (regnum));
+
+ if (format == 'r')
+ {
+ int j;
+ char *ptr, buf[1024];
+
+ strcpy (buf, "0x");
+ ptr = buf + 2;
+ for (j = 0; j < REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (regnum); j++)
+ {
+ register int idx = TARGET_BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN ? j
+ : REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (regnum) - 1 - j;
+ sprintf (ptr, "%02x", (unsigned char) raw_buffer[idx]);
+ ptr += 2;
+ }
+ fputs_filtered (buf, gdb_stdout);
+ }
+ else
+ val_print (REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (regnum), virtual_buffer, 0, 0,
+ gdb_stdout, format, 1, 0, Val_pretty_default);
+
+}
+
+/* This implements the tcl command get_pc_reg
+ * It returns the value of the PC register
+ *
+ * Tcl Arguments:
+ * None
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * The value of the pc register.
+ */
+
+static int
+get_pc_register (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ char buff[64];
+
+ sprintf (buff, "0x%llx", (long long) read_register (PC_REGNUM));
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, buff, -1);
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* This implements the tcl command "gdb_changed_register_list"
+ * It takes a list of registers, and returns a list of
+ * the registers on that list that have changed since the last
+ * time the proc was called.
+ *
+ * Tcl Arguments:
+ * A list of registers.
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * A list of changed registers.
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_changed_register_list (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ objc--;
+ objv++;
+
+ return map_arg_registers (objc, objv, register_changed_p, NULL);
+}
+
+static void
+register_changed_p (regnum, argp)
+ int regnum;
+ void *argp; /* Ignored */
+{
+ char raw_buffer[MAX_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE];
+
+ if (read_relative_register_raw_bytes (regnum, raw_buffer))
+ return;
+
+ if (memcmp (&old_regs[REGISTER_BYTE (regnum)], raw_buffer,
+ REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (regnum)) == 0)
+ return;
+
+ /* Found a changed register. Save new value and return its number. */
+
+ memcpy (&old_regs[REGISTER_BYTE (regnum)], raw_buffer,
+ REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (regnum));
+
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr, Tcl_NewIntObj (regnum));
+}
+\f
+/*
+ * This section contains the commands that deal with tracepoints:
+ */
+
+/* return a list of all tracepoint numbers in interpreter */
+static int
+gdb_get_tracepoint_list (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ struct tracepoint *tp;
+
+ Tcl_SetListObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, 0, NULL);
+
+ ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewIntObj (tp->number));
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* returns -1 if not found, tracepoint # if found */
+static int
+tracepoint_exists (char *args)
+{
+ struct tracepoint *tp;
+ char **canonical;
+ struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
+ char *file = NULL;
+ int result = -1;
+
+ sals = decode_line_1 (&args, 1, NULL, 0, &canonical);
+ if (sals.nelts == 1)
+ {
+ resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
+ file = xmalloc (strlen (sals.sals[0].symtab->dirname)
+ + strlen (sals.sals[0].symtab->filename) + 1);
+ if (file != NULL)
+ {
+ strcpy (file, sals.sals[0].symtab->dirname);
+ strcat (file, sals.sals[0].symtab->filename);
+
+ ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
+ {
+ if (tp->address == sals.sals[0].pc)
+ result = tp->number;
+#if 0
+ /* Why is this here? This messes up assembly traces */
+ else if (tp->source_file != NULL
+ && strcmp (tp->source_file, file) == 0
+ && sals.sals[0].line == tp->line_number)
+ result = tp->number;
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (file != NULL)
+ free (file);
+ return result;
+}
+
+static int
+gdb_tracepoint_exists_command (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ char *args;
+
+ if (objc != 2)
+ {
+ Tcl_AppendStringsToObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ "wrong # of args: should be \"",
+ Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[0], NULL),
+ " function:line|function|line|*addr\"", NULL);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ args = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL);
+
+ Tcl_SetIntObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, tracepoint_exists (args));
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static int
+gdb_get_tracepoint_info (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ struct symtab_and_line sal;
+ int tpnum;
+ struct tracepoint *tp;
+ struct action_line *al;
+ Tcl_Obj *action_list;
+ char *filename, *funcname, *fname;
+
+ if (objc != 2)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "wrong # args", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj (NULL, objv[1], &tpnum) != TCL_OK)
+ {
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
+ if (tp->number == tpnum)
+ break;
+
+ if (tp == NULL)
+ {
+ char buff[64];
+ sprintf (buff, "Tracepoint #%d does not exist", tpnum);
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, buff, -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ Tcl_SetListObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, 0, NULL);
+ sal = find_pc_line (tp->address, 0);
+ filename = symtab_to_filename (sal.symtab);
+ if (filename == NULL)
+ filename = "N/A";
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (filename, -1));
+
+ funcname = pc_function_name (tp->address);
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, result_ptr->obj_ptr, Tcl_NewStringObj
+ (funcname, -1));
+
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewIntObj (sal.line));
+ {
+ char *tmp;
+ asprintf (&tmp, "0x%s", paddr_nz (tp->address));
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (tmp, -1));
+ free (tmp);
+ }
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewIntObj (tp->enabled));
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewIntObj (tp->pass_count));
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewIntObj (tp->step_count));
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewIntObj (tp->thread));
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewIntObj (tp->hit_count));
+
+ /* Append a list of actions */
+ action_list = Tcl_NewObj ();
+ for (al = tp->actions; al != NULL; al = al->next)
+ {
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, action_list,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (al->action, -1));
+ }
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, result_ptr->obj_ptr, action_list);
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+
+static int
+gdb_trace_status (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ int result = 0;
+
+ if (trace_running_p)
+ result = 1;
+
+ Tcl_SetIntObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, result);
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+static int
+gdb_get_trace_frame_num (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ if (objc != 1)
+ {
+ Tcl_AppendStringsToObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ "wrong # of args: should be \"",
+ Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[0], NULL),
+ " linespec\"", NULL);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ Tcl_SetIntObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, get_traceframe_number ());
+ return TCL_OK;
+
+}
+
+/* This implements the tcl command gdb_actions
+ * It sets actions for a given tracepoint.
+ *
+ * Tcl Arguments:
+ * number: the tracepoint in question
+ * actions: the actions to add to this tracepoint
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * None.
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_actions_command (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ struct tracepoint *tp;
+ Tcl_Obj **actions;
+ int nactions, i, len;
+ char *number, *args, *action;
+ long step_count;
+ struct action_line *next = NULL, *temp;
+ enum actionline_type linetype;
+
+ if (objc != 3)
+ {
+ Tcl_AppendStringsToObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ "wrong # args: should be: \"",
+ Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[0], NULL),
+ " number actions\"", NULL);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ args = number = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL);
+ tp = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, 0, 0);
+ if (tp == NULL)
+ {
+ Tcl_AppendStringsToObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "Tracepoint \"",
+ number, "\" does not exist", NULL);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Free any existing actions */
+ if (tp->actions != NULL)
+ free_actions (tp);
+
+ step_count = 0;
+
+ Tcl_ListObjGetElements (interp, objv[2], &nactions, &actions);
+
+ /* Add the actions to the tracepoint */
+ for (i = 0; i < nactions; i++)
+ {
+ temp = xmalloc (sizeof (struct action_line));
+ temp->next = NULL;
+ action = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (actions[i], &len);
+ temp->action = savestring (action, len);
+
+ linetype = validate_actionline (&(temp->action), tp);
+
+ if (linetype == BADLINE)
+ {
+ free (temp);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (next == NULL)
+ {
+ tp->actions = temp;
+ next = temp;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ next->next = temp;
+ next = temp;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+\f
+/*
+ * This section has commands that handle source disassembly.
+ */
+/* This implements the tcl command gdb_disassemble. It is no longer
+ * used in GDBTk, we use gdb_load_disassembly, but I kept it around in
+ * case other folks want it.
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * source_with_assm - must be "source" or "nosource"
+ * low_address - the address from which to start disassembly
+ * ?hi_address? - the address to which to disassemble, defaults
+ * to the end of the function containing low_address.
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * The disassembled code is passed to fputs_unfiltered, so it
+ * either goes to the console if result_ptr->obj_ptr is NULL or to
+ * the Tcl result.
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_disassemble (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ CORE_ADDR low, high;
+ char *arg_ptr;
+ int mixed_source_and_assembly;
+
+ if (objc != 3 && objc != 4)
+ error ("wrong # args");
+
+ arg_ptr = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL);
+ if (*arg_ptr == 's' && strcmp (arg_ptr, "source") == 0)
+ mixed_source_and_assembly = 1;
+ else if (*arg_ptr == 'n' && strcmp (arg_ptr, "nosource") == 0)
+ mixed_source_and_assembly = 0;
+ else
+ error ("First arg must be 'source' or 'nosource'");
+
+ low = parse_and_eval_address (Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[2], NULL));
+
+ if (objc == 3)
+ {
+ if (find_pc_partial_function (low, NULL, &low, &high) == 0)
+ error ("No function contains specified address");
+ }
+ else
+ high = parse_and_eval_address (Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[3], NULL));
+
+ return gdb_disassemble_driver (low, high, mixed_source_and_assembly, NULL,
+ gdbtk_print_source, gdbtk_print_asm);
+
+}
+
+/* This implements the tcl command gdb_load_disassembly
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * widget - the name of a text widget into which to load the data
+ * source_with_assm - must be "source" or "nosource"
+ * low_address - the address from which to start disassembly
+ * ?hi_address? - the address to which to disassemble, defaults
+ * to the end of the function containing low_address.
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * The text widget is loaded with the data, and a list is returned.
+ * The first element of the list is a two element list containing the
+ * real low & high elements, the rest is a mapping between line number
+ * in the text widget, and either the source line number of that line,
+ * if it is a source line, or the assembly address. You can distinguish
+ * between the two, because the address will start with 0x...
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_load_disassembly (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ CORE_ADDR low, high;
+ struct disassembly_client_data client_data;
+ int mixed_source_and_assembly, ret_val, i;
+ char *widget;
+ char *arg_ptr;
+ char *map_name;
+
+ if (objc != 6 && objc != 7) {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "wrong # args, should be: widget [source|nosource] map_arr index_prefix low_address ?hi_address", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ client_data.widget = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL);
+ if ( Tk_NameToWindow (interp, client_data.widget,
+ Tk_MainWindow (interp)) == NULL)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "Invalid widget name.", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (!Tcl_GetCommandInfo (interp, client_data.widget, &client_data.cmd))
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "Can't get widget command info",
+ -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ arg_ptr = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[2], NULL);
+ if (*arg_ptr == 's' && strcmp (arg_ptr, "source") == 0)
+ mixed_source_and_assembly = 1;
+ else if (*arg_ptr == 'n' && strcmp (arg_ptr, "nosource") == 0)
+ mixed_source_and_assembly = 0;
+ else
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ "Second arg must be 'source' or 'nosource'", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* As we populate the text widget, we will also create an array in the
+ caller's scope. The name is given by objv[3].
+ Each source line gets an entry or the form:
+ array($prefix,srcline=$src_line_no) = $widget_line_no
+
+ Each assembly line gets two entries of the form:
+ array($prefix,pc=$pc) = $widget_line_no
+ array($prefix,line=$widget_line_no) = $src_line_no
+
+ Where prefix is objv[4].
+ */
+
+ map_name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[3], NULL);
+
+ if (*map_name != '\0')
+ {
+ char *prefix;
+ int prefix_len;
+
+ client_data.map_arr = "map_array";
+ if (Tcl_UpVar (interp, "1", map_name, client_data.map_arr, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "Can't link map array.", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ prefix = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[4], &prefix_len);
+
+ Tcl_DStringInit(&client_data.src_to_line_prefix);
+ Tcl_DStringAppend (&client_data.src_to_line_prefix,
+ prefix, prefix_len);
+ Tcl_DStringAppend (&client_data.src_to_line_prefix, ",srcline=",
+ sizeof (",srcline=") - 1);
+
+ Tcl_DStringInit(&client_data.pc_to_line_prefix);
+ Tcl_DStringAppend (&client_data.pc_to_line_prefix,
+ prefix, prefix_len);
+ Tcl_DStringAppend (&client_data.pc_to_line_prefix, ",pc=",
+ sizeof (",pc=") - 1);
+
+ Tcl_DStringInit(&client_data.line_to_pc_prefix);
+ Tcl_DStringAppend (&client_data.line_to_pc_prefix,
+ prefix, prefix_len);
+ Tcl_DStringAppend (&client_data.line_to_pc_prefix, ",line=",
+ sizeof (",line=") - 1);
+
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ client_data.map_arr = "";
+ }
+
+ /* Now parse the addresses */
+
+ low = parse_and_eval_address (Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[5], NULL));
+
+ if (objc == 6)
+ {
+ if (find_pc_partial_function (low, NULL, &low, &high) == 0)
+ error ("No function contains specified address");
+ }
+ else
+ high = parse_and_eval_address (Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[6], NULL));
+
+
+ /* Setup the client_data structure, and call the driver function. */
+
+ client_data.file_opened_p = 0;
+ client_data.widget_line_no = 0;
+ client_data.interp = interp;
+ for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+ {
+ client_data.result_obj[i] = Tcl_NewObj();
+ Tcl_IncrRefCount (client_data.result_obj[i]);
+ }
+
+ /* Fill up the constant parts of the argv structures */
+ client_data.asm_argv[0] = client_data.widget;
+ client_data.asm_argv[1] = "insert";
+ client_data.asm_argv[2] = "end";
+ client_data.asm_argv[3] = "-\t";
+ client_data.asm_argv[4] = "break_rgn_tag";
+ /* client_data.asm_argv[5] = address; */
+ client_data.asm_argv[6] = "break_rgn_tag";
+ /* client_data.asm_argv[7] = offset; */
+ client_data.asm_argv[8] = "break_rgn_tag";
+ client_data.asm_argv[9] = ":\t\t";
+ client_data.asm_argv[10] = "source_tag";
+ /* client_data.asm_argv[11] = code; */
+ client_data.asm_argv[12] = "source_tag";
+ client_data.asm_argv[13] = "\n";
+
+ if (mixed_source_and_assembly)
+ {
+ client_data.source_argv[0] = client_data.widget;
+ client_data.source_argv[1] = "insert";
+ client_data.source_argv[2] = "end";
+ /* client_data.source_argv[3] = line_number; */
+ client_data.source_argv[4] = "";
+ /* client_data.source_argv[5] = line; */
+ client_data.source_argv[6] = "source_tag";
+ }
+
+ ret_val = gdb_disassemble_driver (low, high, mixed_source_and_assembly,
+ (ClientData) &client_data,
+ gdbtk_load_source, gdbtk_load_asm);
+
+ /* Now clean up the opened file, and the Tcl data structures */
+
+ if (client_data.file_opened_p == 1) {
+ fclose(client_data.fp);
+ }
+ if (*client_data.map_arr != '\0')
+ {
+ Tcl_DStringFree(&client_data.src_to_line_prefix);
+ Tcl_DStringFree(&client_data.pc_to_line_prefix);
+ Tcl_DStringFree(&client_data.line_to_pc_prefix);
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+ {
+ Tcl_DecrRefCount (client_data.result_obj[i]);
+ }
+
+ /* Finally, if we were successful, stick the low & high addresses
+ into the Tcl result. */
+
+ if (ret_val == TCL_OK) {
+ char buffer[256];
+ Tcl_Obj *limits_obj[2];
+
+ sprintf (buffer, "0x%s", paddr_nz (low));
+ limits_obj[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj (buffer, -1);
+
+ sprintf (buffer, "0x%s", paddr_nz (high));
+ limits_obj[1] = Tcl_NewStringObj (buffer, -1);
+
+ Tcl_DecrRefCount (result_ptr->obj_ptr);
+ result_ptr->obj_ptr = Tcl_NewListObj (2, limits_obj);
+
+ }
+ return ret_val;
+
+}
+
+static void
+gdbtk_load_source (ClientData clientData, struct symtab *symtab, int
+ start_line, int end_line)
+{
+ struct disassembly_client_data *client_data =
+ (struct disassembly_client_data *) clientData;
+ char buffer[18];
+ int index_len;
+
+ index_len = Tcl_DStringLength (&client_data->src_to_line_prefix);
+
+ if (client_data->file_opened_p == 1)
+ {
+ char **text_argv;
+ char line[10000], line_number[18];
+ int found_carriage_return = 1;
+
+ /* First do some sanity checks on the requested lines */
+
+ if (start_line < 1
+ || end_line < start_line || end_line > symtab->nlines)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ line_number[0] = '\t';
+ line[0] = '\t';
+
+ text_argv = client_data->source_argv;
+
+ text_argv[3] = line_number;
+ text_argv[5] = line;
+
+ if (fseek (client_data->fp, symtab->line_charpos[start_line - 1],
+ SEEK_SET) < 0)
+ {
+ fclose(client_data->fp);
+ client_data->file_opened_p = -1;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ for (; start_line < end_line; start_line++)
+ {
+ if (!fgets (line + 1, 9980, client_data->fp))
+ {
+ fclose(client_data->fp);
+ client_data->file_opened_p = -1;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ client_data->widget_line_no++;
+
+ sprintf (line_number + 1, "%d", start_line);
+
+ if (found_carriage_return) {
+ char *p;
+
+ p = strrchr(line, '\0') - 2;
+ if (*p == '\r') {
+ *p = '\n';
+ *(p + 1) = '\0';
+ } else {
+ found_carriage_return = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Run the command, then add an entry to the map array in
+ the caller's scope, if requested. */
+
+ client_data->cmd.proc (client_data->cmd.clientData,
+ client_data->interp, 7, text_argv);
+
+ if (*client_data->map_arr != '\0')
+ {
+
+ Tcl_DStringAppend (&client_data->src_to_line_prefix,
+ line_number + 1, -1);
+
+ /* FIXME: Convert to Tcl_SetVar2Ex when we move to 8.2. This
+ will allow us avoid converting widget_line_no into a string. */
+
+ sprintf (buffer, "%d", client_data->widget_line_no);
+
+ Tcl_SetVar2 (client_data->interp, client_data->map_arr,
+ Tcl_DStringValue (&client_data->src_to_line_prefix),
+ buffer, 0);
+
+ Tcl_DStringSetLength (&client_data->src_to_line_prefix, index_len);
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+ else if (!client_data->file_opened_p)
+ {
+ int fdes;
+ /* The file is not yet open, try to open it, then print the
+ first line. If we fail, set FILE_OPEN_P to -1. */
+
+ fdes = open_source_file (symtab);
+ if (fdes < 0)
+ {
+ client_data->file_opened_p = -1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* FIXME: Convert to a Tcl File Channel and read from there.
+ This will allow us to get the line endings and conversion
+ to UTF8 right automatically when we move to 8.2.
+ Need a Cygwin call to convert a file descriptor to the native
+ Windows handler to do this. */
+
+ client_data->file_opened_p = 1;
+ client_data->fp = fdopen (fdes, FOPEN_RB);
+ clearerr (client_data->fp);
+
+ if (symtab->line_charpos == 0)
+ find_source_lines (symtab, fdes);
+
+ /* We are called with an actual load request, so call ourselves
+ to load the first line. */
+
+ gdbtk_load_source (clientData, symtab, start_line, end_line);
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ /* If we couldn't open the file, or got some prior error, just exit. */
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+}
+
+static CORE_ADDR
+gdbtk_load_asm (clientData, pc, di)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ CORE_ADDR pc;
+ struct disassemble_info *di;
+{
+ struct disassembly_client_data * client_data
+ = (struct disassembly_client_data *) clientData;
+ char **text_argv;
+ int i, pc_to_line_len, line_to_pc_len;
+ gdbtk_result new_result, *old_result_ptr;
+
+ pc_to_line_len = Tcl_DStringLength (&client_data->pc_to_line_prefix);
+ line_to_pc_len = Tcl_DStringLength (&client_data->line_to_pc_prefix);
+
+ text_argv = client_data->asm_argv;
+
+ /* Preserve the current Tcl result object, print out what we need, and then
+ suck it out of the result, and replace... */
+
+ old_result_ptr = result_ptr;
+ result_ptr = &new_result;
+ result_ptr->obj_ptr = client_data->result_obj[0];
+ result_ptr->flags = GDBTK_TO_RESULT;
+
+ /* Null out the three return objects we will use. */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+ Tcl_SetObjLength (client_data->result_obj[i], 0);
+
+ print_address_numeric (pc, 1, gdb_stdout);
+ gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
+
+ result_ptr->obj_ptr = client_data->result_obj[1];
+
+ print_address_symbolic (pc, gdb_stdout, 1, "\t");
+ gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
+
+ result_ptr->obj_ptr = client_data->result_obj[2];
+ pc += (*tm_print_insn) (pc, di);
+ gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
+
+ client_data->widget_line_no++;
+
+ text_argv[5] = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (client_data->result_obj[0], NULL);
+ text_argv[7] = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (client_data->result_obj[1], NULL);
+ text_argv[11] = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (client_data->result_obj[2], NULL);
+
+ client_data->cmd.proc (client_data->cmd.clientData,
+ client_data->interp, 14, text_argv);
+
+ if (*client_data->map_arr != '\0')
+ {
+ char buffer[16];
+
+ /* Run the command, then add an entry to the map array in
+ the caller's scope. */
+
+ Tcl_DStringAppend (&client_data->pc_to_line_prefix, text_argv[5], -1);
+
+ /* FIXME: Convert to Tcl_SetVar2Ex when we move to 8.2. This
+ will allow us avoid converting widget_line_no into a string. */
+
+ sprintf (buffer, "%d", client_data->widget_line_no);
+
+ Tcl_SetVar2 (client_data->interp, client_data->map_arr,
+ Tcl_DStringValue (&client_data->pc_to_line_prefix),
+ buffer, 0);
+
+ Tcl_DStringAppend (&client_data->line_to_pc_prefix, buffer, -1);
+
+ Tcl_SetVar2 (client_data->interp, client_data->map_arr,
+ Tcl_DStringValue (&client_data->line_to_pc_prefix),
+ text_argv[5], 0);
+
+ /* Restore the prefixes to their initial state. */
+
+ Tcl_DStringSetLength (&client_data->pc_to_line_prefix, pc_to_line_len);
+ Tcl_DStringSetLength (&client_data->line_to_pc_prefix, line_to_pc_len);
+
+ }
+
+ result_ptr = old_result_ptr;
+
+ return pc;
+}
+
+static void
+gdbtk_print_source (clientData, symtab, start_line, end_line)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ struct symtab *symtab;
+ int start_line;
+ int end_line;
+{
+ print_source_lines (symtab, start_line, end_line, 0);
+ gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
+}
+
+static CORE_ADDR
+gdbtk_print_asm (clientData, pc, di)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ CORE_ADDR pc;
+ struct disassemble_info *di;
+{
+ fputs_unfiltered (" ", gdb_stdout);
+ print_address (pc, gdb_stdout);
+ fputs_unfiltered (":\t ", gdb_stdout);
+ pc += (*tm_print_insn) (pc, di);
+ fputs_unfiltered ("\n", gdb_stdout);
+ gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
+ return pc;
+}
+
+static int
+gdb_disassemble_driver (low, high, mixed_source_and_assembly,
+ clientData, print_source_fn, print_asm_fn)
+ CORE_ADDR low;
+ CORE_ADDR high;
+ int mixed_source_and_assembly;
+ ClientData clientData;
+ void (*print_source_fn) (ClientData, struct symtab *, int, int);
+ CORE_ADDR (*print_asm_fn) (ClientData, CORE_ADDR,
+ struct disassemble_info *);
+{
+ CORE_ADDR pc;
+ static disassemble_info di;
+ static int di_initialized;
+
+ if (! di_initialized)
+ {
+ INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO_NO_ARCH (di, gdb_stdout,
+ (fprintf_ftype) fprintf_unfiltered);
+ di.flavour = bfd_target_unknown_flavour;
+ di.memory_error_func = dis_asm_memory_error;
+ di.print_address_func = dis_asm_print_address;
+ di_initialized = 1;
+ }
+
+ di.mach = TARGET_PRINT_INSN_INFO->mach;
+ if (TARGET_BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN)
+ di.endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
+ else
+ di.endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
+
+ /* Set the architecture for multi-arch configurations. */
+ if (TARGET_ARCHITECTURE != NULL)
+ di.mach = TARGET_ARCHITECTURE->mach;
+
+ /* If disassemble_from_exec == -1, then we use the following heuristic to
+ determine whether or not to do disassembly from target memory or from the
+ exec file:
+
+ If we're debugging a local process, read target memory, instead of the
+ exec file. This makes disassembly of functions in shared libs work
+ correctly. Also, read target memory if we are debugging native threads.
+
+ Else, we're debugging a remote process, and should disassemble from the
+ exec file for speed. However, this is no good if the target modifies its
+ code (for relocation, or whatever).
+ */
+
+ if (disassemble_from_exec == -1)
+ {
+ if (strcmp (target_shortname, "child") == 0
+ || strcmp (target_shortname, "procfs") == 0
+ || strcmp (target_shortname, "vxprocess") == 0
+ || strstr (target_shortname, "-threads") != NULL)
+ /* It's a child process, read inferior mem */
+ disassemble_from_exec = 0;
+ else
+ /* It's remote, read the exec file */
+ disassemble_from_exec = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (disassemble_from_exec)
+ di.read_memory_func = gdbtk_dis_asm_read_memory;
+ else
+ di.read_memory_func = dis_asm_read_memory;
+
+ /* If just doing straight assembly, all we need to do is disassemble
+ everything between low and high. If doing mixed source/assembly, we've
+ got a totally different path to follow. */
+
+ if (mixed_source_and_assembly)
+ { /* Come here for mixed source/assembly */
+ /* The idea here is to present a source-O-centric view of a function to
+ the user. This means that things are presented in source order, with
+ (possibly) out of order assembly immediately following. */
+ struct symtab *symtab;
+ struct linetable_entry *le;
+ int nlines;
+ int newlines;
+ struct my_line_entry *mle;
+ struct symtab_and_line sal;
+ int i;
+ int out_of_order;
+ int next_line;
+
+ /* Assume symtab is valid for whole PC range */
+ symtab = find_pc_symtab (low);
+
+ if (!symtab || !symtab->linetable)
+ goto assembly_only;
+
+ /* First, convert the linetable to a bunch of my_line_entry's. */
+
+ le = symtab->linetable->item;
+ nlines = symtab->linetable->nitems;
+
+ if (nlines <= 0)
+ goto assembly_only;
+
+ mle = (struct my_line_entry *) alloca (nlines *
+ sizeof (struct my_line_entry));
+
+ out_of_order = 0;
+
+ /* Copy linetable entries for this function into our data structure,
+ creating end_pc's and setting out_of_order as appropriate. */
+
+ /* First, skip all the preceding functions. */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < nlines - 1 && le[i].pc < low; i++) ;
+
+ /* Now, copy all entries before the end of this function. */
+
+ newlines = 0;
+ for (; i < nlines - 1 && le[i].pc < high; i++)
+ {
+ if (le[i].line == le[i + 1].line
+ && le[i].pc == le[i + 1].pc)
+ continue; /* Ignore duplicates */
+
+ /* GCC sometimes emits line directives with a linenumber
+ of 0. It does this to handle live range splitting.
+ This may be a bug, but we need to be able to handle it.
+ For now, use the previous instructions line number.
+ Since this is a bit of a hack anyway, we will just lose
+ if the bogus sline is the first line of the range. For
+ functions, I have never seen this to be the case. */
+
+ if (le[i].line != 0)
+ {
+ mle[newlines].line = le[i].line;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (newlines > 0)
+ mle[newlines].line = mle[newlines - 1].line;
+ }
+
+ if (le[i].line > le[i + 1].line)
+ out_of_order = 1;
+ mle[newlines].start_pc = le[i].pc;
+ mle[newlines].end_pc = le[i + 1].pc;
+ newlines++;
+ }
+
+ /* If we're on the last line, and it's part of the function, then we
+ need to get the end pc in a special way. */
+
+ if (i == nlines - 1
+ && le[i].pc < high)
+ {
+ mle[newlines].line = le[i].line;
+ mle[newlines].start_pc = le[i].pc;
+ sal = find_pc_line (le[i].pc, 0);
+ mle[newlines].end_pc = sal.end;
+ newlines++;
+ }
+
+ /* Now, sort mle by line #s (and, then by addresses within lines). */
+
+ if (out_of_order)
+ qsort (mle, newlines, sizeof (struct my_line_entry), compare_lines);
+
+ /* Now, for each line entry, emit the specified lines (unless they have
+ been emitted before), followed by the assembly code for that line. */
+
+ next_line = 0; /* Force out first line */
+ for (i = 0; i < newlines; i++)
+ {
+ /* Print out everything from next_line to the current line. */
+
+ if (mle[i].line >= next_line)
+ {
+ if (next_line != 0)
+ print_source_fn (clientData, symtab, next_line,
+ mle[i].line + 1);
+ else
+ print_source_fn (clientData, symtab, mle[i].line,
+ mle[i].line + 1);
+
+ next_line = mle[i].line + 1;
+ }
+
+ for (pc = mle[i].start_pc; pc < mle[i].end_pc; )
+ {
+ QUIT;
+ pc = print_asm_fn (clientData, pc, &di);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ assembly_only:
+ for (pc = low; pc < high; )
+ {
+ QUIT;
+ pc = print_asm_fn (clientData, pc, &di);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* This is the memory_read_func for gdb_disassemble when we are
+ disassembling from the exec file. */
+
+static int
+gdbtk_dis_asm_read_memory (memaddr, myaddr, len, info)
+ bfd_vma memaddr;
+ bfd_byte *myaddr;
+ int len;
+ disassemble_info *info;
+{
+ extern struct target_ops exec_ops;
+ int res;
+
+ errno = 0;
+ res = xfer_memory (memaddr, myaddr, len, 0, &exec_ops);
+
+ if (res == len)
+ return 0;
+ else if (errno == 0)
+ return EIO;
+ else
+ return errno;
+}
+
+/* This will be passed to qsort to sort the results of the disassembly */
+
+static int
+compare_lines (mle1p, mle2p)
+ const PTR mle1p;
+ const PTR mle2p;
+{
+ struct my_line_entry *mle1, *mle2;
+ int val;
+
+ mle1 = (struct my_line_entry *) mle1p;
+ mle2 = (struct my_line_entry *) mle2p;
+
+ val = mle1->line - mle2->line;
+
+ if (val != 0)
+ return val;
+
+ return mle1->start_pc - mle2->start_pc;
+}
+
+/* This implements the TCL command `gdb_loc',
+
+ * Arguments:
+ * ?symbol? The symbol or address to locate - defaults to pc
+ * Tcl Return:
+ * a list consisting of the following:
+ * basename, function name, filename, line number, address, current pc
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_loc (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ char *filename;
+ struct symtab_and_line sal;
+ struct symbol *sym;
+ char *fname;
+ CORE_ADDR pc;
+
+ if (objc == 1)
+ {
+ if (selected_frame && (selected_frame->pc != read_pc ()))
+ {
+ /* Note - this next line is not correct on all architectures.
+ For a graphical debugger we really want to highlight the
+ assembly line that called the next function on the stack.
+ Many architectures have the next instruction saved as the
+ pc on the stack, so what happens is the next instruction
+ is highlighted. FIXME */
+ pc = selected_frame->pc;
+ sal = find_pc_line (selected_frame->pc,
+ selected_frame->next != NULL
+ && !selected_frame->next->signal_handler_caller
+ && !frame_in_dummy (selected_frame->next));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pc = read_pc ();
+ sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (objc == 2)
+ {
+ struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
+ int nelts;
+
+ sals = decode_line_spec (Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL), 1);
+
+ nelts = sals.nelts;
+ sal = sals.sals[0];
+ free (sals.sals);
+
+ if (sals.nelts != 1)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "Ambiguous line spec", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
+ pc = sal.pc;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "wrong # args", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (sal.symtab)
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (sal.symtab->filename, -1));
+ else
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj ("", 0));
+
+ fname = pc_function_name (pc);
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (fname, -1));
+
+ filename = symtab_to_filename (sal.symtab);
+ if (filename == NULL)
+ filename = "";
+
+ /* file name */
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (filename, -1));
+ /* line number */
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewIntObj (sal.line));
+ /* PC in current frame */
+ sprintf_append_element_to_obj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "0x%s", paddr_nz (pc));
+ /* Real PC */
+ sprintf_append_element_to_obj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "0x%s",
+ paddr_nz (stop_pc));
+
+ /* shared library */
+#ifdef PC_SOLIB
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (PC_SOLIB (pc), -1));
+#else
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj ("", -1));
+#endif
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* This implements the Tcl command 'gdb_get_mem', which
+ * dumps a block of memory
+ * Arguments:
+ * gdb_get_mem addr form size nbytes bpr aschar
+ *
+ * addr: address of data to dump
+ * form: a char indicating format
+ * size: size of each element; 1,2,4, or 8 bytes
+ * nbytes: the number of bytes to read
+ * bpr: bytes per row
+ * aschar: if present, an ASCII dump of the row is included. ASCHAR
+ * used for unprintable characters.
+ *
+ * Return:
+ * a list of elements followed by an optional ASCII dump */
+
+static int
+gdb_get_mem (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ int size, asize, i, j, bc;
+ CORE_ADDR addr;
+ int nbytes, rnum, bpr;
+ long tmp;
+ char format, buff[128], aschar, *mbuf, *mptr, *cptr, *bptr;
+ struct type *val_type;
+
+ if (objc < 6 || objc > 7)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ "addr format size bytes bytes_per_row ?ascii_char?",
+ -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj (interp, objv[3], &size) != TCL_OK)
+ {
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else if (size <= 0)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "Invalid size, must be > 0", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj (interp, objv[4], &nbytes) != TCL_OK)
+ {
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else if (nbytes <= 0)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ "Invalid number of bytes, must be > 0",
+ -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj (interp, objv[5], &bpr) != TCL_OK)
+ {
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else if (bpr <= 0)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ "Invalid bytes per row, must be > 0", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (Tcl_GetLongFromObj (interp, objv[1], &tmp) != TCL_OK)
+ return TCL_OK;
+
+ addr = (CORE_ADDR) tmp;
+
+ format = *(Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[2], NULL));
+ mbuf = (char *) malloc (nbytes + 32);
+ if (!mbuf)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "Out of memory.", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ memset (mbuf, 0, nbytes + 32);
+ mptr = cptr = mbuf;
+
+ rnum = 0;
+ while (rnum < nbytes)
+ {
+ int error;
+ int num = target_read_memory_partial (addr + rnum, mbuf + rnum,
+ nbytes - rnum, &error);
+ if (num <= 0)
+ break;
+ rnum += num;
+ }
+
+ if (objc == 7)
+ aschar = *(Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[6], NULL));
+ else
+ aschar = 0;
+
+ switch (size)
+ {
+ case 1:
+ val_type = builtin_type_int8;
+ asize = 'b';
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ val_type = builtin_type_int16;
+ asize = 'h';
+ break;
+ case 4:
+ val_type = builtin_type_int32;
+ asize = 'w';
+ break;
+ case 8:
+ val_type = builtin_type_int64;
+ asize = 'g';
+ break;
+ default:
+ val_type = builtin_type_int8;
+ asize = 'b';
+ }
+
+ bc = 0; /* count of bytes in a row */
+ bptr = &buff[0]; /* pointer for ascii dump */
+
+ /* Build up the result as a list... */
+
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_MAKES_LIST;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += size)
+ {
+ if (i >= rnum)
+ {
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj ("N/A", 3));
+ if (aschar)
+ for (j = 0; j < size; j++)
+ *bptr++ = 'X';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print_scalar_formatted (mptr, val_type, format, asize, gdb_stdout);
+
+ if (aschar)
+ {
+ for (j = 0; j < size; j++)
+ {
+ *bptr = *cptr++;
+ if (*bptr < 32 || *bptr > 126)
+ *bptr = aschar;
+ bptr++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ mptr += size;
+ bc += size;
+
+ if (aschar && (bc >= bpr))
+ {
+ /* end of row. Add it to the result and reset variables */
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (buff, bc));
+ bc = 0;
+ bptr = &buff[0];
+ }
+ }
+
+ result_ptr->flags &= ~GDBTK_MAKES_LIST;
+
+ free (mbuf);
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+\f
+
+/* This implements the tcl command "gdb_loadfile"
+ * It loads a c source file into a text widget.
+ *
+ * Tcl Arguments:
+ * widget: the name of the text widget to fill
+ * filename: the name of the file to load
+ * linenumbers: A boolean indicating whether or not to display line numbers.
+ * Tcl Result:
+ *
+ */
+
+/* In this routine, we will build up a "line table", i.e. a
+ * table of bits showing which lines in the source file are executible.
+ * LTABLE_SIZE is the number of bytes to allocate for the line table.
+ *
+ * Its size limits the maximum number of lines
+ * in a file to 8 * LTABLE_SIZE. This memory is freed after
+ * the file is loaded, so it is OK to make this very large.
+ * Additional memory will be allocated if needed. */
+#define LTABLE_SIZE 20000
+static int
+gdb_loadfile (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ char *file, *widget;
+ int linenumbers, ln, lnum, ltable_size;
+ FILE *fp;
+ char *ltable;
+ struct symtab *symtab;
+ struct linetable_entry *le;
+ long mtime = 0;
+ struct stat st;
+ char line[10000], line_num_buf[18];
+ int prefix_len_1, prefix_len_2, cur_prefix_len, widget_len;
+ char *text_argv[8];
+ Tcl_CmdInfo text_cmd;
+
+
+ if (objc != 4)
+ {
+ Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "widget filename linenumbers");
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ widget = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL);
+ if ( Tk_NameToWindow (interp, widget, Tk_MainWindow (interp)) == NULL)
+ {
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (!Tcl_GetCommandInfo (interp, widget, &text_cmd))
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "Can't get widget command info",
+ -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ file = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[2], NULL);
+ Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj (interp, objv[3], &linenumbers);
+
+ symtab = full_lookup_symtab (file);
+ if (!symtab)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj ( result_ptr->obj_ptr, "File not found in symtab", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ file = symtab_to_filename ( symtab );
+ if ((fp = fopen ( file, "r" )) == NULL)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj ( result_ptr->obj_ptr, "Can't open file for reading",
+ -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (stat (file, &st) < 0)
+ {
+ catch_errors (perror_with_name_wrapper, "gdbtk: get time stamp", "",
+ RETURN_MASK_ALL);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (symtab && symtab->objfile && symtab->objfile->obfd)
+ mtime = bfd_get_mtime(symtab->objfile->obfd);
+ else if (exec_bfd)
+ mtime = bfd_get_mtime(exec_bfd);
+
+ if (mtime && mtime < st.st_mtime)
+ {
+ gdbtk_ignorable_warning("file_times",\
+ "Source file is more recent than executable.\n");
+ }
+
+
+ /* Source linenumbers don't appear to be in order, and a sort is */
+ /* too slow so the fastest solution is just to allocate a huge */
+ /* array and set the array entry for each linenumber */
+
+ ltable_size = LTABLE_SIZE;
+ ltable = (char *)malloc (LTABLE_SIZE);
+ if (ltable == NULL)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj ( result_ptr->obj_ptr, "Out of memory.", -1);
+ fclose (fp);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ memset (ltable, 0, LTABLE_SIZE);
+
+ if (symtab->linetable && symtab->linetable->nitems)
+ {
+ le = symtab->linetable->item;
+ for (ln = symtab->linetable->nitems ;ln > 0; ln--, le++)
+ {
+ lnum = le->line >> 3;
+ if (lnum >= ltable_size)
+ {
+ char *new_ltable;
+ new_ltable = (char *)realloc (ltable, ltable_size*2);
+ memset (new_ltable + ltable_size, 0, ltable_size);
+ ltable_size *= 2;
+ if (new_ltable == NULL)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj ( result_ptr->obj_ptr, "Out of memory.",
+ -1);
+ free (ltable);
+ fclose (fp);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ ltable = new_ltable;
+ }
+ ltable[lnum] |= 1 << (le->line % 8);
+ }
+ }
+
+ ln = 1;
+
+ line[0] = '\t';
+ text_argv[0] = widget;
+ text_argv[1] = "insert";
+ text_argv[2] = "end";
+ text_argv[5] = line;
+ text_argv[6] = "source_tag";
+ text_argv[8] = NULL;
+
+ if (linenumbers)
+ {
+ int found_carriage_return = 1;
+
+ line_num_buf[1] = '\t';
+
+ text_argv[3] = line_num_buf;
+
+ while (fgets (line + 1, 9980, fp))
+ {
+ char *p;
+
+ /* Look for DOS style \r\n endings, and if found,
+ * strip off the \r. We assume (for the sake of
+ * speed) that ALL lines in the file have DOS endings,
+ * or none do.
+ */
+
+ if (found_carriage_return) {
+ char *p;
+
+ p = strrchr(line, '\0') - 2;
+ if (*p == '\r') {
+ *p = '\n';
+ *(p + 1) = '\0';
+ } else {
+ found_carriage_return = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ sprintf (line_num_buf+2, "%d", ln);
+ if (ltable[ln >> 3] & (1 << (ln % 8)))
+ {
+ line_num_buf[0] = '-';
+ text_argv[4] = "break_rgn_tag";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ line_num_buf[0] = ' ';
+ text_argv[4] = "";
+ }
+
+ text_cmd.proc(text_cmd.clientData, interp, 7, text_argv);
+ ln++;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ int found_carriage_return = 1;
+
+ while (fgets (line + 1, 9980, fp))
+ {
+ if (found_carriage_return) {
+ char *p;
+
+ p = strrchr(line, '\0') - 2;
+ if (*p == '\r') {
+ *p = '\n';
+ *(p + 1) = '\0';
+ } else {
+ found_carriage_return = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ltable[ln >> 3] & (1 << (ln % 8)))
+ {
+ text_argv[3] = "- ";
+ text_argv[4] = "break_rgn_tag";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ text_argv[3] = " ";
+ text_argv[4] = "";
+ }
+
+ text_cmd.proc(text_cmd.clientData, interp, 7, text_argv);
+ ln++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ free (ltable);
+ fclose (fp);
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+\f
+/*
+ * This section contains commands for manipulation of breakpoints.
+ */
+
+
+/* set a breakpoint by source file and line number */
+/* flags are as follows: */
+/* least significant 2 bits are disposition, rest is */
+/* type (normally 0).
+
+ enum bptype {
+ bp_breakpoint, Normal breakpoint
+ bp_hardware_breakpoint, Hardware assisted breakpoint
+ }
+
+ Disposition of breakpoint. Ie: what to do after hitting it.
+ enum bpdisp {
+ del, Delete it
+ del_at_next_stop, Delete at next stop, whether hit or not
+ disable, Disable it
+ donttouch Leave it alone
+ };
+ */
+
+/* This implements the tcl command "gdb_set_bp"
+ * It sets breakpoints, and runs the Tcl command
+ * gdbtk_tcl_breakpoint create
+ * to register the new breakpoint with the GUI.
+ *
+ * Tcl Arguments:
+ * filename: the file in which to set the breakpoint
+ * line: the line number for the breakpoint
+ * type: the type of the breakpoint
+ * thread: optional thread number
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * The return value of the call to gdbtk_tcl_breakpoint.
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_set_bp (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ struct symtab_and_line sal;
+ int line, ret, thread = -1;
+ struct breakpoint *b;
+ char buf[64], *typestr;
+ Tcl_DString cmd;
+ enum bpdisp disp;
+
+ if (objc != 4 && objc != 5)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ "wrong number of args, should be \"filename line type [thread]\"", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ sal.symtab = full_lookup_symtab (Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL));
+ if (sal.symtab == NULL)
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+
+ if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj (interp, objv[2], &line) == TCL_ERROR)
+ {
+ result_ptr->flags = GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ typestr = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[3], NULL);
+ if (typestr == NULL)
+ {
+ result_ptr->flags = GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ if (strncmp (typestr, "temp", 4) == 0)
+ disp = del;
+ else if (strncmp (typestr, "normal", 6) == 0)
+ disp = donttouch;
+ else
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ "type must be \"temp\" or \"normal\"", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (objc == 5)
+ {
+ if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj (interp, objv[4], &thread) == TCL_ERROR)
+ {
+ result_ptr->flags = GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ sal.line = line;
+ if (!find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &sal.pc))
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+
+ sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
+ b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal);
+ set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
+ b->number = breakpoint_count;
+ b->type = bp_breakpoint;
+ b->disposition = disp;
+ b->thread = thread;
+
+ /* FIXME: this won't work for duplicate basenames! */
+ sprintf (buf, "%s:%d", basename (Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL)),
+ line);
+ b->addr_string = strsave (buf);
+
+ /* now send notification command back to GUI */
+
+ Tcl_DStringInit (&cmd);
+
+ Tcl_DStringAppend (&cmd, "gdbtk_tcl_breakpoint create ", -1);
+ sprintf (buf, "%d", b->number);
+ Tcl_DStringAppendElement (&cmd, buf);
+ sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", (long) sal.pc);
+ Tcl_DStringAppendElement (&cmd, buf);
+ Tcl_DStringAppendElement (&cmd, Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[2], NULL));
+ Tcl_DStringAppendElement (&cmd, Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL));
+ Tcl_DStringAppendElement (&cmd, bpdisp[b->disposition]);
+ sprintf (buf, "%d", b->enable);
+ Tcl_DStringAppendElement (&cmd, buf);
+ sprintf (buf, "%d", b->thread);
+ Tcl_DStringAppendElement (&cmd, buf);
+
+
+ ret = Tcl_Eval (interp, Tcl_DStringValue (&cmd));
+ Tcl_DStringFree (&cmd);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* This implements the tcl command "gdb_set_bp_addr"
+ * It sets breakpoints, and runs the Tcl command
+ * gdbtk_tcl_breakpoint create
+ * to register the new breakpoint with the GUI.
+ *
+ * Tcl Arguments:
+ * addr: the address at which to set the breakpoint
+ * type: the type of the breakpoint
+ * thread: optional thread number
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * The return value of the call to gdbtk_tcl_breakpoint.
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_set_bp_addr (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+
+{
+ struct symtab_and_line sal;
+ int line, ret, thread = -1;
+ long addr;
+ struct breakpoint *b;
+ char *filename, *typestr, buf[64];
+ Tcl_DString cmd;
+ enum bpdisp disp;
+
+ if (objc != 4 && objc != 3)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ "wrong number of args, should be \"address type [thread]\"", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (Tcl_GetLongFromObj (interp, objv[1], &addr) == TCL_ERROR)
+ {
+ result_ptr->flags = GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ typestr = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[2], NULL);
+ if (typestr == NULL)
+ {
+ result_ptr->flags = GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ if (strncmp (typestr, "temp", 4) == 0)
+ disp = del;
+ else if (strncmp (typestr, "normal", 6) == 0)
+ disp = donttouch;
+ else
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ "type must be \"temp\" or \"normal\"", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (objc == 4)
+ {
+ if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj (interp, objv[3], &thread) == TCL_ERROR)
+ {
+ result_ptr->flags = GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ sal = find_pc_line (addr, 0);
+ sal.pc = addr;
+ b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal);
+ set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
+ b->number = breakpoint_count;
+ b->type = bp_breakpoint;
+ b->disposition = disp;
+ b->thread = thread;
+
+ sprintf (buf, "*(0x%lx)", addr);
+ b->addr_string = strsave (buf);
+
+ /* now send notification command back to GUI */
+
+ Tcl_DStringInit (&cmd);
+
+ Tcl_DStringAppend (&cmd, "gdbtk_tcl_breakpoint create ", -1);
+ sprintf (buf, "%d", b->number);
+ Tcl_DStringAppendElement (&cmd, buf);
+ sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", addr);
+ Tcl_DStringAppendElement (&cmd, buf);
+ sprintf (buf, "%d", b->line_number);
+ Tcl_DStringAppendElement (&cmd, buf);
+
+ filename = symtab_to_filename (sal.symtab);
+ if (filename == NULL)
+ filename = "";
+ Tcl_DStringAppendElement (&cmd, filename);
+ Tcl_DStringAppendElement (&cmd, bpdisp[b->disposition]);
+ sprintf (buf, "%d", b->enable);
+ Tcl_DStringAppendElement (&cmd, buf);
+ sprintf (buf, "%d", b->thread);
+ Tcl_DStringAppendElement (&cmd, buf);
+
+ ret = Tcl_Eval (interp, Tcl_DStringValue (&cmd));
+ Tcl_DStringFree (&cmd);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* This implements the tcl command "gdb_find_bp_at_line"
+
+ * Tcl Arguments:
+ * filename: the file in which to find the breakpoint
+ * line: the line number for the breakpoint
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * It returns a list of breakpoint numbers
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_find_bp_at_line (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+
+{
+ struct symtab *s;
+ int line;
+ struct breakpoint *b;
+ extern struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
+
+ if (objc != 3)
+ {
+ Tcl_WrongNumArgs (interp, 1, objv, "filename line");
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ s = full_lookup_symtab (Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL));
+ if (s == NULL)
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+
+ if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj (interp, objv[2], &line) == TCL_ERROR)
+ {
+ result_ptr->flags = GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ Tcl_SetListObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, 0, NULL);
+ for (b = breakpoint_chain; b; b = b->next)
+ if (b->line_number == line && !strcmp (b->source_file, s->filename))
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewIntObj (b->number));
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* This implements the tcl command "gdb_find_bp_at_addr"
+
+ * Tcl Arguments:
+ * addr: address
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * It returns a list of breakpoint numbers
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_find_bp_at_addr (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+
+{
+ long addr;
+ struct breakpoint *b;
+ extern struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
+
+ if (objc != 2)
+ {
+ Tcl_WrongNumArgs (interp, 1, objv, "address");
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (Tcl_GetLongFromObj (interp, objv[1], &addr) == TCL_ERROR)
+ {
+ result_ptr->flags = GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ Tcl_SetListObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, 0, NULL);
+ for (b = breakpoint_chain; b; b = b->next)
+ if (b->address == (CORE_ADDR) addr)
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewIntObj (b->number));
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* This implements the tcl command gdb_get_breakpoint_info
+
+
+ * Tcl Arguments:
+ * breakpoint_number
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * A list with {file, function, line_number, address, type, enabled?,
+ * disposition, ignore_count, {list_of_commands},
+ * thread, hit_count}
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_get_breakpoint_info (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ struct symtab_and_line sal;
+ struct command_line *cmd;
+ int bpnum;
+ struct breakpoint *b;
+ extern struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
+ char *funcname, *filename;
+ struct symbol *sym;
+ Tcl_Obj *new_obj;
+
+ if (objc != 2)
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ "wrong number of args, should be \"breakpoint\"", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj (NULL, objv[1], &bpnum) != TCL_OK)
+ {
+ result_ptr->flags = GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ for (b = breakpoint_chain; b; b = b->next)
+ if (b->number == bpnum)
+ break;
+
+ if (!b || b->type != bp_breakpoint)
+ {
+ char err_buf[64];
+ sprintf (err_buf, "Breakpoint #%d does not exist.", bpnum);
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, err_buf, -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ sal = find_pc_line (b->address, 0);
+
+ filename = symtab_to_filename (sal.symtab);
+ if (filename == NULL)
+ filename = "";
+
+ Tcl_SetListObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, 0, NULL);
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (filename, -1));
+
+ funcname = pc_function_name (b->address);
+ new_obj = Tcl_NewStringObj (funcname, -1);
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr, new_obj);
+
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewIntObj (b->line_number));
+ sprintf_append_element_to_obj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, "0x%s",
+ paddr_nz (b->address));
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (bptypes[b->type], -1));
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewBooleanObj (b->enable == enabled));
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (bpdisp[b->disposition], -1));
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewIntObj (b->ignore_count));
+
+ new_obj = Tcl_NewObj ();
+ for (cmd = b->commands; cmd; cmd = cmd->next)
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, new_obj,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (cmd->line, -1));
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr, new_obj);
+
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (b->cond_string, -1));
+
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewIntObj (b->thread));
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewIntObj (b->hit_count));
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* This implements the tcl command gdb_get_breakpoint_list
+ * It builds up a list of the current breakpoints.
+ *
+ * Tcl Arguments:
+ * None.
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * A list of breakpoint numbers.
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_get_breakpoint_list (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ struct breakpoint *b;
+ extern struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
+ Tcl_Obj *new_obj;
+
+ if (objc != 1)
+ error ("wrong number of args, none are allowed");
+
+ for (b = breakpoint_chain; b; b = b->next)
+ if (b->type == bp_breakpoint)
+ {
+ new_obj = Tcl_NewIntObj (b->number);
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr, new_obj);
+ }
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+\f
+/* The functions in this section deal with stacks and backtraces. */
+
+/* This implements the tcl command gdb_stack.
+ * It builds up a list of stack frames.
+ *
+ * Tcl Arguments:
+ * start - starting stack frame
+ * count - number of frames to inspect
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * A list of function names
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_stack (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ int start, count;
+
+ if (objc < 3)
+ {
+ Tcl_WrongNumArgs (interp, 1, objv, "start count");
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj (NULL, objv[1], &start))
+ {
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj (NULL, objv[2], &count))
+ {
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ Tcl_SetListObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, 0, NULL);
+
+ if (target_has_stack)
+ {
+ struct frame_info *top;
+ struct frame_info *fi;
+
+ /* Find the outermost frame */
+ fi = get_current_frame ();
+ while (fi != NULL)
+ {
+ top = fi;
+ fi = get_prev_frame (fi);
+ }
+
+ /* top now points to the top (outermost frame) of the
+ stack, so point it to the requested start */
+ start = -start;
+ top = find_relative_frame (top, &start);
+
+ /* If start != 0, then we have asked to start outputting
+ frames beyond the innermost stack frame */
+ if (start == 0)
+ {
+ fi = top;
+ while (fi && count--)
+ {
+ get_frame_name (interp, result_ptr->obj_ptr, fi);
+ fi = get_next_frame (fi);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* A helper function for get_stack which adds information about
+ * the stack frame FI to the caller's LIST.
+ *
+ * This is stolen from print_frame_info in stack.c.
+ */
+static void
+get_frame_name (interp, list, fi)
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ Tcl_Obj *list;
+ struct frame_info *fi;
+{
+ struct symtab_and_line sal;
+ struct symbol *func = NULL;
+ register char *funname = 0;
+ enum language funlang = language_unknown;
+ Tcl_Obj *objv[1];
+
+ if (frame_in_dummy (fi))
+ {
+ objv[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj ("<function called from gdb>\n", -1);
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, list, objv[0]);
+ return;
+ }
+ if (fi->signal_handler_caller)
+ {
+ objv[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj ("<signal handler called>\n", -1);
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, list, objv[0]);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ sal =
+ find_pc_line (fi->pc,
+ fi->next != NULL
+ && !fi->next->signal_handler_caller
+ && !frame_in_dummy (fi->next));
+
+ func = find_pc_function (fi->pc);
+ if (func)
+ {
+ struct minimal_symbol *msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (fi->pc);
+ if (msymbol != NULL
+ && (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol)
+ > BLOCK_START (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (func))))
+ {
+ func = 0;
+ funname = GDBTK_SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (msymbol);
+ funlang = SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (msymbol);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ funname = GDBTK_SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (func);
+ funlang = SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (func);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ struct minimal_symbol *msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (fi->pc);
+ if (msymbol != NULL)
+ {
+ funname = GDBTK_SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (msymbol);
+ funlang = SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (msymbol);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (sal.symtab)
+ {
+ char *name = NULL;
+
+ objv[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj (funname, -1);
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, list, objv[0]);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if 0
+ /* we have no convenient way to deal with this yet... */
+ if (fi->pc != sal.pc || !sal.symtab)
+ {
+ print_address_numeric (fi->pc, 1, gdb_stdout);
+ printf_filtered (" in ");
+ }
+ printf_symbol_filtered (gdb_stdout, funname ? funname : "??", funlang,
+ DMGL_ANSI);
+#endif
+ objv[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj (funname != NULL ? funname : "??", -1);
+#ifdef PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
+ /* If we couldn't print out function name but if can figure out what
+ load segment this pc value is from, at least print out some info
+ about its load segment. */
+ if (!funname)
+ {
+ Tcl_AppendStringsToObj (objv[0], " from ", PC_LOAD_SEGMENT (fi->pc),
+ (char *) NULL);
+ }
+#endif
+#ifdef PC_SOLIB
+ if (!funname)
+ {
+ char *lib = PC_SOLIB (fi->pc);
+ if (lib)
+ {
+ Tcl_AppendStringsToObj (objv[0], " from ", lib, (char *) NULL);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, list, objv[0]);
+ }
+}
+
+/* This implements the tcl command gdb_selected_frame
+
+ * Returns the address of the selected frame
+ * frame.
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * None
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * The currently selected frame's address
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_selected_frame (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ char frame[32];
+
+ if (selected_frame == NULL)
+ strcpy (frame, "");
+ else
+ sprintf (frame, "0x%s", paddr_nz (FRAME_FP (selected_frame)));
+
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, frame, -1);
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* This implements the tcl command gdb_selected_block
+ *
+ * Returns the start and end addresses of the innermost
+ * block in the selected frame.
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * None
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * The currently selected block's start and end addresses
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_selected_block (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ char start[32];
+ char end[32];
+
+ if (selected_frame == NULL)
+ {
+ strcpy (start, "");
+ strcpy (end, "");
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ struct block *block;
+ block = get_frame_block (selected_frame);
+ sprintf (start, "0x%s", paddr_nz (BLOCK_START (block)));
+ sprintf (end, "0x%s", paddr_nz (BLOCK_END (block)));
+ }
+
+ Tcl_SetListObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, 0, NULL);
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (start, -1));
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (end, -1));
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* This implements the tcl command gdb_get_blocks
+ *
+ * Returns the start and end addresses for all blocks in
+ * the selected frame.
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * None
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * A list of all valid blocks in the selected_frame.
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_get_blocks (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ struct block *block;
+ int nsyms, i, junk;
+ struct symbol *sym;
+ CORE_ADDR pc;
+
+ Tcl_SetListObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, 0, NULL);
+
+ if (selected_frame != NULL)
+ {
+ block = get_frame_block (selected_frame);
+ pc = get_frame_pc (selected_frame);
+ while (block != 0)
+ {
+ nsyms = BLOCK_NSYMS (block);
+ junk = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < nsyms; i++)
+ {
+ sym = BLOCK_SYM (block, i);
+ switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
+ {
+ default:
+ case LOC_UNDEF: /* catches errors */
+ case LOC_CONST: /* constant */
+ case LOC_TYPEDEF: /* local typedef */
+ case LOC_LABEL: /* local label */
+ case LOC_BLOCK: /* local function */
+ case LOC_CONST_BYTES: /* loc. byte seq. */
+ case LOC_UNRESOLVED: /* unresolved static */
+ case LOC_OPTIMIZED_OUT: /* optimized out */
+ junk = 1;
+ break;
+
+ case LOC_ARG: /* argument */
+ case LOC_REF_ARG: /* reference arg */
+ case LOC_REGPARM: /* register arg */
+ case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR: /* indirect register arg */
+ case LOC_LOCAL_ARG: /* stack arg */
+ case LOC_BASEREG_ARG: /* basereg arg */
+
+ case LOC_LOCAL: /* stack local */
+ case LOC_BASEREG: /* basereg local */
+ case LOC_STATIC: /* static */
+ case LOC_REGISTER: /* register */
+ junk = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If we found a block with locals in it, add it to the list.
+ Note that the ranges of start and end address for blocks
+ are exclusive, so double-check against the PC */
+
+ if (!junk && pc < BLOCK_END (block))
+ {
+ char addr[32];
+
+ Tcl_Obj *elt = Tcl_NewListObj (0, NULL);
+ sprintf (addr, "0x%s", paddr_nz (BLOCK_START (block)));
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, elt,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (addr, -1));
+ sprintf (addr, "0x%s", paddr_nz (BLOCK_END (block)));
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, elt,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (addr, -1));
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, result_ptr->obj_ptr, elt);
+ }
+
+ if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (block))
+ break;
+ else
+ block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* This implements the tcl command gdb_block_vars.
+ *
+ * Returns all variables valid in the specified block.
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * The start and end addresses which identify the block.
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * All variables defined in the given block.
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_block_vars (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ struct block *block;
+ int nsyms, i;
+ struct symbol *sym;
+ CORE_ADDR start, end;
+
+ if (objc < 3)
+ {
+ Tcl_WrongNumArgs (interp, 1, objv, "startAddr endAddr");
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ Tcl_SetListObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, 0, NULL);
+ if (selected_frame == NULL)
+ return TCL_OK;
+
+ start = parse_and_eval_address (Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL));
+ end = parse_and_eval_address (Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[2], NULL));
+
+ block = get_frame_block (selected_frame);
+
+ while (block != 0)
+ {
+ if (BLOCK_START (block) == start && BLOCK_END (block) == end)
+ {
+ nsyms = BLOCK_NSYMS (block);
+ for (i = 0; i < nsyms; i++)
+ {
+ sym = BLOCK_SYM (block, i);
+ switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
+ {
+ case LOC_ARG: /* argument */
+ case LOC_REF_ARG: /* reference arg */
+ case LOC_REGPARM: /* register arg */
+ case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR: /* indirect register arg */
+ case LOC_LOCAL_ARG: /* stack arg */
+ case LOC_BASEREG_ARG: /* basereg arg */
+ case LOC_LOCAL: /* stack local */
+ case LOC_BASEREG: /* basereg local */
+ case LOC_STATIC: /* static */
+ case LOC_REGISTER: /* register */
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (SYMBOL_NAME (sym),
+ -1));
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+ }
+ else if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (block))
+ break;
+ else
+ block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block);
+ }
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+\f
+/*
+ * This section contains a bunch of miscellaneous utility commands
+ */
+
+/* This implements the tcl command gdb_path_conv
+
+ * On Windows, it canonicalizes the pathname,
+ * On Unix, it is a no op.
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * path
+ * Tcl Result:
+ * The canonicalized path.
+ */
+
+static int
+gdb_path_conv (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ if (objc != 2)
+ error ("wrong # args");
+
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+ {
+ char pathname[256], *ptr;
+
+ cygwin32_conv_to_full_win32_path (Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL),
+ pathname);
+ for (ptr = pathname; *ptr; ptr++)
+ {
+ if (*ptr == '\\')
+ *ptr = '/';
+ }
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, pathname, -1);
+ }
+#else
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL),
+ -1);
+#endif
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+\f
+/*
+ * This section has utility routines that are not Tcl commands.
+ */
+
+static int
+perror_with_name_wrapper (args)
+ PTR args;
+{
+ perror_with_name (args);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* The lookup_symtab() in symtab.c doesn't work correctly */
+/* It will not work will full pathnames and if multiple */
+/* source files have the same basename, it will return */
+/* the first one instead of the correct one. This version */
+/* also always makes sure symtab->fullname is set. */
+
+static struct symtab *
+full_lookup_symtab (file)
+ char *file;
+{
+ struct symtab *st;
+ struct objfile *objfile;
+ char *bfile, *fullname;
+ struct partial_symtab *pt;
+
+ if (!file)
+ return NULL;
+
+ /* first try a direct lookup */
+ st = lookup_symtab (file);
+ if (st)
+ {
+ if (!st->fullname)
+ symtab_to_filename (st);
+ return st;
+ }
+
+ /* if the direct approach failed, try */
+ /* looking up the basename and checking */
+ /* all matches with the fullname */
+ bfile = basename (file);
+ ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, st)
+ {
+ if (!strcmp (bfile, basename (st->filename)))
+ {
+ if (!st->fullname)
+ fullname = symtab_to_filename (st);
+ else
+ fullname = st->fullname;
+
+ if (!strcmp (file, fullname))
+ return st;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* still no luck? look at psymtabs */
+ ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, pt)
+ {
+ if (!strcmp (bfile, basename (pt->filename)))
+ {
+ st = PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (pt);
+ if (st)
+ {
+ fullname = symtab_to_filename (st);
+ if (!strcmp (file, fullname))
+ return st;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Look for the function that contains PC and return the source
+ (demangled) name for this function.
+
+ If no symbol is found, it returns an empty string. In either
+ case, memory is owned by gdb. Do not attempt to free it. */
+char *
+pc_function_name (pc)
+ CORE_ADDR pc;
+{
+ struct symbol *sym;
+ char *funcname = NULL;
+
+ /* First lookup the address in the symbol table... */
+ sym = find_pc_function (pc);
+ if (sym != NULL)
+ funcname = GDBTK_SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (sym);
+ else
+ {
+ /* ... if that fails, look it up in the minimal symbols. */
+ struct minimal_symbol *msym = NULL;
+
+ msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (pc);
+ if (msym != NULL)
+ funcname = GDBTK_SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (msym);
+ }
+
+ if (funcname == NULL)
+ funcname = "";
+
+ return funcname;
+}
+
+static void
+setup_architecture_data ()
+{
+ /* don't trust REGISTER_BYTES to be zero. */
+ old_regs = xmalloc (REGISTER_BYTES + 1);
+ memset (old_regs, 0, REGISTER_BYTES + 1);
+}
+\f
+
+/* Local variables: */
+/* change-log-default-name: "ChangeLog-gdbtk" */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+/* Startup code for gdbtk.
+ Copyright 1994-1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ Written by Stu Grossman <grossman@cygnus.com> of Cygnus Support.
+
+ This file is part of GDB.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#include "defs.h"
+#include "symtab.h"
+#include "inferior.h"
+#include "command.h"
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "symfile.h"
+#include "objfiles.h"
+#include "target.h"
+#include "gdbcore.h"
+#include "tracepoint.h"
+#include "demangle.h"
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <tcl.h>
+#include <tk.h>
+#include <itcl.h>
+#include <tix.h>
+#include "guitcl.h"
+#include "gdbtk.h"
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include "top.h"
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include "gdb_string.h"
+#include "dis-asm.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "gdbcmd.h"
+
+#include "annotate.h"
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+volatile int in_fputs = 0;
+
+/* Set by gdb_stop, this flag informs x_event to tell its caller
+ that it should forcibly detach from the target. */
+int gdbtk_force_detach = 0;
+
+extern void (*pre_add_symbol_hook) PARAMS ((char *));
+extern void (*post_add_symbol_hook) PARAMS ((void));
+extern void (*selected_frame_level_changed_hook) PARAMS ((int));
+extern int (*ui_loop_hook) PARAMS ((int));
+
+static void gdbtk_create_tracepoint PARAMS ((struct tracepoint *));
+static void gdbtk_delete_tracepoint PARAMS ((struct tracepoint *));
+static void gdbtk_modify_tracepoint PARAMS ((struct tracepoint *));
+static void gdbtk_trace_find PARAMS ((char *arg, int from_tty));
+static void gdbtk_trace_start_stop PARAMS ((int, int));
+static void gdbtk_create_breakpoint PARAMS ((struct breakpoint *));
+static void gdbtk_delete_breakpoint PARAMS ((struct breakpoint *));
+static void gdbtk_modify_breakpoint PARAMS ((struct breakpoint *));
+static void gdbtk_attach PARAMS ((void));
+static void gdbtk_detach PARAMS ((void));
+static void gdbtk_file_changed PARAMS ((char *));
+static void gdbtk_exec_file_display PARAMS ((char *));
+static void tk_command_loop PARAMS ((void));
+static void gdbtk_call_command PARAMS ((struct cmd_list_element *, char *, int));
+static int gdbtk_wait PARAMS ((int, struct target_waitstatus *));
+int x_event PARAMS ((int));
+static int gdbtk_query PARAMS ((const char *, va_list));
+static void gdbtk_warning PARAMS ((const char *, va_list));
+static char *gdbtk_readline PARAMS ((char *));
+static void gdbtk_readline_begin (char *format,...);
+static void gdbtk_readline_end PARAMS ((void));
+static void gdbtk_pre_add_symbol PARAMS ((char *));
+static void gdbtk_print_frame_info PARAMS ((struct symtab *, int, int, int));
+static void gdbtk_post_add_symbol PARAMS ((void));
+static void gdbtk_register_changed PARAMS ((int regno));
+static void gdbtk_memory_changed PARAMS ((CORE_ADDR addr, int len));
+static void tracepoint_notify PARAMS ((struct tracepoint *, const char *));
+static void gdbtk_selected_frame_changed PARAMS ((int));
+static void gdbtk_context_change PARAMS ((int));
+static void gdbtk_error_begin PARAMS ((void));
+static void report_error (void);
+static void gdbtk_annotate_signal (void);
+static void gdbtk_set_hook (struct cmd_list_element *cmdblk);
+
+/*
+ * gdbtk_fputs can't be static, because we need to call it in gdbtk.c.
+ * See note there for details.
+ */
+
+void gdbtk_fputs (const char *, struct ui_file *);
+static int gdbtk_load_hash (const char *, unsigned long);
+static void breakpoint_notify PARAMS ((struct breakpoint *, const char *));
+
+/*
+ * gdbtk_add_hooks - add all the hooks to gdb. This will get called by the
+ * startup code to fill in the hooks needed by core gdb.
+ */
+
+void
+gdbtk_add_hooks (void)
+{
+ command_loop_hook = tk_command_loop;
+ call_command_hook = gdbtk_call_command;
+ set_hook = gdbtk_set_hook;
+ readline_begin_hook = gdbtk_readline_begin;
+ readline_hook = gdbtk_readline;
+ readline_end_hook = gdbtk_readline_end;
+
+ print_frame_info_listing_hook = gdbtk_print_frame_info;
+ query_hook = gdbtk_query;
+ warning_hook = gdbtk_warning;
+
+ create_breakpoint_hook = gdbtk_create_breakpoint;
+ delete_breakpoint_hook = gdbtk_delete_breakpoint;
+ modify_breakpoint_hook = gdbtk_modify_breakpoint;
+
+ interactive_hook = gdbtk_interactive;
+ target_wait_hook = gdbtk_wait;
+ ui_load_progress_hook = gdbtk_load_hash;
+
+ ui_loop_hook = x_event;
+ pre_add_symbol_hook = gdbtk_pre_add_symbol;
+ post_add_symbol_hook = gdbtk_post_add_symbol;
+ file_changed_hook = gdbtk_file_changed;
+ exec_file_display_hook = gdbtk_exec_file_display;
+
+ create_tracepoint_hook = gdbtk_create_tracepoint;
+ delete_tracepoint_hook = gdbtk_delete_tracepoint;
+ modify_tracepoint_hook = gdbtk_modify_tracepoint;
+ trace_find_hook = gdbtk_trace_find;
+ trace_start_stop_hook = gdbtk_trace_start_stop;
+
+ attach_hook = gdbtk_attach;
+ detach_hook = gdbtk_detach;
+
+ register_changed_hook = gdbtk_register_changed;
+ memory_changed_hook = gdbtk_memory_changed;
+ selected_frame_level_changed_hook = gdbtk_selected_frame_changed;
+ context_hook = gdbtk_context_change;
+
+ error_begin_hook = gdbtk_error_begin;
+
+ annotate_signal_hook = gdbtk_annotate_signal;
+}
+
+/* These control where to put the gdb output which is created by
+ {f}printf_{un}filtered and friends. gdbtk_fputs is the lowest
+ level of these routines and capture all output from the rest of
+ GDB.
+
+ The reason to use the result_ptr rather than the gdbtk_interp's result
+ directly is so that a call_wrapper invoked function can preserve its result
+ across calls into Tcl which might be made in the course of the function's
+ execution.
+
+ * result_ptr->obj_ptr is where to accumulate the result.
+ * GDBTK_TO_RESULT flag means the output goes to the gdbtk_tcl_fputs proc
+ instead of to the result_ptr.
+ * GDBTK_MAKES_LIST flag means add to the result as a list element.
+
+ */
+
+gdbtk_result *result_ptr = NULL;
+\f
+
+/* This allows you to Tcl_Eval a tcl command which takes
+ a command word, and then a single argument. */
+
+int
+gdbtk_two_elem_cmd (cmd_name, argv1)
+ char *cmd_name;
+ char *argv1;
+{
+ char *command;
+ int result, flags_ptr, arg_len, cmd_len;
+
+ arg_len = Tcl_ScanElement (argv1, &flags_ptr);
+ cmd_len = strlen (cmd_name);
+ command = malloc (arg_len + cmd_len + 2);
+ strcpy (command, cmd_name);
+ strcat (command, " ");
+
+ Tcl_ConvertElement (argv1, command + cmd_len + 1, flags_ptr);
+
+ result = Tcl_Eval (gdbtk_interp, command);
+ if (result != TCL_OK)
+ report_error ();
+ free (command);
+ return result;
+}
+
+/* This handles all the output from gdb. All the gdb printf_xxx functions
+ * eventually end up here. The output is either passed to the result_ptr
+ * where it will go to the result of some gdbtk command, or passed to the
+ * Tcl proc gdbtk_tcl_fputs (where it is usually just dumped to the console
+ * window.
+ *
+ * The cases are:
+ *
+ * 1) result_ptr == NULL - This happens when some output comes from gdb which
+ * is not generated by a command in gdbtk-cmds, usually startup stuff.
+ * In this case we just route the data to gdbtk_tcl_fputs.
+ * 2) The GDBTK_TO_RESULT flag is set - The result is supposed to go to Tcl.
+ * We place the data into the result_ptr, either as a string,
+ * or a list, depending whether the GDBTK_MAKES_LIST bit is set.
+ * 3) The GDBTK_TO_RESULT flag is unset - We route the data to gdbtk_tcl_fputs
+ * UNLESS it was coming to gdb_stderr. Then we place it in the result_ptr
+ * anyway, so it can be dealt with.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+gdbtk_fputs (ptr, stream)
+ const char *ptr;
+ struct ui_file *stream;
+{
+ in_fputs = 1;
+
+ if (result_ptr != NULL)
+ {
+ if (result_ptr->flags & GDBTK_TO_RESULT)
+ {
+ if (result_ptr->flags & GDBTK_MAKES_LIST)
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, result_ptr->obj_ptr,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj ((char *) ptr, -1));
+ else
+ Tcl_AppendToObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, (char *) ptr, -1);
+ }
+ else if (stream == gdb_stderr || result_ptr->flags & GDBTK_ERROR_ONLY)
+ {
+ if (result_ptr->flags & GDBTK_ERROR_STARTED)
+ Tcl_AppendToObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, (char *) ptr, -1);
+ else
+ {
+ Tcl_SetStringObj (result_ptr->obj_ptr, (char *) ptr, -1);
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_ERROR_STARTED;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ gdbtk_two_elem_cmd ("gdbtk_tcl_fputs", (char *) ptr);
+ if (result_ptr->flags & GDBTK_MAKES_LIST)
+ gdbtk_two_elem_cmd ("gdbtk_tcl_fputs", " ");
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ gdbtk_two_elem_cmd ("gdbtk_tcl_fputs", (char *) ptr);
+ }
+
+ in_fputs = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * This routes all warnings to the Tcl function "gdbtk_tcl_warning".
+ */
+
+static void
+gdbtk_warning (warning, args)
+ const char *warning;
+ va_list args;
+{
+ char buf[200];
+
+ vsprintf (buf, warning, args);
+ gdbtk_two_elem_cmd ("gdbtk_tcl_warning", buf);
+}
+
+
+/* Error-handling function for all hooks */
+/* Hooks are not like tcl functions, they do not simply return */
+/* TCL_OK or TCL_ERROR. Also, the calling function typically */
+/* doesn't care about errors in the hook functions. Therefore */
+/* after every hook function, report_error should be called. */
+/* report_error can just call Tcl_BackgroundError() which will */
+/* pop up a messagebox, or it can silently log the errors through */
+/* the gdbtk dbug command. */
+
+static void
+report_error ()
+{
+ TclDebug ('E', Tcl_GetVar (gdbtk_interp, "errorInfo", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY));
+ /* Tcl_BackgroundError(gdbtk_interp); */
+}
+
+/*
+ * This routes all ignorable warnings to the Tcl function
+ * "gdbtk_tcl_ignorable_warning".
+ */
+
+void
+gdbtk_ignorable_warning (class, warning)
+ const char *class;
+ const char *warning;
+{
+ char buf[512];
+ sprintf (buf, "gdbtk_tcl_ignorable_warning {%s} {%s}", class, warning);
+ if (Tcl_Eval (gdbtk_interp, buf) != TCL_OK)
+ report_error ();
+}
+
+static void
+gdbtk_register_changed (regno)
+ int regno;
+{
+ if (Tcl_Eval (gdbtk_interp, "gdbtk_register_changed") != TCL_OK)
+ report_error ();
+}
+
+static void
+gdbtk_memory_changed (addr, len)
+ CORE_ADDR addr;
+ int len;
+{
+ if (Tcl_Eval (gdbtk_interp, "gdbtk_memory_changed") != TCL_OK)
+ report_error ();
+}
+\f
+
+/* This function is called instead of gdb's internal command loop. This is the
+ last chance to do anything before entering the main Tk event loop.
+ At the end of the command, we enter the main loop. */
+
+static void
+tk_command_loop ()
+{
+ extern FILE *instream;
+
+ /* We no longer want to use stdin as the command input stream */
+ instream = NULL;
+
+ if (Tcl_Eval (gdbtk_interp, "gdbtk_tcl_preloop") != TCL_OK)
+ {
+ char *msg;
+
+ /* Force errorInfo to be set up propertly. */
+ Tcl_AddErrorInfo (gdbtk_interp, "");
+
+ msg = Tcl_GetVar (gdbtk_interp, "errorInfo", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+#ifdef _WIN32
+ MessageBox (NULL, msg, NULL, MB_OK | MB_ICONERROR | MB_TASKMODAL);
+#else
+ fputs_unfiltered (msg, gdb_stderr);
+#endif
+ }
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+ close_bfds ();
+#endif
+
+ Tk_MainLoop ();
+}
+
+/* This hook is installed as the ui_loop_hook, which is used in several
+ * places to keep the gui alive (x_event runs gdbtk's event loop). Users
+ * include:
+ * - ser-tcp.c in socket reading code
+ * - ser-unix.c in serial port reading code
+ * - built-in simulators while executing
+ *
+ * x_event used to be called on SIGIO on the socket to the X server
+ * for unix. Unfortunately, Linux does not deliver SIGIO, so we resort
+ * to an elaborate scheme to keep the gui alive.
+ *
+ * For simulators and socket or serial connections on all hosts, we
+ * rely on ui_loop_hook (x_event) to keep us going. If the user
+ * requests a detach (as a result of pressing the stop button -- see
+ * comments before gdb_stop in gdbtk-cmds.c), it sets the global
+ * GDBTK_FORCE_DETACH, which is the value that x_event returns to
+ * it's caller. It is up to the caller of x_event to act on this
+ * information.
+ *
+ * For native unix, we simply set an interval timer which calls
+ * x_event to allow the debugger to run through the Tcl event
+ * loop. See comments before gdbtk_start_timer and gdb_stop_timer
+ * in gdbtk.c.
+ *
+ * For native windows (and a few other targets, like the v850 ICE),
+ * we rely on the target_wait loops to call ui_loop_hook to keep us alive. */
+int
+x_event (signo)
+ int signo;
+{
+ static volatile int in_x_event = 0;
+ static Tcl_Obj *varname = NULL;
+ static int count = 0;
+ if (in_x_event || in_fputs)
+ return 0;
+
+ in_x_event = 1;
+ gdbtk_force_detach = 0;
+
+ /* Process pending events */
+ while (Tcl_DoOneEvent (TCL_DONT_WAIT | TCL_ALL_EVENTS) != 0)
+ ;
+
+ if (load_in_progress)
+ {
+ int val;
+ if (varname == NULL)
+ {
+#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION == 8 && TCL_MINOR_VERSION < 1
+ Tcl_Obj *varnamestrobj = Tcl_NewStringObj ("download_cancel_ok", -1);
+ varname = Tcl_ObjGetVar2 (gdbtk_interp, varnamestrobj, NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+#else
+ varname = Tcl_GetObjVar2 (gdbtk_interp, "download_cancel_ok", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+#endif
+ }
+ if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj (gdbtk_interp, varname, &val) == TCL_OK) && val)
+ {
+ quit_flag = 1;
+#ifdef REQUEST_QUIT
+ REQUEST_QUIT;
+#else
+ if (immediate_quit)
+ quit ();
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ in_x_event = 0;
+
+ return gdbtk_force_detach;
+}
+
+/* VARARGS */
+static void
+gdbtk_readline_begin (char *format,...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ char buf[200];
+
+ va_start (args, format);
+ vsprintf (buf, format, args);
+ gdbtk_two_elem_cmd ("gdbtk_tcl_readline_begin", buf);
+}
+
+static char *
+gdbtk_readline (prompt)
+ char *prompt;
+{
+ int result;
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+ close_bfds ();
+#endif
+
+ result = gdbtk_two_elem_cmd ("gdbtk_tcl_readline", prompt);
+
+ if (result == TCL_OK)
+ {
+ return (xstrdup (gdbtk_interp->result));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ gdbtk_fputs (gdbtk_interp->result, gdb_stdout);
+ gdbtk_fputs ("\n", gdb_stdout);
+ return (NULL);
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+gdbtk_readline_end ()
+{
+ if (Tcl_Eval (gdbtk_interp, "gdbtk_tcl_readline_end") != TCL_OK)
+ report_error ();
+}
+
+static void
+gdbtk_call_command (cmdblk, arg, from_tty)
+ struct cmd_list_element *cmdblk;
+ char *arg;
+ int from_tty;
+{
+ running_now = 0;
+ if (cmdblk->class == class_run || cmdblk->class == class_trace)
+ {
+
+ running_now = 1;
+ if (!No_Update)
+ Tcl_Eval (gdbtk_interp, "gdbtk_tcl_busy");
+ (*cmdblk->function.cfunc) (arg, from_tty);
+ running_now = 0;
+ if (!No_Update)
+ Tcl_Eval (gdbtk_interp, "gdbtk_tcl_idle");
+ }
+ else
+ (*cmdblk->function.cfunc) (arg, from_tty);
+}
+
+/* Called after a `set' command succeeds. Runs the Tcl hook
+ `gdb_set_hook' with the full name of the variable (a Tcl list) as
+ the first argument and the new value as the second argument. */
+
+static void
+gdbtk_set_hook (struct cmd_list_element *cmdblk)
+{
+ Tcl_DString cmd;
+ char *p;
+ char buffer[30];
+
+ Tcl_DStringInit (&cmd);
+ Tcl_DStringAppendElement (&cmd, "run_hooks");
+ Tcl_DStringAppendElement (&cmd, "gdb_set_hook");
+
+ /* Append variable name as sublist. */
+ Tcl_DStringStartSublist (&cmd);
+ p = cmdblk->prefixname;
+ while (p && *p)
+ {
+ char *q = strchr (p, ' ');
+ char save;
+ if (q)
+ {
+ save = *q;
+ *q = '\0';
+ }
+ Tcl_DStringAppendElement (&cmd, p);
+ if (q)
+ *q = save;
+ p = q + 1;
+ }
+ Tcl_DStringAppendElement (&cmd, cmdblk->name);
+ Tcl_DStringEndSublist (&cmd);
+
+ switch (cmdblk->var_type)
+ {
+ case var_string_noescape:
+ case var_filename:
+ case var_enum:
+ case var_string:
+ Tcl_DStringAppendElement (&cmd, (*(char **) cmdblk->var
+ ? *(char **) cmdblk->var
+ : "(null)"));
+ break;
+
+ case var_boolean:
+ Tcl_DStringAppendElement (&cmd, (*(int *) cmdblk->var ? "1" : "0"));
+ break;
+
+ case var_uinteger:
+ case var_zinteger:
+ sprintf (buffer, "%u", *(unsigned int *) cmdblk->var);
+ Tcl_DStringAppendElement (&cmd, buffer);
+ break;
+
+ case var_integer:
+ sprintf (buffer, "%d", *(int *) cmdblk->var);
+ Tcl_DStringAppendElement (&cmd, buffer);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ /* This case should already be trapped by the hook caller. */
+ Tcl_DStringAppendElement (&cmd, "error");
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (Tcl_Eval (gdbtk_interp, Tcl_DStringValue (&cmd)) != TCL_OK)
+ report_error ();
+
+ Tcl_DStringFree (&cmd);
+}
+
+/* The next three functions use breakpoint_notify to allow the GUI
+ * to handle creating, deleting and modifying breakpoints. These three
+ * functions are put into the appropriate gdb hooks in gdbtk_init.
+ */
+
+static void
+gdbtk_create_breakpoint (b)
+ struct breakpoint *b;
+{
+ breakpoint_notify (b, "create");
+}
+
+static void
+gdbtk_delete_breakpoint (b)
+ struct breakpoint *b;
+{
+ breakpoint_notify (b, "delete");
+}
+
+static void
+gdbtk_modify_breakpoint (b)
+ struct breakpoint *b;
+{
+ breakpoint_notify (b, "modify");
+}
+
+/* This is the generic function for handling changes in
+ * a breakpoint. It routes the information to the Tcl
+ * command "gdbtk_tcl_breakpoint" in the form:
+ * gdbtk_tcl_breakpoint action b_number b_address b_line b_file
+ * On error, the error string is written to gdb_stdout.
+ */
+
+static void
+breakpoint_notify (b, action)
+ struct breakpoint *b;
+ const char *action;
+{
+ char buf[256];
+ int v;
+ struct symtab_and_line sal;
+ char *filename;
+
+ if (b->type != bp_breakpoint)
+ return;
+
+ /* We ensure that ACTION contains no special Tcl characters, so we
+ can do this. */
+ sal = find_pc_line (b->address, 0);
+ filename = symtab_to_filename (sal.symtab);
+ if (filename == NULL)
+ filename = "";
+
+ sprintf (buf, "gdbtk_tcl_breakpoint %s %d 0x%lx %d {%s} {%s} %d %d",
+ action, b->number, (long) b->address, b->line_number, filename,
+ bpdisp[b->disposition], b->enable, b->thread);
+
+ if (Tcl_Eval (gdbtk_interp, buf) != TCL_OK)
+ report_error ();
+}
+
+int
+gdbtk_load_hash (const char *section, unsigned long num)
+{
+ char buf[128];
+ sprintf (buf, "Download::download_hash %s %ld", section, num);
+ if (Tcl_Eval (gdbtk_interp, buf) != TCL_OK)
+ report_error ();
+ return atoi (gdbtk_interp->result);
+}
+
+
+/* This hook is called whenever we are ready to load a symbol file so that
+ the UI can notify the user... */
+static void
+gdbtk_pre_add_symbol (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ gdbtk_two_elem_cmd ("gdbtk_tcl_pre_add_symbol", name);
+}
+
+/* This hook is called whenever we finish loading a symbol file. */
+static void
+gdbtk_post_add_symbol ()
+{
+ if (Tcl_Eval (gdbtk_interp, "gdbtk_tcl_post_add_symbol") != TCL_OK)
+ report_error ();
+}
+
+/* This hook function is called whenever we want to wait for the
+ target. */
+
+static int
+gdbtk_wait (pid, ourstatus)
+ int pid;
+ struct target_waitstatus *ourstatus;
+{
+ gdbtk_force_detach = 0;
+ gdbtk_start_timer ();
+ pid = target_wait (pid, ourstatus);
+ gdbtk_stop_timer ();
+
+ return pid;
+}
+
+/*
+ * This handles all queries from gdb.
+ * The first argument is a printf style format statement, the rest are its
+ * arguments. The resultant formatted string is passed to the Tcl function
+ * "gdbtk_tcl_query".
+ * It returns the users response to the query, as well as putting the value
+ * in the result field of the Tcl interpreter.
+ */
+
+static int
+gdbtk_query (query, args)
+ const char *query;
+ va_list args;
+{
+ char buf[200];
+ long val;
+
+ vsprintf (buf, query, args);
+ gdbtk_two_elem_cmd ("gdbtk_tcl_query", buf);
+
+ val = atol (gdbtk_interp->result);
+ return val;
+}
+
+
+static void
+gdbtk_print_frame_info (s, line, stopline, noerror)
+ struct symtab *s;
+ int line;
+ int stopline;
+ int noerror;
+{
+ current_source_symtab = s;
+ current_source_line = line;
+}
+
+static void
+gdbtk_create_tracepoint (tp)
+ struct tracepoint *tp;
+{
+ tracepoint_notify (tp, "create");
+}
+
+static void
+gdbtk_delete_tracepoint (tp)
+ struct tracepoint *tp;
+{
+ tracepoint_notify (tp, "delete");
+}
+
+static void
+gdbtk_modify_tracepoint (tp)
+ struct tracepoint *tp;
+{
+ tracepoint_notify (tp, "modify");
+}
+
+static void
+tracepoint_notify (tp, action)
+ struct tracepoint *tp;
+ const char *action;
+{
+ char buf[256];
+ int v;
+ struct symtab_and_line sal;
+ char *filename;
+
+ /* We ensure that ACTION contains no special Tcl characters, so we
+ can do this. */
+ sal = find_pc_line (tp->address, 0);
+
+ filename = symtab_to_filename (sal.symtab);
+ if (filename == NULL)
+ filename = "N/A";
+ sprintf (buf, "gdbtk_tcl_tracepoint %s %d 0x%lx %d {%s} %d", action, tp->number,
+ (long) tp->address, sal.line, filename, tp->pass_count);
+
+ if (Tcl_Eval (gdbtk_interp, buf) != TCL_OK)
+ report_error ();
+}
+
+/*
+ * gdbtk_trace_find
+ *
+ * This is run by the trace_find_command. arg is the argument that was passed
+ * to that command, from_tty is 1 if the command was run from a tty, 0 if it
+ * was run from a script. It runs gdbtk_tcl_tfind_hook passing on these two
+ * arguments.
+ *
+ */
+
+static void
+gdbtk_trace_find (arg, from_tty)
+ char *arg;
+ int from_tty;
+{
+ Tcl_Obj *cmdObj;
+
+ cmdObj = Tcl_NewListObj (0, NULL);
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (gdbtk_interp, cmdObj,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj ("gdbtk_tcl_trace_find_hook", -1));
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (gdbtk_interp, cmdObj, Tcl_NewStringObj (arg, -1));
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (gdbtk_interp, cmdObj, Tcl_NewIntObj (from_tty));
+#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION == 8 && TCL_MINOR_VERSION < 1
+ if (Tcl_GlobalEvalObj (gdbtk_interp, cmdObj) != TCL_OK)
+ report_error ();
+#else
+ if (Tcl_EvalObj (gdbtk_interp, cmdObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL) != TCL_OK)
+ report_error ();
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * gdbtk_trace_start_stop
+ *
+ * This is run by the trace_start_command and trace_stop_command.
+ * The START variable determines which, 1 meaning trace_start was run,
+ * 0 meaning trace_stop was run.
+ *
+ */
+
+static void
+gdbtk_trace_start_stop (start, from_tty)
+ int start;
+ int from_tty;
+{
+
+ if (start)
+ Tcl_GlobalEval (gdbtk_interp, "gdbtk_tcl_tstart");
+ else
+ Tcl_GlobalEval (gdbtk_interp, "gdbtk_tcl_tstop");
+
+}
+
+static void
+gdbtk_selected_frame_changed (level)
+ int level;
+{
+ Tcl_UpdateLinkedVar (gdbtk_interp, "gdb_selected_frame_level");
+}
+
+/* Called when the current thread changes. */
+/* gdb_context is linked to the tcl variable "gdb_context_id" */
+static void
+gdbtk_context_change (num)
+ int num;
+{
+ gdb_context = num;
+}
+
+/* Called from file_command */
+static void
+gdbtk_file_changed (filename)
+ char *filename;
+{
+ gdbtk_two_elem_cmd ("gdbtk_tcl_file_changed", filename);
+}
+
+/* Called from exec_file_command */
+static void
+gdbtk_exec_file_display (filename)
+ char *filename;
+{
+ gdbtk_two_elem_cmd ("gdbtk_tcl_exec_file_display", filename);
+}
+
+/* Called from error_begin, this hook is used to warn the gui
+ about multi-line error messages */
+static void
+gdbtk_error_begin ()
+{
+ if (result_ptr != NULL)
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_ERROR_ONLY;
+}
+\f
+/* notify GDBtk when a signal occurs */
+static void
+gdbtk_annotate_signal ()
+{
+ char buf[128];
+
+ /* Inform gui that the target has stopped. This is
+ a necessary stop button evil. We don't want signal notification
+ to interfere with the elaborate and painful stop button detach
+ timeout. */
+ Tcl_Eval (gdbtk_interp, "gdbtk_stop_idle_callback");
+
+ sprintf (buf, "gdbtk_signal %s {%s}", target_signal_to_name (stop_signal),
+ target_signal_to_string (stop_signal));
+ if (Tcl_Eval (gdbtk_interp, buf) != TCL_OK)
+ report_error ();
+}
+
+static void
+gdbtk_attach ()
+{
+ if (Tcl_Eval (gdbtk_interp, "after idle \"update idletasks;gdbtk_attached\"") != TCL_OK)
+ {
+ report_error ();
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+gdbtk_detach ()
+{
+ if (Tcl_Eval (gdbtk_interp, "gdbtk_detached") != TCL_OK)
+ {
+ report_error ();
+ }
+}
+/* Local variables: */
+/* change-log-default-name: "ChangeLog-gdbtk" */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+/* Variable user interface layer for GDB, the GNU debugger.
+ Copyright 1999-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GDB.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#include "defs.h"
+#include "value.h"
+#include "expression.h"
+#include "frame.h"
+#include "valprint.h"
+#include "language.h"
+#include "tui/tui-file.h"
+
+#include <tcl.h>
+#include <tk.h>
+#include "gdbtk.h"
+#include "gdbtk-wrapper.h"
+
+#include <math.h>
+
+/* Enumeration for the format types */
+enum display_format
+{
+ FORMAT_NATURAL, /* What gdb actually calls 'natural' */
+ FORMAT_BINARY, /* Binary display */
+ FORMAT_DECIMAL, /* Decimal display */
+ FORMAT_HEXADECIMAL, /* Hex display */
+ FORMAT_OCTAL /* Octal display */
+};
+
+/* Languages supported by this variable system. */
+enum vlanguage { vlang_c = 0, vlang_cplus, vlang_java, vlang_end };
+
+/* Every variable keeps a linked list of its children, described
+ by the following structure. */
+struct variable_child {
+
+ /* Pointer to the child's data */
+ struct _gdb_variable *child;
+
+ /* Pointer to the next child */
+ struct variable_child *next;
+};
+
+/* Every root variable has one of these structures saved in its
+ gdb_variable. Members which must be free'd are noted. */
+struct variable_root {
+
+ /* Alloc'd expression for this parent. */
+ struct expression *exp;
+
+ /* Block for which this expression is valid */
+ struct block *valid_block;
+
+ /* The frame for this expression */
+ CORE_ADDR frame;
+
+ /* Language info for this variable and its children */
+ struct language_specific *lang;
+
+ /* The gdb_variable for this root node. */
+ struct _gdb_variable *root;
+};
+
+/* Every variable in the system has a structure of this type defined
+ for it. This structure holds all information necessary to manipulate
+ a particular object variable. Members which must be freed are noted. */
+struct _gdb_variable {
+
+ /* Alloc'd name of the variable for this object.. If this variable is a
+ child, then this name will be the child's source name.
+ (bar, not foo.bar) */
+ char *name;
+
+ /* The alloc'd name for this variable's object. This is here for
+ convenience when constructing this object's children. */
+ char *obj_name;
+
+ /* Index of this variable in its parent or -1 */
+ int index;
+
+ /* The type of this variable. This may NEVER be NULL. */
+ struct type *type;
+
+ /* The value of this expression or subexpression. This may be NULL. */
+ value_ptr value;
+
+ /* Did an error occur evaluating the expression or getting its value? */
+ int error;
+
+ /* The number of (immediate) children this variable has */
+ int num_children;
+
+ /* If this object is a child, this points to its immediate parent. */
+ struct _gdb_variable *parent;
+
+ /* A list of this object's children */
+ struct variable_child *children;
+
+ /* Description of the root variable. Points to root variable for children. */
+ struct variable_root *root;
+
+ /* The format of the output for this object */
+ enum display_format format;
+};
+
+typedef struct _gdb_variable gdb_variable;
+
+struct language_specific {
+
+ /* The language of this variable */
+ enum vlanguage language;
+
+ /* The number of children of PARENT. */
+ int (*number_of_children) PARAMS ((struct _gdb_variable *parent));
+
+ /* The name of the INDEX'th child of PARENT. */
+ char *(*name_of_child) PARAMS ((struct _gdb_variable *parent, int index));
+
+ /* The value_ptr of the root variable ROOT. */
+ value_ptr (*value_of_root) PARAMS ((struct _gdb_variable *root));
+
+ /* The value_ptr of the INDEX'th child of PARENT. */
+ value_ptr (*value_of_child) PARAMS ((struct _gdb_variable *parent, int index));
+
+ /* The type of the INDEX'th child of PARENT. */
+ struct type *(*type_of_child) PARAMS ((struct _gdb_variable *parent, int index));
+
+ /* Is VAR editable? */
+ int (*variable_editable) PARAMS ((struct _gdb_variable *var));
+
+ /* The current value of VAR is returned in *OBJ. */
+ int (*value_of_variable) PARAMS ((struct _gdb_variable *var, Tcl_Obj **obj));
+};
+
+struct vstack {
+ gdb_variable *var;
+ struct vstack *next;
+};
+
+/* A little convenience enum for dealing with C++/Java */
+enum vsections { v_public = 0, v_private, v_protected };
+
+/*
+ * Public functions defined in this file
+ */
+
+int gdb_variable_init PARAMS ((Tcl_Interp *));
+
+/*
+ * Private functions defined in this file
+ */
+
+/* Entries into this file */
+
+static int gdb_variable_command PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST[]));
+
+static int variable_obj_command PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST[]));
+
+/* Variable object subcommands */
+static int variable_create PARAMS ((Tcl_Interp *, int, Tcl_Obj *CONST[]));
+
+static void variable_delete PARAMS ((Tcl_Interp *, gdb_variable *));
+
+static Tcl_Obj *variable_children PARAMS ((Tcl_Interp *, gdb_variable *));
+
+static int variable_format PARAMS ((Tcl_Interp *, int, Tcl_Obj *CONST[],
+ gdb_variable *));
+
+static int variable_type PARAMS ((Tcl_Interp *, int, Tcl_Obj *CONST[],
+ gdb_variable *));
+
+static int variable_value PARAMS ((Tcl_Interp *, int, Tcl_Obj *CONST[],
+ gdb_variable *));
+
+static int variable_editable PARAMS ((gdb_variable *));
+
+static int my_value_of_variable PARAMS ((gdb_variable *var, Tcl_Obj **obj));
+
+static Tcl_Obj *variable_update PARAMS ((Tcl_Interp *interp, gdb_variable *var));
+
+/* Helper functions for the above subcommands. */
+
+static gdb_variable *create_variable PARAMS ((char *name, CORE_ADDR frame));
+
+static void delete_children PARAMS ((Tcl_Interp *, gdb_variable *, int));
+
+static void install_variable PARAMS ((Tcl_Interp *, char *, gdb_variable *));
+
+static void uninstall_variable PARAMS ((Tcl_Interp *, gdb_variable *));
+
+static gdb_variable *child_exists PARAMS ((gdb_variable *, char *));
+
+static gdb_variable *create_child PARAMS ((Tcl_Interp *, gdb_variable *,
+ int, char *));
+static char *name_of_child PARAMS ((gdb_variable *, int));
+
+static int number_of_children PARAMS ((gdb_variable *));
+
+static enum display_format variable_default_display PARAMS ((gdb_variable *));
+
+static void save_child_in_parent PARAMS ((gdb_variable *, gdb_variable *));
+
+static void remove_child_from_parent PARAMS ((gdb_variable *, gdb_variable *));
+
+/* Utility routines */
+
+static struct type *get_type PARAMS ((gdb_variable *var));
+
+static struct type *get_type_deref PARAMS ((gdb_variable *var));
+
+static struct type *get_target_type PARAMS ((struct type *));
+
+static Tcl_Obj *get_call_output PARAMS ((void));
+
+static void clear_gdb_output PARAMS ((void));
+
+static int call_gdb_type_print PARAMS ((value_ptr));
+
+static int call_gdb_val_print PARAMS ((value_ptr, int));
+
+static void variable_fputs (const char *, struct ui_file *);
+
+static void null_fputs (const char *, struct ui_file *);
+
+static int my_value_equal PARAMS ((gdb_variable *, value_ptr));
+
+static void vpush PARAMS ((struct vstack **pstack, gdb_variable *var));
+
+static gdb_variable *vpop PARAMS ((struct vstack **pstack));
+
+/* Language-specific routines. */
+
+static value_ptr value_of_child PARAMS ((gdb_variable *parent, int index));
+
+static value_ptr value_of_root PARAMS ((gdb_variable *var));
+
+static struct type *type_of_child PARAMS ((gdb_variable *var));
+
+static int type_changeable PARAMS ((gdb_variable *var));
+
+static int c_number_of_children PARAMS ((gdb_variable *var));
+
+static char *c_name_of_child PARAMS ((gdb_variable *parent, int index));
+
+static value_ptr c_value_of_root PARAMS ((gdb_variable *var));
+
+static value_ptr c_value_of_child PARAMS ((gdb_variable *parent, int index));
+
+static struct type *c_type_of_child PARAMS ((gdb_variable *parent, int index));
+
+static int c_variable_editable PARAMS ((gdb_variable *var));
+
+static int c_value_of_variable PARAMS ((gdb_variable *var, Tcl_Obj **obj));
+
+static int cplus_number_of_children PARAMS ((gdb_variable *var));
+
+static void cplus_class_num_children PARAMS ((struct type *type, int children[3]));
+
+static char *cplus_name_of_child PARAMS ((gdb_variable *parent, int index));
+
+static value_ptr cplus_value_of_root PARAMS ((gdb_variable *var));
+
+static value_ptr cplus_value_of_child PARAMS ((gdb_variable *parent, int index));
+
+static struct type *cplus_type_of_child PARAMS ((gdb_variable *parent, int index));
+
+static int cplus_variable_editable PARAMS ((gdb_variable *var));
+
+static int cplus_value_of_variable PARAMS ((gdb_variable *var, Tcl_Obj **obj));
+
+static int java_number_of_children PARAMS ((gdb_variable *var));
+
+static char *java_name_of_child PARAMS ((gdb_variable *parent, int index));
+
+static value_ptr java_value_of_root PARAMS ((gdb_variable *var));
+
+static value_ptr java_value_of_child PARAMS ((gdb_variable *parent, int index));
+
+static struct type *java_type_of_child PARAMS ((gdb_variable *parent, int index));
+
+static int java_variable_editable PARAMS ((gdb_variable *var));
+
+static int java_value_of_variable PARAMS ((gdb_variable *var, Tcl_Obj **obj));
+
+static enum vlanguage variable_language PARAMS ((gdb_variable *var));
+
+static gdb_variable *new_variable PARAMS ((void));
+
+static gdb_variable *new_root_variable (void);
+
+static void free_variable PARAMS ((gdb_variable *var));
+
+/* String representations of gdb's format codes */
+char *format_string[] = {"natural", "binary", "decimal", "hexadecimal", "octal"};
+
+/* Array of known source language routines. */
+static struct language_specific languages[vlang_end][sizeof(struct language_specific)] = {
+ { vlang_c, c_number_of_children, c_name_of_child, c_value_of_root,
+ c_value_of_child, c_type_of_child, c_variable_editable,
+ c_value_of_variable },
+ { vlang_cplus, cplus_number_of_children, cplus_name_of_child, cplus_value_of_root,
+ cplus_value_of_child, cplus_type_of_child, cplus_variable_editable,
+ cplus_value_of_variable },
+ { vlang_java, java_number_of_children, java_name_of_child, java_value_of_root,
+ java_value_of_child, java_type_of_child, java_variable_editable,
+ java_value_of_variable }};
+
+/* Mappings of display_format enums to gdb's format codes */
+int format_code[] = {0, 't', 'd', 'x', 'o'};
+
+/* This variable will hold the value of the output from gdb
+ for commands executed through call_gdb_* */
+static Tcl_Obj *fputs_obj;
+\f
+#if defined(FREEIF)
+# undef FREEIF
+#endif
+#define FREEIF(x) if (x != NULL) free((char *) (x))
+
+/* Is the variable X one of our "fake" children? */
+#define CPLUS_FAKE_CHILD(x) \
+((x) != NULL && (x)->type == NULL && (x)->value == NULL)
+
+/* Initialize the variable code. This function should be called once
+ to install and initialize the variable code into the interpreter. */
+int
+gdb_variable_init (interp)
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+{
+ Tcl_Command result;
+ static int initialized = 0;
+
+ if (!initialized)
+ {
+ result = Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_variable", call_wrapper,
+ (ClientData) gdb_variable_command, NULL);
+ if (result == NULL)
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+
+ initialized = 1;
+ }
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* This function defines the "gdb_variable" command which is used to
+ create variable objects. Its syntax includes:
+
+ gdb_variable create
+ gdb_variable create NAME
+ gdb_variable create -expr EXPR
+ gdb_variable create -frame FRAME
+ (it will also include permutations of the above options)
+
+ NAME = name of object to create. If no NAME, then automatically create
+ a name
+ EXPR = the gdb expression for which to create a variable. This will
+ be the most common usage.
+ FRAME = the frame defining the scope of the variable.
+*/
+static int
+gdb_variable_command (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ static char *commands[] = { "create", "list", NULL };
+ enum commands_enum { VARIABLE_CREATE, VARIABLE_LIST };
+ int index, result;
+
+ if (objc < 2)
+ {
+ Tcl_WrongNumArgs (interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg...?");
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj (interp, objv[1], commands, "options", 0,
+ &index) != TCL_OK)
+ {
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ switch ((enum commands_enum) index)
+ {
+ case VARIABLE_CREATE:
+ result = variable_create (interp, objc - 2, objv + 2);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+/* This function implements the actual object command for each
+ variable object that is created (and each of its children).
+
+ Currently the following commands are implemented:
+ - delete delete this object and its children
+ - update update the variable and its children (root vars only)
+ - numChildren how many children does this object have
+ - children create the children and return a list of their objects
+ - name print out the name of this variable
+ - format query/set the display format of this variable
+ - type get the type of this variable
+ - value get/set the value of this variable
+ - editable is this variable editable?
+*/
+static int
+variable_obj_command (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ enum commands_enum {
+ VARIABLE_DELETE,
+ VARIABLE_NUM_CHILDREN,
+ VARIABLE_CHILDREN,
+ VARIABLE_FORMAT,
+ VARIABLE_TYPE,
+ VARIABLE_VALUE,
+ VARIABLE_NAME,
+ VARIABLE_EDITABLE,
+ VARIABLE_UPDATE
+ };
+ static char *commands[] = {
+ "delete",
+ "numChildren",
+ "children",
+ "format",
+ "type",
+ "value",
+ "name",
+ "editable",
+ "update",
+ NULL
+ };
+ gdb_variable *var = (gdb_variable *) clientData;
+ int index, result;
+
+ if (objc < 2)
+ {
+ Tcl_WrongNumArgs (interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg...?");
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj (interp, objv[1], commands, "options", 0,
+ &index) != TCL_OK)
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+
+ result = TCL_OK;
+ switch ((enum commands_enum) index)
+ {
+ case VARIABLE_DELETE:
+ if (objc > 2)
+ {
+ int len;
+ char *s = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[2], &len);
+ if (*s == 'c' && strncmp (s, "children", len) == 0)
+ {
+ delete_children (interp, var, 1);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ variable_delete (interp, var);
+ break;
+
+ case VARIABLE_NUM_CHILDREN:
+ if (var->num_children == -1)
+ var->num_children = number_of_children (var);
+
+ Tcl_SetObjResult (interp, Tcl_NewIntObj (var->num_children));
+ break;
+
+ case VARIABLE_CHILDREN:
+ {
+ Tcl_Obj *children = variable_children (interp, var);
+ Tcl_SetObjResult (interp, children);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case VARIABLE_FORMAT:
+ result = variable_format (interp, objc, objv, var);
+ break;
+
+ case VARIABLE_TYPE:
+ result = variable_type (interp, objc, objv, var);
+ break;
+
+ case VARIABLE_VALUE:
+ result = variable_value (interp, objc, objv, var);
+ break;
+
+ case VARIABLE_NAME:
+ {
+ /* If var->name has "-" in it, it's because we
+ needed to escape periods in the name... */
+ char *p, *name;
+ name = savestring (var->name, strlen (var->name));
+ p = name;
+ while (*p != '\000')
+ {
+ if (*p == '-')
+ *p = '.';
+ p++;
+ }
+ Tcl_SetObjResult (interp, Tcl_NewStringObj (name, -1));
+ free (name);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case VARIABLE_EDITABLE:
+ Tcl_SetObjResult (interp, Tcl_NewIntObj (variable_editable (var)));
+ break;
+
+ case VARIABLE_UPDATE:
+ /* Only root variables can be updated */
+ if (var->parent == NULL)
+ {
+ Tcl_Obj *obj = variable_update (interp, var);
+ Tcl_SetObjResult (interp, obj);
+ }
+ result = TCL_OK;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Variable object construction/destruction
+ */
+
+/* This function is responsible for processing the user's specifications
+ and constructing a variable object. */
+static int
+variable_create (interp, objc, objv)
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ enum create_opts { CREATE_EXPR, CREATE_FRAME };
+ static char *create_options[] = { "-expr", "-frame", NULL };
+ gdb_variable *var;
+ char *name;
+ char obj_name[31];
+ int index;
+ static int id = 0;
+ CORE_ADDR frame = (CORE_ADDR) -1;
+
+ /* REMINDER: This command may be invoked in the following ways:
+ gdb_variable create [NAME] [-expr EXPR] [-frame FRAME]
+
+ NAME = name of object to create. If no NAME, then automatically create
+ a name
+ EXPR = the gdb expression for which to create a variable. This will
+ be the most common usage.
+ FRAME = the address of the frame defining the variable's scope
+ */
+ name = NULL;
+ if (objc)
+ name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[0], NULL);
+ if (name == NULL || *name == '-')
+ {
+ /* generate a name for this object */
+ id++;
+ sprintf (obj_name, "var%d", id);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* specified name for object */
+ strncpy (obj_name, name, 30);
+ objv++;
+ objc--;
+ }
+
+ /* Run through all the possible options for this command */
+ name = NULL;
+ while (objc > 0)
+ {
+ if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj (interp, objv[0], create_options, "options",
+ 0, &index) != TCL_OK)
+ {
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ switch ((enum create_opts) index)
+ {
+ case CREATE_EXPR:
+ name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL);
+ objc--;
+ objv++;
+ break;
+
+ case CREATE_FRAME:
+ {
+ char *str;
+ str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL);
+ frame = parse_and_eval_address (str);
+ objc--;
+ objv++;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ objc--;
+ objv++;
+ }
+
+ /* Create the variable */
+ var = create_variable (name, frame);
+
+ if (var != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Install a command into the interpreter that represents this
+ object */
+ install_variable (interp, obj_name, var);
+ Tcl_SetObjResult (interp, Tcl_NewStringObj (obj_name, -1));
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+ }
+
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/* Fill out a gdb_variable structure for the (root) variable being constructed. */
+static gdb_variable *
+create_variable (name, frame)
+ char *name;
+ CORE_ADDR frame;
+{
+ gdb_variable *var;
+ struct frame_info *fi, *old_fi;
+ struct block *block;
+ void (*old_fputs) (const char *, struct ui_file *);
+ gdb_result r;
+
+ var = new_root_variable ();
+ if (name != NULL)
+ {
+ char *p;
+ enum vlanguage lang;
+
+ /* Several of the GDB_* calls can cause messages to be displayed. We swallow
+ those here, because we don't need them (the "value" command will
+ show them). */
+ old_fputs = fputs_unfiltered_hook;
+ fputs_unfiltered_hook = null_fputs;
+
+ /* Parse and evaluate the expression, filling in as much
+ of the variable's data as possible */
+
+ /* Allow creator to specify context of variable */
+ r = GDB_OK;
+ if (frame == (CORE_ADDR) -1)
+ fi = selected_frame;
+ else
+ r = GDB_find_frame_addr_in_frame_chain (frame, &fi);
+
+ block = NULL;
+ if (fi != NULL)
+ r = GDB_get_frame_block (fi, &block);
+
+ p = name;
+ innermost_block = NULL;
+ r = GDB_parse_exp_1 (&p, block, 0, &(var->root->exp));
+ if (r != GDB_OK)
+ {
+ free_variable (var);
+
+ /* Restore the output hook to normal */
+ fputs_unfiltered_hook = old_fputs;
+
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Don't allow variables to be created for types. */
+ if (var->root->exp->elts[0].opcode == OP_TYPE)
+ {
+ free_variable (var);
+
+ /* Restore the output hook to normal */
+ fputs_unfiltered_hook = old_fputs;
+
+ printf_unfiltered ("Attempt to use a type name as an expression.");
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ var->format = variable_default_display (var);
+ var->root->valid_block = innermost_block;
+ var->name = savestring (name, strlen (name));
+
+ /* When the frame is different from the current frame,
+ we must select the appropriate frame before parsing
+ the expression, otherwise the value will not be current.
+ Since select_frame is so benign, just call it for all cases. */
+ if (fi != NULL)
+ {
+ var->root->frame = FRAME_FP (fi);
+ old_fi = selected_frame;
+ GDB_select_frame (fi, -1);
+ }
+
+ if (GDB_evaluate_expression (var->root->exp, &var->value) == GDB_OK)
+ {
+ release_value (var->value);
+ if (VALUE_LAZY (var->value))
+ GDB_value_fetch_lazy (var->value);
+ }
+ else
+ var->value = evaluate_type (var->root->exp);
+
+ var->type = VALUE_TYPE (var->value);
+
+ /* Set language info */
+ lang = variable_language (var);
+ var->root->lang = languages[lang];
+
+ /* Set ourselves as our root */
+ var->root->root = var;
+
+ /* Reset the selected frame */
+ if (fi != NULL)
+ GDB_select_frame (old_fi, -1);
+
+
+ /* Restore the output hook to normal */
+ fputs_unfiltered_hook = old_fputs;
+ }
+
+ return var;
+}
+
+/* Install the given variable VAR into the tcl interpreter with
+ the object name NAME. */
+static void
+install_variable (interp, name, var)
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ char *name;
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+ var->obj_name = savestring (name, strlen (name));
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, name, variable_obj_command,
+ (ClientData) var, NULL);
+}
+
+/* Unistall the object VAR in the tcl interpreter. */
+static void
+uninstall_variable (interp, var)
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+ Tcl_DeleteCommand (interp, var->obj_name);
+}
+
+/* Delete the variable object VAR and its children */
+static void
+variable_delete (interp, var)
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+ /* Delete any children of this variable, too. */
+ delete_children (interp, var, 0);
+
+ /* If this variable has a parent, remove it from its parent's list */
+ if (var->parent != NULL)
+ {
+ remove_child_from_parent (var->parent, var);
+ }
+
+ uninstall_variable (interp, var);
+
+ /* Free memory associated with this variable */
+ free_variable (var);
+}
+
+/* Free any allocated memory associated with VAR. */
+static void free_variable (var)
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+ /* Free the expression if this is a root variable. */
+ if (var->root->root == var)
+ {
+ free_current_contents ((char **) &var->root->exp);
+ FREEIF (var->root);
+ }
+
+ FREEIF (var->name);
+ FREEIF (var->obj_name);
+ FREEIF (var);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Child construction/destruction
+ */
+
+/* Delete the children associated with the object VAR. If NOTIFY is set,
+ notify the parent object that this child was deleted. This is used as
+ a small optimization when deleting variables and their children. If the
+ parent is also being deleted, don't bother notifying it that its children
+ are being deleted. */
+static void
+delete_children (interp, var, notify)
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ gdb_variable *var;
+ int notify;
+{
+ struct variable_child *vc;
+ struct variable_child *next;
+
+ for (vc = var->children; vc != NULL; vc = next)
+ {
+ if (!notify)
+ vc->child->parent = NULL;
+ variable_delete (interp, vc->child);
+ next = vc->next;
+ free (vc);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Return the number of children for a given variable.
+ The result of this function is defined by the language
+ implementation. The number of children returned by this function
+ is the number of children that the user will see in the variable
+ display. */
+static int
+number_of_children (var)
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+ return (*var->root->lang->number_of_children) (var);;
+}
+
+/* Return a list of all the children of VAR, creating them if necessary. */
+static Tcl_Obj *
+variable_children (interp, var)
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+ Tcl_Obj *list;
+ gdb_variable *child;
+ char *name;
+ int i;
+
+ list = Tcl_NewListObj (0, NULL);
+ if (var->num_children == -1)
+ var->num_children = number_of_children (var);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < var->num_children; i++)
+ {
+ /* check if child exists */
+ name = name_of_child (var, i);
+ child = child_exists (var, name);
+ if (child == NULL)
+ child = create_child (interp, var, i, name);
+
+ if (child != NULL)
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, list, Tcl_NewStringObj (child->obj_name, -1));
+ }
+
+ return list;
+}
+
+/* Does a child with the name NAME exist in VAR? If so, return its data.
+ If not, return NULL. */
+static gdb_variable *
+child_exists (var, name)
+ gdb_variable *var; /* Parent */
+ char *name; /* name of child */
+{
+ struct variable_child *vc;
+
+ for (vc = var->children; vc != NULL; vc = vc->next)
+ {
+ if (STREQ (vc->child->name, name))
+ return vc->child;
+ }
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Create and install a child of the parent of the given name */
+static gdb_variable *
+create_child (interp, parent, index, name)
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ gdb_variable *parent;
+ int index;
+ char *name;
+{
+ gdb_variable *child;
+ char *childs_name;
+
+ child = new_variable ();
+
+ /* name is allocated by name_of_child */
+ child->name = name;
+ child->index = index;
+ child->value = value_of_child (parent, index);
+ if (child->value == NULL || parent->error)
+ child->error = 1;
+ child->parent = parent;
+ child->root = parent->root;
+ childs_name = (char *) xmalloc ((strlen (parent->obj_name) + strlen (name) + 2)
+ * sizeof (char));
+ sprintf (childs_name, "%s.%s", parent->obj_name, name);
+ install_variable (interp, childs_name, child);
+ free (childs_name);
+
+ /* Save a pointer to this child in the parent */
+ save_child_in_parent (parent, child);
+
+ /* Note the type of this child */
+ child->type = type_of_child (child);
+
+ return child;
+}
+
+/* Save CHILD in the PARENT's data. */
+static void
+save_child_in_parent (parent, child)
+ gdb_variable *parent;
+ gdb_variable *child;
+{
+ struct variable_child *vc;
+
+ /* Insert the child at the top */
+ vc = parent->children;
+ parent->children =
+ (struct variable_child *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct variable_child));
+
+ parent->children->next = vc;
+ parent->children->child = child;
+}
+
+/* Remove the CHILD from the PARENT's list of children. */
+static void
+remove_child_from_parent (parent, child)
+ gdb_variable *parent;
+ gdb_variable *child;
+{
+ struct variable_child *vc, *prev;
+
+ /* Find the child in the parent's list */
+ prev = NULL;
+ for (vc = parent->children; vc != NULL; )
+ {
+ if (vc->child == child)
+ break;
+ prev = vc;
+ vc = vc->next;
+ }
+
+ if (prev == NULL)
+ parent->children = vc->next;
+ else
+ prev->next = vc->next;
+
+}
+
+/* What is the name of the INDEX'th child of VAR? Returns a malloc'd string. */
+static char *
+name_of_child (var, index)
+ gdb_variable *var;
+ int index;
+{
+ return (*var->root->lang->name_of_child) (var, index);
+}
+
+/* Update the values for a variable and its children. This is a
+ two-pronged attack. First, re-parse the value for the root's
+ expression to see if it's changed. Then go all the way
+ through its children, reconstructing them and noting if they've
+ changed.
+
+ Only root variables can be updated... */
+static Tcl_Obj *
+variable_update (interp, var)
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+ void (*old_hook) (const char *, struct ui_file *);
+ Tcl_Obj *changed;
+ gdb_variable *v;
+ value_ptr new;
+ struct vstack *stack = NULL;
+ struct frame_info *old_fi;
+
+ /* Initialize a stack */
+ vpush (&stack, NULL);
+
+ /* Save the selected stack frame, since we will need to change it
+ in order to evaluate expressions. */
+ old_fi = selected_frame;
+
+ /* evaluate_expression can output errors to the screen,
+ so swallow them here. */
+ old_hook = fputs_unfiltered_hook;
+ fputs_unfiltered_hook = null_fputs;
+
+ changed = Tcl_NewListObj (0, NULL);
+
+ /* Update the root variable. value_of_root can return NULL
+ if the variable is no longer around, i.e. we stepped out of
+ the frame in which a local existed. */
+ new = value_of_root (var);
+ if (new == NULL)
+ return changed;
+
+ if (!my_value_equal (var, new))
+ {
+ /* Note that it's changed There a couple of exceptions here,
+ though. We don't want some types to be reported as "changed". */
+ if (type_changeable (var))
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, changed, Tcl_NewStringObj (var->obj_name, -1));
+ }
+
+ /* We must always keep around the new value for this root
+ variable expression, or we lose the updated children! */
+ value_free (var->value);
+ var->value = new;
+
+ /* Push the root's children */
+ if (var->children != NULL)
+ {
+ struct variable_child *c;
+ for (c = var->children; c != NULL; c = c->next)
+ vpush (&stack, c->child);
+ }
+
+ /* Walk through the children, reconstructing them all. */
+ v = vpop (&stack);
+ while (v != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Push any children */
+ if (v->children != NULL)
+ {
+ struct variable_child *c;
+ for (c = v->children; c != NULL; c = c->next)
+ vpush (&stack, c->child);
+ }
+
+ /* Update this variable */
+ new = value_of_child (v->parent, v->index);
+ if (type_changeable (v) && !my_value_equal (v, new))
+ {
+ /* Note that it's changed */
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (interp, changed,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (v->obj_name, -1));
+ }
+
+ /* We must always keep new values, since children depend on it. */
+ if (v->value != NULL)
+ value_free (v->value);
+ v->value = new;
+
+ /* Get next child */
+ v = vpop (&stack);
+ }
+
+ /* Restore the original fputs_hook. */
+ fputs_unfiltered_hook = old_hook;
+
+ /* Restore selected frame */
+ GDB_select_frame (old_fi, -1);
+
+ return changed;
+}
+
+/* What is the type of VAR? */
+static struct type *
+type_of_child (var)
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+
+ /* If the child had no evaluation errors, var->value
+ will be non-NULL and contain a valid type. */
+ if (var->value != NULL)
+ return VALUE_TYPE (var->value);
+
+ /* Otherwise, we must compute the type. */
+ return (*var->root->lang->type_of_child) (var->parent, var->index);
+}
+
+/* What is the value_ptr for the INDEX'th child of PARENT? */
+static value_ptr
+value_of_child (parent, index)
+ gdb_variable *parent;
+ int index;
+{
+ value_ptr value;
+ void (*old_hook) (const char *, struct ui_file *);
+
+ /* Same deal here as before. GDB can output error messages to the
+ screen while it attempts to work its way through the tree. */
+ old_hook = fputs_unfiltered_hook;
+ fputs_unfiltered_hook = null_fputs;
+
+ value = (*parent->root->lang->value_of_child) (parent, index);
+
+ /* If we're being lazy, fetch the real value of the variable. */
+ if (value != NULL && VALUE_LAZY (value))
+ GDB_value_fetch_lazy (value);
+
+ /* Restore output hook */
+ fputs_unfiltered_hook = old_hook;
+
+ return value;
+}
+
+/* What is the value_ptr of the root variable VAR? */
+static value_ptr
+value_of_root (var)
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+ return (*var->root->lang->value_of_root) (var);
+}
+
+/* This implements the format object command allowing
+ the querying or setting of the object's display format. */
+static int
+variable_format (interp, objc, objv, var)
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+
+ if (objc > 2)
+ {
+ /* Set the format of VAR to given format */
+ int len;
+ char *fmt = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[2], &len);
+ if (STREQN (fmt, "natural", len))
+ var->format = FORMAT_NATURAL;
+ else if (STREQN (fmt, "binary", len))
+ var->format = FORMAT_BINARY;
+ else if (STREQN (fmt, "decimal", len))
+ var->format = FORMAT_DECIMAL;
+ else if (STREQN (fmt, "hexadecimal", len))
+ var->format = FORMAT_HEXADECIMAL;
+ else if (STREQN (fmt, "octal", len))
+ var->format = FORMAT_OCTAL;
+ else
+ {
+ Tcl_Obj *obj = Tcl_NewStringObj (NULL, 0);
+ Tcl_AppendStringsToObj (obj, "unknown display format \"",
+ fmt, "\": must be: \"natural\", \"binary\""
+ ", \"decimal\", \"hexadecimal\", or \"octal\"",
+ NULL);
+ Tcl_SetObjResult (interp, obj);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Report the current format */
+ Tcl_Obj *fmt;
+
+ fmt = Tcl_NewStringObj (format_string [(int) var->format], -1);
+ Tcl_SetObjResult (interp, fmt);
+ }
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* What is the default display for this variable? We assume that
+ everything is "natural". Any exceptions? */
+static enum display_format
+variable_default_display (var)
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+ return FORMAT_NATURAL;
+}
+
+/* This function implements the type object command, which returns the type of a
+ variable in the interpreter (or an error). */
+static int
+variable_type (interp, objc, objv, var)
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+ int result;
+ value_ptr val;
+ char *first, *last, *string;
+ Tcl_RegExp regexp;
+ gdb_result r;
+
+ /* For the "fake" variables, do not return a type. (It's type is
+ NULL, too.) */
+ if (CPLUS_FAKE_CHILD (var))
+ {
+ Tcl_ResetResult (interp);
+ return TCL_OK;
+ }
+
+ /* To print the type, we simply create a zero value_ptr and
+ cast it to our type. We then typeprint this variable. */
+ val = value_zero (var->type, not_lval);
+ result = call_gdb_type_print (val);
+ if (result == TCL_OK)
+ {
+ string = xstrdup (Tcl_GetStringFromObj (get_call_output (), NULL));
+ first = string;
+
+ /* gdb will print things out like "struct {...}" for anonymous structs.
+ In gui-land, we don't want the {...}, so we strip it here. */
+ regexp = Tcl_RegExpCompile (interp, "{...}");
+ if (Tcl_RegExpExec (interp, regexp, string, first))
+ {
+ /* We have an anonymous struct/union/class/enum */
+ Tcl_RegExpRange (regexp, 0, &first, &last);
+ if (*(first - 1) == ' ')
+ first--;
+ *first = '\0';
+ }
+
+ Tcl_SetObjResult (interp, Tcl_NewStringObj (string, -1));
+ FREEIF (string);
+ return TCL_OK;
+ }
+
+ Tcl_SetObjResult (interp, get_call_output ());
+ return result;
+}
+
+/* This function implements the value object command, which allows an object's
+ value to be queried or set. */
+static int
+variable_value (interp, objc, objv, var)
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+ int result;
+ struct type *type;
+ value_ptr val;
+ Tcl_Obj *str;
+ gdb_result r;
+ int real_addressprint;
+ int offset = 0;
+
+ /* If we're setting the value of the variable, objv[2] will contain the
+ variable's new value. We need to first construct a legal expression
+ for this -- ugh! */
+ if (objc > 2)
+ {
+ /* Does this cover all the bases? */
+ struct expression *exp;
+ value_ptr value;
+ int saved_input_radix = input_radix;
+
+ if (variable_editable (var) && !var->error)
+ {
+ char *s;
+ int i;
+ value_ptr temp;
+
+ input_radix = 10; /* ALWAYS reset to decimal temporarily */
+ s = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[2], NULL);
+ r = GDB_parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, 0, &exp);
+ if (r != GDB_OK)
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ if (GDB_evaluate_expression (exp, &value) != GDB_OK)
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+
+ /* If our parent is "public", "private", or "protected", we could
+ be asking to modify the value of a baseclass. If so, we need to
+ adjust our address by the offset of our baseclass in the subclass,
+ since VALUE_ADDRESS (var->value) points at the start of the subclass.
+ For some reason, value_cast doesn't take care of this properly. */
+ temp = var->value;
+ if (var->parent != NULL && CPLUS_FAKE_CHILD (var->parent))
+ {
+ gdb_variable *super, *sub;
+ struct type *type;
+ super = var->parent->parent;
+ sub = super->parent;
+ if (sub != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Yes, it is a baseclass */
+ type = get_type_deref (sub);
+
+ if (super->index < TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (type))
+ {
+ temp = value_copy (var->value);
+ for (i = 0; i < super->index; i++)
+ offset += TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ VALUE_ADDRESS (temp) += offset;
+ val = value_assign (temp, value);
+ VALUE_ADDRESS (val) -= offset;
+ value_free (var->value);
+ release_value (val);
+ var->value = val;
+ input_radix = saved_input_radix;
+ }
+
+ Tcl_ResetResult (interp);
+ return TCL_OK;
+ }
+
+ result = my_value_of_variable (var, &str);
+ Tcl_SetObjResult (interp, str);
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+/* GDB already has a command called "value_of_variable". Sigh. */
+static int
+my_value_of_variable (var, obj)
+ gdb_variable *var;
+ Tcl_Obj **obj;
+{
+ return (*var->root->lang->value_of_variable) (var, obj);
+}
+
+/* Is this variable editable? Use the variable's type to make
+ this determination. */
+static int
+variable_editable (var)
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+ return (*var->root->lang->variable_editable) (var);
+}
+\f
+/*
+ * Call stuff. These functions are used to capture the output of gdb commands
+ * without going through the tcl interpreter.
+ */
+
+/* Retrieve gdb output in the buffer since last call. */
+static Tcl_Obj *
+get_call_output ()
+{
+ /* Clear the error flags, in case we errored. */
+ if (result_ptr != NULL)
+ result_ptr->flags &= ~GDBTK_ERROR_ONLY;
+ return fputs_obj;
+}
+
+/* Clear the output of the buffer. */
+static void
+clear_gdb_output ()
+{
+ if (fputs_obj != NULL)
+ Tcl_DecrRefCount (fputs_obj);
+
+ fputs_obj = Tcl_NewStringObj (NULL, -1);
+ Tcl_IncrRefCount (fputs_obj);
+}
+
+/* Call the gdb command "type_print", retaining its output in the buffer. */
+static int
+call_gdb_type_print (val)
+ value_ptr val;
+{
+ void (*old_hook) (const char *, struct ui_file *);
+ int result;
+
+ /* Save the old hook and install new hook */
+ old_hook = fputs_unfiltered_hook;
+ fputs_unfiltered_hook = variable_fputs;
+
+ /* Call our command with our args */
+ clear_gdb_output ();
+
+
+ if (GDB_type_print (val, "", gdb_stdout, -1) == GDB_OK)
+ result = TCL_OK;
+ else
+ result = TCL_ERROR;
+
+ /* Restore fputs hook */
+ fputs_unfiltered_hook = old_hook;
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+/* Call the gdb command "val_print", retaining its output in the buffer. */
+static int
+call_gdb_val_print (val, format)
+ value_ptr val;
+ int format;
+{
+ void (*old_hook) (const char *, struct ui_file *);
+ gdb_result r;
+ int result;
+
+ /* Save the old hook and install new hook */
+ old_hook = fputs_unfiltered_hook;
+ fputs_unfiltered_hook = variable_fputs;
+
+ /* Call our command with our args */
+ clear_gdb_output ();
+
+ if (VALUE_LAZY (val))
+ {
+ r = GDB_value_fetch_lazy (val);
+ if (r != GDB_OK)
+ {
+ fputs_unfiltered_hook = old_hook;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ r = GDB_val_print (VALUE_TYPE (val), VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val), VALUE_ADDRESS (val),
+ gdb_stdout, format, 1, 0, 0);
+ if (r == GDB_OK)
+ result = TCL_OK;
+ else
+ result = TCL_ERROR;
+
+ /* Restore fputs hook */
+ fputs_unfiltered_hook = old_hook;
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+/* The fputs_unfiltered_hook function used to save the output from one of the
+ call commands in this file. */
+static void
+variable_fputs (text, stream)
+ const char *text;
+ struct ui_file *stream;
+{
+ /* Just append everything to the fputs_obj... Issues with stderr/stdout? */
+ Tcl_AppendToObj (fputs_obj, (char *) text, -1);
+}
+
+/* Empty handler for the fputs_unfiltered_hook. Set the hook to this function
+ whenever the output is irrelevent. */
+static void
+null_fputs (text, stream)
+ const char *text;
+ struct ui_file *stream;
+{
+ return;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Miscellaneous utility functions.
+ */
+
+/* This returns the type of the variable. This skips past typedefs
+ and returns the real type of the variable. It also dereferences
+ pointers and references. */
+static struct type *
+get_type (var)
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+ struct type *type = NULL;
+ type = var->type;
+
+ while (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF)
+ type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
+
+ return type;
+}
+
+/* This returns the type of the variable, dereferencing pointers, too. */
+static struct type *
+get_type_deref (var)
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+ struct type *type = NULL;
+
+ type = get_type (var);
+
+ if (type != NULL && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
+ || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF))
+ type = get_target_type (type);
+
+ return type;
+}
+
+/* This returns the target type (or NULL) of TYPE, also skipping
+ past typedefs, just like get_type (). */
+static struct type *
+get_target_type (type)
+ struct type *type;
+{
+ if (type != NULL)
+ {
+ type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
+ while (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF)
+ type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
+ }
+
+ return type;
+}
+
+/* Get the language of variable VAR. */
+static enum vlanguage
+variable_language (var)
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+ enum vlanguage lang;
+
+ switch (var->root->exp->language_defn->la_language)
+ {
+ default:
+ case language_c:
+ lang = vlang_c;
+ break;
+ case language_cplus:
+ lang = vlang_cplus;
+ break;
+ case language_java:
+ lang = vlang_java;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return lang;
+}
+
+/* This function is similar to gdb's value_equal, except that this
+ one is "safe" -- it NEVER longjmps. It determines if the VAR's
+ value is the same as VAL2. */
+static int
+my_value_equal (var, val2)
+ gdb_variable *var;
+ value_ptr val2;
+{
+ int r, err1, err2;
+ gdb_result result;
+
+ /* Special case: NULL values. If both are null, say
+ they're equal. */
+ if (var->value == NULL && val2 == NULL)
+ return 1;
+ else if (var->value == NULL || val2 == NULL)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* This is bogus, but unfortunately necessary. We must know
+ exactly what caused an error -- reading var->val or val2 -- so
+ that we can really determine if we think that something has changed. */
+ err1 = 0;
+ err2 = 0;
+ result = GDB_value_equal (var->value, var->value, &r);
+ if (result != GDB_OK)
+ err1 = 1;
+
+ result = GDB_value_equal (val2, val2, &r);
+ if (result != GDB_OK)
+ err2 = 1;
+
+ if (err1 != err2)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (GDB_value_equal (var->value, val2, &r) != GDB_OK)
+ {
+ /* An error occurred, this could have happened if
+ either val1 or val2 errored. ERR1 and ERR2 tell
+ us which of these it is. If both errored, then
+ we assume nothing has changed. If one of them is
+ valid, though, then something has changed. */
+ if (err1 == err2)
+ {
+ /* both the old and new values caused errors, so
+ we say the value did not change */
+ /* This is indeterminate, though. Perhaps we should
+ be safe and say, yes, it changed anyway?? */
+ return 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* err2 replaces var->error since this new value
+ WILL replace the old one. */
+ var->error = err2;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return r;
+}
+
+static void
+vpush (pstack, var)
+ struct vstack **pstack;
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+ struct vstack *s;
+
+ s = (struct vstack *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct vstack));
+ s->var = var;
+ s->next = *pstack;
+ *pstack = s;
+}
+
+static gdb_variable *
+vpop (pstack)
+ struct vstack **pstack;
+{
+ struct vstack *s;
+ gdb_variable *v;
+
+ if ((*pstack)->var == NULL && (*pstack)->next == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ s = *pstack;
+ v = s->var;
+ *pstack = (*pstack)->next;
+ free (s);
+
+ return v;
+}
+
+/* Is VAR something that can change? Depending on language,
+ some variable's values never change. For example,
+ struct and unions never change values. */
+static int
+type_changeable (var)
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+ int r;
+ struct type *type;
+
+ r = 0;
+ if (!CPLUS_FAKE_CHILD (var))
+ {
+ type = get_type (var);
+ switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
+ {
+ case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
+ case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
+ r = 0;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ r = 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return r;
+}
+
+/* Allocate memory and initialize a new variable */
+static gdb_variable *
+new_variable ()
+{
+ gdb_variable *var;
+
+ var = (gdb_variable *) xmalloc (sizeof (gdb_variable));
+ var->name = NULL;
+ var->obj_name = NULL;
+ var->index = -1;
+ var->type = NULL;
+ var->value = NULL;
+ var->error = 0;
+ var->num_children = -1;
+ var->parent = NULL;
+ var->children = NULL;
+ var->format = 0;
+ var->root = NULL;
+
+ return var;
+}
+
+/* Allocate memory and initialize a new root variable */
+static gdb_variable *
+new_root_variable (void)
+{
+ gdb_variable *var = new_variable ();
+ var->root = (struct variable_root *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct variable_root));;
+ var->root->lang = NULL;
+ var->root->exp = NULL;
+ var->root->valid_block = NULL;
+ var->root->frame = (CORE_ADDR) -1;
+ var->root->root = NULL;
+
+ return var;
+}
+\f
+/*
+ * Language-dependencies
+ */
+
+/* C */
+static int
+c_number_of_children (var)
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+ struct type *type;
+ struct type *target;
+ int children;
+
+ type = get_type (var);
+ target = get_target_type (type);
+ children = 0;
+
+ switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
+ {
+ case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
+ if (TYPE_LENGTH (type) > 0 && TYPE_LENGTH (target) > 0
+ && TYPE_ARRAY_UPPER_BOUND_TYPE (type) != BOUND_CANNOT_BE_DETERMINED)
+ children = TYPE_LENGTH (type) / TYPE_LENGTH (target);
+ else
+ children = -1;
+ break;
+
+ case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
+ case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
+ children = TYPE_NFIELDS (type);
+ break;
+
+ case TYPE_CODE_PTR:
+ /* This is where things get compilcated. All pointers have one child.
+ Except, of course, for struct and union ptr, which we automagically
+ dereference for the user and function ptrs, which have no children. */
+ switch (TYPE_CODE (target))
+ {
+ case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
+ case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
+ children = TYPE_NFIELDS (target);
+ break;
+
+ case TYPE_CODE_FUNC:
+ children = 0;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ /* Don't dereference char* or void*. */
+ if (TYPE_NAME (target) != NULL
+ && (STREQ (TYPE_NAME (target), "char")
+ || STREQ (TYPE_NAME (target), "void")))
+ children = 0;
+ else
+ children = 1;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return children;
+}
+
+static char *
+c_name_of_child (parent, index)
+ gdb_variable *parent;
+ int index;
+{
+ struct type *type;
+ struct type *target;
+ char *name;
+ char *string;
+
+ type = get_type (parent);
+ target = get_target_type (type);
+
+ switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
+ {
+ case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
+ {
+ /* We never get here unless parent->num_children is greater than 0... */
+ int len = 1;
+ while ((int) pow ((double) 10, (double) len) < index)
+ len++;
+ name = (char *) xmalloc (1 + len * sizeof (char));
+ sprintf (name, "%d", index);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
+ case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
+ string = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, index);
+ name = savestring (string, strlen (string));
+ break;
+
+ case TYPE_CODE_PTR:
+ switch (TYPE_CODE (target))
+ {
+ case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
+ case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
+ string = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (target, index);
+ name = savestring (string, strlen (string));
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ name = (char *) xmalloc ((strlen (parent->name) + 2) * sizeof (char));
+ sprintf (name, "*%s", parent->name);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return name;
+}
+
+static value_ptr
+c_value_of_root (var)
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+ value_ptr value, new_val;
+ struct frame_info *fi, *old_fi;
+ int within_scope;
+ gdb_result r;
+
+ /* Determine whether the variable is still around. */
+ if (var->root->valid_block == NULL)
+ within_scope = 1;
+ else
+ {
+ GDB_reinit_frame_cache ();
+ r = GDB_find_frame_addr_in_frame_chain (var->root->frame, &fi);
+ if (r != GDB_OK)
+ fi = NULL;
+ within_scope = fi != NULL;
+ /* FIXME: GDB_select_frame could fail */
+ if (within_scope)
+ GDB_select_frame (fi, -1);
+ }
+
+ if (within_scope)
+ {
+ struct type *type = get_type (var);
+ if (GDB_evaluate_expression (var->root->exp, &new_val) == GDB_OK)
+ {
+ if (VALUE_LAZY (new_val))
+ {
+ if (GDB_value_fetch_lazy (new_val) != GDB_OK)
+ var->error = 1;
+ else
+ var->error = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ var->error = 1;
+
+ release_value (new_val);
+ return new_val;
+ }
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static value_ptr
+c_value_of_child (parent, index)
+ gdb_variable *parent;
+ int index;
+{
+ value_ptr value, temp;
+ struct type *type, *target;
+ gdb_result r;
+ char *name;
+
+ type = get_type (parent);
+ target = get_target_type (type);
+ name = name_of_child (parent, index);
+ temp = parent->value;
+ value = NULL;
+
+ if (temp != NULL)
+ {
+ switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
+ {
+ case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
+ r = GDB_value_slice (temp, index, 1, &value);
+ r = GDB_value_coerce_array (value, &temp);
+ r = GDB_value_ind (temp, &value);
+ break;
+
+ case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
+ case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
+ r = GDB_value_struct_elt (&temp, NULL, name, NULL, "vstructure", &value);
+ break;
+
+ case TYPE_CODE_PTR:
+ switch (TYPE_CODE (target))
+ {
+ case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
+ case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
+ r = GDB_value_struct_elt (&temp, NULL, name, NULL, "vstructure", &value);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ r = GDB_value_ind (temp, &value);
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (value != NULL)
+ release_value (value);
+
+ return value;
+}
+
+static struct type *
+c_type_of_child (parent, index)
+ gdb_variable *parent;
+ int index;
+{
+ struct type *type;
+ gdb_result r;
+ char *name = name_of_child (parent, index);
+
+ switch (TYPE_CODE (parent->type))
+ {
+ case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
+ type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (parent->type);
+ break;
+
+ case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
+ case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
+ type = lookup_struct_elt_type (parent->type, name, 0);
+ break;
+
+ case TYPE_CODE_PTR:
+ switch (TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (parent->type)))
+ {
+ case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
+ case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
+ type = lookup_struct_elt_type (parent->type, name, 0);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (parent->type);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return type;
+}
+
+static int
+c_variable_editable (var)
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+ switch (TYPE_CODE (get_type (var)))
+ {
+ case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
+ case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
+ case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
+ case TYPE_CODE_FUNC:
+ case TYPE_CODE_MEMBER:
+ case TYPE_CODE_METHOD:
+ return 0;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ return 1;
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+static int
+c_value_of_variable (var, obj)
+ gdb_variable *var;
+ Tcl_Obj **obj;
+{
+ struct type *type;
+ value_ptr val;
+ int result;
+
+ if (var->value != NULL)
+ val = var->value;
+ else
+ {
+ /* This can happen if we attempt to get the value of a struct
+ member when the parent is an invalid pointer.
+
+ GDB reports the error as the error derived from accessing the
+ parent, but we don't have access to that here... */
+ *obj = Tcl_NewStringObj ("???", -1);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* BOGUS: if val_print sees a struct/class, it will print out its
+ children instead of "{...}" */
+ type = get_type (var);
+ result = TCL_OK;
+ switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
+ {
+ case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
+ case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
+ *obj = Tcl_NewStringObj ("{...}", -1);
+ break;
+
+ case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
+ {
+ char number[16];
+ *obj = Tcl_NewStringObj (NULL, 0);
+ sprintf (number, "%d", var->num_children);
+ Tcl_AppendStringsToObj (*obj, "[", number, "]", NULL);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ result = call_gdb_val_print (val, format_code[(int) var->format]);
+ *obj = get_call_output ();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+\f
+/* C++ */
+
+static int
+cplus_number_of_children (var)
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+ struct type *type;
+ int children, dont_know;
+
+ dont_know = 1;
+ children = 0;
+
+ if (!CPLUS_FAKE_CHILD (var))
+ {
+ type = get_type_deref (var);
+
+ switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
+ {
+ case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
+ case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
+ {
+ int kids[3];
+
+ cplus_class_num_children (type, kids);
+ if (kids[v_public] != 0)
+ children++;
+ if (kids[v_private] != 0)
+ children++;
+ if (kids[v_protected] != 0)
+ children++;
+
+ /* Add any baseclasses */
+ children += TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (type);
+ dont_know = 0;
+
+ /* FIXME: save children in var */
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ int kids[3];
+
+ type = get_type_deref (var->parent);
+
+ cplus_class_num_children (type, kids);
+ if (STREQ (var->name, "public"))
+ children = kids[v_public];
+ else if (STREQ (var->name, "private"))
+ children = kids[v_private];
+ else
+ children = kids[v_protected];
+ dont_know = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (dont_know)
+ children = c_number_of_children (var);
+
+ return children;
+}
+
+/* Compute # of public, private, and protected variables in this class.
+ That means we need to descend into all baseclasses and find out
+ how many are there, too. */
+static void
+cplus_class_num_children (type, children)
+ struct type *type;
+ int children[3];
+{
+ int i;
+
+ children[v_public] = 0;
+ children[v_private] = 0;
+ children[v_protected] = 0;
+
+ for (i = TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (type); i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i++)
+ {
+ /* If we have a virtual table pointer, omit it. */
+ if (TYPE_VPTR_BASETYPE (type) == type
+ && TYPE_VPTR_FIELDNO (type) == i)
+ continue;
+
+ if (TYPE_FIELD_PROTECTED (type, i))
+ children[v_protected]++;
+ else if (TYPE_FIELD_PRIVATE (type, i))
+ children[v_private]++;
+ else
+ children[v_public]++;
+ }
+}
+
+static char *
+cplus_name_of_child (parent, index)
+ gdb_variable *parent;
+ int index;
+{
+ char *name;
+ struct type *type;
+ int children[3];
+
+ if (CPLUS_FAKE_CHILD (parent))
+ {
+ /* Looking for children of public, private, or protected. */
+ type = get_type_deref (parent->parent);
+ }
+ else
+ type = get_type_deref (parent);
+
+ name = NULL;
+ switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
+ {
+ case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
+ case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
+ cplus_class_num_children (type, children);
+
+ if (CPLUS_FAKE_CHILD (parent))
+ {
+ /* FIXME: This assumes that type orders
+ inherited, public, private, protected */
+ int i = index + TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (type);
+ if (STREQ (parent->name, "private") || STREQ (parent->name, "protected"))
+ i += children[v_public];
+ if (STREQ (parent->name, "protected"))
+ i += children[v_private];
+
+ name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i);
+ }
+ else if (index < TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (type))
+ name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, index);
+ else
+ {
+ /* Everything beyond the baseclasses can
+ only be "public", "private", or "protected" */
+ index -= TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (type);
+ switch (index)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ if (children[v_public] != 0)
+ {
+ name = "public";
+ break;
+ }
+ case 1:
+ if (children[v_private] != 0)
+ {
+ name = "private";
+ break;
+ }
+ case 2:
+ if (children[v_protected] != 0)
+ {
+ name = "protected";
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ /* error! */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (name == NULL)
+ return c_name_of_child (parent, index);
+ else
+ {
+ if (name != NULL)
+ name = savestring (name, strlen (name));
+ }
+
+ return name;
+}
+
+static value_ptr
+cplus_value_of_root (var)
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+ return c_value_of_root (var);
+}
+
+static value_ptr
+cplus_value_of_child (parent, index)
+ gdb_variable *parent;
+ int index;
+{
+ struct type *type;
+ value_ptr value;
+ char *name;
+ gdb_result r;
+
+ if (CPLUS_FAKE_CHILD (parent))
+ type = get_type_deref (parent->parent);
+ else
+ type = get_type_deref (parent);
+
+ value = NULL;
+ name = name_of_child (parent, index);
+
+ switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
+ {
+ case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
+ case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
+ if (CPLUS_FAKE_CHILD (parent))
+ {
+ value_ptr temp = parent->parent->value;
+ r = GDB_value_struct_elt (&temp, NULL, name,
+ NULL, "cplus_structure", &value);
+ if (r == GDB_OK)
+ release_value (value);
+ }
+ else if (index >= TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (type))
+ {
+ /* public, private, or protected */
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Baseclass */
+ if (parent->value != NULL)
+ {
+ value_ptr temp;
+ int i;
+
+ if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (parent->value)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
+ || TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (parent->value)) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
+ GDB_value_ind (parent->value, &temp);
+ else
+ temp = parent->value;
+
+ r = GDB_value_cast (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, index), temp, &value);
+ if (r == GDB_OK)
+ release_value (value);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (value == NULL)
+ return c_value_of_child (parent, index);
+
+ return value;
+}
+
+static struct type *
+cplus_type_of_child (parent, index)
+ gdb_variable *parent;
+ int index;
+{
+ struct type *type, *t;
+ gdb_result r;
+
+ t = get_type_deref (parent);
+ type = NULL;
+ switch (TYPE_CODE (t))
+ {
+ case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
+ case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
+ if (index >= TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (t))
+ {
+ /* special */
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Baseclass */
+ type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (t, index);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (type == NULL)
+ return c_type_of_child (parent, index);
+
+ return type;
+}
+
+static int
+cplus_variable_editable (var)
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+ if (CPLUS_FAKE_CHILD (var))
+ return 0;
+
+ return c_variable_editable (var);
+}
+
+static int
+cplus_value_of_variable (var, obj)
+ gdb_variable *var;
+ Tcl_Obj **obj;
+{
+
+ /* If we have one of our special types, don't print out
+ any value. */
+ if (CPLUS_FAKE_CHILD (var))
+ {
+ *obj = Tcl_NewStringObj ("", -1);
+ return TCL_OK;
+ }
+
+ return c_value_of_variable (var, obj);
+}
+\f
+/* Java */
+
+static int
+java_number_of_children (var)
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+ return cplus_number_of_children (var);
+}
+
+static char *
+java_name_of_child (parent, index)
+ gdb_variable *parent;
+ int index;
+{
+ char *name, *p;
+
+ name = cplus_name_of_child (parent, index);
+ p = name;
+
+ while (*p != '\000')
+ {
+ if (*p == '.')
+ *p = '-';
+ p++;
+ }
+
+ return name;
+}
+
+static value_ptr
+java_value_of_root (var)
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+ return cplus_value_of_root (var);
+}
+
+static value_ptr
+java_value_of_child (parent, index)
+ gdb_variable *parent;
+ int index;
+{
+ return cplus_value_of_child (parent, index);
+}
+
+static struct type *
+java_type_of_child (parent, index)
+ gdb_variable *parent;
+ int index;
+{
+ return cplus_type_of_child (parent, index);
+}
+
+static int
+java_variable_editable (var)
+ gdb_variable *var;
+{
+ return cplus_variable_editable (var);
+}
+
+static int
+java_value_of_variable (var, obj)
+ gdb_variable *var;
+ Tcl_Obj **obj;
+{
+ return cplus_value_of_variable (var, obj);
+}
+\f
+/* Local variables: */
+/* change-log-default-name: "ChangeLog-gdbtk" */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+/* Variable user interface layer for GDB, the GNU debugger.
+ Copyright 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GDB.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#include "defs.h"
+#include "value.h"
+
+#include "varobj.h"
+
+#include <tcl.h>
+#include "gdbtk.h"
+
+
+/*
+ * Public functions defined in this file
+ */
+
+int gdb_variable_init PARAMS ((Tcl_Interp *));
+
+/*
+ * Private functions defined in this file
+ */
+
+/* Entries into this file */
+
+static int gdb_variable_command PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST[]));
+
+static int variable_obj_command PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int,
+ Tcl_Obj * CONST[]));
+
+/* Variable object subcommands */
+
+static int variable_create PARAMS ((Tcl_Interp *, int, Tcl_Obj * CONST[]));
+
+static void variable_delete PARAMS ((Tcl_Interp *, struct varobj *, int));
+
+static Tcl_Obj *variable_children PARAMS ((Tcl_Interp *, struct varobj *));
+
+static int variable_format PARAMS ((Tcl_Interp *, int, Tcl_Obj * CONST[],
+ struct varobj *));
+
+static int variable_type PARAMS ((Tcl_Interp *, int, Tcl_Obj * CONST[],
+ struct varobj *));
+
+static int variable_value PARAMS ((Tcl_Interp *, int, Tcl_Obj * CONST[],
+ struct varobj *));
+
+static Tcl_Obj *variable_update PARAMS ((Tcl_Interp * interp, struct varobj * var));
+
+/* Helper functions for the above subcommands. */
+
+static void install_variable PARAMS ((Tcl_Interp *, char *, struct varobj *));
+
+static void uninstall_variable PARAMS ((Tcl_Interp *, char *));
+
+/* String representations of gdb's format codes */
+char *format_string[] =
+{"natural", "binary", "decimal", "hexadecimal", "octal"};
+\f
+#if defined(FREEIF)
+#undef FREEIF
+#endif
+#define FREEIF(x) if (x != NULL) free((char *) (x))
+
+/* Initialize the variable code. This function should be called once
+ to install and initialize the variable code into the interpreter. */
+int
+gdb_variable_init (interp)
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+{
+ Tcl_Command result;
+ static int initialized = 0;
+
+ if (!initialized)
+ {
+ result = Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, "gdb_variable", call_wrapper,
+ (ClientData) gdb_variable_command, NULL);
+ if (result == NULL)
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+
+ initialized = 1;
+ }
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* This function defines the "gdb_variable" command which is used to
+ create variable objects. Its syntax includes:
+
+ gdb_variable create
+ gdb_variable create NAME
+ gdb_variable create -expr EXPR
+ gdb_variable create -frame FRAME
+ (it will also include permutations of the above options)
+
+ NAME = name of object to create. If no NAME, then automatically create
+ a name
+ EXPR = the gdb expression for which to create a variable. This will
+ be the most common usage.
+ FRAME = the frame defining the scope of the variable.
+ */
+static int
+gdb_variable_command (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ static char *commands[] =
+ {"create", "list", NULL};
+ enum commands_enum
+ {
+ VARIABLE_CREATE, VARIABLE_LIST
+ };
+ int index, result;
+
+ if (objc < 2)
+ {
+ Tcl_WrongNumArgs (interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg...?");
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj (interp, objv[1], commands, "options", 0,
+ &index) != TCL_OK)
+ {
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ switch ((enum commands_enum) index)
+ {
+ case VARIABLE_CREATE:
+ result = variable_create (interp, objc - 2, objv + 2);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+/* This function implements the actual object command for each
+ variable object that is created (and each of its children).
+
+ Currently the following commands are implemented:
+ - delete delete this object and its children
+ - update update the variable and its children (root vars only)
+ - numChildren how many children does this object have
+ - children create the children and return a list of their objects
+ - name print out the name of this variable
+ - format query/set the display format of this variable
+ - type get the type of this variable
+ - value get/set the value of this variable
+ - editable is this variable editable?
+ */
+static int
+variable_obj_command (clientData, interp, objc, objv)
+ ClientData clientData;
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ enum commands_enum
+ {
+ VARIABLE_DELETE,
+ VARIABLE_NUM_CHILDREN,
+ VARIABLE_CHILDREN,
+ VARIABLE_FORMAT,
+ VARIABLE_TYPE,
+ VARIABLE_VALUE,
+ VARIABLE_NAME,
+ VARIABLE_EDITABLE,
+ VARIABLE_UPDATE
+ };
+ static char *commands[] =
+ {
+ "delete",
+ "numChildren",
+ "children",
+ "format",
+ "type",
+ "value",
+ "name",
+ "editable",
+ "update",
+ NULL
+ };
+ struct varobj *var = (struct varobj *) clientData;
+ int index, result;
+
+ if (objc < 2)
+ {
+ Tcl_WrongNumArgs (interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg...?");
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj (interp, objv[1], commands, "options", 0,
+ &index) != TCL_OK)
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+
+ result = TCL_OK;
+ switch ((enum commands_enum) index)
+ {
+ case VARIABLE_DELETE:
+ if (objc > 2)
+ {
+ int len;
+ char *s = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[2], &len);
+ if (*s == 'c' && strncmp (s, "children", len) == 0)
+ {
+ variable_delete (interp, var, 1 /* only children */ );
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ variable_delete (interp, var, 0 /* var and children */ );
+ break;
+
+ case VARIABLE_NUM_CHILDREN:
+ Tcl_SetObjResult (interp, Tcl_NewIntObj (varobj_get_num_children (var)));
+ break;
+
+ case VARIABLE_CHILDREN:
+ {
+ Tcl_Obj *children = variable_children (interp, var);
+ Tcl_SetObjResult (interp, children);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case VARIABLE_FORMAT:
+ result = variable_format (interp, objc, objv, var);
+ break;
+
+ case VARIABLE_TYPE:
+ result = variable_type (interp, objc, objv, var);
+ break;
+
+ case VARIABLE_VALUE:
+ result = variable_value (interp, objc, objv, var);
+ break;
+
+ case VARIABLE_NAME:
+ {
+ char *name = varobj_get_expression (var);
+ Tcl_SetObjResult (interp, Tcl_NewStringObj (name, -1));
+ FREEIF (name);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case VARIABLE_EDITABLE:
+ Tcl_SetObjResult (interp, Tcl_NewIntObj (
+ varobj_get_attributes (var) & 0x00000001 /* Editable? */ ));
+ break;
+
+ case VARIABLE_UPDATE:
+ /* Only root variables can be updated */
+ {
+ Tcl_Obj *obj = variable_update (interp, var);
+ Tcl_SetObjResult (interp, obj);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Variable object construction/destruction
+ */
+
+/* This function is responsible for processing the user's specifications
+ and constructing a variable object. */
+static int
+variable_create (interp, objc, objv)
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+{
+ enum create_opts
+ {
+ CREATE_EXPR, CREATE_FRAME
+ };
+ static char *create_options[] =
+ {"-expr", "-frame", NULL};
+ struct varobj *var;
+ char *name;
+ char *obj_name;
+ int index;
+ CORE_ADDR frame = (CORE_ADDR) -1;
+
+ /* REMINDER: This command may be invoked in the following ways:
+ gdb_variable create [NAME] [-expr EXPR] [-frame FRAME]
+
+ NAME = name of object to create. If no NAME, then automatically create
+ a name
+ EXPR = the gdb expression for which to create a variable. This will
+ be the most common usage.
+ FRAME = the address of the frame defining the variable's scope
+ */
+ name = NULL;
+ if (objc)
+ name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[0], NULL);
+ if (name == NULL || *name == '-')
+ {
+ /* generate a name for this object */
+ obj_name = varobj_gen_name ();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* specified name for object */
+ obj_name = strdup (name);
+ objv++;
+ objc--;
+ }
+
+ /* Run through all the possible options for this command */
+ name = NULL;
+ while (objc > 0)
+ {
+ if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj (interp, objv[0], create_options, "options",
+ 0, &index) != TCL_OK)
+ {
+ free (obj_name);
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ switch ((enum create_opts) index)
+ {
+ case CREATE_EXPR:
+ name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL);
+ objc--;
+ objv++;
+ break;
+
+ case CREATE_FRAME:
+ {
+ char *str;
+ str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[1], NULL);
+ frame = parse_and_eval_address (str);
+ objc--;
+ objv++;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ objc--;
+ objv++;
+ }
+
+ /* Create the variable */
+ var = varobj_create (obj_name, name, frame);
+
+ if (var != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Install a command into the interpreter that represents this
+ object */
+ install_variable (interp, obj_name, var);
+ Tcl_SetObjResult (interp, Tcl_NewStringObj (obj_name, -1));
+ result_ptr->flags |= GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT;
+
+ free (obj_name);
+ return TCL_OK;
+ }
+
+ free (obj_name);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/* Delete the variable object VAR and its children */
+/* If only_children_p, Delete only the children associated with the object. */
+static void
+variable_delete (interp, var, only_children_p)
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ struct varobj *var;
+ int only_children_p;
+{
+ char **dellist;
+ char **vc;
+
+ varobj_delete (var, &dellist, only_children_p);
+
+ vc = dellist;
+ while (*vc != NULL)
+ {
+ uninstall_variable (interp, *vc);
+ free (*vc);
+ vc++;
+ }
+
+ FREEIF (dellist);
+}
+
+/* Return a list of all the children of VAR, creating them if necessary. */
+static Tcl_Obj *
+variable_children (interp, var)
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ struct varobj *var;
+{
+ Tcl_Obj *list;
+ struct varobj **childlist;
+ struct varobj **vc;
+ char *childname;
+
+ list = Tcl_NewListObj (0, NULL);
+
+ varobj_list_children (var, &childlist);
+
+ vc = childlist;
+ while (*vc != NULL)
+ {
+ childname = varobj_get_objname (*vc);
+ /* Add child to result list and install the Tcl command for it. */
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, list,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (childname, -1));
+ install_variable (interp, childname, *vc);
+ vc++;
+ }
+
+ FREEIF (childlist);
+ return list;
+}
+
+/* Update the values for a variable and its children. */
+/* NOTE: Only root variables can be updated... */
+
+static Tcl_Obj *
+variable_update (interp, var)
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ struct varobj *var;
+{
+ Tcl_Obj *changed;
+ struct varobj **changelist;
+ struct varobj **vc;
+
+ changed = Tcl_NewListObj (0, NULL);
+
+ /* varobj_update() can return -1 if the variable is no longer around,
+ i.e. we stepped out of the frame in which a local existed. */
+ if (varobj_update (var, &changelist) == -1)
+ return changed;
+
+ vc = changelist;
+ while (*vc != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Add changed variable object to result list */
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement (NULL, changed,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj (varobj_get_objname (*vc), -1));
+ vc++;
+ }
+
+ FREEIF (changelist);
+ return changed;
+}
+
+/* This implements the format object command allowing
+ the querying or setting of the object's display format. */
+static int
+variable_format (interp, objc, objv, var)
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+ struct varobj *var;
+{
+ if (objc > 2)
+ {
+ /* Set the format of VAR to given format */
+ int len;
+ char *fmt = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[2], &len);
+ if (STREQN (fmt, "natural", len))
+ varobj_set_display_format (var, FORMAT_NATURAL);
+ else if (STREQN (fmt, "binary", len))
+ varobj_set_display_format (var, FORMAT_BINARY);
+ else if (STREQN (fmt, "decimal", len))
+ varobj_set_display_format (var, FORMAT_DECIMAL);
+ else if (STREQN (fmt, "hexadecimal", len))
+ varobj_set_display_format (var, FORMAT_HEXADECIMAL);
+ else if (STREQN (fmt, "octal", len))
+ varobj_set_display_format (var, FORMAT_OCTAL);
+ else
+ {
+ Tcl_Obj *obj = Tcl_NewStringObj (NULL, 0);
+ Tcl_AppendStringsToObj (obj, "unknown display format \"",
+ fmt, "\": must be: \"natural\", \"binary\""
+ ", \"decimal\", \"hexadecimal\", or \"octal\"", NULL);
+ Tcl_SetObjResult (interp, obj);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Report the current format */
+ Tcl_Obj *fmt;
+
+ /* FIXME: Use varobj_format_string[] instead */
+ fmt = Tcl_NewStringObj (
+ format_string[(int) varobj_get_display_format (var)], -1);
+ Tcl_SetObjResult (interp, fmt);
+ }
+
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* This function implements the type object command, which returns the type of a
+ variable in the interpreter (or an error). */
+static int
+variable_type (interp, objc, objv, var)
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+ struct varobj *var;
+{
+ char *first, *last, *string;
+ Tcl_RegExp regexp;
+
+ /* For the "fake" variables, do not return a type.
+ Their type is NULL anyway */
+ /* FIXME: varobj_get_type() calls type_print(), so we may have to wrap
+ its call here and return TCL_ERROR in the case it errors out */
+ if ((string = varobj_get_type (var)) == NULL)
+ {
+ Tcl_ResetResult (interp);
+ return TCL_OK;
+ }
+
+ first = string;
+
+ /* gdb will print things out like "struct {...}" for anonymous structs.
+ In gui-land, we don't want the {...}, so we strip it here. */
+ regexp = Tcl_RegExpCompile (interp, "{...}");
+ if (Tcl_RegExpExec (interp, regexp, string, first))
+ {
+ /* We have an anonymous struct/union/class/enum */
+ Tcl_RegExpRange (regexp, 0, &first, &last);
+ if (*(first - 1) == ' ')
+ first--;
+ *first = '\0';
+ }
+
+ Tcl_SetObjResult (interp, Tcl_NewStringObj (string, -1));
+ FREEIF (string);
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/* This function implements the value object command, which allows an object's
+ value to be queried or set. */
+static int
+variable_value (interp, objc, objv, var)
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ int objc;
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];
+ struct varobj *var;
+{
+ char *r;
+
+ /* If we're setting the value of the variable, objv[2] will contain the
+ variable's new value. */
+ if (objc > 2)
+ {
+ /* FIXME: Do we need to test if val->error is set here?
+ If so, make it an attribute. */
+ if (varobj_get_attributes (var) & 0x00000001 /* Editable? */ )
+ {
+ char *s;
+
+ s = Tcl_GetStringFromObj (objv[2], NULL);
+ if (!varobj_set_value (var, s))
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ Tcl_ResetResult (interp);
+ return TCL_OK;
+ }
+
+ r = varobj_get_value (var);
+
+ if (r == NULL)
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ else
+ {
+ Tcl_SetObjResult (interp, Tcl_NewStringObj (r, -1));
+ FREEIF (r);
+ return TCL_OK;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Helper functions for the above */
+
+/* Install the given variable VAR into the tcl interpreter with
+ the object name NAME. */
+static void
+install_variable (interp, name, var)
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ char *name;
+ struct varobj *var;
+{
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand (interp, name, variable_obj_command,
+ (ClientData) var, NULL);
+}
+
+/* Unistall the object VAR in the tcl interpreter. */
+static void
+uninstall_variable (interp, varname)
+ Tcl_Interp *interp;
+ char *varname;
+{
+ Tcl_DeleteCommand (interp, varname);
+}
+\f
+/* Local variables: */
+/* change-log-default-name: "ChangeLog-gdbtk" */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+/* longjmp-free interface between gdb and gdbtk.
+ Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GDB.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#include "defs.h"
+#include "frame.h"
+#include "value.h"
+#include "gdbtk-wrapper.h"
+
+/*
+ * Wrapper functions exported to the world
+ */
+
+gdb_result GDB_value_fetch_lazy PARAMS ((value_ptr));
+
+gdb_result GDB_evaluate_expression PARAMS ((struct expression *, value_ptr *));
+
+gdb_result GDB_type_print (value_ptr, char *, struct ui_file *, int);
+
+gdb_result GDB_val_print (struct type * type, char *valaddr,
+ CORE_ADDR address, struct ui_file *stream,
+ int format, int deref_ref, int recurse,
+ enum val_prettyprint pretty);
+
+gdb_result GDB_select_frame PARAMS ((struct frame_info *, int));
+
+gdb_result GDB_value_equal PARAMS ((value_ptr, value_ptr, int *));
+
+gdb_result GDB_parse_exp_1 PARAMS ((char **stringptr, struct block * block, int comma,
+ struct expression ** result));
+
+gdb_result GDB_evaluate_type PARAMS ((struct expression * exp, value_ptr * result));
+
+gdb_result GDB_block_for_pc PARAMS ((CORE_ADDR pc, struct block ** result));
+
+gdb_result GDB_block_innermost_frame PARAMS ((struct block * block,
+ struct frame_info ** result));
+
+gdb_result GDB_reinit_frame_cache PARAMS ((void));
+
+gdb_result GDB_find_frame_addr_in_frame_chain PARAMS ((CORE_ADDR addr,
+ struct frame_info ** result));
+
+gdb_result GDB_value_ind PARAMS ((value_ptr val, value_ptr * rval));
+
+gdb_result GDB_value_slice PARAMS ((value_ptr val, int low, int num,
+ value_ptr * rval));
+
+gdb_result GDB_value_coerce_array PARAMS ((value_ptr val, value_ptr * rval));
+
+gdb_result GDB_value_struct_elt PARAMS ((value_ptr * argp, value_ptr * args,
+ char *name, int *static_memfunc,
+ char *err, value_ptr * rval));
+
+gdb_result GDB_value_cast PARAMS ((struct type * type, value_ptr val, value_ptr * rval));
+
+gdb_result GDB_get_frame_block PARAMS ((struct frame_info * fi, struct block ** rval));
+
+/*
+ * Private functions for this file
+ */
+static gdb_result call_wrapped_function PARAMS ((catch_errors_ftype *,
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments *));
+
+static int wrap_type_print PARAMS ((char *));
+
+static int wrap_evaluate_expression PARAMS ((char *));
+
+static int wrap_value_fetch_lazy PARAMS ((char *));
+
+static int wrap_val_print PARAMS ((char *));
+
+static int wrap_select_frame PARAMS ((char *));
+
+static int wrap_value_equal PARAMS ((char *));
+
+static int wrap_parse_exp_1 PARAMS ((char *opaque_arg));
+
+static int wrap_evaluate_type PARAMS ((char *opaque_arg));
+
+static int wrap_block_for_pc PARAMS ((char *opaque_arg));
+
+static int wrap_block_innermost_frame PARAMS ((char *opaque_arg));
+
+static int wrap_reinit_frame_cache PARAMS ((char *opaque_arg));
+
+static int wrap_find_frame_addr_in_frame_chain PARAMS ((char *opaque_arg));
+
+static int wrap_value_ind PARAMS ((char *opaque_arg));
+
+static int wrap_value_slice PARAMS ((char *opaque_arg));
+
+static int wrap_value_coerce_array PARAMS ((char *opaque_arg));
+
+static int wrap_value_struct_elt PARAMS ((char *opaque_arg));
+
+static int wrap_value_cast PARAMS ((char *opaque_arg));
+
+static int wrap_get_frame_block PARAMS ((char *opaque_arg));
+
+static gdb_result
+call_wrapped_function (fn, arg)
+ catch_errors_ftype *fn;
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments *arg;
+{
+ if (!catch_errors (fn, (char *) &arg, "", RETURN_MASK_ERROR))
+ {
+ /* An error occurred */
+ return GDB_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return GDB_OK;
+}
+
+gdb_result
+GDB_type_print (val, varstring, stream, show)
+ value_ptr val;
+ char *varstring;
+ struct ui_file *stream;
+ int show;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments args;
+
+ args.args[0] = (char *) val;
+ args.args[1] = varstring;
+ args.args[2] = (char *) stream;
+ args.args[3] = (char *) show;
+ return call_wrapped_function ((catch_errors_ftype *) wrap_type_print, &args);
+}
+
+static int
+wrap_type_print (a)
+ char *a;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **args = (struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **) a;
+ value_ptr val = (value_ptr) (*args)->args[0];
+ char *varstring = (*args)->args[1];
+ struct ui_file *stream = (struct ui_file *) (*args)->args[2];
+ int show = (int) (*args)->args[3];
+ type_print (VALUE_TYPE (val), varstring, stream, show);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+gdb_result
+GDB_val_print (type, valaddr, address, stream, format, deref_ref,
+ recurse, pretty)
+ struct type *type;
+ char *valaddr;
+ CORE_ADDR address;
+ struct ui_file *stream;
+ int format;
+ int deref_ref;
+ int recurse;
+ enum val_prettyprint pretty;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments args;
+
+ args.args[0] = (char *) type;
+ args.args[1] = (char *) valaddr;
+ args.args[2] = (char *) &address;
+ args.args[3] = (char *) stream;
+ args.args[4] = (char *) format;
+ args.args[5] = (char *) deref_ref;
+ args.args[6] = (char *) recurse;
+ args.args[7] = (char *) pretty;
+
+ return call_wrapped_function ((catch_errors_ftype *) wrap_val_print, &args);
+}
+
+static int
+wrap_val_print (a)
+ char *a;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **args = (struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **) a;
+ struct type *type;
+ char *valaddr;
+ CORE_ADDR address;
+ struct ui_file *stream;
+ int format;
+ int deref_ref;
+ int recurse;
+ enum val_prettyprint pretty;
+
+ type = (struct type *) (*args)->args[0];
+ valaddr = (char *) (*args)->args[1];
+ address = *(CORE_ADDR *) (*args)->args[2];
+ stream = (struct ui_file *) (*args)->args[3];
+ format = (int) (*args)->args[4];
+ deref_ref = (int) (*args)->args[5];
+ recurse = (int) (*args)->args[6];
+ pretty = (enum val_prettyprint) (*args)->args[7];
+
+ val_print (type, valaddr, 0, address, stream, format, deref_ref,
+ recurse, pretty);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+gdb_result
+GDB_value_fetch_lazy (value)
+ value_ptr value;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments args;
+
+ args.args[0] = (char *) value;
+ return call_wrapped_function ((catch_errors_ftype *) wrap_value_fetch_lazy, &args);
+}
+
+static int
+wrap_value_fetch_lazy (a)
+ char *a;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **args = (struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **) a;
+
+ value_fetch_lazy ((value_ptr) (*args)->args[0]);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+gdb_result
+GDB_evaluate_expression (exp, value)
+ struct expression *exp;
+ value_ptr *value;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments args;
+ gdb_result result;
+ args.args[0] = (char *) exp;
+
+ result = call_wrapped_function ((catch_errors_ftype *) wrap_evaluate_expression, &args);
+ if (result != GDB_OK)
+ return result;
+
+ *value = (value_ptr) args.result;
+ return GDB_OK;
+}
+
+static int
+wrap_evaluate_expression (a)
+ char *a;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **args = (struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **) a;
+
+ (*args)->result =
+ (char *) evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) (*args)->args[0]);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+gdb_result
+GDB_select_frame (fi, level)
+ struct frame_info *fi;
+ int level;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments args;
+
+ args.args[0] = (char *) fi;
+ args.args[1] = (char *) &level;
+
+ return call_wrapped_function ((catch_errors_ftype *) wrap_select_frame, &args);
+}
+
+static int
+wrap_select_frame (a)
+ char *a;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **args = (struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **) a;
+ int level = *(int *) (*args)->args[1];
+ struct frame_info *fi = (struct frame_info *) (*args)->args[0];
+
+ select_frame (fi, level);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+gdb_result
+GDB_value_equal (val1, val2, result)
+ value_ptr val1;
+ value_ptr val2;
+ int *result;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments args;
+ gdb_result r;
+
+ args.args[0] = (char *) val1;
+ args.args[1] = (char *) val2;
+
+ r = call_wrapped_function ((catch_errors_ftype *) wrap_value_equal, &args);
+ if (r != GDB_OK)
+ return r;
+
+ *result = (int) args.result;
+ return GDB_OK;
+}
+
+static int
+wrap_value_equal (a)
+ char *a;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **args = (struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **) a;
+ value_ptr val1, val2;
+
+ val1 = (value_ptr) (*args)->args[0];
+ val2 = (value_ptr) (*args)->args[1];
+
+ (*args)->result = (char *) value_equal (val1, val2);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+gdb_result
+GDB_parse_exp_1 (stringptr, block, comma, result)
+ char **stringptr;
+ struct block *block;
+ int comma;
+ struct expression **result;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments args;
+ gdb_result r;
+
+ args.args[0] = (char *) stringptr;
+ args.args[1] = (char *) block;
+ args.args[2] = (char *) comma;
+
+ r = call_wrapped_function ((catch_errors_ftype *) wrap_parse_exp_1, &args);
+ if (r != GDB_OK)
+ return r;
+
+ *result = (struct expression *) args.result;
+ return GDB_OK;
+}
+
+static int
+wrap_parse_exp_1 (opaque_arg)
+ char *opaque_arg;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **args = (struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **) opaque_arg;
+ struct block *block;
+ char **stringptr;
+ int comma;
+
+ stringptr = (char **) (*args)->args[0];
+ block = (struct block *) (*args)->args[1];
+ comma = (int) (*args)->args[2];
+
+ (*args)->result = (char *) parse_exp_1 (stringptr, block, comma);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+gdb_result
+GDB_evaluate_type (exp, result)
+ struct expression *exp;
+ value_ptr *result;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments args;
+ gdb_result r;
+
+ args.args[0] = (char *) exp;
+
+ r = call_wrapped_function ((catch_errors_ftype *) wrap_evaluate_type, &args);
+ if (r != GDB_OK)
+ return r;
+
+ *result = (value_ptr) args.result;
+ return GDB_OK;
+}
+
+static int
+wrap_evaluate_type (opaque_arg)
+ char *opaque_arg;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **args = (struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **) opaque_arg;
+ struct expression *exp;
+
+ exp = (struct expression *) (*args)->args[0];
+ (*args)->result = (char *) evaluate_type (exp);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+gdb_result
+GDB_block_for_pc (pc, result)
+ CORE_ADDR pc;
+ struct block **result;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments args;
+ gdb_result r;
+
+ args.args[0] = (char *) &pc;
+
+ r = call_wrapped_function ((catch_errors_ftype *) wrap_block_for_pc, &args);
+ if (r != GDB_OK)
+ return r;
+
+ *result = (struct block *) args.result;
+ return GDB_OK;
+}
+
+static int
+wrap_block_for_pc (opaque_arg)
+ char *opaque_arg;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **args = (struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **) opaque_arg;
+ CORE_ADDR pc;
+
+ pc = *(CORE_ADDR *) (*args)->args[0];
+ (*args)->result = (char *) block_for_pc (pc);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+gdb_result
+GDB_block_innermost_frame (block, result)
+ struct block *block;
+ struct frame_info **result;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments args;
+ gdb_result r;
+
+ args.args[0] = (char *) block;
+
+ r = call_wrapped_function ((catch_errors_ftype *) wrap_block_innermost_frame, &args);
+ if (r != GDB_OK)
+ return r;
+
+ *result = (struct frame_info *) args.result;
+ return GDB_OK;
+}
+
+static int
+wrap_block_innermost_frame (opaque_arg)
+ char *opaque_arg;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **args = (struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **) opaque_arg;
+ struct block *block;
+
+ block = (struct block *) (*args)->args[0];
+ (*args)->result = (char *) block_innermost_frame (block);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+gdb_result
+GDB_reinit_frame_cache ()
+{
+ gdb_result r;
+
+ r = call_wrapped_function ((catch_errors_ftype *) wrap_reinit_frame_cache, NULL);
+ if (r != GDB_OK)
+ return r;
+
+ return GDB_OK;
+}
+
+static int
+wrap_reinit_frame_cache (opaque_arg)
+ char *opaque_arg;
+{
+ reinit_frame_cache ();
+ return 1;
+}
+
+gdb_result
+GDB_find_frame_addr_in_frame_chain (addr, result)
+ CORE_ADDR addr;
+ struct frame_info **result;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments args;
+ gdb_result r;
+
+ args.args[0] = (char *) &addr;
+
+ r = call_wrapped_function ((catch_errors_ftype *) wrap_find_frame_addr_in_frame_chain, &args);
+ if (r != GDB_OK)
+ return r;
+
+ *result = (struct frame_info *) args.result;
+ return GDB_OK;
+}
+
+static int
+wrap_find_frame_addr_in_frame_chain (opaque_arg)
+ char *opaque_arg;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **args = (struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **) opaque_arg;
+ CORE_ADDR addr;
+
+ addr = *(CORE_ADDR *) (*args)->args[0];
+ (*args)->result = (char *) find_frame_addr_in_frame_chain (addr);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+gdb_result
+GDB_value_ind (val, rval)
+ value_ptr val;
+ value_ptr *rval;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments args;
+ gdb_result r;
+
+ args.args[0] = (char *) val;
+
+ r = call_wrapped_function ((catch_errors_ftype *) wrap_value_ind, &args);
+ if (r != GDB_OK)
+ return r;
+
+ *rval = (value_ptr) args.result;
+ return GDB_OK;
+}
+
+static int
+wrap_value_ind (opaque_arg)
+ char *opaque_arg;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **args = (struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **) opaque_arg;
+ value_ptr val;
+
+ val = (value_ptr) (*args)->args[0];
+ (*args)->result = (char *) value_ind (val);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+gdb_result
+GDB_value_slice (val, low, num, rval)
+ value_ptr val;
+ int low;
+ int num;
+ value_ptr *rval;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments args;
+ gdb_result r;
+
+ args.args[0] = (char *) val;
+ args.args[1] = (char *) &low;
+ args.args[2] = (char *) #
+
+ r = call_wrapped_function ((catch_errors_ftype *) wrap_value_slice, &args);
+ if (r != GDB_OK)
+ return r;
+
+ *rval = (value_ptr) args.result;
+ return GDB_OK;
+}
+
+static int
+wrap_value_slice (opaque_arg)
+ char *opaque_arg;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **args = (struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **) opaque_arg;
+ value_ptr val;
+ int low, num;
+
+ val = (value_ptr) (*args)->args[0];
+ low = *(int *) (*args)->args[1];
+ num = *(int *) (*args)->args[2];
+ (*args)->result = (char *) value_slice (val, low, num);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+gdb_result
+GDB_value_coerce_array (val, rval)
+ value_ptr val;
+ value_ptr *rval;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments args;
+ gdb_result r;
+
+ args.args[0] = (char *) val;
+
+ r = call_wrapped_function ((catch_errors_ftype *) wrap_value_coerce_array,
+ &args);
+ if (r != GDB_OK)
+ return r;
+
+ *rval = (value_ptr) args.result;
+ return GDB_OK;
+}
+
+static int
+wrap_value_coerce_array (opaque_arg)
+ char *opaque_arg;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **args = (struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **) opaque_arg;
+ value_ptr val;
+
+ val = (value_ptr) (*args)->args[0];
+ (*args)->result = (char *) value_coerce_array (val);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+gdb_result
+GDB_value_struct_elt (argp, args, name, static_memfunc, err, rval)
+ value_ptr *argp;
+ value_ptr *args;
+ char *name;
+ int *static_memfunc;
+ char *err;
+ value_ptr *rval;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments argss;
+ gdb_result r;
+
+ argss.args[0] = (char *) argp;
+ argss.args[1] = (char *) args;
+ argss.args[2] = name;
+ argss.args[3] = (char *) static_memfunc;
+ argss.args[4] = err;
+ r = call_wrapped_function ((catch_errors_ftype *) wrap_value_struct_elt, &argss);
+ if (r != GDB_OK)
+ return r;
+
+ *rval = (value_ptr) argss.result;
+ return GDB_OK;
+}
+
+static int
+wrap_value_struct_elt (opaque_arg)
+ char *opaque_arg;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **argss = (struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **) opaque_arg;
+ value_ptr *argp, *args;
+ char *name;
+ int *static_memfunc;
+ char *err;
+
+ argp = (value_ptr *) (*argss)->args[0];
+ args = (value_ptr *) (*argss)->args[1];
+ name = (*argss)->args[2];
+ static_memfunc = (int *) (*argss)->args[3];
+ err = (*argss)->args[4];
+
+ (*argss)->result = (char *) value_struct_elt (argp, args, name, static_memfunc, err);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+gdb_result
+GDB_value_cast (type, val, rval)
+ struct type *type;
+ value_ptr val;
+ value_ptr *rval;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments args;
+ gdb_result r;
+
+ args.args[0] = (char *) type;
+ args.args[1] = (char *) val;
+
+ r = call_wrapped_function ((catch_errors_ftype *) wrap_value_cast, &args);
+ if (r != GDB_OK)
+ return r;
+
+ *rval = (value_ptr) args.result;
+ return GDB_OK;
+}
+
+static int
+wrap_value_cast (opaque_arg)
+ char *opaque_arg;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **args = (struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **) opaque_arg;
+ value_ptr val;
+ struct type *type;
+
+ type = (struct type *) (*args)->args[0];
+ val = (value_ptr) (*args)->args[1];
+ (*args)->result = (char *) value_cast (type, val);
+
+ return 1;
+}
+
+gdb_result
+GDB_get_frame_block (fi, rval)
+ struct frame_info *fi;
+ struct block **rval;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments args;
+ gdb_result r;
+
+ args.args[0] = (char *) fi;
+
+ r = call_wrapped_function ((catch_errors_ftype *) wrap_get_frame_block, &args);
+ if (r != GDB_OK)
+ return r;
+
+ *rval = (struct block *) args.result;
+ return GDB_OK;
+}
+
+static int
+wrap_get_frame_block (opaque_arg)
+ char *opaque_arg;
+{
+ struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **args = (struct gdb_wrapper_arguments **) opaque_arg;
+ struct frame_info *fi;
+
+ fi = (struct frame_info *) (*args)->args[0];
+ (*args)->result = (char *) get_frame_block (fi);
+
+ return 1;
+}
+\f
+
+
+/* Local variables: */
+/* change-log-default-name: "ChangeLog-gdbtk" */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+/* longjmp-free interface between gdb and gdbtk.
+ Copyright 1999-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GDB. It contains routines to safely call common gdb
+functions without the fear of longjmp'ing.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifndef GDBTK_WRAPPER_H
+#define GDBTK_WRAPPER_H
+/* Use this struct used to pass arguments to wrapper routines. We assume
+ (arbitrarily) that no gdb function takes more than ten arguments. */
+struct gdb_wrapper_arguments {
+
+ /* Pointer to some result from the gdb function call, if any */
+ char *result;
+
+ /* The list of arguments. */
+ char *args[10];
+};
+
+/* Whenever any gdb function wrapper is called, its return status is: */
+typedef enum gdb_wrapper_status { GDB_OK, GDB_ERROR } gdb_result;
+
+/* This list of functions which have been wrapped. Please keep this list
+ in alphabetical order, using "GDB_" to prefix the actual name of the
+ function. */
+extern gdb_result GDB_evaluate_expression PARAMS ((struct expression *expr, value_ptr *val));
+extern gdb_result GDB_select_frame PARAMS ((struct frame_info *fi, int level));
+extern gdb_result GDB_type_print (value_ptr val, char *varstring,
+ struct ui_file *stream, int show);
+extern gdb_result GDB_val_print (struct type *type, char *valaddr,
+ CORE_ADDR address, struct ui_file *stream,
+ int format, int deref_ref, int recurse,
+ enum val_prettyprint pretty);
+extern gdb_result GDB_value_fetch_lazy PARAMS ((value_ptr value));
+extern gdb_result GDB_value_equal PARAMS ((value_ptr val1, value_ptr val2, int *result));
+extern gdb_result GDB_parse_exp_1 PARAMS ((char **stringptr, struct block *block, int comma,
+ struct expression **result));
+extern gdb_result GDB_evaluate_type PARAMS ((struct expression *exp, value_ptr *result));
+extern gdb_result GDB_block_for_pc PARAMS ((CORE_ADDR pc, struct block **result));
+extern gdb_result GDB_block_innermost_frame PARAMS ((struct block *block,
+ struct frame_info **result));
+extern gdb_result GDB_reinit_frame_cache PARAMS ((void));
+extern gdb_result GDB_find_frame_addr_in_frame_chain PARAMS ((CORE_ADDR addr,
+ struct frame_info **result));
+extern gdb_result GDB_value_ind PARAMS ((value_ptr val, value_ptr *rval));
+extern gdb_result GDB_value_slice PARAMS ((value_ptr val, int low, int num,
+ value_ptr *rval));
+extern gdb_result GDB_value_coerce_array PARAMS ((value_ptr val, value_ptr *rval));
+extern gdb_result GDB_value_struct_elt PARAMS ((value_ptr *argp, value_ptr *args,
+ char *name, int *static_memfunc,
+ char *err, value_ptr *rval));
+extern gdb_result GDB_value_cast PARAMS ((struct type *type, value_ptr val,
+ value_ptr *rval));
+gdb_result GDB_get_frame_block PARAMS ((struct frame_info *fi, struct block **rval));
+#endif /* GDBTK_WRAPPER_H */
+\f
+/* Local variables: */
+/* change-log-default-name: "ChangeLog-gdbtk" */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+/* Startup code for gdbtk.
+ Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ Written by Stu Grossman <grossman@cygnus.com> of Cygnus Support.
+
+ This file is part of GDB.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#include "defs.h"
+#include "symtab.h"
+#include "inferior.h"
+#include "command.h"
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "symfile.h"
+#include "objfiles.h"
+#include "target.h"
+#include "gdbcore.h"
+#include "tracepoint.h"
+#include "demangle.h"
+#include "version.h"
+#include "tui/tui-file.h"
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <tcl.h>
+#include <tk.h>
+#include <itcl.h>
+#include <tix.h>
+#include <itk.h>
+#include "guitcl.h"
+#include "gdbtk.h"
+
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include "top.h"
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include "gdb_string.h"
+#include "dis-asm.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "gdbcmd.h"
+
+#include "annotate.h"
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+#ifdef __CYGWIN32__
+#include <sys/cygwin.h> /* for cygwin32_attach_handle_to_fd */
+#endif
+
+extern void _initialize_gdbtk (void);
+
+#ifndef __CYGWIN32__
+/* For unix natives, we use a timer to periodically keep the gui alive.
+ See comments before x_event. */
+static sigset_t nullsigmask;
+static struct sigaction act1, act2;
+static struct itimerval it_on, it_off;
+
+static void x_event_wrapper PARAMS ((int));
+static void
+x_event_wrapper (signo)
+ int signo;
+{
+ x_event (signo);
+}
+#endif
+
+ /*
+ * These two variables control the interaction with an external editor.
+ * If enable_external_editor is set at startup, BEFORE Gdbtk_Init is run
+ * then the Tcl variable of the same name will be set, and a command will
+ * called external_editor_command will be invoked to call out to the
+ * external editor. We give a dummy version here to warn if it is not set.
+ */
+int enable_external_editor = 0;
+char *external_editor_command = "tk_dialog .warn-external \\\n\
+\"No command is specified.\nUse --tclcommand <tcl/file> or --external-editor <cmd> to specify a new command\" 0 Ok";
+
+extern int Tktable_Init PARAMS ((Tcl_Interp * interp));
+
+static void gdbtk_init PARAMS ((char *));
+
+void gdbtk_interactive PARAMS ((void));
+
+static void cleanup_init PARAMS ((int));
+
+static void tk_command PARAMS ((char *, int));
+
+#ifndef __CYGWIN32__
+static int target_should_use_timer PARAMS ((struct target_ops * t));
+#endif
+
+int target_is_native PARAMS ((struct target_ops *t));
+
+int gdbtk_test PARAMS ((char *));
+
+/* Handle for TCL interpreter */
+Tcl_Interp *gdbtk_interp = NULL;
+
+#ifndef __CYGWIN32__
+static int gdbtk_timer_going = 0;
+#endif
+
+/* linked variable used to tell tcl what the current thread is */
+int gdb_context = 0;
+
+/* This variable is true when the inferior is running. See note in
+ * gdbtk.h for details.
+ */
+int running_now;
+
+/* This variable holds the name of a Tcl file which should be sourced by the
+ interpreter when it goes idle at startup. Used with the testsuite. */
+static char *gdbtk_source_filename = NULL;
+
+\f
+#ifndef _WIN32
+
+/* Supply malloc calls for tcl/tk. We do not want to do this on
+ Windows, because Tcl_Alloc is probably in a DLL which will not call
+ the mmalloc routines.
+ We also don't need to do it for Tcl/Tk8.1, since we locally changed the
+ allocator to use malloc & free. */
+
+#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION == 8 && TCL_MINOR_VERSION == 0
+char *
+TclpAlloc (size)
+ unsigned int size;
+{
+ return xmalloc (size);
+}
+
+char *
+TclpRealloc (ptr, size)
+ char *ptr;
+ unsigned int size;
+{
+ return xrealloc (ptr, size);
+}
+
+void
+TclpFree (ptr)
+ char *ptr;
+{
+ free (ptr);
+}
+#endif /* TCL_VERSION == 8.0 */
+
+#endif /* ! _WIN32 */
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+
+/* On Windows, if we hold a file open, other programs can't write to
+ * it. In particular, we don't want to hold the executable open,
+ * because it will mean that people have to get out of the debugging
+ * session in order to remake their program. So we close it, although
+ * this will cost us if and when we need to reopen it.
+ */
+
+void
+close_bfds ()
+{
+ struct objfile *o;
+
+ ALL_OBJFILES (o)
+ {
+ if (o->obfd != NULL)
+ bfd_cache_close (o->obfd);
+ }
+
+ if (exec_bfd != NULL)
+ bfd_cache_close (exec_bfd);
+}
+
+#endif /* _WIN32 */
+\f
+
+/* TclDebug (const char *fmt, ...) works just like printf() but
+ * sends the output to the GDB TK debug window.
+ * Not for normal use; just a convenient tool for debugging
+ */
+
+void
+TclDebug (char level, const char *fmt,...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ char buf[10000], *v[3], *merge, *priority;
+
+ switch (level)
+ {
+ case 'W':
+ priority = "W";
+ break;
+ case 'E':
+ priority = "E";
+ break;
+ case 'X':
+ priority = "X";
+ break;
+ default:
+ priority = "I";
+ }
+
+ va_start (args, fmt);
+
+ v[0] = "dbug";
+ v[1] = priority;
+ v[2] = buf;
+
+ vsprintf (buf, fmt, args);
+ va_end (args);
+
+ merge = Tcl_Merge (3, v);
+ if (Tcl_Eval (gdbtk_interp, merge) != TCL_OK)
+ Tcl_BackgroundError (gdbtk_interp);
+ Tcl_Free (merge);
+}
+\f
+
+/*
+ * The rest of this file contains the start-up, and event handling code for gdbtk.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This cleanup function is added to the cleanup list that surrounds the Tk
+ * main in gdbtk_init. It deletes the Tcl interpreter.
+ */
+
+static void
+cleanup_init (ignored)
+ int ignored;
+{
+ if (gdbtk_interp != NULL)
+ Tcl_DeleteInterp (gdbtk_interp);
+ gdbtk_interp = NULL;
+}
+
+/* Come here during long calculations to check for GUI events. Usually invoked
+ via the QUIT macro. */
+
+void
+gdbtk_interactive ()
+{
+ /* Tk_DoOneEvent (TK_DONT_WAIT|TK_IDLE_EVENTS); */
+}
+
+/* Start a timer which will keep the GUI alive while in target_wait. */
+void
+gdbtk_start_timer ()
+{
+#ifndef __CYGWIN32__
+ static int first = 1;
+
+ if (first)
+ {
+ /* first time called, set up all the structs */
+ first = 0;
+ sigemptyset (&nullsigmask);
+
+ act1.sa_handler = x_event_wrapper;
+ act1.sa_mask = nullsigmask;
+ act1.sa_flags = 0;
+
+ act2.sa_handler = SIG_IGN;
+ act2.sa_mask = nullsigmask;
+ act2.sa_flags = 0;
+
+ it_on.it_interval.tv_sec = 0;
+ it_on.it_interval.tv_usec = 250000; /* .25 sec */
+ it_on.it_value.tv_sec = 0;
+ it_on.it_value.tv_usec = 250000;
+
+ it_off.it_interval.tv_sec = 0;
+ it_off.it_interval.tv_usec = 0;
+ it_off.it_value.tv_sec = 0;
+ it_off.it_value.tv_usec = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (target_should_use_timer (¤t_target))
+ {
+ if (!gdbtk_timer_going)
+ {
+ sigaction (SIGALRM, &act1, NULL);
+ setitimer (ITIMER_REAL, &it_on, NULL);
+ gdbtk_timer_going = 1;
+ }
+ }
+#else /* __CYGWIN32__ */
+ return;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Stop the timer if it is running. */
+void
+gdbtk_stop_timer ()
+{
+#ifndef __CYGWIN32__
+ if (gdbtk_timer_going)
+ {
+ gdbtk_timer_going = 0;
+ setitimer (ITIMER_REAL, &it_off, NULL);
+ sigaction (SIGALRM, &act2, NULL);
+ }
+#else /* __CYGWIN32__ */
+ return;
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifndef __CYGWIN32__
+/* Should this target use the timer? See comments before
+ x_event for the logic behind all this. */
+static int
+target_should_use_timer (t)
+ struct target_ops *t;
+{
+ return target_is_native (t);
+}
+#endif /* !__CYGWIN32__ */
+
+/* Is T a native target? */
+int
+target_is_native (t)
+ struct target_ops *t;
+{
+ char *name = t->to_shortname;
+
+ if (STREQ (name, "exec") || STREQ (name, "hpux-threads")
+ || STREQ (name, "child") || STREQ (name, "procfs")
+ || STREQ (name, "solaris-threads") || STREQ (name, "linuxthreads"))
+ return 1;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* gdbtk_init installs this function as a final cleanup. */
+
+static void
+gdbtk_cleanup (dummy)
+ PTR dummy;
+{
+ Tcl_Eval (gdbtk_interp, "gdbtk_cleanup");
+ Tcl_Finalize ();
+}
+
+/* Initialize gdbtk. This involves creating a Tcl interpreter,
+ * defining all the Tcl commands that the GUI will use, pointing
+ * all the gdb "hooks" to the correct functions,
+ * and setting the Tcl auto loading environment so that we can find all
+ * the Tcl based library files.
+ */
+
+static void
+gdbtk_init (argv0)
+ char *argv0;
+{
+ struct cleanup *old_chain;
+ int found_main;
+ char s[5];
+ Tcl_Obj *auto_path_elem, *auto_path_name;
+
+ /* If there is no DISPLAY environment variable, Tk_Init below will fail,
+ causing gdb to abort. If instead we simply return here, gdb will
+ gracefully degrade to using the command line interface. */
+
+#ifndef _WIN32
+ if (getenv ("DISPLAY") == NULL)
+ return;
+#endif
+
+ old_chain = make_cleanup ((make_cleanup_func) cleanup_init, 0);
+
+ /* First init tcl and tk. */
+ Tcl_FindExecutable (argv0);
+ gdbtk_interp = Tcl_CreateInterp ();
+
+#ifdef TCL_MEM_DEBUG
+ Tcl_InitMemory (gdbtk_interp);
+#endif
+
+ if (!gdbtk_interp)
+ error ("Tcl_CreateInterp failed");
+
+ if (Tcl_Init (gdbtk_interp) != TCL_OK)
+ error ("Tcl_Init failed: %s", gdbtk_interp->result);
+
+ /* Set up some globals used by gdb to pass info to gdbtk
+ for start up options and the like */
+ sprintf (s, "%d", inhibit_gdbinit);
+ Tcl_SetVar2 (gdbtk_interp, "GDBStartup", "inhibit_prefs", s, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+ /* Note: Tcl_SetVar2() treats the value as read-only (making a
+ copy). Unfortunatly it does not mark the parameter as
+ ``const''. */
+ Tcl_SetVar2 (gdbtk_interp, "GDBStartup", "host_name", (char*) host_name, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+ Tcl_SetVar2 (gdbtk_interp, "GDBStartup", "target_name", (char*) target_name, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+
+ make_final_cleanup (gdbtk_cleanup, NULL);
+
+ /* Initialize the Paths variable. */
+ if (ide_initialize_paths (gdbtk_interp, "") != TCL_OK)
+ error ("ide_initialize_paths failed: %s", gdbtk_interp->result);
+
+ if (Tk_Init (gdbtk_interp) != TCL_OK)
+ error ("Tk_Init failed: %s", gdbtk_interp->result);
+
+ if (Itcl_Init (gdbtk_interp) == TCL_ERROR)
+ error ("Itcl_Init failed: %s", gdbtk_interp->result);
+ Tcl_StaticPackage (gdbtk_interp, "Itcl", Itcl_Init,
+ (Tcl_PackageInitProc *) NULL);
+
+ if (Itk_Init (gdbtk_interp) == TCL_ERROR)
+ error ("Itk_Init failed: %s", gdbtk_interp->result);
+ Tcl_StaticPackage (gdbtk_interp, "Itk", Itk_Init,
+ (Tcl_PackageInitProc *) NULL);
+
+ if (Tix_Init (gdbtk_interp) != TCL_OK)
+ error ("Tix_Init failed: %s", gdbtk_interp->result);
+ Tcl_StaticPackage (gdbtk_interp, "Tix", Tix_Init,
+ (Tcl_PackageInitProc *) NULL);
+
+ if (Tktable_Init (gdbtk_interp) != TCL_OK)
+ error ("Tktable_Init failed: %s", gdbtk_interp->result);
+
+ Tcl_StaticPackage (gdbtk_interp, "Tktable", Tktable_Init,
+ (Tcl_PackageInitProc *) NULL);
+ /*
+ * These are the commands to do some Windows Specific stuff...
+ */
+
+#ifdef __CYGWIN32__
+ if (ide_create_messagebox_command (gdbtk_interp) != TCL_OK)
+ error ("messagebox command initialization failed");
+ /* On Windows, create a sizebox widget command */
+ if (ide_create_sizebox_command (gdbtk_interp) != TCL_OK)
+ error ("sizebox creation failed");
+ if (ide_create_winprint_command (gdbtk_interp) != TCL_OK)
+ error ("windows print code initialization failed");
+ if (ide_create_win_grab_command (gdbtk_interp) != TCL_OK)
+ error ("grab support command initialization failed");
+ /* Path conversion functions. */
+ if (ide_create_cygwin_path_command (gdbtk_interp) != TCL_OK)
+ error ("cygwin path command initialization failed");
+ if (ide_create_shell_execute_command (gdbtk_interp) != TCL_OK)
+ error ("cygwin shell execute command initialization failed");
+#else
+ /* for now, this testing function is Unix only */
+ if (cyg_create_warp_pointer_command (gdbtk_interp) != TCL_OK)
+ error ("warp_pointer command initialization failed");
+#endif
+
+ /*
+ * This adds all the Gdbtk commands.
+ */
+
+ if (Gdbtk_Init (gdbtk_interp) != TCL_OK)
+ {
+ error ("Gdbtk_Init failed: %s", gdbtk_interp->result);
+ }
+
+ Tcl_StaticPackage (gdbtk_interp, "Gdbtk", Gdbtk_Init, NULL);
+
+ /* This adds all the hooks that call up from the bowels of gdb
+ * back into Tcl-land...
+ */
+
+ gdbtk_add_hooks ();
+
+ /* Add a back door to Tk from the gdb console... */
+
+ add_com ("tk", class_obscure, tk_command,
+ "Send a command directly into tk.");
+
+ /*
+ * Set the variables for external editor:
+ */
+
+ Tcl_SetVar (gdbtk_interp, "enable_external_editor",
+ enable_external_editor ? "1" : "0", 0);
+ Tcl_SetVar (gdbtk_interp, "external_editor_command",
+ external_editor_command, 0);
+
+ /* find the gdb tcl library and source main.tcl */
+
+ {
+#ifdef NO_TCLPRO_DEBUGGER
+ static char script[] = "\
+proc gdbtk_find_main {} {\n\
+ global Paths GDBTK_LIBRARY\n\
+ rename gdbtk_find_main {}\n\
+ tcl_findLibrary gdb 1.0 {} main.tcl GDBTK_LIBRARY GDBTK_LIBRARY gdbtk/library gdbtcl {}\n\
+ set Paths(appdir) $GDBTK_LIBRARY\n\
+}\n\
+gdbtk_find_main";
+#else
+ static char script[] = "\
+proc gdbtk_find_main {} {\n\
+ global Paths GDBTK_LIBRARY env\n\
+ rename gdbtk_find_main {}\n\
+ if {[info exists env(DEBUG_STUB)]} {\n\
+ source $env(DEBUG_STUB)\n\
+ debugger_init\n\
+ set debug_startup 1\n\
+ } else {\n\
+ set debug_startup 0\n\
+ }\n\
+ tcl_findLibrary gdb 1.0 {} main.tcl GDBTK_LIBRARY GDBTK_LIBRARY gdbtk/library gdbtcl {} $debug_startup\n\
+ set Paths(appdir) $GDBTK_LIBRARY\n\
+}\n\
+gdbtk_find_main";
+#endif /* NO_TCLPRO_DEBUGGER */
+
+ /* fputs_unfiltered_hook = NULL; *//* Force errors to stdout/stderr */
+
+ fputs_unfiltered_hook = gdbtk_fputs;
+
+ if (Tcl_GlobalEval (gdbtk_interp, (char *) script) != TCL_OK)
+ {
+ char *msg;
+
+ /* Force errorInfo to be set up propertly. */
+ Tcl_AddErrorInfo (gdbtk_interp, "");
+
+ msg = Tcl_GetVar (gdbtk_interp, "errorInfo", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+
+ fputs_unfiltered_hook = NULL; /* Force errors to stdout/stderr */
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+ MessageBox (NULL, msg, NULL, MB_OK | MB_ICONERROR | MB_TASKMODAL);
+#else
+ fputs_unfiltered (msg, gdb_stderr);
+#endif
+
+ error ("");
+
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Now source in the filename provided by the --tclcommand option.
+ This is mostly used for the gdbtk testsuite... */
+
+ if (gdbtk_source_filename != NULL)
+ {
+ char *s = "after idle source ";
+ char *script = concat (s, gdbtk_source_filename, (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_Eval (gdbtk_interp, script);
+ free (gdbtk_source_filename);
+ free (script);
+ }
+
+
+ discard_cleanups (old_chain);
+}
+
+/* gdbtk_test is used in main.c to validate the -tclcommand option to
+ gdb, which sources in a file of tcl code after idle during the
+ startup procedure. */
+
+int
+gdbtk_test (filename)
+ char *filename;
+{
+ if (access (filename, R_OK) != 0)
+ return 0;
+ else
+ gdbtk_source_filename = xstrdup (filename);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* Come here during initialize_all_files () */
+
+void
+_initialize_gdbtk ()
+{
+ if (use_windows)
+ {
+ /* Tell the rest of the world that Gdbtk is now set up. */
+
+ init_ui_hook = gdbtk_init;
+#ifdef __CYGWIN32__
+ (void) FreeConsole ();
+#endif
+ }
+#ifdef __CYGWIN32__
+ else
+ {
+ DWORD ft = GetFileType (GetStdHandle (STD_INPUT_HANDLE));
+
+ switch (ft)
+ {
+ case FILE_TYPE_DISK:
+ case FILE_TYPE_CHAR:
+ case FILE_TYPE_PIPE:
+ break;
+ default:
+ AllocConsole ();
+ cygwin32_attach_handle_to_fd ("/dev/conin", 0,
+ GetStdHandle (STD_INPUT_HANDLE),
+ 1, GENERIC_READ);
+ cygwin32_attach_handle_to_fd ("/dev/conout", 1,
+ GetStdHandle (STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE),
+ 0, GENERIC_WRITE);
+ cygwin32_attach_handle_to_fd ("/dev/conout", 2,
+ GetStdHandle (STD_ERROR_HANDLE),
+ 0, GENERIC_WRITE);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+static void
+tk_command (cmd, from_tty)
+ char *cmd;
+ int from_tty;
+{
+ int retval;
+ char *result;
+ struct cleanup *old_chain;
+
+ /* Catch case of no argument, since this will make the tcl interpreter dump core. */
+ if (cmd == NULL)
+ error_no_arg ("tcl command to interpret");
+
+ retval = Tcl_Eval (gdbtk_interp, cmd);
+
+ result = xstrdup (gdbtk_interp->result);
+
+ old_chain = make_cleanup (free, result);
+
+ if (retval != TCL_OK)
+ error (result);
+
+ printf_unfiltered ("%s\n", result);
+
+ do_cleanups (old_chain);
+}
+\f
+/* Local variables: */
+/* change-log-default-name: "ChangeLog-gdbtk" */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+/* Tcl/Tk interface routines header file.
+ Copyright 1994-1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ Written by Stu Grossman <grossman@cygnus.com> of Cygnus Support.
+
+ This file is part of GDB. It contains the public data that is shared between
+ the gdbtk startup code and the gdbtk commands.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#define GDBTK_PATH_SEP ";"
+#else
+#define GDBTK_PATH_SEP ":"
+#endif
+
+/* Some versions (1.3.79, 1.3.81) of Linux don't support SIOCSPGRP the way
+ gdbtk wants to use it... */
+#ifdef __linux__
+#undef SIOCSPGRP
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * These are the version numbers for GDBTK. There is a package require
+ * statement in main.tcl that checks the version. If you make an incompatible
+ * change to the gdb commands, or add any new commands, be sure to bump the
+ * version number both here and in main.tcl. This will save us the trouble of
+ * having a version of gdb find the wrong versions of the Tcl libraries.
+ */
+
+#define GDBTK_MAJOR_VERSION "1"
+#define GDBTK_MINOR_VERSION "0"
+#define GDBTK_VERSION "1.0"
+
+/*
+ * These are variables that are needed in gdbtk commands.
+ */
+
+/* This variable determines where memory used for disassembly is read from.
+ If > 0, then disassembly comes from the exec file rather than the
+ target (which might be at the other end of a slow serial link). If
+ == 0 then disassembly comes from target. If < 0 disassembly is
+ automatically switched to the target if it's an inferior process,
+ otherwise the exec file is used. It is defined in gdbtk.c */
+
+
+extern int disassemble_from_exec;
+
+/* This variable is true when the inferior is running. Although it's
+ possible to disable most input from widgets and thus prevent
+ attempts to do anything while the inferior is running, any commands
+ that get through - even a simple memory read - are Very Bad, and
+ may cause GDB to crash or behave strangely. So, this variable
+ provides an extra layer of defense. It is defined in gdbtk.c */
+
+extern int running_now;
+
+/* These two control how the GUI behaves when tracing or loading
+ They are defined in gdbtk-cmds.c */
+
+extern int No_Update;
+extern int load_in_progress;
+
+/* This is the main gdbtk interpreter. It is defined and initialized
+ in gdbtk.c */
+
+extern Tcl_Interp *gdbtk_interp;
+
+/* These two are lookup tables for elements of the breakpoint structure that
+ gdbtk knows by string name. They are defined in gdbtk-cmds.c */
+
+extern char *bptypes[];
+extern char *bpdisp[];
+
+/*
+ * This structure controls how the gdb output is fed into call_wrapper invoked
+ * commands. See the explanation of gdbtk_fputs in gdbtk_hooks.c for more details.
+ */
+
+typedef struct gdbtk_result
+ {
+ Tcl_Obj *obj_ptr; /* This will eventually be copied over to the
+ Tcl result */
+ int flags; /* Flag vector to control how the result is
+ used. */
+ }
+gdbtk_result;
+
+struct target_ops;
+
+/* These defines give the allowed values for the gdbtk_result.flags field. */
+
+#define GDBTK_TO_RESULT 1 /* This controls whether output from
+ gdbtk_fputs goes to the command result, or
+ to gdbtk_tcl_fputs. */
+#define GDBTK_MAKES_LIST 2 /* whether gdbtk_fputs adds the
+ element it is outputting as a string, or
+ as a separate list element. */
+#define GDBTK_IN_TCL_RESULT 4 /* Indicates that the result is already in the
+ Tcl result. You can use this to preserve
+ error messages from functions like
+ Tcl_GetIntFromObj. You can also store the
+ output of a call wrapped command directly in
+ the Tcl result if you want, but beware, it will
+ not then be preserved across recursive
+ call_wrapper invocations. */
+#define GDBTK_ERROR_STARTED 8 /* This one is just used in gdbtk_fputs. If we
+ see some output on stderr, we need to clear
+ the result we have been accumulating, or the
+ error and the previous successful output
+ will get mixed, which would be confusing. */
+#define GDBTK_ERROR_ONLY 16 /* Indicates that all incoming I/O is
+ to be treated as if it had arrived for gdb_stderr. This is
+ used to help error_begin in utils.c. */
+
+/* This is a pointer to the gdbtk_result struct that
+ we are currently filling. We use the C stack to make a stack of these
+ structures for nested calls to gdbtk commands that are invoked through
+ the call_wrapper mechanism. See that function for more details. */
+
+extern gdbtk_result *result_ptr;
+
+/* GDB context identifier */
+extern int gdb_context;
+
+/* Internal flag used to tell callers of ui_loop_hook whether they should
+ detach from the target. See explanations before x_event and gdb_stop. */
+extern int gdbtk_force_detach;
+
+/*
+ * These functions are used in all the modules of Gdbtk.
+ *
+ */
+
+extern int Gdbtk_Init (Tcl_Interp * interp);
+extern void gdbtk_stop_timer PARAMS ((void));
+extern void gdbtk_start_timer PARAMS ((void));
+extern void gdbtk_ignorable_warning PARAMS ((const char *, const char *));
+extern void gdbtk_interactive PARAMS ((void));
+extern int x_event PARAMS ((int));
+extern int gdbtk_two_elem_cmd PARAMS ((char *, char *));
+extern int call_wrapper PARAMS ((ClientData, Tcl_Interp *, int, Tcl_Obj * CONST[]));
+extern int target_is_native PARAMS ((struct target_ops *t));
+extern void gdbtk_fputs (const char *, struct ui_file *);
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+extern void close_bfds ();
+#endif /* _WIN32 */
+
+extern void
+ TclDebug (char level, const char *fmt,...);
+
+/* A convenience macro for getting the demangled source names,
+ regardless of the user's mangling style. */
+#define GDBTK_SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME(symbol) \
+ (SYMBOL_DEMANGLED_NAME (symbol) != NULL \
+ ? SYMBOL_DEMANGLED_NAME (symbol) \
+ : SYMBOL_NAME (symbol))
+
+
+/* gdbtk_add_hooks - add all the hooks to gdb. This will get called
+ by the startup code to fill in the hooks needed by core gdb. */
+extern void gdbtk_add_hooks (void);
+
+\f
+/* Local variables: */
+/* change-log-default-name: "ChangeLog-gdbtk" */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+Fri Feb 4 23:19:03 2000 Andrew Cagney <cagney@b1.cygnus.com>
+
+ * gdb/gdbtcl2: Directory renamed to gdb/gdbtk/library.
+
+2000-01-12 Fernando Nasser <fnasser@totem.to.cygnus.com>
+
+ * targetselection.itb (init_target_db): Add the word "serial" to
+ the Angel target to make the distinction clear from the UDP connection.
+
+2000-01-05 Fernando Nasser <fnasser@totem.to.cygnus.com>
+
+ From Dave Vogel (dave@lightsurf.com):
+ * targetselection.itb (init_target_db, config_dialog): Add support
+ for selecting a target running the Angel monitor (RDI protocol)
+ over an UDP connection.
+ * interface.tcl (set_target_name): Set hostname when target is RDI
+ over UDP (see previous entry).
+
+1999-12-15 Fernando Nasser <fnasser@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+ * variables.tcl: UnEdit any fields open to edit before colapsing
+ a tree branch (it was generating a Tcl exception and stack dump).
+
+1999-09-29 James Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_read): Convert env(HOME) to a win32 path BEFORE
+ handing it to file join, so we won't look for a network drive.
+
+1999-09-23 James Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (GDBToolBar): Typo.
+ (new_menu): Changed this to allow menus to be altered as well as
+ added.
+ (menu_exists): New method.
+ (clear_menu): New method.
+ (_load_src_images): Moved here from srcbar.tcl. Added Attach &
+ Detach classes. This is all still kind of ill-factored.
+ (In instance data): Made menu data arrays rather than dynamically
+ constructed variables.
+
+ * srcwin.itb (SrcWin::set_execution_status): Let gdb print the PC,
+ since Tcl's conversion may not be wide enough.
+
+ * srctextwin.ith: initialize the Cname variable.
+
+ * srctextwin.itb (SrcTextWin::location):
+ (SrcTextWin::location): Change address compare to a string
+ compare. These are always both hex in the same format, but on a
+ 64 bit host the conversion would fail.
+ (SrcTextWin::showBalloon): Catch all errors in the balloon help
+ but also report them to the debug window.
+ (SrcTextWin::LoadFromCache): Erase and reload dirty cached windows.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (create_run_menu): Add "Attach", "Detach" and "Kill"
+ for native targets.
+ (do_attach): Attach to a native target.
+ (do_detach): Detach from a native target.
+ (do_kill): Kill a native target.
+
+ * memwin.itb (MemWin::toggle_enabled): Toggle the state of the
+ widget, as well as the color, so people can't edit when the window
+ doesn't contain valid memory.
+ (MemWin::update_address): Set the state to normal if we have
+ loaded valid memory.
+ (MemWin::BadExpr): Set the state to disabled on error.
+ (MemWin::incr_addr): Set the state to normal if a step succeeds.
+
+ * managedwin.itb (ManagedWin::open_dlg): New function. Preferred
+ function when you know you are opening a dialog.
+ (ManagedWin::_open): new function, contains the common bits of
+ opening windows & dialogs.
+ (ManagedWin::open): Use the _open function.
+ (ManagedWin::_create): Don't use Icon windows with modal dialogs.
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_cleanup): Set a shutting_down flag.
+ (gdbtk_tcl_fputs): Restore the fputs hook. This is trivial to do,
+ and ensures that no one will delete the hook behind our backs.
+ (gdbtk_tcl_fputs_error): ditto.
+ (_open_file): Make file parameter optional, and don't query if it
+ is provided.
+ (gdbtk_attached): New function. Called from attach hook.
+ (gdbtk_detached): New function. Called from detach hook.
+
+ * helpviewer.ith (HtmlViewer): Add the attach dialog to the list
+ of topics.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (do_kill): Added the Kill menu item for killing the
+ inferior on native targets.
+
+1999-09-16 James Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): define the wrap preference for
+ the console window.
+
+ * console.itb (Console::_paste): Add the "delete selection"
+ semantics so we can use this for all the Paste events.
+ (Console::_delete): New method, centralize delete handling so we
+ can protect against things like delete deleting a selection up in
+ the history region of the window.
+ (Console::_build_win): Change bindings to use _paste & _delete.
+ (Console::_build_win): wrap if told to by the wrap parameter.
+
+ * console.ith: Declare _delete.
+
+1999-09-16 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+ * targetselection.itb (TargetSelection::init_target_db): Remove
+ references to D10V target, use only standard remote for D10V.
+
+1999-09-15 James Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * console.itb (Console::_paste): Fix another "set foo [catch ...]"
+ idiom.
+ (Console::_build_win): Remove the extraneous posting of the
+ <<Paste>> event in handling B2-Release. Just call _paste.
+
+1999-09-10 James Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+ From Mumit Khan <khan@xraylith.wisc.edu>
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Add main_names preference.
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_locate_main): New proc.
+ (run_executable): Use.
+ * srcwin.itb (SrcWin::_build_win): Use.
+ (SrcWin::location): Likewise.
+ (SrcWin::point_to_main): Likewise.
+
+1999-08-27 James Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * srctextwin.itb (SrcTextWin::FillAssembly): Use the new
+ gdb_load_disassembly.
+ (SrcTextWin::FillMixed): Use the new gdb_load_disassembly.
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_idle): Call gdbtk_restore_fputs at idle
+ time. This puts the gdbtk_fputs hook back in place, just in case
+ an error left it pointing to null.
+
+1999-08-11 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * kod.itb (KodWin::build_win): Don't use Tix.
+ (Various): Changed as a result of build_win change.
+ (KodWin::destructor): Unset new globals. Also unset
+ kodActivePane.
+
+ * kod.ith (labh): Removed variable.
+
+ * kod.ith (set_os): Declare.
+ * kod.itb (KodWin::build_win): Don't use Tix labelled frame
+ widget or Tix paned widget. Removed size boxes from Windows
+ code.
+ (KodWin::constructor): Add `$this set' to gdb_set_hook.
+ (KodWin::destructor): Remove from hook.
+ (KodWin::set_os): New method.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (GDBToolBar::destructor): Remove from gdb_set_hook.
+ (GDBToolBar::constructor): Add to gdb_set_hook.
+ (set_hook): New method.
+ (create_view_menu): Don't put kod onto menu.
+
+ * kod.itb (KodWin::display_object): Don't put `Details' message in
+ label; this messes up resize and doesn't really add anything.
+
+ * images/kod.gif, images2/kod.gif: Removed.
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_window_buttons): Removed kod button.
+ (add_menu_command): Don't load kod image.
+
+ * kod.itb: Renamed from kod.tcl. Restructured to follow new itcl
+ conventions.
+ * kod.ith: New file.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_window_buttons): Use gdb_kod_cmd, not
+ gdb_kod_name.
+ (create_view_menu): Likewise.
+ * interface.tcl (initialize_gdbtk): Don't mention gdb_kod_name.
+
+ * targetselection.itb (TargetSelection::init_target_db): Added
+ Cisco targets. From Martin Hunt.
+
+ * kod.tcl (build_win): Use correct capitalization for buttons.
+
+1999-08-10 James Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * srctextwin.itb (SrcTextWin::constructor): Add the disassembly
+ flavor hook.
+ (SrcTextWin::disassembly_changed): New method, fix up all the
+ windows when the disassembly flavor changes.
+ (SrcTextWin::_mtime_changed): We were setting the filename:dirty
+ to 1 regardless of the result of the mtime check... Doh!
+ (SrcTextWin::reconfig): The setTabs call was assuming ALL windows
+ were source windows.
+ (SrcTextWin::do_tag_popup): Remove the balloon when the breakpoint
+ popups are posted as well.
+ (SrcTextWin::do_source_popup): Also handle the case where there is
+ a selection, but the point is not over it.
+
+ * srctextwin.itb (SrcTextWin::destructor): Remove it when the
+ object goes away.
+
+ * regwin.itb (RegWin::constructor): Add the disassembly_flavor_hook.
+ (RegWin::destructor): Remove it when the widget is destroyed.
+ (RegWin::disassembly_changed): New method, tell the widget it
+ needs to redisplay itself with the new register names.
+ (RegWin::reconfig): Actually do the reconstruction if the register
+ set names have changed.
+ * regwin.ith: Add declarations for the new methods.
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_disassembly_hook): New hook to support
+ changing the disassembly flavor.
+
+ * srctextwin.itb (SrcTextWin::getVariable): Use a selection in
+ preference to the word around the hit point, if there is one.
+ (SrcTextWin::do_source_popup): Really dismiss the balloon when you
+ popup a menu...
+
+1999-08-05 James Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * srctextwin.itb (SrcTextWin::showBalloon): Fix ShowBalloon. We
+ can't use "info line" to tell us whether we should post a balloon
+ over the current line, since gdb only considers the first line of
+ a statement executible, not the continuation lines. Instead, show
+ any line in the currently selected function. Sigh...
+
+1999-08-06 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdb_set_hook): New hook.
+
+1999-08-02 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * managedwin.ith (window_name): Removed extraneous comma.
+
+1999-07-27 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * variables.tcl: Rewrite to use new variable rewrite.
+ * locals.tcl: Ditto.
+ * watch.tcl: Ditto.
+ * srctextwin.itb (updateBalloon): Use new variable rewrite.
+ * blockframe.ith, blockframe.itb: New block and frame classes.
+ * data.ith, data,itb: New stack and queue classes (data structures).
+ * tclIndex: Rebuilt.
+
+1999-07-20 Jason Molenda (jsm@bugshack.cygnus.com)
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Set tab_size to the univeral
+ standard of 8, not 4.
+
+1999-07-16 Stan Shebs <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+ * All files (*.tcl, *.itb, *.ith): Add GPL notices, regularize
+ copyright and header comments.
+
+1999-06-29 James Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * bpwin.itb (BpWin::bp_store): New proc, store away the current
+ breakpoint list into a gdb command file.
+ (BpWin::bp_restore): restore a breakpoint list from a command file.
+ (BpWin::build_win): Add menu items for store & restore breakpoints.
+
+1999-06-24 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srcwin.itb (SrcWin::destructor): Its "gdb_clear_file_hook",
+ not "gdb_clear_file".
+
+1999-06-23 James Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * srctextwin.itb (SrcTextWin::_mtime_changed): Catch the call to
+ mtime. This will fail when you are in assembly mode, and the file
+ is actually a function address.
+ (SrcTextWin::motion): Catch the call to showBalloon. There are
+ various things that can go wrong here, and we certainly don't want
+ the user to hear about them.
+
+1999-06-15 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_stop_idle_callback): Catch calls to
+ remove hook, since it could already be gone if we got a signal.
+
+ * srcwin.itb (busy): If there is no target and the
+ debugger is native, we should also let the user know
+ that his program is running.
+
+1999-06-11 James Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_exec_file_display): Only call clear
+ file if there is a file loaded in the source window. This avoids
+ some flashing at startup.
+
+1999-06-10 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srctextwin.itb (do_source_popup): Clear the varBalloon tag
+ before mapping a popup onto the screen.
+ (showBalloon): The "-pc" option was removed from gdb_variable.
+ Provide equivalent functionality, and display popups again.
+
+ * interface.tcl (set_target): Don't call the target dialog
+ if there gdb_target_cmd is empty and we are a native debugger.
+ Don't set a default target -- force the gui to ask the first
+ time!
+ (run_executable): Set options after we have a target, not before.
+
+ * watch.tcl (destructor): Don't call no_inferior -- the window's
+ already been destroyed. Instead, run through our list of variables
+ and delete them.
+
+1999-06-10 James Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * srctextwin.itb (SrcTextWin::clear_file): Don't try to set the
+ text view back to the gdbtk_scratch_widget, this is very fragile.
+ (SrcTextWin::LoadFromCache): initialize the mtime correctly when
+ you add a window to the cache.
+ (SrcTextWin::LoadFromCache): don't add the ,asm,lib to the scratch
+ widget pane name.
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_exec_file_display): Only run
+ gdbtk_clear_file if the filename is not null. This avoids source
+ window flashing.
+
+ * srctextwin.itb (SrcTextWin::_mtime_changed): Set a dirty flag
+ when the mtime has changed so that you can know to reload the
+ source.
+ (SrcTextWin::LoadFromCache): Look at the dirty flag, and reload
+ from disk if it is set.
+
+1999-06-10 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * watch.tcl (clear_file): New method.
+ * variables.tcl (constructor): Register gdb_clear_file hook.
+ (destructor): Unregister gdb_clear_file hook.
+ (clear_file): New method.
+ * targetselection.itb (init_target_db): Add Picobug monitor.
+ (fill_targets): Don't explicitly list every TCP target: deduce
+ it from the target database.
+ (native_debugging): Compare host and target triples.
+ * srcwin.ith (clear_file): Add declaration.
+ * srcwin.itb (constructor): Register gdb_clear_file hook.
+ (destructor): Unregister gdb_clear_file hook.
+ (clear_file): New method.
+ * srctextwin.ith (LoadFile): Add arg "mtime_changed".
+ (clear_file): Add declaration.
+ (_mtime_changed): Add declaration.
+ (_initialize_srctextwin): Add declaration.
+ (_clear_cache): Add declaration.
+ * srctextwin.itb (constructor): Move all initialization
+ to _intialize_srctextwin so that we can easily re-initialize.
+ (Stwc): Change layout to explicitly list panes
+ and mtimes.
+ (ClearTags): Catch calls removing tags. Needed when
+ loading new executables.
+ (_mtime_changed): New method.
+ (FillSource): Immitate command line gdb, checking
+ if a file has changed since it was last used. If it has, load
+ it into the cache.
+ (LoadFile): Add parameter to inform whether a file's
+ mtime has changed. Reload the cache if it has.
+ (clear_file): New method.
+ (_initialize_srctextwin): New method.
+ (_clear_cache): New method. Stubbed.
+ * main.tcl: Move initialization of state to initialize_gdbtk in
+ interface.tcl
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_exec_file_display): Don't reset source
+ windows or globals here -- the clear file hook will do that.
+ (set_exe_name): Always say the exe has changed, in case
+ the user reloads the same exe (which he's recompiled).
+ (set_exe): Don't call gdb_clear_file.
+ (set_target): Return string result codes.
+ (clear_file_hook): New hook.
+ (gdbtk_clear_file): New proc.
+ (initialize_gdbtk): New proc. Moved initialization of
+ globals (yich) here from main.tcl
+ * download.itb (download_it): When running set_target,
+ use new string return codes.
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_attach_target): New proc. Moved
+ contents of run_executable dealing with attaching to
+ a target here.
+ (run_executable): Use gdbtk_attach_target.
+ (connect): Remove and merge with gdbtk_attach_target.
+ * srcbar.tcl (do_connect): Use gdbtk_attach_target to
+ attach to the target.
+
+ * tclIndex: Regenerate.
+
+1999-06-07 James Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * memwin.ith (numbytes): Change the default to 0, which means
+ "depends on window size". This is really the useful value.
+
+ * memwin.itb (MemWin::newsize): Move getting the rheight to AFTER
+ the update idletasks. Otherwise the bbox call will return "" when
+ the window is being constructed.
+ (MemWin::reconfig): Set rheight back to "" to force it to be
+ recomputed. Both font changes and switch to "depends on window
+ size" could invalidate this.
+
+1999-06-08 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srcwin.itb (set_execution_status): Do not try to second
+ guess gdb_target_has_execution with gdb_running. Make
+ gdb_running follow it. We'll have to fix those targets
+ that do not set inferior_pid as they crawl out of the woodwork.
+
+1999-06-07 James Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Set the initial height and with
+ of the browser to 0 so the packer & gridder can get this right on
+ systems with different fonts. Fixes CR 100619.
+
+ * browserwin.itb (BrowserWin::_build_win): Don't set the height
+ and width of the file_box and func_box. This keeps them from
+ floating correctly when there is not stored default.
+
+1999-06-04 James Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * regwin.itb (RegWin::acceptEdit): Call gdbtk_update after
+ changing the register value so that the locals and watch window
+ will get updated if any of these variables are in registers. Fixes
+ CR 100670.
+
+1999-05-25 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * variables.tcl (getLocals): Don't pass any args to
+ gdb_get_{locals, args} so that the currently selected frame is used.
+ (context_switch): New method.
+ * locals.tcl (getVariablesBlankPath): Don't catch call to getLocals.
+ getLocals will do it and return {} if an error occurs.
+ Always pass the frame of the variable to the variable backend,
+ assuming that the selected frame is the proper frame to use.
+ (update): Recognize context switches a little better.
+
+ * variables.tcl (cursor): New method.
+ (enable_ui): Use "cursor".
+ (disable_ui): Ditto.
+ (no_inferior): Ditto.
+ (open): Change toplevel's cursor when opening variables.
+
+1999-05-03 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_help_menu): Open About window as transient.
+
+ * main.tcl: Open About window as transient.
+
+ * about.tcl (About): Set window title.
+
+1999-04-27 James Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srcpref.itb (build_win): Pack the frame containing the
+ disassembly flavor chooser. Redid some of the other packing to
+ look a bit nicer too.
+
+ * srcpref.itb (save): Call apply and then close rather than
+ duplicating the apply code.
+
+1999-04-26 James Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * modal.tcl (ModalDialog): Add the "expire" variable, and cancel
+ the dialog after the given time if set.
+
+ * managedwin.ith (destructor): Use the new quit_if_last method to
+ decide whether to quit the app or not. This way you can manage
+ create a splash screen and not quit the app when you take it down.
+ (quit_if_last): Add default implementation - returns 1.
+
+ * about.tcl (quit_if_last): Add the quit_if_last to the About box,
+ returning 0.
+
+ * main.tcl: Added a line to open a splash screen, but commented it
+ out for devo.
+
+1999-04-22 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * targetselection.itb (port_list): ManagedWin has a proc named
+ "open". We really want the tcl command "::open" to open a port.
+
+1999-04-15 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): New pref, gdb/use_icons.
+ This is set if Unix should use gdbtk_icon.gif as an icon. Some
+ window managers, such as olvwm, have problems with it.
+ * managedwin.itb (ManagedWin::_create): Don't create icon
+ for Unix, unless gdb/use_icons is set.
+ * globalpref.itb (GlobalPref::build_win): Add a checkbutton to set
+ pref gdb/use_icons.
+
+ * managedwin.itb (ManagedWin::window_name): If iconname is
+ not specified, use window name.
+ (ManagedWin::_create): For Unix, call make_icon_window.
+ (ManagedWin::make_icon_window): New function. Makes a unix
+ icon.
+
+ * main.tcl: Set initial target to "exec" if running in
+ test mode.
+
+ * bpwin.itb (BpWin::constructor): Set icon name to "BPs".
+ * regwin.itb (BpWin::build_win): Set icon name to "Regs".
+ * srcwin.itb (SrcWin::_update_title): Set icon name to basename
+ of filename.
+ * variables.tcl (VariableWin::build_win): Set icon name to "Locals".
+
+1999-04-12 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * variables.tcl (populate): Update the value of the parent variable's
+ children before stuffing them into the window. This makes sure
+ that the value of the variable is always current.
+
+1999-04-09 James Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * memwin.itb (MemWin::incr_addr): Fix the increment-decrement
+ control. It would allow you to scroll into negative addresses,
+ which causes some simulators to crash. It would also increment
+ improperly in cases where the address value in hex corresponded to
+ a negative signed int.
+
+1999-04-07 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_signal): Don't set gdb_running to 0.
+
+1999-04-06 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * targetselection.itb (TargetSelection::getname): Call init_target_db.
+ (TargetSelection::init_target_db): Add target mon2000. Set
+ most remote targets to default to downloading. Add new
+ baudrates for remote target. Other misc target fixes.
+ (save) Use "pref setd" in case pref is not created yet.
+ (TargetSelection::config_dialog): Gray out port number when
+ in exec mode.
+
+ * targetselection.ith: Add public proc init_target_db.
+
+ * srcwin.itb (SrcWin::set_execution_status): Don't print anything
+ if gdb_running is 0.
+
+ * srctextwin.itb (SrcTextWin::motion): Show variable values
+ even when not debugging. Needed so users can examine values after
+ a segfault.
+
+ * interface.tcl (set_target): If the target name is "",
+ use the default target name.
+ (run_executable): Set gdb_running correctly. Don't
+ allow downloading to "exec".
+ (gdbtk_signal): New function called from gdbtk_annotate_signal.
+ Sets gdb_running to 0 and pops up a dialog with the
+ signal name and description.
+
+ * main.tcl: Set initial target name to "". Set gdb_target_changed
+ so a dialog will always be forced the first time.
+
+ * download.itb (Download::download_it): Set gdb_loaded before
+ notifying src windows the download is done. Catch the notifications
+ in case the dialog has been closed.
+
+ * console.itb (Console::destructor): Set gdbtk_state(console)
+ to "" instead of unsetting it.
+
+1999-04-02 James Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * memwin.itb (MemWin::build_win): Remove the -validate option from
+ the memory spinner. It was not appropriate, since you can type
+ expressions into the window.
+
+1999-04-02 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * tclIndex: Rebuilt.
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_control_buttons): Use SrcWin's
+ inferior method to centralize control of inferior state.
+ (create_control_buttons): Ditto.
+ (source): Move SrcBar's public variable "source" here,
+ so that the toolbar can use that info, too.
+ * srcwin.itb (SrcWin::inferior): New public method
+ to consildate inferior control and dispatch to proper
+ handlers.
+ * srcwin.ith (SrcWin::inferior): Add declaration.
+ * srctextwin.itb (SrcTextWin::do_key): Use parent SrcWin's inferior
+ method to handle inferior state changes (run, step, next, etc).
+ * interface.tcl: Add procs to centralize inferior control:
+ gdbtk_step, gdbtk_next, gdbtk_stepi, gdbtk_nexti, gdbtk_run,
+ gdbtk_continue, gdbtk_finish, gdbtk_stop.
+ New stop button code (see comments before gdbtk_stop):
+ (gdbtk_stop_idle_callback): Idle callback for stop button.
+ (gdbtk_detach): New proc to forcibly detach from target.
+ * main.tcl: Initialize data used by stop button.
+ * srcbar.tcl (create_run_menu): Call SrcWin's inferior
+ method with button commands.
+ (source): Move "source" to Toolbar class.
+
+1999-03-29 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * browserwin.itb (BrowserWin::do_all_bp): Fix quoting of break
+ command.
+ (BrowserWin::_toggle_bp): Ditto.
+
+1999-03-19 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * download.itb (Download::download_it): Configure SrcWin's toolbar,
+ too, to a downloading state.
+ * srcbar.tcl (runstop): Change states from numbers to
+ strings to avoid confusion.
+ (_set_runstop): Change states from numbers to strings to
+ avoid confusion.
+ * srcwin.ith (toolbar): New public method.
+ * srcwin.itb: Change all references of runstop to use new strings
+ introduced into GDBSrcBar::_set_runstop.
+ (SrcWin::toolbar): New public method to configure the state of the toolbar.
+ * tclIndex: Regenerate.
+
+1999-03-18 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * interface.tcl (set_target_name): Remove first argument.
+ If prompt is not set, still update gdb_target_cmd.
+ (set_target): Call set_target_name with prompt argument
+ set correctly.
+ (run_executable): Check for no exe name. Catch problems
+ with bad target names and prompt for new one.
+
+ * main.tcl: Set target name from prefs. If it is "",
+ the set "gdb_target_changed" to force it to be changed
+ later.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Don't set target default
+ to "exec". Leave the default unset.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Update args to
+ set_target_name.
+
+1999-03-18 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_read): Change unix preference filename
+ to ".gdbtkinit". This bogosity has been around long enough.
+
+1999-03-16 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * managedwin.itb (ManagedWin::_create): When running under
+ testsuite, don't resize.
+
+1999-03-13 James Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * browserwin.itb (BrowserWin::search): If all the files are
+ selected in the file box, then don't pass the files argument.
+ This makes the function browser a little quicker. The main
+ slowdown, however, is sorting the resultant list. Maybe do this
+ in C to get this quicker?
+
+ * memwin.itb (MemWin::edit): Comment out the line that reads back
+ in the newly set memory value. Because of the chain of calls,
+ on Windows this causes some evil race that results in GDBTk
+ filling all the visible cells with the new value. I don't
+ understand it yet, so this is just a temporary fix.
+
+1999-03-12 James Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * memwin.ith (MemWin): Add saved_addr to the class. This is where
+ we store the old address before we change addresses, so that we
+ can get back to a good state in case of errors.
+
+ * memwin.itb (MemWin::update_addr): gdb_get_mem does not always
+ return an error code when it hits an error. Catch that here.
+ (MemWin::update_address): Store away the old address, so we can
+ restore it if there is an error.
+ (MemWin::BadExpr): Restore the saved address in case of errors.
+
+
+1999-03-09 James Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Rebuilt tclIndex.
+
+1999-03-08 James Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srctextwin.itb (SrcTextWin::constructor): pc(funcname) was
+ changed to pc(func), but the initialization was not changed...
+
+ * download.ith (dont_remember_size): Download window should not
+ remember its size.
+
+ * interface.tcl (connect): Handle the case where set_target
+ returns 3...
+
+ * debugwin.itb (DebugWinDOpts::build_win): Replace $this delete
+ with delete object $this.
+ * tfind_args.tcl (build_win): Ditto...
+ * helpviewer.itb (HtmlViewer::_buildwin): Ditto...
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (GDBSrcBar): Reorder the Source & the page setup &
+ print menus...
+
+1999-03-04 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * download.ith: New file.
+ * download.itb: New file. Implements itcl3 class and replaces
+ download.tcl.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Call create_run_menu
+ without arguments.
+ (create_run_menu): Add Disconnect and Connect to Run menu
+ instead of file menu. Change download_it to Download::download_it.
+
+ * srctextwin.itb (do_key): Change binding to call
+ Download::download_it.
+
+ * debugwin.itb (DebugWinDOpts::build_win): Add ProcessWIn to list
+ of classes for filter.
+
+ * interface.tcl (set_target): No need to set window title.
+ (run_executable): Change download_it to Download::download_it
+
+1999-03-04 James Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * modal.tcl (ModalDialog): Handle WM_DELETE_WINDOW by calling the
+ cancel method. Also set unpost_notification to different values
+ in unpost & the destructor, so if the object dies irregularly, you
+ know not to try to double destruct it.
+
+1999-03-03 James Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * warning.tcl (WarningDlg::constructor):Destroy with unpost.
+
+ * util.tcl (get_disassembly_flavor, set_disassembly_flavor,
+ init_disassembly_flavor): Added these functions for the Intel P2
+ disassembly flavors.
+ (list_element_strcmp): New function for lsort -command on lists.
+
+ * tracedlg.tcl (TraceDlg): Change combobox callback to reflect new
+ after behavior.
+
+ * targetselction.itb (TargetSelection::save): If the target
+ is not valid, tell the user rather than simple refusing to go
+ away.
+ Also move stuff around to isolate the instance dependant stuff as
+ much as possible
+ Also replace delete with unpost.
+
+ * targetselection.ith (TargetSelection): Make as much of the
+ initialization stuff Class functions as possible. Then only
+ initialize it once.
+
+ * srcwin.ith (_update_title): initialize need_files.
+
+ * srcwin.itb (SrcWin::_build_win): I changed the combobox so it
+ ran its code in an idle handler, so we can take out all the after
+ idle... cruft here.
+
+ * srctextwin.ith (SrcTextWin): Added textheight variable so you
+ can adjust the height of the text display.
+
+ * srctextwin.itb (SrcTextWin::build_win): Don't hardcode the size
+ of the text window, set it with the textheight option instead.
+ Also replace childsite with "component text" wherever required.
+
+ * srcpref.itb (SrcPref::build_win, set_flavor): Added the Intel
+ disassembly flavor combobox. Added set_flavor method to support
+ this.
+ * srcpref.ith: Added declaration for set_flavor, and
+ disassembly_flavor instance variable.
+
+ * modal.tcl (ModalDialog::post, unpost): Added unpost method to
+ provide a more regular way to dismiss the dialogs. Just
+ destroying them was leading to funny destruction order bugs.
+ Added cancel method, which is what client code should call to
+ "force close" the dialog, so child classes can override, and do
+ some cleanup.
+
+ * memwin.itb (MemWin::destructor): Call the cancel method of the
+ Preferences dialog (if it is posted) rather than just destroying
+ it.
+
+ * mempref.itb (MemPref::ok): call unpost, since this is a modal
+ dialog.
+
+ * managedwin.itb (ManagedWin::reveal): Used to be called raise.
+ Don't reuse Tcl or Tk commands unless there is a really good
+ reason to...
+ (ManagedWin::destroy_toplevel): renamed from delete, which
+ conflicts both with the Itcl1.5 delete method, and the Itcl3.0
+ delete command... Also, don't use this as the way to destroy
+ ManagedWins, rather destroy the object and let the object take
+ care of removing its toplevel.
+ (ManagedWin::_create): Group all the windows with
+ . for WindowManagers that properly handle this.
+ (ManagedWin::_create): Use dont_remember_size
+ rather than the instance variable. Also, windows which don't
+ remember size are not necessarily transient.
+ (ManagedWin::_create): Only call post if the
+ ManagedWin also isa ModalDialog. It is clearer what is going on.
+ * managedwin.ith: Carry through the name changes.
+
+ * main.tcl: call init_disassembly_flavor for Intel assembly
+ flavors.
+
+ *main.tcl: Group . with . This is half of the work required to
+ play nice with WindowMaker. The other half waits till we can get
+ gdb to pass the command-line arguments to Tcl.
+
+ * interface.tcl: Add file_changed_hook to the hooks. The browser
+ window watches this and refreshes the file box if it changes.
+
+ * globalpref.ith (GlobalPref): This should be a modal dialog.
+ * globalpref.itb (GlobalPref::build_win): call update idletasks,
+ not update. Since we are calling update, there is no reason to
+ delay calling resize_font_item_height.
+ * globalpref.itb: Replace destroy toplevel with unpost.
+
+ * debugwin.itb (DebugWin::build_win): Replace childsite with
+ "component text"
+
+ * console.itb (Console::_build_win): Replace childsite with
+ "component text"
+
+ * browserwin.itb: Rewritten pretty completely.
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): add the browser preferences.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): add the intel disassembly flavor
+ preference.
+
+ * about.tcl (About): This should be a modal dialog.
+
+1999-03-02 James Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * globalpref.itb (GlobalPref::make_font_item): Don't do the
+ resize_font_item_height here, since an update can cause the resize
+ before all the windows are built. Delay to the end of build_win
+ instead.
+
+1999-02-24 James Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (remove_button): Specify the row in the toolbar from
+ which you are removing the item. On Windows, there are two rows
+ in the standard toolbar...
+
+1999-02-22 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * warning.tcl (WarningDlg::constructor): Remove extra quote
+ that was causing loading of this module to fail.
+
+ * managedwin.itb (ManagedWin::_create): If the pack fails
+ (for example because the warning dialog reliazed it should
+ ignore the warning) print a warning debug message and return.
+ Also, while testing, tell the window manager to position
+ the window without asking the user for the position.
+
+1999-02-18 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srctextwin.itb (SrcTextWin::FillAssembly): As a last resort,
+ if the disassembly fails for some reason, switch to the scratch
+ pane and write in a message about not being able to disassemble.
+
+1999-02-18 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * helpviewer.ith (HtmlViewer): Add thread and function
+ browser windows to help index.
+
+ * help/index.toc: Removed.
+
+1999-02-18 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * help/thread.html: New file. Thread window online help.
+ * help/index.html: Add thread.html, and alphabetize list.
+ * help/source.html: Add index for thread_bp.
+
+1999-02-17 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * globalpref.itb (GlobalPref::build_win): Add a checkbutton to
+ allow use of an internet browser to read help files.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Add preference gdb/help/browser.
+ Default is to use builtin html help.
+
+ * helpviewer.itb (HtmlViewer::open_help): New public proc.
+ Depending on preferences, opens help in external browser or
+ internal htmlviewer.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_help_menu): Use HtmlViewer::open_help.
+
+1999-02-17 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * managedwin.itb (ManagedWin::_create): Restore some lines that
+ were accidently checked in commented out.
+
+1999-02-17 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * help/index.html: Add function browser.
+ * help/browser.html: New help file.
+
+1999-02-12 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * managedwin.itb (ManagedWin::_create): If a window class defines a
+ public variable "nosize" the size will not be set, only the position.
+ * browserwin.ith (toggle_all_bp): Add public variable "nosize".
+
+1999-02-12 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * process.ith: New file.
+ * process.itb: New file. Converted process.tcl to new itcl class.
+ * process.tcl: Deleted.
+
+ * warning.tcl (WarningDlg::constructor): Set the window name.
+
+1999-02-11 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * variables.tcl (editEntry): Check that $variable is not empty.
+
+ * warning.tcl (WarningDlg::constructor): Put focus on the
+ "OK" button and bind it to <Return>.
+
+ * watch.tcl (add): If the user attempts to add a non-existent
+ variable to the watch-window, display an ignorable warning.
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_ignorable_warning): -transient
+ should not take an argument.
+ (set_target_name): Ditto.
+ * srcbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Ditto.
+ * memwin.itb (MemWin::create_prefs): Ditto.
+ * managedwin.itb (ManagedWin::_create): Ditto.
+
+1999-02-11 James Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ Move the Intel disassembly mode changes into devo.
+
+ * main.tcl: Init the disassembly flavor bits.
+ * prefs.tcl: Define disassembly-flavor
+ * srcpref.ith: Add current_disassembly_flavor instance variable
+ and set_flavor method.
+ * srcpref.itb (build_win): Add the disassembly_flavor combobox.
+ (apply): set the flavor, if applicable.
+ (set_flavor): New method.
+ * util.tcl: Add 3 new functions - get_disassembly_flavor,
+ list_disassembly_flavor and init_disassembly_flavor.
+
+1999-02-10 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srcwin.itb, download.tcl, main.tcl, srcbar.tcl: Removed old
+ IDE stuff.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_help_menu): Updated Cygnus URL and
+ removed old IDE stuff.
+ (create_ide_buttons): Removed.
+
+1999-02-10 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * managedwin.itb (ManagedWin::_create): Bind Alt-F4 to
+ always close the window.
+
+1999-02-10 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl: Removed old debugging preferences.
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Ditto.
+
+1999-02-09 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * managedwin.itb (ManagedWin::_create): Simplify raise
+ and post now that all windows use new manager.
+
+ * warning.tcl (WarningDlg): Rewrite of entire class to use
+ new itcl 3.0 class. Also now uses a "class name" to keep
+ track of which messages should be ignored. Uses tk_messageBox
+ of the message doesn't have -ignorable set.
+
+ * interface.tcl: Removed IDE stuff.
+ (gdbtk_tcl_ignorable_warning): Accept "class" argument and
+ use it when creating a WarningDlg. Use new ManagedWin::open.
+
+ * srctextwin.itb (SrcTextWin::set_tp_at_line): Fix TraceDlg
+ open command to use ManagedWin::open.
+
+ * srcpref.itb (SrcPref::build_win): Comment out line number
+ option. It wasn't very useful and did not become effective
+ until GDBtk was restarted.
+
+1999-02-09 James Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srctextwin.itb (build_win): Set the paned window background to
+ white so it looks better when you switch windows.
+
+ * mempref.itb (build_win): Use the libgui combobox for the bytes per
+ line field.
+
+ * mempref.itb: remove some global declarations that I missed when
+ I converted all the variables to instance data.
+
+ * variables.tcl (change_value): Catch one more place where $this
+ was being passed as a window name.
+
+ * TODO: Added some more items, and removed some that had been fixed.
+
+Mon Feb 8 12:27:16 1999 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * interface.tcl (set_target_name): Fix switch syntax
+ error and getd the options preference in case it's not set.
+
+
+Thu Feb 4 11:55:43 1999 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * targetselection.itb (_init_db): Add MIPS target.
+ (fill_targets): Ditto.
+
+Thu Feb 4 07:56:12 1999 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * targetselection.itb: Set "TargetSelection::target_trace"
+ as the correct trace for gdb_loaded.
+ * targetselection.ith: Make "target_trace" a public proc.
+
+1999-02-03 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * help/console.html: Cleaned up and added history and editing
+ commands.
+
+ * stackwin.itb (StackWin::build_win): Remove balloon help.
+
+ * console.itb (Console::_search_history): New function.
+ Does a pattern match on history buffer.
+ (Console::_rsearch_history): New function. Does a pattern
+ match on history buffer in the reverse direction.
+ (Console::_build_win): Bind Control-Up, Control-Down,
+ Shift-Up, and Shift-Down to search history instead of mess
+ up the console window. Bind Control-o to break to disable it.
+
+ * help/stack.html: Cleanup.
+
+ * help/source.html: Add a bunch of missing quotation marks.
+
+1999-02-03 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * memwin.itb: Change from tixControl widget to iwidgets::spinint.
+ Fix problems with error dialogs.
+
+1999-02-02 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srctextwin.itb (SrcTextWin::do_source_popup): Even after fixing the
+ obvious syntax errors in this function, it didn't work. So I
+ simplified the logic. Now it will attempt to use whatever is selected.
+ If multiple lines are selected and tracing is enabled, it will set
+ tracepoints, otherwise it will try to extract a variable name from single
+ lines only.
+
+ * main.tcl: Only open debugwin if GDBTK_DEBUG > 1.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_view_menu): Only add "Debug WIndow" menu
+ item if GDBTK_DEBUG is set.
+
+1999-02-02 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * browserwin.itb (BrowserWin::_fill_source): Add lib argument
+ from gdb_loc to the call to $Source location.
+ (BrowserWin::_goto_func): Ditto.
+
+1999-02-01 James Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * browserwin.itb (BrowserWin::_fill_source): Add a null lib
+ argument to the call to $Source location.
+
+1999-02-01 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_save): Change the list of sections back into
+ a list.
+
+1999-02-01 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srctextwin.itb (SrcTextWin::FillMixed): Simplify line formatting.
+ (SrcTextWin::continue_to_here): Call gdb_set_bp with new type arg.
+ (SrcTextWin::set_bp_at_line): Call gdb_set_bp with new type arg.
+ Use "catch" command and display error if there is one.
+
+1999-02-01 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srcwin.itb (SrcWin::goto_func): Dont attach filename if
+ there isn't a valid one.
+
+Fri Jan 29 20:01:30 1999 Fernando Nasser <fnasser@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl: Restored kod code lost with merge
+ * prefs.tcl: Ditto.
+ * srctextwin.tcl: Ditto.
+ * toolbar.tcl: Ditto
+ * kod.tcl: Adapted to the new branch.
+
+1999-01-28 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srcwin.itb (SrcWin::_build_win): Only call gdb_loc once.
+ (SrcWin::location): Update linespec for gdb_loc to include
+ the "lib" arg.
+
+ * srctextwin.itb (SrcTextWin::LoadFromCache): Add "lib"
+ argument. This is used to create a unique cache key so
+ we don't confuse the disassembly of a function in a shared
+ lib with the disassembly of its trampoline. Also updated
+ UnLoadFromCache, LoadFIle, FillSource, FillMixed, and FillAssembly
+ to pass this argument around.
+
+ * helpviewer.ith (HtmlViewer::constructor): Declare we have a
+ constructor.
+ (PageStack::constructor): Delete this declaration.
+
+ * helpviewer.itb (HtmlViewer::constructor): initialize args before
+ calling _buildwin
+
+ * main.tcl: Only open initial debug window if GDBTK_DEBUG
+ is set.
+
+ * help/debug.html: Add help for GDBTK_DEBUG
+
+Wed Jan 27 07:18:05 1999 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_pc_changed): Removed.
+ (gdbtk_register_changed): New procedure.
+ (gdbtk_memory_changed): New procedure.
+
+Mon Dec 21 14:12:14 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_create): Set window geometry after window is
+ created.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_save): Save out preferences for memory window, too.
+
+Thu Dec 17 08:54:37 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * browser.tcl (fill_source): Strip off any function args
+ which could arise from C++ function names.
+ (search): Be careful of C++ functions with spaces in the name
+ returned from gdb_search.
+
+Tue Dec 15 13:24:42 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * prefs.tcl (escape_value, unescape_value): New procs to
+ escape equal signs in preference values.
+ (pref_read): Use unescape_value whenever prefs are read.
+ (pref_save): Use escape_value whenever prefs are saved..
+
+Tue Dec 15 11:07:01 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * process.tcl (build_win): Do not export the listbox's selection
+ as the X selection so that multiple listboxes can have selections
+ highlighted at the same time.
+
+ * stack.tcl (build_win): Ditto.
+
+Mon Dec 14 15:53:38 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * watch.tcl (update): Catch errors to getLocals, which could error
+ if no symbol table is loaded.
+
+ * locals.tcl (update): Ditto.
+
+1998-11-17 Fernando Nasser <fnasser@totem.to.cygnus.com>
+
+ * kod.tcl: fix <Double-1> command spec for listbox.
+
+1998-11-13 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srctextwin.tcl (bp): Pass "asm" argument to do_bp.
+ (do_bp): Use asm argument to determine whether to
+ check for multiple bps on the same src line. Remove
+ redundant "if" statement.
+
+1998-11-12 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srctextwin.tcl (do_bp): Fix multiple assembly
+ breakpoints mapping to the same line number.
+
+Thu Nov 12 15:20:15 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * console.tcl (complete): I added the ability to pass from_tty
+ from gdb_cmd to the underlying commands. Pass 1 when the
+ command is invoked from the console.
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_tstart, gdbtk_tcl_tstop): Run the
+ src window's do_tstop method rather than manipulating the
+ widgets by hand.
+
+ * src.tcl (build_win): Redo the packing so that the function
+ combobox doesn't push all the other combo-boxes off the screen
+ if it has a very long function name in it.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (do_tstop): Added a mode that just changes the
+ GUI, which can be called from console hooks.
+
+ * srctextwin.tcl: Fixed some bugs I introduced in setting
+ breakpoints in the assembly & mixed mode windows. Dropped
+ the notion of joint breakpoint images for lines that have
+ breakpoints of two separate types. Too fragile.
+ Also added the "dont_change_appearance" flag, used in the
+ continue_to_here method to tell the GUI not to reflect the
+ temporary disabling of all the breakpoints.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (insert_buttons): Added a little more error-checking.
+
+Wed Nov 11 08:40:04 1998 Fernando Nasser <fnasser@cygnus.com>
+
+ * kod.c: adjusted sizes and packing options of widgets
+
+1998-11-10 Fernando Nasser <fnasser@totem.to.cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl: small fix to the kod code as requested by the maintainers
+ * kod.tcl: use show kod and info <kod cmd> as per spec
+
+Mon Nov 9 17:00:45 1998 Fernando Nasser <fnasser@cygnus.com>
+
+ * kod.tcl: New file that implements the Kernel Object Display window
+ * Makefile: added kod.tcl
+ * main.tcl: test for kod support
+ * manage.tcl (manage_init): support for kod
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_save, pref_set_defaults): ibid
+ * scrtextwin.tcl (config_win, do_key): ibid
+ * toolbar.tcl (_load_images, create_window_buttons,
+ create_view_menu): ibid
+ * tclIndex: regen
+
+Mon Nov 9 12:09:48 1998 Michael Snyder <msnyder@cleaver.cygnus.com>
+
+ * actiondlg.tcl: Customize the stack collect string to collect
+ the FP reg plus 64 words of stack mem. This will work for many
+ targets. As noted in earlier comment, we need a way to configure
+ this to the specific target.
+
+Wed Nov 4 12:41:42 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * actiondlg.tcl: Get the stack collect string from an instance
+ variable. Need to implement some way to get this from the
+ target settings...
+ * global_pref.tcl (toggle_tracing_mode): Add & remove hooks
+ when you go in and out of tracing mode. Also reset the B1
+ behavior when you leave tracing mode
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_trace_find_hook): Added the trace
+ find hook, so you can switch the GUI state when the tfind
+ command is used to enter & leave browse mode.
+ * srcbar.tcl (constructor, destructor trace_find_hook): Added
+ the trace_find_hook to the source toolbar, and added the
+ necessary hooks to handle it.
+ * srctextwin.tcl (trace_find_hook): Added a trace find hook to
+ the sourcebar as well.
+ * stack.tcl (update): protect against errors in gdb_stack.
+ Just return "NO STACK" if we couldn't get it.
+ * src_pref.tcl (constructor, cancel): Put all the saved prefs
+ in an array, on cancel, see if any have changed and only
+ rebuild the window if there have been changes.
+
+1998-11-03 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * target.tcl: Add ice target.
+ (GdbLoadPref): Add "after_attaching" preference.
+ (set_saved): Add "after_attaching" preference.
+ (write_saved): Add "after_attaching" preference.
+ (change_target): Add "after_attaching" preference.
+ (build_win): Add "after_attaching" entry to options
+ frame.
+
+ * main.tcl (set_target_name): Add ice target.
+ (set_target): If an "after_attaching" preference exists,
+ run it.
+
+Mon Nov 2 13:24:10 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * bp.tcl (update): The hook function was passing more
+ arguments than this function expected.
+
+Mon Nov 2 11:16:10 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * toolbar.tcl: Added Tdump image.
+
+Fri Oct 30 17:36:05 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (set_execution_status): Changed status messages,
+ tracing is not the same as async debugging...
+
+Fri Oct 30 17:06:31 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * bp.tcl (bp_all): Only remove tracepoints in the tracepoint
+ window, and breakpoints in the breakpoint window.
+
+Fri Oct 30 11:22:23 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * actiondlg.tcl: Added special tag "Collect Stack". This
+ still needs to get hooked into the target database to deal
+ with targets that need to do something special to collect the
+ stack. Also moved some repeated code into loops.
+ * main.tcl (source_file): Source in a file of gdb commands.
+ * srcbar.tcl (constructor): Added source file menu entry, and
+ made stack buttons belong to both the Trace & Control classes.
+ * srctextwin.tcl (constructor): One too many separators in the
+ trace trace popup menu.
+ * tclIndex: regenerated.
+ * tfind_args.tcl: Added "tfind frame"
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_button): Allow a button to belong to
+ more than one class.
+ * toolbar.tcl (enable_ui): Eliminate redundant code, and allow
+ a button to belong to more than one class.
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_trace_menu): Added save tracepoints &
+ Tfind frame menu items.
+ * tracedlg.tcl: Added deletion of actions, and fixed a
+ the whiile-stepping combobox callback for the new combobox.
+ * util.tcl (save_trace_commands): new proc.
+
+1998-10-29 Michael Snyder <msnyder@demo-laptop2.cygnus.com>
+
+ * target.tcl: add /dev/cua0 for Linux.
+
+Tue Oct 27 13:46:03 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Many little bug fixes all over in order to get tracing to work
+ along with normal program control.
+ * toolbar.tcl: Rewrote much of the code here to put commonly
+ used code into functions, and clean up adding menus and
+ buttons. Added the ability to disable particular menu items,
+ not just whole menus. Added the ability to delete and insert
+ buttons on the fly.
+ * srcbar.tcl: Pushed the changes to toolbar.tcl into this file.
+ * srctextwin.tcl: Changed the code dealing with breakpoints
+ and tracepoints to use the text tags more consistently. Use
+ only one set of menus for the whole widget, rather than having
+ a separate set for the SRC+ASM case. Rewrote a lot of the
+ code to separate out the tracing & program control functions.
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_breakpoint): pass more information
+ to the scrtextwin when a breakpoint changes state, so it can
+ do the right thing without having to guess...
+ * tracedlg.tcl (build_win): get the packing right so the
+ window expands correctly.
+ * main.tcl: do_tstop -> tstop, do_tstart -> tstart to avoid
+ confusion with the methods in ScrBar.tcl.
+ * prefs.tcl: Added two new preferences B1_Behavior to control
+ whether B1 sets breakpoints or tracepoints.
+ * src_prefs.tcl: Put in support for the B1_Behavior.
+ * global_prefs.tcl: Put back tracing checkbox.
+ * tdump.tcl: Fixed an incorrect (1 rather than 1.0) text
+ widget line specification.
+ * tfind_args.tcl (build_win): Bind return in the entry to the
+ OK button. Clear the entry field if the Type has changed.
+ * utils.tcl: Added comments for the debug commands.
+ * watch.tcl (build_win): Flash the OK button before invoking it.
+
+Wed Oct 28 16:19:57 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srctextwin.tcl: Changed the _map cache to use
+ the variable Cname instead of the kludgy upvar alias.
+
+Mon Oct 26 21:08:54 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srctextwin.tcl (motion): Show breakpoint balloons
+ even when not running.
+ (showBPBalloon): Check for null before displaying.
+
+Wed Oct 21 10:05:17 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * images/kod.gif: Added temporary kernel object display icon.
+
+Wed Oct 14 17:30:07 PDT 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_preloop): Fixed the code to set gdb_exe_name.
+ I seem to have dropped a variable...
+ * main.tcl (_open_file): Make the open file dialog truely
+ modal on windows.
+
+Wed Oct 14 14:29:17 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * target.tcl: Change default runlist for remote
+ targets to download.
+ (build_win): Add user-defined list of functions for
+ initial breakpoints.
+
+ * main.tcl (run_executable): Set user-defined initial
+ breakpoints.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Define new prefs
+ gdb/load/bp_at_func and gdb/load/bp_func. These are
+ user-defined initial breakpoints.
+
+Sat Oct 10 00:21:44 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * help/source.html: Add new images, add description of changes
+ to breakpoints and threads support. Fix typos.
+
+ * help/memory.html: Cleanup and add new information.
+
+ * help/breakpoint.html: Reformat.
+
+ * help/images: Add a bunch of new GIFs.
+
+1998-10-08 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl (run_executable): Do not call set_exe here, either.
+ (_open_file): Add some comments about using set_exe
+ here instead of in download_it and run_executable. Do not look
+ for main, either, since the file hooks will take care of that.
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_pre_add_symbol): Do not reset the
+ source windows here -- only show the user what is going on.
+ (gdbtk_tcl_post_add_symbol): Force the source windows' file
+ comboboxes to refill, since adding a symbol file may actually
+ expand the debugger's view of the world.
+ (gdbtk_tcl_file_changed): New hook proc. Called by file_changed_hook
+ in symfile.c, this hook will cause the source window to point
+ to main/entry. gdbtk_tcl_exec_file_display actually sets up
+ gdbtk for this.
+ (gdbtk_tcl_exec_file_display): Renamed from
+ gdbtk_tcl_exec_file_changed for clarity. This hook is called
+ from exec_file_display_hook in exec_file_command. This function
+ sets up gdbtk to use a new executable, including resetting the
+ debugger's state and source window(s). See comments in this file
+ for more information.
+
+ * download.tcl (download_it): Don't call set_exe here and
+ do not touch state variables gdb_target_changed -- run_executable
+ will do it. (In short, make download_it one step closer to only
+ doing the download!)
+
+1998-10-08 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * variables.tcl (UnEdit): Fix quoting problems so that arrays may be
+ inspected/edited.
+ (edit): Ditto.
+
+Wed Oct 7 16:03:00 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srctextwin.tcl (reconfig): Fix bindings.
+
+Wed Oct 7 13:07:00 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_create): Bind ALL source windows
+ Map and Unmap events.
+ (manage_delete): Small optimization.
+ (manage_iconify): When the last source window is iconified,
+ iconify all the support windows too. When any source
+ window is deiconified, deiconify everything.
+
+ * src.tcl (destructor): Destroy SrcTextWin too.
+
+Tue Oct 6 23:00:08 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (set_status): Display only the first line of
+ the message.
+ (build_win): Configure status window to a height of 1.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Change "Open..."
+ menu item to call _open_file proc. Remove old
+ _open_file method.
+
+ * main.tcl (run_executable): If the run command fails
+ with a result of "No executable" then call _open_file.
+ (_open_file): New proc. Opens a file requester and
+ sets the executable name to the selected file.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Add "..." to Source
+ and Global prefs menu item.
+
+Mon Oct 5 21:10:30 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srctextwin.tcl (set_tracepoint): The filename variable
+ changed to current(filename) but this use was not updated.
+
+ * global_prefs: Added a global preference to turn on the
+ tracing. It only sets the tracing preference, and does
+ not cause gdb to relayout the toolbar yet...
+
+ * util.tcl: Fixed the comments for the little debug
+ thingie.
+
+ * util.tcl (auto_step): Added a way to cancel the
+ auto_stepping. This is not currently used, but with this
+ it could be...
+
+Mon Oct 5 00:43:11 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srctextwin.tcl (SrcTextWin): Create a threaded image
+ with a color of [pref get gdb/src/thread_fg].
+ (bind_src_tags): Bind bp_tag <Motion> and <Leave> for
+ balloon help on breakpoints.
+ (config_win): A bunch of binding changes to support
+ balloon help breakpoints and setting multiple BPs
+ on a line. Add menu item for thread specific BPs.
+ (reconfig): Similar changes as above.
+ (register_balloon): Remove.
+ (updateBalloon): Cleanup and don't call register_balloon.
+ (do_bp): When a BP is deleted, call gdb_find_bp_at_line()
+ to see if there are any more BPs at the same line number.
+ Add "thread" BP type.
+ (bp_line): Accept an optional list of thread numbers to
+ set BPs on. Loop through the list setting BPs on each thread.
+ (motion): Accept a window and type argument. Call
+ showBPBalloon in type is not "var".
+ (showBPBalloon): New method.Opens a balloon with breakpoint
+ info in it.
+ (showballoon): Accept window parameter.
+ (ask_thread_bp): New. A thread selector dialog. Opens
+ a scrolled listbox with a list of threads and allows
+ the user to multiselect threads to set BPs on.
+ (do_thread_bp): New callback from ask_thread_bp()
+ listbox.
+
+ * src_pref.tcl: Replace disabled color selector with thread
+ fg selector. Disabled color should probably always be
+ black anyways.
+
+ * util.tcl (CygScrolledListbox): Temporary simple scrolled
+ listbox. Replace with a better one soon.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Set default for thread fg.
+
+ * bp.tcl (bp_add): For thread BPs, set the button color
+ correctly.
+
+ * tclIndex: Rebuilt.
+
+Fri Oct 2 17:07:32 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * util.tcl (debug namespace): Added helper functions
+ "trace_var", "remove_trace" & "remove_all_traces" which
+ watch a variable, and dump the stack, and its value when
+ it is touched... They are in the "debug" namespace.
+ *tclIndex: regenerate index.
+
+Fri Oct 2 14:02:25 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_preloop): Catch the error when no file
+ is given on the command line.
+
+1998-10-02 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (_open_file): Call SrcWin::point_to_main.
+ (_set_runstop): Catch the stop in case the user
+ aborts a session.
+
+ * srctextwin.tcl (destructor): New. Remove all previously added
+ hooks.
+
+ * src.tcl (point_to_main): New function. I got tired of typing
+ the same five lines over and over again.
+
+ * main.tcl (set_baud): Target baud preferences are stored as
+ [target name]-baud, not [target name]/baud.
+ (run_executable): Call SrcWin::point_to_main.
+ (gdbtk_tcl_preloop): Call SrcWin::point_to_main.
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_pre_add_symbol): Use "update idletasks", not
+ just "update".
+ (gdbtk_tcl_post_add_symbol): Rewrite to have better behavior
+ for symbol files which have been loaded. Use a small hack to work
+ with gdbtk_tcl_exec_file_changed so that we look for main only
+ when a new executable is loaded.
+ (gdbtk_tcl_exec_file_changed): New proc to do some necessary
+ setup when an exec file changes.
+
+ * tclIndex: Regenerate.
+
+Fri Oct 2 11:40:05 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile (TCL): Add modal.tcl.
+
+ * tclIndex: Rebuilt.
+
+1998-10-02 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (_set_runstop): Catch the stop in case the user
+ aborts a session.
+
+Thu Oct 1 18:58:11 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_preloop): We were using lindex on the
+ return value from info files, but if the directory had a space
+ in it, then the result was not a proper Tcl list, and so the
+ command would fail. Use regexp instead...
+
+Thu Oct 1 17:21:26 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * download.tcl (download_it): One more place where we used
+ "Foundry_Debugger" unconditionally... Stamped out.
+
+ * main.tcl (set_target): Don't put the "Trying to
+ communicate..." message in the window title, put it in the
+ status area, and remember to remove it when you are done.
+
+Wed Sep 30 21:32:39 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srctextwin.tcl (insertBreakTag): There was a bug in the
+ method of inserting break tags. If a tag of the intended
+ type did not already exist, insertBreakTag would not set it.
+ This method is a little less flexible, but actually works
+ for all our uses.
+
+Wed Sep 30 19:42:43 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (set_execution_status): When the program has
+ terminated, most stubs detach. Then we need to set
+ gdb_target_changed here so gdb will know to reattack when
+ you press the Run button.
+
+ * memory.tcl (update_address): We caught the gdb_eval when you
+ give an address expression, but then only trapped the case
+ where you gave an invalid address or non-existant symbol.
+ Trap all the other errors as well...
+
+Wed Sep 30 16:55:53 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * bp.tcl: Add optional "thread" column and menu items
+ to turn it on and off.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Add gdb/bp/show_threads
+ preference used for toggling the display of the thread
+ column in the BP window. Default is 0 (off).
+
+1998-09-28 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * download.tcl (download_it): Don't download if there is no executable...
+
+Mon Sep 28 14:23:39 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * modal.tcl: NEW FILE. Had to fix a bug in the dialogs
+ so I made a sub-class: ModalDialog. The bug was that
+ manage.tcl sets the WM_DELETE_WINDOW handler to be
+ "manage delete" of the window, which is wrong for these
+ windows, they need to unpost themselves first. Override
+ this in the post method.
+ * mem_pref.tcl: Subclass & remove the code that went into
+ the ModalDialog class.
+ * target.tcl: ditto.
+ * tclIndex: regenerate for the new class.
+
+Fri Sep 25 19:01:32 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * utils.tcl (freeze): Hacked the freeze method so that it comes closer
+ to working on Windows, but it still flashes. Use a post
+ method, like that im mem_prefs.tcl or target.tcl instead.
+ * mem_pref.tcl (post): Added post method, so you can use the
+ Windows EnableWindow call without sending your app into the
+ background when the dialog is dismissed.
+ * target.tcl (post): Added the same method to this class.
+ Really should subclass these. Will do this when we rework the
+ class hierarchy for Itcl3.0.
+ * memory.tcl (create_prefs): Use the new post method.
+ * main.tcl (set_target_name): Use the post method rather than
+ freeze.
+
+1998-09-25 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+ * main.tcl (set_baud): Baud rates are saved in gdb/load/target-baud,
+ not gdb/load/target/baud.
+ (set_target): Attempt to silently detach before attaching.
+
+ * target.tcl: Add gdb_target entries for Angel and ARM Remote
+ protocols.
+
+1998-09-18 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_post_add_symbol): Force the source window
+ to 'main'; if that fails, let gdb guess based on stop_pc.
+
+1998-09-04 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srctextwin.tcl (SrcTextWin::destructor): Define and remove
+ previously installed hooks.
+
+ * browser.tcl (get_selection): Listbox indices start at zero!
+ Clear the selection if the user clicks below the last visible
+ item in the listbox.
+
+Thu Sep 3 16:43:43 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * mem_prefs.tcl: Fixed the size & format radiogroups in
+ the memory preferences so that they match the format
+ options being sent to it by the memory window. Also
+ greyed out the format box when float or double is selected.
+ Also made sure we didn't re-enable any disabled widgets in
+ the idle function.
+
+Sun Aug 30 00:40:28 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * process.tcl: New file. Implement a process/thread selection
+ and display window.
+
+ * srctextwin.tcl (do_key): Add entry for thread/process
+ window.
+ (config_win): Bind "Thread List" to Control-H.
+ (FillSource): Fix bug when source is not found.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Add Thread List to menu
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_init): Add process window to
+ managed array.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_save): Add "process" to window types to save.
+
+ * Makefile: Add process.tcl
+
+ * tclIndex: Rebuilt
+
+1998-08-28 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * variables.tcl (edit): Format data so that C arrays are not
+ mistaken for tcl commands.
+ (UnEdit): Ditto.
+
+Thu Aug 27 14:13:09 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl (run_executable): If the target is "sim"
+ then the pref "sim-opts" should be treated as target
+ options instead of command line arguments.
+
+Wed Aug 26 00:06:11 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (mode): Set the mode widget using entryset.
+ (build_win): Use default combobox selectbackground.
+
+ * srctextwin.tcl (FillMixed): Better error handling.
+ (LoadFIle): Stop harrassing users with worthless dialog boxes.
+
+ * main.tcl (run_executable): Set args when arguments are
+ given in the target dialog.
+
+ * helpViewer.tcl (insertHtml): Window may have been
+ closed while waiting for HTMLparse, so catch next commands
+ to prevent error message.
+
+ * images/stack.gif: Use the image from images2 because
+ it looks better.
+
+Tue Aug 25 16:09:02 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (build_win): Change fonts on comboboxes to src-font.
+
+ * global_pref.tcl: Change to new combobox.
+
+Tue Aug 25 11:41:43 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srctextwin.tcl (insertBreakTag): Take an index
+ instead of a linenumber. Check for bp_tag and break_tag.
+ (display_breaks): Reset all lines back to break_tag
+ after deleting bp image. Fixes caching bug.
+ (do_bp): Fix up calls to insertBreakTag.
+
+Fri Aug 21 12:44:25 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * target.tcl (build_win): Remove tix stuff. Set maxheight
+ of comboboxes to 10. Remove all code to count elements
+ in comboboxes because the new one does it for us.
+ (fill_rates): Remove combobox height configure code.
+ (fill_targets): Same.
+
+ * src.tcl (build_win): Change combobox -height to
+ -maxheight for combobox 1.05.
+ (name, goto_func): Use combobox entryset instead of SetSilent.
+ (SetSilent): Deleted.
+
+ * srctextwin.tcl (FillSource): Fix change mode call when
+ no source is found.
+
+1998-08-20 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srctextwin.tcl (print): New method. Moved from src.tcl.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Add page setup for non-ide again..
+
+ * src.tcl (build_win): Fix balloon help for new comboboxes.
+ (print): Move guts to srctextwin and invoke that method.
+
+ * target.tcl: Remove protected variable tcpmode.
+ Add "options" member for sim and exec targets. For sim, this is
+ options to pass to the simulator; for exec, command line arguments.
+ (build_win): Replace tix comboboxes with one from libgui.
+ (set_saved): Add target-options when appropriate.
+ (write_saved): Add target-options when appropriate.
+ (fill_rates): Modify to work with new combobox.
+ (fill_targets): Modify to work with new combobox.
+ (config_dialog): New method which maps/unmaps/relabels comboboxes
+ and entries for each target.
+ (change_target): Remove all code pertaining to mapping/unmapping/relabeling
+ comboboxes and entries and call config_dialog instead.
+ (change_baud): Remove all code pertaining to mapping/unmapping/relabeling
+ comboboxes and entries and call config_dialog instead.
+
+ * console.tcl (Console): Add key binding for TAB completion.
+ (find_lcp): New helper method for find_completion.
+ (find_completion): New helper method for complete.
+ (complete): New method (bound to tab key) which computes the completion
+ of the current command line.
+ (reset_tab): New method to reset the tab completion whenever a key
+ is pressed (forces complete to recompute the completions instead of
+ printing out the last list of completions).
+
+1998-08-18 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * stack.tcl (update): Use new built-in command gdb_stack for
+ backtraces.
+ Use the global gdb_selected_frame_level to figure out which
+ line in the listbox should be highlighted.
+ ALWAYS highlight the selected frame.
+ Put a fencepost arount update so that we can prevent it from
+ being called twice when change_frame is used.
+ (change_frame): Protect call to gdbtk_update so that this object is
+ not updated twice.
+
+ * srctextwin.tcl (config_win): Copy the properties of the selection tag
+ into a new "search" tag that will be used by the search widget.
+ (search): Use the defined "search" tag to highlight found text.
+ Remove all search-tagged text from the window when an empty expression
+ is entered.
+
+Mon Aug 17 14:27:54 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl (do_tstop): Require combobox package.
+
+ * src.tcl (build_win): Use new combobox.
+ (name): Changes for new combobox.
+ (goto_func): Changes for new combobox.
+ (FillNameCB): Changes for new combobox.
+ (FillFuncCB): Changes for new combobox.
+ (SetSilent): New method, like tixSetSilent.
+ (mode): Changes for new combobox.
+ (set_name): Changes for new combobox.
+ (reset): Changes for new combobox.
+
+ * srctextwin.tcl (FillSource): Call parent's mode method when
+ mode is changed to assembly.
+ (location): Call display_breaks only if flag is set.
+ (LoadFIle, FillAssembly, FillMixed): Set display_breaks flag.
+ (display_breaks): Set all breakpoints in a single pass.
+ (insertBreakTag): Check $stop before trying to remove tag.
+
+Mon Jul 27 12:35:31 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_tracepoint): Make function match C
+ implementation by adding pass_count.
+
+Sat Jul 25 22:40:49 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_init): Change "loadpref" to "targetsel"
+ and change class name to TargetSelection. This avoids confusion
+ with the IDE GdbLoadPref class.
+ * target.tcl (TargetSelection): Change class name.
+ * main.tcl (set_target_name): Change "loadpref" to" targetsel"
+
+Fri Jul 24 14:37:49 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * util.tcl (bp_exists): New procedure.
+ * srctextwin.tcl (SrcTextWin::constructor): Add public vars
+ "parent" and "ignore_var_balloons" and initialize accordingly.
+ (config_win): Add binding for browser.
+ Add binding for up/down arrows to scroll more naturally.
+ (do_key): Add browser entry.
+ * browser.tcl: Add srctextwin into browser.
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Add new preferences for the func
+ browser.
+ * tclIndex: Regenerate.
+
+Fri Jul 24 00:53:28 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srctextwin.tcl (SrcTextWin): Initialize LineNums.
+ (setTabs): Set tabs correctly when in assembly mode
+ or when there are no linenumbers.
+ (bind_src_tags): Remove lineNum_tag bindings.
+ (config_win): Remove lineNum_tag and line_tag. Set
+ linenumbers to break_tag and bp_tag instead.
+ (FillAssembly): Don't use lineNum_tag.
+ (FillMixed): Don't use line_tag.
+ (LoadFile): Use new protected variable LineNums.
+ (insertBreakTag): Instead of trying to calculate the
+ correct location of the new tag, simply ask the widget
+ where the old one was.
+ (do_bp): Call insertBreakTag when bps are deleted.
+
+ * src.tcl (FillNameCB): Call gdb_listfiles with [pwd].
+
+Sat Jul 18 13:27:20 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (location): Change BROWSE_TAG to STACK_TAG.
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_quit): New function. Called by
+ cleanup code in GDB.
+
+Fri Jul 17 00:03:43 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * memory.tcl (build_win): Change address controlbox to
+ call update_address_cb.
+ (update_address_cb): New method. Handle address
+ controlbox callbacks. Set flag and call update_address.
+ (update_address): Call BadExpr on bad expressions.
+ Use local variable "ae" to set public variable addr_exp.
+ This fixes bug where widget forgets its address when
+ reconfigured. Set table background white when expression
+ is OK.
+ (BadExpr): When a bad expression is entered, create a
+ messagebox and set the table bg to gray.
+
+ * mem_pref.tcl (apply): Remove mystery debug line.
+
+Thu Jul 16 16:56:12 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * download.tcl, ide.tcl, interface.tcl, main.tcl, manage.tcl
+ srcbar.tcl, toolbar.tcl: Merged the IDE changes back into devo.
+
+Mon Jul 13 14:34:45 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * mem_pref.tcl (destructor): Remember to delete the variable
+ trace that implements the entry widget checking.
+
+Fri Jul 10 19:17:53 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * mem_pref.tcl: Changed the number of bytes entry widget so
+ that it only accepts +'ve integers, and protect against the
+ case where the user deletes the contents of this entry, then
+ closes the window. Also made the entry disabled when the
+ other radio button is selected.
+
+Wed Jul 8 23:20:33 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srctextwin.tcl (FillSource): Fix code that
+ detects when no line numbers are available and we must use
+ assembly mode.
+
+Mon Jul 6 17:53:50 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * download.tcl, helpViewer.tcl, html_library.tcl, memory.tcl,
+ register.tcl, src.tcl, srctextwin.tcl, target.tcl,
+ tracedlg.tcl, util.tcl, variables.tcl, warning.tcl, watch.tcl:
+ With the Tcl 8.0 compiler, expr commands are more efficient if
+ you use:
+ expr {$foo + $bar}
+ instead of:
+ expr $foo + $bar
+ So I changed all the uses of expr to this form.
+
+
+Mon Jul 6 15:19:59 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srctextwin.tcl (FillSource): Call Parent's mode method
+ to combobox will be updated.
+ * src.tcl (mode): Pass along second argument to mode_set.
+
+Wed Jul 1 15:09:47 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srctextwin.tcl (location): Add missing parameter
+ to FillSource call in SRC+ASM.
+
+Wed Jul 1 11:07:21 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl (gdbtk_preloop): Call gdbtk_idle on spec. If there was an
+ error in loading an executible specified on the command line,
+ then the pre_add_symbol hook would have called gdbtk_busy but
+ the corresponding call to gdbtk_idle would not have occured.
+
+ Also changed some catch calls so they didn't use
+ "catch {set foo [real_command]}"
+ but rather the more efficient:
+ "catch {real_command} foo"
+
+ * register.tcl: more catch cleanups
+ * src.tcl: more catch cleanups
+ * stack.tcl: more catch cleanups
+ * target.tcl: more catch cleanups
+ * tdump.tcl: more catch cleanups
+ * variables.tcl: more catch cleanups
+ * watch.tcl: more catch cleanups
+
+Wed Jul 1 12:21:55 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (build_win): Remove incorrect runstop
+ argument for srcbar.
+
+Wed Jul 1 11:25:48 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * floatbar.tcl: Deleted.
+ * Makefile: Removed floatbar.tcl
+ * tclIndex: Rebuilt.
+
+Wed Jul 1 11:19:05 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (enable_ui): Now takes an argument and
+ handles disable_ui and no_inferior functions.
+ (disable_ui): Deleted.
+ (no_inferior): Deleted.
+ (constructor): Set idle, busy, and no_inferior hooks
+ to enable_ui.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (_open_file): Fix for multiple source windows.
+
+Wed Jul 1 01:40:52 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * Makefile: Added srctextwin.tcl.
+ * tclIndex: Rebuilt.
+ * src.tcl: Major rewrite to move the source text window
+ into another object implemented in srctextwin.tcl. Every function
+ changed and many moved to srctextwin.tcl.
+ * srctextwin.tcl: New file.
+ * bp.tcl (goto_bp): Fix call to source widget.
+
+ * src_pref.tcl (build_win): Add line number
+ checkbutton. Layout needs changed.
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Add linenum pref.
+
+Thu Jun 25 17:31:30 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Add Function Browser menu item.
+
+ * tclIndex: Regenerate.
+
+ * Makefile: Add browser.tcl.
+
+ * util.tcl (do_test): New procedure for invoking a test in the
+ testsuite from the command line.
+ (gdbtk_read_defs): New procedure for reading in the testsuite definitions
+ file
+
+ * src.tcl (build_win): Create new entry for searching the source window.
+ This "feature" shares the screen with the download indicator.
+ (download_progress): If starting a download, unmap the search widget
+ and map the download progress indicator in its place. When downloading
+ is done, do the opposite.
+ (config_win): Bind the down and up arrow keys to directly scroll the
+ window.
+ (search): New method which searches for strings in the source window
+ and jumps to a particular line.
+ (set_state): Do not reset current_file to empty when an exe has been
+ downloaded.
+ (bp): Do not special case tracepoint debugging.
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_init): Add elements for function browser.
+ (manage_create): If GDBTK_TEST_RUNNING is set in the environment,
+ place all windows on the screen at +0+0.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_save): Add new preference category "search".
+ (pref_set_defaults): Add search preferences.
+
+ * tracedlg.tcl (TraceDlg::destructor): Destroy the actions dialog is
+ it exists.
+ (add_action): Save the object returned from the window manager when
+ the actions dialog is opened so that we can later destroy it if
+ necessary.
+ (done): Clear ActionsDlg when the actions dialog is destroyed.
+
+ * main.tcl (do_tstart): Do not disable the "Begin collection" menu
+ item when we issue a tstart.
+
+ * console.tcl (paste): New method which handles all Paste events for
+ this window.
+ (Console): Bind the middle mouse button on unix to generate a paste
+ event.
+ Override default binding for button-2 motion to allow easier pasting
+ into the window.
+ Bind the paste event to the method paste.
+
+Wed Jun 17 13:50:48 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (reconfig): Recognize tab size changes.
+
+ * src_pref.tcl (build_win): Add tab control. Remove extra frame.
+ Justify variable ballons text. Set activebackgrounds on
+ color buttons.
+
+Tue Jun 9 13:57:24 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * helpViewer.tcl (HtmlViewer): Display appropriate help based on the
+ preference gdb/mode.
+
+ * help/trace: Add help files for tracing.
+
+ * main.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_preloop): Call gdbtk_update so that the
+ source window fills files into the combobox.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (_open_file): "cd" to directory, don't add it to the
+ search list. This never gets reset anywhere, so if multiple file
+ commands are added, we could get the wrong path. Call gdb_clear_file,
+ too.
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_pre_add_symbol): Call the reset method
+ of the source window, too.
+
+ * src.tcl (reset): New method used to clear the source window
+ whenever multiple file commands are used.
+
+ * tdump.tcl (update): Erase the contents of the tdump window
+ when displaying a new dump.
+
+ * stack.tcl (update): Errors from the backtrace can contain
+ backtrace info, too, so make sure we print as much of that as
+ possible.
+
+ * register.tcl (build_win): Do not allow editing in tracing
+ mode.
+ (reg_select): Do not allow editing in tracing mode.
+
+ * memory.tcl (update_address): Check that gdb's handling of chars and
+ char*s doesn't abort the update.
+
+ * variables.tcl (build_win): Disable editing in tracing mode.
+ (build_menu_helper): Disable editing in tracing mode.
+ (getLocals): Use the builtin functions gdb_get_locals and
+ gdb_get_args to get all local variables. Concat lists together.
+ (Variable::value): Set a default value for "radix" in case
+ the regsub fails.
+
+Tue Jun 9 00:00:18 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_quit): No longer use quit_hook.
+ Just call "manage save".
+ * manage.tcl (manage): Remove manage quit.
+ (manage_quit): Deleted.
+ (manage_init): Remove quit_hook.
+ (manage_save): Use "Pref setd" instead of "pref set".
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Remove quit_hook.
+ (pref_quit): Deleted.
+
+Mon Jun 8 16:15:33 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * target.tcl (set_check_button): Check for existence of
+ button before trying to set its state.
+
+Mon Jun 8 13:31:08 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * memory.tcl (build_win): Always Bind configure event to
+ newsize method. Change table widget to use incr_addr for
+ both incr and decr. Enable autorepeat.
+ (create_prefs): Set rheight (row height).
+ (newsize): Set rheight if necessary. Return if numbytes
+ is not zero.
+ (update_address): Move gdbtk_idle and gdbtk_busy calls to
+ update_addr.
+ (update_addr): Surround with gdbtk_idle and gdbtk_busy.
+ (incr_addr): Take an argument to indicate how much
+ to increment or decrement by.
+ (decr_addr): Deleted.
+
+Fri Jun 5 00:13:49 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Change all references to GDBTK_IDE to IDE_ENABLED.
+
+Thu Jun 4 18:34:11 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * memory.tcl: Complete rewrite. Added many new features
+ and made it much faster.
+
+ * mem_pref.tcl (build_win): Set listbox width.
+
+ * images/check.gif: New image. Used in version of
+ memory window without a menubar.
+
+Thu Jun 4 10:53:33 1998 Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ * tclIndex: regenerated.
+
+ Merged (most recent first):
+
+ - Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ * tracedlg.tcl (ok): if the tracepoint does not exist (this can happen
+ if user is editing a tp and decides to remove it from tp window)
+ do not core dump, give an error message instead, and return.
+
+ * bp.tcl (get_actions): invoke trace dialog from tracepoint window,
+ passing filename and line as arguments, rather than address.
+
+ - Jeff Holcomb <jeffh@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl (set_baud): Change gdb/load/$gdb_target_name/baud
+ to gdb/load/${gdb_target_name}-baud.
+
+ - Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ * tdump.tcl (update): call tdump only if the current trace frame
+ number is not -1.
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_tstart): update menus entries only, do
+ not do actual command.
+ (gdbtk_tcl_tstopt): update menus entries only, do not do actual
+ command.
+ (gdbtk_tcl_warning): remove tdump warning message from list of not
+ displayed messages.
+
+ * main.tcl (do_tstart): catch error output from tstart and display
+ error dialog.
+ (do_tstop): catch error output from tstop and display error dialog.
+
+ * bp.tcl (bp_add): align properly the bpnum and passcount fields,
+ for the tracepoint window.
+
+ * main.tcl (set_exe): set file_done (new global state variable)
+ depending whether new file was read in or not.
+ (set_target_name): return 0 if user chose cancel from target setting
+ window displayed by 'connect'.
+ (set_target): if no target_cmd is specified call set_target_name and
+ ask user for it.
+ (async_connect): handle possible outcomes of set_target command,
+ issue appropriate messages to user.
+ Initialize file_done to 0.
+
+ * target.tcl (cancel): set gdb_target_name to CANCEL for use by
+ set_target_name.
+ Added public data 'exportcancel'.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (do_async_connect): change menu items state only
+ if connect was successful.
+
+ * src.tcl (bp): modify condition for SOURCE case to display tp dot
+ after connecting to target.
+
+ * actiondlg.tcl (constructor): make dialog non modal.
+ (destructor): release grab not any longer necessary.
+ (change): make lsearch use exact pattern matching for entries
+ added to the collect list using the 'other' field. The new syntax
+ allows array elements to be specified and this messes up the
+ default glob style pattern matching.
+ (change_other): reject memranges (obsolete). Delegate validation
+ of user input to the lower levels, in gdb. I.e. keep everything
+ until the whole tracepoint is installed.
+
+ * tracedlg.tcl (gdb_add_tracepoint): call to gdb_actions is now
+ catching the errors (in case of incorrect syntax) and displaying
+ them to the user.
+
+ * main.tcl (set_target): Changed text of error message to mention
+ the Target Settings dialog.
+
+ * prefs.tcl: Set default preference for gdb/load/check to 0.
+
+ * target.tcl (build_win): disable comparison with executable for
+ 'exec' targets.
+ (set_check_button): new method. Enable/disable the check button
+ for comparing executable.
+ (change_target): call set_chack_button when target changes.
+ Set default preference gdb/load/check to 0.
+
+ * stack.tcl: set initial window width value to 40, so that window
+ looks better if opened before a stack exists.
+
+ - David Taylor <taylor@texas.cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl (async_connect): remote-compare is now compare-sections.
+
+ - Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ * warning.tcl (constructor): call destructor if dialog doesn't
+ need to be displayed.
+
+ * console.tcl (invoke): make function get input and return if in
+ readline state, independently from the value of Running.
+
+ * src.tcl (set_state): set state of pop up menus only for synch
+ mode.
+
+ * tdump.tcl (build_win): simplify the window, eliminating pane.
+ This fixes resize problems.
+ (update): add call to see to display last thing outputted to the
+ window.
+
+ * tfind_args.tcl (do_it): call the tfind_cmd procedure.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): changed calls to tstart and tstop
+ to use do_tstart and do_tstop.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (runstop): do not call _set_trace in asynch case,
+ just use _set_runstop always.
+ (_set_runstop): added handling for asynch mode cases.
+ (_set_trace): removed.
+
+ * main.tcl (do_tstart): new procedure to execute tstart command
+ update tstart/tstop button, and menu entries accordingly.
+ (do_tstop): new procedure for tstop, as above.
+ (run_executable): calls do_tstart in the asynch case.
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_tstart): new procedure to invoke
+ the tstart command
+ (gdbtk_tcl_tstop): new procedure to invoke the tstop command
+
+ * interface.tcl: (gdbtk_tcl_warning) do not display warning
+ about no current trace frame upon opening of tdump window.
+
+ * main.tcl: (run_executable) in asynch mode just call tstart,
+ connect is now done independently.
+ (async_connect) new procedure to connect and do comarison with
+ remote executable, in asynch mode. Sets up gui state globals.
+ (async_disconnect) new procedure to disconnect from target in
+ asynch mode. Sets up gui state globals.
+
+ * prefs.tcl: added new preference gdb/load/check
+
+ * srcbar.tcl: (create_buttons) tfind commands now use tfind_cmd
+ function
+
+ * target.tcl: added new preference gdb/load/check to execute an
+ automatic remote-compare command on connection to target in asynch
+ mode
+ (set_saved) set saved value for new preference
+ (write saved) write saved value for new preference
+ (build_win) set state of 'run to main', 'break at exit', 'display
+ dowload' to disabled for asynch mode target dialog.
+ Added new checkbutton for automatic comparison of remote exec.
+ Saved_check: new protected member
+
+ * tdump.tcl: (update) changed check for no frame, since 0 is legal
+ trace frame number.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl: (create_menu_items): added menus items 'connect to
+ target' and 'disconnect', in async mode. Changed to call tfind_cmd
+ to execute tfind commands
+ (do_async_connect): new method to connect to target in async mode.
+ (do_asynch_disconnect): new method to disconnect from target in
+ async mode.
+
+ * util.tcl: (tfind_cmd): new proc to execute a tfind command on
+ the target
+
+Thu May 28 12:49:29 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * target.tcl: Add sparclite target.
+ (fill_targets): Add sparclite target.
+
+ * main.tcl (set_target_name): Rearrange so that the default behavior
+ is to assume a remote-like target.
+
+ * src.tcl (browse_to): Helper function for BpWin::goto_bp which causes
+ the source window to show the specified location.
+
+ * bp.tcl (bp_add): Clean up repetitive code.
+ Add double-click binding which shows the breakpoint
+ in the source window.
+ (bp_select): Clean up repetitive code.
+ (goto_bp): New function.
+
+Sun May 24 14:05:27 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (reconfig): Remove the variable balloon selection in the text
+ widget, too, when we are disabling varialbe balloons.
+
+ * target.tcl: Add a "runlist" parameter to all gdb_target entries. This list
+ controls the default behavior of the run button.
+ (GdbLoadPref): Define the run preferences based on this target.
+ (build_win): Add a "more options" dropdown pane to allow users to modify the
+ behavior of the run button.
+ (set_saved): Add run button preferences.
+ (write_saved): Add run button preferences.
+ (fill_targets): Add the "pretty name" to the combo box, not gdb's internal
+ target name.
+ (change_target): Use get_target to translate the "pretty-name" to the
+ real target name.
+ (save): Write out saved values, too.
+ (get_target): New method to translate the "pretty-name" of a target into gdb's
+ internal name/
+ (toggle_more_options): New method to handle mapping and unmapping of the
+ "more options" pane.
+ (set_run): New method. Moved from src_pref.tcl.
+ (valid_target): Moved here from main.tcl.
+ (native_debugging): Moved here from main.tcl.
+ (change_target): Don't write_saved here -- wait until dialog is closed.
+
+ * src_pref.tcl (build_win): Use libgui's Labelledframe class instead of the
+ Tix labeled frame.
+ Remove the run button frame -- this has moved into the target selection dialog.
+ (set_run): Moved to targets.tcl.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Change default preferences for the run
+ button to only do a run. Target selection will reset these as appropriate.
+
+ * main.tcl (set_baud): Baud preferences are in TARGET-baud, not
+ TARGET/baud.
+ (run_executable): Remove special cases for exec targets.
+ (native_debugging,valid_target): Move to target.tcl.
+
+ * images/more.gif, images/less.gif: New images for drop frames.
+
+ * tclIndex: Regenerate.
+
+Wed May 20 13:43:00 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Remove register prefs.
+
+ * images/stop.gif: Set transparent bit.
+
+Tue May 19 12:34:11 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * bp.tcl (bp_add): Use source window's colors. Use "file tail" not
+ "lindex [file split ] end".
+ (bp_modify): Use source window's colors. Use "file tail" not
+ "lindex [file split ] end".
+ (bp_remove): Call bp_select before we delete the breakpoint.
+
+ * main.tcl (run_executable): Encapsulate all calls to debugger
+ based on new run preferences.
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_init): Change loadpref titles to "Target Selection"
+
+ * pref.tcl (build_win): Disable Help button until it works.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Define new run button preferences.
+ Lose stack and bp window color preferences -- use the source window
+ ones instead. Lose left_click, too.
+
+ * src.tcl: Remove all references to _Source_Left_Click and replace with new
+ protected variable Tracing. Define new protected variable UseVariableBalloons
+ so that we don't follow the preferences blindly. Replace all preference calls
+ for these two globals.
+ (reconfig): Allow reconfiguration of variable balloons and popup menu colors.
+ (config_win): Add binding for File Menu->Open.
+ (do_key): Add open key.
+
+ * src_pref.tcl (SrcPref): Save all newly added preferences.
+ (build_win): Add new preferences for mode, variable balloons,
+ lots of color choices.
+ (cancel): Reset all new preferences.
+ (pick): Allow passing of button in to make things a little easier.
+ (reconfig): Keep empty -- no need for this to reconfigure itself.
+ (set_run): New method to make sure someone does not try to run _and_
+ continue a target with the run button.
+
+ * stack.tcl (build_win): Use the source window's preferences to set colors.
+
+ * target.tcl (build_win): Disable Help button until it works.
+
+Mon May 18 15:25:00 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * html_library.tcl (HMstack): Remove stray 'g' that was
+ preventing autoloading.
+
+Mon May 18 13:17:30 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * helpViewer.tcl (HtmlViewer): Initialize glossary.
+ (glossaryPost): Fill in skeleton supplied by jingham.
+ (glossaryUnpost): Ditto.
+ (lookup): New method to lookup glossary definitions.
+ (HMset_image): Add special image names.
+
+Fri May 15 00:30:06 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * memory.tcl (update_address): Source window was never being
+ updated due to a faulty fencepost. I removed it. Was it
+ useful?
+
+Tue May 12 11:47:11 PDT 1998 James Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * helpViewer.tcl: Made the fonts for the viewer track the global
+ font preferences
+ *html_library.tcl: Use Tcl Font objects for the fonts rather than
+ building up X Font Specs.
+
+
+Thu May 7 16:03:32 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Remove automatic stepping.
+ (create_menu_items): "Cygnus on the Web..." should point to GNUPro page...
+
+Wed May 6 20:18:34 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl (set_target_name): Recognize d10v and m32r targets.
+ (valid_target): Change test to recognize all tcp targets.
+
+ * target.tcl: Add m32r and d10v tcp targets.
+
+Wed May 6 12:52:12 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Install a page setup menu item for
+ non-ide debuggers.
+
+ * src.tcl (print): Don't call idewindow_freeze and idewindow_thaw
+ the ide is not running
+
+Wed May 6 10:41:30 1998 Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ * bp.tcl (get_actions): set bpnum to be the real tracepoint number,
+ not the selected row number.
+
+Tue May 5 04:07:12 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * target.tcl: Add D10V and M32R target.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Set debugging off
+ by default.
+
+Fri May 1 15:23:57 1998 Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl (valid_target) make 'remotetcp' a valid
+ target.
+
+Fri May 1 11:50:40 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * helpViewer.tcl: Added the skeleton for the Glossary entries.
+ Fixed the zoom to top of page when rendering is complete nit.
+ Added a reconfig method to refresh the current page.
+ Compulsive reordering of methods.
+
+Thu Apr 30 00:04:52 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com
+
+ * global_pref.tcl (change_icons): Remove debug line.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl: Change image names to end with _img
+ so they don't conflist with command names.
+ * srcbar.tcl: Same.
+
+Tue Apr 28 16:51:09 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * html_library.tcl: The redefinition of tkFocusOK in this file
+ can cause an infinite recursion loop in autoloading tkFocusOK.
+ Change proc -> ::proc to hide the definition from itcl_mkindex
+ * tclIndex: remade without the reference to tkFocusOK.
+
+Tue Apr 28 16:51:09 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * helpViewer.tcl: The index page now shows up properly in the
+ history list. Also added images for the fore, back and home
+ buttons, and removed the close button.
+
+ * manage.tcl: Moved the wm withdraw of a new toplevel before the
+ constructor is run in manage_create. This avoids flashing.
+
+ * main.tcl: Changed the tk application name of gdbtk from tk
+ to gdbtk.
+
+Mon Apr 27 14:18:01 1998 Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ * helpViewer.tcl: (constructor) Change 'Foreward' to 'Forward' and
+ calls to 'foreward' method to calls to 'foreward' method.
+ (forward) changed method name from 'foreward'.
+
+Thu Apr 23 19:02:25 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Use the new help viewer when not
+ using the IDE.
+
+ * helpViewer.tcl (HtmlViewer::constructor): Set default values for
+ previously passed-in variables.
+ (HtmlViewer::destructor): Destroy the toplevel, too.
+ (HMset_image): prepend the dir name "images" to the image path.
+
+Thu Apr 23 13:31:07 1998 Jim Ingham <jingham@leda.cygnus.com>
+
+ * html_library.tcl: First checkin
+ * helpViewer.tcl: First checkin
+ * manage.tcl (manage): Added the help veiwer to the windows
+ list. Aslo compulsively alphabetized the list...
+ * tclIndex Rebuilt for the new procs.
+
+Mon Apr 20 11:14:17 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * global_pref.tcl (build_win): Add font selector for the status font.
+
+ * main.tcl (run_executable): Exec targets are always "loaded".
+
+Sat Apr 18 02:11:04 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_read): Remove debug line.
+
+ * util.tcl (toggle_debug_mode): When enabling or
+ disabling debugging, also enable or disable error
+ reporting and stack traces.
+
+Sat Apr 18 01:13:03 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (_toggle_updates): Cleanup.
+
+ * src.tcl (do_popup): Fix problems with selections. While
+ I'm messing with this code anyway, change how it works
+ so that the popup will contain the word that is under the cursor
+ if nothing is selected.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_buttons): Bind button 3 to create
+ new windows when possible.
+
+ * stack.tcl (StackWin): Fix broken deiconify call.
+
+ * images/[console.gif, reg.gif]: Update.
+
+Fri Apr 17 10:34:23 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (location): Don't look up the full pathname
+ of each file added to the combobox.
+
+Fri Apr 17 09:58:59 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * target.tcl (default_port): New proc. Returns a default port
+ based on host os.
+ (startup code): Use default port to determine the default port
+ to use for all hosts.
+ (build_win): Only set the target if it is valid.
+ For unix, use port names that correspond to the OS running.
+ Change gdb/load/$target-portnum to gdb/load/$target-port (typo?)
+ (get_target_list): Do not allow "exec" for cross debugging.
+ (save): Do not do dismiss dialog if the target is not valid.
+ (cancel): If exportcancel is set, set gdb_target_cmd to "CANCEL". This
+ will allow run_executable to cancel a run if the user cancels target
+ selection.
+ (exportcancel): New public data.
+
+ * main.tcl (set_target_name): Return status to caller so that the user
+ can cancel a run request when the target selection dialog is opened.
+ Do not modify gdb_exe_changed -- it has already been set proprely.
+ (set_target): If gdb_target_cmd is empty, call set_target_name to
+ set it.
+ Allow all set_target_name commands to cancel target selection.
+ (run_executable): Allow all set_target_name commands to cancel
+ target selection.
+ Always clear bp's at main and exit, since this proc will set them
+ for all targets now.
+ Save the bp number for the breakpoint installed at main and exit so
+ that we can reliably delete them if the user cancels any subsequent
+ target selection.
+ Whenever the run is canceled, delete the breakpoints at main and exit.
+ Move setting of breakpoints at main and exit from download_it here.
+ (valid_target): New proc. Returns true if the given target is a valid,
+ runnable target.
+ (native_debugging): New proc. Returns true if this gdb is not a cross
+ gdb.
+ (startup code): Do not call set_target_name here -- let run_executable
+ do it.
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_query): Update the display when this dialog
+ is dismissed.
+ (gdbtk_tcl_warning): Always show warnings in the debug window.
+
+ * download.tcl (download_it): Move setting breaks at main,exit to
+ run_executable in main.tcl.
+
+Thu Apr 16 11:28:01 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl (set_target_name): Add "prompt" parameter
+ which allows this function to be called without it always
+ prompting for the target name. This allows it to quietly
+ initialize variables from preferences.
+ (set_target): Remove HACK_FIRST_HACK.
+ (run_executable): Check the result of [set_target].
+ If it fails, prompt for a new target and repeat.
+ (startup code): Remove HACK_FIRST_HACK.
+ Call set_target_name to initialize gdb_target_cmd from
+ preferences.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Call set_target_name
+ for the target menu item. This will open the dialog and
+ then set the target command correctly.
+
+ * target.tcl (save): Set default target preference.
+
+Wed Apr 15 11:29:47 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (reconfig): Tell toolbar to reconfig.
+
+ * global_pref.tcl (build_win): Add support for changing
+ icons. Put fonts in a labelled frame.
+ (update_file): Removed.
+ (change_icons): Callback for icon combobox.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (_load_src_images): Remove old target and
+ load images. Add reconfig parameter which reloads images.
+ Use global gdb_ImageDir.
+ (reconfig): New method.
+
+ * floatbar.tcl (create_buttons): Remove target image.
+ Use global gdb_ImageDir.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (_load_images): Use global gdb_ImageDir.
+ Add reconfig parameter which reloads images.
+ (reconfig): Don't rebuild everything, just reload images.
+ (create_menu_items): Change "Fonts" preferences menu
+ item to "Global".
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Save only basename in
+ gdb/ImageDir preference. Initialize global gdb_ImageDir.
+ (pref_read): Set gdb_ImageDir.
+
+ * memory.tcl (build_win): Use global gdb_ImageDir.
+
+ * manage.tcl (make_icon_window): Use global gdb_ImageDir.
+
+ * about.tcl (build_win): Use global gdb_ImageDir.
+
+ * images/icons.txt: New file; icon descriptions.
+ * images/vmake.gif: New file.
+ * images/vars.gif: New file.
+ * images/watch.gif: New file.
+ * images/bp.gif: New file.
+ * images/memory.gif: New file.
+
+ * images2/icons.txt: New file; icon descriptions.
+
+ * toolbar_pref.tcl: Removed.
+
+ * main.tcl (run_executable): If target is "exec" don't
+ show target dialog unless the run command fails.
+
+Wed Apr 15 13:15:22 1998 Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ * interface.tcl: (gdbtk_tcl_warning) changed to selectively
+ display warnings in the GUI.
+ (show_warning) new procedure. Displays warning dialogs.
+
+Wed Apr 15 07:13:04 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (do_popup): Fix merge casualty -- revert to pre-3/22 version.
+ Don't allow tracepoint ranges to be set unless in asynch mode.
+
+Mon Apr 13 16:00:06 1998 Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ * warning.tcl: new file. Implements WarningDlg class, for warning
+ dialogs.
+
+ * tclIndex: regenerated
+
+ * Makefile: added new file warning.tcl
+
+ * manage.tcl: added new window warningdlg, for ignorable warnings.
+
+ * interface.tcl: (gdbtk_tcl_warning) new procedure. Creates a warning
+ dialog.
+ (gdbtk_tcl_ignorable_warning) new procedure. Creates a warning dialog.
+ The user can choose to not have this dialog pop up again during the
+ same debugging session.
+
+Mon Apr 13 13:04:20 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * stack.tcl (StackWin::constructor): Withdraw toplevel before calling
+ all busy hooks; then build the window, go idle and pop the window onto
+ the screen.
+
+ * main.tcl (set_target_name): Use a regexp to match target names.
+ Add "sds" as a target.
+ (run_executable): Use gdb_immediate to run executable.
+
+Fri Apr 10 10:27:42 1998 Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ * bp.tcl: changed default value of public var tracepoints to be 0.
+
+Thu Apr 9 15:21:49 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * global_pref.tcl (destructor): Delete test fonts here instead of
+ in ok and cancel. This fixes bug when dialog was closed by
+ clicking on close gadget.
+
+ * src_pref.tcl (pick): When colors are changed, immediately
+ update the dialog.
+
+Thu Apr 9 04:03:27 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * target.tcl (build_win): Bind <Return> for cancel and help buttons.
+
+Wed Apr 8 10:57:14 1998 Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ * tdump.tcl: (update): show stuff on window only if current
+ trace frame is not null.
+
+ * variables.tcl: (build_win): get the current output-radix
+ (getVariables): decide the format to display a var based on Radix
+ VariableWin class: added protected member Radix
+ (value): decide display based on output-radix
+
+Wed Apr 8 06:17:42 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * bp.tcl (get_actions): Open the trace dialog based on a tracepoint's
+ number.
+
+ * tracedlg.tcl (title): New method to title window based on mode.
+ (TraceDlg::constructor): After the interp is idle, title this window.
+ (build_win): Add support to simply pass a tracepoint number for editing.
+
+Tue Apr 7 12:49:45 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * variables.tcl (VariableWin): We should deiconify after withdrawing...
+
+ * tracedlg.tcl (gdb_edit_tracepoint): Make necessary gdb_cmd changes
+ to support new API.
+ (gdb_add_tracepoint): Make necessary gdb_cmd changes to support new
+ API.
+
+ * tdump.tcl (update): Make necessary gdb_cmd changes to support new
+ API.
+ (TdumpWin::constructor): We should deiconify after we withdraw...
+ Change idle callback to an update callback.
+ (TdumpWin::destructor): Change idle callback to update callback.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (_open_file): Make necessary gdb_cmd changes to support new
+ API.
+ (create_buttons): Change all tracing commands to use gdb_immediate.
+
+ * main.tcl (set_target_name): Add simulator target.
+
+ * src.tcl (mode): When changing modes, clear the line to pc mappings.
+ (location): Do not set current_addr if we are not running and gdb_loc
+ thinks we're at 0x0.
+ Clear the text-window-line to pc mapping when appropriate.
+ Revert display_breaks change for SRC+ASM mode.
+ (bp): Make sure mapping of PC to src window line exists before
+ attempting to set breakpoints/tracepoints.
+
+Fri Apr 3 13:57:42 1998 Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl: (do_key): added actions for key bindings in trace mode.
+ (config_win): added key bindings for trace mode.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl: (_set_trace) changed balloon contents for tstart/
+ tstop button.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl: (create_menu_items): changed names of menu items
+ tstart and tstop to 'Begin Collection' and 'End Collection'.
+ Changed name of Preference menu item from 'GDB' to 'Fonts'.
+ Changed name of File menu item from 'Debugger Preferences' to
+ 'Target Settings'.
+ Commented out Preference menu item 'Download'.
+ (create_buttons): tdump button, inserted text 'Td' in place of missing
+ icon.
+
+
+Tue Mar 31 17:20:59 1998 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile (TCL): Add ide.tcl.
+ * tclIndex: Rebuild.
+
+Sun Mar 29 18:50:46 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * tracedlg.tcl (build_win): Enable tracepoints at assembly addresses.
+ (add_action): Enable tracepoints at assembly addresses.
+ (ok): Enable tracepoints at assembly addresses.
+ (edit): Enable tracepoints at assembly addresses.
+ (gdb_add_tracepoint): Enable tracepoints at assembly addresses.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (_open_file): If main () exists, show it.
+
+ * src.tcl (display_breaks): If we are displaying breaks in assembly,
+ clear the line and file specs.
+ (location): Use display_breaks to insert breaks and traces.
+ (bp): Rewrite. Actions are based on mode of the source window.
+ (bp_line): When setting a tracepoint in assembly, pass address
+ to set_tracepoint.
+ (set_tracepoint): Open trace dialog specifying either line or
+ address at which to set trace.
+ (tracepoint_range): Rewrite. Actions are based on the mode of the
+ source window. Now able to insert ranges of traces in any mode.
+
+ * actiondlg.tcl (ActionDlg::constructor): Enable widget via address
+ specification.
+ (ActionDlg::Line): Default to empty list.
+ (ActionDlg::Address): Add new memeber to enable assembly operation.
+
+Sun Mar 29 21:21:37 1998 Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ * bp.tcl: add tracepoint number to tracepoint window.
+ (build_win)(bp_add)(bp_select)(bp_modify)(bp_delete)
+
+ * manage.tcl: (manage_init) do not open windows not related to
+ current mode
+
+ * tdump.tcl: (reconfig) remove it
+ (config) add toplevel window, show window after it has been built.
+ (update) add calls to busy and idle hooks, add third argument to
+ gdb_cmd call
+
+Sun Mar 29 15:01:03 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (_set_trace): Use gdb_immediate to execute the "tstop".
+ Call run_executable when requesting a tstart.
+ (_open_file): Convert all paths under cygwin32 to a posix-compliant
+ pathname. Add this path to the source search list.
+
+ * src.tcl (set_execution_status): Change stop messages to support
+ tracing.
+ (tracepoint_range): Clear the selection when we set a range of
+ tracepoints.
+
+ * main.tcl (set_target): Use gdb_immediate so that the console gets
+ output of target command.
+ (run_executable): Use gdb_immediate for run command.
+ Include trace support.
+
+Sat Mar 28 15:50:01 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Put menu items in proper order.
+ (_open_file): Add exe file's directory to the default source
+ search path.
+
+Sat Mar 28 14:29:08 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (GDBSrcBar: runstop trace): If running async'ly, set
+ the run/stop button by calling _set_trace. Otherwise use _set_runstop.
+ (create_menu_items): Add file command to open a new exe.
+ (_open_file): New method to handle requests to open a new exe.
+
+ * main.tcl (set_target): If this is the first time running,
+ then show the download prefs dialog.
+
+Sat Mar 28 16:30:55 1998 Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ * tracedlg.tcl: (build_win) reinserted 'update idletasks' to
+ display Actions frame properly.
+
+ * actiondlg.tcl: (sort) moved "All Registers", "All Locals",
+ "All Arguments" to beginning of list.
+
+ * src.tcl: (line_is_executable) new method. Used in
+ tracepoint_range.
+
+Sat Mar 28 10:58:04 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * tracedlg.tcl (gdb_edit_tracepoint): Don't let gdb_cmd call busy and
+ idle hooks.
+ (gdb_add_tracepoint): Ditto.
+
+ * src.tcl (config_win): Change exit key binding from 'q' to 'x.'
+ (goto_func): That's "file tail", not "file split."
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (_set_stepi): Don't do anything if we're debugging
+ asynchronously.
+
+Sat Mar 28 10:09:21 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Change "Close Debugger"
+ menu item to "Exit".
+
+Sat Mar 28 02:38:51 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src_pref.tcl (build_win): Fix Save and Apply buttons.
+ Change "Save" to "OK". Use standard_button_box.
+ (save): New method, save and exit.
+ (apply): New method; save and don't exit.
+ (cancel): New method; cancel all changes.
+
+ * src.tcl (reconfig): Reconfigure colors, too.
+
+ * global_pref.tcl (Globalpref): Fix deiconify call.
+ (build_win): Use standard_button_box. Set default to OK.
+ Remove unused stuff. Cleanup display.
+
+ * Makefile: Removed toolbar_pref.tcl.
+
+ * tclIndex: Rebuilt.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (create_buttons): Make toolbar always attached
+ to source window.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (build_win): Always display toolbar and
+ menubar attached to source window.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Removed toolbar prefs.
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_init): Remove hack to change preferences
+ names.
+ (manage_init): Remove toolbar and toolbar prefs code.
+ (manage_create): Remove toolbar code.
+ (manage_open): Remove toolbar code.
+ (manage_find): Remove toolbar code.
+ (manage_delete): Remove toolbar code.
+ (manage_restart): Remove toolbar code.
+
+Fri Mar 27 19:52:53 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Do not disable preferences.
+
+ * src.tcl (reconfig): Rewrite to not destroy window.
+ Symbolic fonts are a blessing!
+ Pass the image handles for our breakdots to makeBreakDots.
+ (file): Move breakpoint/tracepoint insertion to a separate function...
+ (display_breaks): .... this one.
+ (location): Move the block which fills combo boxes to top in
+ case an error causes us to exit early.
+ (makeBreakDot): Accept an optional image handler so that it can be
+ configured instead of created.
+
+ * global_pref.tcl (build_win): Carry around a list of all changable
+ fonts in case more granularity is needed. (Windows cannot change
+ menu font...) Disable menu font for windows.
+ (ok): Check the list of changable fonts.
+ (cancel): Check the list of changable fonts.
+ (apply): Check the list of changable fonts.
+
+ * console.tcl (reconfig): New (empty) method to handle preference
+ changes.
+
+Fri Mar 27 16:08:57 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * global_pref.tcl (ok): Must use preferences for comparison. Don't
+ "manage restart" unless needed.
+ (cancel): Don't configure the font -- changing the preference will do
+ it automagically.
+
+Fri Mar 27 14:21:02 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Use gdbtk_quit to initiate a quit.
+
+ * src.tcl (do_key): Use gdbtk_quit to initiate a quit.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_save): Set a default value for WIN.
+ Don't "manage restart".
+ (pref_set_defaults): Register a quit hook to save preferences.
+ (pref_quit): Call pref_save to save all preferences when we quit.
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage): Add "quit".
+ (manage_init): Register a gdb_quit_hook.
+ (manage_delete): Instead of guessing when and what to ask to confirm
+ a quit, call gdbtk_quit.
+ (manage_quit): New procedure. This is called from the gdb_quit_hook to save
+ window active'ness and geometries by calling manage_save.
+
+ * interface.tcl: Define "gdb_quit_hook".
+ (gdbtk_quit): New procedure to call whenever a quit is requested.
+
+ * global_pref.tcl (ok): Do not save preferences here.
+
+Fri Mar 27 12:21:07 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * tracedlg.tcl (TraceDlg): Wait until idle to deiconify ourselves.
+
+ * global_pref.tcl (Globalpref): Withdraw window before creating and
+ deiconify it when idle.
+ (cancel): Let the window manager destroy us.
+ (ok): Let the window manager destroy us.
+
+ * target.tcl (GdbLoadPref::constructor): Withdraw window before creating
+ and deiconfiy it when idle.
+
+ * memory.tcl (MemWin::constructor): Withdraw window before going
+ busy.
+
+ * register.tcl (RegWin::constructor): Withdraw window before going
+ busy.
+
+ * src.tcl (SrcWin::constructor): Withdraw window before creating and
+ deiconify it when idle.
+
+Fri Mar 27 10:52:30 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * target.tcl: Fix entry for temotetcp.
+
+ * main.tcl (set_target_name): Build correct gdb_target_cmd.
+
+Fri Mar 27 11:23:18 1998 Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ * target.tcl: (build_win) added call to change_target to
+ get the correct entry widgets when the dialog is opened.
+
+Fri Mar 27 01:43:41 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * target.tcl: Add simulator and remotetcp targets to
+ target database. Change all the gdb/load/$target/foo
+ preferences to gdb/load/$target-foo because the prefs
+ code expects gdb/section/varname. The extra slash confuses
+ it.
+ (set_saved): Add saved_portname and saved_hostname for TCP.
+ (write_saved): Add saved_portname and saved_hostname for TCP.
+ (fill_rates): change states of hostname and portnum entry widgets.
+ (fill_targets): Add fake remotetcp entry in target list.
+ (change_baud): When switching between tcp and serial targets
+ pack or forget the appropriate widgets.
+ (build_win): Create hostname and port number entry widgets.
+ (change_target): Update hostname and portnum widgets.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_save): Add 'load' as a section to be saved.
+ Set gdb/load/target to 'exec'.
+
+ * manage.tcl (_manage_null_handler): Deleted.
+
+ * download.tcl (download_it): Don't call IDE functions
+ unless GDTK_IDE is set.
+
+ * main.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_preloop): Get name of executable
+ if one was supplied on command line.
+ (set_target_name): Save target name as preference.
+ (run_executable): Call set_target.
+
+Fri Mar 27 00:23:46 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (location): Catch error of getting location of main.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Add gdb/toolbar/active.
+ Add trace for global/fixed font to update src-font.
+ (pref_read): Add code to deal with global preferences.
+ (pref_save): Add code to deal with global preferences.
+ (pref_src-font_trace): Trace function which set src-font to global/fixed.
+
+ * global_pref.tcl (build_win): Relayout font selectors and add a selections
+ for menu and default fonts.
+ Rename Save to OK and Quit to Cancel, renaming methods, too.
+ (font_changed): Add arguments to facilitate multiple fonts.
+ (reconfig): Define as empty.
+ (ok): Rewrite to facilitate multiple fonts.
+ (cancel): Rewrite to facilitate multiple fonts.
+ (apply): Rewrite to facilitate multiple fonts.
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_restart): Call gdbtk_idle to reset the toolbar after
+ it is recreated.
+
+Thu Mar 26 23:49:26 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * tdump.tcl, tfind_args.tcl: New files.
+
+Thu Mar 26 22:29:28 1998 Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ * tracedlg.tcl: (config) commented out grab. Made window non-modal.
+ (destructor) do not release grab.
+ (done) do not reinstall grab.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl: (create_buttons) changed buttons for the tracepoint
+ case to open tdump window, and tracepoint window.
+ (create_menu_items) change Run menu to do tstart, tstop for tracepoint
+ case. Changed View menu to show tracepoint window for tracepoint case.
+ Changed 'Control' menu to 'Trace' menu for tracepoint case, with
+ tfind commands.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl: (create_buttons) changed the buttons for the
+ tracepoint case to do tfind commands.
+ (_set_trace) new method. Toggles tstart/tstop button.
+
+ * src.tcl: (config) decide defatul action for left click on
+ source based on 'mode' preference.
+ (bp_line) ditto.
+ (config_win) modify pop upmenu on source window to display only
+ 'set tracepoint'.
+
+ * prefs.tcl: (pref_set_defaults) added preference gdb/mode for
+ tracepoints or breakpoint display.
+
+ * manage.tcl: (manage_init) added tracepoint window, args windows
+ for tfind, tdump window.
+ (manage_open) use eval in call to manage_create.
+
+ * bp.tcl: (build_win) added PassCount to the display and modified
+ the menus for the tracepoint case to display actions.
+ (bp_add) display pass_count too in the tracepoint list.
+ (bp_select) changed indexes of menu entries to be entries names.
+ added field passcount to selection for tracepoints.
+ (bp_modify) added passcount for tracepoints.
+ (bp_delete) added passcount for tracepoints.
+ (get_actions) new method
+ Added new public member "tracepoints" to decide which kind of window
+ needs to be displayed.
+
+ * Makefile: added new files tfind_args.tcl and tdump.tcl.
+
+ * tclIndex: regenerated
+
+Thu Mar 26 14:23:00 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl (set_target_name): Make target dialog always
+ on top.
+
+ * target.tcl (build_win): Bind Return to save.
+ (GdbLoadPref): Denter dialog on screen.
+
+Thu Mar 26 14:16:36 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * memory.tcl (update_address): Catch errors to update_addr so that
+ we do not error and leave the GUI busy.
+
+Thu Mar 26 13:51:58 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Remove "Cygnus
+ Foundry Tour" and "Submit a PR" from the menu.
+
+ * src.tcl (file): Set title to GDB.
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_init): Set About name.
+
+ * main.tcl (set_target): Set title to GDB.
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_query): Set title correctly.
+
+ * Makefile: Remove download_pref.tcl.
+
+Thu Mar 26 11:33:02 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile: Add target.tcl to list of sources.
+
+ * tclIndex: Rebuilt.
+
+ * target.tcl (GdbLoadPref): Trace changes to gdb_loaded.
+ (target_trace): New procedure. This is invoked by a write trace
+ to gdb_loaded.
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_busy): New procedure to run all busy hooks
+ (gdbtk_update): New procedure to run all update hooks
+ (gdbtk_idle): New procedure to run all idle hooks. Also runs the
+ no inferior hooks if no inferior has been created.
+ Rename old gdb_idle_hook to gdb_update_hook for clarity.
+ Change all references of run_hooks to use gdbtk_busy, gdbtk_idle, and
+ gdtk_update.
+
+ * download.tcl: Make busy/update/idle hook changes.
+
+ * main.tcl: Make busy/update/idle hook changes.
+ (set_exe): Clear gdb_loaded whenever a new exec file is selected.
+
+ * manage.tcl: Make busy/update/idle hook changes.
+
+ * mem_pref.tcl: Make busy/update/idle hook changes.
+
+ * memory.tcl: Make busy/update/idle hook changes.
+
+ * register.tcl: Make busy/update/idle hook changes.
+
+ * src.tcl: Make busy/update/idle hook changes.
+
+ * stack.tcl: Make busy/update/idle hook changes.
+
+ * variables.tcl: Make busy/update/idle hook changes.
+
+ Merged with Foundry 1.0:
+ Wed Mar 25 14:22:28 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * register.tcl (reconfig): Call busy and idle hooks.
+
+ * memory.tcl (update_address): Call busy and idle hooks.
+
+ Wed Mar 25 11:38:49 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (location): Fix typo.
+
+ Tue Mar 24 21:03:01 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (location): If gdb_listfuncs returns an error, display
+ an error message that says the file was either not found or contained
+ no debugging information.
+ (location): When disassembling, put busy and idle calls before
+ and after. Set "NoRun" to indicate the busy hook should not
+ display the stop sign because the target isn't running, GDB may
+ just take a few seconds to do the disassembly.
+ (busy): Hack to support NoRun mode.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (_set_runstop): Add another case to disable the
+ Run icon instead of changing it to a stop sign.
+
+ * main.tcl (set_exe): If the file has no debugging information,
+ display an error message and exit. This should only happen with
+ intentionally stripped files.
+
+ Tue Mar 24 17:04:36 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * mem_pref.tcl (build_win): Keep track of all widgets that should be
+ disabled when busy.
+ (busy): New method which disables anything that could cause trouble.
+ (idle): New method which re-enables anything that "busy" disables.
+ (apply): Call busy and the busy hooks before doing update of memory
+ window. Then call idle and the idle callbacks when we are done.
+
+ Tue Mar 24 12:07:52 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (location): Filter out .s and .S files because
+ Foundry does not yet support assembly source debugging.
+
+ Tue Mar 24 08:50:46 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * register.tcl (but3): Don't pop up the right-click menu if we are
+ running.
+
+ * download.tcl (download_it): Force an update so that all windows
+ are created and get their busy hooks called.
+
+ * console.tcl (invoke): Make sure we are not running.
+ (busy): New method.
+ (idle): New method.
+
+ Mon Mar 23 15:00:57 1998 Drew Moseley <dmoseley@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl: (location): Assume we are locating main() if the target is
+ not running and we can't figure out which function we are in.
+
+ * main.tcl (run_executable): Change to assembly mode when we try to
+ load a blank file. This usually means that source level debugging
+ was not enabled when this file was compiled.
+
+ Reverse the parameters to src method::location() method invocation so
+ they are in the correct order
+
+ Mon Mar 23 12:04:23 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (update): Comment out debug lines.
+
+ * main.tcl (set_target_name): If the target name changes,
+ force a new "file" command to be issued by setting
+ gdb_exe_changed.
+
+ Sat Mar 21 00:09:37 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * download.tcl (download_it): Remove call to run_idle_hooks.
+
+ * src.tcl (no_inferior): Call set_execution_status.
+
+ * bp.tcl (bp_modify, bp_delete): Change to take an entry
+ number.
+ (update): Sometimes "create" calls are for existing
+ breakpoints and should be "modified" calls. Detect this
+ and pass the entry number to bp_delete or bp_modify.
+
+ Fri Mar 20 22:50:55 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * console.tcl (insert): Remove all \r characters from string to be
+ inserted.
+
+ Fri Mar 20 01:55:14 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * watch.tcl (validateEntry): Fencepost for running.
+
+ * variables.tcl (VariableWin): Use "add_hook_before".
+ (idle_done): New gdb_idle_done_hook for this object.
+ (update): Don't call enable_ui here.
+ (enable_ui): Change cursor for this object.
+ (disable_ui): Ditto.
+ (no_inferior): Ditto.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (GDBToolBar): Use "add_hook_before".
+
+ * stack.tcl (StackWin): Use "add_hook_before".
+ (StackWin): Encapsulate creation of this object with
+ busy and idle hooks so that the user gets some feedback and to
+ prevent other widgets from attempting to update.
+ (update): Add some sanity checking so that we do not update with
+ garbage in the window.
+ (idle_done): New gdb_idle_done_hook for this object.
+ (change_frame): Fencepost for running.
+ (busy): New gdb_busy_hook for this object.
+ (no_inferior): New gdb_no_inferior_hook for this object.
+ (cursor): New helper method to set the cursor of all subwindows.
+
+ * src.tcl (SrcWin): Use "add_hook_before".
+ (toggle_updates): Use "add_hook_before".
+ (stack): Encapsulate creation of the stack object with
+ busy and idle hooks so that the user gets some feedback and to
+ prevent other widgets from attempting to update.
+ (idle_done): New gdb_idle_done_hook for this object.
+ (set_execution_status): When Program is Terminated..., reset
+ gdb_running.
+ (config_win): Pull mouse pointer cursor assignments in text widget
+ out into a separate function.
+ (bind_src_tags): New method to set the cursor for the window's text
+ widget tags.
+ (disable_ui): Call bind_src_tags to change cursor to "watch".
+ (enable_ui): Ditto.
+ (no_inferior): Ditto.
+ (cursor): New helper method to set the cursor of all subwindows.
+
+ * register.tcl (RegWin): Encapsulate creation of this object with
+ busy and idle hooks so that the user gets some feedback and to
+ prevent other widgets from attempting to update.
+ Use "add_hook_before".
+ (reg_select_up): Fencepost for running.
+ (reg_select_down): Fencepost for running.
+ (reg_select_right): Fencepost for running.
+ (reg_select_left): Fencepost for running.
+ (reg_select): Fencepost for running.
+ (edit): Fencepost for running.
+ (idle_done): New gdb_idle_done_hook for this object.
+ (busy): New gdb_busy_hook for this object.
+
+ * memory.tcl (MemWin): Encapsulate creation of this object with
+ busy and idle hooks so that the user gets some feedback and to
+ prevent other widgets from attempting to update.
+ Use "add_hook_before".
+ (create_prefs): Fencepost for running.
+ (idle_done): New gdb_idle_done_hook for this object.
+ (edit): Fencepost for running.
+ (newsize): Fencepost for running.
+ (busy): New method to block UI while running inferior.
+ (do_popup): Fencepost for running.
+ (cursor): New method to change the cursor definition for this
+ object.
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_init): Use "add_hook_before".
+
+ * main.tcl (run_executable): Use "run_idle_hooks".
+
+ * ide.tcl (gdbtk_ide_init): Don't create the source window here.
+
+ * interface.tcl: Define new hook "gdb_idle_done_hook" -- to be called
+ when the debugger does completely idle to allow input to objects
+ again.
+ (run_idle_hooks): New procedure to wrap the idle hooks.
+ (gdbtk_tcl_idle): Split the idle callbacks into two parts: one that
+ only updates widgets and one that tells widgets to accept input
+ again.
+
+ * download.tcl (Download): Use add_hook_before instead of add_hook.
+ (download_it): Use run_idle_hooks instead running the idle hooks
+ directly.
+
+ * bp.tcl (BpWin): Use add_hook_before instead of add_hook.
+
+ Wed Mar 18 18:59:00 1998 Sean Mahan <smahan@cygnus.com>
+
+ * download.tcl (download_hash): Added an 'update' so the
+ status bar would work on an MBX board.
+
+ Wed Mar 18 01:50:19 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Define gdb/src/tab_size
+ to default to a tab size of 4.
+
+ * src.tcl (setTabs): Set up tabs correctly.
+
+ * download.tcl (download_it): Set correct state after
+ user cancels download.
+
+ Tue Mar 17 12:30:23 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * console.tcl (throttle): New public variable.
+ (insert): Delete initial text when past the throttle limit.
+
+ Tue Mar 17 13:31:38 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * ide.tcl (gdb_exit_check): Do not let gdb confirm the quit if we
+ are downloading.
+
+ Tue Mar 17 13:25:22 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * console.tcl (insert): Force update of screen.
+
+ Mon Mar 16 10:22:00 1998 Sean Mahan <smahan@cygnus.com>
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Added 'Submit PR' to the
+ help menu. For PR15334
+
+ Sun Mar 15 15:01:27 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_fputs): Don't call update.
+
+ * src.tcl (build_win): Changed capitalization on balloon help.
+
+ Fri Mar 13 10:01:48 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (mode): Add a horizontal scrollbar to the assembly pane
+ of SRC+ASM mode when necessary.
+
+ Fri Mar 13 00:47:59 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl (run_executable): Don't force downloads for sim.
+
+ * download.tcl (download_it): Don't bother calling calling set_baud
+ for sim.
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_delete): Deregister the window before deleting
+ it to prevent those annoying bgerror messages.
+
+ Thu Mar 12 15:28:22 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * download.tcl (Download): Define a list of all sections.
+ (update_download): Loop through the list of sections, updating the
+ current section's progress and marking any previously loaded sections
+ as done, if needed.
+ (do_download_hooks): New procedure.
+ (download_hash): Use a timer to force update of GUI at regular
+ intervals -- GUI should not update 10,000 times a second.
+
+ Tue Mar 10 06:32:24 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_query): Allow caller to specify the default
+ button. If none is specified, it is set to 'yes'.
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_delete): While inferior is running, gdb_cmd returns
+ immediately, so we need to manually ask the user if he wants to quit.
+
+ Tue Mar 10 10:52:09 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * download.tcl (download_it): Change where old breakpoints
+ are cleared.
+ (done): Set focus on "OK" or delete.
+
+ Tue Mar 10 05:23:42 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (do_key): New method to wrap all keypresses.
+ (mode): Use do_key method.
+ (config_win): Use do_key method.
+
+ Mon Mar 9 23:06:21 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (download_progress): Add an optional message
+ parameter to the function for use with error messages.
+ Don't set_status twice on cancel. Call update if
+ load fails.
+
+ * download.tcl (done): If 'msg' is set, it should be
+ displayed and download has failed. Update all source
+ windows.
+ (cancel): Don't delete window here. Let it get deleted
+ after call to method 'done'.
+ (download_it): If download failed, call done method
+ with error message. Force reissue of target command.
+ Handle set_target failures.
+
+ * main.tcl (set_target): Check result of target command
+ to see if the user cancelled the command.
+ (run_executable): Use gdb_program_has_run instead of
+ gdb_app_running, which was removed everywhere. Force
+ download when gdb_program_has_run. If user cancels download
+ before the download starts, preserve previous state.
+
+ Mon Mar 9 15:06:21 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * console.tcl (invoke): After gdb_immediate() finishes
+ check to see if the window is still there.
+
+ * main.tcl: Initialize gdbtk_state(console).
+
+ * interface.tcl: Remove some unused globals. Replace gdb_console
+ with gdbtk_state(console).
+ (gdbtk_tcl_readline_*): Don't set gdbtk_state(console) every
+ time. Let manage.tcl do it.
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_create): Replace gdb_console with
+ gdbtk_state(console). Check for windows that were deleted,
+ but not actually gone yet.
+ (manage_delete): Replace gdb_console with gdbtk_state(console).
+
+ Mon Mar 9 09:08:11 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * watch.tcl (build_win): Tweak layout of the entry and button,
+ switching to grid geometry manager.
+
+Thu Mar 26 01:22:23 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * target.tcl: New file. Implements target dialog.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (_set_run): Remove because it was no longer used.
+
+ * util.tcl (freeze): Only call idewindow_freeze when
+ using the IDE.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Set default tab size to 4.
+
+ * src.tcl (location): If gdb_listfuncs cannot find
+ functions, display error message.
+ (setTabs): Set real tabs according to gdb/src/tab_size.
+
+ * main.tcl (set_exe): Check to see if file was stripped.
+ Cannot debug without some symbols.
+ (set_target_name): If target changes, set gdb_exe_changed
+ so new "file" command will be sent. When not using IDE,
+ display target requester.
+
+ * manage.tcl: Set loadpref to GdbLoadPref.
+
+Wed Mar 25 14:13:52 1998 Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_init) added tracedlg and actiondlg windows.
+
+Wed Mar 25 14:08:51 1998 Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_pre_add_symbol): New procedure.
+ (gdbtk_tcl_post_add_symbol): New procedure.
+
+ * src.tcl (set_execution_status): Use "set_status" to write to the
+ status bar, not "set Status".
+
+Mon Mar 23 13:41:39 1998 Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ * memory.tcl: Changes to support new faster gdb_get_mem().
+ (do_popup): Add "Go To" and Open New Window" to the popup
+ menu.
+
+Sat Mar 21 21:18:06 1998 Elena Zannoni <ezannoni@kwikemart.cygnus.com>
+
+ Merged changes from Foundry (list follows in reverse chronological
+ order)
+
+ Sean Mahan <smahan@cygnus.com>
+ * download_pref.tcl (help): Added method to display context
+ sensitive help.
+
+ Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+ * src.tcl (bp_line): Don't insert breakpoints if we're running.
+ (disable_ui): Disable selections. Workaround for TkTextDisplay bug.
+ (enable_ui): Enable selections.
+ (no_inferior): Enable selections.
+
+ Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Use gdb_immediate, not gdb_cmd,
+ so that output appears in console window.
+ * src.tcl (bp_line): Use gdb_immediate when running "continue".
+ (mode): Use gdb_immediate, not gdb_cmd, so that output appears in
+ console window.
+ (config_win): Likewise.
+ * srcbar.tcl (create_buttons): Use gdb_immediate, not gdb_cmd, so
+ that output appears in console window.
+ * console.tcl (lvarpush): Removed.
+ (_insertion): New method.
+ (_saved_insertion): New private variable.
+ (constructor): Don't let user use mouse to put cursor outside
+ command line.
+ * src.tcl (build_win): Use global/status font on status bar.
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_query): Moved vwait out of `if'
+ statement -- must vwait in all cases, not just in case when
+ question is actually asked.
+
+ Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+ * variables.tcl (deleteTree): Reset Locals and ChangeList, too.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * toolbar.tcl (enable_ui): Don't always set stepi and nexti
+ buttons on.
+
+ Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+ * toolbar.tcl (no_inferior): Instead of enabling/disabling the
+ individual menus on Windows, disable each menu's entries.
+ (disable_ui): Ditto.
+ (enable_ui): Ditto.
+
+ Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+ * manage.tcl (manage_delete): Catch destruction of the src window when
+ downloading and ask user if this is what he intends.
+ (manage_init): Don't install idle, busy, and no_inferior hooks. Allow gdb
+ to exit whenever the user wants to.
+ * srcbar.tcl (cancel_download): download_cancel_ok is a global.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * ide.tcl (receive_file_changed): Minor fix when a new
+ executable is built when GDB is running.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * bp.tcl (bp_delete): If a selected breakpoint is deleted,
+ set "selected" to 0.
+
+ Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+ * srcbar.tcl (cancel_download): New method to cancel downloads. Needed
+ to cancel download dialog-enabled downloads.
+ (_set_runstop): Call cancel_download.
+ * download.tcl (Download::constructor): Make sure to set the toolbar
+ properly so that the Stop/Cancel button cancels a download.
+ (download_it): Force the CANCEL to all download_progress_hook's.
+ * src.tcl (download_progress): Add special section identifier for
+ canceled downloads.
+ (SrcWin::destructor): Pass the state_hook's command to remove_hook.
+
+ Sean Mahan <smahan@cygnus.com>
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Help menu follows "Help Topics"
+ standard (PR 15082).
+
+ Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_query): Consolidate Windows case; must
+ `vwait' even when question is already being asked.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_query): Only use ide_messageBox
+ on Windows.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * register.tcl: Catch several gdb_register commands
+ so errors don't bother us.
+ * variables.tcl (destructor): Remove all hooks.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * download.tcl (done): Don't let seconds be zero.
+ * manage.tcl (manage_disable_all): Don't ever disable "."
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * main.tcl (run_executable): Removed delete_breakpoints
+ stuff.
+ * download.tcl (download_it): Removed delete_breakpoints
+ stuff. Clear any breakpoints at exit and main before
+ restarting. They get set again automatically if the
+ preferences say they should.
+ (Download): Don't call freeze on download window, because
+ it stops updating when we do.
+ (update): Renamed to update_download to avoid confusion.
+ * src.tcl (mode): When changing from SRC+ASM to another
+ mode, unset "awin".
+ (bp_line): On a "Continue to Here" don't try to
+ restore breakpoints that didn't exist before.
+
+ Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_query): Set -parent on dialog.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * src.tcl (build_win): Set mode combobox width to 10.
+ (goto_func): If a function name is an unmangled one,
+ it is a C++ method so don't prepend filename when
+ setting location. This is a kludge, but we are limited
+ by the symtax the GDB command line parser will accept.
+ (location): When loading function combobox,
+ remember which names are unmangled. Change width of
+ function combobox dynamically to better accomodate
+ those long C++ names.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * src.tcl (bp_line): When doing a "continue to here",
+ first save states of all breakpoints then restore
+ when finished.
+ (config_win): Uncomment "Continue to Here" menu item.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * src.tcl (location): Use ide_cygwin_path on Windows
+ to change project root to the right format.
+
+ Drew Moseley <dmoseley@cygnus.com>
+ * main.tcl: (run_executable): Modified to call download_it
+ with the parameter indicating whether to delete breakpoints.
+ If GDB is loaded ($gdb_loaded == 1) and the app is running
+ ($gdb_app_running == 1) then we don't delete the breakpoints.
+ All other situations will require deleting the breakpoints.
+ This allows us to redownload and run the same executable w/o
+ losing the breakpoint information.
+ * download.tcl: (download_it): Modified this routine to
+ take a boolean parameter indicating whether to delete
+ the breakpoints before downloading.
+
+ Sean Mahan <smahan@cygnus.com>
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Couldn't use 'helpdir'
+ variable so used Paths(prefix) and added help.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * src.tcl (set_state): Turn off debugging.
+ (location): Map windows pathnames into form GDB uses
+ internally.
+ (bp_line): Use gdb_set_bp to set breakpoints on
+ a specific line in a file.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * stack.tcl (update): Skip over any empty elements
+ in parsing the stack line to get the correct PC.
+
+ Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+ * download.tcl (download_it): Run gdb_busy_hook's.
+ If anything fails, make sure that the no_inferior_hook's are run.
+ Note errors that occur during downloading, ignoring the
+ "cancelled download" message. If an error occurs, set the
+ global gdb_download_error to the error message so that it can
+ be shown to the user later. Don't run the idle hooks if nothing
+ * src.tcl (download_progress): Do not rely on the value of
+ "download_cancel_ok" -- it is cleared in download_it.
+ Reorder code to take advantage of gdb_loaded and gdb_download_error
+ to determine if a download was canceled, successful, or failed due
+ to an error. Truncate the "DOWNLOAD FINISHED:" message so that it
+ will fit into the status bar given the recent font changes.
+ (busy): If gdb_loaded, set the status bar to read "Program is running."
+ Otherwise, don't touch it.
+ (config_win): Comment out "Continue to here" right-click menu item
+ until it can properly preserve breakpoint state.
+ (no_inferior): Configure the toolbar to -runstop 0. All of these
+ toolbar references should be done via the busy hook by the SrcBar
+ class itself someday...
+
+ Sean Mahan <smahan@cygnus.com>
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Added ability to launch
+ the tour help file from the help menu.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * manage.tcl, ide.tcl: Disable some debugging messages.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * src.tcl (set_state): When loaded state changes, invalidate
+ current file.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * src.tcl (SrcWin): Change default title to "Foundry Debugger".
+ (build_win): Change name and function combobox heights to 0.
+ Set status bar font to src-font.
+ (name): Rewrite to use _files array. This array allows us
+ to map full pathnames with short names that are easily displayed.
+ (file): Call set_name to update name combobox.
+ (location): Call set_name to update name combobox. When setting
+ the function combobox, adjust height to a maximum of 10. CLear
+ filename combobox if there is no valid filename. When setting the
+ filename combobox, adjust height to a maximum of 10. Create
+ _files array mapping full pathnames to short names. For IDE, use
+ vmake/source-files and project-root to build full pathnames.
+ When changing mode, save current line. Don't mark current line
+ with PC_TAG if gdb_running is 0.
+ (set_name): New function. Update the name combobox, using
+ the short name from _files if available.
+ * bp.tcl (bp_modify, bp_add): Use short file name from
+ _files global array.
+
+ Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+ * variables.tcl (VariableWin): Add idle, busy, and no inferior hooks.
+ (selectionChanged): Use Running fencepost.
+ (updateNow): Use Running fencepost.
+ (editEntry): Use Running fencepost.
+ (postMenu): Use Running fencepost.
+ (setDisplay): Use Running fencepost.
+ (open): Use Running fencepost.
+ (close): Use Running fencepost.
+ (enable_ui): Define new procedure to install fencepost.
+ (disable_ui): Define new procedure to remove fencepost.
+ (no_inferior): Define new procedure to remove fencepost and clear tree.
+ (Running): New protected data. This is used as a fencepost in this object.
+ * main.tcl: Run gdb_no_inferior_hook's when done initializing.
+ * src.tcl (disable_ui): Disable the combo boxes, too.
+ (enable_ui): Enable the combo boxes, too.
+ * download.tcl (download_it): Run gdb_no_inferior_hooks, too.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * main.tcl: Move IDE help initialization to ide.tcl.
+ * ide.tcl (gdbtk_ide_init): Move help system
+ initialization here.
+
+ Sean Mahan <smahan@cygnus.com>
+ * main.tcl: Initialized help sub-system for the ide.
+
+ Tomy Hudson <thudson@thudson5.cygnus.com>
+ * prefs.tcl: Changed COM1 back to com1 per Martins request.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * src.tcl (file): Call gdb_loadfile to do most of the
+ work.
+
+ Tomy Hudson <thudson@thudson5.cygnus.com>
+ * prefs.tcl: Changed "com1" to "COM1"
+
+ <dmoseley@cygnus.com>
+ * main.tcl: (run_executable): Added code to test for app_running.
+ If the app has been started and the user requests a "run", then
+ we must redownload to ensure that the global initialized data is
+ handled properly.
+ * download.tcl: (download_it): See above note.
+
+ Sean Mahan <smahan@cygnus.com>
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): changed "Tutorial" to "Cygnus
+ Foundry Tour" in the Help menu.
+
+ Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+ * memory.tcl (mem_del): "destroy forget" is invalid; use "destroy"
+ instead.
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_query): Only ask each question once.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * manage.tcl (manage_init): Initialize new global
+ _manage_enabled_flag to 1.
+ (manage_disable_all): Only disable if
+ _manage_enabled_flag is 1.
+ (manage_enable_all): Only enable if _manage_enabled_flag
+ is not 1.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * manage.tcl (manage_iconify): Check for toplevel
+ of "." before doing anything.
+ * main.tcl (set_target_name): Use "pref getd" in
+ case port is undefined.
+
+ Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+ * toolbar.tcl (GDBToolBar::constructor): Add appropriate idle, busy, and
+ no-inferior hooks for this class.
+ (create_buttons): Add all buttons to two lists so we can disable or enable
+ them according to the inferior's run state.
+ (create_menu_items): Same with the menus.
+ * srcbar.tcl (create_buttons): Add all buttons to two lists so we can disable
+ or enable them according to the inferior's run state.
+ (create_menu_items): Same with the menus.
+ (_set_run): Don't do anything to disable UI elements: the idle, busy, and
+ no_inferior hooks will take care of it.
+ (_set_runstop): Don't do anything to disable UI elements: the idle, busy, and
+ no_inferior hooks will take care of it.
+ * manage.tcl (manage): Add two new manage protocols: enable_all and
+ disable_all.
+ (manage_disable_all): New procedure to disable window manager functions
+ such as window deletions.
+ (manage_enable_all): New procedure to undo any changes made by
+ manage_disable_all.
+ (_manage_set_property): New helper procedure for above.
+ (manage_init): Install this module's idle, busy, and no_inferior hooks.
+ * src.tcl (SrcWin::constructor): Add new no_inferior hook.
+ (disable_ui): New procedure to disable ui elements.
+ (enable_ui): New procedure to enable_ui elements.
+ (no_inferior): New procedure to reset GUI.
+ (SrcWin::Running): New protected variable. A fencepost for the above
+ hooks.
+ (do_popup): Use above fencepost.
+ (showBalloon): Use above fencepost.
+ * main.tcl: Define new hook " gdb_no_inferior_hook".
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * src.tcl (SrcWin): Immediately set title name
+ to "Debugger".
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * download_pref.tcl (LoadPref): Make window transient.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * register.tcl (build_win): Set scrollbars to auto
+ on Unix.
+ * stack.tcl (build_win): Set scrollbars to auto
+ on Unix.
+ * memory.tcl (build_win): Restore proper resize
+ functioning on Unix.
+ * bp.tcl (build_win): Fix problem with merging Tom's
+ sizebox change. Fix Tom's change so scrollbars aren't
+ always on on Unix, at least.
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_pc_changed): Called from GDB when
+ the PC is changed with a "set $pc" command.
+ (gdb_show_command, gdb_args, gdb_stack_trace,
+ gdb_docstring,gdb_stack_depth, gdb_stack_frame): Removed.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * memory.tcl (destructor): Destroy memory prefs window
+ if one exists.
+ (create_prefs): Make prefs window transient.
+ * util.tcl (freeze): Make keep_raised an option.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * ide.tcl (receive_file_changed): Ignore object file
+ changes. On source file changes, put up a messagebox
+ warning the user. Change both messageboxes to be system
+ modal, which seems to just mean they will be on top.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * download.tcl (download_it): Reset download_cancel flag.
+ * src.tcl: Create "tagtype" as a protected variable
+ containing the current tag mode; PC, BROWSE, or STACK.
+ Change all functions to use it.
+ (mode): Fix problem with changing modes
+ while browsing stack functions.
+ (name): Add good filenames to the combobox history.
+ (SrcWin): Turn off automatic history in name combobox.
+ (file): If filename is not found, but is part of sources,
+ put it in combobox followed by "(not found)"
+ (location): Reorder and restructure this function to
+ be more robust when files cannot be found or mode changes
+ are required. When stack browsing, highlight PC if it is
+ in the displayed area, and fix the off-by-1 problem
+ with PCs saved on the stack.
+ (update): Use lassign and new tagtype variable.
+ (set_execution_status): Change message formats for MIXED
+ and SRC+ASM modes.
+ (mode): Update toolbar and mode display before calling
+ location. Use tagtype so tag mode is preserved.
+ * bp.tcl (bp_type): Deselect line before changing its
+ type.
+
+ Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+ * bp.tcl (build_win): Use built-in sizebox of tixScrolledWindow.
+ * watch.tcl (console): Set Sizebox to 0.
+ * memory.tcl (build_win): Use built-in sizebox of
+ tixScrolledWindow.
+ * stack.tcl (build_win): Use built-in sizebox of
+ tixScrolledWindow.
+ * locals.tcl (build_win): Don't create sizebox.
+ * variables.tcl (build_win): Use built-in sizebox of
+ tixScrolledWindow.
+ (Sizebox): New instance variable.
+ * console.tcl (console): Use built-in sizebox of
+ tixScrolledWindow.
+ * register.tcl (build_win): Use built-in sizebox of
+ tixScrolledWindow.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * main.tcl (set_target_name): Set port based on target
+ name.
+ (set_baud): Set baud rate based on target name.
+ * srcbar.tcl: Change shortcuts to use () instead of <>.
+ * download.tcl (download_it): Set download_verbose
+ based on target name.
+ * src.tcl (build_win): Set height to 0 for name and
+ function comboboxes.
+ (location): In IDE, use vmake/source-files property
+ to fill name combobox.
+
+ Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+ * variables.tcl (build_win): Set the variable window's
+ default size to 40 chars.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * src.tcl (set_state): When loaded state changes,
+ set program_has_run state to 0.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * src.tcl (set_status): Rewrite to handle temporary
+ status messages.
+ (set_execution_status): New function. Put a message
+ about the current program status in the status bar.
+ (trace_help): New function. Trace on changing ballon
+ help messages. Write them in the status bar.
+ * main.tcl (set_target): Comment out changing cursor.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * variables.tcl (changeValue): Trim string before
+ comparing with "".
+
+ Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+ * console.tcl (constructor): Set no wrap mode.
+ * src.tcl (SrcWin::name): Make sure we ask gdb where the source file
+ is before asking the source window to open it.
+ (SrcWin::file): Do not ask gdb where the file is -- someone else
+ already has. Set the file selector to the filename only once and
+ only if successful finding the file.
+ (SrcWin::location): Add flag idicating that a file load has failed.
+ Resolves recursive loop with SrcWin::mode and SrcWin::location.
+ Make sure the file and function selectors are filled only once.
+ (SrcWin::mode): Add error flag to indicate that a file load failed.
+ Resolves recursive loop with SrcWin::location.
+ Make sure we exit with the proper mode set on the source window.
+ (SrcWin::current_addr): Define a default value of 0x0.
+ * console.tcl (invoke): Use new gdb_immediate command instead of
+ gdb_cmd.
+ (insert): Add all errors to the end of the text widget.
+ Send errors to end of text widget, not insertion pt.
+ (einsert): Send errors to end of text widget, not insertion pt.
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_readline_begin): Insert message into
+ command window so that the user sees messages like "Enter commands,
+ one per line. Enter 'end' when finished."
+ * main.tcl: Initialize gdbtk_state(readline).
+
+ Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+ * manage.tcl (manage_open): Force focus onto toplevel.
+ * mem_pref.tcl (build_win): Don't put <Return> binding on
+ toplevel; instead put focus on OK button.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * main.tcl (set_target_name): Replace "com1" with
+ the port name we really want to use.
+ * bp.tcl (build_win): Use place manager for sizebox
+ so it doesn't go away when window is resized.
+ * stack.tcl (build_win): Fix stack window.
+ * memory.tcl: Back out previous changes.
+ * locals.tcl (build_win): Use place manager for sizebox
+ so it doesn't go away when window is resized.
+
+ Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+ * mem_pref.tcl (build_win): Make OK button default.
+ * ide.tcl (gdbtk_ide_init): Set gdb_pretty_name. Track changes to
+ target-pretty-name property.
+ * src.tcl (update_title): Display pretty name for target.
+ * main.tcl (set_target): Display pretty name for target.
+ (gdb_pretty_name): New global.
+ * ide.tcl (target_pretty_name_changed): New proc.
+ (receive_file_changed): Display pretty name for target.
+ * download.tcl (download_it): Display pretty name for target.
+ (console): Likewise.
+
+ Thomas Hudson <thudson@cygnus.com>
+ * bp.tcl (build_win): Added frame and sizebox to bottom.
+ Returned geometry management to previous packing style
+ and window layout.
+ * stack.tcl (build_win): ditto
+ * memory.tcl (build_win): ditto
+ * watch.tcl (build_win): ditto
+ * locals.tcl (build_win): ditto
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * manage.tcl (manage_iconify): Catch iconify command.
+ * download.tcl (download_it): If set_target fails,
+ set gdb_downloading to 0 and return.
+ * main.tcl (set_target): Handle target command timeouts.
+ Pop up messagebox. Set cursor to "watch". Set title
+ on source window. Return 0 on error.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * manage.tcl (manage_find): Fix to return a list of windows.
+ * console.tcl (Console): Fix sizebox so it doesn't create
+ a whole blank line and it doesn't mess up Unix.
+ * register.tcl (build_win): Change "Show" to "Display".
+
+ Tomy Hudson <thudson@cygnus.com>
+ * console.tcl (build_win) Added frame and ide_sizebox to
+ bottom of window.
+ * stack.tcl (build_win) Added frame and ide_sizebox to
+ bottom of window.
+ * watch.tcl (build_win) Added frame and ide_sizebox to
+ bottom of window.
+ * locals.tcl (build_win) Added frame and ide_sizebox to
+ bottom of window.
+
+ Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+ * memory.tcl (build_win): Updated -underline values.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * memory.tcl (init_addr_exp): New function. Set the
+ initial address expression to the location of .data
+ if it is defined. Otherwise use $pc.
+
+ Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+ * bp.tcl (build_win): Changed packing so content fills window.
+ Removed `g' and `a' frames. Changed gridding on labels.
+ (bp_add): Changed gridding on new entries.
+ * memory.tcl (build_win): Put spaces in front of all menu labels.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * download.tcl (download_it): Change error to messagebox.
+
+ Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+ * register.tcl (reg_display_list): Initialize to empty list.
+ (init_reg_display_vars): Don't unset reg_display_list; set it to
+ empty list.
+ (delete_from_display_list): Likewise.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * ide.tcl (ide_run_server, ide_do_run_server): Take
+ an optional argument to indicate if program should be
+ run or simply downloaded.
+ * console.tcl (Console): Enable scrollbars in both
+ directions.
+ * main.tcl: Moved keep_raised, sleep, and toggle_debug_mode
+ to util.tcl.
+ (set_exe): If exe changed, set gdb_target_changed
+ to force new target command to be sent.
+ (set_target_name): Check to see if gdb_target_changed.
+ (run_executable): If exe or target changed, set gdb_loaded to
+ 0, forcing a new download. If download only, try to
+ display function main in source window.
+ * util.tcl: New file.
+ * hooks.tcl: Removed. Use version in libide.
+ * Makefile: Add util.tcl.
+ * download.tcl (Download): Call freeze to make modal window.
+ (_map): Deleted.
+ (download_it): Call set_baud, then set_exe then set_target.
+ * mem_pref.tcl (build_win): Set default number of bytes
+ to 128.
+ * memory.tcl (build_win): Enable horizontal scrollbar
+ when in resize mode. Anchor to top-left. Use "nb" to
+ count actual number of bytes displayed, instead of "numbytes"
+ which will be 0 when in resize mode.
+ (delete_prefs): Deleted.
+ * src.tcl (mode): Update mode combobox with new mode name.
+ (location): In SRC+ASM mode if we step into a function without
+ source code, unhighlight everything in the source pane and let
+ the assembly pane show our current location.
+ (build_win): Enable scrollbars in both directions.
+ (set_state): Call update_title.
+ (update_title): Don't set title if the target or exe has changed.
+ (trace_variable): Couldn't figure out what this did that
+ could be useful so delete it and everything that references it.
+ * watch.tcl: Add description and copyright.
+ * variables.tcl, interface.tcl, locals.tcl: Add copyright.
+ * prefs.tcl, register.tcl: Add copyright.
+
+ Tomy Hudson <thudson@cygnus.com>
+ * register.tcl (reg_select_): Modified reg_select_* movement
+ methods to use the register display list instead of
+ a straight index.
+
+ Tomy Hudson <thudson@cygnus.com>
+ * register.tcl (unedit): Changed input focus to $ScrolledWin.$Editing
+ in unedit. This allows arrow and tab key bindings to work
+ after an edit.
+
+ Tomy Hudson <thudson@cygnus.com>
+ * register.tcl (build_win): Added key bindings and support
+ for tab and arrow keys, including four new methods;
+ reg_select_up,reg_select_down, reg_select_left, reg_select_right
+ * register.tcl (build_win): Added spacing frame and ide_sizebox
+ to window. Changed geometry manager to grid.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * stack.tcl (update): Only insert entries that have
+ length. Break when matching entry in listbox is found.
+ * src.tcl (config_win): Fix control-v binding so
+ it doesn't paste on Windows. Cancel <Delete>
+ binding.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * src.tcl (build_win): Force focus from toplevel
+ down to text window.
+ (mode): Restructure code to be clearer. Set focus
+ when done.
+
+ Tomy Hudson <thudson@cygnus.com>
+ * src.tcl (mode): Modified key bindings for MIXED mode
+ to be the same as ASSEMBLY mode
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * manage.tcl (manage_init): set bp-save to 1.
+ * variables.tcl (changeValue): If new value is null,
+ cancel edit.
+
+ Tomy Hudson <thudson@cygnus.com>
+ * memory.tcl (do_popup): Added method do_popup. Changed binding of
+ button-3 to invoke popup menu.
+
+ Tomy Hudson <thudson@cygnus.com>
+ * src.tcl (do_popup): Removed check for space in variable name
+ that disabled popup menu items. Only check now is for "".
+
+ Tomy Hudson <thudson@cygnus.com>
+ * src.tcl (do_popup): Removed variable name from
+ popup menu items. Added check for sane variable in selection
+ to disable menu items when appropriate.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * bp.tcl (bp_delete): Destroy widgets in deleted
+ line.
+ * srcbar.tcl (_set_run): Enable View menu items
+ when download is finished.
+ * download_pref.tcl (LoadPref): Call loadprefs
+ with gdbrunning set to 1.
+
+ Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+ * ide.tcl (gdbtk_ide_init): Use property vmake/exelist, not
+ vmake-exelist.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * variables.tcl (build_menu_helper): Comment-out
+ Update menu.
+ (getVariables): Change variable name so it doesn't
+ get confused with window variables.
+ (postMenu): Comment-out Update entries.
+ (UnEdit): Unbind keys when unediting.
+ * memory.tcl (create_prefs): When prefs are already
+ open, raise and focus the window.
+ * bp.tcl (bp_type): Deselect current line when type changes.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Call open_url for
+ web connections.
+ * src.tcl (name): When new file load fails, remove it
+ from combobox. When load succeeds, clear status message.
+ (location): Change how files are loaded into combobox.
+ Call new gdb_listfiles function.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * manage.tcl (manage_create): Give newly created windows
+ the focus on all platforms.
+ * mem_pref.tcl (destructor): Notify parent when exiting.
+ * srcbar.tcl (_set_run): Better state handling on
+ pulldowns and icons.
+ * src.tcl (build_win): Start with toolbar in right state.
+ * memory.tcl (MemWin): Withdraw window until finished.
+ (delete_prefs): New function.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * manage.tcl: For IDE, iconify all windows when source
+ window is iconified.
+ * mem_pref.tcl: Take out all the modal stuff.
+ Leave this window non-modal.
+ * download.tcl: Fix references to source window.
+ (Download): Make window modal and always on top.
+ * memory.tcl (destructor): Kill mem prefs window too.
+ * variables.tcl (changeValue): Clean up.
+ * register.tcl (acceptEdit): Change error messagebox.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * src.tcl (set_state): Disable items in breakpoint
+ popups.
+ (config_win): Change capitalization in popups.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * main.tcl: Major rewrite. Simplify. Move IDE
+ functions to new file. Add state variables and
+ hooks. Add copyright.
+ * ide.tcl: New file. IDE functions.
+ * download.tcl (download_it): Use new state variables.
+ * src.tcl: Use new state variables.
+ (constructor): Add state hook.
+ (set_state): Hook to enable/disable menus and icons.
+ * srcbar.tcl (runstop): Renamed from "running"
+ (running): Public variable to control icons.
+ (_set_runstop): Change Running man to stop sign.
+ (_set_run): Enable/disable icons depending on debugger
+ state.
+ * manage.tcl (create_closed): Deleted function.
+ (manage_create): Remove visibility argumnet.
+ (manage_delete): Remove special case for debugger prefs.
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Remove gdb/advanced.
+ * hooks.tcl: Add copyright.
+ * Makefile: Add ide.tcl.
+
+ Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+ * download_pref.tcl (LoadPref): Inherit from GdbLoadPref.
+ (constructor): Rewritten.
+ (build_win): Removed.
+ (change_baud): Removed.
+ (save): Removed.
+ (cancel): Removed.
+ (config): Removed.
+ (reconfig): Removed.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * main.tcl (target_name_changed): Append correct
+ port name to target name.
+ (gdbtk_ide_init): Don't initialize IDE preferences.
+ Append port name to target name.
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Add Debugger Preferences
+ to File menu.
+ * pref.tcl: Remove all ide preferences functions.
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Define gdb/load/port.
+ * download_pref.tcl: Added serial port selection.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * register.tcl (acceptEdit): Remove leading spaces from
+ values.
+ * src.tcl (config_win): New tag bp_tag. Like break_tag
+ except used when a bp is set on that line. Bind new menu
+ to bp_tag.
+ (insertBreakTag): Accept tag type. Remove old tag.
+ (do_bp): When a breakpoint is set, use bp_tag.
+
+ Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+ * pref.tcl (pref_ide_proc): Withdraw the toplevel, not the
+ window.
+
+ Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+ * tclIndex: Rebuilt.
+ * mem_pref.tcl (build_win): Use standard_button_box.
+ (_map): New method.
+ (constructor): Run _map on <Map> event.
+ * pref.tcl (pref_ide_proc): Use idewindow_check_freeze.
+ (pref_modal_dialog): Use idewindow_freeze and idewindow_thaw.
+ * hooks.tcl: Removed.
+ * Makefile (TCL): Removed hooks.tcl.
+
+ Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+ * main.tcl (ide_run_server): Quote call to ide_do_run_server.
+
+ Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+ * download_pref.tcl (build_win): Make OK button default. Invoke
+ when Return pressed.
+ * download_pref.tcl (build_win): Don't allow pref window to
+ resize. Use standard_button_box to lay out buttons.
+ * pref.tcl (pref_ide_proc): Handle window freezing.
+ (pref_modal_dialog): Freeze and thaw window around the grab.
+ (build_win): Use standard_button_box to lay out buttons. Don't
+ allow pref window to resize.
+
+ Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+ * src.tcl (src_ide_proc): Download the file in an idle callback.
+ Execute the idewindow command even if the download was cancelled.
+ * library/main.tcl (ide_run_server): Do everything in an idle
+ callback.
+ (ide_do_run_server): New procedure.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * src.tcl (bp_line): Use hasBP instead of validBPLine.
+ Allow type TC even if BP set.
+ (validBPLine): Renamed to hasBP.
+
+ Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+ * manage.tcl (manage_open): Special case "about" window when
+ running under IDE.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * main.tcl (set_target): Set the target again if the
+ executable has changed and executed a "file" command.
+ * memory.tcl (update_address): Accept numerical entries
+ and catch errors.
+ * download.tcl (Download): Cancel button should call
+ cancel method.
+ * main.tcl (run_executable): Fixed messageBox.
+
+ Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+ * floatbar.tcl (constructor): Added.
+ * srcbar.tcl (constructor): Added.
+ * toolbar.tcl (_ide_title): New instance variable.
+ (create_menu_items): Pass _ide_title to idewindmenu.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * main.tcl (toggle_debug_mode): Fix typo and print
+ debug message before disabling it.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * manage.tcl (manage_delete): Don't remove a window
+ from the active list until after it has already deleted
+ itself.
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Change Console shortcut
+ to Ctrl+N.
+ * src.tcl (config_win): Change Console shortcut to Ctrl+N.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * src.tcl: (do_bp): Catch errors.
+ (validBPLine): Valid lines have a "-" or an image.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * main.tcl (ide_run_server): Don't run executable if
+ download was cancelled. Reset cancelled flag.
+ (run_executable): Call download_it.
+ (download): Renamed download_it and moved to download.tcl.
+ (set_target): Don't set target if the name hasn't changed
+ from the last time.
+ * register.tcl (reg_select): Catch errors.
+ (delete_from_display_list): Enable menu item.
+ * src.tcl (build_win): Add progress bar for downloads.
+ (download_progress): New function. Callback to update
+ progress meter.
+ (src_ide_proc): Don't open src window if download
+ cancelled.
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Call download_it.
+ * srcbar.tcl (_set_run): New mode. Sets run button to stop
+ sign during downloads.
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Define gdb/load/verbose.
+ * interface.tcl: Define new hook download_progress_hook.
+ * floatbar.tcl (create_buttons): Call download_it.
+ * download_pref.tcl: Add download dialog prefs.
+ * download.tcl (Download): Change back to old dialog
+ with each section listed seperately.
+ (download_hash): Use a hook.
+ (download_it): New function. Replaces old "download"
+ from main.tcl. Now deletes all breakpoints before
+ downloading and handles cancels correctly.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * main.tcl (download): Don't quote the executable name
+ with single quotes.
+
+ Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+ * src.tcl (src_ide_proc): Exit gdb when destroy request seen.
+
+ Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+ * main.tcl (gdbtk_ide_init): Use src_ide_proc for the source
+ window, rather than idewindow_proc. Remove extraneous line.
+ * src.tcl (src_ide_proc): New procedure, replacing open_src. Only
+ download if we are opening the source window.
+ (src_no_save): New procedure.
+ * main.tcl (gdbtk_ide_init): Initialize gdb_checking_for_exit.
+ Register gdb_exit_check as the exit check procedure.
+ (gdb_exit_check): New procedure.
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_query): If gdb_checking_for_exit, use a
+ system modal message box.
+ * src.tcl (build_win): Create a FocusIn binding to push focus down
+ from the top level.
+ * console.tcl: Change all control, alt, and unadorned character
+ bindings to use bind_plain_key.
+ * memory.tcl: Likewise.
+ * src.tcl: Likewise.
+ * variables.tcl: Likewise.
+ * src.tcl: Use bind_plain_key rather than explicitly ignoring Alt
+ bindings.
+ * src.tcl (print): Call idewindow_freeze and idewindow_thaw around
+ call to print menu.
+ * srcbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Likewise, around call to page
+ setup menu.
+ * main.tcl (gdbtk_ide_init): Use an underscore in generic window
+ name, to set the accelerator key.
+ (ide_run_server): Likewise.
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_buttons): Likewise.
+
+ Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+ * register.tcl (acceptEdit): If no value is entered,
+ set the cell to 0.
+
+ Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+ * src.tcl (config_win): Add ignored Alt bindings for all the
+ unmodified key bindings.
+ * download.tcl (constructor): Withdraw the window before doing
+ anything. Set the width of the label. Don't try to center the
+ window. Pass toplevels to wm transient. Run keep_raised after
+ 500. Don't call update.
+ (done): Use after rather than a busy loop.
+ (destructor): Cancel the after if it is defined.
+ (after_id): New protected variable.
+ * main.tcl (download): If download is already running, don't do
+ anything. If .load0.load exists, delete it before calling manage
+ create.
+ * main.tcl (gdbtk_ide_init): Use pref_ide_proc rather than
+ idewindow_proc when registering the preference window.
+ * download_pref.tcl (save, cancel): Call pref_ide_finished.
+ * pref.tcl (save, cancel): Likewise.
+ (pref_ide_proc): New procedure.
+ (pref_no_save): New procedure.
+ (pref_modal_dialog): New procedure.
+ (pref_ide_finished): New procedure.
+ * tclIndex: Rebuild.
+ * main.tcl (gdbtk_ide_init): Initialize gdb_download_cancelled.
+ (run_executable): Put a trace on gdb_download_cancelled. Change
+ the dialog box message. If the user cancels the download, clear
+ gdb_run_pending and just return without running.
+ (ide_do_run): Remove the traces on gdb_download_cancelled. If the
+ user cancelled the download, just clear gdb_run_pending.
+ (target_name_changed): Clear gdb_download_cancelled. Call
+ set_exe_name.
+ (download): If the executable is not up to date, ask whether the
+ user is really really sure. If the user cancels the download
+ using the dialog button, set gdb_download_cancelled, and don't set
+ the breakpoints or gdb_download_complete.
+ (set_exe_name): Clear gdb_download_cancelled.
+ (receive_file_changed): Ask whether we should download the new
+ executable.
+ * src.tcl (open_src): Don't download the file if
+ gdb_download_cancelled is set.
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_query): Pass -modal task to
+ tk_messageBox.
+ * main.tcl (set_exe_name): Tell the src window to go back to
+ looking at main if the file changes.
+ * src.tcl (update): Catch errors when calling gdb_loc.
+ * main.tcl (gdbtk_ide_init): Handle file-created, file-changed,
+ file-removed, and file-deleted events rather than process-ended
+ events.
+ (set_exe_name): Call gdb_clear_file even if the file does not
+ exist. Likewise for setting gdb_download_complete to zero.
+ (receive_file_changed): Rename from receive_process_ended. Only
+ check the executable mtime if the tail of the file name matches
+ the executable name.
+
+ Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+ * srcbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Change ``Print Setup...'' to
+ ``Page Setup...''. Pass -parent to ide_winprint page_setup.
+ * src.tcl (print): Pass -parent to send_printer.
+
+ Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+ * main.tcl: Move initialization code to end of file, after all
+ procedures have been defined.
+ (gdbtk_ide_init): New procedure to handle IDE initialization.
+ (gdbtk_tcl_preloop): Don't do anything if using the IDE.
+ (ide_run_server): Error if file does not exist. Use
+ idewindow_activate_by_name, rather than manage open. Do
+ everything after idle.
+ (run_executable): Clean up a bit. Consistently use ide_do_run.
+ (target_name_changed): Rename from target_name. Rename parameter
+ num to propset.
+ (download): Error if the file does not exist. Call set_exe_name.
+ Don't set gdb_download_mtime. Don't check whether gdb_run_pending
+ is 2.
+ (exe_name_changed): Rename from exe_name.
+ (set_exe_name): Set gdb_exe_mtime. Quote filename passed to
+ gdb_cmd.
+ (receive_process_ended): Don't check the data argument. Check
+ gdb_exe_set rather than gdb_download_complete. Check
+ gdb_exe_mtime rather than gdb_download_mtime.
+ * src.tcl (open_src): Set the location to main as well as
+ downloading the file. Don't set gdb_run_pending to 2.
+
+
+Tue Feb 10 17:50:37 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * bp.tcl (build_win): Do not set the disabled foreground for menus. Insert
+ all tracepoints, too.
+ (bp_add): Handle tracepoints.
+ (bp_type): Handle tracepoints.
+ (update): Handle tracepoints.
+ (bp_all): Do tracepoints, too.
+ (Index_to_bptype): New protected variable to index type of break (breakpoint
+ or tracepoint) against index in window.
+ (bp_select): Disable/Enable menu items based on type.
+ (bp_able): Handle tracepoints.
+
+ * src.tcl (do_bp): Handle disabled tracepoints.
+
+ * actiondlg.tcl (change_other): Handle memranges and use info address to
+ validate entries.
+
+ * tracedlg.tcl (edit): Handle memranges when formatting data for
+ action dialog.
+
+Mon Jan 26 11:44:39 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (fill_files): Don't check for file's existance -- let
+ SrcWin::name do that.
+
+ * actiondlg.tcl (change): Add everything that is specified, not
+ just the things about which we know.
+
+Sun Jan 25 01:01:32 1998 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * stack.tcl (update): Only insert entries that have
+ length. Break when matching entry in listbox is found.
+
+ * src.tcl (fill_files): Don't call lsort. New listfiles
+ command sorts for us.
+
+ * variables.tcl (changeValue): If new value is null,
+ cancel edit.
+ (build_menu_helper): Comment-out Update menu.
+ (getVariables): Change variable name so it doesn't
+ get confused with window variables.
+ (postMenu): Comment-out Update entries.
+ (UnEdit): Unbind keys when unediting.
+
+Thu Jan 22 10:38:19 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Disable preferences.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Attach the toolbar to the source window
+ by deafult.
+ * src.tcl (SrcWin::build_win): Turn off history for the file selector.
+ (SrcWin::name): Use SOURCEWIN_set_status to upate status.
+ Make sure we ask gdb where the source file is before asking
+ the source window to open it.
+ (SrcWin::file): Do not ask gdb where the file is -- someone else already has.
+ Set the file selector to the filename only once and only if
+ successful finding the file.
+ (SrcWin::fill_files): Sort the files before inserting into file selector.
+ (SrcWin::location): Add flag idicating that a file load has failed. Resolves
+ recursive loop with SrcWin::mode and SrcWin::location.
+ Make sure the file and function selectors are filled only once.
+ Use SOURCEWIN_set_status and SOURCEWIN_reset_status as appropriate.
+ (SrcWin::set_status): Add verbatim flag to allow a generic message to be
+ displayed.
+ (SrcWin::mode): Add error flag to indicate that a file load failed. Resolves
+ recursive loop with SrcWin::location.
+ Make sure we exit with the proper mode set on the source window.
+ (SrcWin::reset_status): New procedure.
+ (SrcWin::current_addr): Define a default value of 0x0.
+ (SrcWin::Status): New protected variable.
+ (SrcWin::bp_line): Check if breakpoint set in assembly-mode, too.
+ (SOURCEWIN_set_status): New procedure to temporarily set the status bar.
+ (SOURCEWIN_reset_status): New procedure which is called after the status bar
+ should be reset.
+ (SOURCEWIN_reinit): New procedure to reinitialize the source window. (To be
+ called when new symbol files are added and like).
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_query): Properly set the name of the
+ query dialog.
+ (gdbtk_tcl_pre_add_symbol): Hook called from gdbtk.c to inform user that
+ we are reading symbols.
+ (gdbtk_tcl_post_add_symbol): Hook called from gdbtk.c to inform user that
+ are finished reading symbols.
+
+ * src.tcl (SOURCEWIN_reinit): New procedure which updates the source window with
+ a default file, fills the file selectors, etc.
+ (SOURCEWIN_set_status): New procedure which can be used to set the status bar
+ on the source window.
+ (set_status): Add flag for setting the status as-is.
+
+ * main.tcl: Call SOURCEWIN_reinit to setup the source window on startup.
+
+
+Fri Jan 16 09:11:30 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (SOURCEWIN_set_status): New procedure to allow anyone to set the
+ status bar text at the bottom of the source window.
+ (fill_files): Use a little more full-proof method (if slower) for eliminating
+ duplicates int the files combobox.
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_pre_add_symbol): New procedure called prior to
+ a symbol file is loaded.
+ (gdbtk_tcl_post_add_symbol): New procedure called after a symbol file is
+ loaded.
+
+Thu Jan 15 12:41:27 1998 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * console.tcl (invoke): Use new gdb_immediate command instead of gdb_cmd.
+
+Wed Dec 31 16:50:26 1998 Keith Seitz (keiths@onions.cygnus.com)
+
+ * actiondlg.tcl (change): handle '$' in register names.
+
+Wed Dec 10 13:17:21 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (file): Insert tracepoint dots into the source window, too.
+
+ * tracedlg.tcl (build_win): Add an update to workaround a Tix/Tk bug when
+ mapping the dialog under X.
+
+ * console.tcl (insert): Add all errors to the end of the text widget.
+ (einsert): Send errors to end of text widget, not insertion pt.
+ (invoke): Send errors to end of text widget, not insertion pt.
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_readline_begin): Insert message into
+ command window so that the user sees messages like "Enter commands, one
+ per line. Enter 'end' when finished."
+
+ * actiondlg.tcl (change_other): Clear the entry on <Return>.
+ Add fencepost to avoid manipulating collect list twice which
+ could otherwise have undesired side effects.
+ Add some validation test for typed-in entries.
+ (ok): Call change_other to check the "Other" entry widget when the
+ dialog is dismissed.
+ (change): fix typo
+
+Mon Dec 8 15:07:51 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * tracedlg.tcl (get_data): New method which gets the data associated
+ with an action.
+ (add_all_actions): Use the new get_data method.
+
+ * actiondlg.tcl (get_selections): Add "declaration" for i so that
+ its scope is not limited to for loop.
+
+Fri Dec 5 10:01:24 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+ * tracedlg.tcl (build_win): Add support for ranges of lines at which
+ tracepoint should be set.
+ (add_action): With ranges, use actions from first in tracepoint in the
+ range.
+ (ok): Set tracepoints for ranges, asking if it is ok to overwrite
+ any existing ones when necessary. Dismiss the dialog first -- or else
+ it could hang around forever.
+ (edit): With ranges, use actions of the first tracepoint.
+ TraceDlg::Lines: Renamed from TraceDlg::Line.
+ TraceDlg::New: New protected variable (indicates if there are any new
+ tracepoints being set with this dialog).
+ TraceDlg::Exists: New protected variable (indicates if there are any
+ existing tracepoints that may be overwritten -- so ask the user first).
+
+ * src.tcl (fill_files): Use gdb_find_file to test for the existence
+ of a file, not "file exists".
+ (do_popup): Filter the selection a little. If the selection is
+ multi-line selection, enable the tracepoint range option. Don't
+ display "add to watch" for EVERYTHING!
+ (validBPLine): Valid lines can have images on them, too.
+ (bp_line): Fallout of above: check if breakpoint exists before
+ deciding whether to clear it or set it.
+ (getVariable): Sllow LINE to be passed, so others can filter lines, too.
+ (set_tracepoint): Pass TraceDlg a list of lines -- only one line in this
+ case.
+ (tracepoint_range): New function to set tracepoint ranges.
+ (file): Use gdb_find_file to get the real filename.
+
+Wed Nov 26 15:02:43 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * balloon.tcl, gettext.tcl: Remove obsolete files.
+
+ * console.tcl (invoke): Remove debug line.
+
+ * src.tcl (update): Remove debug line.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Turn debug mode off by deafult.
+
+Wed Nov 26 11:30:49 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl: Initialize gdbtk_state(readline).
+
+ * console.tcl (invoke): Check if we are in readline mode, so that
+ we wait for the user's input and set a global with the result.
+ (activate): Add prompt argument for readline's prompt.
+ (setprompt): Add prompt argument for readline's prompt.
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_readline): hack to get readline working
+
+ * lots: Merge with foundry's 11/18/97 build.
+
+ * console.tcl (setprompt): Get prompt from gdb.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Add tracepoint defaults.
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_tracepoint): New function which mimicks
+ gdbtk_tcl_breakpoint.
+
+ * src.tcl (constructor): Set default behavior of left click. Make
+ a tracepoint dot, too.
+ (fill_files): "New" function: ripped out of "location". It fills the
+ 'files' combo box on the bottom of the source window.
+ (location): Use fill_files to fill the files combo box.
+ (do_bp): Add support for tracepoints.
+ (bp_line): Add support for tracepoints.
+ (set_tracepoint): New function to set a tracepoint on a given line.
+ (config_win): Add "Set tracepoint here" to right-click menu.
+
+ * actiondlg.tcl: New file to help with tracepoint data collection actions.
+
+ * tracedlg.tcl: New file to help with tracepoints.
+
+Mon Nov 17 16:49:56 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (config_win): Remove stray character.
+
+Mon Nov 17 16:04:08 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl (startup code: Use the first element from the
+ vmake-exelist list.
+ (exe_name): Likewise.
+ (gdbtk_tcl_preloop): Quote file name passed to file.
+ (download): Quote file name passed to load.
+
+Sun Nov 16 18:21:57 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * bp.tcl (build_win): Change headers to be raised.
+ Change resizing so that the bp grid doesn't change
+ size and is always in the upper left corner. Scrollbars
+ will appear if the window is shrunk too small.
+ (bp_add): Set checkbutton color differently if not
+ on Windows.
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_init): About title should only
+ have Foundry in it if we are running Foundry.
+
+Fri Nov 14 11:15:29 1997 Jeff Holcomb <jeffh@cygnus.com>
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_init): About window title is now "About
+ Cygnus Foundry".
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Changed "About Foundry
+ Debugger..." menu option to "About Cygnus Foundry...".
+
+Fri Nov 14 00:00:42 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * memory.tcl (toggle_enabled): Toggle the background
+ color when Auto Update is changed.
+
+ * download_pref.tcl (save): New method. Save new
+ defaults.
+
+ * pref.tcl (build_win): Don't delete subwidget.
+ (save): New method.
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_init): Change preferences title.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Define gdb/advanced.
+ Used for testing advanced features.
+
+ * src.tcl (build_win): Set min size for top pane.
+ (mode): Set minimum size for pane2 when needed.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Underline the
+ W in "Web", not the "e".
+
+Thu Nov 13 16:07:53 1997 Jeff Holcomb <jeffh@cygnus.com>
+
+ * download.tcl (done): Update window and show the window for
+ at least 3 seconds.
+ (constructor): Initialize start_time and last_num.
+
+Thu Nov 13 18:17:07 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl (ide_run_server): Call run_executable.
+ (run_executable): New procedure, mostly from old ide_run_server.
+ If ! GDBTK_IDE, just execute a run command. In the case where
+ we've already downloaded, don't bother to do the run command after
+ idle. If downloading is not forced, ask whether we should do it.
+ * src.tcl (config_win): Call run_executable, not gdb_cmd run.
+ * srcbar.tcl (_set_run): Likewise.
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Likewise.
+
+ * main.tcl: Initialize gdb_exe_set. If IDE, arrange to receive
+ process-ended events.
+ (gdbtk_tcl_preloop): Don't try to read the file if it doesn't
+ exist.
+ (download): Don't try to download the file if it doesn't exist.
+ Set gdb_download_mtime.
+ (exe_name): Just call set_exe_name.
+ (set_exe_name): New procedure. Like old exe_name, but call
+ gdb_clear_file before running gdb file command, set gdb_exe_set,
+ and run gdb_idle_hook.
+ (receive_process_ended): New procedure.
+
+Thu Nov 13 13:35:32 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Set debug off by default.
+
+ * src.tcl (config_win): Bind Ctrl+P and Ctrl+D.
+ (update_title): Change window titlebar.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (_set_run): Change balloon help for
+ stop and run icons.
+ (create_menu_items): Add accelerator for Print Source.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_buttons): Change balloon help for
+ project icon.
+ (create_menu_items): Change access keys. Add accelerator
+ for Download.
+
+Thu Nov 13 10:47:04 1997 Jeff Holcomb <jeffh@cygnus.com>
+
+ * download.tcl (constructor): Fix text and button layout.
+ Don't allow resizing.
+
+Wed Nov 12 16:59:17 1997 Jeff Holcomb <jeffh@cygnus.com>
+
+ * download.tcl (constructor): Patch from Ian to redo the
+ download window and also cancel support.
+ (update): Ditto.
+ (done): Ditto.
+ (cancel): New method to handle canceling the download.
+ (download_hash): Cancel support.
+
+Wed Nov 12 13:11:20 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * memory.tcl (build_win): Change "Address" to "Addresses"
+ on menu and add separator.
+
+Tue Nov 11 11:00:25 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * download_pref.tcl (cancel): Must reset combobox
+ because dialog no longer gets deleted.
+
+Tue Nov 11 15:40:36 1997 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Underline "W", not "C", in
+ "Cygnus on the Web".
+
+Tue Nov 11 11:00:25 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * variables.tcl (edit): Disable menus when in editing mode.
+
+Tue Nov 11 02:00:25 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * variables.tcl (selectionChanged): When selection changes,
+ cancel any editing in progress.
+ (build_win): Set background in text styles.
+ (edit): Set background colors.
+ (UnEdit): Clear selection when done.
+
+Mon Nov 10 12:22:00 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * variables.tcl (build_win): Set background color.
+
+Mon Nov 10 05:30:00 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * about.tcl (build_win): Bind button one to close
+ the window.
+
+ * tclIndex: Rebuilt.
+
+Mon Nov 10 03:00:00 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * download_pref.tcl (build_win): Fix reading of initial
+ baud rate.
+
+ * download.tcl (Download): Call keep_raised.
+
+ * main.tcl (ide_do_run): Catch GDB commands.
+ (ide_run_server): Catch GDB commands.
+ (ide_do_run): Don't set gdb_download_complete to 0.
+ We don't need further downloads unless executable changes
+ or Download is selected from the menubar.
+ (keep_raised): Keep a window on top.
+
+ * src.tcl (config_win): Catch GDB commands.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Catch GDB commands.
+ (create_menu_items): Remove automatic step.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (_set_run): Catch GDB commands.
+
+ * stack.tcl (build_win): Change background color.
+
+ * bp.tcl: Change background color.
+ (destructor): Remove breakpoint change hook.
+ (bp_type): Fix problem with toggling temp to normal bps.
+ (build_win): Add popup menu.
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_query): Change title and type.
+
+Mon Nov 10 00:26:25 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * pref.tcl (build_win): OK button wasn't working.
+
+ * main.tcl: Rework all the "automatic" downloading stuff so
+ it doesn't download and run when only the preferences are
+ being displayed.
+
+ * src.tcl (open_src): Callback from IDE that opens
+ a source window when the bug is clicked on. Starts
+ up automatic download if necessary.
+
+ * tclIndex: Rebuilt.
+
+ * images2/bp.gif, stack.gif, up,gif, down.gif, bottom.gif:
+ Updated icons.
+
+Sun Nov 9 19:30:33 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_preloop): Remove uneeded if statement.
+ Remove calls to manage get_state.
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_get_state): Remove.
+ (manage_init): Add save state to several windows.
+ (manage_create): Use ide_property instead of prefs to find window
+ geometry.
+ (manage_delete): Restructure to fix several bugs.
+ (manage_save): Use ide_property instead of prefs. Don't
+ call pref_save.
+ (manage_register_defaults): Remove calls to manage_get_state.
+
+ * tclIndex: Rebuilt.
+
+Sun Nov 9 16:34:44 1997 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * pref.tcl (build_win): Removed View page.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Debugger -> "Foundry Debugger";
+ Help menu now parallels vmake.
+ * manage.tcl (manage_init): GDBTK -> "Foundry Debugger".
+
+Sun Nov 9 18:24:18 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * memory.tcl (build_win): Use a single menu, remove ``Hide
+ menubar'' entry, add ^U binding.
+ * manage.tcl (manage_init): Change name of memory window from
+ ``Memory Dump'' to ``Memory''.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (create_buttons): Remove toggle update button.
+
+ * src.tcl (update_title): Don't use colon if there is no file
+ name.
+
+ * main.tcl: If GDBTK_IDE, initialize gdb_download_complete.
+ (gdbtk_tcl_preloop): If GDBTK_IDE, call download.
+ (ide_run_server): Don't run if we already have a run request. If
+ download is complete, run program as an idle callback. Otherwise,
+ wait until the download is complete before running the program.
+ (ide_do_run): New procedure to support ide_run_server.
+ (download): Don't run program. Set gdb_download_complete.
+
+ * src.tcl (name): Give an error if the file does not exist.
+ (location): Only add files that exist to the file name combobox.
+
+Sun Nov 9 11:09:39 1997 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (name): Use better error message.
+
+ * locals.tcl (build_win): New method.
+ * watch.tcl (build_win): Create menu. Watch -> "Add Watch".
+ (Menu): New instance variable.
+ (selectionChanged): New method.
+ (postMenu): "Stop Watching" -> Remove.
+ * variables.tcl (build_win): Set -ignoreinvoke on Tree widget, and
+ set -command to run editEntry method. Don't install <Double-1>
+ binding. Put headers on Tree widget. Run selectionChanged
+ method.
+ (editEntry): Renamed. Now takes entry name as argument.
+ (populate): Don't set -state disabled on new items.
+ (getSelection): New method.
+ (selectionChanged): New method.
+ (build_menu_helper): New method.
+ (postMenu): View->Format.
+ (build_win): Likewise.
+
+ * variables.tcl (editXY): Only edit if entry is not empty.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Edit -> Open.
+ (create_buttons): Likewise.
+
+Thu Nov 6 11:00:41 1997 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_delete): Special-case deletion of pref window.
+ (manage_create): Don't special-case deletion of pref window.
+
+Thu Nov 6 13:57:32 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_get_state): Return an empty string for a
+ withdrawn window and for the preferences window.
+
+ * main.tcl (exe_name): Don't do anything if the executable name
+ has not actually changed.
+
+Wed Nov 5 23:08:00 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl (download): Always specify exact filename
+ to load.
+
+Wed Nov 5 00:31:53 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_delete): Only delete source window if
+ user answers yes to query.
+
+ * bp.tcl: Rewrite to include pulldown menu and new look.
+
+ * register.tcl: Rewrite to include pulldown menu and new look.
+
+ * stack.tcl: Open initial size wide enough to show all text.
+
+ * src.tcl: Modified popup window. Remove option to open
+ multiple source windows because the IDE window code doesn't
+ work with it.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (_set_run): Change balloon message for Run.
+
+ * variables.tcl, watch.tcl: Use fixed font.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Handle Close Debugger correctly.
+
+ * mem_pref.tcl: Put focus and grab on window.
+
+ * memory.tcl: Balloon message change.
+
+Mon Nov 3 11:04:44 1997 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_preloop): Look at main even if IDE running.
+ (ide_run_server): Open src window.
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_init): Don't recreate initial windows when
+ running under IDE.
+
+Fri Oct 31 00:00:04 1997 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * pref.tcl (cancel): Use manage delete.
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Don't register debugger
+ preference window.
+ * manage.tcl (manage_register_defaults): Use idewindow, not
+ idewindow_proc.
+ (manage_delete): Don't deregister preference window.
+ (manage): Added find, create_closed methods.
+ (manage_create): Added visibility argument; changed all callers.
+ Special case destruction of pref window.
+ * main.tcl: IDE window callback proc is "manage find". Register
+ debugger preference window. Create closed src and pref windows
+ initially.
+ (gdbtk_tcl_preloop): Don't create source window in IDE mode.
+
+ * src.tcl (trace_variable): New method.
+ (constructor): Use variable traces to track target/exe changes.
+ (destructor): Remove variable traces.
+
+Thu Oct 30 12:50:28 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * mem_pref.tcl: Change buttons to OK/Cancel/Apply.
+ Minor cleanup.
+
+ * memory.tcl: New look. Added menubar.
+
+Tue Oct 28 23:03:00 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_buttons): Clean up balloon help
+ for buttons.
+ (create_menu_items): Move print menu items to srcbar.tcl.
+ Cleanup labels.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Add print menu items.
+ (create_buttons): Clean up balloon help for buttons.
+
+Tue Oct 28 17:26:15 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Add print menu items.
+ (print): New function. Calls the proper print routine.
+
+ * src.tcl (print): New function. Dump the contents
+ of the text widget to a printer.
+
+Tue Oct 28 01:06:15 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Add new
+ preferences menu code.
+
+ * pref.tcl (build_win): Remove all old ppreferences.
+ Add Connection and View preferences.
+ (cancel): New function. Restore previous values and
+ quit.
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_delete): Unregister preferences
+ on exit.
+
+ * src.tcl (constructor): Add sizebox under Windows.
+
+ * download.tcl (constructor): Remove shortcuts on buttons.
+ Put focus on "OK" button.
+
+ * download_pref.tcl (cancel): New function. Restores
+ previous values.
+
+Tue Oct 21 15:28:29 1997 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl: Main window now named "Foundry Debugger".
+
+Fri Oct 24 14:03:00 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_menu): Deleted.
+ (manage_delete): Notify IDE when windows are deleted.
+ (manage_raise): New function.
+ (manage_create): Notify IDE when a window is created.
+
+ * download.tcl (constructor): Put focus on download
+ window.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Make "Window" menu
+ and IDE managed-menu, but don't put anything in it.
+
+Fri Oct 24 12:28:43 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Add View menu.
+
+ * src.tcl (config_win): Add accelerators for new View
+ menu.
+
+Wed Oct 22 21:30:52 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * download.tcl (Download): Make window local modal.
+ Raise it to top.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (create_buttons): Change border size on
+ address and line labels. Change balloon help. Remove
+ vertical line.
+
+Mon Oct 20 10:12:23 1997 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_buttons): vmake window now named "Foundry
+ Project".
+
+Mon Oct 13 19:02:33 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * bp.tcl (bp_modify): Change color of checkbuttons.
+
+ * download.tcl (done): Write "DONE" on progress meters.
+
+Thu Oct 9 14:33:21 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl: Call ide_window_register restorer.
+
+Thu Oct 9 12:46:25 1997 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (updateBalloon): Changed name of balloon variable.
+ (showBalloon): Likewise. Use new "balloon show" command.
+ (SrcBalloon): Removed.
+ (TimeOut): Default is 1000 (1 second).
+
+Wed Oct 1 11:33:36 1997 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl: Use "manage get_state" as window saver.
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage): Added "restore", "get_state" options.
+ (manage_restore): New proc.
+ (manage_get_state): Likewise.
+ (manage_register_defaults): Use "manage get_state" as window
+ saver.
+
+Sun Sep 28 04:20:00 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * bp.tcl: Clean up the spacing to make the widget look better.
+
+ * download_pref.tcl: Show the initial baud rate correctly.
+
+ * download.tcl: Cleanup correctly when deleted.
+
+ * main.tcl (gdb_tcl_preloop): Set baud rate.
+ (ide_run_server): Delay download 1 second.
+ (demo_it): Do gdb "next" commands every 2 seconds.
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_create): Withdraw window immediately then
+ deiconify it when done.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Don't define stack bg color.
+
+ * register.tcl: Withdraw window immediately so we don't have
+ to watch it slowly draw. Make it look more like memory window.
+
+ * src.tcl: Fix major bug where source window got lost when
+ the source file was not found. Reconfigures more smoothly.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Comment out "Close Debugger"
+ menu item because it was broken.
+
+ * stack.tcl: Use the same background color as the other windows.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl: Add "Automatic Step" menu item.
+
+Fri Sep 26 21:10:11 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+ * download.tcl (done): display bytes loaded as an integer.
+
+Fri Sep 26 13:09:47 1997 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * images2/edit.gif: Replaced.
+
+Fri Sep 26 00:42:00 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl (ide_run_server): Just call download.
+ (download): First set baud rate then target. Then, depending
+ on preferences set a breakpoint at 'main' and 'exit' and run.
+ (set_baud): New function.
+
+ * download_pref.tcl (build_win) Add checkbuttons for "Run until
+ 'main'" and "Set breakpoint at 'exit'.
+ (change_baud): Set preference when baud changes.
+
+ * pref.tcl (reconfig): Correct problem with download options.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Define gdb/load/main,
+ gdb/load/exit, and gdb/load/baud.
+
+ * src.tcl (location): Fix a problem where the browse tag was
+ sometimes not deleted.
+
+ * manage.tcl: Add a window title for Download Options.
+
+Thu Sep 25 15:39:00 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * download_pref.tcl: New file. Creates a download options dialog.
+
+ * manage.tcl: Add download prefs window to list.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl: Add Download preferences to menu.
+
+ * pref.tcl: Add Download to tab notebook preferences.
+
+ * src.tcl: Set activebackground on popup to indicate color
+ of the breakpoint dot that will be set.
+
+Thu Sep 25 12:36:00 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * download.tcl (done): Make sure all indicators show download
+ completed, even if we weren't properly notified.
+
+ * manage.tcl: Better support for windows that want to set
+ their own titles.
+
+ * src.tcl (update_title): New function. Sets titlebar
+ to indicate current filename, and under IDE, executable and
+ target.
+
+ * images2/reg.gif: Updated image.
+
+Thu Sep 25 08:58:44 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (config_win): don't focus src window on Enter events
+
+Thu Sep 25 03:11:00 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl (ide_run_server): Set target and download automatically.
+ (download): Open a download window.
+
+ * download.tcl: New file. Implements a download window.
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_init): Add download window.
+ (manage_create): If there is no title, don't try to set one and
+ don't try to set geometry.
+
+ * registers.tcl: Make it look more like memory window.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl, floatbar.tcl, srcbar.tcl: Update look of menus and toolbars
+ to be closer to prototype.
+
+ * Makefile: Add download.tcl.
+
+ * tclIndex: Rebuilt.
+
+ * images/memory.gif: Update.
+
+ * images/bp.gif: New file. Breakpoint icon.
+
+Wed Sep 24 07:43:47 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * variables.tcl (VariableWin::build_win): add double-click binding to edit
+ (editXY): new method to support above
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): add register window pref for highlight color
+
+ * register.tcl (RegWin::constructor): set highlight and normal fg
+ (build_win): build window using grid geometry manager, not grid widget
+ (dimensions): new method
+ (fixLength): new method
+ (but3): use "Menu" (protected data)
+ (edit): use entry to edit values
+ (acceptEdit): new method
+ (unedit): new method
+ (update): change to use new grid layout and change highlighting
+ (reconfig): destroy scrolled window, too
+ ScrolledWin: new protected data
+ Menu: new protected data
+ Editing: new protected data
+
+Tue Sep 23 15:15:22 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl: If GDBTK_IDE, withdraw . before making any calls
+ across the IDE backplane.
+ * manage.tcl (manage_init): If using a floating toolbar, and
+ GDBTK_IDE, deiconify . to undo the withdrawal.
+
+Tue Sep 23 01:31:00 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl: Reorder calls to pref init and standard_look_and_feel.
+
+ * global_pref.tcl: Change font requester to modify both src-font
+ and global.fixed. Change to be compatible with latest libide font code.
+
+ * prefs.tcl: Changes to get working with latest libide font code.
+
+Mon Sep 22 15:16:00 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * memory.tcl: Add editing. Remove debugging lines.
+ Fix problems with resizing.
+
+ * mem_pref.tcl: Remove debugging line.
+
+Fri Sep 19 08:22:25 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * variables.tcl (build_win): use preferences
+ (getAllClassMembers): new method
+ (getPath): update to support C++
+
+ * watch.tcl (build_win): augment parent class' build_win instead of replacing it
+
+ * stack.tcl (build_win): use preferences
+ (update): catch gdb_loc in case source window is not open yet
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): add new defaults for all previously
+ hard-coded fonts and colors
+
+ * global_pref.tcl (build_win): use preferences
+
+ * console.tcl (Console::constructor): use preferences
+
+ * bp.tcl (bp_add): use preferences
+ (bp_modify): use preferences
+
+
+ * src.tcl (SrcWin::constructor): use preferences
+ (build_win): use preferences
+ (config_win): use preferences, bind <Enter> to focus source window textbox
+ so that our keypresses always work
+ (SrcBalloon): new protected variable
+ (TimeOut): new common variable
+
+Wed Sep 17 13:54:29 1997 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (build_win): Use standard_toolbar.
+
+Wed Sep 17 13:52:00 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (config_win): Set bg color back to default.
+
+Tue Sep 16 23:10:00 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * images2/*: Delete unused icons.
+
+Tue Sep 16 21:30:40 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * bp.tcl (bp_add): Add some padding to space things
+ out more. Anchor labels to the right side.
+
+ * src.tcl: Fix problem where breakpoints were disappearing
+ when files changed.
+
+Tue Sep 16 17:45:05 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * manage.tcl: Change manage_create and manage_open to accept
+ a variable number of args. Add mem and mempref window types.
+ Fix pref save call.
+
+ * memory.tcl: New file. Implements a memory dump window.
+ Currently read-only.
+
+ * mem_pref.tcl: New file. Implements options dialog for
+ memory dump window.
+
+ * pref.tcl, toolbar_pref.tcl, register.tcl, src_pref.tcl,
+ global_pref.tcl, about.tcl: Make "attach" a public config
+ variable.
+
+ * main.tcl: Use standard_look_and_feel.
+
+ * Makefile, tclIndex: Rebuilt.
+
+ * images/check.gif: A check mark image.
+
+ * images/stop.gif: Fix transparency.
+
+Tue Sep 16 08:13:03 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (getVariable): fix off by one error when a breakpoint
+ is set at a line
+ (hasBreakpoint): new method
+ (SrcWin): add idle hook for source balloons
+ (updateBalloon): new method
+ (showBalloon): use register_balloon
+ (register_balloon): new method
+
+Tue Sep 16 05:55:31 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * watch.tcl (add): use a little more robust (if more obscure) method
+ of determining validity of a variable name
+ (label): translate % to $ in names
+
+ * variables.tcl (Variable::setType): allow for convenience variables
+ (Variable::isConvenience): new method
+ (Variable::displayHex): allow for convenience variables
+ (VariableWin::edit): do not eval $data when editing (for conv. vars)
+ (VariableWin::postMenu): use virtual method label to title popup
+
+Fri Sep 12 12:17:13 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * variables.tcl (Variable::value): when no display style specified,
+ choose some reasonable default for the given type
+
+ * src.tcl (config_win): ad bindings to support variable balloons in source mode
+ (getVariable): new method
+ (cancelMotion): new method
+ (motion): new method
+ (showBalloon): new method
+ timeoutID: new protected variable
+ TimeOut: new protected variable
+
+Fri Sep 12 05:47:56 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * variables.tcl (getLocals): return empty list when no locals present.
+
+Thu Sep 11 14:13:19 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * variables.tcl (VariableWin::build_win): change popup construction
+ (VariableWin::postMenu): redo menu layout to use dynamic idices of
+ panes
+ (VariableWin::edit): new method
+ (VariableWin::UnEdit): new method
+ (VariableWin::changeValue): new method
+ (VariableWin::getPath): handle unamed unions/structs and arrays more
+ intelligently
+ VariableWin::Editing: new protected variable
+ VariableWin::EditEntry: new protected variable
+ (Variable::isOpenable): make sure we can open unions
+ (Variable::isUnamed): new method
+ (Variable::isUnion): new method
+ (Variable::setType): handle unions and unamed structs/unions better
+ (Variable::displayHex): unions, structs only display in hex
+ (Variable::isArray): new method
+ (Variable::isEnum): new method
+ (Variable::isEditable): new method
+ (Variable::value): enums now show symbol values, too. Analogous to char
+ and char*.
+
+ * watch.tcl (WatchWin::build_win): change popup construction
+ (WatchWin::postMenu): redo menu layout to use dynamic indices of panes
+
+
+Wed Sep 10 20:44:12 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_register_defaults): Rename from
+ manage_register_default. Take a list of windows.
+ (manage_menu): Invoke manage_register_defaults once as an idle
+ callback, rather than invoking manage_register_default in many
+ different idle callbacks.
+
+Wed Sep 10 00:49:23 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (edit): Don't start editor if we're not
+ debugging anything.
+
+ * main.tcl: Keep correct colorscheme for windows.
+
+Mon Sep 8 12:10:26 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_restart): Only restart toolbar once.
+
+ * global_pref.tcl: Minor fix.
+
+ * images2/vmake.gif: Fix transparency.
+
+Mon Sep 8 13:05:11 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_query): Use tk_messageBox rather than
+ tk_dialog.
+
+ * main.tcl: Register check and exit handlers using new commands
+ provided by gdbtk.
+
+Mon Sep 8 03:01:25 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * global_pref.tcl (build_win): Some font fixes.
+
+Mon Sep 8 02:25:17 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl: Make disabled breakpoints black.
+ Make comboboxes only use scrollbars when needed.
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_breakpoint): Change to support
+ changes in gdbtk.c. Supply breakpoint number to hooks.
+
+ * manage.tcl: Add breakpoint window. Add support for
+ dynamically attaching/detaching toolbars.
+
+ * bp.tcl: New file. Breakpoint window.
+
+ * main.tcl: Change palette for debugging.
+
+ * pref.tcl: New file. Preferences dialog.
+
+ * floatbar.tcl: Add target and download buttons.
+ Add spacing.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl, toolbar.tcl: Change to use flat icons. Work with
+ floating toolbar if requested.
+
+ * prefs.tcl: Define new preferences to force toolbar
+ to float or be attached to the source windows.
+
+ * global_pref.tcl: Remove icon requester.
+
+ * toolbar_pref.tcl: Add icon combobox. Add checkbuttons
+ for forcing toolbar to either float or be attached to src window.
+
+ * Makefile: Add bp.tcl
+
+ * images/*: Fix transparency and add new icons.
+
+ * images2/*: Add flat icons.
+
+Fri Sep 5 20:24:07 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl: Register an exit handler when using the IDE.
+
+Thu Sep 4 11:47:38 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ALL: Change preferences to use new preferences.
+ Change "dbug" calls to "debug".
+
+ * pref.tcl: New file. Local preferences read/write.
+
+ * gettext.tcl, debug.tcl, balloon.tcl: Delete. Use
+ versions from libide instead.
+
+Wed Sep 3 09:20:13 1997 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl (add): Pass idewindow_no_state to idewindow_proc.
+ * manage.tcl (manage_register_default): Pass idewindow_no_state to
+ idewindow_proc.
+
+Mon Aug 25 05:59:01 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@pern.cygnus.com>
+
+ * images2/{finished.gif, finishedu.gif, nextd.gif nextu.gif,
+ stepd.gif, stepu.gif}: Use icons with straight brackets
+ instead of slanted.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Set default debugMode to 0.
+
+ * register.tcl (build_win): Change font to fixed and bg to white.
+
+ * src.tcl: Change all references to fonts to "src-font".
+
+ * global_pref.tcl: Change font requester to do src-font.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl: Change address and line labels to use
+ src-font and be sunken.
+
+ * stack.tcl: Chnage bg to white and fonr to src-font.
+
+Mon Aug 25 03:06:35 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl: (set_status) check if inferior is running first, and reset
+ message for status window if it is not.
+
+
+Mon Aug 25 00:28:39 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@pern.cygnus.com>
+
+ * srcbar.tcl: Change stack images to be consistent with others.
+
+ * images2/{upu.gif,upd.gif,bottomd.gif,bottomu.gif,downu.gif,
+ downd.gif}: New stack images.
+
+ * images2/edit[ud].gif: Correct quantization and transparency.
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_delete): Kill gdb when all source windows
+ are deleted.
+ (manage_create): Only add IDE entries on the first source window.
+
+ * src.tcl (do_popup): Don't map window if already mapped. Fixes
+ problem with tk_popup. Change menu items.
+
+Mon Aug 25 00:24:43 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl: (set_status) change to using gdb_target_has_execution to
+ determine if the target is running
+
+Sun Aug 24 23:02:19 1997 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (build_win): Make sure object is deleted when window
+ is destroyed.
+ (destructor): Don't destroy containing widget; just us.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (create_menu_items): Added Exit item to menu.
+
+ * src.tcl (build_win): Use grid, not packer, to lay out main
+ window.
+ (mode): Pack new text widget into pane; don't repack the pane
+ itself.
+
+Sun Aug 24 22:06:30 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+ * varialbes.tcl: (build_win) set hlist font to 'tix option get
+ fixed_font', change selectBackground to Hlist background, select-
+ BorderWidth to 0, selectForeground to black. Use tk_popup instead of
+ tixPopup widget.
+ (postMenu) make necessary tk_popup changes, make sure functions are
+ only allowed to be displayed in hex.
+ (isFunction) new method
+ (displayHex) functions only displayable as hex
+ (value) extract the address of functions for value
+ * watch.tcl: (constructor) remove popup menu customization
+ (build_win) change from tixPopup to tk_popup, hack the
+ hlist options to use the correct font, etc as in variables.tcl,
+ (validateEntry) always erase the contents of the entry
+ (postMenu) make all changes to use tk_popup and move the "Stop
+ watching" menu addition here
+ (label) make sure that we use "foo.bar" and "foo->bar" correctly
+ (add) fix typo preventing recognition of variables already being
+ watched
+
+Sun Aug 24 18:49:16 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@pern.cygnus.com>
+
+ * console.tcl (invoke): Don't display error messages in console window.
+ (constructor): Enable cut-and-paste. Fix intermittant bug.
+
+ * main.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_preloop): Don't automatically do anything
+ but issue the file command.
+ (download): Issue load command. Called when icon is selected.
+ (set_target): Issue target command. Called when target
+ icon is selected.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl: Add target and download buttons to toolbar.
+
+Sun Aug 24 20:30:41 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_preloop): If GDBTK_IDE, then automatically
+ set file and target based on properties. If using the simulator,
+ load the executable. Catch and ignore errors from setting the
+ source window to show main.
+
+Sun Aug 24 14:39:23 1997 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (constructor): Don't set `editor'.
+ (location): Never update external editor.
+ (edit): Don't set `editor'.
+ (editor): Removed instance variable.
+
+ * images2/stepiu.gif, images2/stepid.gif, images2/nextiu.gif,
+ images2/nextid.gif: Installed new versions.
+
+ * srcbar.tcl (_toggle_updates): Pass $updatevalue to
+ updatecommand.
+ (destructor): Implemented.
+ (_set_stepi): New method.
+ (displaymode): Run _set_stepi when changed.
+ (updatevalue): Global state stored in global array.
+ (create_buttons): Create stepi, nexti buttons. Run _set_stepi.
+ (_load_src_images): Create stepi, nexti icons.
+
+ * images2/stepiu.gif, images2/stepid.gif, images2/nextiu.gif,
+ images2/nextid.gif: New images.
+ (create_buttons): Likewise.
+
+ * src.tcl (toggle_updates): Use $value, not $a.
+
+ * src.tcl (mode): Don't change commands on (nonexistent) step/next
+ buttons.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_buttons): Added watch button.
+ (_load_images): Create watch images.
+ * images2/watchd.gif, images2/watchu.gif: New files.
+ * images2/varsd.gif, images2/varsu.gif: Changed.
+
+ * images2/*: Removed old images, added many new images.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Default images are in images2
+ directory.
+ * src.tcl (build_win): Make a GDBSrcBar.
+ (location): address and line information now in toolbar.
+ (mode): Set -displaymode on toolbar.
+ (update): Set -running on toolbar.
+ (busy): Likewise.
+ (edit): Now a method, not a proc.
+ (toggle_updates): Added "value" argument.
+ * Makefile (TCL): Added srcbar.tcl, floatbar.tcl.
+ * toolbar.tcl (create_buttons): New method.
+ (create_menu_items): Likewise.
+ (build_win): Run create_menu_items and create_buttons. Move most
+ of body into these methods. Removed Exit command from File menu.
+ (_loaded_images): New common variable.
+ (_load_images): New method.
+ (create_buttons): Run it.
+ (create_menu_items): Removed Tools menu.
+ (configure): Renamed from config.
+ * srcbar.tcl: New file. Implements toolbar attached to source
+ window.
+ * floatbar.tcl: New file. Implements floating toolbar.
+ * manage.tcl (manage_init): toolbar-type is GDBFloatBar.
+ (manage_init): Don't create toolbar if running under IDE.
+
+Sun Aug 24 13:05:22 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@pern.cygnus.com>
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_init): Remove idemenuname from
+ the _manage_objects array; it was redundant.
+ (manage_create): Stop notifying IDE about new transient
+ windows.
+
+Sun Aug 24 01:07:29 1997 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * about.tcl, console.tcl, global_pref.tcl, prefs.tcl,
+ register.tcl, src.tcl, src_pref.tcl, stack.tcl, toolbar.tcl,
+ toolbar_pref.tcl: Added Copyright statement.
+
+ * Makefile (tags, TAGS): New targets.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (build_win): Quit->Exit. Only display this item if
+ not using the IDE.
+
+Sat Aug 23 21:55:54 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (SrcWin update): Set command for stop icon.
+ (SrcWin busy): Likewise.
+
+ * manage.tcl: Move comments out of array initialization.
+
+Sat Aug 23 17:36:06 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@pern.cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (name): Handle case where files are part of the
+ sources, but are unreadable.
+ (build_win): Set filename combobox size to default.
+
+ * manage.tcl: Remove breakpoint window from window list.
+
+Sat Aug 23 16:49:53 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl: remove old breakdot stuff
+ (reconfig) make sure we redraw the breakdots when font changes
+ (file) check for duplicate break-able lines
+ * variables.tcl: remove debug output
+ * watch.tcl: add entry field to enter watch expressions
+
+Sat Aug 23 17:44:45 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_create): Register the window if it is not
+ already registered, rather than if it is already registered.
+
+ * src.tcl (SrcWin config_win): Add special double and triple click
+ bindings to override standard text bindings in break dot area.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_set_defaults): Set the global font to the Tix
+ default font. Set the src font to the Tix default fixed font.
+ * src.tcl (SrcWin config_win): Configure the text font.
+ * console.tcl (Console constructor): Set the cont to the Tix
+ fixed font.
+
+Fri Aug 22 20:42:51 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl: add breakpoint image that is text-size insensitive
+ change layout of source, assembly, and mixed windows to use
+ tabs, if possible, allowing more clickable area for toggling
+ breakpoints, etc.
+ * variables.tcl: (VariableWin::isFloat) new method
+ (VariableWin::value) make sure floats are output as floats
+ when user specifies "decimal" output
+
+Fri Aug 22 16:23:32 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@pern.cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (goto_func): Catch errors.
+
+Fri Aug 22 16:35:39 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl: Use underscores rather than dashes in variable names.
+ (ide_run_server): Make gdb_target_name global. Call file before
+ calling target. Call load before calling run.
+
+Fri Aug 22 12:15:06 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@pern.cygnus.com>
+
+ * debug.tcl (dbug): Make debug window scrolled. Make it
+ work with standalone gdb.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_save): Fix puts that were incorrectly
+ changed to dbug.
+
+Thu Aug 21 17:57:59 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * ALL: Change all "puts" to "dbug".
+
+ * debug.tcl: New file. Opens a window for debugging messages.
+
+Thu Aug 21 14:30:53 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * watch.tcl: (add) strip commas, too
+
+Thu Aug 21 14:26:36 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * variables.tcl: (buid_win) use listbox's font for font measuring
+
+Thu Aug 21 02:52:35 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@pern.cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (name): Check source filenames and handle errors
+ if not found.
+
+ * variables.tcl (destructor): Display styles are not
+ objects so must be destroyed instead of deleted.
+ (name): comment out debugging line.
+
+ * main.tcl: Add stuff from standard_look_and_feel.
+
+ * prefs.tcl, manage.tcl: Minor cleanup.
+
+Thu Aug 21 00:39:35 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@pern.cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl (ide_run_server) New function. Starts GDB when
+ asked politely.
+ (target_name): New function. Watches for changes in the target
+ name.
+ (exe_name): New function. Watches for changes in the
+ executable name.
+
+ * console.tcl (insert, einsert): Scroll so the insertion
+ point can be seen.
+
+ * manage.tcl: SPecial hacks to create a global "console".
+ Needed because we can't have puts searching for a console
+ window everytime a puts arrives.
+
+ * interface.tcl (gdbtk_tcl_fputs, gdbtk_tcl_fputs_error):
+ Write to the console if one exists, and do an update.
+
+ * tclIndex: Rebuilt.
+
+Wed Aug 20 17:23:07 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * variables.tcl: (Variable::setType VariableWin::getPath) handle types
+ with multiple names (unsigned char, long long unsigned int) properly
+ * locals.tcl: (update) comment out debug info
+
+Wed Aug 20 16:36:49 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+ * watch.tcl: (add) try to handle errors more gracefully
+ * variables.tcl: (value) make sure we handle bad pointer
+ dereferences nicely
+ (lots of places) switch to using 'ouput' instead of 'print'
+
+Wed Aug 20 11:43:35 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (file): Handle case where source files do
+ not have any lines which generate code.
+ (set_status): Keep status to one line.
+
+Wed Aug 20 00:00:52 1997 Tom Tromey <tromey@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+ * images2/build.gif, images2/file.gif, images2/reg.gif,
+ images2/stop.gif, images2/continue.gif, images2/finish.gif,
+ images2/next.gif, images2/step.gif, images2/run.gif: New files.
+
+Tue Aug 19 14:52:59 1997 Keith Seitz <keiths@onions.cygnus.com>
+
+ * tclIndex: rebuilt
+ * Makefile: add variables.tcl, watch.tcl, and locals.tcl
+ * manage.tcl: (manage_init): add locals window
+ * src.tcl: (do_popup): add binding for watch window
+ (addToWatch): new method
+ * locals.tcl: new file
+ * variables.tcl: new file
+ * watch.tcl: new file
+
+
+Mon Aug 18 01:28:19 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * manage.tcl: Change window names to have only first
+ char of each word capitalized.
+
+ * global_pref.tcl (get_file): Handle bad pathnames.
+
+Sun Aug 17 01:59:02 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * register.tcl (destructor): Call manage delete.
+ * global_pref.tcl (destructor): Call manage delete.
+ * prefs.tcl (destructor): Call manage delete.
+ * src_pref.tcl (destructor): Call manage delete.
+ * toolbar_pref.tcl (destructor): Call manage delete.
+
+ * manage.tcl: (manage_delete): Remove windows that
+ have been quit, rather than killed by window manager.
+
+ * src.tcl (location): Don't call gdb_listfuncs on
+ NULL filenames.
+
+Sun Aug 17 00:18:02 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl: Major changes to support file browsing.
+ Also bug fixes for assembly mode, new comboboxes
+ for filename and function selection.
+
+ * src_pref.tcl: New file. Allows selection of
+ colors used in source display.
+
+ * prefs.tcl: Add new window type for src prefs.
+ Set default colors for source window.
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_init): Add srcpref window type.
+ (manage_restart): Preserve window geometries on restarts.
+
+ * Makefile: Add src_pref.tcl.
+
+ * tclIndex: Rebuilt.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl: Add call to source prefs.
+
+ * main.tcl: Change initial "src file" call to
+ "src location".
+
+Thu Aug 14 15:49:02 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_create): Some fixes for IDE windows.
+
+Thu Aug 14 03:18:10 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * register.tcl, stack.tcl (destructor): Remove hook.
+
+ * manage.tcl: Mostly rewritten from scratch to be
+ more efficient and handle multiple windows of the same type.
+ (manage_open): New function opens or creates a window
+ as necessary.
+ (manage_create): Now always creates a new window.
+
+ * global_pref.tcl (build_win): Only put up font message
+ box on Unix systems.
+
+ * main.tcl: Change "manage create" calls to "manage open"
+
+ * src (destructor): Remove hooks.
+ (do_popup): Add a menu item to open another source window.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl (build_win): Change "manage create" calls to
+ "manage open". Bind button 3 on iconbar to "manage create".
+
+ * prefs.tcl: Changes required for new features in manage.tcl.
+
+ * tclIndex: Rebuilt.
+
+ * hooks.tcl (remove_hook): Fix.
+ (lremove): New function.
+
+Tue Aug 12 16:06:04 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl: If running in the IDE, register the source window as
+ the generic gdb window.
+
+Tue Aug 12 01:42:10 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * global_pref.tcl (build_win): Add a font size control
+ widget, and a font preview window. Implement scanning
+ for fixed-width fonts and a font cache.
+ (font_changed): Save all font attributes in new-style
+ font description.
+
+ * balloon.tcl: Merge in latest changes from libide.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref): Rename variables to make function
+ clearer.
+ (pref_init): After reading in prefs file, create
+ all named fonts.
+ (pref_set_defaults): Set default font to {courier 12 roman}.
+
+Mon Aug 11 13:47:49 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * tclIndex: New file.
+
+ * Makefile: New file. Generates tclIndex when needed.
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_init): Add an icon for GDB.
+ (manage_create): Bind Map and Unmap for toolbar toplevel.
+ Tell window manager to display icon if one exists.
+ (manage_iconify): Iconify or deiconify all windows.
+ (make_icon_window): Build a window with an icon in it.
+ (bind_for_toplevel_only): Local copy, because if you build
+ GDB without IDE you won't get the one in libide.
+
+ * main.tcl: Remove all the source commands.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl: Use "-menu" configuration option for toplevel.
+
+ * images/cygnus_icon.gif: A cygnus logo with GDB on it.
+ For Unix window managers.
+
+Fri Aug 8 16:01:20 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage): Add menu subcommand.
+ (manage_init): Add -menu, -menuname, and -idemenuname options for
+ all the windows.
+ (manage_create): Register transient windows.
+ (manage_menu, manage_register_default): New procedures.
+ * toolbar.tcl (build_win): Call manage_menu to set up the window
+ menu.
+
+Thu Aug 7 16:51:43 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * stack.tcl: Bind button 1 to select current
+ frame. Add balloonhelp.
+
+Thu Aug 7 14:00:18 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl, manage.tcl, toolbar.tcl: Add support
+ for stack window.
+
+ * stack.tcl, images/stack.gif: New files.
+
+ * ALL: Change "::" to "@@" for itcl1.5/tcl8.0. You
+ muct now use tcl8 for gdbtk to work.
+
+Tue Aug 5 12:10:43 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * register.tcl, global_pref.tcl: Change color "darkred"
+ to red so it will work on windows.
+
+Tue Aug 5 12:01:26 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_init): Unset prefs are now ""
+ instead of 0.
+
+Tue Aug 5 02:21:47 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * images*/run.gif: Change to green again.
+
+Tue Aug 5 01:42:56 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * main.tcl: Source register.tcl
+
+ * register.tcl: New file. Editable register window
+ and register preferences.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl: Add hooks for register prefs.
+
+ * manage.tcl: Add register window to list of windows.
+ Deiconify windows when requested.
+
+ * src.tcl: Minor changes.
+
+ * global_pref.tcl: Bind return key to image dir entry
+ widget.
+
+ * prefs.tcl: Add register prefs to notebook widget.
+ Change default for pref get to {} instead of 0.
+
+Fri Aug 1 14:21:25 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * images/*: Smaller toolbar icons. Fix some gifs
+ to be transparent.
+
+Thu Jul 31 01:20:51 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * src.tcl (mode): Don't try to display EDIT button
+ in any mode.
+
+Thu Jul 31 00:56:26 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * global_pref.tcl (build_win): Add ComboBox for simple font selection.
+
+ * prefs.tcl (pref_init): Allow "option" commands in init file.
+
+ * src.tcl: Remove EDIT button. Change fonts to use global font if
+ no src font is specified.
+
+ * toolbar.tcl: Enable Tools/Edit pulldown menu.
+
+Wed Jul 30 14:43:49 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * about.tcl (build_win): Set bg to white for Cygnus gif.
+
+Wed Jul 30 14:39:49 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * manage.tcl (manage_create): Fix window raising.
+
+Wed Jul 30 13:40:11 1997 Martin M. Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * initial checkin.
+
--- /dev/null
+
+TCL := $(wildcard *.tcl *.ith *.itb)
+
+ITCL_SH = itclsh3.0
+
+tclIndex: $(TCL) Makefile
+ echo "auto_mkindex `pwd` $(TCL)" | $(ITCL_SH)
+
+tags: TAGS
+TAGS: $(TCL)
+ etags --lang=none --regex='/[ \t]*\(proc\|method\|itcl_class\)[ \t]+\([^ \t]+\)/\1/' $(TCL)
--- /dev/null
+# About window for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Implements About window
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class About {
+ inherit ManagedWin ModalDialog
+ constructor {args} {
+ global gdb_ImageDir
+ set f [frame $itk_interior.f]
+ label $f.image1 -bg white -image \
+ [image create photo -file [file join $gdb_ImageDir insight.gif]]
+ message $f.m -bg white -fg black -text [gdb_cmd {show version}] -aspect 500 -relief flat
+ pack $f.image1 $f.m $itk_interior.f -fill both -expand yes
+ pack $itk_interior
+ bind $f.image1 <1> [code $this unpost]
+ bind $f.m <1> [code $this unpost]
+ window_name "About Cygnus Insight"
+ }
+
+ # Don't quit if this is the last window. The only way that this can
+ # happen is if we are the splash screen.
+
+ method quit_if_last {} {
+ return 0
+ }
+
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+# Tracepoint actions dialog for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+itcl_class ActionDlg {
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # CONSTRUCTOR
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ constructor {config} {
+ global _TStepCount _TOtherVariable
+
+ set class [$this info class]
+ set hull [namespace tail $this]
+ set old_name $this
+ ::rename $this $this-tmp-
+ ::frame $hull -class $class
+ ::rename $hull $old_name-win-
+ ::rename $this $old_name
+
+ set top [winfo toplevel [namespace tail $this]]
+ wm withdraw $top
+
+ set Registers [gdb_regnames]
+ if {$Line != ""} {
+ set Locals [gdb_get_locals "$File:$Line"]
+ set Args [gdb_get_args "$File:$Line"]
+ } else {
+ set Locals [gdb_get_locals "*$Address"]
+ set Args [gdb_get_args "*$Address"]
+ }
+ set Variables [concat $Locals $Args]
+ foreach a $Registers {
+ lappend Variables "\$$a"
+ }
+
+ if {[llength $Args] > 0} {
+ lappend Variables "All Arguments"
+ }
+ if {[llength $Locals] > 0} {
+ lappend Variables "All Locals"
+ }
+ lappend Variables "All Registers"
+ lappend Variables "Collect Stack"
+
+ build_win $this
+
+ # Set a default return status, in case we are destroyed
+ set _TOtherVariable {}
+
+ # Fill the listboxes with any default data
+ if {"$Data" != {}} {
+ change 1 $Data
+ }
+
+ after idle [list wm deiconify $top]
+ # after idle grab $this
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # DESTRUCTOR - destroy window containing widget
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ destructor {
+
+ # Remove this window and all hooks
+ # grab release $this
+
+ # Note that this is okay: the callback (TraceDlg::done, usually) will
+ # ignore stray "cancel" callbacks
+ eval $Callback cancel
+
+ set top [winfo toplevel [namespace tail $this]]
+ destroy $this
+ destroy $top
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: build_win - build the Trace dialog box (cache this?)
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method build_win {f} {
+ global _TStepCount _TOtherVariable
+
+ # The two frames of this dialog
+ set bbox [frame $f.bbox]; # for holding OK,CANCEL buttons
+ set data [frame $f.data]; # for everything else
+
+ # Setup the button box
+ button $bbox.ok -text OK -command "$this ok"
+ button $bbox.cancel -text CANCEL -command "$this cancel"
+ pack $bbox.ok $bbox.cancel -side left -padx 10 -expand yes
+
+ # The "Data Collection" Frame
+ set top [frame $data.top]
+ set bot [frame $data.bot]
+
+ set boxes [frame $top.boxes]
+ set cFrame [frame $boxes.cFrame]
+ set vFrame [frame $boxes.vFrame]
+ set bFrame [frame $boxes.bframe]
+ set oFrame [frame $top.uFrame]
+ pack $cFrame $bFrame $vFrame -side left -expand yes -padx 5
+
+ # While stepping
+ if {$WhileStepping} {
+ set step_frame [frame $top.stepf]
+ label $step_frame.whilelbl -text {While Stepping, Steps:}
+ set WhileSteppingEntry [entry $step_frame.steps \
+ -textvariable _TStepCount \
+ -width 5]
+ pack $step_frame.whilelbl $WhileSteppingEntry -side left
+ }
+
+ # The Collect listbox
+ label $cFrame.lbl -text {Collect:}
+ tixScrolledListBox $cFrame.lb -scrollbar auto \
+ -browsecmd "$this toggle_button_state 0" \
+ -command "$this change 0"
+ set CollectLB [$cFrame.lb subwidget listbox]
+ $CollectLB configure -selectmode extended
+ pack $cFrame.lbl $cFrame.lb -side top -expand yes -pady 2
+
+ # The Variables listbox
+ label $vFrame.lbl -text {Variables:}
+ tixScrolledListBox $vFrame.lb -scrollbar auto \
+ -browsecmd "$this toggle_button_state 1" \
+ -command "$this change 1"
+ set VariablesLB [$vFrame.lb subwidget listbox]
+ $VariablesLB configure -selectmode extended
+ pack $vFrame.lbl $vFrame.lb -side top -expand yes -pady 2
+
+ # The button frame
+ set AddButton [button $bFrame.add -text {<<< Collect} \
+ -command "$this change 1" -state disabled]
+ set RemoveButton [button $bFrame.del -text {Ignore >>>} \
+ -command "$this change 0" -state disabled]
+ pack $bFrame.add $bFrame.del -side top -expand yes -pady 5
+
+ # The other frame (type-in)
+ label $oFrame.lbl -text {Other:}
+ set OtherEntry [entry $oFrame.ent -textvariable _TOtherVariable]
+ pack $oFrame.lbl $OtherEntry -side left
+ bind $OtherEntry <Return> "$this change_other"
+
+ # Pack these frames
+ if {$WhileStepping} {
+ pack $step_frame -side top
+ }
+
+ pack $boxes $oFrame -side top -padx 5 -pady 5
+ pack $top $bot -side top
+
+ # Fill the list boxes
+ fill_listboxes
+
+ # Pack the main frames
+ # after idle
+ pack $f.data $bbox -side top -padx 4 -pady 2 \
+ -expand yes -fill x
+
+ # !!???
+ if {$WhileStepping} {
+ $WhileSteppingEntry delete 0 end
+ $WhileSteppingEntry insert 0 $Steps
+ }
+ }
+
+ method toggle_button_state {add} {
+
+ # BUG in Tix.. This is invoked whenever a <1> event is generated in
+ # the listbox...
+ if {$add} {
+ set a [$VariablesLB curselection]
+ if {"$a" != ""} {
+ $AddButton configure -state normal
+ $RemoveButton configure -state disabled
+ }
+ } else {
+ set a [$CollectLB curselection]
+ if {"$a" != ""} {
+ $AddButton configure -state disabled
+ $RemoveButton configure -state normal
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: fill_listboxes - fills the two listboxes
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method fill_listboxes {{last {}}} {
+
+ # Fill the Collect listbox with the variables being collected
+ if {[info exists Collect]} {
+ fill_collect $last
+ }
+
+ fill_variables $last
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: change - change a selected variable
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method change {add {select {}}} {
+ if {"$select" == {}} {
+ set selections [get_selections $add]
+ set lb [lindex $selections 0]
+ set last [lindex $selections 1]
+ set selection [lindex $selections 2]
+ set noname 1
+ } else {
+ # This usually (only) occurs when we open this dialog for editing
+ # some existing action.
+ set lb {}
+ set last {}
+ set noname 0
+ set selection $select
+ }
+
+ $RemoveButton configure -state disabled
+ $AddButton configure -state disabled
+
+ # Remove all the selections from one list
+ # and add them to the other list
+ if {$add} {
+ set list1 $Variables
+ set list2 $Collect
+ } else {
+ set list1 $Collect
+ set list2 $Variables
+ }
+
+ foreach a $selection {
+ if {$noname} {
+ set name [$lb get $a]
+ } else {
+ set name $a
+ }
+
+ if {"$name" == "All Locals" || "$name" == {$loc}} {
+ set name "All Locals"
+ set lists [all_locals $add]
+ set list1 [lindex $lists 0]
+ set list2 [lindex $lists 1]
+ } elseif {"$name" == "All Registers" || "$name" == {$reg}} {
+ set name "All Registers"
+ set lists [all_regs $add]
+ set list1 [lindex $lists 0]
+ set list2 [lindex $lists 1]
+ } elseif {"$name" == "All Arguments" || "$name" == {$arg}} {
+ set name "All Arguments"
+ set lists [all_args $add]
+ set list1 [lindex $lists 0]
+ set list2 [lindex $lists 1]
+ } else {
+ set i [lsearch -exact $list1 $name]
+ set list1 [lreplace $list1 $i $i]
+
+ # Check if this is something we want to keep on a list
+ if {[lsearch $Args $name] != -1 || [lsearch $Registers [string trim $name \$]] != -1 || [lsearch $Locals $name] != -1 || $add} {
+ lappend list2 $name
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {$add} {
+ set Collect $list2
+ set Variables $list1
+ } else {
+ set Collect $list1
+ set Variables $list2
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Update boxes (!! SLOW !!)
+ fill_collect $last
+ fill_variables $last
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: fill_collect - fill the collect box
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method fill_collect {{last {}}} {
+
+ $CollectLB delete 0 end
+ set Collect [sort $Collect]
+ foreach a $Collect {
+ $CollectLB insert end $a
+ }
+ if {"$last" != ""} {
+ $CollectLB see $last
+ }
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: fill_variables - fill the variables box
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method fill_variables {{last {}}} {
+
+ $VariablesLB delete 0 end
+ set Variables [sort $Variables]
+ foreach a $Variables {
+ $VariablesLB insert end $a
+ }
+
+ if {"$last" != ""} {
+ $VariablesLB see $last
+ }
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: sort - sort a list of variables, placing regs and
+ # special identifiers (like "All Locals") at end
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method sort {list} {
+
+ set special_names {
+ "All Arguments" args \
+ "All Locals" locs \
+ "All Registers" regs \
+ "Collect Stack" stack
+ }
+
+ foreach {name var} $special_names {
+ set i [lsearch $list $name]
+ if {$i != -1} {
+ set $var 1
+ set list [lreplace $list $i $i]
+ } else {
+ set $var 0
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Extract all the locals, regs, args, globals
+ set types_list {Args Locals Registers }
+ foreach type $types_list {
+ set used_$type {}
+
+ foreach a [set $type] {
+ set i [lsearch $list $a]
+ if {$i != -1} {
+ lappend used_$type $a
+ set list [lreplace $list $i $i]
+ }
+ }
+ set used_$type [lsort [set used_$type]]
+ }
+
+ set globals [lsort $list]
+
+ # Sort the remaining list in order: args, locals, globals, regs
+ set list [concat $used_Args $used_Locals $globals $used_Registers]
+
+ set list2 {}
+
+ foreach {name var} $special_names {
+ if {[set $var]} {
+ lappend list2 $name
+ }
+ }
+
+ set list [concat $list2 $list]
+ return $list
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: all_args - add/remove all args
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method all_args {add} {
+
+ if {$add} {
+ set list1 $Variables
+ set list2 $Collect
+ } else {
+ set list1 $Collect
+ set list2 $Variables
+ }
+
+# foreach var $Args {
+# set i [lsearch $list1 $var]
+# if {$i != -1} {
+# set list1 [lreplace $list1 $i $i]
+# lappend list2 $var
+# }
+# }
+
+ lappend list2 "All Arguments"
+ set i [lsearch $list1 "All Arguments"]
+ if {$i != -1} {
+ set list1 [lreplace $list1 $i $i]
+ }
+
+ return [list $list1 $list2]
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: all_locals - add/remove all locals
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method all_locals {add} {
+
+ if {$add} {
+ set list1 $Variables
+ set list2 $Collect
+ } else {
+ set list1 $Collect
+ set list2 $Variables
+ }
+
+# foreach var $Locals {
+# set i [lsearch $list1 $var]
+# if {$i != -1} {
+# set list1 [lreplace $list1 $i $i]
+# lappend list2 $var
+# }
+# }
+
+ lappend list2 "All Locals"
+ set i [lsearch $list1 "All Locals"]
+ if {$i != -1} {
+ set list1 [lreplace $list1 $i $i]
+ }
+
+ return [list $list1 $list2]
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: all_regs - add/remove all registers
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method all_regs {add} {
+
+ if {$add} {
+ set list1 $Variables
+ set list2 $Collect
+ } else {
+ set list1 $Collect
+ set list2 $Variables
+ }
+
+# foreach var $Registers {
+# set i [lsearch $list1 "\$$var"]
+# if {$i != -1} {
+# set list1 [lreplace $list1 $i $i]
+# lappend list2 "\$$var"
+# }
+# }
+
+ lappend list2 "All Registers"
+ set i [lsearch $list1 "All Registers"]
+ if {$i != -1} {
+ set list1 [lreplace $list1 $i $i]
+ }
+
+ return [list $list1 $list2]
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: change_other - add/remove a user defined type
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method change_other {} {
+ set other [$OtherEntry get]
+
+ if {"$other" != ""} {
+ set added 0
+
+ # Check if this is a local/register/arg
+ set i [lsearch $Locals "$other"]
+ if {$i != -1} {
+ set i [lsearch $Collect "$other"]
+ set added 1
+ if {$i != -1} {
+ # It's a local on the collection list
+ debug "local on collection list"
+ set add 0
+ set list1 [lreplace $Collect $i $i]
+ set list2 [concat $Variables "$other"]
+ } else {
+ # It's a local on the variables list
+ debug "local on variable list"
+ set add 1
+ set i [lsearch $Variables "$other"]
+ set list1 [lreplace $Variables $i $i]
+ set list2 [concat $Collect "$other"]
+ }
+ }
+
+ set i [lsearch $Registers [string trim "$other" \$]]
+ if {$i != -1} {
+ set i [lsearch $Collect "$other"]
+ set added 1
+ if {$i != -1} {
+ # It's a register on the collection list
+ debug "register on collection list"
+ set add 0
+ set list1 [lreplace $Collect $i $i]
+ set list2 [concat $Variables "$other"]
+ } else {
+ # It's a register on the variables list
+ debug "register on variable list"
+ set add 1
+ set i [lsearch $Variables "$other"]
+ set list1 [lreplace $Variables $i $i]
+ set list2 [concat $Collect "$other"]
+ }
+ }
+
+ set i [lsearch $Args $other]
+ if {$i != -1} {
+ set i [lsearch $Collect "$other"]
+ set added 1
+ if {$i != -1} {
+ # It's an arg on the collection list
+ debug "arg on collection list"
+ set add 0
+ set list1 [lreplace $Collect $i $i]
+ set list2 [concat $Variables "$other"]
+ } else {
+ # It's an arg on the variables list
+ debug "arg on variable list"
+ set add 1
+ set i [lsearch $Variables "$other"]
+ set list1 [lreplace $Variables $i $i]
+ set list2 [concat $Collect "$other"]
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Check for special tags
+ if {!$added} {
+ if {"[string tolower $other]" == "all locals"} {
+ set i [lsearch $Variables "All Locals"]
+ if {$i != -1} {
+ # It's "All Locals" on the variables list
+ set add 1
+ set lists [all_locals 1]
+ set list1 [lindex $lists 0]
+ set list2 [lindex $lists 1]
+ } else {
+ # It's "All Locals" on the Collect list
+ set add 0
+ set lists [all_locals 0]
+ set list1 [lindex $lists 0]
+ set list2 [lindex $lists 1]
+ }
+ } elseif {"[string tolower $other]" == "all registers"} {
+ set i [lsearch $Variables "All Registers"]
+ if {$i != -1} {
+ # It's "All Registers" on the Variables list
+ set add 1
+ set lists [all_regs 1]
+ set list1 [lindex $lists 0]
+ set list2 [lindex $lists 1]
+ } else {
+ set add 0
+ set lists [all_regs 0]
+ set list1 [lindex $lists 0]
+ set list2 [lindex $lists 1]
+ }
+ } elseif {"[string tolower $other]" == "all arguments"} {
+ set i [lsearch $Variables "All Arguments"]
+ if {$i != -1} {
+ # It's "All Arguments" on the Variables list
+ set add 1
+ set lists [all_args 1]
+ set list1 [lindex $lists 0]
+ set list2 [lindex $lists 1]
+ } else {
+ set add 0
+ set lists [all_args 0]
+ set list1 [lindex $lists 0]
+ set list2 [lindex $lists 1]
+ }
+ } elseif {"[string tolower $other]" == "collect stack"} {
+ set i [lsearch $Variables "Collect Stack"]
+ if {$i != -1} {
+ # It's "All Arguments" on the Variables list
+ set add 1
+ set lists [all_args 1]
+ set list1 [lindex $lists 0]
+ set list2 [lindex $lists 1]
+ } else {
+ set add 0
+ set lists [all_args 0]
+ set list1 [lindex $lists 0]
+ set list2 [lindex $lists 1]
+ }
+ } else {
+ # Check if this entry is on the Collect list
+ set i [lsearch $Collect $other]
+ if {$i != -1} {
+ # It's on the list -- remove it
+ set add 0
+ set list1 [lreplace $Collect $i $i]
+ set list2 $Variables
+ } else {
+ # It's not on the list -- add it
+
+ set other [string trim $other \ \r\t\n]
+
+ # accept everything, send to gdb to validate
+ set ok 1
+
+ # memranges will be rejected right here
+
+ if {[string range $other 0 1] == "\$("} {
+ tk_messageBox -type ok -icon error \
+ -message "Expression syntax not supported"
+ set ok 0
+ }
+
+ # do all syntax checking later
+ if {$ok} {
+ #debug "Keeping \"$other\""
+ # We MUST string out all spaces...
+ if {[regsub -all { } $other {} expression]} {
+ set other $expression
+ }
+ set add 1
+ set list1 $Variables
+ set list2 [concat $Collect "$other"]
+ } else {
+ #debug "Discarding \"$other\""
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Clear the entry
+ $OtherEntry delete 0 end
+
+ if {$add} {
+ set Variables $list1
+ set Collect $list2
+ } else {
+ set Variables $list2
+ set Collect $list1
+ }
+ fill_listboxes
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: get_selections - get all the selected variables
+ # pass 0 to get the selections from the collect box
+ # Returns a list of: listbox in which the selections were
+ # obtained, last element selected on the list, and all the
+ # selected elements
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method get_selections {vars} {
+
+ if {$vars} {
+ set widget $VariablesLB
+ } else {
+ set widget $CollectLB
+ }
+
+ set elements [$widget curselection]
+ set list {}
+ set i 0
+ foreach i $elements {
+ lappend list [$widget get $i]
+ }
+
+ return [list $widget $i $elements]
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: cancel - cancel the dialog and do not set the trace
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method cancel {} {
+ delete
+ }
+
+ method remove_special {list items} {
+
+ foreach item $items {
+ set i [lsearch $list $item]
+ if {$i != -1} {
+ set list [lreplace $list $i $i]
+ } else {
+ set i [lsearch $list \$$item]
+ if {$i != -1} {
+ set list [lreplace $list $i $i]
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return $list
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: ok - validate the tracepoint and install it
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method ok {} {
+ global _TStepCount
+
+ # Add anything in the OtherEntry
+ change_other
+
+ # Check that we are collecting data
+ if {[llength $Collect] == 0} {
+ # No data!
+ set msg "No data specified for the given action."
+ set answer [tk_messageBox -type ok -title "Tracepoint Error" \
+ -icon error \
+ -message $msg]
+ case $answer {
+ cancel {
+ cancel
+ }
+ ok {
+ return
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ set i [lsearch $Collect "All Locals"]
+ if {$i != -1} {
+ set data [lreplace $Collect $i $i]
+ set data [concat $data {$loc}]
+
+ # Remove all the locals from the list
+ set data [remove_special $data $Locals]
+ } else {
+ set data $Collect
+ }
+
+ set i [lsearch $data "All Registers"]
+ if {$i != -1} {
+ set data [lreplace $data $i $i]
+ set data [concat $data {$reg}]
+
+ # Remove all the locals from the list
+ set data [remove_special $data $Registers]
+ }
+
+ set i [lsearch $data "All Arguments"]
+ if {$i != -1} {
+ set data [lreplace $data $i $i]
+ set data [concat $data {$arg}]
+
+ # Remove all the locals from the list
+ set data [remove_special $data $Args]
+ }
+
+ set i [lsearch $data "Collect Stack"]
+ if {$i != -1} {
+ set data [lreplace $data $i $i]
+ set data [concat $data [collect_stack]]
+
+ }
+
+ # Remove repeats
+ set d {}
+ foreach i $data {
+ if {![info exists check($i)]} {
+ set check($i) 1
+ lappend d $i
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {$WhileStepping} {
+ set steps $_TStepCount
+ } else {
+ set steps 0
+ }
+
+ if {"$Data" != {}} {
+ set command "modify"
+ } else {
+ set command "add"
+ }
+
+ debug "DATA = $data"
+ eval $Callback $command $steps [list $data]
+ delete
+ }
+
+
+ method collect_stack {} {
+ return $StackCollect
+ }
+
+ method cmd {line} {
+ $line
+ }
+
+ # PUBLIC DATA
+ public File
+ public Line {}
+ public WhileStepping 0
+ public Number
+ public Callback
+ public Data {}
+ public Steps {}
+ public Address {}
+
+ # PROTECTED DATA
+ protected WhileSteppingEntry
+ protected CollectLB
+ protected VariablesLB
+ protected Variables {}
+ protected Collect {}
+ protected Locals
+ protected Args
+ protected Registers
+ protected Others {}
+ protected AddButton
+ protected RemoveButton
+ protected OtherEntry
+ protected StackCollect {*(char*)$sp@64}
+}
--- /dev/null
+#
+# attachdlg.itb - itcl implementations for class AttachDlg
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Implements Attach to process window...
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Copyright (C) 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+
+body AttachDlg::constructor {args} {
+
+ build_win
+ eval itk_initialize $args
+
+}
+
+body AttachDlg::build_win {} {
+
+ # CHOOSE_PID: the list box with list or processes. Also an entry
+ # for typing in the PID by hand.
+
+ itk_component add choose_pid {
+ iwidgets::scrolledlistbox $itk_interior.cpid -visibleitems 30x15 \
+ -labeltext "Choose process" -labelpos nw \
+ -labelrelief groove -labelborderwidth 2 \
+ -ipadx 8 -ipady 6 -childsitepos s -hscrollmode none \
+ -textbackground white -exportselection 0 \
+ -selectioncommand [code $this select_pid] \
+ -dblclickcommand [code $this doit]
+ }
+
+ itk_component add pid_filter {
+ iwidgets::entryfield [$itk_component(choose_pid) childsite].filt \
+ -labeltext Filter: -textbackground white \
+ -focuscommand [code $this clear_pid_selection] \
+ -command [code $this filter_pid_selection]
+ }
+
+ itk_component add pid_sep {
+ frame [$itk_component(choose_pid) childsite].sep \
+ -height 2 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken
+ }
+
+ # PID_ENTRY: this is the PID entry box. You can enter the pid
+ # by hand here, or click on the listbox to have it entered for you.
+
+ itk_component add pid_entry {
+ iwidgets::entryfield [$itk_component(choose_pid) childsite].lab \
+ -labeltext PID: -validate numeric -textbackground white \
+ -focuscommand [code $this clear_pid_selection]
+ }
+ pack $itk_component(pid_filter) -fill x -side top -pady 4
+ pack $itk_component(pid_sep) -fill x -side top -pady 8
+ pack $itk_component(pid_entry) -fill x -side bottom -pady 4
+
+
+ itk_component add symbol_label {
+ iwidgets::labeledframe $itk_interior.sym -labeltext "Choose Exec file" \
+ -labelpos nw -labelrelief groove -labelborderwidth 2 \
+ -ipadx 8 -ipady 6
+ }
+
+ itk_component add symbol_file {
+ iwidgets::entryfield [$itk_interior.sym childsite].f -labeltext File: \
+ -textbackground white
+ }
+ pack $itk_component(symbol_file) -pady 4 -padx 4 -fill x
+ # can't use the -state in the entryfield, 'cause that affects the
+ # label as well...
+ $itk_component(symbol_file) component entry configure -state disabled
+
+ $itk_component(symbol_file) configure -state normal
+ $itk_component(symbol_file) insert 0 $::gdb_exe_name
+ $itk_component(symbol_file) configure -state disabled
+
+ itk_component add symbol_browse {
+ button [$itk_component(symbol_file) childsite].br -text Choose... \
+ -command [code $this choose_symbol_file]
+ }
+ pack $itk_component(symbol_browse) -pady 4 -padx 4 -ipadx 4
+
+ itk_component add button_box {
+ frame $itk_interior.b
+ }
+
+ itk_component add cancel {
+ button $itk_component(button_box).cancel -text Cancel \
+ -command [code $this cancel]
+ }
+
+ itk_component add ok {
+ button $itk_component(button_box).ok -text OK -command [code $this doit]
+ }
+
+ if {$::gdb_exe_name == ""} {
+ $itk_component(ok) configure -state disabled
+ }
+
+ ::standard_button_box $itk_component(button_box)
+
+ pack $itk_component(button_box) -side bottom -fill x \
+ -pady 4 -padx 4
+ pack $itk_component(choose_pid) -fill both -expand 1 -pady 4 -padx 4
+ pack $itk_component(symbol_label) -fill x -pady 4 -padx 4
+
+ after idle [list update idletasks; $this list_pids]
+
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: doit - This accepts the attach command.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+body AttachDlg::doit {} {
+ set AttachDlg::last_button 1
+ set AttachDlg::last_pid [$itk_component(pid_entry) get]
+ set AttachDlg::symbol_file [$itk_component(symbol_file) get]
+ debug "About to unpost"
+ unpost
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: cancel - unpost the dialog box without attaching.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+body AttachDlg::cancel {} {
+ set AttachDlg::last_button 0
+ set AttachDlg::last_pid {}
+ unpost
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: choose_symbol_file - Query for a new symbol file.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+body AttachDlg::choose_symbol_file {} {
+ set file [tk_getOpenFile -parent . -title "Load New Executable"]
+ if {$file != ""} {
+ $itk_component(symbol_file) configure -state normal
+ $itk_component(symbol_file) clear
+ $itk_component(symbol_file) insert 0 $file
+ $itk_component(symbol_file) configure -state disabled
+ $itk_component(ok) configure -state active
+ }
+}
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: list_pids - List the available processes. Right now,
+# this just spawns ps, which means we have to deal with
+# all the different ps flags & output formats. At some
+# point we should steal some C code to do it by hand.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+body AttachDlg::list_pids {{expr {}}} {
+ if {[catch {::open "|ps w" r} psH]} {
+ set errTxt "Could not exec ps: $psH
+You will have to enter the PID by hand."
+ ManagedWin::open WarningDlg -message [list $errTxt]
+ return
+ }
+ gets $psH header
+
+ set nfields [llength $header]
+ set nfields_m_1 [expr $nfields - 1]
+ set regexp {^ *([^ ]*) +}
+ for {set i 1} {$i < $nfields_m_1} {incr i} {
+ append regexp {[^ ]* +}
+ }
+ append regexp {(.*)$}
+
+ $itk_component(choose_pid) clear
+ set pid_list {}
+
+ while {[gets $psH line] >= 0} {
+ regexp $regexp $line dummy PID COMMAND
+ if {$expr == "" || [regexp $expr $COMMAND dummy]} {
+ lappend pid_list [list $PID $COMMAND]
+ $itk_component(choose_pid) insert end $COMMAND
+ }
+ }
+
+ close $psH
+ $itk_component(choose_pid) selection set 0
+ select_pid
+
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: select_pid - Grab the selected element from the PID listbox
+# and insert the associated PID into the entry form.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+body AttachDlg::select_pid {} {
+ set hit [$itk_component(choose_pid) curselection]
+ if {$hit != ""} {
+ $itk_component(pid_entry) clear
+ $itk_component(pid_entry) insert 0 [lindex [lindex $pid_list $hit] 0]
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: clear_pid_selection - Clear the current PID selection.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+body AttachDlg::clear_pid_selection {} {
+ $itk_component(choose_pid) selection clear 0 end
+ $itk_component(pid_entry) selection range 0 end
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: filter_pid_selection - Filters the pid box.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+body AttachDlg::filter_pid_selection {} {
+
+ list_pids [$itk_component(pid_filter) get]
+}
--- /dev/null
+#
+# attachdlg.ith - itcl declarations for class AttachDlg
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Implements Attach to process window
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Copyright (C) 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+class AttachDlg {
+ inherit ModalDialog ManagedWin
+
+ public {
+ method constructor {args}
+ proc last_button {} {return $last_button}
+ proc pid {} {return $last_pid}
+ proc symbol_file {} {return $symbol_file}
+ }
+
+ protected {
+ method build_win {args}
+ method cancel {}
+ method choose_symbol_file {}
+ method doit {}
+ method list_pids {{expr {}}}
+ method select_pid {}
+ method clear_pid_selection {}
+ method filter_pid_selection {}
+
+ variable pid_list
+
+ common last_button 0
+ common last_pid {}
+ common symbol_file
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Block and frame class implementations for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Block
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body Block::constructor {start end args} {
+
+ # Record runtime info about this block
+ set _start $start
+ set _end $end
+ set _variables [_findVariables]
+ eval configure $args
+}
+
+# Destroy ourself.
+body Block::destructor {} {
+
+ # Each block is responsible for destroying its
+ # variables and removing them from the list of
+ # of all variables for this frame
+ foreach var $_variables {
+ $var delete
+ }
+}
+
+# Return a list of variables defined in this block
+# This list is determined when we are created.
+body Block::variables {} {
+ return $_variables
+}
+
+# Find the new variables for this block.
+body Block::_findVariables {} {
+
+ # Find the new variables for this block.
+ set variables [gdb_block_variables $_start $_end]
+
+ # Create variables.
+ set vars {}
+ foreach variable $variables {
+ # Be paranoid: catch errors constructing variable.
+ set err [catch {gdb_variable create -expr $variable} obj]
+ if {!$err} {
+ lappend vars $obj
+ }
+ }
+
+ return $vars
+}
+
+body Block::update {} {
+
+ set changed {}
+ foreach var $_variables {
+ set changed [concat $changed [$var update]]
+ }
+
+ return $changed
+}
+
+body Block::info {} {
+
+ return [list $_start $_end]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Frame
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body Frame::constructor {addr} {
+
+ set _addr $addr
+
+ # Create all blocks in the selected frame
+ set _blocks {}
+ _createBlocks [gdb_get_blocks]
+
+}
+
+body Frame::destructor {} {
+ # destroy our own blocks
+ foreach block $_blocks {
+ _removeBlock $block
+ }
+}
+
+body Frame::_removeBlock {blockObj} {
+
+ set i [lsearch $_blocks $blockObj]
+ if {$i != -1} {
+ set _blocks [lreplace $_blocks $i $i]
+ delete object $blockObj
+ }
+}
+
+body Frame::_addBlock {block} {
+
+ set start [lindex $block 0]
+ set end [lindex $block 1]
+ set b [Block \#auto $start $end]
+ lappend _blocks $b
+
+ return $b
+}
+
+body Frame::_createBlocks {blocks} {
+
+ foreach block $blocks {
+ set b [_addBlock $block]
+ }
+}
+
+body Frame::update {} {
+
+ set vars {}
+ foreach block $_blocks {
+ set vars [concat $vars [$block update]]
+ }
+
+ return $vars
+}
+
+body Frame::variables {} {
+
+ set vars {}
+ foreach block $_blocks {
+ set vars [concat $vars [$block variables]]
+ }
+
+ return $vars
+}
+
+body Frame::new {} {
+ # find any new variables. So get a list of all blocks,
+ # eliminate duplicates, and get those variables.
+
+ set blocks [gdb_get_blocks]
+ set new {}
+
+ foreach block $blocks {
+ set b [_findBlock $block]
+ if {$b == ""} {
+ # Found a new block. Create it get its variables
+ set b [_addBlock $block]
+ set new [concat $new [$b variables]]
+ }
+ }
+
+ return $new
+}
+
+body Frame::deleteOld {} {
+
+ foreach block [_oldBlocks] {
+ _removeBlock $block
+ }
+}
+
+body Frame::_oldBlocks {} {
+
+ set blocks [gdb_get_blocks]
+ set oldObjs $_blocks
+
+ foreach block $blocks {
+ set obj [_findBlock $block]
+ if {$obj != ""} {
+ # Found it.. Remove it from old
+ set i [lsearch $oldObjs $obj]
+ set oldObjs [lreplace $oldObjs $i $i]
+ }
+ }
+
+ return $oldObjs
+}
+
+body Frame::old {} {
+
+ # All the variables in the blocks in old are now gone...
+ # We don't remove blocks here, since the frontend viewer
+ # might want to keep these variables around for a little while
+ # longer.
+ set vars {}
+ set old [_oldBlocks]
+ foreach block $old {
+ set vars [concat $vars [$block variables]]
+ }
+
+ return $vars
+}
+
+body Frame::_findBlock {block} {
+
+ foreach b $_blocks {
+ set info [$b info]
+ if {$info == $block} {
+ return $b
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ""
+}
+
+body Frame::_findBlockIndex {block} {
+
+ set i 0
+ foreach b $_blocks {
+ set info [$b info]
+ if {$info == $block} {
+ return $i
+ }
+ incr i
+ }
+
+ return -1
+}
+
+
--- /dev/null
+# Class definitions for blocks and frames for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+class Block {
+
+ public {
+ method constructor {start end args}
+ method destructor {}
+ method variables {}
+ method update {}
+ method info {}
+ }
+
+ private {
+ # Start and end address for this block
+ variable _start
+ variable _end
+
+ # List of variables (new) variables defined in this block
+ variable _variables
+
+ method _findVariables {}
+ }
+}
+
+class Frame {
+
+ public {
+ method constructor {addr}
+ method destructor {}
+ method variables {}
+ method update {}
+ method new {}
+ method old {}
+ method deleteOld {}
+ method address {} { return $_addr }
+ }
+
+ private {
+ method _createBlocks {blocks}
+ method _addBlock {block}
+ method _findBlock {block}
+ method _findBlockIndex {block}
+ method _removeBlock {blockObj}
+ method _oldBlocks {}
+
+ # Our address
+ variable _addr
+
+ # A list of all blocks
+ variable _blocks
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Breakpoint window for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# CONSTRUCTOR: create the main breakpoint window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BpWin::constructor {args} {
+ window_name "Breakpoints" "BPs"
+
+ add_hook gdb_breakpoint_change_hook "$this update"
+ if {[pref getd gdb/bp/menu] != ""} {
+ set mbar 0
+ }
+ set show_threads [pref get gdb/bp/show_threads]
+ debug "Ready to build"
+ build_win
+ eval itk_initialize $args
+ debug "done building"
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# DESTRUCTOR: destroy the breakpoint window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BpWin::destructor {} {
+ remove_hook gdb_breakpoint_change_hook "$this update"
+}
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: build_win - build the main breakpoint window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BpWin::build_win {} {
+ global _bp_en _bp_disp tixOption tcl_platform
+ set bg1 $tixOption(input1_bg)
+
+ frame $itk_interior.f -bg $bg1
+ if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+ tixScrolledWindow $itk_interior.f.sw -scrollbar both -sizebox 1
+ } else {
+ tixScrolledWindow $itk_interior.f.sw -scrollbar auto
+ }
+ set twin [$itk_interior.f.sw subwidget window]
+ $twin configure -bg $bg1
+
+ # write header
+ if {$tracepoints} {
+ label $twin.num0 -text "Num" -relief raised -bd 2 -anchor center \
+ -font src-font
+ }
+ label $twin.thread0 -text "Thread" -relief raised -bd 2 -anchor center \
+ -font src-font
+ label $twin.addr0 -text "Address" -relief raised -bd 2 -anchor center \
+ -font src-font
+ label $twin.file0 -text "File" -relief raised -bd 2 -anchor center \
+ -font src-font
+ label $twin.line0 -text "Line" -relief raised -bd 2 -anchor center \
+ -font src-font
+ label $twin.func0 -text "Function" -relief raised -bd 2 -anchor center \
+ -font src-font
+
+ if {$tracepoints} {
+ label $twin.pass0 -text "PassCount" -relief raised -borderwidth 2 \
+ -anchor center -font src-font
+ grid x $twin.num0 $twin.addr0 $twin.file0 $twin.line0 $twin.func0 $twin.pass0 \
+ -sticky new
+ } else {
+ if {$show_threads} {
+ grid x $twin.thread0 $twin.addr0 $twin.file0 $twin.line0 $twin.func0 -sticky new
+ # Let the File and Function columns expand; no others.
+ grid columnconfigure $twin 3 -weight 1
+ grid columnconfigure $twin 5 -weight 1
+ } else {
+ grid x $twin.addr0 $twin.file0 $twin.line0 $twin.func0 -sticky new
+ # Let the File and Function columns expand; no others.
+ grid columnconfigure $twin 2 -weight 1
+ grid columnconfigure $twin 4 -weight 1
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ # The last row must always suck up all the leftover vertical
+ # space.
+ set next_row 1
+ grid rowconfigure $twin $next_row -weight 1
+
+ if { $mbar } {
+ menu $itk_interior.m -tearoff 0
+ [winfo toplevel $itk_interior] configure -menu $itk_interior.m
+ if { $tracepoints == 0 } {
+ $itk_interior.m add cascade -menu $itk_interior.m.bp -label "Breakpoint" -underline 0
+ } else {
+ $itk_interior.m add cascade -menu $itk_interior.m.bp -label "Tracepoint" -underline 0
+ }
+ set m [menu $itk_interior.m.bp]
+ if { $tracepoints == 0 } {
+ $m add radio -label "Normal" -variable _bp_disp($selected) \
+ -value donttouch -underline 0 -state disabled
+ $m add radio -label "Temporary" -variable _bp_disp($selected) \
+ -value delete -underline 0 -state disabled
+ } else {
+ $m add command -label "Actions" -underline 0 -state disabled
+ }
+
+ $m add separator
+ $m add radio -label "Enabled" -variable _bp_en($selected) -value 1 \
+ -underline 0 -state disabled
+ $m add radio -label "Disabled" -variable _bp_en($selected) -value 0 \
+ -underline 0 -state disabled
+ $m add separator
+ $m add command -label "Remove" -underline 0 -state disabled
+ $itk_interior.m add cascade -menu $itk_interior.m.all -label "Global" \
+ -underline 0
+ set m [menu $itk_interior.m.all]
+ $m add check -label " Show Threads" \
+ -variable [pref varname gdb/bp/show_threads] \
+ -underline 1 -command "$this toggle_threads"
+ $m add separator
+ $m add command -label "Disable All" -underline 0 \
+ -command "$this bp_all disable"
+ $m add command -label "Enable All" -underline 0 \
+ -command "$this bp_all enable"
+ $m add separator
+ $m add command -label "Remove All" -underline 0 \
+ -command "$this bp_all delete"
+ $m add separator
+ $m add command -label "Store Breakpoints..." -underline 0 \
+ -command [code $this bp_store]
+ $m add command -label "Restore Breakpoints..." -underline 3 \
+ -command [code $this bp_restore]
+ }
+
+ set Menu [menu $itk_interior.pop -tearoff 0]
+
+ if { $tracepoints == 0 } {
+ $Menu add radio -label "Normal" -variable _bp_disp($selected) \
+ -value donttouch -underline 0
+ $Menu add radio -label "Temporary" -variable _bp_disp($selected) \
+ -value delete -underline 0
+ } else {
+ $Menu add command -label "Actions" -underline 0
+ }
+ $Menu add separator
+ $Menu add radio -label "Enabled" -variable _bp_en($selected) -value 1 -underline 0
+ $Menu add radio -label "Disabled" -variable _bp_en($selected) -value 0 -underline 0
+ $Menu add separator
+ $Menu add command -label "Remove" -underline 0
+ $Menu add cascade -menu $Menu.all -label "Global" -underline 0
+ set m [menu $Menu.all]
+ $m add check -label " Show Threads" -variable [pref varname gdb/bp/show_threads] \
+ -underline 1 -command "$this toggle_threads"
+ $m add separator
+ $m add command -label "Disable All" -underline 0 -command "$this bp_all disable"
+ $m add command -label "Enable All" -underline 0 -command "$this bp_all enable"
+ $m add separator
+ $m add command -label "Remove All" -underline 0 -command "$this bp_all delete"
+
+ if { $tracepoints == 0 } {
+ # insert all breakpoints
+ foreach i [gdb_get_breakpoint_list] {
+ bp_add $i
+ }
+ } else {
+ # insert all tracepoints
+ foreach i [gdb_get_tracepoint_list] {
+ bp_add $i 1
+ }
+ }
+
+ pack $itk_interior.f.sw -side left -expand true -fill both
+ pack $itk_interior.f -side top -expand true -fill both
+
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: bp_add - add a breakpoint entry
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BpWin::bp_add { bpnum {tracepoint 0}} {
+ global _bp_en _bp_disp tcl_platform _files
+
+ if {$tracepoint} {
+ set bpinfo [gdb_get_tracepoint_info $bpnum]
+ lassign $bpinfo file func line pc enabled pass_count \
+ step_count thread hit_count actions
+ set disposition tracepoint
+ set bptype tracepoint
+ } else {
+ set bpinfo [gdb_get_breakpoint_info $bpnum]
+ lassign $bpinfo file func line pc type enabled disposition \
+ ignore_count commands cond thread hit_count
+ set bptype breakpoint
+ }
+
+ debug "bp_add bpnum=$bpnum thread=$thread show=$show_threads"
+ set i $next_row
+ set _bp_en($i) $enabled
+ set _bp_disp($i) $disposition
+ set temp($i) ""
+ switch $disposition {
+ donttouch { set color [pref get gdb/src/bp_fg] }
+ delete {
+ set color [pref get gdb/src/temp_bp_fg]
+ set temp($i) delete
+ }
+ tracepoint {
+ set color [pref get gdb/src/trace_fg]
+ }
+ default { set color yellow }
+ }
+
+ if {$thread != "-1"} {set color [pref get gdb/src/thread_fg]}
+
+ if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+ checkbutton $twin.en$i -relief flat -variable _bp_en($i) -bg $bg1 \
+ -activebackground $bg1 -command "$this bp_able $i" -fg $color
+ } else {
+ checkbutton $twin.en$i -relief flat -variable _bp_en($i) -selectcolor $color \
+ -command "$this bp_able $i" -bg $bg1 -activebackground $bg1
+ }
+
+ if {$tracepoints} {
+ label $twin.num$i -text "$bpnum " -relief flat -anchor e -font src-font -bg $bg1
+ }
+ label $twin.addr$i -text "$pc " -relief flat -anchor e -font src-font -bg $bg1
+ if {[info exists _files(short,$file)]} {
+ set file $_files(short,$file)
+ } else {
+ # FIXME. Really need to do better than this.
+ set file [::file tail $file]
+ }
+ if {$show_threads} {
+ if {$thread == "-1"} {set thread "ALL"}
+ label $twin.thread$i -text "$thread " -relief flat -anchor e -font src-font -bg $bg1
+ }
+ label $twin.file$i -text "$file " -relief flat -anchor e -font src-font -bg $bg1
+ label $twin.line$i -text "$line " -relief flat -anchor e -font src-font -bg $bg1
+ label $twin.func$i -text "$func " -relief flat -anchor e -font src-font -bg $bg1
+
+ if {$tracepoints} {
+ label $twin.pass$i -text "$pass_count " -relief flat -anchor e -font src-font -bg $bg1
+ }
+
+ if {$mbar} {
+ set zz [list addr file func line]
+ if {$tracepoints} {lappend zz num pass}
+ if {$show_threads} {lappend zz thread}
+ foreach thing $zz {
+ bind $twin.${thing}${i} <1> "$this bp_select $i"
+ bind $twin.${thing}${i} <Double-1> "$this goto_bp $i"
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {$tracepoints} {
+ grid $twin.en$i $twin.num$i $twin.addr$i $twin.file$i $twin.line$i \
+ $twin.func$i $twin.pass$i -sticky new -ipadx 4 -ipady 2
+ } else {
+ if {$show_threads} {
+ grid $twin.en$i $twin.thread$i $twin.addr$i $twin.file$i $twin.line$i \
+ $twin.func$i -sticky new -ipadx 4 -ipady 2
+ } else {
+ grid $twin.en$i $twin.addr$i $twin.file$i $twin.line$i \
+ $twin.func$i -sticky new -ipadx 4 -ipady 2
+ }
+ }
+
+ # This used to be the last row. Fix it vertically again.
+ grid rowconfigure $twin $i -weight 0
+
+ set index_to_bpnum($i) $bpnum
+ set Index_to_bptype($i) $bptype
+ incr i
+ set next_row $i
+ grid rowconfigure $twin $i -weight 1
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: bp_store - stores away the breakpoints in a file of gdb
+# commands
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BpWin::bp_store {} {
+ set out_file [tk_getSaveFile]
+ if {$out_file == ""} {
+ return
+ }
+ if {[catch {::open $out_file w} outH]} {
+ tk_messageBox -message "Could not open $out_file: $outH"
+ return
+ }
+ foreach breakpoint [gdb_get_breakpoint_list] {
+ # This is an lassign
+ foreach {file function line_no address type \
+ enable_p disp ignore cmds thread hit_count} \
+ [gdb_get_breakpoint_info $breakpoint] {
+ break
+ }
+
+ if {$file != ""} {
+ set filename [file tail $file]
+ set bp_specifier $filename:$line_no
+ } else {
+ set bp_specifier *$address
+ }
+
+ if {[string compare $disp "delete"] == 0} {
+ puts $outH "tbreak $bp_specifier"
+ } else {
+ puts $outH "break $bp_specifier"
+ }
+
+ if {!$enable_p} {
+ puts $outH "disable \$bpnum"
+ }
+ if {$ignore > 0} {
+ puts $outH "ignore \$bpnum $ignore"
+ }
+ }
+ close $outH
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: bp_restore - restore the breakpoints from a file of gdb
+# commands
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BpWin::bp_restore {} {
+ set inH [tk_getOpenFile]
+ if {$inH == ""} {
+ return
+ }
+ bp_all delete
+ if {[catch {gdb_cmd "source $inH"} err]} {
+ tk_messageBox -message "Error sourcing in BP file $inH: \"$err\""
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: bp_select - select a row in the grid
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BpWin::bp_select { r } {
+ global tixOption _bp_en _bp_disp
+
+ set zz [list addr file func line]
+ if {$tracepoints} {lappend zz num pass}
+ if {$show_threads} {lappend zz thread}
+
+ if {$selected} {
+ set i $selected
+
+ foreach thing $zz {
+ $twin.${thing}${i} configure -fg $tixOption(fg) -bg $bg1
+ bind $twin.${thing}${i} <3> break
+ }
+ }
+
+ # if we click on the same line, unselect it and return
+ if {$selected == $r} {
+ set selected 0
+
+ if {$tracepoints == 0} {
+ $itk_interior.m.bp entryconfigure "Normal" -state disabled
+ $itk_interior.m.bp entryconfigure "Temporary" -state disabled
+ } else {
+ $itk_interior.m.bp entryconfigure "Actions" -state disabled
+ }
+ $itk_interior.m.bp entryconfigure "Enabled" -state disabled
+ $itk_interior.m.bp entryconfigure "Disabled" -state disabled
+ $itk_interior.m.bp entryconfigure "Remove" -state disabled
+
+ foreach thing $zz {
+ bind $twin.${thing}${r} <3> break
+ }
+
+ return
+ }
+
+ foreach thing $zz {
+ $twin.${thing}${r} configure -fg $tixOption(select_fg) -bg $tixOption(select_bg)
+ bind $twin.${thing}${r} <3> "tk_popup $Menu %X %Y"
+ }
+
+ if {$tracepoints == 0} {
+ $itk_interior.m.bp entryconfigure "Normal" -variable _bp_disp($r) \
+ -command "$this bp_type $r" -state normal
+ $itk_interior.m.bp entryconfigure "Temporary" -variable _bp_disp($r) \
+ -command "$this bp_type $r" -state normal
+ $Menu entryconfigure "Normal" -variable _bp_disp($r) \
+ -command "$this bp_type $r" -state normal
+ $Menu entryconfigure "Temporary" -variable _bp_disp($r) \
+ -command "$this bp_type $r" -state normal
+ } else {
+ $itk_interior.m.bp entryconfigure "Actions" -command "$this get_actions $r" -state normal
+ $Menu entryconfigure "Actions" -command "$this get_actions $r" -state normal
+ }
+ $itk_interior.m.bp entryconfigure "Enabled" -variable _bp_en($r) \
+ -command "$this bp_able $r" -state normal
+ $itk_interior.m.bp entryconfigure "Disabled" -variable _bp_en($r) \
+ -command "$this bp_able $r" -state normal
+ $itk_interior.m.bp entryconfigure "Remove" -command "$this bp_remove $r" -state normal
+ $Menu entryconfigure "Enabled" -variable _bp_en($r) \
+ -command "$this bp_able $r" -state normal
+ $Menu entryconfigure "Disabled" -variable _bp_en($r) \
+ -command "$this bp_able $r" -state normal
+ $Menu entryconfigure "Remove" -command "$this bp_remove $r" -state normal
+
+ set selected $r
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: bp_modify - modify a breakpoint entry
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BpWin::bp_modify { bpnum {tracepoint 0} } {
+ global _bp_en _bp_disp tcl_platform _files
+
+ if {$tracepoint} {
+ set bpinfo [gdb_get_tracepoint_info $bpnum]
+ lassign $bpinfo file func line pc enabled pass_count \
+ step_count thread hit_count actions
+ set disposition tracepoint
+ set bptype tracepoint
+ } else {
+ set bpinfo [gdb_get_breakpoint_info $bpnum]
+ lassign $bpinfo file func line pc type enabled disposition \
+ ignore_count commands cond thread hit_count
+ set bptype breakpoint
+ }
+
+ set found 0
+ for {set i 1} {$i < $next_row} {incr i} {
+ if { $bpnum == $index_to_bpnum($i)
+ && "$Index_to_bptype($i)" == "$bptype"} {
+ incr found
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {!$found} {
+ debug "ERROR: breakpoint number $bpnum not found!"
+ return
+ }
+
+ if {$_bp_en($i) != $enabled} {
+ set _bp_en($i) $enabled
+ }
+
+ if {$_bp_disp($i) != $disposition} {
+ set _bp_disp($i) $disposition
+ }
+
+ switch $disposition {
+ donttouch { set color [pref get gdb/src/bp_fg] }
+ delete {
+ set color [pref get gdb/src/temp_bp_fg]
+ }
+ tracepoint { set color [pref get gdb/src/trace_fg] }
+ default { set color yellow}
+ }
+
+ if {$thread != "-1"} {set color [pref get gdb/src/thread_fg]}
+
+ if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} then {
+ $twin.en$i configure -fg $color
+ } else {
+ $twin.en$i configure -selectcolor $color
+ }
+ if {$tracepoints} {
+ $twin.num$i configure -text "$bpnum "
+ }
+ $twin.addr$i configure -text "$pc "
+ if {[info exists _files(short,$file)]} {
+ set file $_files(short,$file)
+ } else {
+ # FIXME. Really need to do better than this.
+ set file [::file tail $file]
+ }
+ if {$show_threads} {
+ if {$thread == "-1"} {set thread "ALL"}
+ $twin.thread$i configure -text "$thread "
+ }
+ $twin.file$i configure -text "$file "
+ $twin.line$i configure -text "$line "
+ $twin.func$i configure -text "$func "
+ if {$tracepoints} {
+ $twin.pass$i configure -text "$pass_count "
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: bp_able - enable/disable a breakpoint
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BpWin::bp_able { i } {
+ global _bp_en
+
+ bp_select $i
+
+ switch $Index_to_bptype($i) {
+ breakpoint {set type {}}
+ tracepoint {set type "tracepoint"}
+ }
+
+ if {$_bp_en($i) == "1"} {
+ set command "enable $type $temp($i) "
+ } else {
+ set command "disable $type "
+ }
+
+ append command "$index_to_bpnum($i)"
+ gdb_cmd "$command"
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: bp_remove - remove a breakpoint
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BpWin::bp_remove { i } {
+
+ bp_select $i
+
+ switch $Index_to_bptype($i) {
+ breakpoint { set type {} }
+ tracepoint { set type "tracepoint" }
+ }
+
+ gdb_cmd "delete $type $index_to_bpnum($i)"
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: bp_type - change the breakpoint type (disposition)
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BpWin::bp_type { i } {
+
+ if {$Index_to_bptype($i) != "breakpoint"} {
+ return
+ }
+
+ set bpnum $index_to_bpnum($i)
+ #debug "bp_type $i $bpnum"
+ set bpinfo [gdb_get_breakpoint_info $bpnum]
+ lassign $bpinfo file func line pc type enabled disposition \
+ ignore_count commands cond thread hit_count
+ bp_select $i
+ switch $disposition {
+ delete {
+ gdb_cmd "delete $bpnum"
+ gdb_cmd "break *$pc"
+ }
+ donttouch {
+ gdb_cmd "delete $bpnum"
+ gdb_cmd "tbreak *$pc"
+ }
+ default { debug "Unknown breakpoint disposition: $disposition" }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: bp_delete - delete a breakpoint
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BpWin::bp_delete { bpnum } {
+ for {set i 1} {$i < $next_row} {incr i} {
+ if { $bpnum == $index_to_bpnum($i) } {
+ if {$tracepoints} {
+ grid forget $twin.en$i $twin.num$i $twin.addr$i $twin.file$i \
+ $twin.line$i $twin.func$i $twin.pass$i
+ destroy $twin.en$i $twin.num$i $twin.addr$i $twin.file$i \
+ $twin.line$i $twin.func$i $twin.pass$i
+ } else {
+ if {$show_threads} {
+ grid forget $twin.thread$i
+ destroy $twin.thread$i
+ }
+ grid forget $twin.en$i $twin.addr$i $twin.file$i $twin.line$i $twin.func$i
+ destroy $twin.en$i $twin.addr$i $twin.file$i $twin.line$i $twin.func$i
+ }
+ if {$selected == $i} {
+ set selected 0
+ }
+ return
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: update - update widget when a breakpoint changes
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BpWin::update {action bpnum addr {linenum {}} {file {}} {type 0} args} {
+ #debug "bp update $action $bpnum $type"
+
+ if {$type == "tracepoint"} {
+ set tp 1
+ } else {
+ set tp 0
+ }
+
+ switch $action {
+ modify { bp_modify $bpnum $tp}
+ create { bp_add $bpnum $tp}
+ delete { bp_delete $bpnum }
+ default { debug "Unknown breakpoint action: $action" }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: bp_all - perform a command on all breakpoints
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BpWin::bp_all { command } {
+
+ if {!$tracepoints} {
+ # Do all breakpoints
+ foreach bpnum [gdb_get_breakpoint_list] {
+ if { $command == "enable"} {
+ for {set i 1} {$i < $next_row} {incr i} {
+ if { $bpnum == $index_to_bpnum($i)
+ && "$Index_to_bptype($i)" == "breakpoint"} {
+ gdb_cmd "enable $temp($i) $bpnum"
+ break
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ gdb_cmd "$command $bpnum"
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ # Do all tracepoints
+ foreach bpnum [gdb_get_tracepoint_list] {
+ if { $command == "enable"} {
+ for {set i 1} {$i < $next_row} {incr i} {
+ if { $bpnum == $index_to_bpnum($i)
+ && "$Index_to_bptype($i)" == "tracepoint"} {
+ gdb_cmd "enable tracepoint $bpnum"
+ break
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ gdb_cmd "$command tracepoint $bpnum"
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: get_actions - pops up the add trace dialog on a selected
+# tracepoint
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BpWin::get_actions {bpnum} {
+ set bpnum $index_to_bpnum($bpnum)
+ set bpinfo [gdb_get_tracepoint_info $bpnum]
+ lassign $bpinfo file func line pc enabled pass_count \
+ step_count thread hit_count actions
+
+ set filename [::file tail $file]
+ ManagedWin::open TraceDlg -File $filename -Lines $line
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: toggle_threads - callback when show_threads is toggled
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BpWin::toggle_threads {} {
+ set show_threads [pref get gdb/bp/show_threads]
+ reconfig
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: reconfig - used when preferences change
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BpWin::reconfig {} {
+ if {[winfo exists $itk_interior.f]} { destroy $itk_interior.f }
+ if {[winfo exists $itk_interior.m]} { destroy $itk_interior.m }
+ if {[winfo exists $itk_interior.pop]} { destroy $itk_interior.pop }
+ build_win
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: goto_bp - show bp in source window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BpWin::goto_bp {r} {
+ set bpnum $index_to_bpnum($r)
+ if {$tracepoints} {
+ set bpinfo [gdb_get_tracepoint_info $bpnum]
+ } else {
+ set bpinfo [gdb_get_breakpoint_info $bpnum]
+ }
+ set pc [lindex $bpinfo 3]
+
+ # !! FIXME: multiple source windows?
+ set src [lindex [ManagedWin::find SrcWin] 0]
+ set info [gdb_loc *$pc]
+ $src location BROWSE_TAG $info
+}
+
+
--- /dev/null
+# Breakpoint window class definition for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+class BpWin {
+ inherit EmbeddedWin GDBWin
+
+ public {
+ variable tracepoints 0
+
+ method constructor {args}
+ method destructor {}
+ method bp_select {r}
+ method bp_able { i }
+ method bp_remove { i }
+ method bp_restore {}
+ method bp_store {}
+ method bp_type { i }
+ method update {action bpnum addr {linenum {}} {file {}} {type 0} args}
+ method bp_all { command }
+ method get_actions {bpnum}
+ method toggle_threads {}
+ method reconfig {}
+ method goto_bp {r}
+
+ }
+
+ private {
+ variable twin
+ variable next_row 0
+ variable index_to_bpnum
+ variable Index_to_bptype
+ variable temp
+ variable mbar 1
+ variable selected 0
+ variable bg1
+ variable Menu
+ variable show_threads ;#cached copy of [pref get gdb/bp/show_threads]
+
+ method build_win {}
+ method bp_add { bpnum {tracepoint 0}}
+ method bp_modify { bpnum {tracepoint 0} }
+ method bp_delete { bpnum }
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Browswer window for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Implements Browser window for gdb
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# CONSTRUCTOR - create new browser window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+option add *BrowserWin.textBackground white
+
+body BrowserWin::constructor {args} {
+ #eval itk_initialize $args
+ window_name "Function Browser"
+
+ set Current(filename) {}
+ set Current(function) {}
+ _build_win
+
+ eval itk_initialize $args
+
+ # Create the toplevel binding for this class
+ bind Configure_Browser_$this <Configure> [code $this _resize]
+
+ add_hook file_changed_hook [code $this _fill_file_box]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# DESTRUCTOR - destroy window containing widget
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BrowserWin::destructor {} {
+
+ if {$resize_after != ""} {
+ after cancel $resize_after
+ }
+ if {$filter_trace_after != ""} {
+ after cancel $filter_trace_after
+ }
+
+ if {$MoreVisible} {
+ pref set gdb/browser/view_is_open 1
+ } else {
+ pref set gdb/browser/view_is_open 0
+ }
+
+ remove_hook file_changed_hook [code $this _fill_file_box]
+ trace vdelete [pref varname gdb/search/last_symbol] \
+ w [code $this _filter_trace_proc]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _build_win - build the main browser window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BrowserWin::_build_win {} {
+ global PREFS_state gdb_ImageDir
+
+ # Three frames: regexp, listboxes, and drop-down pane
+
+ itk_component add filter {
+ iwidgets::labeledframe $itk_interior.filter -labeltext "Filter" \
+ -labelrelief groove -labelborderwidth 2 -ipadx 6 -ipady 4
+ }
+
+ append labelUpdateCode [$itk_component(filter) clientHandlesConfigure 1] "\n"
+
+ itk_component add browser {
+ frame $itk_interior.browser
+ }
+
+ itk_component add view {
+ frame $itk_interior.view
+ }
+
+ # Set up the contents of the Filter frame
+
+ itk_component add filt_label {
+ label [$itk_component(filter) childsite].lbl -text {Show if function } \
+ -font src-font
+ }
+
+ itk_component add filt_type {
+ combobox::combobox [$itk_component(filter) childsite].type -height 4 \
+ -width 15 -editable 0 \
+ -command [code $this _set_filter_mode] \
+ -font src-font
+ } { }
+
+ # Fill the filter mode combo-box
+
+ foreach elem $filter_modes {
+ $itk_component(filt_type) list insert end $elem
+ }
+
+ set cur_filter_mode [pref get gdb/search/filter_mode]
+ if {[lsearch $filter_modes $cur_filter_mode] < 0} {
+ set cur_filter_mode [lindex $filter_modes 0]
+ }
+ $itk_component(filt_type) entryset $cur_filter_mode
+
+ itk_component add filt_entry {
+ entry [$itk_component(filter) childsite].ent -font src-font \
+ -textvariable [pref varname gdb/search/last_symbol] -background white
+ } {
+ usual Entry
+ rename -background -textbackground textBackground Background
+ }
+
+ # Watch keystrokes into the entry box and filter on them...
+
+ trace variable [pref varname gdb/search/last_symbol] w \
+ [code $this _filter_trace_proc]
+
+ pack $itk_component(filt_label) -side left
+ pack $itk_component(filt_type) -side left -padx 4 -fill y -pady 5
+ pack $itk_component(filt_entry) -side right -fill both -expand 1 \
+ -padx 6 -pady 5
+
+ # Files Listbox for the Browser frame
+ itk_component add file_box {
+ iwidgets::scrolledlistbox $itk_component(browser).files \
+ -selectmode extended -exportselection false \
+ -labeltext "Files" -labelpos nw -labelrelief groove \
+ -labelborderwidth 2 -ipadx 8 -ipady 6 \
+ -childsitepos s -hscrollmode none -textbackground white
+ }
+
+ append labelUpdateCode [$itk_component(file_box) clientHandlesConfigure 1] \
+ "\n"
+
+ bind [$itk_component(file_box) component listbox] <ButtonRelease-1> \
+ [code $this _process_file_selection %y]
+
+ itk_component add file_sep {
+ frame [$itk_component(file_box) childsite].sep -relief raised -height 2 \
+ -borderwidth 1
+ }
+
+ itk_component add file_hide {
+ checkbutton [$itk_component(file_box) childsite].hide \
+ -text {Hide .h files} \
+ -variable [pref varname gdb/browser/hide_h] \
+ -command [code $this _file_hide_h]
+ }
+
+ itk_component add file_all {
+ button [$itk_component(file_box) childsite].sel \
+ -text {Select All} -width 12 \
+ -command [code $this _select 1]
+ }
+
+ # Pack the file box in, and grid in the separate bits of the child-site.
+
+ pack $itk_component(file_box) -side left -fill both -expand yes \
+ -padx 5 -pady 5
+
+ grid $itk_component(file_sep) -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 2 \
+ -sticky ew -pady 8
+ grid $itk_component(file_hide) -column 0 -row 1 -padx 5 -sticky w
+ grid $itk_component(file_all) -column 1 -row 1 -padx 5 -sticky e
+
+ grid columnconfigure [$itk_component(file_box) childsite] 0 -weight 1
+
+ # Functions Listbox for the Browser frame
+
+ itk_component add func_box {
+ iwidgets::scrolledlistbox $itk_component(browser).funcs \
+ -selectmode extended \
+ -exportselection false \
+ -labeltext "Functions" -labelpos nw -labelrelief groove \
+ -labelborderwidth 2 -ipadx 8 -ipady 6 \
+ -childsitepos s -hscrollmode none -textbackground white
+ }
+
+ append labelUpdateCode [$itk_component(func_box) clientHandlesConfigure 1] \
+ "\n"
+
+ bind [$itk_component(func_box) component listbox] <ButtonRelease-1> \
+ [code $this _process_func_selection %y]
+
+ itk_component add func_sep {
+ frame [$itk_component(func_box) childsite].sep -relief raised \
+ -height 2 -borderwidth 1
+ }
+
+ itk_component add func_bp_label {
+ label [$itk_component(func_box) childsite].bpl -text {Breakpoints:}
+ }
+
+ itk_component add func_add_bp {
+ button [$itk_component(func_box) childsite].abp -text {Set} \
+ -command [code $this do_all_bp 1]
+ }
+
+ itk_component add func_remove_bp {
+ button [$itk_component(func_box) childsite].rbp -text {Delete} \
+ -command [code $this do_all_bp 0]
+ }
+
+ # Pack in the Function box, and grid in the bits of the child-site
+
+ pack $itk_component(func_box) -side right -fill both -expand yes \
+ -padx 5 -pady 5
+
+ grid $itk_component(func_sep) -row 0 -column 0 -columnspan 3 \
+ -sticky ew -pady 8
+ grid $itk_component(func_bp_label) -row 1 -column 0 -padx 5
+ grid $itk_component(func_remove_bp) -row 1 -column 1 -padx 5
+ grid $itk_component(func_add_bp) -row 1 -column 2 -padx 5
+
+ grid columnconfigure [$itk_component(func_box) childsite] 1 -weight 1
+ grid columnconfigure [$itk_component(func_box) childsite] 2 -weight 1
+
+ # "More" frame for viewing source
+
+ if {[lsearch [image names] _MORE_] == -1} {
+ image create photo _MORE_ -file [file join $gdb_ImageDir more.gif]
+ image create photo _LESS_ -file [file join $gdb_ImageDir less.gif]
+ }
+
+ itk_component add view_vis {
+ frame $itk_interior.view.visible
+ }
+
+ itk_component add view_more {
+ button $itk_component(view_vis).btn -image _MORE_ -relief flat \
+ -command [code $this _toggle_more]
+ }
+
+ itk_component add view_label {
+ label $itk_component(view_vis).lbl -text {View Source}
+ }
+
+ itk_component add view_sep {
+ frame $itk_component(view_vis).sep -relief raised -borderwidth 1 -height 2
+ }
+
+ pack $itk_component(view_more) -side left -padx 10 -pady 10
+ pack $itk_component(view_label) -side left -padx 10 -pady 10
+ pack $itk_component(view_sep) -padx 4 -pady 10 -fill x -expand 1
+
+ grid columnconfigure $itk_component(view_vis) 2 -weight 1
+
+ pack $itk_component(view_vis) -side top -fill x -expand yes
+
+ # Key bindings for "visible" frames
+ bind_plain_key $itk_component(filt_entry) Return [list $this search]
+ bind $itk_component(func_box) <3> [code $this _toggle_bp %y]
+
+ # Construct hidden frame
+
+ itk_component add view_hidden {
+ frame $itk_interior.hidden
+ }
+
+ itk_component add view_src {
+ SrcTextWin $itk_component(view_hidden).src -Tracing 0 \
+ -parent $this -ignore_var_balloons 1
+ } {
+ rename -background -textbackground textBackground Background
+ }
+
+ $itk_component(view_src) configure -textheight 2i
+
+ itk_component add view_bottom {
+ frame $itk_component(view_hidden).bottom
+ }
+
+ itk_component add view_name {
+ label $itk_component(view_hidden).name -font src-font
+ }
+
+ itk_component add view_func {
+ combobox::combobox $itk_component(view_bottom).combo -maxheight 15 \
+ -font src-font \
+ -command [code $this _goto_func]
+ } {
+ # Should be able to do this, but can't cause the combobox doesn't
+ # fake up a MegaWidget well enough
+ #rename -background -textbackground textBackground Background
+ }
+
+ itk_component add view_mode {
+ combobox::combobox $itk_component(view_bottom).mode -width 9 \
+ -font src-font \
+ -command [code $this mode]
+ } {
+ #rename -background -textbackground textBackground Background
+ }
+
+ itk_component add view_search {
+ entry $itk_component(view_bottom).search -borderwidth 2 \
+ -font src-font -width 10 \
+ -background white
+ } {
+ rename -background -textbackground textBackground Background
+ }
+
+ # Pack all the components of view_hidden into the frame:
+
+ pack $itk_component(view_search) -side right -padx 5 -fill none \
+ -expand 1 -anchor e
+ pack $itk_component(view_mode) -side right -padx 5
+ pack $itk_component(view_func) -side left
+
+ pack $itk_component(view_name) -side top -fill x -padx 5 -pady 3
+ pack $itk_component(view_bottom) -side bottom -fill x -pady 3 -padx 5
+ pack $itk_component(view_src) -fill both -expand 1 -padx 5 -pady 3
+
+
+ # Fill combo boxes
+ $itk_component(view_mode) list insert end SOURCE
+ $itk_component(view_mode) list insert end ASSEMBLY
+ $itk_component(view_mode) list insert end MIXED
+
+ # don't allow SRC+ASM mode... $itk_component(view_mode) insert end SRC+ASM
+ $itk_component(view_mode) entryset [$itk_component(view_src) mode_get]
+
+ # Key bindings for hidden frame
+ bind_plain_key $itk_component(view_search) Return \
+ [code $this _search_src forwards]
+ bind_plain_key $itk_component(view_search) Shift-Return \
+ [code $this _search_src backwards]
+
+ # Now map everything onto the screen
+ grid $itk_component(filter) -column 0 -row 0 -padx 6 -pady 4 -sticky ew
+ grid $itk_component(browser) -column 0 -row 1 -sticky nsew
+ grid $itk_component(view) -column 0 -row 2 -pady 4 -padx 6 -sticky ew
+
+ # Now set up any initial values:
+
+ set MoreVisible [pref get gdb/browser/view_is_open]
+ set BrowserHeight [pref get gdb/browser/top_height]
+ set Width [pref get gdb/browser/width]
+
+ if {$BrowserHeight > 0} {
+ grid rowconfigure $itk_component(hull) $componentToRow(browser) \
+ -minsize $BrowserHeight
+ }
+
+ if {$Width > 0} {
+ grid columnconfigure $itk_component(hull) 0 -minsize $Width
+ }
+
+ grid rowconfigure $itk_component(hull) 1 -weight 1
+ grid columnconfigure $itk_component(hull) 0 -weight 1
+
+ update idletasks
+ eval $labelUpdateCode
+
+ if {$MoreVisible} {
+ debug "Got moreVisible at 1"
+ set MoreVisible 0
+ _toggle_more 1
+ }
+
+ # Fill file box
+ _fill_file_box
+
+ after idle "
+ update idletasks
+ grid rowconfigure $itk_component(hull) 2 \
+ -minsize \[winfo height $itk_component(view)\]
+ "
+
+ # Finally set up the top level bindings:
+ _bind_toplevel 1
+
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _filter_trace_proc
+# This is called when something is entered in the filter
+# box. The actual filtering is done in an after to avoid
+# flashing too much if the user is typing quickly.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BrowserWin::_filter_trace_proc {v1 v2 mode} {
+ if {$filter_trace_after != ""} {
+ after cancel $filter_trace_after
+ }
+ set filter_trace_after [after 100 [code $this _filter_trace_after]]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _filter_trace_after
+# This is a wrapper around search, needed to pass to trace
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BrowserWin::_filter_trace_after {} {
+ set filter_trace_after ""
+ search
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _search_src
+# Search for text or jump to a specific line
+# in source window, going in the specified DIRECTION.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BrowserWin::_search_src {direction} {
+ set exp [$itk_component(view_search) get]
+ $itk_component(view_src) search $exp $direction
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: search
+# Search for functions matching regexp/pattern
+# in specified files
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BrowserWin::search {} {
+
+ set files [$itk_component(file_box) getcurselection]
+
+ if {[llength $files] == 0} {
+ return
+ }
+
+ freeze_me
+
+ set filt_pat [format $filter_regexp($cur_filter_mode) \
+ [pref get gdb/search/last_symbol]]
+
+ if {[llength $files] == [$itk_component(file_box) size]} {
+ set err [catch {gdb_search functions $filt_pat \
+ -filename 1} matches]
+ } else {
+ set err [catch {gdb_search functions $filt_pat \
+ -files $files -filename 1} matches]
+ }
+
+ if {$err} {
+ debug "ERROR searching for [pref get gdb/search/last_symbol]: $matches"
+ thaw_me
+ return
+ }
+
+ $itk_component(func_box) delete 0 end
+
+ set i -1
+ catch {unset index_to_file}
+
+ foreach func [lsort -command "list_element_strcmp 0" $matches] {
+ $itk_component(func_box) insert end [lindex $func 0]
+ set index_to_file([incr i]) [lindex $func 1]
+ }
+ thaw_me
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _toggle_more
+# Toggle display of source listing
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BrowserWin::_toggle_more {{in_constructor 0}} {
+
+ debug "Running toggle_more with MoreVisible: $MoreVisible"
+ # Temporarily disable the resize bindings before opening the window.
+ _bind_toplevel 0
+
+ set topHeight [winfo height $Top]
+ set topWidth [winfo width $Top]
+
+ if {!$MoreVisible} {
+
+ $itk_component(view_label) configure -text {Hide Source}
+ $itk_component(view_more) configure -image _LESS_
+ grid $itk_component(view_hidden) -row 3 -column 0 -sticky nsew \
+ -padx 6 -pady 4
+
+ # Check the stored height. Restore the view to this if it will fit on the
+ # screen. Otherwise, figure out how big to make it...
+
+ set height [pref get gdb/browser/view_height]
+ set bottom [expr {[winfo y $Top] + $topHeight}]
+
+ set extra [expr {[winfo screenheight $Top] - $bottom - 20}]
+
+ if {$height < 0} {
+ set default [winfo pixels $Top 3i]
+ set height [expr {$extra > $default ? $default : $extra}]
+ } else {
+ set height [expr {$extra > $height ? $height : $extra}]
+ }
+
+ wm geometry $Top ${topWidth}x[expr {$topHeight + $height}]
+ grid rowconfigure $itk_component(hull) $componentToRow(view_hidden) \
+ -weight 1
+ grid rowconfigure $itk_component(hull) $componentToRow(browser) -weight 0
+
+ pref set gdb/browser/view_height $height
+
+ set MoreVisible 1
+ update idletasks
+
+ # If we have a selected function, display it in the window
+
+ set f [$itk_component(func_box) getcurselection]
+
+ if {$f != ""} {
+ # FIXME - If there is more than 1 function selected, I just load the
+ # first. It would probably be better to load the one nearest to the
+ # middle of the current window on the listbox. But I am running out
+ # of time for this round...
+
+ if {[llength $f] > 1} {
+ set f [lindex $f 0]
+ }
+
+ _fill_source $f
+ } else {
+ # If no function was chosen, try the file box...
+
+ set f [$itk_component(file_box) getcurselection]
+ if { $f != "" } {
+ if {[llength $f] > 1} {
+ set f [lindex $f 0]
+ }
+ _fill_source $f 0
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ if {!$in_constructor} {
+ pref set gdb/browser/view_height \
+ [winfo height $itk_component(view_hidden)]
+ }
+
+ $itk_component(view_label) configure -text {View Source}
+ $itk_component(view_more) configure -image _MORE_
+
+ grid propagate $itk_component(func_box) 0
+ grid propagate $itk_component(file_box) 0
+
+ set newTopHeight [expr {$topHeight - \
+ [winfo height $itk_component(view_hidden)]}]
+ wm geometry $Top ${topWidth}x$newTopHeight
+
+ if {!$in_constructor} {
+ grid rowconfigure $itk_component(hull) $componentToRow(browser) -weight 1
+ grid forget $itk_component(view_hidden)
+ grid rowconfigure $itk_component(hull) $componentToRow(view_hidden) \
+ -minsize 0 -weight 0
+ }
+
+ set MoreVisible 0
+
+ # Flush the changes
+
+ update idletasks
+
+ grid propagate $itk_component(func_box) 1
+ grid propagate $itk_component(file_box) 1
+
+ }
+
+ # restore the bindings
+
+ _bind_toplevel 1
+
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _bind_toplevel
+# Setup the bindings for the toplevel.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BrowserWin::_bind_toplevel {install} {
+
+ set bindings [bindtags $Top]
+ if {$install} {
+ bindtags $Top [linsert $bindings 0 Configure_Browser_$this]
+ } else {
+ set bindLoc [lsearch $bindings Configure_Browser_$this]
+ bindtags $Top [lreplace $bindings $bindLoc $bindLoc]
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _do_resize
+# Does the actual work of the resize.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BrowserWin::_do_resize {} {
+
+ update idletasks
+ debug "Running _do_resize"
+
+ set width [winfo width $itk_component(hull)]
+ pref set gdb/browser/width $width
+ grid columnconfigure $itk_component(hull) 0 -minsize $width
+
+ if {$MoreVisible} {
+ set v_height [winfo height $itk_component(view_hidden)]
+ pref set gdb/browser/view_height $v_height
+ grid rowconfigure $itk_component(hull) $componentToRow(view_hidden) \
+ -minsize $v_height
+ grid rowconfigure $itk_component(hull) $componentToRow(browser)
+ } else {
+ set b_height [winfo height $itk_component(browser)]
+ pref set gdb/browser/top_height $b_height
+ grid rowconfigure $itk_component(hull) $componentToRow(browser) \
+ -minsize $b_height
+ }
+
+ eval $labelUpdateCode
+ pack propagate $Top 1
+
+ set resize_after ""
+
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _resize
+# Resize "itk_component(view_hidden)" after all configure events
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BrowserWin::_resize {} {
+
+ pack propagate $Top 0
+
+ if {$MoreVisible} {
+ grid rowconfigure $itk_component(hull) $componentToRow(view_hidden) \
+ -minsize 0
+ } else {
+ grid rowconfigure $itk_component(hull) 1 -minsize 0
+ }
+
+ grid columnconfigure $itk_component(hull) 0 -minsize 0
+
+ if {$resize_after != ""} {
+ after cancel $resize_after
+ }
+ set resize_after [after 100 "[code $this _do_resize]"]
+
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _process_file_selection
+# This fills the func combo, and the more window if it
+# is currently open with the hit in the File combobox.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BrowserWin::_process_file_selection {y} {
+
+ set curIndex [$itk_component(file_box) nearest $y]
+ set curSelection [$itk_component(file_box) curselection]
+
+ # We got a button-release - First make sure the click selected the item...
+
+ if {[lsearch $curIndex $curSelection] >= 0} {
+ _fill_source [$itk_component(file_box) get $curIndex] 0
+ } else {
+ # If the item was deselected, go back to the first one in the list...
+ # It would be better to keep a stack of the clicked items, and go to the
+ # last one on the stack. But in extended mode, this is tricky. FIXME
+
+ if {[llength $curSelection] > 0} {
+ _fill_source [$itk_component(file_box) get [lindex $curSelection 0]] 0
+ } else {
+ _fill_source ""
+ }
+ }
+
+ search
+
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _process_func_selection
+# This points the more window to the hit in the Func combobox
+# if it is currently open.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BrowserWin::_process_func_selection {y} {
+
+ set curIndex [$itk_component(func_box) nearest $y]
+ set curSelection [$itk_component(func_box) curselection]
+
+ # We got a button-release - First make sure the click selected the item...
+
+ if {[lsearch $curIndex $curSelection] >= 0} {
+ set funcName [$itk_component(func_box) get $curIndex]
+ set fileName $index_to_file($curIndex)
+ _fill_source $funcName 1 $fileName
+ }
+
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: do_all_bp
+# Toggle a bp at every selected function in FuncLB
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BrowserWin::do_all_bp {onp} {
+
+ set funcs [$itk_component(func_box) getcurselection]
+ freeze_me
+
+ foreach f $funcs {
+ if {[catch {gdb_loc $f} linespec]} {
+ dbug W "Could not gdb_loc \"$f\""
+ return
+ }
+ set bpnum [bp_exists $linespec]
+ if {$bpnum == -1 && $onp} {
+
+ # FIXME: gdb_set_bp is the preferred method, but it requires
+ # a file and line number. This doesn't work very well for
+ # templates...
+ gdb_cmd "break $f"
+ } elseif {!$onp} {
+ catch {gdb_cmd "delete $bpnum"}
+ }
+ }
+ thaw_me
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _toggle_bp
+# Toggle bp at function specified by the given Y
+# coordinate in the listbox
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BrowserWin::_toggle_bp {y} {
+
+ set f [$itk_component(func_box) get [$itk_component(func_box) nearest $y]]
+ if {$f != ""} {
+ if {[catch {gdb_loc $f} linespec]} {
+ return
+ }
+ set bpnum [bp_exists $linespec]
+ if {$bpnum == -1} {
+ # FIXME: gdb_set_bp is the preferred method, but it requires
+ # a file and line number. This doesn't work very well for
+ # templates...
+ gdb_cmd "break $f"
+ } else {
+ catch {gdb_cmd "delete $bpnum"}
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _select
+# (Un/Highlight all files in the files list
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BrowserWin::_select {highlight} {
+ if {$highlight} {
+ $itk_component(file_box) selection set 0 end
+ } else {
+ $itk_component(file_box) selection clear 0 end
+ }
+ search
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _set_filter_mode
+# React to changes in the filter mode
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BrowserWin::_set_filter_mode {w mode} {
+ if {[string compare $mode $cur_filter_mode] != 0} {
+ set cur_filter_mode $mode
+ pref set gdb/search/filter_mode $mode
+ search
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _file_hide_h
+# Run when the "Hide .h files" preference is chosen.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BrowserWin::_file_hide_h {} {
+
+ _fill_file_box
+ search
+
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _fill_source
+# Helper function to fill the srctextwin
+# when needed.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BrowserWin::_fill_source {f {funcp 1} {filename ""}} {
+
+ if {!$MoreVisible } {
+ return
+ }
+
+ if {($funcp && [string compare $f $Current(function)]) \
+ || [string compare $f $Current(filename)]} {
+ if {!$funcp} {
+ if {$filename == ""} {
+ set f $f:1
+ } else {
+ set f $f:$filename
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {[catch {gdb_loc $f} linespec]} {
+ return
+ }
+
+ lassign $linespec foo funcname name line addr pc_addr lib
+ set file_changed [string compare $Current(filename) $name]
+ # fill srctextwin
+
+ if {$file_changed} {
+ # Set the file name label:
+ $itk_component(view_name) configure -text $name:
+ freeze_me
+ }
+
+ $itk_component(view_src) location BROWSE_TAG $name $funcname \
+ $line $addr $pc_addr lib
+
+ if {$file_changed} {
+ thaw_me
+ }
+
+ set Current(function) $funcname
+ # fill func combo
+ if {$file_changed} {
+ set Current(filename) $name
+ _fill_funcs_combo $name
+ }
+ # Set current function in combo box
+ $itk_component(view_func) entryset $f
+
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: mode
+# Function called by srctextwin when the display
+# mode changes
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BrowserWin::mode {w {mode ""} {go 1}} {
+ if {$mode != ""} {
+ $itk_component(view_src) mode_set $mode $go
+ $itk_component(view_mode) entryset $mode
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _goto_func
+# Callback for the function combo box which
+# sets the srctextwin looking at the given function (VAL)
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BrowserWin::_goto_func {w {val ""}} {
+ if {$val != ""} {
+ set mang 0
+ if {[info exists _mangled_func($val)]} {
+ set mang $_mangled_func($val)
+ }
+ if {$mang} {
+ set loc $val
+ } else {
+ set fn [lindex [::file split $Current(filename)] end]
+ set loc $fn:$val
+ }
+ debug "GOTO \"$loc\""
+ if {![catch {gdb_loc $loc} result]} {
+ lassign $result foo funcname name line addr pc_addr lib
+ $itk_component(view_src) location BROWSE_TAG $name $funcname \
+ $line $addr $pc_addr lib
+ } else {
+ dbug W "gdb_loc returned \"$result\""
+ }
+ }
+}
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _fill_file_box
+# This private method fills the file listbox
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BrowserWin::_fill_file_box {} {
+ # It would be cool if gdb_listfiles took a regexp to match,
+ # but it doesn't...
+
+ $itk_component(file_box) clear
+ set allFiles [gdb_listfiles]
+
+ if {[pref get gdb/browser/hide_h]} {
+ foreach file $allFiles {
+ if {[string compare [file extension $file] ".h"]} {
+ $itk_component(file_box) insert end $file
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ foreach file $allFiles {
+ $itk_component(file_box) insert end $file
+ }
+ }
+ search
+}
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _fill_funcs_combo
+# This private method fills the functions combo box
+# with all the functions in NAME.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body BrowserWin::_fill_funcs_combo {name} {
+
+ $itk_component(view_func) list delete 0 end
+ if {$name != ""} {
+ set maxlen 10
+ if {[catch {gdb_listfuncs $name} listfuncs]} {
+ tk_messageBox -icon error -default ok \
+ -title "GDB" -type ok -modal system \
+ -message "This file can not be found or does not contain\ndebugging information."
+ return
+ }
+ foreach f $listfuncs {
+ lassign $f func mang
+ if {$func == "global constructors keyed to main"} {continue}
+ set _mangled_func($func) $mang
+ $itk_component(view_func) list insert end $func
+ if {[string length $func] > $maxlen} {
+ set maxlen [string length $func]
+ }
+ }
+ $itk_component(view_func) configure -width [expr {$maxlen + 1}]
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Browser window class definition for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+class BrowserWin {
+ inherit EmbeddedWin
+
+ public {
+ method constructor {args}
+ method destructor {}
+ method mode {w {mode ""} {go 1}}
+ method search {}
+ method test_get {var}
+ method do_all_bp {onp}
+
+ }
+
+ private {
+ method _bind_toplevel {install}
+ method _build_win {}
+ method _do_resize {}
+ method _file_hide_h {}
+ method _fill_file_box {}
+ method _fill_funcs_combo {name}
+ method _fill_source {f {funcp 1} {filename ""}}
+ method _filter_trace_proc {v1 v2 mode}
+ method _filter_trace_after {}
+ method _goto_func {w {val ""}}
+ method _process_file_selection {y}
+ method _process_func_selection {y}
+ method _resize {}
+ method _search_src {direction}
+ method _select {highlight}
+ method _set_filter_mode {w mode}
+ method _toggle_bp {y}
+ method _toggle_more {{in_constructor 0}}
+
+ variable cur_filter_mode
+
+ variable MoreVisible 0; #whether viewing source
+ variable TopHalfHeight 0
+ variable BottomHalfHeight 0
+ variable CollapsedHeight 0; #height of the window when collapsed
+ variable Current;
+ variable labelUpdateCode ""
+ variable index_to_file
+ variable _mangled_func
+ variable resize_after ""
+ variable filter_trace_after ""
+
+ common componentToRow
+ array set componentToRow {
+ filter 0
+ browser 1
+ view 2
+ view_hidden 3
+ }
+
+ common filter_modes [list "starts with" \
+ "contains" \
+ "ends with" \
+ "matches regexp"]
+ common filter_regexp
+ array set filter_regexp {
+ "starts with" ^%s
+ "contains" %s
+ "ends with" %s$
+ "matches regexp" %s
+ }
+ }
+
+ protected proc dont_remember_size {} {
+ return 1
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Console window for GDBtk
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+body Console::constructor {args} {
+ global gdbtk_state
+ window_name "Console Window"
+
+ debug "$args"
+ _build_win
+ eval itk_initialize $args
+ add_hook gdb_busy_hook [list $this busy]
+ add_hook gdb_idle_hook [list $this idle]
+ add_hook gdb_no_inferior_hook [list $this idle]
+ set gdbtk_state(console) $this
+}
+
+body Console::destructor {} {
+ global gdbtk_state
+ set gdbtk_state(console) ""
+ remove_hook gdb_busy_hook [list $this busy]
+ remove_hook gdb_idle_hook [list $this idle]
+ remove_hook gdb_no_inferior_hook [list $this idle]
+}
+
+body Console::_build_win {} {
+ iwidgets::scrolledtext $itk_interior.stext -hscrollmode dynamic \
+ -vscrollmode dynamic -textbackground white
+
+ set _twin [$itk_interior.stext component text]
+
+ if {[pref get gdb/console/wrap]} {
+ $_twin configure -wrap word
+ } else {
+ $_twin configure -wrap none
+ }
+
+ $_twin tag configure prompt_tag -foreground [pref get gdb/console/prompt_fg]
+ $_twin tag configure err_tag -foreground [pref get gdb/console/error_fg]
+ $_twin configure -font [pref get gdb/console/font]
+
+ #
+ # bind editing keys for console window
+ #
+ bind $_twin <Return> "$this invoke; break"
+
+ # disable this
+ bind_plain_key $_twin Control-o "break"
+
+ # History control.
+ bind_plain_key $_twin Control-p "[code $this _previous]; break"
+ bind $_twin <Up> "[code $this _previous]; break"
+ bind_plain_key $_twin Control-n "[code $this _next]; break"
+ bind $_twin <Down> "[code $this _next]; break"
+ bind $_twin <Meta-less> "[code $this _first]; break"
+ bind $_twin <Home> "[code $this _first]; break"
+ bind $_twin <Meta-greater> "[code $this _last]; break"
+ bind $_twin <End> "[code $this _last]; break"
+
+ # Tab completion
+ bind_plain_key $_twin KeyPress-Tab "[code $this _complete]; break"
+
+ # Don't let left arrow or ^B go over the prompt
+ bind_plain_key $_twin Control-b {
+ if {[%W compare insert <= {cmdmark + 1 char}]} {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+ bind $_twin <Left> [bind $_twin <Control-b>]
+
+ # Don't let Control-h, Delete, or Backspace back up over the prompt.
+ bind_plain_key $_twin Control-h "[code $this _delete]; break"
+
+ bind $_twin <BackSpace> "[code $this _delete]; break"
+
+ bind $_twin <Delete> "[code $this _delete 1]; break"
+
+ # Control-a moves to start of line.
+ bind_plain_key $_twin Control-a {
+ %W mark set insert {cmdmark + 1 char}
+ break
+ }
+
+ # Control-u deletes to start of line.
+ bind_plain_key $_twin Control-u {
+ %W delete {cmdmark + 1 char} insert
+ }
+
+ # Control-w deletes previous word.
+ bind_plain_key $_twin Control-w {
+ if {[%W compare {insert -1c wordstart} > cmdmark]} {
+ %W delete {insert -1c wordstart} insert
+ }
+ }
+
+ bind $_twin <Control-Up> "[code $this _search_history]; break"
+ bind $_twin <Shift-Up> "[code $this _search_history]; break"
+ bind $_twin <Control-Down> "[code $this _rsearch_history]; break"
+ bind $_twin <Shift-Down> "[code $this _rsearch_history]; break"
+
+ # Don't allow key motion to move insertion point outside the command
+ # area. This is done by fixing up the insertion point after any key
+ # movement. We only need to do this after events we do not
+ # explicitly override. Note that since the edit line is always the
+ # last line, we can't possibly go past it, so we don't bother
+ # checking that.
+ foreach event [bind Text] {
+ if {[string match *Key* $event] && [bind $_twin $event] == ""} {
+ bind $_twin $event {
+ if {[%W compare insert <= {cmdmark + 1 char}]} {
+ %W mark set insert {cmdmark + 1 char}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Don't allow mouse to put cursor outside command line. For some
+ # events we do this by noticing when the cursor is outside the
+ # range, and then saving the insertion point. For others we notice
+ # the saved insertion point.
+ set pretag pre-$_twin
+ bind $_twin <1> [format {
+ if {[%%W compare [tkTextClosestGap %%W %%x %%y] <= cmdmark]} {
+ %s _insertion [%%W index insert]
+ } else {
+ %s _insertion {}
+ }
+ } $this $this]
+ bind $_twin <B1-Motion> [format {
+ if {[%s _insertion] != ""} {
+ %%W mark set insert [%s _insertion]
+ }
+ } $this $this $this]
+ # FIXME: has inside information.
+ bind $_twin <ButtonRelease-1> [format {
+ tkCancelRepeat
+ if {[%s _insertion] != ""} {
+ %%W mark set insert [%s _insertion]
+ }
+ %s _insertion {}
+ break
+ } $this $this $this]
+
+ # Don't allow inserting text outside the command line. FIXME:
+ # requires inside information.
+ # Also make it a little easier to paste by making the button
+ # drags a little "fuzzy".
+ bind $_twin <B2-Motion> {
+ if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
+ if {($tkPriv(x) - 2 < %x < $tkPriv(x) + 2) \
+ || ($tkPriv(y) - 2 < %y < $tkPriv(y) + 2)} {
+ set tkPriv(mouseMoved) 1
+ }
+ if {$tkPriv(mouseMoved)} {
+ %W scan dragto %x %y
+ }
+ }
+ break
+ }
+ bind $_twin <ButtonRelease-2> [format {
+ if {!$tkPriv(mouseMoved) || $tk_strictMotif} {
+ %s
+ break
+ }
+ } [code $this _paste 1]]
+ bind $_twin <<Paste>> "[code $this _paste 0]; break"
+ bind $_twin <<PasteSelection>> "[code $this _paste 0]; break"
+
+ _setprompt
+ pack $itk_interior.stext -expand yes -fill both
+
+ focus $_twin
+
+}
+
+body Console::idle {} {
+ set _running 0
+}
+
+body Console::busy {} {
+ set _running 1
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: insert - insert new text in the text widget
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body Console::insert {line} {
+ if {$_needNL} {
+ $_twin insert {insert linestart} "\n"
+ }
+ # Remove all \r characters from line.
+ set line [join [split $line \r] {}]
+ $_twin insert {insert -1 line lineend} $line
+
+ set nlines [lindex [split [$_twin index end] .] 0]
+ if {$nlines > $throttle} {
+ set delta [expr {$nlines - $throttle}]
+ $_twin delete 1.0 ${delta}.0
+ }
+
+ $_twin see insert
+ set _needNL 0
+ ::update idletasks
+}
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: einsert - insert error text in the text widget
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body Console::einsert {line} {
+ debug $line
+ if {$_needNL} {
+ $_twin insert end "\n"
+ }
+ $_twin insert end $line err_tag
+ $_twin see insert
+ set _needNL 0
+}
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _previous - recall the previous command
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body Console::_previous {} {
+ if {$_histElement == -1} {
+ # Save partial command.
+ set _partialCommand [$_twin get {cmdmark + 1 char} {cmdmark lineend}]
+ }
+ incr _histElement
+ set text [lindex $_history $_histElement]
+ if {$text == ""} {
+ # No dice.
+ incr _histElement -1
+ # FIXME flash window.
+ } else {
+ $_twin delete {cmdmark + 1 char} {cmdmark lineend}
+ $_twin insert {cmdmark + 1 char} $text
+ }
+}
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _search_history - search history for match
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body Console::_search_history {} {
+ set str [$_twin get {cmdmark + 1 char} {cmdmark lineend}]
+
+ if {$_histElement == -1} {
+ # Save partial command.
+ set _partialCommand $str
+ set ix [lsearch $_history ${str}*]
+ } else {
+ set str $_partialCommand
+ set num [expr $_histElement + 1]
+ set ix [lsearch [lrange $_history $num end] ${str}*]
+ incr ix $num
+ }
+
+ set text [lindex $_history $ix]
+ if {$text != ""} {
+ set _histElement $ix
+ $_twin delete {cmdmark + 1 char} {cmdmark lineend}
+ $_twin insert {cmdmark + 1 char} $text
+ }
+}
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _rsearch_history - search history in reverse for match
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body Console::_rsearch_history {} {
+ if {$_histElement != -1} {
+ set str $_partialCommand
+ set num [expr $_histElement - 1]
+ set ix $num
+ while {$ix >= 0} {
+ if {[string match ${str}* [lindex $_history $ix]]} {
+ break
+ }
+ incr ix -1
+ }
+
+ set text ""
+ if {$ix >= 0} {
+ set text [lindex $_history $ix]
+ set _histElement $ix
+ } else {
+ set text $_partialCommand
+ set _histElement -1
+ }
+ $_twin delete {cmdmark + 1 char} {cmdmark lineend}
+ $_twin insert {cmdmark + 1 char} $text
+ }
+}
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _next - recall the next command (scroll forward)
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body Console::_next {} {
+ if {$_histElement == -1} {
+ # FIXME flash window.
+ return
+ }
+ incr _histElement -1
+ if {$_histElement == -1} {
+ set text $_partialCommand
+ } else {
+ set text [lindex $_history $_histElement]
+ }
+ $_twin delete {cmdmark + 1 char} {cmdmark lineend}
+ $_twin insert {cmdmark + 1 char} $text
+}
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _last - get the last history element
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body Console::_last {} {
+ set _histElement 0
+ _next
+}
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _first - get the first (earliest) history element
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body Console::_first {} {
+ set _histElement [expr {[llength $_history] - 1}]
+ _previous
+}
+
+
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _setprompt - put a prompt at the beginning of a line
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body Console::_setprompt {{prompt {}}} {
+ if {$_invoking} {
+ set prompt ""
+ } elseif {"$prompt" != ""} {
+ # nothing
+ } else {
+ #set prompt [pref get gdb/console/prompt]
+ set prompt [gdb_prompt]
+ }
+
+ $_twin insert {insert linestart} $prompt prompt_tag
+ $_twin mark set cmdmark "insert -1 char"
+ $_twin see insert
+}
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: activate - run this after a command is run
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body Console::activate {{prompt {}}} {
+ if {$_invoking > 0} {
+ incr _invoking -1
+ _setprompt $prompt
+ }
+}
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: invoke - invoke a command
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body Console::invoke {} {
+ global gdbtk_state
+
+ incr _invoking
+ set text [$_twin get {cmdmark + 1 char} {cmdmark lineend}]
+ if {$text == ""} {
+ set text [lindex $_history 0]
+ $_twin insert {insert lineend} $text
+ }
+ $_twin mark set insert {insert lineend}
+ $_twin insert {insert lineend} "\n"
+
+ set ok 0
+ if {$_running} {
+ if {[string index $text 0] == "!"} {
+ set text [string range $text 1 end]
+ set ok 1
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Only push new nonempty history items.
+ if {$text != "" && [lindex $_history 0] != $text} {
+ lvarpush _history $text
+ }
+
+ set index [$_twin index insert]
+
+ # Clear current history element, and current partial element.
+ set _histElement -1
+ set _partialCommand ""
+
+ # Need a newline before next insert.
+ set _needNL 1
+
+ # run command
+ if {$gdbtk_state(readline)} {
+ set gdbtk_state(readline_response) $text
+ return
+ }
+
+ if {!$_running || $ok} {
+ set result [catch {gdb_immediate "$text" 1} message]
+ } else {
+ set result 1
+ set message "The debugger is busy."
+ }
+
+ # gdb_immediate may take a while to finish. Exit if
+ # our window has gone away.
+ if {![winfo exists $_twin]} { return }
+
+ if {$result} {
+ global errorInfo
+ dbug W "Error: $errorInfo\n"
+ $_twin insert end "Error: $message\n" err_tag
+ } elseif {$message != ""} {
+ $_twin insert $index "$message\n"
+ }
+
+ # Make the prompt visible again.
+ activate
+
+ # Make sure the insertion point is visible.
+ $_twin see insert
+}
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PRIVATE METHOD: _delete - Handle a Delete of some sort.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body Console::_delete {{right 0}} {
+
+ # If we are deleting to the right, and we have this turned off,
+ # delete to the right.
+
+ if {$right && ![pref get gdb/console/deleteLeft]} {
+ set right 0
+ }
+
+ if {!$right} {
+ set insert_valid [$_twin compare insert > {cmdmark + 1 char}]
+ set delete_loc "insert-1c"
+ } else {
+ set insert_valid [$_twin compare insert > cmdmark]
+ set delete_loc "insert"
+ }
+
+ # If there is a selection on the command line, delete it,
+ # If there is a selection above the command line, do a
+ # regular delete, but don't delete the prompt.
+ # If there is no selection, do the delete.
+
+ if {![catch {$_twin index sel.first}]} {
+ if {[$_twin compare sel.first <= cmdmark]} {
+ if {$insert_valid} {
+ $_twin delete $delete_loc
+ }
+ } else {
+ $_twin delete sel.first sel.last
+ }
+ } elseif {$insert_valid} {
+ $_twin delete $delete_loc
+ }
+}
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PRIVATE METHOD: _insertion - Set or get saved insertion point
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body Console::_insertion {args} {
+ if {! [llength $args]} {
+ return $_saved_insertion
+ } else {
+ set _saved_insertion [lindex $args 0]
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _paste - paste the selection into the console window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body Console::_paste {{check_primary 1}} {
+ set sel {}
+
+ if {!$check_primary || [catch {selection get} sel] || $sel == ""} {
+ if {[catch {selection get -selection CLIPBOARD} sel] || $sel == ""} {
+ return
+ }
+ }
+
+ #if there is a selection, insert over it:
+ if {![catch {$_twin index sel.first}]
+ && [$_twin compare sel.first > {cmdmark + 1 char}]} {
+ set point [$_twin index sel.first]
+ $_twin delete sel.first sel.last
+ $_twin insert $point $sel
+ } else {
+ $_twin insert insert $sel
+ }
+}
+
+# public method for testing only
+body Console::get_text {} {
+ return $_twin
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _find_lcp - Return the longest common prefix in SLIST.
+# Can be empty string.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body Console::_find_lcp {slist} {
+ # Handle trivial cases where list is empty or length 1
+ if {[llength $slist] <= 1} {return [lindex $slist 0]}
+
+ set prefix [lindex $slist 0]
+ set prefixlast [expr [string length $prefix] - 1]
+
+ foreach str [lrange $slist 1 end] {
+ set test_str [string range $str 0 $prefixlast]
+ while {[string compare $test_str $prefix] != 0} {
+ incr prefixlast -1
+ set prefix [string range $prefix 0 $prefixlast]
+ set test_str [string range $str 0 $prefixlast]
+ }
+ if {$prefixlast < 0} break
+ }
+ return $prefix
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _find_completion - Look through COMPLETIONS to generate
+# the suffix needed to do command
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body Console::_find_completion {cmd completions} {
+ # Get longest common prefix
+ set lcp [_find_lcp $completions]
+ set cmd_len [string length $cmd]
+ # Return suffix beyond end of cmd
+ return [string range $lcp $cmd_len end]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _complete - Command line completion
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body Console::_complete {} {
+
+ set command_line [$_twin get {cmdmark + 1 char} {cmdmark lineend}]
+ set choices [gdb_cmd "complete $command_line" 1]
+ set choices [string trimright $choices \n]
+ set choices [split $choices \n]
+
+ # Just do completion if this is the first tab
+ if {!$_saw_tab} {
+ set _saw_tab 1
+ set completion [_find_completion $command_line $choices]
+
+ # Here is where the completion is actually done. If there
+ # is one match, complete the command and print a space.
+ # If two or more matches, complete the command and beep.
+ # If no match, just beep.
+ switch {[llength $choices]} {
+ 0 {}
+ 1 {
+ _twin insert end "$completion "
+ set _saw_tab 0
+ return
+ }
+
+ default {
+ $_twin insert end $completion
+ }
+ }
+ bell
+ $_twin see end
+ bind $_twin <KeyPress> [code $this _reset_tab]
+ } else {
+ # User hit another consecutive tab. List the choices.
+ # Note that at this point, choices may contain commands
+ # with spaces. We have to lop off everything before (and
+ # including) the last space so that the completion list
+ # only shows the possibilities for the last token.
+ set choices [lsort $choices]
+ if {[regexp ".* " $command_line prefix]} {
+ regsub -all $prefix $choices {} choices
+ }
+ if {[llength choices] != 0} {
+ insert "\nCompletions:\n[join $choices \ ]\n"
+ $_twin see end
+ bind $_twin <KeyPress> [code $this _reset_tab]
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _reset_tab - Helper method for tab completion. Used
+# to reset the tab when a key is pressed.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body Console::_reset_tab {} {
+ bind $_twin <KeyPress> {}
+ set _saw_tab 0
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Console window class definition for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Implements a console display widget using primitive widgets as the building
+# blocks.
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class Console {
+ inherit EmbeddedWin
+
+ public {
+ #Approximate maximum number of lines allowed in widget
+ variable throttle 2000
+
+ method constructor {args}
+ method destructor {}
+ method idle {}
+ method busy {}
+ method insert {line}
+ method einsert {line}
+ method invoke {}
+ method _insertion {args}
+ method get_text {}
+ method activate {{prompt {}}}
+ }
+
+ private {
+ variable _twin
+ variable _invoking 0
+ variable _needNL 1
+ variable _history {}
+ variable _histElement -1
+ variable _partialCommand ""
+ variable _saved_insertion ""
+ variable _running 0
+ variable _saw_tab 0
+
+ method _build_win {}
+ method _complete {}
+ method _delete {{left 0}}
+ method _find_completion {cmd completions}
+ method _find_lcp {slist}
+ method _first {}
+ method _last {}
+ method _next {}
+ method _paste {{check_primary 1}}
+ method _previous {}
+ method _reset_tab {}
+ method _search_history {}
+ method _rsearch_history {}
+ method _setprompt {{prompt {}}}
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Data-type class implementations for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Stack
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body Stack::constructor {} {
+ set _stack {}
+}
+
+body Stack::push {args} {
+ set _stack [concat $_stack $args]
+}
+
+body Stack::destructor {} {
+}
+
+body Stack::pop {} {
+ set thing [lindex $_stack end]
+ set _stack [lreplace $_stack end end]
+ return $thing
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Queue
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body Queue::constructor {} {
+}
+
+body Queue::destructor {} {
+}
+
+body Queue::pop {} {
+ set thing [lindex $_stack 0]
+ set _stack [lreplace $_stack 0 0]
+ return $thing
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+# Data-type class definitions for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# Generic Stack
+class Stack {
+
+ public {
+ method constructor {}
+ method destructor {}
+
+ # Pop the stack. Empty string means empty stack.
+ method pop {}
+
+ # Push ARGS onto the stack.
+ method push {args}
+ }
+
+ protected variable _stack
+}
+
+# Generic Queue
+class Queue {
+ inherit Stack
+
+ public {
+ method constructor {}
+ method destructor {}
+
+ # Pop the queue. Empty string means empty queue.
+ method pop {}
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Debug window for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: DebugWin::constructor
+#
+# SYNOPSIS: constructor::args
+#
+# DESC: Creates the debug window
+#
+# ARGS: None are used yet.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body DebugWin::constructor {args} {
+ debug ""
+ window_name "GDBTK Debug" "Debug"
+
+ build_win
+ incr numTopWins
+}
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: DebugWin::destructor
+#
+# SYNOPSIS: Not called by hand
+#
+# DESC: Destroys the debug window
+#
+# ARGS: None
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body DebugWin::destructor {} {
+ # notify debug code that window is going away
+ ::debug::debugwin ""
+ incr numTopWins -1
+}
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: DebugWin::build_win
+#
+# SYNOPSIS: build_win
+#
+# DESC: Creates the Debug Window. Reads the contents of the debug log
+# file, if it exists. Notifies the debug functions in ::debug
+# to send output here.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body DebugWin::build_win {} {
+ global gdb_ImageDir GDBTK_LIBRARY
+
+ set top [winfo toplevel $itk_interior]
+
+ # initialize the gdbtk_de array
+ if {![info exists ::gdbtk_de]} {
+ set ::gdbtk_de(ALL) 1
+ set ::gdbtk_de(others) 0
+ }
+
+ # create menubar
+ set menu [menu $itk_interior.m -tearoff 0]
+ $menu add cascade -menu $menu.file -label "File" -underline 0
+ set m [menu $menu.file]
+ $m add command -label "Clear" -underline 1 \
+ -command [code $this _clear]
+ $m add command -label "Mark Old" -underline 1 \
+ -command [code $this _mark_old]
+ $m add separator
+ $m add command -label "Save" -underline 0 \
+ -command [code $this _save_contents]
+ $m add separator
+ $m add command -label "Close" -underline 0 \
+ -command "::debug::debugwin {};delete object $this"
+ $menu add cascade -menu $menu.trace -label "Trace"
+ set m [menu $menu.trace]
+ $m add radiobutton -label Start -variable ::debug::tracing -value 1
+ $m add radiobutton -label Stop -variable ::debug::tracing -value 0
+ $menu add cascade -menu $menu.rs -label "ReSource"
+ set m [menu $menu.rs]
+ foreach f [lsort [glob [file join $GDBTK_LIBRARY *.itb]]] {
+ $m add command -label "Source [file tail $f]"\
+ -command [list source $f]
+ }
+ $m add separator
+ $m add command -label "Source ALL" -command [code $this _source_all]
+
+ $menu add cascade -menu $menu.opt -label "Options"
+ set m [menu $menu.opt]
+ $m add command -label "Display" -underline 0 \
+ -command [list ManagedWin::open DebugWinDOpts -over $this]
+ if {!$::debug::initialized} {
+ $menu entryconfigure 1 -state disabled
+ $menu add cascade -label " Tracing Not Initialized" -foreground red \
+ -activeforeground red
+ }
+ $menu add cascade -menu $menu.help -label "Help" -underline 0
+ set m [menu $menu.help]
+ $m add command -label "Debugging Functions" -underline 0 \
+ -command {ManagedWin::open HtmlViewer -force -file debug.html \
+ -topics {{{"Debug Functions" debug.html}}}}
+
+ $top configure -menu $menu
+
+ iwidgets::scrolledtext $itk_interior.s -hscrollmode static \
+ -vscrollmode static -wrap none -textbackground black -foreground white
+ set _t [$itk_interior.s component text]
+ pack $itk_interior.s -expand 1 -fill both
+
+ # define tags
+ foreach color $_colors {
+ $_t tag configure [lindex $color 0] -foreground [lindex $color 1]
+ }
+ $_t tag configure trace -foreground gray
+ $_t tag configure args -foreground blue
+ $_t tag configure marked -background grey20
+
+ loadlog
+
+ # now notify the debug functions to use this window
+ ::debug::debugwin $this
+
+ # override the window delete procedure so the messages are
+ # turned off first.
+ wm protocol $top WM_DELETE_WINDOW "::debug::debugwin {};destroy $top"
+
+}
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: DebugWin::puts
+#
+# SYNOPSIS: puts {level cls func msg}
+#
+# DESC: Writes debugging information into the DebugWin. A filter
+# will be applied to determine if the message should be
+# displayed or not.
+#
+# ARGS: level - priority level. See debug::dbug for details.
+# cls - class name of caller, for example "SrcWin"
+# func - function name of caller
+# msg - message to display
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body DebugWin::puts {level cls func msg} {
+
+ # filter. check if we should display this message
+ # for now we always let high-level messages through
+ if {!$::gdbtk_de(ALL) && $level == "I"} {
+ if {[info exists ::gdbtk_de($cls)]} {
+ if {!$::gdbtk_de($cls)} {
+ return
+ }
+ } elseif {!$::gdbtk_de(others)} {
+ return
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {$func != ""} {
+ append cls ::$func
+ }
+ $_t insert end "($cls) " {} "$msg\n" $level
+ $_t see insert
+}
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: DebugWin::put_trace
+#
+# SYNOPSIS: put_trace {enter level func ar}
+#
+# DESC: Writes trace information into the DebugWin. A filter
+# will be applied to determine if the message should be
+# displayed or not.
+#
+# ARGS: enter - 1 if this is a function entry, 0 otherwise.
+# level - stack level
+# func - function name
+# ar - function arguments
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body DebugWin::put_trace {enter level func ar} {
+ set x [expr {$level * 2 - 2}]
+ if {$enter} {
+ $_t insert end "[string range $_bigstr 0 $x]$func " trace "$ar\n" args
+ } else {
+ $_t insert end "[string range $_bigstr 0 $x]<- $func " trace "$ar\n" args
+ }
+ $_t see insert
+}
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: DebugWin::loadlog
+#
+# SYNOPSIS: loadlog
+#
+# DESC: Reads the contents of the debug log file, if it exists, into
+# the DebugWin.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body DebugWin::loadlog {} {
+ $_t delete 0.0 end
+ # Now load in log file, if possible.
+ # this is rather rude, using the logfile variable in the debug namespace
+ if {$::debug::logfile != "" && $::debug::logfile != "stdout"} {
+ flush $::debug::logfile
+ seek $::debug::logfile 0 start
+ while {[gets $::debug::logfile line] >= 0} {
+ while {[catch {set f [lindex $line 0]} f]} {
+ # If the lindex failed its because the remainder of the
+ # list is on the next line. Get it.
+ if {[gets $::debug::logfile line2] < 0} {
+ break
+ }
+ append line \n $line2
+ }
+ if {$f == "T"} {
+ put_trace [lindex $line 1] [lindex $line 2] [lindex $line 3] \
+ [lindex $line 4]
+ } else {
+ puts $f [lindex $line 1] [lindex $line 2] [lindex $line 3]
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: DebugWin::_source_all
+#
+# SYNOPSIS: _source_all
+#
+# DESC: Re-sources all the .itb files.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body DebugWin::_source_all {} {
+ foreach f [glob [file join $::GDBTK_LIBRARY *.itb]] {
+ source $f
+ }
+}
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: DebugWin::_clear
+#
+# SYNOPSIS: _clear
+#
+# DESC: Clears out the content of the debug window.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body DebugWin::_clear {} {
+ $_t delete 1.0 end
+}
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: DebugWin::_mark_old
+#
+# SYNOPSIS: _mark_old
+#
+# DESC: Changes the background of the current contents of the window.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body DebugWin::_mark_old {} {
+ $_t tag add marked 1.0 "end - 1c"
+}
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: DebugWin::_save_contents
+#
+# SYNOPSIS: _save_contents
+#
+# DESC: Changes the background of the current contents of the window.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body DebugWin::_save_contents {} {
+ set file [tk_getSaveFile -title "Choose debug window dump file" \
+ -parent [winfo toplevel $itk_interior]]
+ if {$file == ""} {
+ return
+ }
+
+ if {[catch {::open $file w} fileH]} {
+ tk_messageBox -type ok -icon error -message \
+ "Can't open file: \"$file\". \n\nThe error was:\n\n\"$fileH\""
+ return
+ }
+ ::puts $fileH [$_t get 1.0 end]
+
+}
+
+###############################################################################
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: DebugWinDOpts::constructor
+#
+# SYNOPSIS: constructor
+#
+# DESC: Creates the Debug Window Options Dialog.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body DebugWinDOpts::constructor {args} {
+ window_name "Debug Window Options"
+ build_win
+ eval itk_initialize $args
+}
+
+###############################################################################
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: DebugWinDOpts::destructor
+#
+# SYNOPSIS: Not called by hand
+#
+# DESC: Destroys the Debug Window Options Dialog.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body DebugWinDOpts::destructor {} {
+}
+
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: DebugWinDOpts::build_win
+#
+# SYNOPSIS: build_win
+#
+# DESC: Creates the Debug Window Options Dialog. This dialog allows the
+# user to select which information is displayed in the debug
+# window and (eventually) how it looks.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body DebugWinDOpts::build_win {} {
+ wm title [winfo toplevel $itk_interior] "Debug Display Options"
+ # initialize here so we can resource this file and update the list
+ set _classes {DebugWin RegWin SrcBar SrcWin ToolBar WatchWin EmbeddedWin \
+ ManagedWin GDBWin StackWin SrcTextWin VariableWin global BPWin \
+ TargetSelection ModalDialog ProcessWin}
+ set f [frame $itk_interior.f]
+ set btns [frame $itk_interior.buttons]
+
+ iwidgets::Labeledframe $f.classes -labelpos nw -labeltext {Classes}
+ set fr [$f.classes childsite]
+
+ checkbutton $fr.0 -text ALL -variable ::gdbtk_de(ALL) -command [code $this _all]
+ set i 1
+ foreach cls [lsort $_classes] {
+ if {![info exists ::gdbtk_de($cls)]} {
+ set ::gdbtk_de($cls) 0
+ }
+ checkbutton $fr.$i -text $cls -variable ::gdbtk_de($cls)
+ incr i
+ }
+ checkbutton $fr.$i -text others -variable ::gdbtk_de(others)
+ incr i
+
+ set k [expr 3*(int($i/3))]
+ set more [expr $i - $k]
+ set j 0
+ while {$j < $k} {
+ grid $fr.$j $fr.[expr $j+1] $fr.[expr $j+2] -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
+ incr j 3
+ }
+ switch $more {
+ 1 { grid $fr.$j x x -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5}
+ 2 { grid $fr.$j $fr.[expr $j+1] x -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5}
+ }
+
+ pack $f.classes -side top -expand 1 -fill both
+
+ button $btns.ok -text [gettext OK] -width 7 -command [code delete object $this] \
+ -default active
+ button $btns.apply -text "Apply to All" -width 7 \
+ -command [code $this _apply]
+ if {$::debug::logfile == "" || $::debug::logfile == "stdout"} {
+ $btns.apply configure -state disabled
+ }
+ button $btns.help -text [gettext Help] -width 10 -command [code $this help] \
+ -state disabled
+ standard_button_box $btns
+ bind $btns.ok <Return> "$btns.ok flash; $btns.ok invoke"
+ bind $btns.apply <Return> "$btns.apply flash; $btns.apply invoke"
+ bind $btns.help <Return> "$btns.help flash; $btns.help invoke"
+
+ pack $btns $f -side bottom -expand 1 -fill both -anchor e
+ focus $btns.ok
+}
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: DebugWinDOpts::_all
+#
+# SYNOPSIS: _all
+#
+# DESC: Callback for selecting ALL classes. If the user selects ALL,
+# deselect all the individual class checkbuttons.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body DebugWinDOpts::_all {} {
+ if {$::gdbtk_de(ALL)} {
+ foreach cls $_classes {
+ set ::gdbtk_de($cls) 0
+ }
+ set ::gdbtk_de(others) 0
+ }
+}
+
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: DebugWinDOpts::_apply
+#
+# SYNOPSIS: _apply
+#
+# DESC: Callback for the "Apply" button. Loads the contents of the
+# log file through the new filter into the debug window. The
+# button is disabled if there is no log file.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body DebugWinDOpts::_apply {} {
+ set dw [ManagedWin::find DebugWin]
+ if {$dw != ""} {
+ $dw loadlog
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Debug window class definition for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME:
+# class DebugWin
+#
+# DESC:
+# This class implements a debug output window to display internal
+# debugging information. It can handle debugging messages, tracing,
+# and eventually profiling.
+#
+# NOTES:
+# This window is for developers.
+#
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+class DebugWin {
+ inherit ManagedWin
+
+ private {
+ variable _t
+ variable _colors {
+ {I green}
+ {W yellow}
+ {E orange}
+ {X red}
+ }
+ variable _bigstr " "
+ method build_win {}
+ method _source_all {}
+ method _clear {}
+ method _mark_old {}
+ method _save_contents {}
+ }
+
+ public {
+ method constructor {args}
+ method destructor {}
+ method puts {level cls func msg}
+ method put_trace {enter level func ar}
+ method loadlog {}
+ }
+}
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME:
+# class DebugWinDOpts
+#
+# DESC:
+# This class implements a debug options dialog for the DebugWin.
+# Currently this consists os a selection dialog to choose which
+# messages to print. Eventually it could also include a filter
+# for different priorities and color selections.
+#
+# NOTES:
+# This window is for developers.
+#
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+class DebugWinDOpts {
+ inherit ManagedWin
+
+ public {
+ method constructor {args} {}
+ method destructor {}
+ }
+
+ private {
+ variable _classes
+ method build_win {}
+ method _all {}
+ method _apply {}
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Download class implementation for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Download window and associated procs
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+body Download::constructor {args} {
+ global gdb_pretty_name
+ debug $args
+ eval itk_initialize $args
+ window_name "Download Status" "Download"
+ add_hook download_progress_hook "$this update_download"
+
+ label $itk_interior.dload -text "Downloading $filename to $gdb_pretty_name"
+
+ label $itk_interior.stat
+ set f [frame $itk_interior.f]
+
+ set i 0
+ while {$i <$num_sections} {
+ tixMeter $f.meter$i -value 0 -text 0
+ label $f.sec$i -text [lindex $section(names) $i] -anchor w
+ label $f.num$i -text $bytes($i) -anchor e
+ grid $f.sec$i $f.meter$i $f.num$i -padx 4 -pady 4 -sticky news
+ incr i
+ }
+
+ grid $itk_interior.dload -padx 5 -pady 5
+ grid $itk_interior.stat -padx 5 -pady 5
+ grid $itk_interior.f -padx 5 -pady 5
+
+ button $itk_interior.cancel -text Cancel -command "$this cancel" \
+ -state active -width 10
+ grid $itk_interior.cancel -padx 5 -pady 5
+# grid $itk_interior
+
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: update_download - update the download meters
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body Download::update_download { sec num tot } {
+
+ # Loop through all the sections, marking each as either done or
+ # updating its meter. This will mark all previous sections prior to
+ # SEC as complete.
+ foreach s $section(names) {
+ set i $section($s)
+
+ if {$s == $sec} {
+ $itk_interior.f.meter$i config -value [expr {$num / $bytes($i)}] -text $num
+ break
+ } else {
+ if {[expr {double([$itk_interior.f.meter$i cget -value])}] != 1.0} {
+ $itk_interior.f.meter$i config -value 1.0 -text [expr {int($bytes($i))}]
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ ::update
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: done - notification that the download is really complete
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body Download::done { {msg ""} } {
+ bell
+
+ if {$msg == ""} {
+ # download finished
+ set secs [expr {[clock seconds] - $::download_start_time}]
+ if {$secs == 0} { incr secs }
+ $itk_interior.cancel config -state disabled
+ set bps [expr {8 * $total_bytes / $secs / 1000}]
+ $itk_interior.stat config -text "$total_bytes bytes in $secs seconds ($bps kbps)"
+
+ # set all indicators to FULL
+ foreach sec $section(names) {
+ set i $section($sec)
+ $itk_interior.f.meter$i config -value 1.0 -text "DONE"
+ }
+ } else {
+ # download failed
+ if {$msg != "CANCEL"} {
+ $itk_interior.stat config -text $msg
+ }
+ }
+
+ # enable OK button
+ $itk_interior.cancel config -state active -text OK -command "delete object $this"
+ ::update
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: cancel - cancel the download
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body Download::cancel {} {
+ debug "canceling the download"
+ set ::download_cancel_ok 1
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# DESTRUCTOR - destroy window containing widget
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body Download::destructor {} {
+ remove_hook download_progress_hook "$this update_download"
+}
+
+body Download::do_download_hooks {} {
+ set ::download_timer(ok) 1
+}
+
+body Download::download_hash { section num } {
+ global download_timer
+ debug "sec=$section num=$num tot=$total_bytes ok=$::download_cancel_ok"
+ ::update
+ # Only run the timer at discrete times...
+ if {[info exists download_timer(timer)]} {
+ after cancel $download_timer(timer)
+ }
+
+ set download_timer(timer) [after 333 Download::do_download_hooks]
+ if {![info exists download_timer(ok)] || $download_timer(ok)} {
+ run_hooks download_progress_hook $section $num $total_bytes
+ ::update
+ unset download_timer(timer)
+ set download_timer(ok) 0
+ }
+
+ return $::download_cancel_ok
+}
+
+# Download the executable. Return zero for success, and non-zero for error.
+body Download::download_it { } {
+ global gdb_exe_name gdb_downloading gdb_loaded
+ global gdb_target_name gdb_pretty_name
+ global gdb_running
+
+ debug "exe=$gdb_exe_name downloading=$gdb_downloading"
+ debug " loaded=$gdb_loaded target=$gdb_target_name running=$gdb_running"
+
+ if {$gdb_downloading || $gdb_exe_name == ""} {
+ return 0
+ }
+
+ set gdb_downloading 1
+ set gdb_loaded 0
+ # Make sure the source window has had time to be created
+ ::update
+
+ gdbtk_busy
+
+ # Only places that load files should do set_exe
+ #set_exe
+ switch [set_target] {
+ ERROR {
+ # target command failed
+ set gdb_downloading 0
+ gdbtk_idle
+ return 0
+ }
+ CANCELED {
+ # command cancelled by user
+ set gdb_downloading 0
+ if {$gdb_running} {
+ # Run the idle hooks (free the UI)
+ gdbtk_update
+ gdbtk_idle
+ } else {
+ gdbtk_idle
+ }
+ return 1
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {! [file exists $gdb_exe_name]} {
+ tk_messageBox -icon error -title GDB -type ok -modal task\
+ -message "Request to download non-existent executable $gdb_exe_name"
+ set gdb_downloading 0
+ gdbtk_idle
+ return 0
+ }
+
+ debug "downloading $gdb_exe_name"
+
+ set target $gdb_target_name
+
+ # get load info and total up number of bytes
+ if {[catch {gdb_load_info $gdb_exe_name} val]} {
+ set result "$gdb_exe_name: $val"
+ tk_dialog .load_warn "" "$result" error 0 Ok
+ return 0
+ }
+ set i 0
+ set total_bytes 0
+ set section(names) {}
+ foreach x $val {
+ set s [lindex $x 0]
+ lappend section(names) $s
+ set section($s) $i
+ set b [lindex $x 1]
+ set bytes($i) [expr {double($b)}]
+ incr total_bytes $b
+ incr i
+ }
+ set num_sections $i
+
+ set ::download_cancel_ok 0
+ set ::download_start_time [clock seconds]
+
+
+ if {[pref getd gdb/load/$target-verbose] == "1"} {
+ # open a detailed download dialog window
+ set download_dialog [ManagedWin::open Download -transient -filename $gdb_exe_name]
+ } else {
+ # raise source windows
+ foreach src [ManagedWin::find SrcWin] {
+ $src reveal
+ $src toolbar downloading
+ }
+ set download_dialog ""
+ }
+
+ set download_error ""
+ debug "starting load"
+ ::update idletasks
+ if {[catch {gdb_cmd "load $gdb_exe_name"} errTxt]} {
+ debug "load returned $errTxt"
+ if {[regexp -nocase cancel $errTxt]} {
+ set download_error "CANCEL"
+ } else {
+ set download_error $errTxt
+ }
+ set ::download_cancel_ok 1
+ }
+
+ debug "Done loading"
+
+ set gdb_downloading 0
+ if {$::download_cancel_ok} {
+ set gdb_loaded 0
+ if {$download_dialog != ""} {
+ catch {$download_dialog done $download_error}
+ }
+ } else {
+ set gdb_loaded 1
+ if {$download_dialog != ""} {
+ catch {$download_dialog done}
+ }
+ }
+
+ foreach src [ManagedWin::find SrcWin] {
+ if {$download_error == "CANCEL"} {
+ $src download_progress CANCEL 1 1
+ } else {
+ $src download_progress DONE 0 $total_bytes $download_error
+ }
+ }
+
+ set ::download_cancel_ok 0
+ set download_dialog ""
+
+ gdbtk_idle
+ return 0
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Download class definition for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+class Download {
+ inherit ManagedWin
+
+ protected {
+ common total_bytes
+ common section
+ common bytes
+ common num_sections
+ proc dont_remember_size {} { return 1}
+ }
+ public {
+ variable filename
+
+ method constructor {args}
+ method destructor {}
+ method update_download { sec num tot }
+ method done { {msg ""} }
+ method cancel {}
+
+ proc download_it { }
+ proc do_download_hooks {}
+ proc download_hash { section num }
+
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+# EmbeddedWin class definition for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+class EmbeddedWin {
+ inherit ManagedWin
+
+ constructor {args} {
+ debug "EmbeddedWin::constructor $args"
+ }
+
+ destructor {
+ debug "EmbeddedWin::destructor"
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+# GDBwin class definition for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+class GDBWin {
+ private variable _state
+ public method update
+
+ constructor {args} {
+ debug "GDBWin::constructor $args"
+ }
+
+ destructor {
+ debug "GDBWin::destructor"
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Global preference class implementation for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Implements Global preferences dialog
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: _init - set up the tracing labels info
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body GlobalPref::_init {} {
+ if {$inited} {
+ return
+ }
+
+ set inited 1
+
+ array set tracing_labels {
+ 0 "Tracing features disabled"
+ 1 "Tracing features enabled"
+ max_len 0
+ }
+
+ foreach elem [array names tracing_labels] {
+ set len [string length $tracing_labels($elem)]
+ set tracing_labels(max_len) \
+ [expr $len > $tracing_labels(max_len) ? $len : $tracing_labels(max_len) ]
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: constructor - create the Global Preferences object
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body GlobalPref::constructor {args} {
+ window_name "Global Preferences"
+ _init
+ build_win
+ eval itk_initialize $args
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: destructor - destroy the Global Preferences object
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body GlobalPref::destructor {} {
+ foreach thunk $Fonts {
+ font delete test-$thunk-font
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: build_win - build the dialog
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body GlobalPref::build_win {} {
+ global tcl_platform GDBTK_LIBRARY
+ debug
+ frame $itk_interior.f
+ frame $itk_interior.x
+ set frame $itk_interior.f
+
+ # Icons
+ frame $frame.icons
+ label $frame.icons.lab -text "Icons "
+ combobox::combobox $frame.icons.cb -editable 0 -maxheight 10\
+ -command [code $this change_icons]
+
+ # get list of icon directories
+ set icondirlist ""
+ cd $GDBTK_LIBRARY
+ foreach foo [glob -- *] {
+ if {[file isdirectory $foo] && [file exists [file join $foo "icons.txt"]]} {
+ lappend icondirlist $foo
+ }
+ }
+
+ set width 14
+ # load combobox
+ set imagedir [pref get gdb/ImageDir]
+ foreach dir $icondirlist {
+ if {![string compare $dir $imagedir]} {
+ set cdir 1
+ } else {
+ set cdir 0
+ }
+ set foo [file join $dir "icons.txt"]
+ if {[catch {::open $foo r} fid]} {
+ # failed
+ if {$cdir} {$frame.icons.cb entryset "unknown icons"}
+ $frame.icons.cb list insert end "unknown icons"
+ } else {
+ if {[gets $fid txt] >= 0} {
+ if {$cdir} {$frame.icons.cb entryset $txt}
+ if {[string length $txt] > $width} {set width [string length $txt]}
+ $frame.icons.cb list insert end $txt
+ } else {
+ if {$cdir} {$frame.icons.cb entryset "unknown icons"}
+ $frame.icons.cb list insert end "unknown icons"
+ }
+ close $fid
+ }
+ }
+ $frame.icons.cb configure -width $width
+
+
+ # searching for fixed font families take a long time
+ # therefore, we cache the font names. The font cache
+ # can be saved in the init file. A way should be provided
+ # to rescan the font list, without deleting the entry from the
+ # init file.
+ set font_cache [pref get gdb/font_cache]
+ if {$font_cache == ""} {
+ if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "unix"} {
+ toplevel .c
+ wm title .c "Scanning for fonts"
+ message .c.m -width 3i -text "Scanning system for fonts\n\nPlease wait..." \
+ -relief flat -padx 30 -pady 30 \
+ -bg [pref get gdb/global_prefs/message_bg] \
+ -fg [pref get gdb/global_prefs/message_fg]
+ ::update
+ pack .c.m
+ focus .c
+ ::raise .c
+ ::update
+ }
+ set fam [font families]
+ foreach fn $fam {
+ if {[font metrics [list $fn] -fixed] == 1} {
+ lappend font_cache $fn
+ }
+ }
+ pref set gdb/font_cache $font_cache
+ if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "unix"} { destroy .c }
+ }
+
+ Labelledframe $frame.d -text "Fonts"
+ set f [$frame.d get_frame]
+
+ make_font_item $f fixed "Fixed Font:" $font_cache
+
+ if {$tcl_platform(platform) != "windows"} {
+ # Cannot change the windows menu font ourselves
+ make_font_item $f menu "Menu Font:" [font families]
+ }
+
+ make_font_item $f default "Default Font:" [font families]
+ make_font_item $f status "Status Bar Font:" [font families]
+
+ # This is the tracing preference
+ set tracing_cb [pref get gdb/mode]
+ if { ![info exists tracing_labels($tracing_cb)]} {
+ debug "Got unknown mode value: $tracing_cb"
+ set tracing_labels($tracing_cb) "Unknown gdb mode..."
+ }
+
+ frame $frame.tracing
+ checkbutton $frame.tracing.cb -variable [scope tracing_cb] \
+ -text $tracing_labels($tracing_cb) \
+ -command [code $this toggle_tracing $frame.tracing.cb] \
+ -width $tracing_labels(max_len) -anchor w
+ pack $frame.tracing.cb -pady 10 -side left -fill none
+
+ # help browser preferences
+ if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+ set help_text "Use Internet Browser to View Help Files"
+ } else {
+ set help_text "Use Netscape to View Help Files"
+ }
+ frame $frame.browser
+ checkbutton $frame.browser.cb \
+ -text $help_text -variable [pref varname gdb/help/browser]
+ pack $frame.browser.cb -pady 10 -side left -fill none
+
+ # use_icons
+ if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "unix"} {
+ frame $frame.use_icons
+ checkbutton $frame.use_icons.cb \
+ -text "Use builtin image as icon." -variable [pref varname gdb/use_icons]
+ pack $frame.use_icons.cb -pady 10 -side left -fill none
+ }
+
+ pack $frame.icons.lab $frame.icons.cb -side left
+ pack $frame.icons -side top -padx 10 -pady 10
+ pack $frame.tracing -side top -fill x -expand 0 -side bottom
+ pack $frame.browser -side top -fill x -expand 0 -side bottom
+ if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "unix"} {
+ pack $frame.use_icons -side top -fill x -expand 0 -side bottom
+ }
+ pack $frame.d -side top -fill both -expand yes
+
+ # make buttons
+ button $itk_interior.x.ok -text OK -underline 0 -width 7 -command [code $this ok]
+ button $itk_interior.x.apply -text Apply -width 7 -underline 0 -command [code $this apply]
+ button $itk_interior.x.cancel -text Cancel -width 7 -underline 0 -command [code $this cancel]
+ pack $itk_interior.x.ok $itk_interior.x.apply $itk_interior.x.cancel -side left
+ standard_button_box $itk_interior.x
+ pack $itk_interior.x -fill x -padx 5 -pady 5 -side bottom
+
+
+ pack $itk_interior.f -fill both -expand yes -padx 10 -pady 5
+
+ bind $itk_interior.x.ok <Return> \
+ "$itk_interior.x.ok flash; $itk_interior.x.ok invoke"
+ focus $itk_interior.x.ok
+
+ # We don't want the window flashing around as we change the fonts...
+
+ ::update idletasks
+
+ resize_font_item_height
+ pack propagate $itk_interior.f 0
+
+}
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PRIVATE METHOD: make_font_item
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body GlobalPref::make_font_item {f name label font_list} {
+
+ # create ComboBox with font name
+ lappend Fonts $name
+
+ set Original($name,family) [font actual global/$name -family]
+ set Original($name,size) [font actual global/$name -size]
+ font create test-$name-font -family $Original($name,family) \
+ -size $Original($name,size)
+ label $f.${name}x -text $label
+
+ combobox::combobox $f.${name}n -editable 0 -value $Original($name,family) \
+ -command [code $this wfont_changed family $name]
+
+ foreach a $font_list {
+ $f.${name}n list insert end $a
+ }
+
+ tixControl $f.${name}s -label Size: -integer true -max 18 -min 6 \
+ -value $Original(${name},size) -command [code $this font_changed size $name]
+ [$f.${name}s subwidget entry] configure -width 2
+ label $f.${name}l -text ABCDEFabcdef0123456789 -font test-$name-font
+
+ grid $f.${name}x $f.${name}n $f.${name}s $f.${name}l -sticky we -padx 5 -pady 5
+ grid columnconfigure $f 3 -weight 1
+
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PRIVATE METHOD: resize_font_item_height
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body GlobalPref::resize_font_item_height {} {
+ foreach font $Fonts {
+ set master [$itk_interior.f.d get_frame]
+ set row [gridCGet $master.${font}l -row]
+ grid rowconfigure $master $row -minsize [lindex [grid bbox $master 0 $row 3 $row ] 3]
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PRIVATE METHOD: change_icons
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body GlobalPref::change_icons {w args} {
+ global gdb_ImageDir GDBTK_LIBRARY
+ set index [$w list curselection]
+ if {$index != ""} {
+ set dir [lindex $icondirlist $index]
+ pref set gdb/ImageDir $dir
+ set gdb_ImageDir [file join $GDBTK_LIBRARY $dir]
+ ManagedWin::restart
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PRIVATE METHOD: wfont_changed - callback from font comboboxes
+# PRIVATE METHOD: font_changed - callback from font tixControls
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body GlobalPref::wfont_changed {attribute font w val} {
+ font_changed $attribute $font $val
+}
+
+body GlobalPref::font_changed {attribute font val} {
+ # val will be a size or a font name
+
+ switch $attribute {
+ size {
+ set oldval [font configure test-$font-font -size]
+ font configure test-$font-font -size $val
+ }
+
+ family {
+ set oldval [font configure test-$font-font -family]
+ font configure test-$font-font -family $val
+ }
+
+ default { debug "GlobalPref::font_changed -- invalid change" }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: toggle_tracing_mode - toggles the tracing mode on and off
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body GlobalPref::toggle_tracing_mode {} {
+ pref set gdb/mode $tracing_cb
+ # Reset the button-1 behavior if you are going out of trace mode.
+ if {!$tracing_cb} {
+ pref set gdb/B1_behavior 1
+ }
+}
+
+body GlobalPref::toggle_tracing {win} {
+ debug foo
+ $win configure -text $tracing_labels($tracing_cb)
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: ok - called to accept settings and close dialog
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body GlobalPref::ok {} {
+ apply 1
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: apply - apply current settings to the screen
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body GlobalPref::apply {{deleteMe 0}} {
+ set commands {}
+
+ # If you are not destroying the window, then make sure to
+ # propagate the geometry info from the font frame, so that changing
+ # the fonts IN the window don't cause some of the buttons to
+ # get obscured...
+
+ if {!$deleteMe} {
+ pack propagate $itk_interior.f 1
+ }
+
+ foreach thunk $Fonts {
+ set font [font configure test-$thunk-font]
+ if {[pref get global/font/$thunk] != $font} {
+ lappend commands [list pref set global/font/$thunk $font]
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {[pref get gdb/mode] != $tracing_cb} {
+ lappend commands toggle_tracing_mode
+ }
+
+ if {[llength $commands] > 0} {
+ foreach command $commands {
+ eval $command
+ }
+ if {$deleteMe} {
+ unpost
+ }
+ ManagedWin::restart
+ return
+ }
+ if {$deleteMe} {
+ unpost
+ } else {
+ after idle "
+ update idletasks
+ [code $this resize_font_item_height]
+ pack propagate $itk_interior.f 0
+ "
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: cancel - forget current settings -- reset to original
+# state and close preferences
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body GlobalPref::cancel {} {
+ # Reset fonts if different
+ set commands {}
+ foreach thunk $Fonts {
+ set family [font configure global/$thunk -family]
+ set size [font configure global/$thunk -size]
+ if {$Original($thunk,family) != $family || $Original($thunk,size) != $size} {
+ lappend commands [list pref set global/font/$thunk \
+ [list -family $Original($thunk,family) -size $Original($thunk,size)]]
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {[llength $commands] > 0} {
+ foreach command $commands {
+ eval $command
+ }
+ }
+ if {[llength $commands] > 0} {
+ ManagedWin::restart
+ }
+ unpost
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Global preference class definition for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+class GlobalPref {
+ inherit ManagedWin ModalDialog
+
+ private {
+ variable icondirlist ""
+ variable Original ;# Original settings
+ variable Fonts ;# List of all available fonts for editing
+ common tracing_labels
+ common inited 0
+ variable tracing_cb
+
+ proc _init {}
+ method build_win {}
+ method make_font_item {f name label font_list}
+ method resize_font_item_height {}
+ method change_icons {w args}
+ method wfont_changed {attribute font w val}
+ method font_changed {attribute font val}
+ method toggle_tracing_mode {}
+ method ok {}
+ method apply {{deleteMe 0}}
+ method cancel {}
+ method toggle_tracing {win}
+ }
+
+ public {
+ method constructor {args}
+ method destructor {}
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="Mozilla/4.06 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.0.35 i686) [Netscape]">
+ <TITLE>Breakpoint Window Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+
+<H1>The Breakpoint Window</H1>
+The Breakpoint Window lists all the various breakpoints that exist in the
+program. It facilitates modifying breakpoints (make them temporary or normal,
+disabled or enabled) and removing breakpoints.
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#menus_bp">Breakpoint Menu</A></LI>
+<LI><A HREF="#menus_global">Global Menu</A></LI>
+<LI><A HREF="#display">Breakpoint Display</A></LI>
+</UL>
+
+<HR SIZE=4 WIDTH="100%">
+
+<H2>
+<A NAME="menus_bp"></A>Breakpoint Menu</H2>
+The Breakpoint Menu operates on the selected breakpoint only. If
+no breakpoint is selected the menu items will be disabled. The type and
+state of a breakpoint may be changed by selecting the desired type or state
+from the menu.
+<DL>
+<DT>Normal</DT>
+<DD>The selected breakpoint is a normal breakpoint</DD>
+<DT>Temporary</DT>
+<DD>Indicates that the breakpoint is temporary</DD>
+<DT>Enabled</DT>
+<DD>The breakpoint is active and will stop the debugger when it is hit.</DD>
+<DT>Disabled</DT>
+<DD>The breakpoint is being ignored. A disabled breakpoint will never get hit.</DD>
+<DT>Remove</DT>
+<DD>Deletes the breakpoint</DD>
+</DL>
+
+<HR SIZE=4 WIDTH="100%">
+<H2>
+<A NAME="menus_global"></A>Global Menu</H2>
+Items on the Global Menu affect all defined breakpoints. Users may:
+<DL>
+<DT>Show Threads</DT>
+<DD>Toggle on/off the thread column</DD>
+<DT>Enable All</DT>
+<DD>Enable all breakpoints</DD>
+<DT>Disable All</DT>
+<DD>Disable all breakpoints</DD>
+<DT>Remove All</DT>
+<DD>Delete all breakpoints</DD>
+</DL>
+
+<HR SIZE=4 WIDTH="100%">
+
+<H2><A NAME="display"></A>Breakpoint Display</H2>
+The Breakpoint Display is a table of breakpoints. The first column of the
+table (unlabeled) shows a checkbutton, indicating whether the breakpoint
+is enabled (checked) or disabled (unchecked). Disabled breakpoints are
+ignored and will not cause the program to stop.
+<P>To use the Breakpoint Menu or the Breakpoint Pop-up Menu, first use
+the left mouse button to select a breakpoint from the list, then make the
+menu selection.
+
+<H4>Modifying Breakpoints</H4>
+To <A NAME="display_state"></A>enable a breakpoint, simply click the
+checkbutton in the first column of the desired breakpoint so that it is
+selected (checked). To disable a breakpoint, "uncheck" the checkbutton.
+<P>To change a breakpoint's <A NAME="display_temp"></A>type, select
+the desired type from either the Breakpoint Menu or the Breakpoint Pop-up
+Menu.
+<P>To remove a <A NAME="display_remove"></A>breakpoint, use the left
+mouse button to select the breakpoint to remove and use either the Breakpoint
+Menu or the Breakpoint Pop-up Menu to select "remove". To re-install a
+breakpoint, use the <A HREF="source.html#setting_a_breakpoint">Source Window
+Display</A>.
+
+<H4><A NAME="display_popup"></A>Breakpoint Pop-up Menu</H4>
+The Breakpoint Pop-up Menu is accessed by using the mouse cursor to select
+a breakpoint from the Breakpoint Display and then clicking the right button
+on the mouse. The Pop-up allows expert users quicker access to the functions
+of the Breakpoint Menu:
+<DL>
+<DT>Normal</DT>
+<DD>The selected breakpoint is a normal breakpoint</DD>
+<DT>Temporary</DT>
+<DD>Indicates that the breakpoint is temporary</DD>
+<DT>Enabled</DT>
+<DD>The breakpoint is active and will stop the debugger when it is hit.</DD>
+<DT>Disabled</DT>
+<DD>The breakpoint is being ignored. A disabled breakpoint will never get hit.</DD>
+<DT>Remove</DT>
+<DD>Deletes the breakpoint</DD>
+<DT>Global, Show Threads</DT>
+<DD>Toggle on/off the thread column</DD>
+<DT>Global, Enable All</DT>
+<DD>Enable all breakpoints</DD>
+<DT>Global, Disable All</DT>
+<DD>Disable all breakpoints</DD>
+<DT>Global, Remove All</DT>
+<DD>Delete all breakpoints</DD>
+</DL>
+
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Function Browser Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<CENTER><H1>The Function Browser</H1></CENTER>
+<BR>The Function Browser may be used to search for specific functions
+in the executable, allowing the user to easily browse through source
+code and set and clear breakpoints at anywhere in the executable
+with ease.
+
+<H3><A HREF="#display">Function Browser Display</A></H3>
+<UL>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_search">Searching for a Function</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_limit">Limiting the Search</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_break">Toggling Breakpoints</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_source">Viewing Source Code</A>
+</UL></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="display">Function Browser Display</A></H2>
+The Function Browser display shows all the current search
+parameters specified by the user: search type, search expression,
+and files to search.
+
+<H4><A NAME="display_search">Searching for a Function</A></H4>
+To search for a function, enter
+the name of the function into the "Search for" field at the top
+of the Function Browser and press the Enter key on the keyboard
+or press the Search button in the lower right-hand corner. The
+Function Browser searches through every file contained in the
+executable (including libraries and included files) for the
+specified function. If the function is found in the executable's
+symbol table, the Functions listing will contain the function's
+name.
+
+<H4><A NAME="display_limit">Limiting the Search</A></H4>
+Searches are not confined to one specific function. The Function
+Browser is capable of searching for any function which matches
+the expression entered into the "Search for" field. For example,
+to list all functions which start with the letters c, y, and g,
+enter "cyg" into the search field and press enter. Every function
+which begins with these three letters is displayed. To search
+for all functions which do <I>not</I> begin with the letters "a",
+"b", and "c", enter the regular expression "^[^a-c]" into the search
+field, click the "Use regular expression" checkbox, and then click
+Search (or press the Enter key on the keyboard). The Browser returns
+the names of all matching functions.
+
+<P>Additionally, any search may be limited in two more ways:
+the Browser may be configured to search only specified files and
+list only static functions.</P>
+
+<P>To search specific files only, select the files to be searched
+using the Files list. To select all files for searching, click the
+Select All button at the bottom of the Files listing. Note that
+the Select All button changes to Select None, allowing the user to
+deselect all selected files. With no files selected, the Browser
+will search all files in the project.</P>
+
+<P>To search for static functions only, click the "Only show
+functions declared 'static'" before searching.</P>
+
+<H4><A NAME="display_break">Toggling Breakpoints</A></H4>
+There are numerous ways to toggle
+breakpoints on functions using the Function Browser. To toggle the
+breakpoint at all listed matches in the Functions list, press the
+Toggle Breakpoint button. To toggle a breakpoint at some subset
+of functions listed in the Functions list, click the right mouse
+button on each function's name in the list. The last way to toggle
+breakpoints using the function browser involves viewing the function's
+source code.
+
+<H4><A NAME="display_source">Viewing Source Code</A></H4>
+To view the source code for a function,
+select the function in the Functions list and click the "View Source"
+dropdown (if it is not already dropped down). A Source Viewer
+similar to the <A HREF="source.html#display">Source Window Display</A>
+appears at the bottom. Toggle breakpoints as described in
+<A HREF="source.html#setting_a_breakpoint">Setting a Breakpoint</A>
+in <A HREF="source.html">Source Window Help</A>.
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+ <HEAD>
+ <TITLE>Console Window Help</TITLE>
+ </HEAD>
+ <BODY>
+ <CENTER><H2>The Console Window</H2></CENTER>
+
+ <P>The Console Window provides the traditional command-line interface to GDB.
+ It is very similar to the command-line you get when GDB is run with "-nw".</P>
+
+ <UL>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display">Console Display</A></LI>
+ <LI><A HREF="#editing">Editing Commands</A></LI>
+ <LI><A HREF="#history">History Commands</A></LI>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_hlp">Getting Help</A></LI>
+ </UL>
+
+ <H4><A NAME="display">Console Display</A></H4>
+ The Console Display is simply a scrolled window in which the debugger prompt
+ appears. By default, the prompt is set to "(gdb) ", but it may be changed via a
+ command line option.
+
+ <P>To execute commands in the console window, simply enter
+ the command in the display. If the debugger is busy, the message "Error: The
+ debugger is busy." appears informing the user that the command was not accepted.</P>
+
+ <P>Whenever a command is executed, the debugger's windows will update to display
+ any new state information. Any output from the command is also echoed to the Console
+ Window for ease of use. If an error occurs, an error message is printed to the Console
+ Window. All error messages appear in the Console Window using a red typeface.
+ </P>
+
+ <BR>
+
+ <H4><A NAME="editing">Editing Commands</A></H4>
+ <P>The Console Window shell has many powerful features to help edit commands.</P>
+ <UL>
+ <LI> Return or Enter causes the command to be executed.
+
+ <LI> Control-A moves the cursor to the beginning of the line.</LI>
+ <LI> Control-E moves the cursor to the end of the line.</LI>
+ <LI> Control-D or DELETE delete the character to the right of the cursor.</LI>
+ <LI> BACKSPACE deletes the character to the left of the cursor.</LI>
+ <LI> Control-B or LeftArrow moves the cursor to the left.</LI>
+ <LI> Control-F or RightArrow moves the cursor to the right.</LI>
+ <LI> Control-K deletes everything to the right of the cursor.</LI>
+ <LI> Control-U deletes the text between the cursor and the start of the line.</LI>
+ <LI> Control-W deletes the previous word</LI>
+ <LI> END deletes the whole line.</LI>
+ <LI> The mouse may also be used to position the cursor and cut and paste.</LI>
+ </UL>
+
+ <H4><A NAME="history">History Commands</A></H4>
+ <UL>
+ <LI> Conrol-P or UpArrow recalls the previous command.</LI>
+ <LI> Conrol-N or DownArrow recalls the next command.</LI>
+ <LI> Shift-UpArrow or Control-UpArrow will search through previous commands
+ for commands that start with the same characters as the current line. For
+ example, if you type "pr" and hit Shift-UpArrow, it may find commands in the
+ history such as "print foo" or "print sol[x]". Each time you search it will
+ go back further in the history. If nothing is on the current line, it
+ acts just like Control-P or UpArrow.</LI>
+ <LI> Shift-DownArrow or Control-DownArrow work in the opposite direction of
+ Shift-UpArrow and Control-DownArrow. </LI>
+ </UL>
+
+ <BR>
+
+ <H4><A NAME="display_hlp">Getting Help</A></H4>
+ The Console Window has its own online help system. To access the help system, enter
+ "help" at the prompt and follow the on-screen instructions. For more help, please
+ consult the <!-- What is this really called? --> <I>GDB User's Guide</I>.
+ </BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Debugging Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H2>GDBTK Debugging Functions</H2>
+<H4>Overview</H4>
+<P> This describes the basic internal functions for debugging GDBTK.</P>
+
+<H4>Environment Variables</H4>
+<P><BOLD>GDBTK_DEBUG</BOLD> - Setting this variable controls the Debug
+window.</P>
+<P><BOLD>GDBTK_DEBUG</BOLD> may have the following values:</P>
+<DL>
+<DT>0 or unset</DT>
+<DD>The Debug window is not opened and not listed on the menu. (You
+may still open it by typing Ctrl-U in the source window.)</DD>
+<DT>1</DT>
+<DD>The Debug window is listed on the menu, but not opened.</DD>
+<DT>2</DT>
+<DD>The Debug window is opened at startup.</DD>
+</DL>
+
+<HR>
+<P><BOLD>GDBTK_TRACE</BOLD> - This variable determines if tracing is enbabled.
+Tracing may only be enabled at GDBTK startup. Changing <BOLD>GDBTK_TRACE</BOLD>
+while GDBTK is running has no effect.</P>
+<P><BOLD>GDBTK_TRACE</BOLD> may have the following values:</P>
+<DL>
+<DT>0 or unset</DT>
+<DD>Tracing is not enabled.</DD>
+<DT>1</DT>
+<DD>Tracing is enabled, but not started. To start tracing, you need to do
+so in the Debug Window or from the console. (The command to do this is "tk
+::debug::trace_start).</DD>
+<DT>2</DT>
+<DD>Tracing is enabled and started immediately.</DT>
+</DL>
+
+<P><BOLD>GDBTK_DEBUGFILE</BOLD> - This variable contains an optional filename
+where GDBTK will write all debugging information. This information will include
+the output of all "debug" and "dbug" commands, as well as tracing, if it is
+enabled. The value of
+<BOLD>GDBTK_DEBUGFILE</BOLD> will not change what is displayed in the Debug
+Window, with one exception; when the Debug Window is opened, it will read
+the contents of <BOLD>GDBTK_DEBUGFILE</BOLD> (if it is set and not "stdout").
+<P><BOLD>GDBTK_DEBUGFILE</BOLD> may have the following values:</P>
+<DL>
+<DT>unset</DT>
+<DD>No information will be logged.</DD>
+<DT><italic>filename</italic></DT>
+<DD>Debugging information will be logged to <italic>filename</italic>.
+<DT>"stdout"</DT>
+<DD>Debugging information will be written to stdout</DD>
+</DL>
+<HR>
+<H4>Tcl Debugging Functions</H4>
+<P> All debugging functions have been moved into debug.tcl in the ::debug
+namespace. "debug" and "dbug" are imported into the global namespace.</P>
+<P> The following are the standard debug message functions.</P>
+<code>
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: debug::debug
+#
+# SYNOPSIS: debug { {msg ""} }
+#
+# DESC: Writes a message to the proper output. The priority of the
+# message is assumed to be "I" (informational). This function
+# is provided for compatibility with the previous debug function.
+# For higher priority messages, use dbug.
+#
+# ARGS: msg - Message to be displayed.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: debug::dbug
+#
+# SYNOPSIS: dbug { level msg }
+#
+# DESC: Writes a message to the proper output. Unlike debug, this
+# function take a priority level.
+#
+# ARGS: msg - Message to be displayed.
+# level - One of the following:
+# "I" - Informational only
+# "W" - Warning
+# "E" - Error
+# "X" - Fatal Error
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+</code>
+<P> These next functions are used to trace variables, which should not be
+confused with the functions tracing.<P>
+<code>
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: debug::trace_var
+# SYNOPSIS: debug::trace_var {varName mode}
+# DESC: Sets up variable trace. When the trace is activated,
+# debugging messages will be displayed.
+# ARGS: varName - the variable name
+# mode - one of more of the following letters
+# r - read
+# w - write
+# u - unset
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: debug::remove_trace
+# SYNOPSIS: debug::remove_trace {var mode}
+# DESC: Removes a trace set up with "trace_var".
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: debug::remove_all_traces
+# SYNOPSIS: debug::remove_all_traces
+# DESC: Removes all traces set up with "trace_var".
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+</code>
+<P> The following two functions may be used to start and stop tracing
+programmatically.</P>
+<code>
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: ::debug::trace_start
+# SYNOPSIS: ::debug::trace_start
+# DESC: Starts logging of function trace information.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: ::debug::trace_stop
+# SYNOPSIS: ::debug::trace_stop
+# DESC: Stops logging of function trace information.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+</code>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Global Preferences Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>Global Preferences</H1>
+<H3>Overview</H3>
+<P>Not yet done.</P>
+
+<P>Global Preferences topics:
+<UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
+ </UL>
+</UL></P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="">stuff</A></H3>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Help Window Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>The Help Window</H1>
+<H2>Overview</H2>
+<P>This is some nice text which describes the help window, its role
+in deugging, and perhaps some of the nifty things people can do with
+this window.</P>
+
+<P>Help Window topics:
+<UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#menus">Menus</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_file">File Menu</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_topics">Topics Menu</A>
+ </UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#display">Help Display</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_nav">Navigating the Help Window</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_link">Definition and Page Links</A>
+ </UL>
+</UL></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="menus">Menus</A></H2>
+<H3><A NAME="menus_file">File Menu</A></H3>
+<H3><A NAME="menus_topics">Topics Menu</A></H3>
+
+<H3><A NAME="display">Help Display</A></H3>
+<H3><A NAME="display_nav">Navigating the Help Window</A></H3>
+<H3><A NAME="display_link">Definition and Page Links</A></H3>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="Mozilla/4.07 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.0.35 i686) [Netscape]">
+ <TITLE>Help Index</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY TEXT="#000000" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" LINK="#0000EE" VLINK="#551A8B" ALINK="#FF0000">
+
+<CENTER><IMG SRC="images/index.gif" HEIGHT=123 WIDTH=335></CENTER>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>
+<A HREF="breakpoint.html">Breakpoint Window</A></LI>
+
+<LI>
+<A HREF="console.html">Console Window</A></LI>
+
+<LI>
+<A HREF="browser.html">Function Browser</A></LI>
+
+<LI>
+<A HREF="locals.html">Locals Window</A></LI>
+
+<LI>
+<A HREF="memory.html">Memory Window</A></LI>
+
+<LI>
+<A HREF="register.html">Register Window</A></LI>
+
+<LI>
+<A HREF="source.html">Source Window</A></LI>
+
+<LI>
+<A HREF="stack.html">Stack Window</A></LI>
+
+<LI>
+<A HREF="target.html">Target Window</A></LI>
+
+<LI>
+<A HREF="thread.html">Thread Window</A></LI>
+
+<LI>
+<A HREF="watch.html">Watch Window</A></LI>
+
+</UL>
+<A HREF="license.html">GNU General Public License</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>GNU General Public License</TITLE>
+</HEAD><BODY>
+<B>The GNU General Public License
+<P></P>
+</B>Version 2, June 1991
+<P></P>
+Copyright © 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+<BR>59 Temple Place / Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
+<P></P>
+Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license
+document, but changing it is not allowed.
+<P></P>
+<B>Preamble
+<P></P>
+</B>The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share
+and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and
+change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public
+License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some
+other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs,
+too.
+<P></P>
+When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our
+General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to
+distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish),
+that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the
+software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can
+do these things.
+<P></P>
+To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to
+deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions
+translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the
+software, or if you modify it.
+<P></P>
+For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for
+a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must
+make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show
+them these terms so they know their rights.
+<P></P>
+We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2)
+offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or
+modify the software.
+<P></P>
+Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that
+there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by
+someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is
+not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on
+the original authors' reputations.
+<P></P>
+Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We
+wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually
+obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent
+this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for
+copying, distribution and modification follow.
+<P></P>
+<B>TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+<P></P>
+</B>0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice
+placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this
+General Public License. The `Program\94, below, refers to any such program or work, and a `work based on the Program' means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is
+to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or
+with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter,
+translation is included without limitation in the term `modification'.) Each licensee is addressed as `you'.
+<P></P>
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered
+by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is
+not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents
+constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by
+running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+<P></P>
+<OL><LI> You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and
+disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License
+and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program
+a copy of this License along with the Program.
+<P></P>
+</OL>You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may
+at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+<P></P>
+<OL START="2"><LI> You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus
+forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications
+or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of
+these conditions:
+<P></P>
+</OL>a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you
+changed the files and the date of any change.
+<P></P>
+b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in
+part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed
+as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
+<P></P>
+c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you
+must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary
+way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright
+notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a
+warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions,
+and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the
+Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement,
+your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+<P></P>
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable
+sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably
+considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its
+terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate
+works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work
+based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole,
+and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+<P></P>
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your
+rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the
+right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the
+Program.
+<P></P>
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with
+the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or
+distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License.
+<P></P>
+<OL START="3"><LI> You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section
+2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above
+provided that you also do one of the following:
+<P></P>
+</OL>a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code,
+which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+customarily used for software interchange; or,
+<P></P>
+b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any
+third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing
+source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source
+code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+customarily used for software interchange; or,
+<P></P>
+c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute
+corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial
+distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable
+form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+<P></P>
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making
+modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the
+source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition
+files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the
+executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not
+include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating
+system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the
+executable.
+<P></P>
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to
+copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source
+code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though
+third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+<P></P>
+<OL START="4"><LI> You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as
+expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify,
+sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your
+rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or
+rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long
+as such parties remain in full compliance.
+<P></P>
+<LI> You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it.
+However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or
+its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept
+this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work
+based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so,
+and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the
+Program or works based on it.
+<P></P>
+<LI> Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the
+recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy,
+distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You
+may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+<P></P>
+</OL>You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this
+License.
+<P></P>
+<OL START="7"><LI> If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement
+or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed
+on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the
+conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this
+License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations
+under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence
+you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license
+would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who
+receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could
+satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of
+the Program.
+<P></P>
+</OL>If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
+particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the
+section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
+<P></P>
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or
+other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this
+section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software
+distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people
+have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up
+to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software
+through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
+<P></P>
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a
+consequence of the rest of this License.
+<P></P>
+<OL START="8"><LI> If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain
+countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright
+holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical
+distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is
+permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License
+incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+<P></P>
+<LI> The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the
+General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in
+spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems
+or concerns.
+<P></P>
+</OL>Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and `any later version', you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the
+Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any
+version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
+<P></P>
+<OL><LI> If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose
+distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for
+permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to
+the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
+decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all
+derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software
+generally.
+<P></P>
+</OL>NO WARRANTY
+<P></P>
+<OL><LI> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE
+PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED
+IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM `AS IS' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL
+NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+<P></P>
+<LI> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY
+COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE
+PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL,
+SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR
+INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
+RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF
+THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER
+PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+<P></P>
+</OL>END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+<P></P>
+<B>How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+<P></P>
+</B>If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible
+use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software
+which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+<P></P>
+To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach
+them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion
+of warranty; and each file should have at least the `copyright' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+<P></P>
+<I>one line for the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.
+<BR></I>Copyright (C) 19<I>yy</I> <I>name of author</I>
+<BR>
+<BR>This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
+Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+version.
+<BR>
+<BR>This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+<BR>
+<BR>You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
+Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+<P></P>
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+<P></P>
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like the
+following example when it starts in an interactive mode:
+<P></P>
+Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author Gnomovision comes
+with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain
+conditions; type `show c' for details.
+<P></P>
+The hypothetical commands <B>show w</B> and <B>show c</B> should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course,
+the commands you use may be called something other than show w and show c; they can be mouse clicks or menu items\97whatever suits your program.
+<P></P>
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a `copyright disclaimer' for the program, if necessary. The following is a sample (when copying, alter
+the names).
+<P></P>
+Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+<BR>
+<BR>signature of Ty Coon, 1 April 1989
+<BR>Ty Coon, President of Vice
+<P></P>
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider
+it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If
+this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General Public License instead of this License.
+<P></P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Locals Window Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>The Locals Window</H1>
+<H2>Overview</H2>
+<P>The Locals Window displays all local variables in scope. It may be used to
+visualize and edit local variables.</P>
+
+<P>Locals Window topics:
+<UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#menus">Variable Menu</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_edit">Edit</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_fmt">Format</A>
+ </UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#display">Locals Display</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_deref">Dereferencing Pointers</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_struct">Viewing a Structure or Class</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_edit">Editing a Variable</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_popup">Locals Pop-up Menu</A>
+ </UL>
+</UL></P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="menus">Variable Menu</A></H3>
+The Variable Menu gives on-screen access to the funtions of the Locals Window.
+To use any of these functions, first use the left mouse button to select a
+variable from the display. Then select:
+
+<DL>
+ <DT><A NAME="menus_edit">Edit</A>
+ <DD>Edit the value of the variable
+ <DT><A NAME="menus_fmt">Format</A>
+ <DD>Change the display format of the variable
+</DL>
+
+<H3><A NAME="display">Locals Display</A></H4>
+The Locals Window Display consists of a scrolled listbox which contains all
+local variables, one per line. To use any of the functions of the Locals Window,
+use the left mouse button to select any element from the Display.
+
+<P>Pointers, structures, and classes appear in the display with small exapansion
+box before their names. To <A NAME="display_deref">dereference pointers</A> or
+<A NAME="display_struct">view the members of classes or structures</A>, click
+the closed expansion box (which appears as a small plus sign, "+") to "expand"
+the listing. The expansion box changes to a minus sign, "-", indicating that the
+display is now open. Pointers, structures and classes may be expanded recursively
+to allow multiple pointer dereferences and embedded structure viewing.
+
+<P>The Locals Display updates after every execution of the program and highlights
+in blue those variables whose values have changed.</P>
+
+<P>The Locals Window will, by default, display all pointers in hexadecimal and all
+other variables in decimal. To change the display format for a variable, select
+the Format option from either the Variable Menu or the <A HREF="#display_popup">
+Locals Pop-up Menu</A>.
+<BR>
+
+<H4><A NAME="display_edit">Editing a Variable</A></H4>
+To edit a variable, either double-click the left mouse button on the variable in
+the Display or select the Edit option from either the Variable Menu or the Locals
+Pop-up Menu. To abort editing a variable's value, simply press the escape key on
+the keybaord. The variable's original value is restored.
+<BR>
+
+<H4><A NAME="display_popup">Locals Pop-up Menu</A></H4>
+The Locals Pop-up Menu provides quick access to the functions of the Locals Window.
+To use the Locals Pop-up Menu, first select a variable from the Display (by clicking
+the left mouse button on it) and click the right mouse button, choosing from the
+pop-up:
+<DL>
+ <DT>Edit
+ <DD>Edit the variable's value. See <A HREF="#display_edit"> Editing a Variable
+ </A>
+ <DT>Format
+ <DD>Change the display format of the variable. The variable may be displayed
+ as:
+ <DL>
+ <DT>Hex
+ <DD>hexadecimal (base 16)
+ <DT>Decimal
+ <DD>decimal (base 10)
+ <DT>Binary
+ <DD>binary (base 2)
+ <DT>Octal
+ <DD>octal (base 8)
+ </DL>
+</DL>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="Mozilla/4.06 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.0.35 i686) [Netscape]">
+ <TITLE>Memory Window Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+
+<H1>
+The Memory Window</H1>
+The Memory Window allows users to display and edit the contents of memory.
+The Memory Window Preferences controls all of the display characteristics
+of the Memory Window.
+<BR>
+<LI>
+<A HREF="#menus">Address Menu</A></LI>
+
+<LI>
+<A HREF="#display">Memory Display</A></LI>
+
+<LI>
+<A HREF="#prefs">Memory Window Preferences</A></LI>
+
+<H2>
+
+<HR WIDTH="100%"></H2>
+
+<H2>
+<A NAME="menus"></A>Address Menu</H2>
+<IMG SRC="images/mem_menu.gif" HEIGHT=66 WIDTH=160>
+<P>This pulldown menu contains the following three items.
+<DL>
+<DT>
+<A NAME="menus_auto"></A>Auto Update</DT>
+
+<DD>
+When selected, causes the Memory Window to update the display every.
+If it is not selected, the display will be frozen until it is selected
+or "Update Now" is selected.</DD>
+
+<DT>
+<A NAME="menus_now"></A>Update Now</DT>
+
+<DD>
+Forces the Memory Window to update the display immediately.</DD>
+
+<DT>
+<A NAME="menus_prefs"></A>Preferences</DT>
+
+<DD>
+Opens the <A HREF="#prefs">Memory Window Preferences</A> dialog.</DD>
+</DL>
+
+<H2>
+
+<HR WIDTH="100%"></H2>
+
+<H2>
+<A NAME="display"></A>Memory Display</H2>
+Like the <A HREF="register.html">Register Window</A>, the Memory Window
+display is organized into a spreadsheet. The address of any cell in the
+Display can be determined by appending the row and column headers for the
+cell. Optionally, an ASCII display of the memory appears at the right.
+Any non-ASCII-representable byte in memory will appear in the ASCII Display
+as a control character (a dot, ".", by default). The <A HREF="#pref">Memory
+Preferences Dialog</A> may be used to alter the appearance of the Memory
+Window.
+<P><A NAME="display_nav"></A>To navigate the Memory Window, use the mouse
+and click the cell of interest. As an alternative, pressing the arrow keys
+on the keyboard will focus successive cells, from left to right, top to
+bottom. The focus will wrap from left to right, so hitting the right arrow
+key will keep advancing the address of the cell selected.
+<H4>
+<A NAME="display_edit"></A>Editing Memory</H4>
+To edit memory, simply enter the new value of the memory into the cell
+and press the enter key on the keyboard. As with the
+<A HREF="register.html">Register
+Window</A>, be careful of the input format used to enter data -- the debugger
+is capable of parsing binary, octal, decimal, and hexadecimal values. All
+entries will be padded with leading zeroes, if necessary. After you
+hit enter, the memory window will automatically shift focus to the next
+cell.
+<P>To edit part of the value of a cell, you can use the mouse to poistion
+the cursor to the exact part of the value you want to change. You
+can also use the backspace key to delete part of the value without deleting
+the whole value.
+<P>Another way to edit memory is to edit the ASCII window. To do
+this, select a cell using the mouse. Then type in a new string.
+<H4>
+<A NAME="display_popup"></A>Memory Pop-up Menu</H4>
+Clicking the right mouse button while the mouse cursor lies within the
+bounds of any cell brings up the following menu:
+<P><IMG SRC="images/mem_popup.gif" HEIGHT=100 WIDTH=220>
+<DL>
+<DT>
+Auto Update</DT>
+
+<DL>
+<DT>
+When selected, the Memory Window will track changes in memory shown in
+the Display. When not selected, the Memory Window is "frozen", representing
+a "snapshot" of memory.</DT>
+</DL>
+
+<DT>
+Update Now</DT>
+
+<DL>
+<DT>
+ Forces the Memory Window to update the display immediately.</DT>
+</DL>
+
+<DT>
+Go To <I>address</I></DT>
+
+<DD>
+The Memory Window Display is updated to show memory starting at address
+<I>address</I>.</DD>
+
+<DT>
+Open New Window at <I>address</I></DT>
+
+<DD>
+A new Memory Window is opened, displaying memory at address <I>address</I></DD>
+
+<DT>
+Preferences...</DT>
+
+<DD>
+Opens the Memory Window Preferences for editing the appearance of the Memory
+Window Display.</DD>
+</DL>
+
+<H2>
+
+<HR WIDTH="100%"></H2>
+
+<H2>
+<A NAME="prefs"></A>Memory Window Preferences</H2>
+Memory Window Preference Dialog governs the appearance of the Memory Window:
+the total number of bytes displayed, the size of each cell, ASCII control
+character.
+<P><IMG SRC="images/mem_pref.gif" HEIGHT=417 WIDTH=330>
+<H4>
+<A NAME="prefs_size"></A>Size of the Display Cells</H4>
+This attribute controls how many bytes appear in each cell. Valid cell
+sizes in the Memory Window may be:
+<DL>
+<DT>
+Byte</DT>
+
+<DD>
+Each cell is exactly one byte</DD>
+
+<DT>
+Half Word</DT>
+
+<DD>
+Cells are displayed with two bytes</DD>
+
+<DT>
+Word</DT>
+
+<DD>
+Each cell contains four bytes</DD>
+
+<DT>
+Double Word</DT>
+
+<DD>
+Cells contain eight bytes</DD>
+
+<DT>
+Float</DT>
+
+<DD>
+Each cell contains four bytes, displayed as a floating point number</DD>
+
+<DT>
+Double Float</DT>
+
+<DD>
+Cells are displayed as floating point, eight bytes each</DD>
+</DL>
+
+<H4>
+<A NAME="prefs_fmt"></A>Format of the Display Cells</H4>
+The Format option of the Memory Preferences Dialog governs how the debugger
+represents the memory. Possible representations include:
+<DL>
+<DT>
+Binary</DT>
+
+<DD>
+The values are shown as binary numbers</DD>
+
+<DT>
+Signed Decimal</DT>
+
+<DD>
+The values are shown as signed decimal numbers</DD>
+
+<DT>
+Octal</DT>
+
+<DD>
+Each cell is represented as an octal number</DD>
+
+<DT>
+Unsigned Decimal</DT>
+
+<DD>
+Values are displayed as unsigned decimals</DD>
+
+<DT>
+Hex</DT>
+
+<DD>
+Memory is displayed as a hexadecimal number. This is the default.</DD>
+</DL>
+
+<H4>
+<A NAME="prefs_bytes"></A>Size of the Memory Window</H4>
+The size of the memory window determines how much memory is actually presented
+to the user. The total number of bytes shown can either be determined by
+the size of the window, in which case resizing the Memory Window will cause
+more or less memory to be displayed, or fixed at some specified number
+of bytes. By default, the Memory Window shows 128 bytes of memory.
+<H4>
+<A NAME="prefs_misc"></A>Miscellaneous</H4>
+Miscellaneous memory preferences include the option to display the ASCII
+representation of the memory, including what character to use for non-ASCII
+bytes (the "control" character). Additionally, users may specify the number
+of bytes per row, either four, eight, sixteen, or thirty-two. The default
+is sixteen bytes per row.
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Register Window Preferences Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>Register Window Preferences</H1>
+<H3>Overview</H3>
+<P>Not yet done.</P>
+
+<P>Register Window Preferences topics:
+<UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
+ </UL>
+</UL></P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="">stuff</A></H3>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Register Window Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>The Register Window</H1>
+<H2>Overview</H2>
+<P>The Register Window lists all the registers and their contents for
+the selected stack frame. It permits viewing the contents of registers
+in different formats, editing register values, and some display
+customizations.</P>
+
+<P>The Register Window will update the register contents in the display
+to match the stack frame currently being viewed in the <A HREF="source.html">
+Source Window</A> and <A HREF="stack.html">Stack Winodw</A>.</P>
+
+<P>Register Window topics:
+<UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#menus">Register Menu</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_edit">Edit</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_fmt">Format</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_remove">Remove from Display</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_all">Display All Registers</A>
+ </UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#display">Register Display</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_nav">Navigating the Register Display</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_popup">Register Pop-up Menu</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_edit">Editing a Register</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_format">Changing the Display Format of
+ a Register</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_remove">Removing a Register
+ from the display</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_all">Displaying all Registers</A>
+ </UL>
+</UL></P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="menus">Register Menu</A></H3>
+The Register Menu provides on-screen access to the functionality of the
+Register Window. To use any item from this menu, first use the mouse and
+select (click the left mouse button) on any register cell. Users may then
+select:
+<BR>
+<DL>
+ <DT><A NAME="menus_edit"><A HREF="#display_edit">Edit</A></A>
+ <DD>Edit the contents of the selected register
+ <DT><A NAME="menus_fmt"><A HREF="#display_format">Format</A></A>
+ <DD>Change the display format of the selected register
+ <DT><A NAME="menus_remove"><A HREF="#display_remove">Remove
+ from Display</A></A>
+ <DD>Remove the selected register from the Register
+ Window Display
+ <DT><A NAME="menus_all"><A HREF="#display_all">Display All
+ Registers</A></A>
+ <DD>Display all registers in the Display. This item
+ is only available when a register was previously
+ removed from the Display.
+</DL>
+
+<H3><A NAME="display">Register Display</A></H3>
+The Register Display contains name and value pairs for each register
+available on the target hardware. These "cells" are layed out as a
+spreadsheet for ease of use.
+
+<P><A NAME="display_nav"></A>To navigate the Register Display, use either
+the mouse and left mouse button or the arrow keys on the keyboard to
+highlight the appropriate cell. Users may then use the <A HREF="#menus">
+Register Menu</A> or use the Register Pop-up Menu to access special display
+and editing options for the Register Window.</P>
+<BR>
+
+<H4><A NAME="display_popup">The Register Pop-up Menu</A></H4>
+All of the special functions of the register window are accessed through
+the Register Pop-up Menu. To use the Menu, simply select a register (see
+<A HREF="#display_nav">Navigating the Register Display</A>) and click the
+right mouse button. The Menu offers:
+<DL>
+ <DT><A NAME="display_edit">Edit</A>
+ <DD>Edit the contents of the selected register. This item
+ is also accessible by simply double-clicking the left
+ mouse button on any register in the Display. The value
+ of the register is set to the entered value -- the debugger
+ does diffferentiate between decimal, hexadecimal, octal,
+ and binary input. Press the escape key on the keyboard
+ to cancel.
+ <DT><A NAME="display_format">Format</A>
+ <DD><DL>Change the display format of the register. Valid display types
+ are:
+ <DT>Hex
+ <DD>The register's contents are displayed in
+ hexadecimal (base 16).
+ <DT>Decimal
+ <DD>The value is shown as
+ a decimal number (base 10).
+ <DT>Natural
+ <DD>The register is displayed in its natural format.
+ <DT>Binary
+ <DD>The contents of the register are displayed
+ as a binary number (base 2).
+ <DT>Octal
+ <DD>The register's contents are shown in octal (base 8).
+ <DT>Raw
+ <DD>The raw contents of the register are shown.
+ </DL>
+ <DT><A NAME="display_remove">Remove</A>
+ <DD>Remove the selected register from the display. To display
+ the removed register again, select the "Display All Registers"
+ option from the Register Menu or the Register Pop-up Menu.
+ <DT><A NAME="display_all">Display All Registers</A>
+ <DD>Causes the Register Window Display to show all registers,
+ including those which were previously "removed". This menu
+ item is only available when removed registers exist.
+</DL>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="Mozilla/4.06 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.0.35 i686) [Netscape]">
+ <TITLE>Source Window Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+
+<CENTER>
+<H1>The Source Window</H1></CENTER>
+
+<BR>The Source Window is the primary interface between the user and
+the debugger; it is automatically opened when the debugger starts. The
+Source Window displays the status of the program, controls execution of
+the program, and allows visualization of the program execution.
+
+<H3><A HREF="#menus">Menus</A></H3>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#menus_file">File Menu</A></LI>
+<LI><A HREF="#menus_run">Run Menu</A></LI>
+<LI><A HREF="#menus_view">View Menu</A></LI>
+<LI><A HREF="#menus_control">Control Menu</A></LI>
+<LI><A HREF="#menus_prefs">Preferences Menu</A></LI>
+</UL>
+
+<H3><A HREF="#toolbar">Toolbar</A></H3>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#toolbar_exec">Execution Control Buttons</A></LI>
+<LI><A HREF="#toolbar_window">Window Buttons</A></LI>
+<LI><A HREF="#toolbar_frame">Frame Control</A></LI>
+</UL>
+
+<H3><A HREF="#display">Source Window Display</A></H3>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#setting_a_breakpoint">Setting a Breakpoint</A></LI>
+<LI><A HREF="#viewing_breakpoints">Viewing Breakpoints</A></LI>
+<LI><A HREF="#display_balloon">Variable Balloons</A></LI>
+<LI><A HREF="#display_popup">Source Pop-up Menus</A></LI>
+</UL>
+
+<H3><A HREF="#status">Source Window Status Bars</A></H3>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="#status_bar">Program Status Bar</A></LI>
+<LI><A HREF="#status_mode">Source Display Status Bar</A></LI>
+</UL>
+
+<H3><A HREF="#search">Search Entry</A></H3>
+
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="menus"></A>Menus</H2>
+
+<IMG SRC="images/src_menu.gif">
+<H4><A NAME="menus_file"></A>File Menu</H4>
+
+<DL>
+<DT>Open</DT>
+<DD>Opens a file selection dialog to select the executable to debug</DD>
+<DT>Target Settings...</DT>
+<DD>Opens the <A HREF="target.html">Target Selection Dialog</A> to edit target
+settings</DD>
+<DT>Page Setup</DT>
+<DD>(Windows only) Opens the Windows Page Setup dialog to configure printing</DD>
+<DT>Print</DT>
+<DD>(Windows only) Print the contents of the Source Window Display</DD>
+<DT>Exit</DT>
+<DD>Exits the debugger</DD>
+</DL>
+
+<H4><A NAME="menus_run"></A>Run Menu</H4>
+<DL>
+<DT>Download</DT>
+<DD>Initiates download of the executable onto the target via the protocol specified
+in the <A HREF="target.html">Target Selection Dialog</A></DD>
+<DT>Run</DT>
+<DD>Runs or re-runs the program</DD>
+</DL>
+
+<H4><A NAME="menus_view"></A>View Menu</H4>
+<DL>
+<DT>Stack</DT>
+<DD>Open a <A HREF="stack.html">Stack Window</A></DD>
+<DT>Registers</DT>
+<DD>Open a <A HREF="register.html">Register Window</A></DD>
+<DT>Memory</DT>
+<DD>Open a <A HREF="memory.html">Memory Window</A></DD>
+<DT>Watch Expressions</DT>
+<DD>Open a <A HREF="watch.html">Watch Window</A></DD>
+<DT>Local Variables</DT>
+<DD>Open a <A HREF="locals.html">Locals Window</A></DD>
+<DT>Breakpoints</DT>
+<DD>Open a <A HREF="breakpoint.html">Breakpoint Window</A></DD>
+<DT>Console</DT>
+<DD>Open a <A HREF="console.html">Console Window</A></DD>
+<DT>Function Browser</DT>
+<DD>Open a window allowing the user to easily search for functions and
+set breakpoints.</DD>
+<DT>Thread List</DT>
+<DD>Open a window that displays all current threads and allows the user
+to change active threads</DD>
+</DL>
+
+<H4><A NAME="menus_control"></A>Control Menu</H4>
+<DL>
+<DT><A HREF="#step_button">Step</A></DT>
+<DD>Step program until it reaches a different source line</DD>
+<DT><A HREF="#next_button">Next</A></DT>
+<DD>Step program, proceeding through subroutine calls</DD>
+<DT><A HREF="#finish_button">Finish</A></DT>
+<DD>Execute until the current stack frame returns</DD>
+<DT><A HREF="#continue_button">Continue</A></DT>
+<DD>Continue program being debugged, after signal or breakpoint</DD>
+<DT><A HREF="#stepi_button">Step Asm Inst</A></DT>
+<DD>Step one instruction exactly</DD>
+<DT><A HREF="#nexti_button">Next Asm Inst</A></DT>
+<DD>Step one instruction, but proceed through subroutine calls</DD>
+<DT>Automatic Step</DT>
+<DD>Automatically step the program every two seconds</DD>
+</DL>
+
+<H4><A NAME="menus_prefs"></A>Preferences Menu</H4>
+<DL>
+<DT>Global</DT>
+<DD>Opens the <A HREF="gbl_pref.html">Global Preferences Dialog</A> and allows
+editing of global settings</DD>
+<DT>Source</DT>
+<DD>Opens the <A HREF="src_pref.html">Source Preferences Dialog</A> and allows
+editing of Source Window settings</DD>
+</DL>
+
+<HR>
+
+<H2><A NAME="toolbar"></A>Toolbar</H2>
+<IMG SRC="images/src_toolbar.gif">
+The Source Window toolbar consists of three functional sections: execution
+control buttons, debugger window buttons, and stack frame control buttons.
+
+<BR>
+<H4><A NAME="toolbar_exec"></A>Execution Control Buttons</H4>
+These convenience buttons provide on-screen access to the most important
+debugger execution control functions:
+<DL>
+<DT><A NAME="run_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/run.gif"> or
+<IMG SRC="../images2/run.gif"> Run </DT>
+<DD>The Run Button will start execution of the program, including target selection
+and downloading, if necessary. If the program is already running, the Run
+Button will start the program from the beginning (re-run it).</DD>
+
+<DT><A NAME="stop_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/stop.gif"> or
+<IMG SRC="../images2/stop.gif"> Stop</DT>
+<DD>The Stop Button will interrupt execution of the program (provided this
+feature is supported by the underlying debugging protocol and hardware)
+or cancel downloads. It is also used as an indication that the debugger
+is busy.</DD>
+<DT><A NAME="step_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/step.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/step.gif">Step</DT>
+<DD>Step the program until it reaches a different source line</DD>
+<DT><A NAME="next_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/next.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/next.gif">Next</DT>
+<DD>Step the program, proceeding through subroutine calls</DD>
+<DT><A NAME="finish_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/finish.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/finish.gif"> Finish</DT>
+<DD>Execute until the current stack frame returns</DD>
+<DT><A NAME="continue_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/continue.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/continue.gif"> Continue</DT>
+<DD>Continue the program being debugged, after signal or breakpoint</DD>
+<DT><A NAME="stepi_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/stepi.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/stepi.gif"> Step Asm Inst</DT>
+<DD>Step one instruction exactly. This function is only available when the
+Source Window is displaying assembler code.</DD>
+<DT><A NAME="nexti_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/nexti.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/nexti.gif"> Next Asm Inst</DT>
+<DD>Step one instruction, but proceed through subroutine calls. This function
+is only available when the Source Window is displaying assembler code.</DD>
+</DL>
+
+<H4>
+<A NAME="toolbar_window"></A>Window Buttons</H4>
+The Debugger Window buttons give instant access to the Debugger's auxiliary
+windows:
+<DL>
+<DT><A NAME="register_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/reg.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/reg.gif"> Registers</DT>
+<DD>Open a <A HREF="register.html">Register Window</A></DD>
+<DT><A NAME="memory_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/memory.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/memory.gif"> Memory</DT>
+<DD>Open a <A HREF="memory.html">Memory Window</A></DD>
+<DT><A NAME="stack_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/stack.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/stack.gif"> Stack</DT>
+<DD>Open a <A HREF="stack.html">Stack Window</A></DD>
+<DT><A NAME="watch_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/watch.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/watch.gif"> Watch Expressions</DT>
+<DD>Open a <A HREF="watch.html">Watch Window</A></DD>
+<DT><A NAME="locals_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/vars.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/vars.gif"> Local Variables</DT>
+<DD>Open a <A HREF="locals.html">Locals Window</A></DD>
+<DT><A NAME="breakpoints_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/bp.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/bp.gif"> Breakpoints</DT>
+<DD>Open a <A HREF="breakpoint.html">Breakpoint Window</A></DD>
+<DT><A NAME="console_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/console.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/console.gif"> Console</DT>
+<DD>Open a <A HREF="console.html">Console Window</A></DD>
+</DL>
+
+<H4><A NAME="toolbar_frame"></A>Frame Control</H4>
+The Frame Control area of the toolbar displays information about the PC
+of the current frame, and the frame control buttons may be used to navigate
+through the call stack. Whenever any of these buttons are used, both the
+Source Window Display and the <A HREF="stack.html">Stack Window</A> will
+show the selected frame.
+<DL>
+<DT><IMG SRC="images/frame_info.gif" > Frame Information Display</DT>
+<DD>The left half of the frame information display shows the value of the PC
+in the current frame. The right half shows the line number of the PC in
+the source file, if available.</DD>
+
+<DT><A NAME="up_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/up.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/up.gif"> Up</DT>
+<DD>Select and view the stack frame that called this one</DD>
+
+<DT><A NAME="down_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/down.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/down.gif"> Down</DT>
+<DD>Select and view the stack frame called by this one</DD>
+
+<DT><A NAME="bottom_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/bottom.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/bottom.gif"> Bottom</DT>
+<DD>Select and view the bottom-most stack frame</DD>
+</DL>
+
+<HR>
+
+<H2><A NAME="display"></A>Source Display</H2>
+The Source Display is used for many things: browsing source code, setting
+and clearing breakpoints, and a few other special functions. Executable
+lines (those for which executable code was generated by the compiler) are
+denoted with a marker (a dash, "-") in the first column of the display.
+<P>The debugger highlights the PC in the current frame in either green,
+indicating that the PC is in the bottom-most frame (i.e., it is being executed)
+or gold, indicating that the PC is contained in a frame that is not currently
+executing (because it has called another function). A blue highlight is
+used by the debugger to indicate a browsing position: the PC is contained
+in a frame that is not executing or on the call stack. All highlight colors
+are user selectable in the <A HREF="src_pref.html">Source Preferences</A>.
+
+<BR>
+<H4><A NAME="setting_a_breakpoint"></A>Setting a Breakpoint</H4>
+Moving the mouse pointer over the "hot spot" of an executable line will
+change the mouse cursor to a large dot. Clicking the left mouse button
+will then toggle a breakpoint at this line. If no breakpoint exists, one
+will be installed and the dash in the left margin will change into a red
+breakdot. If a breakpoint exists, it will be removed and the red breakdot
+will revert back to a dash. The executable line marker shows the status
+of each line: an empty marker (the dash) indicates that no breakpoints
+are set at the line. A colored breakdot indicates that a breakpoint exists
+at the line (see <A HREF="#display_popup">Source Pop-up Menus</A> for more
+information on setting different types of breakpoints and their representations
+in the Source Display).
+<P>Black breakdots in the Source Window display indicate that the breakpoint
+has been disabled. To re-enable the breakpoint, click the enable/disable
+checkbox in the Breakpoint Window (see <A HREF="breakpoint.html#display_state">
+Enabling/Disabling Breakpoints</A>).
+
+<BR>
+<H4><A NAME="viewing_breakpoints"></A>Viewing Breakpoints</H4>
+You can find out more information about a breakpoint by moving the cursor
+over a breakpoint. A balloon window will pop up with additional information.
+To get a list of all the active breakpoints, you will need to open a
+<A HREF="breakpoint.html">breakpoint window</A>.
+<IMG SRC="images/src_bp_bal.gif">
+
+<BR>
+<H4><A NAME="display_balloon"></A>Variable Balloons</H4>
+If the program to be debugged has started and is stopped, the display
+will show the value of variables in variable
+balloons. To activate a variable balloon, simply hold the mouse cursor
+over the name of a variable in the Source Display for a second or two:
+the debugger displays the name of the variable, its type, and its value
+in a pop-up balloon.
+<IMG SRC="images/src_bal.gif">
+
+<BR>
+<H4><A NAME="display_popup"></A>Source Pop-up Menus</H4>
+The Source Display has two pop-up menus. One is activated by clicking the
+right mouse button when the mouse cursor is over an executable line marker's
+hot spot. This pop-up menu looks like this:
+<P><IMG SRC="images/src_bpop.gif">
+<DL>
+<DT>Continue to Here</DT>
+<DD>Continue program execution until it reaches this point. All breakpoints
+will be ignored. Be aware that if the program never executes the line you selected,
+it will run until completion.</DD>
+<DT>Set Breakpoint</DT>
+<DD>Set a breakpoint at this line. This has the same effect as left clicking
+on this line. Breakpoints are shown as red breakdots in the Source Window
+Display.</DD>
+<DT>Set Temporary Breakpoint</DT>
+<DD>Set a temporary breakpoint at this line. Temporary breakpoints are shown
+as orange breakdots in the Source Window Display. The remove themselves automatically
+the first time they are hit.</DD>
+<A NAME="thread_bp"></A>
+<DT>Set Breakpoint on Thread(s)...</DT>
+<DD>GDB allows the user to set a breakpoint on a particular thread or threads. This
+menu item will display a dialog with a list of threads. The user can select a list
+of threads that will have breakpoints set at the selected line number. A warning
+will be displayed if there are no active threads.</DD>
+<IMG SRC="images/src_thread.gif">
+</DL>
+
+The other pop-up menu is activated by clicking the right mouse button anywhere
+else in the Source Display. It is only available when a variable or number
+in the display lies below the mouse cursor or is selected (by clicking
+the left mouse button and dragging the mouse to highlight the variable/number).
+The pop-up menu looks like this:
+<P><IMG SRC="images/src_pop.gif">
+<DL>
+<DT><A NAME="add_to_watch"></A>Add <I>expr</I> to Watch</DT>
+<DD>Adds the selected expression to the <A HREF="watch.html">Watch Window</A>,
+opening it, if necessary.</DD>
+<DT>Dump Memory at <I>expr</I></DT>
+<DD>Opens a new <A HREF="memory.html">Memory Window</A> at the selected expression.
+If the expression is a variable, then the Memory Window is opened with
+memory addresses starting at the value of the variable.</DD>
+<DT>Open Another SOurce Window</DT>
+<DD>GDB allows multiple source windows to co-exist. You can, for example, have
+one window in source mode and one in assembly mode. Or you can use one window
+to browse the stack or other files.</DD>
+</DL>
+
+<H4><A NAME="status"></A>Source Window Status Bars</H4>
+The Source Window has two status bars which inform the user of the status
+of the program (the "status bar") and the status of the Source Window.
+<P>The <A NAME="status_bar"></A>Program Status Bar (or simply "Status
+Bar") displays the status of the program. Common messages seen here include:
+<DL>
+<DT>No program loaded.</DT>
+<DD>No program has been loaded into target memory.</DD>
+<DT>Program is ready to run.</DT>
+<DD>A program has been loaded into target memory and may be executed. Start
+the program by hitting <A HREF="#run_button">Run</A>.</DD>
+<DT>Program stopped at <I>line/address</I></DT>
+<DD>The program stopped at line <I>line</I> or address <I>address</I>. Execution
+may continue by hitting any of the <A HREF="#toolbar_exec">execution control
+buttons</A> on the toolbar.</DD>
+<DT>Program terminated. 'Run' will restart.</DT>
+<DD>The program exited. Pressing <A HREF="#run_button">Run</A> will restart
+it.</DD>
+</DL>
+
+The Status Bar also displays some help information. For instance, the Status
+Bar will show the function of a button on the toolbar or the Source Display
+Status Bar as well as any keyboard shortcut for any button in the Source
+Window.
+
+<BR>
+<H4><A NAME="status_mode"></A>Source Display Status Bar</H4>
+<IMG SRC="images/src_stat.gif">
+The Source Display Status Bar shows the current state of the Source Window:
+the name of the file displayed in the Display, the name of the function
+in the Display which contains the PC for the current frame (if any), and
+the display mode.
+<P>The <A NAME="file_selector"></A>Source File Selector is a dropdown
+menu which contains the names of all the files that were compiled into
+the program being debugged.
+<P>Normally, the File Selector displays the name of the file currently
+being viewed, but any file from the dropdown menu may be selected for browsing.
+Simply select the file to view from the available choices (or type it directly
+into the File Selector) and the Source Window will load that file into
+the Display. To return to the PC of the program, simply press the
+<A HREF="#bottom_button">Bottom
+Frame Control Button</A>.
+<P>The <A NAME="function_selector"></A>Source Function Selector displays
+the name of the function containing the Source Window's PC, if one exists,
+but it may be used to browse any function in the current file. Simply type
+the name of the desired function into the Function Selector or select it
+from the dropdown menu. The Source Window's PC is updated to point at this
+function. To return to the PC of the program, simply press the
+<A HREF="#bottom_button">Bottom
+Frame Control Button</A>.
+<P>The <A NAME="mode_selector"></A>Source Display Mode Selector displays
+the viewing mode of the current file/function shown in the Source Window
+Display.
+<P>The function of the "step" keyboard shortcut will differ depending on
+the mode the Source Window Display. "Stepping" in Source Mode (or in the
+Source Pane of SRC+ASM Mode) will cause a source-level step. "Stepping"
+in Assembly or Mixed Mode (or in the Assembly Pane of the SRC+ASM Mode)
+will cause the debugger to step exactly one machine instruction. This also
+applies to the shortcut for "next".
+<P>The Display Mode Selector may be used to change the view of the current
+source file. The available display modes are
+<DL>
+<DT>SOURCE</DT>
+<DD>The contents of the Display are shown as source code. If source code is
+not available (either because no debugging information is available or
+the source file is not found), the Source Window will temporarily set the Display
+Mode to "ASSEMBLY".</DD>
+<DT>ASSEMBLY</DT>
+<DD>A disassembly of the target's memory is shown in the Display. Even assembly
+source files show a disassembly of target memory; to see the assembly source
+code, use the SOURCE mode. Note that the debugger can only display assembly
+code on a function-by-function basis. It cannot display all the instructions
+generated from a single source file.</DD>
+<DT>MIXED</DT>
+<DD>The Display shows source code mixed with the assembler instructions which
+were generated for those lines by the compiler for the current function.
+Note that the addresses of the assembly lines is not necessarily monotonically
+increasing. If the source file associated with the function cannot be found,
+the Source Window will revert to ASSEMBLY mode.</DD>
+<DT>SRC+ASM</DT>
+<DD>The Source Window Display is divided into two panes: an assembly pane and
+a source pane. Breakpoints may be set/cleared in either pane.</DD>
+</DL>
+
+<HR>
+
+<H2><A NAME="search"></A>Search Entry</H2>
+The Search Entry facilitates searching for text in the Source Window Display.
+Simply enter the text to be found into the Search Entry and press the Enter
+key on the keyboard to search forwards in the Source Window Display (hold
+down the Shift key to search backwards). If a match is found, it is highlighted
+in the Source Window and the Program Status Bar displays information about
+where the match was found.
+<P>The Search Entry can also jump the Source Window to a specific line.
+Enter the line number preceded by an "at" sign (@) into the Search Entry
+and press enter. If entered line number is greater than the total number
+of lines in the Source Window Display, the Display will jump to the end
+of the current file.
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Source Window Preferences Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>Source Window Preferences</H1>
+<H3>Overview</H3>
+<P>Not yet done.</P>
+
+<P>Source Preferences topics:
+<UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
+ </UL>
+</UL></P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="">stuff</A></H3>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+ <HEAD>
+ <TITLE>Stack Window Help</TITLE>
+ </HEAD>
+ <BODY>
+
+ <CENTER>
+ <H2>The Stack Window</H2>
+ </CENTER>
+
+
+ <BR>The Stack Window allows users to view the call stack and jump between
+ levels of the stack.
+
+ <UL>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display">Stack Display</A></LI>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_nav">Navigating the Stack Window</A></LI>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_lvl">Changing the Stack Level</A></LI>
+ </UL>
+
+ <H2><A NAME="display">Stack Display</A></H2>
+ The Stack Display consists of a listbox which displays levels of the call stack
+ on per line. Each line contains the level number (useful when using the
+ <A HREF="console.html">Console Window</A>) and a description of the function executing
+ in that level. Typically, the function name and either the address of the function
+ or the file and line number where the function is defined are displayed. The
+ Stack Window may also be used to jump between levels of the stack.
+ <BR>
+
+ <H2><A NAME="display_nav">Navigating the Stack Window</A></H2>
+ Navigation of the Stack Window is accomplished by clicking on the desired level
+ with the left mouse button. The <A HREF="source.html#display">Source Window
+ Display</A> updates to show the selected frame. All other secondary windows,
+ <A HREF="register.html">Registers</A>, <A HREF="watch.html">Watch</A>, and
+ <A HREF="locals.html">Locals</A> update their displays for the selected frame.
+ <BR>
+
+ <H2><A NAME="display_lvl">Changing Stack Levels</A></H2>
+ To switch frames, simply click the left mouse button on the desired frame and the
+ debugger will switch contexts, updating all windows. The selected frame is highlighted
+ (in gold, by default).
+
+ <P>As an alternative, changing stack levels may be accomplished via the
+ <A HREF="source.html#toolbar_frame">Frame Control Buttons</A> on the Source Window's
+ Toolbar. These buttons may be used to change frames one level at a time (either
+ immediately up or immediately down) or to jump to the bottom-most stack frame.
+ See <A HREF="source.html#toolbar_frame">Source Frame Control Buttons</A> for more
+ information.</P>
+ </BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Target Selection Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>The Target Selection Dialog</H1>
+<H3>Overview</H3>
+<P>The Target Selection Dialog allows users to specify the debug target,
+the interface used to connect to the target, and some useful run
+options.</P>
+
+<P>Target Selection topics:
+<UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#select">Selecting a Target</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#select_tar">Specifying a Target</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#select_int">Choosing a Connection Interface</A>
+ </UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#options">Options</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#options_run_until_main">Run until 'main'</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#options_bp_at_exit">Set breakpoint at 'exit'</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#options_download_dialog">Display Download Dialog</A>
+ </UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#more_options">More Options</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#more_options_attach">Attach to Target</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#more_options_load">Download Program</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#more_options_run">Run Program</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#more_options_cont">Continue from Last Stop</A>
+ </UL>
+</UL></P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="select">Selecting a Target</A></H3>
+Selecting a target involves choosing a target for debugging and setting connection
+interface options for the target.
+
+<P>Common targets include: "Exec" for native debuggers, "Remote/Serial" for establishing
+a connection to a target board via a serial line, "Remote/TCP" for TCP connections,
+and "Simulator" for connections to the simulator. There may be more depending on the
+configuration of the debugger being used.</P>
+
+<P>In general, "remote" targets are always serial connections which require the user
+to specify the serial port and baud rate to be used for the connection and
+"remote/tcp" targets are always TCP connections which require specifying the hostname
+and port number of the machine to which to connect. Depending upon configuration,
+there may be numerous serial- and TCP-based connections. These always follow the
+naming convention <I>target</I>/Serial and <I>target</I>/TCP.</P>
+
+<P>To <A NAME="select_tar"> select a target</A>, choose one of the available targets
+from the dropdown menu in the Connection Frame. Then <A NAME="#select_int">specify
+the interface options</A> for this target: selecting the baudrate and serial port
+from the dropdown menus (serial targets only) or entering the hostname and port number
+(TCP targets only).</P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="options">Options</A></H3>
+Three run options which may be selected include:
+<DL>
+ <DT><A NAME="options_run_until_main">Run until 'main'
+ <DD>Sets a breakpoint at main()
+ <DT><A NAME="options_bp_at_exit">Set breakpoint at 'exit'
+ <DD>Sets a breakpoint at exit()
+ <DT><A NAME="options_download_dialog">Display Download Dialog
+ <DD>Displays a dialog showing the progress of the download to
+ the target section by section
+</DL>
+<BR>
+<H3><A NAME="more_options">More Options</A></H3>
+Several additional run options may be set for each target from the Target Selection
+Dialog. These options govern the behavior of the debugger's
+<A NAME="source.html#run_button">Run Button</A>. The debugger automatically selects
+default values for these options whenever a target is selected with the dropdown menu
+in the Connection Frame. To modify this default bahavior, click the small triangle
+next to "More Options" at the bottom of the dialog. The Run Options for the current
+target are displayed, allowing modification of the actions for the target. When the
+"OK" button is selected, these settings are saved and will be used as the default
+for the target in future sessions.
+
+<DL>
+ <DT><A NAME="more_options_attach">Attach to Target</A>
+ <DD>Establish a connection to the target board.
+ <DT><A NAME="more_options_load">Download Program</A>
+ <DD>Download the program to the target board.
+ <DT><A NAME="more_options_run">Run Program</A>
+ <DD>Run the program on the target board, creating a new
+ "process". This option may not be specified along with
+ the continue option. See note below.
+ <DT><A NAME="more_options_cont">Continue from Last Stop</A>
+ <DD>Continue the program on the target board from where
+ it last stopped. This option may not be specified
+ along with the "run" option. See note below.
+</DL>
+
+<P>Note that all remote targets typically do not "run" programs. Since target
+boards are usually incapable of creating a new "process", these targets
+seldom "Run". The defaults for all remote targets reflect this distinction: they
+are all set to "Continue".</P>
+
+<P>Only one of the options "Run Program" and "Continue from Last Stop" may be used.
+Typically, the default behavior of this setting should not be altered.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+ <HEAD>
+ <TITLE>Thread Window Help</TITLE>
+ </HEAD>
+ <BODY>
+
+ <CENTER>
+ <H2>The Thread Window</H2>
+ </CENTER>
+
+
+ <BR>The Thread Window displays a list of threads and/or processes. The exact
+ contents are OS-specific.
+
+ <UL>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display">Thread Display</A></LI>
+ <LI><A HREF="#current">Changing the Current Thread</A></LI>
+ <LI><A HREF="#bp">Setting Breakpoints on Thread(s)</A></LI>
+ </UL>
+
+ <H2><A NAME="display">Thread Display</A></H2>
+ The Thread Display consists of a listbox which displays information on
+ threads and/or processes that are part of the executable being debugged.
+ The first column is the GDB thread number, which is used internally by GDB
+ to track the thread. The rest of the columns are OS-dependent. The output is identical
+ to the output of the console command "info threads".
+ <BR>
+
+ <H2><A NAME="current">Changing the Current Thread</A></H2>
+ The source window can only display the current location and source for one thread
+ at a time. That thread is called the "current thread".
+ To change the current thread, simply click the left mouse button on the desired
+ line and the
+ debugger will switch contexts, updating all windows. The current thread will
+ be highlighted.
+ <BR>
+
+ <H2><A NAME="bp">Setting Breakpoints on Thread(s)</A></H2>
+ Normally if you set a breakpoint on a line or function, every thread that hits
+ that location will stop execution and return to the debugger. To set a breakpoint
+ or a specific thread or threads, you need to use the source window. See
+ <A HREF="source.html#thread_bp">Set Breakpoint on Threads</A>
+
+
+ </BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Console Window Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>The Console Window</H1>
+<H3>Overview</H3>
+<P>The Console Window is perhaps the most powerful tool in the debugger. It
+provides functionality equivalent to almost all of the debugger's secondary
+windows, macro definitions, and other more advanced features.</P>
+
+<P>Console Window topics:
+<UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#display">Console Display</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_cmd">Executing Commands</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_hlp">Getting Help</A>
+ </UL>
+</UL></P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="display">Console Display</A></H3>
+The Console Display is simply a scrolled window in which the debugger prompt
+appears. By default, the prompt is set to "(gdb) ", but it may be changed via a
+command line option.
+
+<P>To <A NAME="display_cmd">execute commands</A> in the console window, simply enter
+the command in the display. If the debugger is busy, the message "Error: The
+debugger is busy." appears informing the user that the command was not accepted.</P>
+
+<P>Whenever a command is executed, the debugger's windows will update to display
+any new state information. Any output from the command is also echoed to the Console
+Window for ease of use. If an error occurs, an error message is printed to the Console
+Window. All error messages appear in the Console Window using a red colored typeface.
+</P>
+
+<P>The Console Window responds to special character commands just as a shell window
+does: it has a history mechanism which allows the user to scan previously used commands
+by pressing the up and down arrow keys on the keyboard, jumping to the beginning or
+end of a line by entering Ctrl-A or Ctrl-E, erasing a line by pressing Ctrl-K, and
+more. Users familiar with GNU Emacs will recognize these keys as commonly used
+keystrokes from that editor.</P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="display_hlp">Getting Help</A></H3>
+The Console Window has its own online help system. To access the help system, enter
+"help" at the prompt and follow the on-screen instructions. For more help, please
+consult the <!-- What is this really called? --> <I>GDB User's Guide</I>.
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Global Preferences Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>Global Preferences</H1>
+<H3>Overview</H3>
+<P>Not yet done.</P>
+
+<P>Global Preferences topics:
+<UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
+ </UL>
+</UL></P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="">stuff</A></H3>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Help Window Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>The Help Window</H1>
+<H2>Overview</H2>
+<P>This is some nice text which describes the help window, its role
+in deugging, and perhaps some of the nifty things people can do with
+this window.</P>
+
+<P>Help Window topics:
+<UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#menus">Menus</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_file">File Menu</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_topics">Topics Menu</A>
+ </UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#display">Help Display</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_nav">Navigating the Help Window</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_link">Definition and Page Links</A>
+ </UL>
+</UL></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="menus">Menus</A></H2>
+<H3><A NAME="menus_file">File Menu</A></H3>
+<H3><A NAME="menus_topics">Topics Menu</A></H3>
+
+<H3><A NAME="display">Help Display</A></H3>
+<H3><A NAME="display_nav">Navigating the Help Window</A></H3>
+<H3><A NAME="display_link">Definition and Page Links</A></H3>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+{Source Window} {source.html} {The Source Window}
+{Register Window} {register.html} {The Register Window}
+{Memory Window} {memory.html} {The Memory Window}
+{Locals Window} {locals.html} {The Locals Window}
+{Watch Window} {watch.html} {The Watch Window}
+{Tracepoint Window} {tp.html} {The Tracepoint Window}
+{Console Window} {console.html} {The Console Window}
+{Stack Window} {stack.html} {The Stack Window}
+{TDump Window} {tdump.html} {The Tracepoint Dump Window}
+{GPL} {license.html} {The GNU Public License}
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>GNU General Public License</TITLE>
+</HEAD><BODY>
+<B>The GNU General Public License
+<P></P>
+</B>Version 2, June 1991
+<P></P>
+Copyright © 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+<BR>59 Temple Place / Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
+<P></P>
+Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license
+document, but changing it is not allowed.
+<P></P>
+<B>Preamble
+<P></P>
+</B>The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share
+and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and
+change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public
+License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some
+other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs,
+too.
+<P></P>
+When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our
+General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to
+distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish),
+that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the
+software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can
+do these things.
+<P></P>
+To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to
+deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions
+translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the
+software, or if you modify it.
+<P></P>
+For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for
+a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must
+make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show
+them these terms so they know their rights.
+<P></P>
+We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2)
+offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or
+modify the software.
+<P></P>
+Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that
+there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by
+someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is
+not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on
+the original authors' reputations.
+<P></P>
+Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We
+wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually
+obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent
+this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for
+copying, distribution and modification follow.
+<P></P>
+<B>TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+<P></P>
+</B>0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice
+placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this
+General Public License. The `Program\94, below, refers to any such program or work, and a `work based on the Program' means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is
+to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or
+with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter,
+translation is included without limitation in the term `modification'.) Each licensee is addressed as `you'.
+<P></P>
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered
+by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is
+not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents
+constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by
+running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+<P></P>
+<OL><LI> You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and
+disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License
+and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program
+a copy of this License along with the Program.
+<P></P>
+</OL>You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may
+at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+<P></P>
+<OL START="2"><LI> You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus
+forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications
+or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of
+these conditions:
+<P></P>
+</OL>a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you
+changed the files and the date of any change.
+<P></P>
+b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in
+part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed
+as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
+<P></P>
+c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you
+must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary
+way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright
+notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a
+warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions,
+and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the
+Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement,
+your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+<P></P>
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable
+sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably
+considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its
+terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate
+works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work
+based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole,
+and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+<P></P>
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your
+rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the
+right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the
+Program.
+<P></P>
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with
+the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or
+distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License.
+<P></P>
+<OL START="3"><LI> You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section
+2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above
+provided that you also do one of the following:
+<P></P>
+</OL>a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code,
+which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+customarily used for software interchange; or,
+<P></P>
+b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any
+third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing
+source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source
+code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+customarily used for software interchange; or,
+<P></P>
+c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute
+corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial
+distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable
+form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+<P></P>
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making
+modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the
+source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition
+files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the
+executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not
+include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating
+system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the
+executable.
+<P></P>
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to
+copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source
+code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though
+third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+<P></P>
+<OL START="4"><LI> You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as
+expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify,
+sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your
+rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or
+rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long
+as such parties remain in full compliance.
+<P></P>
+<LI> You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it.
+However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or
+its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept
+this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work
+based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so,
+and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the
+Program or works based on it.
+<P></P>
+<LI> Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the
+recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy,
+distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You
+may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+<P></P>
+</OL>You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this
+License.
+<P></P>
+<OL START="7"><LI> If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement
+or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed
+on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the
+conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this
+License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations
+under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence
+you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license
+would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who
+receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could
+satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of
+the Program.
+<P></P>
+</OL>If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
+particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the
+section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
+<P></P>
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or
+other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this
+section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software
+distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people
+have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up
+to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software
+through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
+<P></P>
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a
+consequence of the rest of this License.
+<P></P>
+<OL START="8"><LI> If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain
+countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright
+holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical
+distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is
+permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License
+incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+<P></P>
+<LI> The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the
+General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in
+spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems
+or concerns.
+<P></P>
+</OL>Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and `any later version', you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the
+Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any
+version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
+<P></P>
+<OL START="a"><LI> If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose
+distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for
+permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to
+the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
+decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all
+derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software
+generally.
+<P></P>
+</OL>NO WARRANTY
+<P></P>
+<OL START="b"><LI> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE
+PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED
+IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM `AS IS' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL
+NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+<P></P>
+<LI> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY
+COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE
+PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL,
+SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR
+INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
+RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF
+THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER
+PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+<P></P>
+</OL>END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+<P></P>
+<B>How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+<P></P>
+</B>If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible
+use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software
+which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+<P></P>
+To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach
+them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion
+of warranty; and each file should have at least the `copyright' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+<P></P>
+<I>one line for the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.
+<BR></I>Copyright (C) 19<I>yy</I> <I>name of author</I>
+<BR>
+<BR>This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
+Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+version.
+<BR>
+<BR>This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+<BR>
+<BR>You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
+Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+<P></P>
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+<P></P>
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like the
+following example when it starts in an interactive mode:
+<P></P>
+Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author Gnomovision comes
+with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain
+conditions; type `show c' for details.
+<P></P>
+The hypothetical commands <B>show w</B> and <B>show c</B> should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course,
+the commands you use may be called something other than show w and show c; they can be mouse clicks or menu items\97whatever suits your program.
+<P></P>
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a `copyright disclaimer' for the program, if necessary. The following is a sample (when copying, alter
+the names).
+<P></P>
+Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+<BR>
+<BR>signature of Ty Coon, 1 April 1989
+<BR>Ty Coon, President of Vice
+<P></P>
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider
+it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If
+this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General Public License instead of this License.
+<P></P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Locals Window Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>The Locals Window</H1>
+<H2>Overview</H2>
+<P>The Locals Window displays all local variables in scope. It may be used to
+visualize local variables. Local variables need to be collected
+before they can be viewed. See <A HREF="tracedlg.html#t_actions_add">Adding
+an Action</A> in the Tracepoint Dialog for more information.</P>
+
+<P>Locals Window topics:
+<UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#menus">Variable Menu</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_fmt">Format</A>
+ </UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#display">Locals Display</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_deref">Dereferencing Pointers</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_struct">Viewing a Structure or Class</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_popup">Locals Pop-up Menu</A>
+ </UL>
+</UL></P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="menus">Variable Menu</A></H3>
+The Variable Menu gives on-screen access to the funtions of the Locals Window.
+To use any of these functions, first use the left mouse button to select a
+variable from the display. Then select:
+
+<DL>
+ <DT><A NAME="menus_fmt">Format</A>
+ <DD>Change the display format of the variable
+</DL>
+
+<H3><A NAME="display">Locals Display</A></H4>
+The Locals Window Display consists of a scrolled listbox which contains all
+local variables, one per line. Locals which were not collected at the current
+tracepoint will display a memory-access error. To use any of the functions of
+the Locals Window, use the left mouse button to select any element from the
+Display.
+
+<P>Pointers, structures, and classes appear in the display with small exapansion
+box before their names. To <A NAME="display_deref">dereference pointers</A> or
+<A NAME="display_struct">view the members of classes or structures</A>, click
+the closed expansion box (which appears as a small plus sign, "+") to "expand"
+the listing. The expansion box changes to a minus sign, "-", indicating that the
+display is now open. Pointers, structures and classes may be expanded recursively
+to allow multiple pointer dereferences and embedded structure viewing.
+
+<P>The Locals Display updates as the trace buffer is navigated, highlighting
+in blue those variables whose values have changed.</P>
+
+<P>The Locals Window will, by default, display all pointers in hexadecimal and all
+other variables in decimal. To change the default display of variables, use the
+"set output-radix" command in the console window. (Type "help set output-radix" in the
+console window for help. To make this change permanent, it must be added to the user's
+init file -- .gdbinit under unix and gdb.ini under Windows.) To change the display
+format for a variable, select the Format option from either the Variable Menu or the
+<A HREF="#display_popup">Locals Pop-up Menu</A>.
+<BR>
+
+<H4><A NAME="display_popup">Locals Pop-up Menu</A></H4>
+The Locals Pop-up Menu provides quick access to the functions of the Locals Window.
+To use the Locals Pop-up Menu, first select a variable from the Display (by clicking
+the left mouse button on it) and click the right mouse button, choosing from the
+pop-up:
+<DL>
+ <DT>Format
+ <DD>Change the display format of the variable. The variable may be displayed
+ as:
+ <DL>
+ <DT>Hex
+ <DD>hexadecimal (base 16)
+ <DT>Decimal
+ <DD>decimal (base 10)
+ <DT>Binary
+ <DD>binary (base 2)
+ <DT>Octal
+ <DD>octal (base 8)
+ </DL>
+</DL>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Memory Window Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>The Memory Window</H1>
+<H2>Overview</H2>
+<P>The Memory Window allows users to display the contents of collected
+memory. The Memory Window Preferences controls all of the display
+characteristics of the Memory Window.</P>
+
+<P>Memory Window topics:
+<UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#menus">Address Menu</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_auto">Auto Update</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_now">Update Now</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_prefs">Preferences</A>
+ </UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#display">Memory Display</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_nav">Navigating the Memory Window</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_popup">Memory Pop-up Menu</A>
+ </UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#prefs">Memory Window Preferences</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#prefs_size">Size of the Display Cell</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#prefs_fmt">Format of the Display Cell</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#prefs_bytes">Size of the Memory Window</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#prefs_misc">Miscellaneous</A>
+ </UL>
+</UL></P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="menus">Address Menu</A></H3>
+<DL>
+ <DT><A NAME="menus_auto">Auto Update</A>
+ <DD>When selected, casues the Memory Window to update the Display.
+ <DT><A NAME="menus_now">Update Now</A>
+ <DD>Forces the Memory Window to update the Display.
+ <DT><A NAME="menus_prefs">Preferences</A>
+ <DD>Opens the Memory Window Preferences dialog.
+</DL>
+
+<H3><A NAME="display">Memory Display</A></H3>
+Like the <A HREF="register.html">Register Window</A>, the Memory Window
+Display is organized into a spreadsheet. The address of any cell in the
+Display can be determined by appeding the row and column headers for the
+cell. Optionally, an ASCII display of the memory appears at the right.
+Any non-ASCII-representable byte in memory will appear in the ASCII Display
+as a control character (a dot, ".", by default). The <A HREF="#pref">Memory
+Preferences Dialog</A> may be used to alter the appearance of the
+Memory Window. Any uncollected memory will appear as "N/A", indicating that
+this memory was not collected when the trace experiment was run.
+
+<P><A NAME="display_nav">To navigate the Memory Window</A>, use the mouse
+and click the cell of interest. As an alternative, pressing the TAB key on
+the keyboard will focus successive cells, from left to right, top to bottom.
+The focus will wrap from the bottom of the Display to the top.</P>
+<BR>
+
+<H4><A NAME="display_popup">Memory Pop-up Menu</A></H4>
+Clicking the right mouse button while the mouse cursor lies within the
+bounds of any cell will allow users to:
+<DL>
+ <DT>Auto Update
+ <DD>When selected, the Memory Window will track changes in
+ memory shown in the Display. Cells in which changes have
+ occured will be highlighted. When not selected, the Memory
+ Window is "frozen", representing a "snapshot" of memory.
+ <DT>Update Now
+ <DD>Causes the Memory Window to update all the cells shown.
+ <DT>Go To <I>address</I>
+ <DD>The Memory Window Display is updated to show memory starting
+ at address <I>address</I>.
+ <DT>Open New Window at <I>address</I>
+ <DD>A new Memory Window is opened, displaying memory at address
+ <I>address</I>
+ <DT>Memory Preferences...
+ <DD>Opens the Memory Window Preferences for editing the appearance
+ of the Memory Window Display.
+</DL>
+<BR>
+
+<H3><A NAME="prefs">Memory Window Preferences</A></H3>
+Memory Window Preference Dialog governs the appearance of the Memory Window:
+the total number of bytes displayed, the size of each cell, ASCII control
+character.
+<BR>
+
+<H4><A NAME="prefs_size">Size of the Display Cells</A></H4>
+This attribute controls how many bytes appear in each cell. Valid cell
+sizes in the Memory Window may be:
+<DL>
+ <DT>Byte
+ <DD>Each cell is exactly one byte
+ <DT>Half Word
+ <DD>Cells are displayed with two bytes
+ <DT>Word
+ <DD>Each cell contains four bytes
+ <DT>Double Word
+ <DD>Cells contain eight bytes
+ <DT>Float
+ <DD>Each cell contains four bytes, displayed as a floating point
+ number
+ <DT>Double Float
+ <DD>Cells are displayed as floating point, eight bytes each
+</DL>
+<BR>
+
+<H4><A NAME="prefs_fmt">Format of the Display Cells</A></H4>
+The Format option of the Memory Preferences Dialog governs how the debugger
+represents the memory. Possible representations include:
+
+<DL>
+ <DT>Binary
+ <DD>The values are shown as binary numbers
+ <DT>Signed Decimal
+ <DD>The values are shown as signed decimal numbers
+ <DT>Octal
+ <DD>Each cell is represented as an octal number
+ <DT>Unsigned Decimal
+ <DD>Values are displayed as unsigned decimals
+ <DT>Hex
+ <DD>Memory is displayed as a hexadecimal number. This is
+ the default.
+</DL>
+<BR>
+
+<H4><A NAME="prefs_bytes">Size of the Memory Window</A></H4>
+The size of the memory window determines how much memory is actually
+presented to the user. The total number of bytes shown can either be
+determined by the size of the window, in which case resizing the Memory
+Window will cause more or less memory to be displayed, or fixed at some
+specified number of bytes. By default, the Memory Window shows 128 bytes
+of memory.
+<BR>
+
+<H4><A NAME="prefs_misc">Miscellaneous</A></H4>
+Miscellaneous memory preferences include the option to display the ASCII
+representation of the memory, including what character to use for non-ASCII
+bytes (the "control" character). Additionally, users may specify the number
+of bytes per row, either four, eight, sixteen, or thirty-two. The default is
+sixteen bytes per row.
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Register Window Preferences Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>Register Window Preferences</H1>
+<H3>Overview</H3>
+<P>Not yet done.</P>
+
+<P>Register Window Preferences topics:
+<UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
+ </UL>
+</UL></P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="">stuff</A></H3>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Register Window Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>The Register Window</H1>
+<H2>Overview</H2>
+<P>The Register Window lists all the registers and their contents for
+the selected stack frame. It permits viewing the contents of registers
+in different formats and some display customizations.</P>
+
+<P>Any register that was not collected will be displayed as having a value
+of "0x0". To collect registers, add them to the collection action in the
+<A HREF="tracedlg.html">Tracepoint Dialog</A>.
+
+<P>The Register Window will update the register contents in the display
+to match the stack frame currently being viewed in the <A HREF="source.html">
+Source Window</A> and <A HREF="stack.html">Stack Winodw</A>.</P>
+
+<P>Register Window topics:
+<UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#menus">Register Menu</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_fmt">Format</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_remove">Remove from Display</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_all">Display All Registers</A>
+ </UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#display">Register Display</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_nav">Navigating the Register Display</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_popup">Register Pop-up Menu</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_format">Changing the Display Format of
+ a Register</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_remove">Removing a Register
+ from the display</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_all">Displaying all Registers</A>
+ </UL>
+</UL></P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="menus">Register Menu</A></H3>
+The Register Menu provides on-screen access to the functionality of the
+Register Window. To use any item from this menu, first use the mouse and
+select (click the left mouse button) on any register cell. Users may then
+select:
+<BR>
+<DL>
+ <DT><A NAME="menus_fmt"><A HREF="#display_format">Format</A></A>
+ <DD>Change the display format of the selected register
+ <DT><A NAME="menus_remove"><A HREF="#display_remove">Remove
+ from Display</A></A>
+ <DD>Remove the selected register from the Register
+ Window Display
+ <DT><A NAME="menus_all"><A HREF="#display_all">Display All
+ Registers</A></A>
+ <DD>Display all registers in the Display. This item
+ is only available when a register was previously
+ removed from the Display.
+</DL>
+
+<H3><A NAME="display">Register Display</A></H3>
+The Register Display contains name and value pairs for each register
+available on the target hardware. These "cells" are layed out as a
+spreadsheet for ease of use.
+
+<P><A NAME="display_nav"></A>To navigate the Register Display, use either
+the mouse and left mouse button or the arrow keys on the keyboard to
+highlight the appropriate cell. Users may then use the <A HREF="#menus">
+Register Menu</A> or use the Register Pop-up Menu to access special display
+options for the Register Window.</P>
+<BR>
+
+<H4><A NAME="display_popup">The Register Pop-up Menu</A></H4>
+All of the special functions of the register window are accessed through
+the Register Pop-up Menu. To use the Menu, simply select a register (see
+<A HREF="#display_nav">Navigating the Register Display</A>) and click the
+right mouse button. The Menu offers:
+<DL>
+ <DT><A NAME="display_format">Format</A>
+ <DD><DL>Change the display format of the register. Valid display types
+ are:
+ <DT>Hex
+ <DD>The register's contents are displayed in
+ hexadecimal (base 16).
+ <DT>Decimal
+ <DD>The value is shown as
+ a decimal number (base 10).
+ <DT>Natural
+ <DD>The register is displayed in its natural format.
+ <DT>Binary
+ <DD>The contents of the register are displayed
+ as a binary number (base 2).
+ <DT>Octal
+ <DD>The register's contents are shown in octal (base 8).
+ <DT>Raw
+ <DD>The raw contents of the register are shown.
+ </DL>
+ <DT><A NAME="display_remove">Remove</A>
+ <DD>Remove the selected register from the display. To display
+ the removed register again, select the "Display All Registers"
+ option from the Register Menu or the Register Pop-up Menu.
+ <DT><A NAME="display_all">Display All Registers</A>
+ <DD>Causes the Register Window Display to show all registers,
+ including those which were previously "removed". This menu
+ item is only available when removed registers exist.
+</DL>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Source Window Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<CENTER><H1>The Source Window</H1></CENTER>
+<H3>Overview</H3>
+<BR>
+The Source Window is the primary interface between the user and the
+debugger; it is automatically opened when the debugger starts.
+The Source Window displays the status of the trace experiment, controls
+navigation of the trace buffer, and allows visualization of the program
+execution.
+
+<P>Source Window topics:
+<UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#menus">Menus</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_file">File Menu</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_run">Run Menu</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_view">View Menu</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_trace">Trace Menu</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_prefs">Preferences Menu</A>
+ </UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#toolbar">Toolbar</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#toolbar_exec">Trace Control Buttons</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#toolbar_window">Window Buttons</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#toolbar_frame">Frame Control</A>
+ </UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#display">Source Window Display</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_balloon">Variable Balloons</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_popup">Source Pop-up Mens</A>
+ </UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#status">Source Window Status Bars</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#status_bar">Program Status Bar</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#status_mode">Source Display Status Bar</A>
+ </UL>
+ <LI><A HREF="#search">Search Entry</A>
+</UL></P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="menus">Menus</A></H3>
+<H4><A NAME="menus_file">File Menu</A></H4>
+The File menu contains the following items:
+<DL>
+ <DT>Open
+ <DD>Opens a file selection dialog to select the executable to debug
+ <DT>Target Settings...
+ <DD>Opens the <A HREF="target.html">Target Selection Dialog</A>
+ to edit target settings
+ <DT>Page Setup
+ <DD>(Windows only) Opens the Windows Page Setup dialog to
+ configure printing
+ <DT>Print
+ <DD>(Windows only) Print the contents of the Source Window Display
+ <DT>Exit
+ <DD>Exits the debugger
+</DL>
+
+<H4><A NAME="menus_run">Run Menu</A></H4>
+The Run menu contains the following items:
+<DL>
+ <DT>Connect to target
+ <DD>Establish a connection to a target. This option will open
+ the <A HREF="target.html">Target Selection Dialog</A> if no
+ previous connection has been established in the current
+ session.
+ <DT>Begin Collection
+ <DD>Start collecting trace data on the target
+ <DT>End Collection
+ <DD>Stop collecting trace data on the target
+ <DT>Disconnect
+ <DD>Disconnect the debugger from the target
+</DL>
+
+<H4><A NAME="menus_view">View Menu</A></H4>
+The View menu contains the following items:
+<DL>
+ <DT>Stack
+ <DD>Open a <A HREF="stack.html">Stack Window</A>
+ <DT>Registers
+ <DD>Open a <A HREF="register.html">Register Window</A>
+ <DT>Memory
+ <DD>Open a <A HREF="memory.html">Memory Window</A>
+ <DT>Watch Expressions
+ <DD>Open a <A HREF="watch.html">Watch Window</A>
+ <DT>Local Variables
+ <DD>Open a <A HREF="locals.html">Locals Window</A>
+ <DT>Tracepoints
+ <DD>Open a <A HREF="tp.html">Tracepoint Window</A>
+ <DT>Tdump
+ <DD>Open a <A HREF="tdump.html">Tracepoint Dump Window</A>
+ <DT>Console
+ <DD>Open a <A HREF="console.html">Console Window</A>
+</DL>
+
+<H4><A NAME="menus_trace">Trace Menu</A></H4>
+The Trace Menu contains the following items:
+<DL>
+ <DT>Next Hit
+ <DD>Update all displays with the next tracepoint in the
+ tracepoint buffer
+ <DT>Previous Hit
+ <DD>Go to the previous tracepoint in the buffer
+ <DT>First Hit
+ <DD>View the first tracepoint in the buffer
+ <DT>Next Line Hit
+ <DD>Go to the next tracepoint in the buffer in the same
+ frame as the current tracepoint
+ <DT>Next Hit Here
+ <DD>Jump to the next reference of the current tracepoint
+ in the buffer
+ <DT>Tfind Line...
+ <DD>Opens a dialog allowing the user to specify which source
+ line to inpect in the tracepoint buffer
+ <DT>Tfind PC...
+ <DD>Opens a dialog allowing the user to specify the PC of the
+ tracepoint to view
+ <DT>Tfind Tracepoint...
+ <DD>Opens a dialog allowing the user to specify which tracepoint
+ to view (by number). This option is most commonly used in
+ conjunction with the <A HREF="console.html">Console Window</A>.
+</DL>
+
+<H4><A NAME="menus_prefs">Preferences Menu</A></H4>
+The Preferences menu contains the following items:
+<DL>
+ <DT>Global
+ <DD>Opens the <A HREF="gbl_pref.html">Global Preferences Dialog</A>
+ and allows editing of global settings
+ <DT>Source
+ <DD>Opens the <A HREF="src_pref.html">Source Preferences Dialog</A>
+ and allows editing of Source Window settings
+ <DT>Register
+ <DD>Opens the <A HREF="reg_pref.html">Register Preferences Dialog</A>
+ and allows editing of Register Window settings
+</DL>
+
+<H3><A NAME="toolbar">Toolbar</A></H3>
+The Source Window toolbar consists of three functional sections: trace
+control buttons, debugger window buttons, and stack frame control buttons.
+<BR>
+
+<H4><A NAME="toolbar_exec">Tracing Control Buttons</A></H4>
+These convenience buttons provide on-screen access to the most important
+debugger tracing control functions:
+<DL>
+ <DT><A NAME="run_button"><IMG SRC="%run"> TStart</A> or
+ <A NAME="stop_button"><IMG SRC="%stop"></A> TStop
+ <DD>The TStart Button causes the target to start collecting trace data
+ <DD>The TStop Button causes the target to stop collecting trace data
+ <DT>Next Hit
+ <DD>Update all displays with the next tracepoint in the
+ tracepoint buffer
+ <DT>Previous Hit
+ <DD>Go to the previous tracepoint in the buffer
+ <DT>First Hit
+ <DD>View the first tracepoint in the buffer
+ <DT>Next Line Hit
+ <DD>Go to the next tracepoint in the buffer in the same
+ frame as the current tracepoint
+ <DT>Next Hit Here
+ <DD>Jump to the next reference of the current tracepoint
+ in the buffer
+</DL>
+
+<H4><A NAME="toolbar_window">Window Buttons</A></H4>
+The Debugger Window buttons give instant access to the Debugger's
+auxillary windows:
+<DL>
+ <DT><A NAME="register_button"><IMG SRC="%register"></A> Registers
+ <DD>Open a <A HREF="register.html">Register Window</A>
+ <DT><A NAME="memory_button"><IMG SRC="%memory"></A> Memory
+ <DD>Open a <A HREF="memory.html">Memory Window</A>
+ <DT><A NAME="stack_button"><IMG SRC="%stack"></A> Stack
+ <DD>Open a <A HREF="stack.html">Stack Window</A>
+ <DT><A NAME="watch_button"><IMG SRC="%watch"></A> Watch Expressions
+ <DD>Open a <A HREF="watch.html">Watch Window</A>
+ <DT><A NAME="locals_button"><IMG SRC="%locals"></A> Local Variables
+ <DD>Open a <A HREF="locals.html">Locals Window</A>
+ <DT><A NAME="tracepoints_button">Tracepoints</A>
+ <DD>Open a <A HREF="tp.html">Tracepoint Window</A>
+ <DT>Tracepoint Dump Window
+ <DD>Open a <A HREF="tdump.html">Tdump Window</A>
+ <DT><A NAME="console_button"><IMG SRC="%console"></A> Console
+ <DD>Open a <A HREF="console.html">Console Window</A>
+</DL>
+
+<H4><A NAME="toolbar_frame">Frame Control</A></H4>
+The Frame Control area of the toolbar displays information about the PC of
+the current frame, and the frame control buttons may be used to navigate
+through the call stack. Whenever any of these buttons are used, both the
+Source Window Display and the <A HREF="stack.html">Stack Window</A> will
+show the selected frame. In order to use the Stack Window in tracing mode,
+the stack pointer must be collected.
+<DL>
+ <!-- is this a problem for windows? no file join? -->
+ <DT><IMG SRC="images/frame_info.gif"> Frame Information Display
+ <DD>The left half of the frame information display shows the
+ value of the PC in the current frame. The right half shows
+ the line number of the PC in the source file, if available.
+ <DT><A NAME="up_button"><IMG SRC="%up"></A> Up
+ <DD>Select and view the stack frame that called this one
+ <DT><A NAME="down_button"><IMG SRC="%down"></A> Down
+ <DD>Select and view the stack frame called by this one
+ <DT><A NAME="bottom_button"><IMG SRC="%bottom"></A> Bottom
+ <DD>Select and view the bottom-most stack frame
+</DL>
+
+<H3><A NAME="display">Source Display</A></H3>
+The Source Display is used for many things: browsing source code, setting,
+editing, and deleting tracepoints, and a few other special functions.
+Executable lines (those for which executable code was generated by the
+compiler) are denoted with a marker (a dash, "-") in the first column of
+the display.
+
+<P>The debugger highlights the PC in the current frame in either green,
+indicating that the PC is in the current tracepoint, or gold, indicating
+that the PC is contained in a frame that is not the current tracepoint, i.e.,
+as part of a stack backtrace. A blue highlight is used by the debugger to
+indicate a browsing position. All highlight colors
+are user-selectable in the <A HREF="src_pref.html">Source Preferences</A>.</P>
+<BR>
+
+<H4><A NAME="setting_a_tracepoint">Setting a Tracepoint</A></H4>
+Moving the mouse pointer over the "hot spot" of an executable line will change
+the mouse cursor to a large dot. Clicking the left mouse button will then allow
+tracepoint to be inserted at this line. If no tracepoint exists, the
+<A HREF="tracedlg.html">Add Tracepoint Dialog</A> will appear. If a tracepoint
+is installed, the dash in the left margin will change into a magenta breakdot.
+If a tracepoint exists, the <A HREF="tracedlg.html">Edit Tracepoint Dialog</A>
+appears, allowing either modification of the tracepoint or deletion of the
+tracepoint. If the tracepoint is deleted, the breakdot will revert to a dash.</P>
+
+<P>The executable line marker shows the status of each line: an empty marker
+(the dash) indicates that no tracepoint is set at the line. A colored breakdot
+indicates that a tracepoint exists at the line.</P>
+
+<P>The display will attempt to show the value of variables in
+<A NAME="display_balloon">variable balloons</A>. To activate a
+variable balloon, simply hold the mouse cursor over the name of
+a variable in the Source Display for a second or two: the debugger displays the
+name of the variable, its type, and its value in a pop-up balloon. If the
+variable was not collected, the Variable Balloon will show a memory-access error.</P>
+<BR>
+
+<H4><A NAME="display_popup">Source Pop-up Menus</A></H4>
+The Source Display has two pop-up menus. One is activated by clicking the
+right mouse button when the mouse cursor is over an executable line marker's
+hot spot. This pop-up menu provides access to:
+<DL>
+ <DT>Set Tracepoint
+ <DD>Opens the <A HREF="#tracedlg">Add/Edit Tracepoint Dialog</A>,
+ which allows new tracepoints to be set and modification and
+ deletion of existing tracepoints.
+</DL>
+
+<P>The other pop-up menu is activated by clicking the right mouse button
+anywhere else in the Source Display. It is only available when a variable
+or number in the display lies below the mouse cursor or is selected
+(by clicking the left mouse button and dragging the mouse to highlight
+the variable/number). The pop-up menu allows users to:
+<DL>
+ <DT><A NAME="add_to_watch">Add <I>expr</I> to Watch</A>
+ <DD>Adds the selected expression to the <A HREF="watch.html">Watch
+ Window</A>, opening it, if necessary.
+ <DT>Dump Memory at <I>expr</I>
+ <DD>Opens a new <A HREF="memory.html">Memory Window</A> at the
+ selected expression. If the expression is a variable, then
+ the Memory Window is opened with memory addresses starting
+ at the value of the variable.
+ <DT>Set Tracepoint Range
+ <DD>This option is only available when a range of lines is highlighted
+ in the Source Display. It allows tracepoints with the same
+ properties to be set at every executable line in the range. If
+ any tracepoints exist in the range already, the debugger will
+ ask if the properties of the existing tracepoint should be
+ replaced with the properties of the range.
+</DL>
+</P>
+
+<H4><A NAME="status">Source Window Status Bars</A></H4>
+The Source Window has two status bars which inform the user of the
+status of the program (the "status bar") and the status of the Source
+Window.
+
+<P>The <A NAME="status_bar">Program Status Bar</A> (or simply "Status Bar")
+displays the status of the program. Common messages seen here include:
+<DL>
+ <DT>No program loaded.
+ <DD>No program has been loaded into target memory.
+ <DT>Inspecting trace at <I>line/address</I>
+ <DD>The debugger is inspecting the tracepoint at line
+ <I>line</I> or address <I>address</I>. Use the
+ <A HREF="#toolbar_exec">Tracing Control Buttons</A>
+ to navigate through the trace buffer.
+</DL>
+<P>The Status Bar also displays some help information. For instance,
+the Status Bar will show the function of a button on the toolbar or
+the Source Display Status Bar as well as any keyboard shortcut for this
+button.</P>
+<BR>
+
+<H4><A NAME="status_mode">Source Display Status Bar</A></H4>
+current state of the Source Window: the name of the file displayed in
+the Display, the name of the function in the Display which contains
+the PC for the current frame (if any), and the display mode.
+
+<P>The <A NAME="file_selector">Source File Selector</A> is a dropdown
+menu which contains the names of all the files that were compiled into
+the program being debugged.</P>
+
+<P>Normally, the File Selector displays the name of the file currently being
+viewed, but any file from the dropdown menu may be selected for browsing.
+Simply select the file to view from the available choices (or type it directly
+into the File Selector) and the Source Window will load that file into
+the Display. To return to the current tracepoint, simply press the
+<A HREF="#bottom_button">Bottom Frame Control Button</A>.</P>
+
+<P>The <A NAME="function_selector">Source Function Selector</A> displays the
+name of the function containing the Source Window's PC, if one exists, but it
+may be used to browse any function in the current file. Simply type the name
+of the desired function into the Function Selector or select it from the
+dropdown menu. The Source Window's PC is updated to point at this function.
+To return to the current tracepoint, simply press the
+<A HREF="#bottom_button">Bottom Frame Control Button</A>.</P>
+
+<P>The <A NAME="mode_selector">Source Display Mode Selector</A> displays
+the viewing mode of the current file/function shown in the Source
+Window Display.</P>
+
+<P>The Display Mode Selector may be used to change the view of the current
+source file. The available display modes are
+<DL>
+ <DT>SOURCE
+ <DD>The contents of the Display are shown as source code.
+ If source code is not available (either because no debugging
+ information is available or the source file is not found),
+ the Source Window will revert the Display Mode to "ASSEMBLY".
+ <DT>ASSEMBLY
+ <DD>A disassembly of the target's memory is shown in the Display.
+ Even assembly source files show a disassembly of target memory;
+ to see the assembly source code, use the SOURCE mode. Note that the
+ debugger can only display assmebly code on a function-by-function
+ basis. It cannot display all the instructions generated from a single
+ source file.
+ <DT>MIXED
+ <DD>The Display shows source code mixed with the assembler
+ instructions which were generated for those lines by the
+ compiler for the current funtion. Note that the addresses
+ of the assembly lines is not necessarily monotonically
+ increasing. If the source file associated with the function
+ cannot be found, the Source Window will revert to ASSEMBLY mode.
+ <DT>SRC+ASM
+ <DD>The Source Window Display is divided into two panes: an
+ assembly pane and a source pane. Tracepoints may be set/cleared
+ in either pane.
+</DL>
+<BR>
+
+<H3><A NAME="search">Search Entry</A></H3>
+The Search Entry facilitates searching for text in the Source Window Display. Simply enter the
+text to be found into the Search Entry and press the Enter key on the keyboard to search
+forwards in the Source Window Display (hold down ths Shift key to search backwards). If
+a match is found, it is highlighted in the Source Window and the Program Status Bar
+displays information about where the match was found.
+
+<P>The Search Entry can also jump the Source Window to a specific line. Enter the line
+number preceeded by an at-sign (@) into the Search Entry and press enter. If entered
+line number is greater than the total number of lines in the Source Window Display,
+the Display will jump to the end of the current file.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Source Window Preferences Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>Source Window Preferences</H1>
+<H3>Overview</H3>
+<P>Not yet done.</P>
+
+<P>Source Preferences topics:
+<UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
+ </UL>
+</UL></P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="">stuff</A></H3>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Stack Window Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>The Stack Window</H1>
+<H3>Overview</H3>
+<P>The Stack Window allows users to view the call stack and jump between
+levels of the stack. To use the Stack Window in tracepoint mode, the
+stack pointer must be collected. See
+<A HREF="tracedlg.html#t_actions_add">Adding an Action</A> in the Tracepoint
+Dialog for more information on collecting registers.</P>
+
+<P>Stack Window topics:
+<UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#display">Stack Display</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_nav">Navigating the Stack Window</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_lvl">Changing the Stack Level</A>
+ </UL>
+</UL></P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="display">Stack Display</A></H3>
+The Stack Display consists of a listbox which displays levels of the call stack
+one per line. Each line contains the level number (useful when using the <A
+HREF="console.html">Console Window</A>) and a description of the function executing
+in that level. Typically, the function name and either the address of the function
+or the file and line number where the function is defined are displayed. The
+Stack Window may also be used to jump between levels of the stack.
+<BR>
+
+<H4><A NAME="display_nav">Navigating the Stack Window</A></H4>
+Navigation of the Stack Window is accomplished by clicking on the desired level
+with the left mouse button. The <A HREF="source.html#display">Source Window
+Display</A> updates to show the selected frame. All other secondary windows,
+<A HREF="register.html">Registers</A>, <A HREF="watch.html">Watch</A>, and
+<A HREF="locals.html">Locals</A> update their displays for the selected frame.
+<BR>
+
+<H4><A NAME="display_lvl">Changing Stack Levels</A></H4>
+To switch frames, simply click the left mouse button on the desired frame and the
+debugger will switch contexts, updating all windows. The selected frame is highlighted
+(in gold, by default).
+
+<P>As an alternative, changing stack levels may be accomplished via the
+<A HREF="source.html#toolbar_frame">Frame Control Buttons</A> on the Source Window's
+Toolbar. These buttons may be used to change frames one level at a time (either
+immediately up or immediately down) or to jump to the bottom-most stack frame.
+See <A HREF="source.html#toolbar_frame">Source Frame Control Buttons</A> for more
+information.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Target Selection Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>The Target Selection Dialog</H1>
+<H3>Overview</H3>
+<P>The Target Selection Dialog allows users to specify the debug target,
+the interface used to connect to the target, and some useful run
+options.</P>
+
+<P>Target Selection topics:
+<UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#select">Selecting a Target</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#select_tar">Specifying a Target</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#select_int">Choosing a Connection Interface</A>
+ </UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#options">Run Options</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#options_run_until_main">Run until 'main'</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#options_bp_at_exit">Set breakpoint at 'exit'</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#options_download_dialog">Display Download Dialog</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#options_compare_to_remote_executable">Compare to
+ remote executable</A>
+ </UL>
+</UL></P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="select">Selecting a Target</A></H3>
+Selecting a target involves choosing a target for debugging and setting connection
+interface options for the target.
+
+<P>Common targets include: "exec" for native debuggers, "remote" for establishing
+a connection to a target board via a serial line, "remotetcp" for TCP connections,
+and "sim" for connections to the simulator. There may be more depending on the
+configuration of the debugger being used.</P>
+
+<P>In general, "remote" targets are always serial connections which require the user
+to specify the serial port and baud rate to be used for the connection and
+"remotetcp" targets are always TCP connections which require specifying the hostname
+and port number of the machine to which to connect. Depending upon configuration,
+there may be numerous serial- and TCP-based connections. These always follow the
+naming convention <I>target</I> and <I>target</I>tcp.</P>
+
+<P>To <A NAME="select_tar"> select a target</A>, choose one of the available targets
+from the dropdown menu in the Connection Frame. Then <A NAME="#select_int">specify
+the interface options</A> for this target: selecting the baudrate and serial port
+from the dropdown menus (serial targets only) or entering the hostname and port number
+(TCP targets only).</P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="options">Run Options</A></H3>
+Three run options which may be selected include:
+<DL>
+ <DT><A NAME="options_run_until_main">Run until 'main'
+ <DD>Sets a breakpoint at main(). This has no effect when using
+ GDB in tracing mode.
+ <DT><A NAME="options_bp_at_exit">Set breakpoint at 'exit'
+ <DD>Sets a breakpoint at exit(). This has no effect when using
+ GDB in tracing mode.
+ <DT><A NAME="options_download_dialog">Display Download Dialog
+ <DD>Displays a dialog showing the progress of the download to
+ the target section by section. This has no effect when using
+ GDB in tracing mode.
+ <DT><A NAME="options_compare_to_remote_executable">
+ Compare to remote executable</A>
+ <DD>When attaching to a tracing target, compare the host's and target's
+ executable by computing the checksum of each loadable section.
+</DL>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Trace Dump Window Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>The TDump Window</H1>
+<H3>Overview</H3>
+<P>The Tdump Window displays all of the information contained in the
+trace buffer for the current tracepoint. To view the contents of the
+trace buffer for a specific tracepoint, use the <A HREF="source.html#toolbar_exec">
+Tracing Control Buttons</A> on the <A HREF="source.html#toolbar">Source Window Toolbar
+</A>, or jump to the tracepoint using one of the Tfind Dialogs accessible
+through the Source Window's <A HREF="source.html#menus_trace">Trace Menu</A>.
+</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Tracepoint Window Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>The Tracepoint Window</H1>
+<H3>Overview</H3>
+<P>The Tracepoint Window lists all the various tracepoints that exist in
+the program. It facilitates modifying tracepoints (make them
+temporary or normal, disabled or enabled) and removing tracepoints.</P>
+
+<P>Tracepoint Window topics:
+<UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#menus">Menus</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_bp">Tracepoint Menu</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_global">Global Menu</A>
+ </UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#display">Tracepoint Display</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_state">Enabling/Disabling Tracepoints</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_remove">Removing Tracepoints</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_popup">Tracepoint Pop-up Menu</A>
+ </UL>
+</UL></P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="menus">Menus</A></H3>
+The Tracepoint Window contains two menus, one which deals specifically with
+the individual tracepoints selected in the window, and one whose commands
+affect all tracepoints.
+<BR>
+
+<H4><A NAME="menus_bp">Tracepoint Menu</A></H4>
+The Tracepoint Menu operates on the selected tracepoint only. The
+state of a tracepoint may be changed by selecting the desired state
+from the menu:
+<DL>
+ <DT>Actions
+ <DD><A HREF="tracedlg.html">Display the Tracepoint Dialog</A> for
+ this tracepoint.
+ <DT>Enabled
+ <DD>The tracepoint is active and will stop the debugger
+ when it is hit.
+ <DT>Disabled
+ <DD>The tracepoint is being ignored. A disabled tracepoint
+ will never get hit.
+ <DT>Remove
+ <DD>Deletes the tracepoint
+</DL>
+<BR>
+
+<H4><A NAME="menus_global">Global Menu</A></H4>
+Items on the Global Menu affect all defined tracepoints. Users may:
+<DL>
+ <DT>Enable All
+ <DD>Enable all tracepoints
+ <DT>Disable All
+ <DD>Disable all tracepoints
+ <DT>Remove All
+ <DD>Delete all tracepoints
+</DL>
+<BR>
+
+<H4><A NAME="display">Tracepoint Display</A></H4>
+The Tracepoint Display is a table of tracepoints. The first column of the
+table (unlabeled) shows a checkbutton, indicating whether the tracepoint
+is enabled (checked) or disabled (unchecked). Disabled tracepoints are
+ignored and will not cause any actions to be performed on the target.
+
+<P>To use the Tracepoint Menu or the Tracepoint Pop-up Menu, first use
+the left mouse button to select a tracepoint from the list, then make the
+menu selection.</P>
+
+<H3>Modifying Tracepoints</H3>
+To <A NAME="display_state">enable</A> a tracepoint, simply click the
+checkbutton in the first column of the desired tracepoint so that it is
+selected (checked). To disable a tracepoint, "uncheck" the checkbutton.
+
+<P>To remove a <A NAME="display_remove">tracepoint</A>, use the left mouse
+button to select the tracepoint to remove and use either the tracepoint Menu
+or the Tracepoint Pop-up Menu to select "remove". To re-install a tracepoint,
+use the <A HREF="source.html#setting_a_tracepoint">Source Window Display</A>.
+</P>
+<BR>
+
+<H4><A NAME="display_popup">Tracepoint Pop-up Menu</A></H4>
+The Tracepoint Pop-up Menu is accessed by using the mouse cursor to select
+a tracepoint from the Tracepoint Display and then clicking the right button
+on the mouse. The Pop-up allows expert users quicker access to the functions
+of the Tracepoint Menu:
+<DL>
+ <DT>Actions
+ <DD>Display the <A HREF="tracedlg.html">Tracepoint Dialog</A> for
+ the selected tracepoint. This allows the tracepoint's actions
+ to viewed or edited.
+ <DT>Enabled
+ <DD>The tracepoint is active and will causes actions to be
+ performed on the target when it is hit
+ <DT>Disabled
+ <DD>The tracepoint is being ignored. A disabled tracepoint
+ will never perform any actions or be recorded in the trace
+ buffer.
+ <DT>Remove
+ <DD>Deletes the tracepoint
+ <DT>Global, Enable All
+ <DD>Enable all tracepoints
+ <DT>Global, Disable All
+ <DD>Disable all tracepoints
+ <DT>Global, Remove All
+ <DD>Delete all tracepoints
+</DL>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Tracepoint Dialogs Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>Tracepoint Dialogs</H1>
+<H3>Overview</H3>
+<P>There are two Tracepoint Dialogs which help users set tracepoints:
+The Tracepoint Dialog is used to view and add actions and The Actions
+Dialog is used to edit a particular action specified in the
+tracepoint's Action List.</P>
+
+<P>Tracepoint Dialogs topics:
+<UL>
+ <LI><A HREF="#tracedlg">The Tracepoint Dialog</A>
+ <UL>
+ <LI><A HREF="#t_experiment">Experiment Frame</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#t_actions">Actions Frame</A>
+ <UL>
+ <LI><A HREF="#t_actions_passcount">Number of Passes</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#t_actions_add">Adding Actions</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#t_actions_modify">Modifying Actions</A>
+ </UL>
+ </UL>
+ <LI><A HREF="#actionsdlg">The Actions Dialog</A>
+ <UL>
+ <LI><A HREF="#a_variables">Variables List</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#a_collect">Collection List</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#a_other">Other Entry</A>
+ </UL>
+</UL></P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="tracedlg">The Tracepoint Dialog</H3>
+The Tracepoint Dialog is the gateway to viewing and editing
+the properties of any tracepoint. The same dialog is used
+to add new tracepoints and edit and delete existing tracepoints,
+for both single tracepoints and ranges of tracepoints.
+
+<H4><A NAME="t_experiment">Experiment Frame</A></H4>
+The Experiment Frame displays information about the tracepoint's
+location in the program and its status. Specifically,
+<DL>
+ <DT>Number
+ <DD>The internal number for this tracepoint. New tracepoints
+ all have the number "-1". This number may be used to
+ refer to specific tracepoints when using the
+ <A HREF="console.html">Console Window</A>
+ <DT>Hit Count
+ <DD>The number of times the tracepoint has been hit
+ <DT>Thread
+ <DD>The thread in which the tracepoint exists. This
+ feature is not currently implemented.
+ <DT>Function
+ <DD>The function in which the tracepoint is set
+ <DT>File
+ <DD>The file in which the tracepoint is set
+ <DT>Line(s)
+ <DD>The line at which the tracepoint is set or the
+ lines which the tracepoint range affects
+</DL>
+<BR>
+
+<H4><A NAME="t_actions">Actions Frame</A></H4>
+The Actions Frame displays the user-settable properties of the
+tracepoint, including all actions and a pass count.
+
+<P>A pass count specifies the number of times that the tracepoint
+can be hit on the target before the tracing experiment ceases. A
+pass count of five means that this tracepoint will issue a silent
+"tstop" when it is hit the fifth time (after it has performed all
+it actions). A pass count of zero (0) means that the tracepoint
+will never causes the trace experiment to terminate on the target.</P>
+
+<P>To <A NAME="t_actions_add">add an action</A> for the tracepoint,
+select the appropriate action from the Action ComboBox and click
+"Add". The <A HREF="#actionsdlg">Action Dialog</A> appears to
+allow editing the action's properties.</P>
+
+<P>Currently, there are two actions: collect and while-stepping.
+Any number of collect actions may be added to specify that the
+target should collect variables, registers, and memory when
+it is hit. The while-stepping action may be used to collect
+data for a specified number of machine instructions. Only one
+while-stepping action may be specified for any tracepoint.</P>
+
+<P>To <A NAME="t_actions_modify">modify the actions</A> associated
+with a tracepoint, double-click the left mouse button on the action
+listed in the Action Frame, and the <A HREF="#actionsdlg">Actions
+Dialog</A> will appear.</P>
+
+<P>To accept the tracepoint as displayed, click the OK button. To abort
+installing or editing the tracepoint, click the CANCEL button. To delete
+the tracepoint (if it is not a new tracepoint), click the DELETE button.</P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="actionsdlg">The Actions Dialog</A></H3>
+The Actions Dialog is used to edit an action for the tracepoint. It
+consists of two lists, one containing all (uncollected) local variables
+(including function arguments) and registers, and one containing everything
+being collected.
+
+<P>The <A NAME="#a_variables">Variables List</A> lists all uncollected local variables,
+function arguments, and registers and may also display the special indentifiers
+"All Locals", "All Arguments", and "All Registers". Global variables (and file static
+variables) do not appear on the Variable List.</P>
+
+<P>To move a variable from the Variables List to the Collection List, double-click
+the variable in the Variables List or select the variable in the Variable
+List and press the "<<< Collect" button. To specify a range of variables to be
+collected, select them in the Variables list and click the "<<< Collect" button.</P>
+
+<P><A NAME="a_collect">The Collection List displays all data being collected
+by the action, including the special types "All Locals", "All Registers", and
+"All Arguments", which specify that every local variable, every register, and
+every function argument will be collected, respectively. Specifying a local
+variable, for example, and "All Locals" will cause only the special identifier
+"All Locals" to be sent to the target. Analogously, "All Registers" and "All
+Arguments" also override any register or function argument specifically listed
+in the Collection List.</P>
+
+<P>To remove data from the Collection List, double-click any of the entries listed
+in the List, or select a range of data to be removed and press the "Ignore >>>"
+button. All local variables, function arguments, registers, and special identifiers
+will be returned to the Variable List, while any expression (memory ranges, globals)
+will simply "disappear". To add these again, use the <A HREF="#a_other">Other Entry</A>
+at the bottom of the display.</P>
+
+<P>The <A NAME="#a_other">Other Entry</A> can be used to move any variable listed in
+either the Collection List or the Variable List to the other list. It can also
+be used to specify expressions for collection, such as memory ranges and global variables.
+Simply enter the name of the global variable or the expression and press the enter key on
+the keyboard. If the expression is valid, it will be added/removed from the Collection
+List.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Watch Window Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>The Watch Window</H1>
+<H3>Overview</H3>
+<P>The Watch Window may be used to inspect any collected expression, including
+global variables, static variables, local variables, function arguments,
+and registers.</P>
+
+<P>Watch Window topics:
+<UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#menus">Watch Menu</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_fmt">Format</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_remove">Remove</A>
+ </UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#new">Adding Watch Expressions</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#new_ent">In the Watch Window</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#new_src">In the Source Window</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#new_cast">Casting Pointers</A>
+ </UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#display">Watch Display</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_deref">Dereferencing Pointers</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_struct">Viewing a Structure or Class</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_popup">Watch Pop-up Menu</A>
+ </UL>
+</UL></P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="menus">Watch Menu</A></H3>
+The Watch Menu gives on-screen access to the funtions of the Watch Window.
+To use any of these functions, first use the left mouse button to select an
+expression from the display. Then select:
+
+<DL>
+ <DT><A NAME="menus_fmt">Format</A>
+ <DD>Change the display format of the expression
+ <DT><A NAME="menus_remove">Remove</A>
+ <DD>Remove the expression from the Watch Window
+</DL>
+
+<H3><A NAME="new">Adding Watch Expressions</A></H3>
+<A NAME="new_ent">To add an expression to the Watch Window</A>, simply enter
+the expression into the entry at the bottom of the window and press return
+or click the "Add Watch" button. The expression is validated and added to the
+Watch Window Display.
+
+<P><A NAME="new_src">To add an expression to the Watch Window from the
+<A HREF="source.html">Source Window</A></A>, use the
+"<A HREF="source.html#add_to_watch">Add to Watch</A>" option of the
+<A HREF="source.html#display_popup">Source Window Pop-up Menu</A>.</P>
+
+<P>Any legal expression may be added to the Watch Window, which will
+evaluate each of its expressions everytime the program runs. Be cautious
+adding expressions which cause assignments, such as "<CODE>i++</CODE>".</P>
+
+<P>Adding a register to the Watch Window can be advantages when debugging
+via a slow serial line. In this case, keeping the entire Register Window open
+may be inefficient. Consider adding the register to the Watch Window. Simply
+enter the name of the register preceded with a dollar sign ($) into the
+Entry. For example, to watch the PC register, enter "<CODE>$pc</CODE>" into
+the Watch Window Entry. The program counter is added to the Display.</P>
+
+<P><A NAME="new_cast">To cast pointers</A>, simply enter the cast into the
+Watch Window Entry at the bottom of the window. Use the same syntax for the
+cast that the source file uses. If the source file uses C, the a simple
+cast of "<CODE>ptr</CODE>" of type "<CODE>void *</CODE>" can be cast to type
+"<CODE>my_struct</CODE>" by entering "<CODE>(my_struct *) ptr</CODE>" into
+the Entry.</P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="display">Watch Display</A></H3>
+The Watch Window Display consists of a scrolled listbox which contains all
+watch expressions, one per line. To use any of the functions of the Watch
+Window, use the left mouse button to select any element from the Display.
+
+<P>Pointers, structures, and classes appear in the display with a small
+exapansion box before their names. To <A NAME="display_deref">dereference
+pointers</A> or <A NAME="display_struct">view the members of classes or
+structures</A>, click the closed expansion box (which appears as a small
+plus sign, "+") to "expand" the listing. The expansion box changes to a
+minus sign, "-", indicating that the display is now open. Pointers,
+structures and classes may be expanded recursively to allow multiple pointer
+dereferences and embedded structure viewing.
+
+<P>The Locals Display updates as the trace buffer is navigated, highlighting
+in blue those variables whose values have changed.</P>
+
+<P>The Watch Window will, by default, display all pointers in hexadecimal and all
+other variables in decimal. To change the default display of variables, use the
+"set output-radix" command in the console window. (Type "help set output-radix" in the
+console window for help. To make this change permanent, it must be added to the user's
+init file -- .gdbinit under unix and gdb.ini under Windows.) To change the display
+format for a variable, select the Format option from either the Variable Menu or the
+<A HREF="#display_popup">Watch Pop-up Menu</A>.
+<BR>
+
+<H4><A NAME="display_popup">Watch Pop-up Menu</A></H4>
+The Watch Pop-up Menu provides quick access to the functions of the Watch Window.
+To use the Locals Pop-up Menu, first select an expression from the Display (by
+clicking the left mouse button on it) and click the right mouse button, choosing
+from the pop-up:
+<DL>
+ <DT>Format
+ <DD>Change the display format of the expression. The expression may be
+ displayed as:
+ <DL>
+ <DT>Hex
+ <DD>hexadecimal (base 16)
+ <DT>Decimal
+ <DD>decimal (base 10)
+ <DT>Binary
+ <DD>binary (base 2)
+ <DT>Octal
+ <DD>octal (base 8)
+ </DL>
+</DL>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Watch Window Help</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>The Watch Window</H1>
+<H3>Overview</H3>
+<P>The Watch Window may be used to inspect and edit any expression, including
+global variables, static variables, local variables, function arguments,
+and registers.</P>
+
+<P>Watch Window topics:
+<UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#menus">Watch Menu</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_edit">Edit</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_fmt">Format</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#menus_remove">Remove</A>
+ </UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#new">Adding Watch Expressions</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#new_ent">In the Watch Window</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#new_src">In the Source Window</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#new_cast">Casting Pointers</A>
+ </UL>
+ <LI><UL><A HREF="#display">Watch Display</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_deref">Dereferencing Pointers</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_struct">Viewing a Structure or Class</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_edit">Editing an Expression</A>
+ <LI><A HREF="#display_popup">Watch Pop-up Menu</A>
+ </UL>
+</UL></P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="menus">Watch Menu</A></H3>
+The Watch Menu gives on-screen access to the funtions of the Watch Window.
+To use any of these functions, first use the left mouse button to select an
+expression from the display. Then select:
+
+<DL>
+ <DT><A NAME="menus_edit">Edit</A>
+ <DD>Edit the value of the expression
+ <DT><A NAME="menus_fmt">Format</A>
+ <DD>Change the display format of the expression
+ <DT><A NAME="menus_remove">Remove</A>
+ <DD>Remove the expression from the Watch Window
+</DL>
+
+<H3><A NAME="new">Adding Watch Expressions</A></H3>
+<A NAME="new_ent">To add an expression to the Watch Window</A>, simply enter
+the expression into the entry at the bottom of the window and press return
+or click the "Add Watch" button. The expression is validated and added to the
+Watch Window Display.
+
+<P><A NAME="new_src">To add an expression to the Watch Window from the
+<A HREF="source.html">Source Window</A></A>, use the
+"<A HREF="source.html#add_to_watch">Add to Watch</A>" option of the
+<A HREF="source.html#display_popup">Source Window Pop-up Menu</A>.</P>
+
+<P>Any legal expression may be added to the Watch Window, which will
+evaluate each of its expressions everytime the program runs. Be cautious
+adding expressions which cause assignments, such as "<CODE>i++</CODE>".</P>
+
+<P>Adding a register to the Watch Window can be advantages when debugging
+via a slow serial line. In this case, keeping the entire Register Window open
+may be inefficient. Consider adding the register to the Watch Window. Simply
+enter the name of the register preceded with a dollar sign ($) into the
+Entry. For example, to watch the PC register, enter "<CODE>$pc</CODE>" into
+the Watch Window Entry. The program counter is added to the Display.</P>
+
+<P><A NAME="new_cast">To cast pointers</A>, simply enter the cast into the
+Watch Window Entry at the bottom of the window. Use the same syntax for the
+cast that the source file uses. If the source file uses C, the a simple
+cast of "<CODE>ptr</CODE>" of type "<CODE>void *</CODE>" can be cast to type
+"<CODE>my_struct</CODE>" by entering "<CODE>(my_struct *) ptr</CODE>" into
+the Entry.</P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="display">Watch Display</A></H3>
+The Watch Window Display consists of a scrolled listbox which contains all
+watch expressions, one per line. To use any of the functions of the Watch
+Window, use the left mouse button to select any element from the Display.
+
+<P>Pointers, structures, and classes appear in the display with a small
+exapansion box before their names. To <A NAME="display_deref">dereference
+pointers</A> or <A NAME="display_struct">view the members of classes or
+structures</A>, click the closed expansion box (which appears as a small
+plus sign, "+") to "expand" the listing. The expansion box changes to a
+minus sign, "-", indicating that the display is now open. Pointers,
+structures and classes may be expanded recursively to allow multiple pointer
+derefernces and embedded structure viewing.
+
+<P>The Watch Display updates after every execution of the program and
+highlights in blue those expressions whose values have changed.</P>
+
+<P>The Watch Window will, by default, display all pointers and registers in
+hexadecimal and all other expressions in decimal. To change the display
+format for an expression, select the Format option from either the Watch Menu
+or the <A HREF="#display_popup">Watch Pop-up Menu</A>.
+<BR>
+
+<H4><A NAME="display_edit">Editing an Expression</A></H4>
+To edit an expression, either double-click the left mouse button on the expression
+in the Display or select the Edit option from either the Watch Menu or
+the Watch Pop-up Menu. To abort editing an expression's value, simply press
+the escape key on the keybaord. The expression's original value is restored.
+<BR>
+
+<H4><A NAME="display_popup">Watch Pop-up Menu</A></H4>
+The Watch Pop-up Menu provides quick access to the functions of the Watch Window.
+To use the Locals Pop-up Menu, first select an expression from the Display (by
+clicking the left mouse button on it) and click the right mouse button, choosing
+from the pop-up:
+<DL>
+ <DT>Edit
+ <DD>Edit the expression's value. See <A HREF="#display_edit">
+ Editing an Expression</A>
+ <DT>Format
+ <DD>Change the display format of the expression. The expression may be
+ displayed as:
+ <DL>
+ <DT>Hex
+ <DD>hexadecimal (base 16)
+ <DT>Decimal
+ <DD>decimal (base 10)
+ <DT>Binary
+ <DD>binary (base 2)
+ <DT>Octal
+ <DD>octal (base 8)
+ </DL>
+</DL>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+# Viewer for HTML help info
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME:
+# HtmlViewer::constructor
+#
+# SYNOPSIS:
+# constructor args
+#
+# DESC:
+# Creates the Help Viewer window.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body HtmlViewer::constructor {args} {
+ window_name "Help"
+ eval itk_initialize $args
+ _buildwin
+}
+
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME:
+# private method HtmlViewer::_buildwin
+#
+# SYNOPSIS:
+# _buildwin args
+#
+# DESC:
+# This function is called by the constructor to build the widget. It
+# creates pulldown menus, buttons, a stack, and a scrolledhtml widget.
+# Finally it loads help/index.html. This last step should change if
+# this widget is ever used for anything but help.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body HtmlViewer::_buildwin {} {
+ global GDBTK_LIBRARY gdb_ImageDir
+
+ set _links [PageStack \#auto]
+
+ # create pulldown menu
+ set menu [menu $itk_interior.m -tearoff 0]
+ $menu add cascade -menu $menu.file -label "File" -underline 0
+ set _m [menu $menu.file]
+ $_m add command -label "Back" -underline 0 -command "$this back"
+ $_m add command -label "Forward" -underline 0 -command "$this forward"
+ $_m add command -label "Home" -underline 0 -command "$this link $file"
+ $_m add separator
+ $_m add command -label "Close" -underline 0 -command "delete object $this"
+ $menu add cascade -menu $menu.topic -label "Topics" -underline 0
+ set _t [menu $menu.topic]
+ foreach t $topics {
+ $_t add command -label [lindex $t 0] -command "$this link [lindex $t 1]"
+ }
+ [winfo toplevel $itk_interior] configure -menu $menu
+
+ # create buttons
+ set _f [frame $itk_interior.b]
+ button $_f.back -command "$this back" \
+ -image [image create photo -file [file join $gdb_ImageDir back.gif]]
+ button $_f.fore -command "$this forward" \
+ -image [image create photo -file [file join $gdb_ImageDir fore.gif]]
+ button $_f.home -command "$this link $file" \
+ -image [image create photo -file [file join $gdb_ImageDir home.gif]]
+ standard_toolbar $_f $_f.back $_f.fore $_f.home
+
+ _enable 0 back fore
+
+ # create html widget
+ set _html [iwidgets::scrolledhtml $itk_interior.a -linkcommand "$this link"]
+
+ # get things going by loading index.html
+ $_html import [file join $GDBTK_LIBRARY help $file]
+ $_links push $file
+
+ pack $_f -side top -fill x
+ pack $_html -expand yes -fill both
+
+}
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: public method PageStack::push
+# SYNOPSIS: push val
+# DESC: Pushes a value onto the stack.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body PageStack::push {val} {
+ incr _ptr
+ incr _max
+ if {$_ptr < $_max} {
+ set _max $_ptr
+ }
+ set _stack($_ptr) $val
+}
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: public method PageStack::back
+# SYNOPSIS: back
+# DESC: Moves the stack pointer back by one.
+# RETURNS: Returns the value on the stack, or 0 on error.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body PageStack::back {} {
+ if {$_ptr > 0} {
+ incr _ptr -1
+ return $_stack($_ptr)
+ }
+ return 0
+}
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: public method PageStack::next
+# SYNOPSIS: next
+# DESC: Moves the stack pointer forward by one.
+# RETURNS: Returns the value on the stack, or 0 on error.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body PageStack::next {} {
+ if {$_ptr < $_max} {
+ incr _ptr
+ return $_stack($_ptr)
+ }
+ return 0
+}
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: public method PageStack:more
+# SYNOPSIS: more
+# DESC: Indicates if the stack pointer is not at the top.
+# RETURNS: Returns 1 if PageStack::next will suceed, 0 otherwise.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body PageStack::more {} {
+ if {$_ptr < $_max} {
+ return 1
+ }
+ return 0
+}
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: public method PageStack:less
+# SYNOPSIS: less
+# DESC: Indicates if the stack pointer is not at the bottom of stack.
+# RETURNS: Returns 1 if PageStack::back will suceed, 0 otherwise.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body PageStack::less {} {
+ if {$_ptr > 0} {
+ return 1
+ }
+ return 0
+}
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: public method PageStack:current
+# SYNOPSIS: current
+# RETURNS: Returns the current value on the stack.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body PageStack::current {} {
+ if {$_ptr > 0} {
+ return $_stack($_ptr)
+ }
+ return 0
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME:
+# private method HtmlViewer::_enable
+#
+# SYNOPSIS:
+# _enable { on args }
+#
+# DESC:
+# Enables or disables buttons and menus.
+#
+# ARGS:
+# on - "1" to enable, "0" to disable
+# args - things to enable/disable. May include "back",
+# "fore", and "home"
+#
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body HtmlViewer::_enable { on args } {
+ if {$on} {
+ set state normal
+ } else {
+ set state disabled
+ }
+
+ foreach a $args {
+ switch $a {
+ back {
+ # set state of "back"
+ $_m entryconfigure 0 -state $state
+ $_f.back configure -state $state
+ }
+ fore {
+ # set state of "forward"
+ $_m entryconfigure 1 -state $state
+ $_f.fore configure -state $state
+ }
+ home {
+ # set state of "home"
+ $_m entryconfigure 2 -state $state
+ $_f.home configure -state $state
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: public method HtmlViewer::back
+# SYNOPSIS: back
+# DESC: Moves to the previous page
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body HtmlViewer::back {} {
+ set res [$_links back]
+ if {$res != 0} {
+ load $res
+ if {![$_links less]} {
+ _enable 0 back
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: public method HtmlViewer::forward
+# SYNOPSIS: forward
+# DESC: Moves to the next page
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body HtmlViewer::forward {} {
+ set res [$_links next]
+ if {$res != 0} {
+ load $res
+ if {![$_links more]} {
+ _enable 0 fore
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: public method HtmlViewer::link
+# SYNOPSIS: link page
+# ARDS: page - link to the page to load
+# DESC: Saves the page on the stack and calls the "load" method
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body HtmlViewer::link {page} {
+ if {$page != [$_links current]} {
+ $_links push $page
+ load $page
+ if {![$_links more]} {
+ _enable 0 fore
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: private method HtmlViewer::load
+# SYNOPSIS: load link
+# DESC: Disables menus and buttons, sets cursor, loads a page into
+# the html widget, then resets cursor and enables the menus
+# and buttons
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body HtmlViewer::load {link} {
+ _enable 0 back fore home
+ $itk_interior configure -cursor watch
+ $_html import -link $link
+ $itk_interior configure -cursor ""
+ _enable 1 back fore home
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: public proc HtmlViewer::open_help
+# SYNOPSIS: HtmlViewer::open_help file
+# DESC: If the prefs are set to use a browser, attempts
+# to do so. Otherwise, uses builtin HtmlViewer class.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body HtmlViewer::open_help {hfile} {
+ set link file://[file join $::GDBTK_LIBRARY help $hfile]
+ if {![pref get gdb/help/browser] || ![::open_url $link]} {
+ ManagedWin::open HtmlViewer -file $hfile
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+# HtmlViewer class definition
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME:
+# class HtmlViewer
+#
+# DESC:
+# This class implements a simple HTML browser. It has both pulldown
+# menus and buttons for navigating. It uses the scrolledhtml iwidget
+# to do its rendering.
+#
+# NOTES:
+# Currently used as a help window.
+#
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+class HtmlViewer {
+ inherit EmbeddedWin
+
+ public {
+ variable topics {
+ {index index.html}
+ {"Attach Dialog" attach.html}
+ {"Breakpoint Window" breakpoint.html}
+ {"Console Window" console.html }
+ {"Function Browser" browser.html }
+ {"Locals Window" locals.html }
+ {"Memory Window" memory.html}
+ {"Register Window" register.html}
+ {"Source Window" source.html}
+ {"Stack Window" stack.html}
+ {"Target Window" target.html }
+ {"Thread Window" thread.html }
+ {"Watch Window" watch.html}
+ }
+ variable file "index.html"
+ method back {}
+ method forward {}
+ method link {link}
+ method load {link}
+ method close {}
+ method constructor {args}
+ proc open_help {file}
+ }
+
+ private {
+ variable _html
+ variable _links
+ variable _m
+ variable _f
+
+ method _enable {on args}
+ method _buildwin {}
+ }
+
+}
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME:
+# class PageStack
+#
+# DESC:
+# Implements a stack-like class for saving and recalling items
+# like pages in a help browser. It differs from a traditional
+# stack only by the 'back' and 'next' methods which move up and
+# down the stack without disturbing it, unlike 'push' and 'pop'.
+#
+# NOTES:
+# Currently used by the HtmlViewer class.
+#
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+class PageStack {
+ private {
+ variable _ptr -1
+ variable _max -1
+ variable _stack
+ }
+ public {
+ method push {val}
+ method back {}
+ method next {}
+ method more {}
+ method less {}
+ method current {}
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+Basic Icon Set
--- /dev/null
+Windows-style Icon Set
--- /dev/null
+# Interface between GDB and Insight.
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# This variable is reserved for this module. Ensure it is an array.
+global gdbtk_state
+set gdbtk_state(busyCount) 0
+
+# This is run when a breakpoint changes. The arguments are the
+# action, the breakpoint number, and the breakpoint info.
+define_hook gdb_breakpoint_change_hook
+
+# This is run when a `set' command successfully completes in gdb. The
+# first argument is the gdb variable name (as a Tcl list). The second
+# argument is the new value.
+define_hook gdb_set_hook
+
+####################################################################
+# #
+# GUI STATE HOOKS #
+# #
+####################################################################
+# !!!!! NOTE !!!!!
+# For debugging purposes, please put debug statements at the very
+# beginning and ends of all GUI state hooks.
+
+# GDB_BUSY_HOOK
+# This hook is used to register a callback when the UI should
+# be disabled because the debugger is either busy or talking
+# to the target.
+#
+# All callbacks should disable ALL user input which could cause
+# any state changes in either the target or the debugger.
+define_hook gdb_busy_hook
+
+# GDB_IDLE_HOOK
+# This hook is used to register a callback when the UI should
+# be enabled because the debugger is no longer busy.
+#
+# All callbacks should enable user input. These callbacks
+# should also be as fast as possible to avoid any significant
+# time delays when enabling the UI.
+define_hook gdb_idle_hook
+
+# GDB_UPDATE_HOOK
+# This hook is used to register a callback to update the widget
+# when debugger state has changed.
+define_hook gdb_update_hook
+
+# GDB_NO_INFERIOR_HOOK
+# This hook is used to register a callback which should be invoked
+# whenever there is no inferior (either at startup time or when
+# an inferior is killed).
+#
+# All callbacks should reset their windows to a known, "startup"
+# state.
+define_hook gdb_no_inferior_hook
+
+# GDB_DISPLAY_CHANGE_HOOK
+# This is run when a display changes. The arguments are the action,
+# the breakpoint number, and (optionally) the value.
+define_hook gdb_display_change_hook
+
+# GDB_TRACE_FIND_HOOK
+# This hook is run by the trace find command. It is used to switch
+# from control to browse mode when the user runs tfind commands...
+#
+define_hook gdb_trace_find_hook
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# gdbtk_tcl_preloop - This function is called after gdb is initialized
+# but before the mainloop is started. It sets the app name, and
+# opens the first source window.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+proc gdbtk_tcl_preloop { } {
+ global gdb_exe_name
+
+ set_baud
+
+ tk appname gdbtk
+ # If there was an error loading an executible specified on the command line
+ # then we will have called pre_add_symbol, which would set us to busy,
+ # but not the corresponding post_add_symbol. Do this here just in case...
+ after idle gdbtk_idle
+ set src [ManagedWin::open SrcWin]
+ debug "In preloop, with src: \"$src\" & error: \"$::errorInfo\""
+ SrcWin::point_to_main
+ set msg ""
+ catch {gdb_cmd "info files"} msg
+ set line1 [string range $msg 0 [string first \n $msg]]
+ if {[regexp {Symbols from "(.*)"\.} $line1 dummy name]} {
+ set gdb_exe_name $name
+ }
+ gdbtk_update
+}
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROCEDURE: gdbtk_busy - run all busy hooks
+#
+# Use this procedure from within GUI code to indicate that
+# the debugger is busy, either running the inferior or
+# talking to the target. This will call all the registered
+# gdb_busy_hook's.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_busy {} {
+
+ set err [catch {run_hooks gdb_busy_hook} txt]
+ if {$err} {
+ debug "gdbtk_busy ERROR: $txt"
+ }
+
+ # Force the screen to update
+ update
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROCEDURE: gdbtk_update - run all update hooks
+#
+# Use this procedure to force all widgets to update
+# themselves. This hook is usually run after command
+# that could change target state.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_update {} {
+ set err [catch {run_hooks gdb_update_hook} txt]
+ if {$err} {
+ debug "gdbtk_update ERROR: $txt"
+ }
+
+ # Force the screen to update
+ update
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROCEDURE: gdbtk_idle - run all idle hooks
+#
+# Use this procedure to run all the gdb_idle_hook's,
+# which should free the UI for more user input. This
+# hook should only be run AFTER all communication with
+# the target has halted, otherwise the risk of two (or
+# more) widgets talking to the target arises.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_idle {} {
+ global gdb_running
+
+ # Put the unfiltered hook back in place, just in case
+ # somebody swapped it out, and then died before they
+ # could replace it.
+
+ gdb_restore_fputs
+ set err [catch {run_hooks gdb_idle_hook} txt]
+ if {$err} {
+ debug "gdbtk_idle 1 ERROR: $txt"
+ }
+
+ if {!$gdb_running} {
+ set err [catch {run_hooks gdb_no_inferior_hook} txt]
+ if {$err} {
+ debug "gdbtk_idle 2 ERROR: $txt"
+ }
+ }
+ # Force the screen to update
+ update
+}
+
+define_hook download_progress_hook
+
+# Random hook of procs to call just before exiting.
+define_hook gdb_quit_hook
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROCEDURE: gdbtk_quit_check - Ask if the user really wants to quit.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_quit_check {} {
+ global gdb_downloading gdb_running
+
+ if {$gdb_downloading} {
+ set msg "Downloading to target,\n really close the debugger?"
+ if {![gdbtk_tcl_query $msg no]} {
+ return 0
+ }
+ } elseif {$gdb_running} {
+ # While we are running the inferior, gdb_cmd is fenceposted and returns
+ # immediately. Therefore, we need to ask here. Do we need to stop the target,
+ # too?
+ set msg "A debugging session is active.\n"
+ append msg "Do you still want to close the debugger?"
+ if {![gdbtk_tcl_query $msg no]} {
+ return 0
+ }
+ }
+ return 1
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROCEDURE: gdbtk_quit - Quit the debugger
+# Call this procedure anywhere the user can request to quit.
+# This procedure will ask all the right questions and run
+# all the gdb_quit_hooks before exiting.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_quit {} {
+ if {[gdbtk_quit_check]} {
+ pref_save
+ gdb_force_quit
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROCEDURE: gdbtk_cleanup - called by GDB immediately
+# before exiting. Last chance to cleanup!
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_cleanup {} {
+ # This is a sign that it is too late to be doing updates, etc...
+ set ::gdb_shutting_down 1
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_tcl_query -
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_tcl_query {message {default yes}} {
+ global gdb_checking_for_exit gdbtk_state tcl_platform
+
+ # FIXME We really want a Help button here. But Tk's brain-damaged
+ # modal dialogs won't really allow it. Should have async dialog
+ # here.
+
+ set title "GDB"
+ set modal "task"
+
+ # If we are checking whether to exit gdb, we want a system modal
+ # box. Otherwise it may be hidden by some other program, and the
+ # user will have no idea what is going on.
+ if {[info exists gdb_checking_for_exit] && $gdb_checking_for_exit} {
+ set modal "system"
+ }
+
+ if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+ # On Windows, we want to only ask each question once.
+ # If we're already asking the question, just wait for the answer
+ # to come back.
+ set ans [list answer $message]
+ set pending [list pending $message]
+
+ if {[info exists gdbtk_state($pending)]} {
+ incr gdbtk_state($pending)
+ } else {
+ set gdbtk_state($pending) 1
+ set gdbtk_state($ans) {}
+
+ ide_messageBox [list set gdbtk_state($ans)] -icon warning \
+ -default $default -message $message -title $title \
+ -type yesno -modal $modal -parent .
+ }
+
+ vwait gdbtk_state($ans)
+ set r $gdbtk_state($ans)
+ if {[incr gdbtk_state($pending) -1] == 0} {
+ # Last call waiting for this answer, so clear it.
+ unset gdbtk_state($pending)
+ unset gdbtk_state($ans)
+ }
+ } else {
+ # On Unix, apparently it doesn't matter how many times we ask a
+ # question.
+ set r [tk_messageBox -icon warning -default $default \
+ -message $message -title $title \
+ -type yesno -modal $modal -parent .]
+ }
+
+ update idletasks
+ return [expr {$r == "yes"}]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_tcl_warning -
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_tcl_warning {message} {
+ debug "$message"
+
+# ADD a warning message here if the gui must NOT display it
+# add the message at the beginning of the switch followed by -
+
+ switch -regexp $message {
+ "Unable to find dynamic linker breakpoint function.*" {return}
+ default {show_warning $message}
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: show_warning -
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc show_warning {message} {
+ global tcl_platform
+
+ # FIXME We really want a Help button here. But Tk's brain-damaged
+ # modal dialogs won't really allow it. Should have async dialog
+ # here.
+ set title "GDB"
+ set modal "task"
+
+ if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+ ide_messageBox -icon warning \
+ -default ok -message $message -title $title \
+ -type ok -modal $modal -parent .
+ } else {
+ set r [tk_messageBox -icon warning -default ok \
+ -message $message -title $title \
+ -type ok -modal $modal -parent .]
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_tcl_ignorable_warning -
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_tcl_ignorable_warning {class message} {
+ catch {ManagedWin::open WarningDlg -center -transient \
+ -message [list $message] -ignorable $class}
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_tcl_fputs -
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_tcl_fputs {message} {
+ global gdbtk_state
+ # Restore the fputs hook, in case anyone forgot to put it back...
+ gdb_restore_fputs
+
+ if {$gdbtk_state(console) != ""} {
+ $gdbtk_state(console) insert $message
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: echo -
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc echo {args} {
+ gdbtk_tcl_fputs [concat $args]\n
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_tcl_fputs_error -
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_tcl_fputs_error {message} {
+ global gdbtk_state
+ # Restore the fputs hook, in case anyone forgot to put it back...
+ gdb_restore_fputs
+
+ if {$gdbtk_state(console) != ""} {
+ $gdbtk_state(console) einsert $message
+ update
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_tcl_flush -
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_tcl_flush {} {
+ debug [info level 0]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_tcl_start_variable_annotation -
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_tcl_start_variable_annotation {valaddr ref_type stor_cl
+ cum_expr field type_cast} {
+ debug [info level 0]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_tcl_end_variable_annotation -
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_tcl_end_variable_annotation {} {
+ debug [info level 0]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_tcl_breakpoint -
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_tcl_breakpoint {action bpnum addr line file bp_type enabled thread} {
+# debug "BREAKPOINT: $action $bpnum $addr $line $file $bp_type $enabled $thread "
+ run_hooks gdb_breakpoint_change_hook $action $bpnum $addr $line $file $bp_type $enabled $thread
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_tcl_tracepoint -
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_tcl_tracepoint {action tpnum addr line file pass_count} {
+# debug "TRACEPOINT: $action $tpnum $addr $line $file $pass_count"
+ run_hooks gdb_breakpoint_change_hook $action $tpnum $addr $line $file tracepoint
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_tcl_trace_find_hook -
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_tcl_trace_find_hook {arg from_tty} {
+# debug "Running trace find hook with $arg $from_tty"
+ run_hooks gdb_trace_find_hook $arg $from_tty
+}
+
+################################################################
+#
+# Handle `readline' interface.
+#
+
+# Run a command that is known to use the "readline" interface. We set
+# up the appropriate buffer, and then run the actual command via
+# gdb_cmd. Calls into the "readline" callbacks just return values
+# from our list.
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdb_run_readline_command -
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdb_run_readline_command {command args} {
+ global gdbtk_state
+# debug "run readline_command $command $args"
+ set gdbtk_state(readlineArgs) $args
+ gdb_cmd $command
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_tcl_readline_begin -
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_tcl_readline_begin {message} {
+ global gdbtk_state
+# debug "readline begin"
+ set gdbtk_state(readline) 0
+ if {$gdbtk_state(console) != ""} {
+ $gdbtk_state(console) insert $message
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_tcl_readline -
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_tcl_readline {prompt} {
+ global gdbtk_state
+# debug "gdbtk_tcl_readline $prompt"
+ if {[info exists gdbtk_state(readlineArgs)]} {
+ # Not interactive, so pop the list, and print element.
+ set cmd [lvarpop gdbtk_state(readlineArgs)]
+ command::insert_command $cmd
+ } else {
+ # Interactive.
+# debug "interactive"
+ set gdbtk_state(readline) 1
+ $gdbtk_state(console) activate $prompt
+ vwait gdbtk_state(readline_response)
+ set cmd $gdbtk_state(readline_response)
+# debug "got response: $cmd"
+ unset gdbtk_state(readline_response)
+ set gdbtk_state(readline) 0
+ }
+ return $cmd
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_tcl_readline_end -
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_tcl_readline_end {} {
+ global gdbtk_state
+# debug "readline_end"
+ catch {unset gdbtk_state(readlineArgs)}
+ unset gdbtk_state(readlineActive)
+ command::end_multi_line_input
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_tcl_busy - this is called immediately before gdb
+# executes a command.
+#
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_tcl_busy {} {
+ global gdbtk_state
+ if {[incr gdbtk_state(busyCount)] == 1} {
+ gdbtk_busy
+ }
+}
+
+################################################################
+#
+#
+#
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_tcl_idle - this is called immediately after gdb
+# executes a command.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_tcl_idle {} {
+ global gdbtk_state
+ if {$gdbtk_state(busyCount) > 0
+ && [incr gdbtk_state(busyCount) -1] == 0} {
+ gdbtk_update
+ gdbtk_idle
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_tcl_tstart -
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_tcl_tstart {} {
+ set srcwin [lindex [manage find src] 0]
+ $srcwin.toolbar do_tstop 0
+
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_tcl_tstop -
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_tcl_tstop {} {
+ set srcwin [lindex [manage find src] 0]
+ $srcwin.toolbar do_tstop 0
+
+}
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_tcl_display -
+#
+# A display changed. ACTION is `enable', `disable', `delete',
+# `create', or `update'. VALUE is only meaningful in the `update'
+# case.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_tcl_display {action number {value {}}} {
+ # Handle create explicitly.
+ if {$action == "create"} {
+ manage create_if_never data
+ }
+ run_hooks gdb_display_change_hook $action $number $value
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROCEDURE: gdbtk_register_changed
+# This hook is called from value_assign to inform us that
+# the user has changed the contents of a register.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_register_changed {} {
+ after idle gdbtk_update
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROCEDURE: gdbtk_memory_changed
+# This hook is called from value_assign to inform us that
+# the user has changed the contents of memory (including
+# the program's variables).
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_memory_changed {} {
+ after idle gdbtk_update
+}
+
+####################################################################
+# #
+# FILE HOOKS #
+# #
+# There are a number of hooks that are installed in gdb to #
+# aid with file-like commands (selecting an exectuable and #
+# loading symbols): #
+# - exec_file_display_hook #
+# Called in exec_file_command. The tcl hook is #
+# "gdbtk_tcl_exec_file_display" #
+# - file_changed_hook #
+# Called in file_command. The tcl hook is #
+# "gdbtk_tcl_file_changed" #
+# - pre_add_symbol_hook #
+# Called in symbol_file_add before loading. The tcl #
+# hook is "gdbtk_tcl_pre_add_symbol" #
+# - post_add_symbol_hook #
+# Called in symbol_file_add when finished loading #
+# a symbol file. The tcl hook is #
+# "gdbtk_tcl_post_add_symbol" #
+# #
+# Together, these hooks should give the gui enough information #
+# to cover the two most common uses of file commands: #
+# 1. executable with symbols #
+# 2. separate executable and symbol file(s) #
+# #
+####################################################################
+define_hook file_changed_hook
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROCEDURE: gdbtk_tcl_pre_add_symbol
+# This hook is called before any symbol files
+# are loaded so that we can inform the user.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_tcl_pre_add_symbol {file} {
+
+ gdbtk_busy
+
+ # Display some feedback to the user
+ set srcs [ManagedWin::find SrcWin]
+ foreach w $srcs {
+ $w set_status "Reading symbols from $file..."
+ }
+ update idletasks
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROCEDURE: gdbtk_tcl_post_add_symbol
+# This hook is called after we finish reading a symbol
+# file, so the source windows' combo boxes need filling.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_tcl_post_add_symbol {} {
+
+ set srcs [ManagedWin::find SrcWin]
+ foreach w $srcs {
+ $w fillNameCB
+ }
+ gdbtk_idle
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROCEDURE: gdbtk_tcl_file_changed
+# This hook is called whenever the exec file changes.
+# This is called AFTER symbol reading, so it is
+# ok to point to main when we get called.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_tcl_file_changed {filename} {
+
+ SrcWin::point_to_main
+ run_hooks file_changed_hook
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROCEDURE: gdbtk_tcl_exec_file_display
+# This hook is called from exec_file_command. It's purpose
+# is to setup the gui for a new file. Note that we cannot
+# look for main, since this hook is called BEFORE we
+# read symbols. If the user used the "file" command,
+# gdbtk_tcl_file_changed will set the source window to
+# look at main. If the user used "exec-file" and "add-symbol"
+# commands, then we cannot look for main.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_tcl_exec_file_display {filename} {
+ global gdb_loaded gdb_running gdb_exe_name gdb_target_changed
+
+ # DO NOT CALL set_exe here!
+
+ # Clear out the GUI, don't do it if filename is "" so that
+ # you avoid distracting flashes in the source window.
+
+ if {$filename != ""} {
+ gdbtk_clear_file
+ }
+
+ # set_exe calls file command with the filename in
+ # quotes, so we need to strip them here.
+ set gdb_exe_name [string trim $filename \']
+
+ SrcWin::point_to_main
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROCEDURE: gdbtk_locate_main
+# This proc tries to locate a suitable main function from
+# a list of names defined in the gdb/main_names preference;
+# returns the linespec (see below) if found, or a null string
+# if not.
+#
+# The return linespec looks like this:
+# 0: basename of the file
+# 1: function name
+# 2: full filename
+# 3: source line number
+# 4: address
+# 5: current PC - which will often be the same as address, but not when
+# 6: shared library name if the pc is in a shared lib
+# we are browsing, or walking the stack.
+#
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_locate_main {} {
+ set main_names [pref get gdb/main_names]
+ debug "gdbtk_locate_main: Searching $main_names"
+ foreach main $main_names {
+ if {![catch {gdb_search functions $main -static 1}] \
+ && ![catch {gdb_loc $main} linespec]} {
+ return $linespec
+ }
+ }
+ return {}
+}
+
+##############################################
+# The rest of this file is an assortment of Tcl wrappers
+# for various bits of gdb functionality.
+#
+#############################################
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: set_exe_name - Update the executable name
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc set_exe_name {exe} {
+ global gdb_exe_name gdb_exe_changed
+ #debug "set_exe_name: exe=$exe gdb_exe_name=$gdb_exe_name"
+ set gdb_exe_name $exe
+ set gdb_exe_changed 1
+}
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: set_exe -
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc set_exe {} {
+ global gdb_exe_name gdb_exe_changed gdb_target_changed gdb_loaded file_done
+# debug "gdb_exe_changed=$gdb_exe_changed gdb_exe_name=$gdb_exe_name"
+ if {$gdb_exe_changed} {
+ set gdb_exe_changed 0
+ if {$gdb_exe_name == ""} { return }
+ set err [catch {gdb_cmd "file '$gdb_exe_name'" 1} msg]
+ if {$err} {
+ debug "set_exe ERROR: $msg"
+ set l [split $msg :]
+ set errtxt [join [lrange $l 1 end] :]
+ set msg "Error loading \"$gdb_exe_name\":\n"
+ append msg $errtxt
+ tk_messageBox -title "Error" -message $msg -icon error \
+ -type ok
+ set gdb_exe_name {}
+ set file_done 0
+ return
+ } elseif {[string match {*no debugging symbols found*} $msg]} {
+ tk_messageBox -icon error -default ok \
+ -title "GDB" -type ok -modal system \
+ -message "This executable has no debugging information."
+ set gdb_exe_name {}
+ set file_done 0
+ return
+ }
+
+ # force new target command
+ set gdb_target_changed 1
+ set gdb_loaded 0
+ set file_done 1
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# _open_file - open a file dialog to select a file for debugging.
+# If filename is not "", then open this file.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+proc _open_file {{file ""}} {
+ global gdb_running gdb_downloading tcl_platform
+
+ if {$gdb_running || $gdb_downloading} {
+ # We are already running/downloading something..
+ if {$gdb_running} {
+ set msg "A debugging session is active.\nAbort session and load new file?"
+ } else {
+ set msg "A download is in progress.\nAbort download and load new file?"
+ }
+ if {![gdbtk_tcl_query $msg no]} {
+ return 0
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {[string compare $file ""] == 0} {
+ set curFocus [focus]
+
+ # Make sure that this is really a modal dialog...
+ # FIXME: Add a disable_all to ide_grab_support.
+
+ ide_grab_support disable_except {}
+
+ set file [tk_getOpenFile -parent . -title "Load New Executable"]
+
+ ide_grab_support enable_all
+
+ # If no one had the focus before, leave it that way (since I
+ # am not sure how this could happen...
+
+ if {$curFocus != ""} {
+ raise [winfo toplevel $curFocus]
+ focus $curFocus
+ }
+ } elseif {![file exists $file]} {
+ tk_messageBox -message "File \"$file\" does not exist"
+ return 0
+ }
+
+
+ if {$file == ""} {
+ return 0
+ }
+ # Add the base dir for this file to the source search path.
+ set root [file dirname $file]
+ if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+ set root [ide_cygwin_path to_posix $root]
+ set file [ide_cygwin_path to_posix $file]
+ }
+
+ catch {gdb_cmd "cd $root"}
+
+ # Clear out gdb's internal state, so that it will allow us
+ # (the gui) to ask the user questions.
+ gdb_clear_file
+
+ # The gui needs to set this...
+ set_exe_name $file
+
+ # set_exe needs to be called anywhere the gui does a file_command...
+ if {[set_exe] == "cancel"} {
+ gdbtk_update
+ gdbtk_idle
+ return 0
+ }
+
+ return 1
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: set_target_name - Update the target name.
+#
+# This function will prompt for a new target and update
+# all variables.
+#
+# If $prompt is 0 it will just update gdb_target_cmd from gdb_target.
+#
+# RETURN:
+# 1 if successful,
+# 0 if the not (the user canceled the target selection dialog)
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc set_target_name {{prompt 1}} {
+ global gdb_target_name gdb_target_changed gdb_exe_changed
+ global gdb_target_cmd gdb_pretty_name
+# debug
+ set cmd_tmp $gdb_target_cmd
+ set name_tmp $gdb_target_name
+
+# debug "gdb_target_name=$gdb_target_name; name_tmp=$name_tmp"
+ if {$prompt} {
+ set win [ManagedWin::open TargetSelection -exportcancel 1 -center \
+ -transient]
+ # need to call update here so the target selection dialog can take over
+ update idletasks
+ }
+
+# debug "gdb_target_name=$gdb_target_name"
+ if {$gdb_target_name == "CANCEL"} {
+ set gdb_target_cmd $cmd_tmp
+ set gdb_target_name $name_tmp
+ return 0
+ }
+ set target $gdb_target_name
+ set targ [TargetSelection::getname $target cmd]
+ set gdb_target_cmd $cmd_tmp
+ set gdb_pretty_name [TargetSelection::getname $target pretty-name]
+
+# debug "target=$target pretty_name=$gdb_pretty_name"
+ set targ_opts ""
+ switch -regexp -- $gdb_target_name {
+ sim|ice {
+ set targ $gdb_target_name
+ set targ_opts [pref getd gdb/load/${gdb_target_name}-opts]
+ }
+ default {
+ set port [pref getd gdb/load/$target-port]
+ if {$port == ""} {
+ set port [pref get gdb/load/default-port]
+ }
+ set portnum [pref getd gdb/load/$target-portname]
+ if {$portnum == ""} {
+ set portnum [pref get gdb/load/default-portname]
+ }
+ set hostname [pref getd gdb/load/$target-hostname]
+ if {$hostname == ""} {
+ set hostname [pref get gdb/load/default-hostname]
+ }
+ # replace "com1" with the real port name
+ set targ [lrep $targ "com1" $port]
+ # replace "tcpX" with hostname:portnum
+ set targ [lrep $targ "tcpX" ${hostname}:${portnum}]
+ # replace "ethX" with hostname
+ set targ [lrep $targ "ethX" e=${hostname}]
+ }
+ }
+
+# debug "targ=$targ gdb_target_cmd=$gdb_target_cmd"
+ if {$gdb_target_cmd != $targ || $gdb_target_changed} {
+ set gdb_target_changed 1
+ set gdb_target_cmd "$targ $targ_opts"
+ }
+ return 1
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: set_target - Change the target
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc set_target {} {
+ global gdb_target_cmd gdb_target_changed gdb_pretty_name gdb_target_name
+# debug "gdb_target_changed=$gdb_target_changed gdb_target_cmd=\"$gdb_target_cmd\""
+# debug "gdb_target_name=$gdb_target_name"
+ if {$gdb_target_cmd == "" && ![TargetSelection::native_debugging]} {
+ if {$gdb_target_name == ""} {
+ set prompt 1
+
+ # get the default
+ #set gdb_target_name [pref getd gdb/load/target]
+ } else {
+ set prompt 0
+ }
+ if {![set_target_name $prompt]} {
+ set gdb_target_name ""
+ return CANCELED
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {$gdb_target_changed} {
+ set srcWin [lindex [ManagedWin::find SrcWin] 0]
+
+ $srcWin set_status "Trying to communicate with target $gdb_pretty_name" 1
+ update
+ catch {gdb_cmd "detach"}
+ debug "CONNECTING TO TARGET: $gdb_target_cmd"
+ set err [catch {gdb_immediate "target $gdb_target_cmd"} msg ]
+ $srcWin set_status
+
+ if {$err} {
+ if {[string first "Program not killed" $msg] != -1} {
+ return CANCELED
+ }
+ update
+ set dialog_title "GDB"
+ set debugger_name "GDB"
+ tk_messageBox -icon error -title $dialog_title -type ok \
+ -modal task -message "$msg\n\n$debugger_name cannot connect to the target board\
+using [lindex $gdb_target_cmd 1].\nVerify that the board is securely connected and, if\
+necessary,\nmodify the port setting with the debugger preferences."
+ return ERROR
+ }
+
+ if {![catch {pref get gdb/load/$gdb_target_name-after_attaching} aa] && $aa != ""} {
+ if {[catch {gdb_cmd $aa} err]} {
+ catch {[ManagedWin::find Console] einsert $err}
+ }
+ }
+ set gdb_target_changed 0
+ return TARGET_CHANGED
+ }
+ return TARGET_UNCHANGED
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: run_executable -
+#
+# This procedure is used to run an executable. It is called when the
+# run button is used.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc run_executable { {auto_start 1} } {
+ global gdb_loaded gdb_downloading gdb_target_name
+ global gdb_exe_changed gdb_target_changed gdb_program_has_run
+ global gdb_running gdb_exe_name
+
+# debug "auto_start=$auto_start gdb_target_name=$gdb_target_name"
+
+ set gdb_running_saved $gdb_running
+ set gdb_running 0
+
+ # No executable was specified. Prompt the user for one.
+ if {$gdb_exe_name == ""} {
+ if {[_open_file]} {
+ run_executable $auto_start
+ return
+ } else {
+ # The user canceled the load of a new executable.
+ return
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {$gdb_downloading} { return }
+ if {[pref get gdb/control_target]} {
+ # Breakpoint mode
+ set_exe
+
+ # Attach
+ if {$gdb_target_name == "" || [pref get gdb/src/run_attach]} {
+ if {[gdbtk_attach_target] == "ATTACH_CANCELED"} {
+ return
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Download
+ if {[pref get gdb/src/run_load] && $gdb_target_name != "exec"} {
+ debug "Downloading..."
+ set gdb_loaded 0
+
+ # if the app has not been downloaded or the app has already
+ # started, we need to redownload before running
+ if {!$gdb_loaded} {
+ if {[Download::download_it]} {
+ # user cancelled the command
+# debug "user cancelled the command $gdb_running"
+ set gdb_loaded 0
+ gdbtk_update
+ gdbtk_idle
+ }
+ if {!$gdb_loaded} {
+ # The user cancelled the download after it started
+# debug "User cancelled the download after it started $gdb_running"
+ gdbtk_update
+ gdbtk_idle
+ return
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ # _Now_ set/clear breakpoints
+ if {[pref get gdb/load/exit] && ![TargetSelection::native_debugging]} {
+ debug "Setting new BP at exit"
+ catch {gdb_cmd "clear exit"}
+ catch {gdb_cmd "break exit"}
+ }
+
+ if {[pref get gdb/load/main]} {
+ set main "main"
+ if {[set linespec [gdbtk_locate_main]] != ""} {
+ set main [lindex $linespec 1]
+ }
+ debug "Setting new BP at $main"
+ catch {gdb_cmd "clear $main"}
+ catch {gdb_cmd "break $main"}
+ }
+
+ # set BP at user-specified function
+ if {[pref get gdb/load/bp_at_func]} {
+ foreach bp [pref get gdb/load/bp_func] {
+ debug "Setting BP at $bp"
+ catch {gdb_cmd "clear $bp"}
+ catch {gdb_cmd "break $bp"}
+ }
+ }
+
+ # This is a hack. If the target is "sim" the opts are appended
+ # to the target command. Otherwise they are assumed to be command line
+ # args. What about simulators that accept command line args?
+ if {$gdb_target_name != "sim"} {
+ # set args
+ set gdb_args [pref getd gdb/load/$gdb_target_name-opts]
+ if { $gdb_args != ""} {
+ debug "set args $gdb_args"
+ catch {gdb_cmd "set args $gdb_args"}
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Run
+
+ if {$auto_start} {
+ if {[pref get gdb/src/run_run]} {
+ debug "Runnning target..."
+ set run run
+ } else {
+ debug "Continuing target..."
+ set run cont
+ }
+ if {$gdb_target_name == "exec"} {
+ set run run
+ }
+ if {[catch {gdb_immediate $run} msg]} {
+ dbug W "msg=$msg"
+ gdbtk_idle
+ if {[string match "*help target*" $msg]} {
+ set_target_name
+ run_executable $auto_start
+ return
+ }
+ if {[string match "No executable*" $msg]} {
+ # No executable was specified. Prompt the user for one.
+ if {[_open_file]} {
+ run_executable $auto_start
+ } else {
+ debug "CANCELLED"
+ }
+ return
+ }
+ set gdb_running $gdb_running_saved
+ } else {
+ debug RUNNING
+ set gdb_running 1
+ }
+ } else {
+ SrcWin::point_to_main
+ }
+
+ gdbtk_update
+ gdbtk_idle
+ } elseif {[pref get gdb/mode]} {
+ # tracepoint -- need to tstart
+ set gdb_running 1
+ tstart
+ }
+ return
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_attach_target - attach to the target
+# This proc returns the following status messages:
+#
+# ATTACH_ERROR: An error occurred connecting to target.
+# ATTACH_CANCELED: The attach was canceled.
+# ATTACH_TARGET_CHANGED: Successfully attached, target changed.
+# ATTACH_TARGET_UNCHANGED: Successfully attached, target unchanged.
+# UNKNOWN: An unknown error occurred.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_attach_target {} {
+ global gdb_loaded
+
+ debug "Attaching...."
+ set r UNKNOWN
+ while {1} {
+
+ switch [set_target] {
+
+ ERROR {
+ # target command failed, ask for a new target name
+ if {![set_target_name]} {
+ # canceled again
+ set r ATTACH_ERROR
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ TARGET_CHANGED {
+ # success -- target changed
+ set gdb_loaded 0
+ set r ATTACH_TARGET_CHANGED
+ break
+ }
+
+ CANCELED {
+ # command cancelled by user
+ set r ATTACH_CANCELED
+ break
+ }
+
+ TARGET_UNCHANGED {
+ # success -- target NOT changed (i.e., rerun)
+ set r ATTACH_TARGET_UNCHANGED
+ break
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+# debug "Attach returning: \"$r\""
+ return $r
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_step - step the target
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_step {} {
+ catch {gdb_immediate step}
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_next
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_next {} {
+ catch {gdb_immediate next}
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_finish
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_finish {} {
+ catch {gdb_immediate finish}
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_continue
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_continue {} {
+ catch {gdb_immediate continue}
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_stepi
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_stepi {} {
+ catch {gdb_immediate stepi}
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_nexti
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_nexti {} {
+ catch {gdb_immediate nexti}
+}
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_attached
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# This is called AFTER gdb has successfully done an attach. Use it to
+# bring the GUI up to a current state...
+proc gdbtk_attached {} {
+ gdbtk_update
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_detached
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# This is called AFTER gdb has successfully done an detach. Use it to
+# bring the GUI up to a current state...
+proc gdbtk_detached {} {
+ if {!$::gdb_shutting_down} {
+ run_hooks gdb_no_inferior_hook
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_stop
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# The stop button is tricky. In order to use the stop button,
+# the debugger must be able to keep gui alive while target_wait is
+# blocking (so that the user can interrupt or detach from it).
+#
+# The best solution for this is to capture gdb deep down where it
+# can block. For _any_ target board, this will be in either
+# serial or socket code. These places call ui_loop_hook to
+# keep us alive. For native unix, we use an interval timer.
+# Simulators either call ui_loop_hook directly (older sims, at least)
+# or they call gdb's os_poll_quit callback, where we insert a call
+# to ui_loop_hook. Some targets (like v850ice and windows native)
+# require a call to ui_loop_hook directly in target_wait. See comments
+# before gdb_stop and x_event to find out more about how this is accomplished.
+#
+# The stop button's behavior:
+# Pressing the stop button should attempt to stop the target. If, after
+# some time (like 3 seconds), gdb fails to fall out of target_wait (i.e.,
+# the gui's idle hooks are run), then open a dialog asking the user if
+# he'd like to detach.
+proc gdbtk_stop {} {
+ global _gdbtk_stop
+
+ if {$_gdbtk_stop(timer) == ""} {
+ add_hook gdb_idle_hook gdbtk_stop_idle_callback
+ set _gdbtk_stop(timer) [after 3000 gdbtk_detach]
+ catch {gdb_stop}
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_stop_idle_callback
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# This callback normally does nothing. When the stop button has
+# been pressed, though, and gdb has successfully stopped the target,
+# this callback will clean up after gdbtk_stop, removing the "Detach"
+# dialog (if it's open) and gettingg rid of any outstanding timers
+# and hooks.
+proc gdbtk_stop_idle_callback {} {
+ global _gdbtk_stop gdbtk_state
+
+ # Check if the dialog asking if user wants to detach is open
+ # and unpost it if it exists.
+ if {$_gdbtk_stop(msg) != ""} {
+ set ans [list answer $_gdbtk_stop(msg)]
+ set gdbtk_state($ans) no
+ }
+
+ if {$_gdbtk_stop(timer) != ""} {
+ # Cancel the timer callback
+ after cancel $_gdbtk_stop(timer)
+ set _gdbtk_stop(timer) ""
+ catch {remove_hook gdb_idle_hook gdbtk_stop_idle_callback}
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_detach
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# This proc is installed as a timer event when the stop button
+# is pressed. If target_wait doesn't return (we were unable to stop
+# the target), then this proc is called.
+#
+# Open a dialog box asking if the user would like to detach. If so,
+# try to detach. If not, do nothing and go away.
+proc gdbtk_detach {} {
+ global _gdbtk_stop
+
+ set _gdbtk_stop(msg) "No response from target. Detach from target\n(and stop debugging it)?"
+ if {[gdbtk_tcl_query $_gdbtk_stop(msg) no]} {
+ catch {gdb_stop detach}
+ }
+
+ set _gdbtk_stop(timer) ""
+ set _gdbtk_stop(msg) ""
+ remove_hook gdb_idle_hook gdbtk_stop_idle_callback
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: gdbtk_run
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_run {} {
+ run_executable
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: set_baud - Tell GDB the baud rate.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc set_baud {} {
+ global gdb_target_name
+ #set target [ide_property get target-internal-name]
+ set baud [pref getd gdb/load/${gdb_target_name}-baud]
+ if {$baud == ""} {
+ set baud [pref get gdb/load/baud]
+ }
+# debug "setting baud to $baud"
+ catch {gdb_cmd "set remotebaud $baud"}
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: do_state_hook -
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc do_state_hook {varname ind op} {
+ run_hooks state_hook $varname
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: disconnect -
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc disconnect {{async 0}} {
+ global gdb_loaded gdb_target_changed
+ catch {gdb_cmd "detach"}
+ # force a new target command to do something
+ set gdb_loaded 0
+ set gdb_target_changed 1
+ set gdb_running 0
+ gdbtk_idle
+ gdbtk_update
+ }
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: tstart -
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tstart {} {
+ if {[catch {gdb_cmd "tstart"} errTxt]} {
+ tk_messageBox -title "Error" -message $errTxt -icon error \
+ -type ok
+ gdbtk_idle
+ return 0
+ }
+ return 1
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: tstop -
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tstop {} {
+
+ if {[catch {gdb_cmd "tstop"} errTxt]} {
+ tk_messageBox -title "Error" -message $errTxt -icon error \
+ -type ok
+ gdbtk_idle
+ return 0
+ }
+ return 1
+ }
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: source_file -
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc source_file {} {
+ set file_name [tk_getOpenFile -title "Choose GDB Command file"]
+ if {$file_name != ""} {
+ gdb_cmd "source $file_name"
+ }
+}
+
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: gdbtk_signal
+#
+# SYNOPSIS: gdbtk_signal {name longname}
+#
+# DESC: This procedure is called from GDB when a signal
+# is generated, for example, a SIGSEGV.
+#
+# ARGS: name - The name of the signal, as returned by
+# target_signal_to_name().
+# longname - A description of the signal.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_signal {name {longname ""}} {
+ dbug W "caught signal $name $longname"
+ set longname
+ set message "Program received signal $name, $longname"
+ set srcs [ManagedWin::find SrcWin]
+ foreach w $srcs {
+ $w set_status $message
+ }
+ gdbtk_tcl_ignorable_warning signal $message
+ update idletasks
+}
+
+# Hook for clearing out executable state. Widgets should register a callback
+# for this hook if they have anything that may need cleaning if the user
+# requests to re-load an executable.
+define_hook gdb_clear_file_hook
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: gdbtk_clear_file
+#
+# SYNOPSIS: gdbtk_clear_file
+#
+# DESC: This procedure is called when the user requests a new exec
+# file load. It runs the gdb_clear_file_hook, which tells
+# all widgets to clear state. It CANNOT call gdb_clear_file,
+# since this hook runs AFTER we load a new exec file (i.e.,
+# gdb_clear_file would clear the file name).
+#
+# ARGS: none
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_clear_file {} {
+ global gdb_target_name
+
+ dbug W "GDBTK_CLEAR_FILE"
+ # Give widgets a chance to clean up
+ run_hooks gdb_clear_file_hook
+
+ # Save the target name in case the user has already selected a
+ # target. No need to force the user to select it again.
+ set old_target $gdb_target_name
+
+ # Finally, reset our state
+ initialize_gdbtk
+
+ set gdb_target_name $old_target
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: intialize_gdbtk - (re)initialize gdbtk's state
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc initialize_gdbtk {} {
+ global gdb_exe_changed gdb_target_changed gdb_running gdb_downloading \
+ gdb_loaded gdb_program_has_run file_done gdb_pretty_name gdb_exec \
+ gdb_target_cmd download_dialog gdb_pretty_name gdb_exe_name _gdbtk_stop \
+ gdb_target_name gdb_target_changed gdbtk_state gdb_kod_cmd gdb_shutting_down
+
+ # initialize state variables
+ set gdb_exe_changed 0
+ set gdb_target_changed 0
+ set gdb_running 0
+ set gdb_downloading 0
+ set gdb_loaded 0
+ set gdb_program_has_run 0
+ set file_done 0
+ set gdb_pretty_name {}
+ set gdb_exec {}
+ set gdb_target_cmd ""
+ set gdb_running 0
+ set gdb_shutting_down 0
+
+ set download_dialog ""
+
+ # gdb_pretty_name is the name of the GDB target as it should be
+ # displayed to the user.
+ set gdb_pretty_name ""
+
+ # gdb_exe_name is the name of the executable we are debugging.
+ set gdb_exe_name ""
+
+ # Initialize readline
+ if {![info exists gdbtk_state(readline)]} {
+ # Only do this once...
+ set gdbtk_state(readline) 0
+ set gdbtk_state(console) ""
+ }
+
+ # check for existence of a kod command and get it's name and
+ # text for menu entry
+ set gdb_kod_cmd ""
+ set msg ""
+ if {![catch {gdb_cmd "show os"} msg] && ($msg != "")} {
+ set line1 [string range $msg 0 [expr [string first \n $msg] -1]]
+ if {[regexp -- \"(.*)\" $line1 dummy cmd]} {
+ set gdb_kod_cmd $cmd
+ }
+ }
+# debug "kod_cmd=$gdb_kod_cmd"
+
+ # setup stop button
+ set _gdbtk_stop(timer) ""
+ set _gdbtk_stop(msg) ""
+
+ # gdb_target_name is the name of the GDB target; that is, the argument
+ # to the GDB target command.
+ set gdb_target_name ""
+
+ # By setting gdb_target_changed, we force a target dialog
+ # to be displayed on the first "run"
+ set gdb_target_changed 1
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+# Kernel Object Display Window for GDBtk.
+# Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# AUTHOR: Fernando Nasser <fnasser@cygnus.com>
+#
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# CONSTRUCTOR - create new process window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body KodWin::constructor {args} {
+ #
+ # Create a window with the same name as this object
+ #
+ global gdb_kod_cmd
+
+ # initialize local variables
+ set LevelCmd(0) "info $gdb_kod_cmd "
+ debug "Level 0 kod command is $LevelCmd(0)"
+
+ gdbtk_busy
+ build_win
+ gdbtk_idle
+
+ # Add hooks for this object
+ add_hook gdb_update_hook [code $this update]
+ add_hook gdb_busy_hook [code $this busy]
+ add_hook gdb_idle_hook [code $this idle]
+ add_hook gdb_set_hook [code $this set_os]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: build_win - build the main KOD window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body KodWin::build_win {} {
+ # FIXME: rename this variable.
+ global kodActivePane
+
+ debug "Will build KOD window"
+
+ cyg::PanedWindow $itk_interior.pw -orient horizontal
+ $itk_interior.pw add titlepane
+ # We would like to use a fixed pane for the buttons. However,
+ # this feature of PanedWindow doesn't work.
+ # $itk_interior.pw add buttonpane -resizable 0
+ $itk_interior.pw add pane1
+ $itk_interior.pw add pane2
+
+ # Now a frame for what is being listed, headers and list
+ set tp [$itk_interior.pw childsite titlepane]
+ Labelledframe $tp.tf -text "No Kernel Objects Known" \
+ -anchor nw
+ set titl $tp.tf
+ set lf [$tp.tf get_frame]
+
+ set p1 [$itk_interior.pw childsite pane1]
+ set p2 [$itk_interior.pw childsite pane2]
+ $p1 configure -height 120 -bd 2
+ $p2 configure -height 120 -bd 2
+ Labelledframe $p1.d1 -text "Details" -anchor nw
+ Labelledframe $p2.d2 -text "Details" -anchor nw
+ set d1 [$p1.d1 get_frame]
+ set d2 [$p2.d2 get_frame]
+ pack $p1.d1 $p2.d2 -side top -expand yes -fill both -padx 5 -pady 5
+ set pl1 $p1.d1
+ set pl2 $p2.d2
+
+ # Setup the button box
+ set bf [frame $tp.bf]
+ set BTop [button $bf.top -height 1 -text Top -command [code $this top]]
+ set BUp [button $bf.up -height 1 -text Up -command [code $this up]]
+ set BClear [button $bf.clear -height 1 -text Clear \
+ -command [code $this clear]]
+ set BDisplay [button $bf.display -height 1 -text Display \
+ -command [code $this display]]
+ set kodActivePane pane1
+ set BPane1 [radiobutton $bf.pane1 -variable kodActivePane \
+ -height 1 -text "Pane 1" -value pane1]
+ set BPane2 [radiobutton $bf.pane2 -variable kodActivePane \
+ -height 1 -text "Pane 2" -value pane2]
+ balloon register $bf.top "Return to List of Kernel Objects"
+ balloon register $bf.up "Return to previous List of Objects"
+ balloon register $bf.clear "Clear Object Detail Panes\nand Active setting"
+ balloon register $bf.display \
+ "Display Object or\nList of Objects of this type"
+ balloon register $bf.pane1 "Make Pane 1 Active"
+ balloon register $bf.pane2 "Make Pane 2 Active"
+ pack $bf.top $bf.up -side left -padx 5
+ pack $bf.display $bf.clear -side right -padx 5
+ pack $bf.pane2 $bf.pane1 -side bottom -padx 5 -fill both
+
+ # The list of objects
+ table $lf.s -titlerows 1 \
+ -colstretch last -rowstretch last -selectmode single \
+ -selecttype row -variable $this \
+ -yscrollcommand "$lf.sb set" -resizeborders none \
+ -state disabled
+ scrollbar $lf.sb -orient vertical -command "$lf.s yview"
+ bind $lf.s <Double-1> [code $this display]
+ $lf.s tag configure coltag -anchor nw
+
+ grid $lf.s -row 0 -column 0 -sticky nsew
+ grid $lf.sb -row 0 -column 1 -sticky nsw
+ grid columnconfigure $lf 0 -weight 1
+ grid rowconfigure $lf 0 -weight 1
+
+ # Areas to display object details
+ set t1 [table $d1.t1 -titlerows 1 -colstretch last -rowstretch last \
+ -selectmode single -selecttype row -variable $this-pane1 \
+ -yscrollcommand "$d1.s1 set" -resizeborders none \
+ -rows 1 -cols 1 -state disabled]
+ scrollbar $d1.s1 -orient vertical -command "$d1.t1 yview"
+ set t2 [table $d2.t2 -titlerows 1 -colstretch last -rowstretch last \
+ -selectmode single -selecttype row -variable $this-pane2 \
+ -yscrollcommand "$d2.s2 set" -resizeborders none \
+ -rows 1 -cols 1 -state disabled]
+ scrollbar $d2.s2 -orient vertical -command "$d2.t2 yview"
+
+ grid $d1.t1 -row 0 -column 0 -sticky nsew
+ grid $d1.s1 -row 0 -column 1 -sticky nsw
+ grid columnconfigure $d1 0 -weight 1
+ grid rowconfigure $d1 0 -weight 1
+ grid $d2.t2 -row 0 -column 0 -sticky nsew
+ grid $d2.s2 -row 0 -column 1 -sticky nsw
+ grid columnconfigure $d2 0 -weight 1
+ grid rowconfigure $d2 0 -weight 1
+
+ debug "Will pack KOD window"
+ pack $tp.tf -side top -expand yes -fill both -padx 5 -pady 5
+ pack $tp.bf -side top -expand no -fill x -padx 5 -pady 5
+ pack $itk_interior.pw -side bottom -expand yes -fill both
+ wm minsize $Top 450 500
+
+ # Initialize button state variables for idle (called before update)
+ set BState(BDisplay) disabled
+ set BState(BClear) disabled
+ set BState(BTop) disabled
+ set BState(BUp) disabled
+
+ # window_name "Kernel Objects"
+
+ update
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: update - update widget when something changes
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body KodWin::update {} {
+
+ debug "updating kod window"
+
+ _disable_buttons
+
+ display_list
+ display_object
+
+ _restore_buttons
+
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: display - update the display based on the selection
+# it can be a list or an actual object
+# We get here from a press on the Display button or
+# from a <Double-1> on a line of the list of objects
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body KodWin::display {} {
+ upvar \#0 $this table_vals
+ if {!$Running && [$lf.s cget -rows] > 1} {
+ gdbtk_busy
+ set linenum [$lf.s index active row]
+ set object $table_vals($linenum,0)
+ debug "display selection on line $linenum $object"
+ incr level
+ set LevelCmd($level) $LevelCmd([expr $level-1])
+ append LevelCmd($level) $object
+ debug "kod command for level $level is now: $LevelCmd($level)"
+ update
+ # Run idle hooks and cause all other widgets to update
+ gdbtk_idle
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: display_list - display list of objects
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body KodWin::display_list {} {
+ upvar \#0 $this table_vals
+
+ debug "displaying list of objects"
+
+ $lf.s configure -state normal
+ set cmd $LevelCmd($level)
+ debug "new kod command is $cmd"
+ if {[catch "gdb_cmd \"$cmd\"" objects]} {
+ # failed. leave window blank
+ $titl configure -text "Kernel Object Display Failed"
+ $lf.s delete rows 0 [$lf.s index end row]
+ $lf.s configure -state disabled
+ set BState(BDisplay) disabled
+ return
+ }
+
+ debug "KodWin update: \n$objects"
+ if {[llength $objects] == 0} {
+ $titl configure -text "No Kernel Objects Known"
+ # no objects listed.
+ $lf.s delete rows 0 [$lf.s index end row]
+ $lf.s configure -state disabled
+ set BState(BDisplay) disabled
+ return
+ }
+
+ # insert each line one at a time
+ set num_lines -1
+ foreach line [split $objects \n] {
+ if {$num_lines == -1} {
+ if {![string match List* $line]} {
+ if {($level > 0)} {
+ display_object $cmd objects
+ incr level -1
+ $lf.s configure -state disabled
+ return
+ } else {
+ # if level 0 first line does not start with List ignore it
+ $titl configure -text "List of Kernel Objects"
+ }
+ } else {
+ $titl configure -text $line
+ }
+ # Clear listbox and headers to get new stuff.
+ $lf.s delete rows 0 [$lf.s index end row]
+ } elseif {$line == ""} {
+ break
+ } else {
+ set col 0
+ set list [split [string trim $line] \t]
+ if {$num_lines == 0} {
+ $lf.s configure -cols [llength $list] -titlerows 1
+ }
+ foreach item $list {
+ debug "inserting $item at $num_lines,$col"
+ set table_vals($num_lines,$col) $item
+ incr col
+ }
+ }
+ incr num_lines
+ }
+ $lf.s configure -rows [expr {$num_lines + 1}]
+
+ if {$num_lines > 0} {
+ set BState(BDisplay) active
+ }
+
+ if {$level == 0} {
+ set BState(BTop) disabled
+ set BState(BUp) disabled
+ } else {
+ set BState(BTop) active
+ set BState(BUp) active
+ }
+
+ $lf.s configure -state disabled
+ $lf.s see 0,0
+ $lf.s activate 1,0
+
+ _restore_buttons
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: display_object - display information about an object
+# When called from update we have to reissue the gdb
+# command to get fresh data
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body KodWin::display_object {{cmd ""} {obj ""}} {
+ debug "Displaying object details..."
+ upvar $obj objects
+ global kodActivePane
+ debug "Active Pane is $kodActivePane"
+
+ # Determine which frame to use
+ if {$kodActivePane == "pane2"} {
+ set curpan $t2
+ upvar \#0 $this-pane2 pane_values
+ if {$cmd != ""} {
+ # save command for update
+ set pane2command $cmd
+ } else {
+ # reuse saved command
+ set cmd $pane2command
+ }
+ } else {
+ set curpan $t1
+ upvar \#0 $this-pane1 pane_values
+ if {$cmd != ""} {
+ # save command for update
+ set pane1command $cmd
+ } else {
+ # reuse saved command
+ set cmd $pane1command
+ }
+ }
+ debug "curpan $curpan"
+
+ # here we must take care of the case where the user has activated a window
+ # but it does not have been filled yet. We just return.
+ if {$cmd == ""} {
+ return
+ }
+
+ $curpan configure -state normal
+ $curpan delete rows 0 [$curpan index end row]
+ if {$obj == ""} {
+ debug "pane kod command is $cmd"
+ if {[catch "gdb_cmd \"$cmd\"" objects]
+ || $objects == ""} {
+ # Failed. Tell user object no longer there.
+ $curpan configure -state disabled
+ return
+ }
+ }
+
+ set num_lin 0
+ foreach line [split $objects \n] {
+ set col 0
+ set list [split [string trim $line] \t]
+ if {$num_lin == 0} {
+ $curpan configure -cols [llength $list]
+ }
+ foreach item $list {
+ set pane_values($num_lin,$col) $item
+ incr col
+ }
+ incr num_lin
+ }
+ $curpan configure -rows $num_lin -state disabled
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: clear - clear detail panes and reset pane selection
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body KodWin::clear {} {
+ debug "going to clear detail panes and pane selection"
+ $t1 configure -state normal
+ $t2 configure -state normal
+ $t1 delete rows 0 [$t1 index end row]
+ $t2 delete rows 0 [$t2 index end row]
+ $t1 configure -state disabled
+ $t2 configure -state disabled
+ # Default to pane 1 again.
+ global kodActivePane
+ set kodActivePane pane1
+ set pane1command ""
+ set pane2command ""
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: top - go to the list of types of objects (top level)
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body KodWin::top {} {
+ debug "going to top from level $level"
+ if {$level > 0} {
+ set level 0
+ update
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: up - go to the list of objects which led to the current one
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body KodWin::up {} {
+ debug "going up from level $level..."
+ if {$level > 0} {
+ incr level -1
+ debug "...to level $level"
+ update
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# DESTRUCTOR - destroy window containing widget
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body KodWin::destructor {} {
+ upvar \#0 $this table_vals $this-pane1 pane1_vals $this-pane2 pane2_vals
+ global kodActivePane
+
+ catch {unset table_vals}
+ catch {unset pane1_vals}
+ catch {unset pane2_vals}
+ catch {unset kodActivePane}
+
+ remove_hook gdb_update_hook [code $this update]
+ remove_hook gdb_idle_hook [code $this idle]
+ remove_hook gdb_busy_hook [code $this busy]
+ remove_hook gdb_set_hook [code $this set_os]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: set - called when user runs `set os' command
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body KodWin::set_os {var value} {
+ if {$var == "os" && $value != ""} {
+ set LevelCmd(0) "info $value "
+ set level 0
+ update
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: reconfig - used when preferences change
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body KodWin::reconfig {} {
+ destroy $itk_interior.bf
+ destroy $titl
+ build_win
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: busy - gdb_busy_hook
+#
+# This method should accomplish blocking
+# - clicks in the window
+# - change mouse pointer
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body KodWin::busy {} {
+ set Running 1
+ _disable_buttons
+ cursor watch
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: idle - idle hook. Run when the target is not running
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body KodWin::idle {} {
+ set Running 0
+ _restore_buttons
+ cursor {}
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: cursor - set the window cursor
+# This is a convenience method which simply sets the mouse
+# pointer to the given glyph.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body KodWin::cursor {glyph} {
+ $Top configure -cursor $glyph
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PRIVATE METHOD: _disable_buttons - disable all buttons
+# Used when we are busy and can't take another event
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body KodWin::_disable_buttons {} {
+ $BTop configure -state disabled
+ $BUp configure -state disabled
+ $BDisplay configure -state disabled
+ $BClear configure -state disabled
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PRIVATE METHOD: _restore_buttons - restore all buttons to their
+# previous states.
+# Used when we are busy and can't take another event
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body KodWin::_restore_buttons {} {
+ $BTop configure -state $BState(BTop)
+ $BUp configure -state $BState(BUp)
+ $BDisplay configure -state $BState(BDisplay)
+ # CLEAR is always active, except when busy
+ $BClear configure -state active
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Kernel Object Display Window definition for GDBtk.
+# Copyright (C) 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+class KodWin {
+ inherit EmbeddedWin GDBWin
+
+ private {
+ variable bf
+ variable lf
+ variable titl
+ variable BTop
+ variable BUp
+ variable BClear
+ variable BDisplay
+ variable lb
+ variable t1
+ variable t2
+ variable pl1
+ variable pl2
+ variable pane1command ""
+ variable pane2command ""
+ variable BPane1
+ variable BPane2
+ variable level 0
+ common LevelCmd
+ variable BState
+ variable Running 0
+ method build_win {}
+ method update {}
+ method display {}
+ method display_list {}
+ method display_object {{cmd ""} {obj ""}}
+ method clear {}
+ method top {}
+ method up {}
+ method busy {}
+ method idle {}
+ method cursor {glyph}
+ method _disable_buttons {}
+ method _restore_buttons {}
+ method set_os {var value}
+ }
+
+ public {
+ method constructor {args}
+ method destructor {}
+ method reconfig {}
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Local variable window for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+class LocalsWin {
+ inherit VariableWin
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # CONSTRUCTOR - create new locals window
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ constructor {args} {
+ update
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # DESTRUCTOR - delete locals window
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ destructor {
+ }
+
+ method build_win {f} {
+ global tcl_platform
+ build_menu_helper Variable
+ if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+ frame $f.f
+ VariableWin::build_win $f.f
+ pack $f.f -expand yes -fill both -side top
+ frame $f.stat
+ pack $f.stat -side bottom -fill x
+ } else {
+ VariableWin::build_win $f
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: reconfig
+ # Overrides VarialbeWin::reconfig method. Have to make sure the locals
+ # will get redrawn after everything is destroyed...
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method reconfig {} {
+ VariableWin::reconfig
+ populate {}
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: getVariablesBlankPath
+ # Overrides VarialbeWin::getVariablesBlankPath. For a Locals Window,
+ # this method returns a list of local variables.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method getVariablesBlankPath {} {
+ global Update
+ debug "LocalsWin::getVariablesBlankPath"
+
+ return [$_frame variables]
+ }
+
+ method update {} {
+ global Update Display
+
+ debug "START LOCALS UPDATE CALLBACK"
+ # Check that a context switch has not occured
+ if {[context_switch]} {
+ debug "CONTEXT SWITCH"
+
+ # our context has changed... repopulate with new variables
+ # destroy the old tree and create a new one
+ #
+ # We need to be more intelligent about saving window state
+ # when browsing the stack or stepping into new frames, but
+ # for now, we'll have to settle for just getting this working.
+ deleteTree
+ set ChangeList {}
+
+ # context_switch will have already created the new frame for
+ # us, so all we need to do is shove stuff into the window.
+ debug "_frame=$_frame"
+ if {$_frame != ""} {
+ debug "vars=[$_frame variables]"
+ }
+ if {$_frame != "" && [$_frame variables] != ""} {
+ populate {}
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Erase old variables
+ if {$_frame != ""} {
+ foreach var [$_frame old] {
+ $Hlist delete entry $var
+ $_frame deleteOld
+ unset Update($this,$var)
+ }
+
+ # Add new variables
+ foreach var [$_frame new] {
+ set Update($this,$var) 1
+ $Hlist add $var \
+ -itemtype text \
+ -text [label $var]
+ if {[$var numChildren] > 0} {
+ # Make sure we get this labeled as openable
+ $Tree setmode $var open
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Update variables in window
+ VariableWin::update
+
+ debug "END LOCALS UPDATE CALLBACK"
+ }
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+# GDBtk (Insight) entry point
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# State is controlled by 5 global boolean variables.
+#
+# gdb_target_changed
+# gdb_exe_changed
+# gdb_running
+# gdb_downloading
+# gdb_loaded
+
+################### Initialization code #########################
+
+# If GDBtk fails to start at all, you might want to uncomment one or
+# both of these.
+#set tcl_traceExec 2
+#set tcl_traceCompile 1
+
+# Add gdb's Tcl library directory to the end of the auto-load search path, if
+# it isn't already on the path:
+# Note: GDBTK_LIBRARY will be set in tcl_findLibrary before main.tcl is called.
+
+if {[info exists auto_path]} {
+ if {[lsearch -exact $auto_path $GDBTK_LIBRARY] < 0} {
+ lappend auto_path $GDBTK_LIBRARY
+ }
+}
+
+# Require the packages we need. Most are loaded already, but this will catch
+# any odd errors... :
+package require Tcl 8.0
+package require Tk 8.0
+package require Itcl 3.0
+package require Itk 3.0
+package require Gdbtk 1.0
+package require combobox 1.0
+
+namespace import itcl::*
+
+namespace import debug::*
+
+if {![find_iwidgets_library]} {
+ tk_messageBox -title Error -message "Could not find the Iwidgets libraries.
+Got nameofexec: [info nameofexecutable]
+Error(s) were: \n$errMsg" \
+ -icon error -type ok
+ exit
+}
+
+# Environment variables controlling debugging:
+# GDBTK_TRACE
+# unset or 0 no tracing
+# 1 tracing initialized but not started
+# 2 tracing initialized and started
+#
+# GDBTK_DEBUGFILE - filename to write debugging messages and
+# trace information (if tracing is enabled).
+#
+if {[info exists env(GDBTK_TRACE)] && $env(GDBTK_TRACE) != 0} {
+ # WARNING: the tracing code must not trace into itself or
+ # infinite recursion will result. As currently configured
+ # the tracing code will not trace basic tcl functions or anything defined
+ # before debug::init. For this reason we must source the DebugWin
+ # code before debug::init is called.
+ source [file join $GDBTK_LIBRARY debugwin.ith]
+ source [file join $GDBTK_LIBRARY debugwin.itb]
+
+ # Calling this installs our hooks for tracing and profiling.
+ # This WILL slow things down.
+ ::debug::init
+
+ if {$env(GDBTK_TRACE) == 2} {
+ ::debug::trace_start
+ }
+}
+
+if {[info exists env(GDBTK_DEBUGFILE)]} {
+ ::debug::logfile $env(GDBTK_DEBUGFILE)
+}
+
+if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "unix"} {
+# tix resetoptions TK TK
+# tk_setPalette tan
+ tix resetoptions TixGray [tix cget -fontset]
+}
+
+# initialize state variables
+initialize_gdbtk
+
+# set traces on state variables
+trace variable gdb_running w do_state_hook
+trace variable gdb_downloading w do_state_hook
+trace variable gdb_loaded w do_state_hook
+define_hook state_hook
+
+# set up preferences
+pref init
+
+# let libgui tell us how to feel
+standard_look_and_feel
+
+# now let GDB set its default preferences
+pref_set_defaults
+
+# read in preferences
+pref_read
+
+init_disassembly_flavor
+
+ManagedWin::init
+
+# This stuff will help us play nice with WindowMaker's AppIcons.
+# Can't do the first bit yet, since we don't get this from gdb...
+# wm command . [concat $argv0 $argv]
+wm group . .
+
+# Open debug window if testsuite is not running and GDBTK_DEBUG is set
+if {![info exists env(GDBTK_TEST_RUNNING)] || !$env(GDBTK_TEST_RUNNING)} {
+ if {[info exists env(GDBTK_DEBUG)] && $env(GDBTK_DEBUG) > 1} {
+ ManagedWin::open DebugWin
+ }
+}
+
+# some initial commands to get gdb in the right mode
+gdb_cmd {set height 0}
+gdb_cmd {set width 0}
+
+if {[info exists env(GDBTK_TEST_RUNNING)] && $env(GDBTK_TEST_RUNNING)} {
+ set gdb_target_name "exec"
+} else {
+ # gdb_target_name is the name of the GDB target; that is, the argument
+ # to the GDB target command.
+ set gdb_target_name ""
+ # By setting gdb_target_changed, we force a target dialog
+ # to be displayed on the first "run"
+ set gdb_target_changed 1
+}
+
+update
+
+# Uncomment the next line if you want a splash screen at startup...
+# ManagedWin::open About -transient -expire 5000
+
+gdbtk_idle
+
--- /dev/null
+# Managed window for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+body ManagedWin::reconfig {} {}
+
+
+body ManagedWin::window_name {wname {iname ""}} {
+ set top [winfo toplevel [namespace tail $this]]
+ wm title $top $wname
+ if {$iname != ""} {
+ wm iconname $top $iname
+ } else {
+ wm iconname $top $wname
+ }
+}
+
+
+body ManagedWin::reveal {} {
+ # Do this update to flush all changes before deiconifying the window.
+ update idletasks
+
+ set top [winfo toplevel [namespace tail $this]]
+ wm deiconify $top
+
+ # I don't understand this next line and no one commented it, so it's gone.
+ #focus -force [focus -lastfor $top]
+
+ focus $top
+ raise $top
+}
+
+body ManagedWin::restart {} {
+ # This is needed in case we've called "gdbtk_busy" before the restart.
+ # This will configure the stop/run button as necessary
+ after idle gdbtk_idle
+
+ # call the reconfig method for each object
+ foreach obj $manage_active {
+ if {[catch {$obj reconfig} msg]} {
+ dbug W "reconfig failed for $obj - $msg"
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+body ManagedWin::open_dlg {class args} {
+
+ set newwin [eval _open $class $args]
+ if {$newwin != ""} {
+ $newwin reveal
+ $newwin post
+ }
+}
+
+
+body ManagedWin::open {class args} {
+
+ set newwin [eval _open $class $args]
+ if {$newwin != ""} {
+ if {[$newwin isa ModalDialog]} {
+ after idle "$newwin reveal; $newwin post"
+ } else {
+ after idle "$newwin reveal"
+ }
+ }
+
+ return $newwin
+}
+
+body ManagedWin::_open { class args } {
+ debug "$class $args"
+
+ parse_args force
+
+ if {!$force} {
+ # check all windows for one of this type
+ foreach obj $manage_active {
+ if {[$obj isa $class]} {
+ $obj reveal
+ return $obj
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+ # need to create a new window
+ return [eval _create $class $args]
+}
+
+body ManagedWin::_create { class args } {
+
+ set win [string tolower $class]
+ debug "win=$win args=$args"
+
+ parse_args {center transient {over ""}}
+
+ # increment window numbers until we get an unused one
+ set i 0
+ while {[winfo exists .$win$i]} { incr i }
+
+ while { 1 } {
+ set top [toplevel .$win$i]
+ wm withdraw $top
+ wm protocol $top WM_DELETE_WINDOW "destroy $top"
+ wm group $top .
+ set newwin $top.$win
+ if {[catch {uplevel \#0 eval $class $newwin $args} msg]} {
+ dbug E "object creation of $class failed: $msg"
+ dbug E $::errorInfo
+ if {[string first "object already exists" $msg] != -1} {
+ # sometimes an object is still really around even though
+ # [winfo exists] said it didn't exist. Check for this case
+ # and increment the window number again.
+ catch {destroy $top}
+ incr i
+ } else {
+ return ""
+ }
+ } else {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {[catch {pack $newwin -expand yes -fill both}]} {
+ dbug W "packing of $newwin failed: $::errorInfo"
+ return ""
+ }
+
+ wm maxsize $top $screenwidth $screenheight
+ wm minsize $top 20 20
+
+ if {$over != ""} {
+ # center new window over widget
+ set t [winfo toplevel [namespace tail $over]]
+ set cx [expr {[winfo rootx $t] + [winfo width $t] / 2}]
+ set cy [expr {[winfo rooty $t] + [winfo height $t] / 2}]
+ set x [expr {$cx - [winfo reqwidth $top] / 2}]
+ set y [expr {$cy - [winfo reqheight $top] / 2}]
+ wm geometry $top +$x+$y
+ } elseif {$center} {
+ # center the window on the screen
+ set x [expr {[winfo screenwidth $top] / 2 - [winfo reqwidth $top] / 2}]
+ set y [expr {[winfo screenheight $top] / 2 - [winfo reqheight $top] / 2}]
+ wm geometry $top +$x+$y
+ }
+
+ if {$transient} {
+ wm resizable $top 0 0
+ wm transient $top .
+ } elseif {$::tcl_platform(platform) == "unix"} {
+ # Modal dialogs DONT get Icons...
+ if {[pref get gdb/use_icons] && ![$newwin isa ModalDialog]} {
+ set icon [make_icon_window ${top}_icon]
+ wm iconwindow $top $icon
+ bind $icon <Double-1> "$newwin reveal"
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {[info exists ::env(GDBTK_TEST_RUNNING)] && $::env(GDBTK_TEST_RUNNING)} {
+ set g "+100+100"
+ wm geometry $top $g
+ wm positionfrom $top user
+ } else {
+ set g [pref getd gdb/geometry/$newwin]
+ if {$g == "1x1+0+0"} {
+ dbug E "bad geometry"
+ set g ""
+ }
+ if {$g != ""} {
+ # OK. We have a requested geometry. We know that it fits on the screen
+ # because we set the maxsize. Now we have to make sure it will not be
+ # displayed off the screen.
+ set w 0; set h 0; set x 0; set y 0
+ if {![catch {scan $g "%dx%d%d%d" w h x y} res]} {
+ if {$x < 0} {
+ set x [expr $screenwidth + $x]
+ }
+ if {$y < 0} {
+ set y [expr $screenheight + $y]
+ }
+
+ # If the window is transient, then don't reset its size, since
+ # the user didn't set this anyway, and in some cases where the
+ # size can change dynamically, like the Global Preferences
+ # dialog, this can hide parts of the dialog with no recourse...
+
+ # if dont_remember_size is true, don't set size, just like
+ # transients
+
+ if {$transient || [dont_remember_size]} {
+ set g "+${x}+${y}"
+ } else {
+ set g "${w}x${h}+${x}+${y}"
+ }
+ if {[expr $x+50] < $screenwidth && [expr $y+20] < $screenheight} {
+ wm geometry $top $g
+ wm positionfrom $top user
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ bind $top <Alt-F4> [list delete object $newwin]
+
+ return $newwin
+}
+
+body ManagedWin::find { win } {
+ debug "$win"
+ set res ""
+ foreach obj $manage_active {
+ if {[$obj isa $win]} {
+ lappend res $obj
+ }
+ }
+ return $res
+}
+
+body ManagedWin::enable { on } {
+}
+
+
+body ManagedWin::init {} {
+ debug
+ wm withdraw .
+ set screenheight [winfo screenheight .]
+ set screenwidth [winfo screenwidth .]
+}
+
+body ManagedWin::destroy_toplevel {} {
+ after idle "update idletasks;destroy $Top"
+}
+
+body ManagedWin::freeze_me {} {
+ $Top configure -cursor watch
+ ::update idletasks
+}
+
+body ManagedWin::thaw_me {} {
+
+ $Top configure -cursor {}
+ ::update idletasks
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# make_icon_window - create a small window with an icon in
+# it for use by certain Unix window managers.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+body ManagedWin::make_icon_window {name {file "gdbtk_icon"}} {
+ if {![winfo exists $name]} {
+ toplevel $name
+ label $name.im -image \
+ [image create photo icon_photo -file [file join $::gdb_ImageDir $file.gif]]
+ }
+ pack $name.im
+ return $name
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Managed window class definition for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+class ManagedWin {
+ inherit itk::Widget
+
+ public {
+ method reconfig {}
+ method destroy_toplevel {}
+ method quit_if_last {} {return 1}
+ method enable {on}
+ method reveal {}
+ method window_name {wname {iname ""}}
+
+ variable nosize 0
+
+ proc find {win}
+ proc open {args}
+ proc open_dlg {class args}
+ proc init {}
+ proc restart {}
+ }
+
+ protected {
+ proc dont_remember_size {} {
+ return 0
+ }
+ method freeze_me {}
+ method thaw_me {}
+
+ variable Top
+ }
+
+ private {
+ proc _create {class args}
+ proc _open {class args}
+ proc make_icon_window {name {file "gdbtk_icon"}}
+ }
+
+ protected {
+ # manage_active - list of active window objects
+ common manage_active ""
+
+ # this is the counter of TopLevelWins open
+ # when it hits 0, exit.
+ common numTopWins 0
+
+ common screenwidth
+ common screenheight
+ common mainwindow
+ }
+
+ constructor {args} {
+ debug "$this args=$args"
+ lappend manage_active $this
+ set Top [winfo toplevel $itk_interior]
+
+ }
+
+ destructor {
+
+ set infoList [after info]
+
+ # remove object from list
+ set i [lsearch -exact $manage_active $this]
+ if {$i != -1} {
+ set manage_active [lreplace $manage_active $i $i]
+ }
+
+ # save geometry
+ set g [wm geometry [winfo toplevel [namespace tail $this]]]
+ pref setd gdb/geometry/[namespace tail $this] $g
+
+ # If no toplevels remain, quit. However, check the quit_if_last
+ # flag since we might be doing something like displaying a
+ # splash screen at startup...
+
+ if {!$numTopWins && [quit_if_last]} {
+ # save window positions of remaining windows
+ foreach obj $manage_active {
+ set g [wm geometry [winfo toplevel [namespace tail $obj]]]
+ pref setd gdb/geometry/[namespace tail $obj] $g
+ }
+ pref_save
+ gdb_force_quit
+ } else {
+ destroy_toplevel
+ }
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Memory display preferences window for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: constructor - build the dialog
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemPref::constructor {args} {
+
+ window_name "Memory Preferences"
+
+ eval itk_initialize $args
+
+ if {$float_size == ""} {
+ set float_size [gdb_eval sizeof(float)]
+ set double_size [gdb_eval sizeof(double)]
+ }
+
+ if {[string compare $format f] == 0} {
+ set gformat x
+ set format_disabled 1
+ if {$size == $float_size} {
+ set gsize 3
+ } elseif {$size == $double_size} {
+ set gsize 5
+ }
+ } else {
+ set gsize $size
+ set gformat $format
+ }
+
+ set gnumbytes $numbytes
+ set gbpr $bpr
+ set gascii $ascii
+ set gascii_char $ascii_char
+
+ build_win
+
+ if {$format_disabled} {
+ set format_disabled 0
+ disable_format
+ }
+
+ wm resizable [winfo toplevel $itk_interior] 0 0
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: destructor - destroy the dialog
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemPref::destructor {} {
+ trace vdelete [scope gnumbytes] w [code $this check_numbytes]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: build_win - build the dialog
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemPref::build_win {} {
+
+ frame $itk_interior.f
+ set f [frame $itk_interior.f.a]
+ frame $itk_interior.f.b
+
+ # SIZE
+ Labelledframe $f.f1 -anchor nw -text Size
+ set fr [$f.f1 get_frame]
+
+ set Widgets(rb-Byte) [radiobutton $fr.1 -variable [scope gsize] -text Byte \
+ -value 1 -command [code $this enable_format]]
+ set Widgets(rb-half_word) [radiobutton $fr.2 -variable [scope gsize] -text "Half Word" \
+ -value 2 -command [code $this enable_format]]
+ set Widgets(rb-word) [radiobutton $fr.4 -variable [scope gsize] -text Word \
+ -value 4 -command [code $this enable_format]]
+ set Widgets(rb-d_word) [radiobutton $fr.8 -variable [scope gsize] -text "Double Word" \
+ -value 8 -command [code $this enable_format]]
+ set Widgets(rb-float) [radiobutton $fr.f -variable [scope gsize] -text Float \
+ -value 3 -command [code $this disable_format]]
+ set Widgets(rb-d_float) [radiobutton $fr.d -variable [scope gsize] -text "Double Float" \
+ -value 5 -command [code $this disable_format]]
+ grid $fr.1 $fr.4 $fr.f -sticky w -padx 4
+ grid $fr.2 $fr.8 $fr.d -sticky w -padx 4
+
+ # FORMAT
+ Labelledframe $f.f2 -anchor nw -text Format
+ set fr [$f.f2 get_frame]
+ set Widgets(rb-binary) [radiobutton $fr.1 -variable [scope gformat] \
+ -text Binary -value t]
+ set Widgets(rb-octal) [radiobutton $fr.2 -variable [scope gformat] \
+ -text Octal -value o]
+ set Widgets(rb-hex) [radiobutton $fr.3 -variable [scope gformat] \
+ -text Hex -value x]
+ set Widgets(rb-signed_dec) [radiobutton $fr.4 -variable [scope gformat] \
+ -text "Signed Decimal" -value d]
+ set Widgets(rb-unsign_dec) [radiobutton $fr.5 -variable [scope gformat] \
+ -text "Unsigned Decimal" -value u]
+
+ grid $fr.1 $fr.2 $fr.3 -sticky w -padx 4
+ grid $fr.4 $fr.5 x -sticky w -padx 4
+
+ # TOTAL BYTES
+ Labelledframe $f.fx -anchor nw -text "Number of Bytes"
+
+ if {$gnumbytes == 0} {
+ set gnumbytes $default_numbytes
+ set gvar 0
+ } else {
+ set gvar 1
+ }
+
+ set fr [$f.fx get_frame]
+ set Widgets(rb-win_size) [radiobutton $fr.1 -variable [scope gvar] -text "Depends on window size" \
+ -value 0 -command [code $this toggle_size_control]]
+ frame $fr.2
+ set Widgets(rb-fixed) [radiobutton $fr.2.b -variable [scope gvar] -text Fixed \
+ -value 1 -command [code $this toggle_size_control]]
+
+ set old_numbytes $default_numbytes
+ set Widgets(e-numbytes) [entry $fr.2.e -textvariable [scope gnumbytes] -width 3]
+ set normal_background [$Widgets(e-numbytes) cget -background]
+
+ #
+ # Trace gnumbytes so it will always be a +'ve integer... Have to set this
+ # trace AFTER the widget's textvariable is set so this trace will fire
+ # BEFORE the widget's trace.
+ #
+
+ trace variable [scope gnumbytes] w [code $this check_numbytes]
+
+ label $fr.2.l -text bytes
+ grid $fr.2.b $fr.2.e $fr.2.l -sticky we
+ grid $fr.1 x -sticky w -padx 4
+ grid $fr.2 x -sticky w -padx 4
+ grid columnconfigure $fr 1 -weight 1
+
+ # MISC
+ Labelledframe $f.1 -anchor nw -text "Miscellaneous"
+ set fr [$f.1 get_frame]
+ frame $fr.1
+ label $fr.1.plabel -height 1 -width 1 -bg $color -relief raised
+ set Widgets(b-color) [button $fr.1.pc -text "Change color..." \
+ -command [code $this pick $fr.1.plabel]]
+ grid $fr.1.plabel $fr.1.pc
+ frame $fr.2
+ label $fr.2.l -text "Bytes Per Row "
+ set Widgets(b-bytes_per_row) [::combobox::combobox $fr.2.c \
+ -command [code $this set_bytes_per_row] \
+ -width 4 -editable 0 -font src-font]
+ $fr.2.c list insert end 4
+ $fr.2.c list insert end 8
+ $fr.2.c list insert end 16
+ $fr.2.c list insert end 32
+ $fr.2.c list insert end 64
+ $fr.2.c list insert end 128
+ $fr.2.c configure -value 16
+
+ pack $fr.2.l -side left -anchor e
+ pack $fr.2.c -side right
+
+ set Widgets(cb-display_ascii) [checkbutton $fr.3 -variable [scope gascii] -text "Display ASCII"]
+ frame $fr.4
+ set Widgets(e-ascii_char) [entry $fr.4.e -textvariable [scope gascii_char] -width 1]
+ label $fr.4.l -text "Control Char"
+ grid $fr.4.e $fr.4.l -sticky we
+ grid $fr.2 x $fr.3 -sticky w -padx 4
+ grid $fr.4 -sticky w -padx 4
+ grid columnconfigure $fr 1 -weight 1
+
+ grid $f.f1 -padx 5 -pady 6 -sticky news
+ grid $f.f2 -padx 5 -pady 6 -sticky news
+ grid $f.fx -padx 5 -pady 6 -sticky news
+ grid $f.1 -padx 5 -pady 6 -sticky we
+
+
+ set Widgets(b-ok) [button $itk_interior.f.b.ok -text OK -command [code $this ok] -width 7 -default active]
+ focus $Widgets(b-ok)
+
+ # If there is an OK button, set Return in the entry field to invoke it...
+
+ bind $Widgets(e-numbytes) <KeyPress-Return> "$Widgets(b-ok) flash ; $Widgets(b-ok) invoke"
+
+ set Widgets(b-cancel) [button $itk_interior.f.b.quit -text Cancel -command [code $this cancel] -width 7]
+ set Widgets(b-apply) [button $itk_interior.f.b.apply -text Apply -command [code $this apply] -width 7]
+ standard_button_box $itk_interior.f.b
+
+ grid $itk_interior.f.a
+ grid $itk_interior.f.b -sticky news
+ grid $itk_interior.f
+
+ #
+ # Set the state of the window size entry here...
+ #
+ toggle_size_control
+
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: busy - make the widget unusable
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemPref::busy {} {
+ set top [winfo toplevel $itk_interior]
+ $top configure -cursor watch
+
+ # Disable all the radiobuttons and what not
+ foreach w [array names Widgets] {
+ set WidgetState($w) [$Widgets($w) cget -state]
+ }
+ foreach w [array names Widgets] {
+ $Widgets($w) configure -state disabled
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: idle - make the widget useable
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemPref::idle {} {
+ set top [winfo toplevel $itk_interior]
+ $top configure -cursor {}
+
+ # Re-enable all widgets
+ foreach w [array names Widgets] {
+ $Widgets($w) configure -state $WidgetState($w)
+ }
+}
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: ok - apply and quit
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemPref::ok {} {
+ apply
+ unpost
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: cancel - just close the dialog w/o saving changes
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemPref::cancel {} {
+ unpost
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: check_numbytes - a trace to make sure gnumbytes is an int > 0
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemPref::check_numbytes {var index mode} {
+ upvar \#0 $var true
+ if {($true != "") && ([catch {expr {(int($true) != double($true)) || $true <= 0}} val]
+ || $val)} {
+ bell
+ set true $old_numbytes
+ } else {
+ set old_numbytes $true
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: set_bytes_per_row - combobox callback to set the bytes per row
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemPref::set_bytes_per_row {w value} {
+ set gbpr $value
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: toggle_size_control - toggle the state of the entry box as the
+# control method changes
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemPref::toggle_size_control {} {
+
+ if {$gvar} {
+ $Widgets(e-numbytes) configure -state normal \
+ -background $normal_background
+ } else {
+ $Widgets(e-numbytes) configure -state disabled -background lightgray
+ if {[info exists Widgets(b-ok)]} {
+ focus $Widgets(b-ok)
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: apply - apply changes to the parent window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemPref::apply {} {
+
+ busy
+ gdbtk_busy
+
+ if {$gvar == 0} {
+ set numbytes 0
+ } elseif {$gnumbytes == "" || $gnumbytes == 0} {
+ # Protect against the case where someone sets the
+ # entry field to an empty string, or pastes in a 0...
+ bell
+ set gnumbytes $default_numbytes
+ set numbytes $gnumbytes
+ } else {
+ set numbytes $gnumbytes
+ }
+ switch $gsize {
+ 3 {
+ set size $float_size
+ set format f
+ }
+ 5 {
+ set size $double_size
+ set format f
+ }
+ default {
+ set size $gsize
+ set format $gformat
+ }
+ }
+
+ # pass all the changed values back to parent
+ debug "$win configChange -size $size -numbytes $numbytes \
+ -format $format -ascii $gascii \
+ -ascii_char $gascii_char -bytes_per_row $gbpr \
+ -color $color"
+ eval $win configure -size $size -numbytes $numbytes \
+ -format $format -ascii $gascii \
+ -ascii_char $gascii_char -bytes_per_row $gbpr \
+ -color $color
+
+ $win reconfig
+
+ gdbtk_idle
+ idle
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: enable_format - turn on the format radio buttons
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemPref::enable_format {} {
+ if {!$format_disabled} {
+ return
+ }
+
+ foreach widget {rb-binary rb-octal rb-hex rb-signed_dec rb-unsign_dec} {
+ $Widgets($widget) configure -state normal
+ }
+ set format_disabled 0
+}
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: disable_format - turn off the format radio buttons
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemPref::disable_format {} {
+ if {$format_disabled} {
+ return
+ }
+
+ foreach widget {rb-binary rb-octal rb-hex rb-signed_dec rb-unsign_dec} {
+ $Widgets($widget) configure -state disabled
+ }
+ set format_disabled 1
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: pick - pick colors
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemPref::pick {lab} {
+ set new_color [tk_chooseColor -initialcolor $color -title "Choose color"]
+ if {$new_color != $color && $new_color != ""} {
+ set color $new_color
+ $lab configure -bg $color
+ }
+}
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: reconfig - used when preferences change
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemPref::reconfig {} {
+ # for now, just delete and recreate
+ destroy $itk_interior.f
+ build_win
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+# Memory display preferences window class definition for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+class MemPref {
+ inherit ModalDialog ManagedWin
+
+ public {
+ variable win
+ variable size
+ variable format
+ variable numbytes
+ variable bpr
+ variable ascii
+ variable ascii_char
+ variable color
+
+ method constructor {args}
+ method destructor {}
+ method busy {}
+ method idle {}
+ method cancel {}
+ method set_bytes_per_row {w value}
+ method check_numbytes {var index mode}
+ method toggle_size_control {}
+ method apply {}
+ method enable_format {}
+ method disable_format {}
+ method pick {lab}
+ method reconfig {}
+ }
+
+ private {
+ # The next seven variables are all used in the radio-buttons
+ # and checkbuttons of the display.
+ variable gsize
+ variable gformat
+ variable gnumbytes
+ variable gbpr
+ variable gascii
+ variable gascii_char
+ variable gvar
+
+ variable Widgets
+ variable WidgetState
+ variable format_disabled 0
+ variable old_numbytes
+ variable normal_background
+ method build_win {}
+ method ok {}
+ }
+
+ protected {
+ common float_size ""
+ common double_size ""
+ common default_numbytes 128
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: constructor - build the dialog
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemWin::constructor {args} {
+ global _mem
+ debug $args
+ eval itk_initialize $args
+
+ set top [winfo toplevel $itk_interior]
+ gdbtk_busy
+
+ set _mem($this,enabled) 1
+ set bg white
+
+ if {![info exists type(1)]} {
+ set type(1) char
+ set type(2) short
+ set type(4) int
+ set type(8) "long long"
+ }
+
+ if {[pref getd gdb/mem/menu] != ""} {
+ set mbar 0
+ }
+
+ init_addr_exp
+ build_win
+ gdbtk_idle
+
+ add_hook gdb_update_hook "$this update"
+ add_hook gdb_busy_hook [list $this busy]
+ add_hook gdb_idle_hook [list $this idle]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: destructor - destroy the dialog
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemWin::destructor {} {
+ if {[winfo exists $prefs_win]} {
+ $prefs_win cancel
+ }
+ remove_hook gdb_update_hook "$this update"
+ remove_hook gdb_busy_hook [list $this busy]
+ remove_hook gdb_idle_hook [list $this idle]
+}
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: build_win - build the main memory window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemWin::build_win {} {
+ global tcl_platform gdb_ImageDir _mem ${this}_memval
+
+ set maxlen 0
+ set maxalen 0
+ set saved_value ""
+
+ if { $mbar } {
+ menu $itk_interior.m -tearoff 0
+ $top configure -menu $itk_interior.m
+ $itk_interior.m add cascade -menu $itk_interior.m.addr -label "Addresses" -underline 0
+ set m [menu $itk_interior.m.addr]
+ $m add check -label " Auto Update" -variable _mem($this,enabled) \
+ -underline 1 -command "after idle $this toggle_enabled"
+ $m add command -label " Update Now" -underline 1 \
+ -command "$this update_address" -accelerator {Ctrl+U}
+ $m add separator
+ $m add command -label " Preferences..." -underline 1 \
+ -command "$this create_prefs"
+ }
+
+ # Numcols = number of columns of data
+ # numcols = number of columns in table (data plus headings plus ASCII)
+ # if numbytes are 0, then use window size to determine how many to read
+ if {$numbytes == 0} {
+ set Numrows 8
+ } else {
+ set Numrows [expr {$numbytes / $bytes_per_row}]
+ }
+ set numrows [expr {$Numrows + 1}]
+
+ set Numcols [expr {$bytes_per_row / $size}]
+ if {$ascii} {
+ set numcols [expr {$Numcols + 2}]
+ } else {
+ set numcols [expr {$Numcols + 1}]
+ }
+
+ table $itk_interior.t -titlerows 1 -titlecols 1 -variable ${this}_memval \
+ -roworigin -1 -colorigin -1 -bg $bg \
+ -browsecmd "$this changed_cell %s %S" -font src-font\
+ -colstretch unset -rowstretch unset -selectmode single \
+ -xscrollcommand "$itk_interior.sx set" -resizeborders none \
+ -cols $numcols -rows $numrows -autoclear 1
+
+ if {$numbytes} {
+ $itk_interior.t configure -yscrollcommand "$itk_interior.sy set"
+ scrollbar $itk_interior.sy -command [list $itk_interior.t yview]
+ } else {
+ $itk_interior.t configure -rowstretchmode none
+ }
+ scrollbar $itk_interior.sx -command [list $itk_interior.t xview] -orient horizontal
+ $itk_interior.t tag config sel -bg [$itk_interior.t cget -bg] -relief sunken
+ $itk_interior.t tag config active -bg lightgray -relief sunken -wrap 0
+
+ # rebind all events that use tkTableMoveCell to our local version
+ # because we don't want to move into the ASCII column if it exists
+ bind $itk_interior.t <Up> "$this memMoveCell %W -1 0; break"
+ bind $itk_interior.t <Down> "$this memMoveCell %W 1 0; break"
+ bind $itk_interior.t <Left> "$this memMoveCell %W 0 -1; break"
+ bind $itk_interior.t <Right> "$this memMoveCell %W 0 1; break"
+ bind $itk_interior.t <Return> "$this memMoveCell %W 0 1; break"
+ bind $itk_interior.t <KP_Enter> "$this memMoveCell %W 0 1; break"
+
+ # bind button 3 to popup
+ bind $itk_interior.t <3> "$this do_popup %X %Y"
+
+ # bind Paste and button2 to the paste function
+ # this is necessary because we want to not just paste the
+ # data into the cell, but we also have to write it
+ # out to real memory
+ bind $itk_interior.t <ButtonRelease-2> [format {after idle %s paste %s %s} $this %x %y]
+ bind $itk_interior.t <<Paste>> [format {after idle %s paste %s %s} $this %x %y]
+
+ menu $itk_interior.t.menu -tearoff 0
+ bind_plain_key $top Control-u "$this update_address"
+
+ # bind resize events
+ bind $itk_interior <Configure> "$this newsize %h"
+
+ frame $itk_interior.f
+ iwidgets::spinint $itk_interior.f.cntl -labeltext " Address " -width 20 \
+ -command "after idle $this update_address_cb" \
+ -increment "after idle $this incr_addr -1" \
+ -decrement "after idle $this incr_addr 1" \
+ -validate {} \
+ -textbackground white
+
+ $itk_interior.f.cntl delete 0 end
+ $itk_interior.f.cntl insert end $addr_exp
+
+ balloon register [$itk_interior.f.cntl childsite].uparrow \
+ "Scroll Up (Decrement Address)"
+ balloon register [$itk_interior.f.cntl childsite].downarrow \
+ "Scroll Down (Increment Address)"
+
+ if {!$mbar} {
+ button $itk_interior.f.upd -command "$this update_address" \
+ -image [image create photo -file [::file join $gdb_ImageDir check.gif]]
+ balloon register $itk_interior.f.upd "Update Now"
+ checkbutton $itk_interior.cb -variable _mem($this,enabled) -command "$this toggle_enabled"
+ balloon register $itk_interior.cb "Toggles Automatic Display Updates"
+ grid $itk_interior.f.upd $itk_interior.f.cntl -sticky ew -padx 5
+ } else {
+ grid $itk_interior.f.cntl x -sticky w
+ grid columnconfigure $itk_interior.f 1 -weight 1
+ }
+
+ # draw top border
+ set col 0
+ for {set i 0} {$i < $bytes_per_row} { incr i $size} {
+ set ${this}_memval(-1,$col) [format " %X" $i]
+ incr col
+ }
+
+ if {$ascii} {
+ set ${this}_memval(-1,$col) ASCII
+ }
+
+ # fill initial display
+ if {$nb} {
+ update_address
+ }
+
+ if {!$mbar} {
+ grid $itk_interior.f x -row 0 -column 0 -sticky nws
+ grid $itk_interior.cb -row 0 -column 1 -sticky news
+ } else {
+ grid $itk_interior.f -row 0 -column 0 -sticky news
+ }
+ grid $itk_interior.t -row 1 -column 0 -sticky news
+ if {$numbytes} { grid $itk_interior.sy -row 1 -column 1 -sticky ns }
+ grid $itk_interior.sx -sticky ew
+ grid columnconfig $itk_interior 0 -weight 1
+ grid rowconfig $itk_interior 1 -weight 1
+ focus $itk_interior.f.cntl
+
+ window_name "Memory"
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: paste - paste callback. Update cell contents after paste
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemWin::paste {x y} {
+ edit [$itk_interior.t index @$x,$y]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: validate - because the control widget wants this
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemWin::validate {val} {
+ return $val
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: create_prefs - create memory preferences dialog
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemWin::create_prefs {} {
+ if {$Running} { return }
+
+ # make sure row height is set
+ if {$rheight == ""} {
+ set rheight [lindex [$itk_interior.t bbox 0,0] 3]
+ }
+
+ set prefs_win [ManagedWin::open MemPref -force -over $this\
+ -transient -win $this \
+ -size $size -format $format -numbytes $numbytes \
+ -bpr $bytes_per_row -ascii $ascii \
+ -ascii_char $ascii_char -color $color]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: changed_cell - called when moving from one cell to another
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemWin::changed_cell {from to} {
+ #debug "moved from $from to $to"
+ #debug "value = [$itk_interior.t get $from]"
+ if {$saved_value != ""} {
+ if {$saved_value != [$itk_interior.t get $from]} {
+ edit $from
+ }
+ }
+ set saved_value [$itk_interior.t get $to]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: edit - edit a cell
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemWin::edit { cell } {
+ global _mem ${this}_memval
+
+ #debug "edit $cell"
+
+ if {$Running || $cell == ""} { return }
+ set rc [split $cell ,]
+ set row [lindex $rc 0]
+ set col [lindex $rc 1]
+ set val [$itk_interior.t get $cell]
+
+ if {$col == $Numcols} {
+ # editing the ASCII field
+ set addr [expr {$current_addr + $bytes_per_row * $row}]
+ set start_addr $addr
+
+ # calculate number of rows to modify
+ set len [string length $val]
+ set rows 0
+ while {$len > 0} {
+ incr rows
+ set len [expr {$len - $bytes_per_row}]
+ }
+ set nb [expr {$rows * $bytes_per_row}]
+
+ # now process each char, one at a time
+ foreach c [split $val ""] {
+ if {$c != $ascii_char} {
+ if {$c == "'"} {set c "\\'"}
+ catch {gdb_cmd "set *(char *)($addr) = '$c'"}
+ }
+ incr addr
+ }
+ set addr $start_addr
+ set nextval 0
+ # now read back the data and update the widget
+ catch {gdb_get_mem $addr $format $size $nb $bytes_per_row $ascii_char} vals
+ for {set n 0} {$n < $nb} {incr n $bytes_per_row} {
+ set ${this}_memval($row,-1) [format "0x%x" $addr]
+ for { set col 0 } { $col < [expr {$bytes_per_row / $size}] } { incr col } {
+ set ${this}_memval($row,$col) [lindex $vals $nextval]
+ incr nextval
+ }
+ set ${this}_memval($row,$col) [lindex $vals $nextval]
+ incr nextval
+ incr addr $bytes_per_row
+ incr row
+ }
+ return
+ }
+
+ # calculate address based on row and column
+ set addr [expr {$current_addr + $bytes_per_row * $row + $size * $col}]
+ #debug " edit $row,$col [format "%x" $addr] = $val"
+ #set memory
+ catch {gdb_cmd "set *($type($size) *)($addr) = $val"} res
+ # read it back
+ # FIXME - HACK ALERT - This call causes trouble with remotes on Windows.
+ # This routine is in fact called from within an idle handler triggered by
+ # memMoveCell. Something evil happens in that handler that causes gdb to
+ # start writing this changed value into all the visible cells...
+ # I have not figured out the cause of this, so for now I commented this
+ # line out. It will only matter if the write did not succeed, and this was
+ # not a very good way to tell the user about that anyway...
+ #
+ # catch {gdb_get_mem $addr $format $size $size $size ""} val
+ # delete whitespace in response
+ set val [string trimright $val]
+ set val [string trimleft $val]
+ set ${this}_memval($row,$col) $val
+}
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: toggle_enabled - called when enable is toggled
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemWin::toggle_enabled {} {
+ global _mem
+
+ if {$Running} { return }
+ if {$_mem($this,enabled)} {
+ update_address
+ set bg white
+ set state normal
+ } else {
+ set bg gray
+ set state disabled
+ }
+ $itk_interior.t config -background $bg -state $state
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: update - update widget after every PC change
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemWin::update {} {
+ global _mem
+ if {$_mem($this,enabled)} {
+ update_address
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: idle - memory window is idle, so enable menus
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemWin::idle {} {
+ # Fencepost
+ set Running 0
+
+ # Cursor
+ cursor {}
+
+ # Enable menus
+ if {$mbar} {
+ for {set i 0} {$i <= [$itk_interior.m.addr index last]} {incr i} {
+ if {[$itk_interior.m.addr type $i] != "separator"} {
+ $itk_interior.m.addr entryconfigure $i -state normal
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Enable control
+ $itk_interior.f.cntl configure -state normal
+}
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: busy - disable menus 'cause we're busy updating things
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemWin::busy {} {
+ # Fencepost
+ set Running 1
+
+ # cursor
+ cursor watch
+
+ # Disable menus
+ if {$mbar} {
+ for {set i 0} {$i <= [$itk_interior.m.addr index last]} {incr i} {
+ if {[$itk_interior.m.addr type $i] != "separator"} {
+ $itk_interior.m.addr entryconfigure $i -state disabled
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Disable control
+ $itk_interior.f.cntl configure -state disabled
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: newsize - calculate how many rows to display when the
+# window is resized.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemWin::newsize {height} {
+ if {$dont_size || $Running} {
+ return
+ }
+
+ # only add rows if numbytes is zero
+ if {$numbytes == 0} {
+ ::update idletasks
+
+ # make sure row height is set
+ if {$rheight == ""} {
+ set rheight [lindex [$itk_interior.t bbox 0,0] 3]
+ }
+
+ set theight [winfo height $itk_interior.t]
+ set Numrows [expr {$theight / $rheight}]
+ $itk_interior.t configure -rows $Numrows
+ update_addr
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: update_address_cb - address entry widget callback
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemWin::update_address_cb {} {
+ set new_entry 1
+ update_address [$itk_interior.f.cntl get]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: update_address - update address and data displayed
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemWin::update_address { {ae ""} } {
+ if {$ae == ""} {
+ set addr_exp [string trimleft [$itk_interior.f.cntl get]]
+ } else {
+ set addr_exp $ae
+ }
+
+ set saved_addr $current_addr
+ if {[string match {[a-zA-Z_&0-9\*]*} $addr_exp]} {
+ # Looks like an expression
+ set retVal [catch {gdb_eval "$addr_exp"} current_addr]
+ if {$retVal || [string match "No symbol*" $current_addr] || \
+ [string match "Invalid *" $current_addr]} {
+ BadExpr $current_addr
+ return
+ }
+ if {[string match {\{*} $current_addr]} {
+ set current_addr [lindex $current_addr 1]
+ if {$current_addr == ""} {
+ return
+ }
+ }
+ } elseif {[string match {\$*} $addr_exp]} {
+ # Looks like a local variable
+ catch {gdb_eval "$addr_exp"} current_addr
+ if {$current_addr == "No registers.\n"} {
+ # we asked for a register value and debugging hasn't started yet
+ return
+ }
+ if {$current_addr == "void"} {
+ BadExpr "No Local Variable Named \"$addr_ex\""
+ return
+ }
+ } else {
+ # something really strange, like "0.1" or ""
+ BadExpr "Can't Evaluate \"$addr_expr\""
+ return
+ }
+
+ # Check for spaces
+ set index [string first \ $current_addr]
+ if {$index != -1} {
+ incr index -1
+ set current_addr [string range $current_addr 0 $index]
+ }
+
+ # set table background
+ $itk_interior.t config -bg white -state normal
+ catch {update_addr}
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: BadExpr - handle a bad expression
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemWin::BadExpr {errTxt} {
+ if {$new_entry} {
+ tk_messageBox -type ok -icon error -message $errTxt
+ set new_entry 0
+ }
+ # set table background to gray
+ $itk_interior.t config -bg gray -state disabled
+ set current_addr $saved_addr
+ set saved_addr ""
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: incr_addr - callback from control widget to increment
+# the current address.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemWin::incr_addr {num} {
+
+ if {$current_addr == ""} {
+ return
+ }
+ set old_addr $current_addr
+
+ # You have to be careful with address calculations here, since the memory
+ # space of the target may be bigger than a long, which will cause Tcl to
+ # overflow. Let gdb do the calculations instead.
+
+ set current_addr [gdb_cmd "printf \"%u\", $current_addr + $num * $bytes_per_row"]
+
+ # A memory address less than zero is probably not a good thing...
+ #
+
+ if {($num < 0 && [gdb_eval "$current_addr > $old_addr"]) \
+ ||($num > 0 && [gdb_eval "$current_addr < $old_addr"]) } {
+ bell
+ set current_addr $old_addr
+ return
+ }
+ $itk_interior.t config -background white -state normal
+ update_addr
+ $itk_interior.f.cntl clear
+ $itk_interior.f.cntl insert 0 [format "0x%x" $current_addr]
+}
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: update_addr - read in data starting at $current_addr
+# This is just a helper function for update_address.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemWin::update_addr {} {
+ global _mem ${this}_memval
+
+ gdbtk_busy
+ set addr $current_addr
+
+ set row 0
+
+ if {$numbytes == 0} {
+ set nb [expr {$Numrows * $bytes_per_row}]
+ } else {
+ set nb $numbytes
+ }
+ set nextval 0
+ set num [expr {$bytes_per_row / $size}]
+ if {$ascii} {
+ set asc $ascii_char
+ } else {
+ set asc ""
+ }
+
+ set retVal [catch {gdb_get_mem $addr $format \
+ $size $nb $bytes_per_row $asc} vals]
+
+ if {$retVal || [llength $vals] == 0} {
+ # FIXME gdb_get_mem does not always return an error when addr is invalid.
+ BadExpr "Couldn't get memory at address: \"$addr\""
+ gdbtk_idle
+ debug "gdb_get_mem returned return code: $retVal and value: \"$vals\""
+ return
+ }
+
+ set mlen 0
+ for {set n 0} {$n < $nb} {incr n $bytes_per_row} {
+ set x [format "0x%x" $addr]
+ if {[string length $x] > $mlen} {
+ set mlen [string length $x]
+ }
+ set ${this}_memval($row,-1) $x
+ for { set col 0 } { $col < $num } { incr col } {
+ set x [lindex $vals $nextval]
+ if {[string length $x] > $maxlen} {set maxlen [string length $x]}
+ set ${this}_memval($row,$col) $x
+ incr nextval
+ }
+ if {$ascii} {
+ set x [lindex $vals $nextval]
+ if {[string length $x] > $maxalen} {set maxalen [string length $x]}
+ set ${this}_memval($row,$col) $x
+ incr nextval
+ }
+ incr addr $bytes_per_row
+ incr row
+ }
+ # set default column width to the max in the data columns
+ $itk_interior.t configure -colwidth [expr {$maxlen + 1}]
+ # set border column width
+ $itk_interior.t width -1 [expr {$mlen + 1}]
+ if {$ascii} {
+ # set ascii column width
+ $itk_interior.t width $Numcols [expr {$maxalen + 1}]
+ }
+
+ gdbtk_idle
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: hidemb - hide the menubar. NOT CURRENTLY USED
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemWin::hidemb {} {
+ set mbar 0
+ reconfig
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: reconfig - used when preferences change
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemWin::reconfig {} {
+ debug
+ set addr_exp [string trimright [string trimleft $addr_exp]]
+ set wh [winfo height $top]
+
+ if [winfo exists $itk_interior.m] { destroy $itk_interior.m }
+ if [winfo exists $itk_interior.cb] { destroy $itk_interior.cb }
+ if [winfo exists $itk_interior.f.upd] { destroy $itk_interior.f.upd }
+ if [winfo exists $itk_interior.sy] { destroy $itk_interior.sy }
+ destroy $itk_interior.f.cntl $itk_interior.f $itk_interior.t $itk_interior.sx
+
+ set dont_size 1
+
+ # If the fonts change, then you will need to recompute the
+ # row height. Ditto for switch from fixed number of rows to
+ # depends on size.
+
+ set rheight ""
+
+ build_win
+ set dont_size 0
+ ::update
+
+ if {$numbytes == 0} {
+ newsize $wh
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: do_popup - Display popup menu
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemWin::do_popup {X Y} {
+ if {$Running} { return }
+ $itk_interior.t.menu delete 0 end
+ $itk_interior.t.menu add check -label "Auto Update" -variable _mem($this,enabled) \
+ -underline 0 -command "$this toggle_enabled"
+ $itk_interior.t.menu add command -label "Update Now" -underline 0 \
+ -command "$this update_address"
+ $itk_interior.t.menu add command -label "Go To [$itk_interior.t curvalue]" -underline 0 \
+ -command "$this goto [$itk_interior.t curvalue]"
+ $itk_interior.t.menu add command -label "Open New Window at [$itk_interior.t curvalue]" -underline 0 \
+ -command [list ManagedWin::open -force MemWin -addr_exp [$itk_interior.t curvalue]]
+ $itk_interior.t.menu add separator
+ $itk_interior.t.menu add command -label "Preferences..." -underline 0 \
+ -command "$this create_prefs"
+ tk_popup $itk_interior.t.menu $X $Y
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: goto - change the address of the current memory window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemWin::goto { addr } {
+ set current_addr $addr
+ $itk_interior.f.cntl delete 0 end
+ $itk_interior.f.cntl insert end $addr
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: init_addr_exp - initialize address expression
+# On startup, if the public variable "addr_exp" was not set,
+# then set it to the start of ".data" if found, otherwise "$pc"
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemWin::init_addr_exp {} {
+ if {$addr_exp == ""} {
+ set err [catch {gdb_cmd "info file"} result]
+ if {!$err} {
+ foreach line [split [string trim $result] \n] {
+ if {[scan $line {%x - %x is %s} start stop section] == 3} {
+ if {$section == ".data"} {
+ set addr_exp [format "%#08x" $start]
+ break
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if {$addr_exp == ""} {
+ set addr_exp \$pc
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: cursor - set the cursor
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body MemWin::cursor {glyph} {
+ # Set cursor for all labels
+ # for {set i 0} {$i < $bytes_per_row} {incr i $size} {
+ # $itk_interior.t.h.$i configure -cursor $glyph
+ # }
+ $top configure -cursor $glyph
+}
+
+# memMoveCell --
+#
+# Moves the location cursor (active element) by the specified number
+# of cells and changes the selection if we're in browse or extended
+# selection mode.
+#
+# Don't allow movement into the ASCII column.
+#
+# Arguments:
+# w - The table widget.
+# x - +1 to move down one cell, -1 to move up one cell.
+# y - +1 to move right one cell, -1 to move left one cell.
+
+body MemWin::memMoveCell {w x y} {
+ if {[catch {$w index active row} r]} return
+ set c [$w index active col]
+ if {$ascii && ($c == $Numcols)} {
+ # we're in the ASCII column so behave differently
+ if {$y == 1} {set x 1}
+ if {$y == -1} {set x -1}
+ incr r $x
+ } else {
+ incr r $x
+ incr c $y
+ if { $c < 0 } {
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ set c 0
+ } else {
+ set c [expr {$Numcols - 1}]
+ incr r -1
+ }
+ } elseif { $c >= $Numcols } {
+ if {$r >= [expr {$Numrows - 1}]} {
+ set c [expr {$Numcols - 1}]
+ } else {
+ set c 0
+ incr r
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if { $r < 0 } { set r 0 }
+ $w activate $r,$c
+ $w see active
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+# Memory display window class definition for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+class MemWin {
+ inherit EmbeddedWin GDBWin
+
+ private {
+ variable saved_addr ""
+ variable current_addr ""
+ variable dont_size 0
+ variable mbar 1
+ variable bg
+ variable top
+ variable nb 128
+ variable prefs_win ""
+ variable Running 0
+ variable Numrows 0
+ variable Numcols 0
+ variable saved_value
+ variable maxlen
+ variable maxalen
+ variable rheight ""
+ variable new_entry 0
+
+ method build_win {}
+ method init_addr_exp {}
+ method cursor {glyph}
+ }
+
+ public {
+ variable addr_exp ""
+ variable size 4
+ variable format x
+ variable bytes_per_row 16
+ variable numbytes 0
+ variable ascii 1
+ variable ascii_char "."
+ variable color green
+ }
+
+ protected common type
+
+ public {
+ method constructor {args}
+ method destructor {}
+ method paste {x y}
+ method validate {val}
+ method create_prefs {}
+ method changed_cell {from to}
+ method edit {cell}
+ method toggle_enabled {}
+ method update {}
+ method idle {}
+ method busy {}
+ method newsize {height}
+ method update_address_cb {}
+ method update_address { {ae ""} }
+ method BadExpr {errTxt}
+ method incr_addr {num}
+ method update_addr
+ method hidemb {}
+ method reconfig {}
+ method do_popup {x y}
+ method goto {addr}
+ method memMoveCell {w x y}
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Modal dialog class for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Implements the post and unpost behavior of a Modal Dialog.
+#
+# For now the point behind this is to control calling
+# ide_grab_support. If you call disable all the windows of an
+# application but one, destroy that window, THEN re-enable the
+# windows, Windows brings the last enabled window in the last
+# active application to the foreground (Doh!).
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class ModalDialog {
+ # This is the variable we vwait on when the dialog is posted.
+ # It is set to 1 in the unpost method, and to -1 in the destructor.
+
+ private variable unpost_notification 0
+
+ destructor {
+ debug " UNPOST $this"
+ set unpost_notification -1
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: unpost - unposts the dialog box...
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ public method unpost {} {
+ after idle [list set [scope unpost_notification] 1]
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: cancel - This just unposts the dialog box...
+ # If you want to programatically cancel a dialog
+ # selection, for instance if the app is going away
+ # use this rather than unpost. That way a sub-class
+ # that actually has to do some work can override it.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ public method cancel {} {
+ ModalDialog::unpost
+ }
+
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: post - posts the dialog box...
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ public method post {{on_top 0}} {
+
+ debug "POST $this"
+ set top [winfo toplevel [namespace tail $this]]
+ wm protocol $top WM_DELETE_WINDOW [code $this cancel]
+
+ if {$on_top} {
+ after 500 keep_raised $top
+ }
+
+ ide_grab_support disable_except $top
+ focus $top
+ grab set $top
+
+ if {$expire > 0} {
+ set afterID [after $expire [code $this cancel]]
+ }
+
+ vwait [scope unpost_notification]
+
+ if {$afterID != ""} {
+ after cancel $afterID
+ set afterID ""
+ }
+
+ grab release $top
+
+ # Enable all the windows in the application BEFORE
+ # you destroy this one, or Windows will bring another
+ # app to the foreground.
+
+ ide_grab_support enable_all
+
+ # We can get here either by someone calling unpost (if an OK button
+ # is clicked or whatever), or by someone destroying the dialog (for
+ # instance by using the Window Manager.) Only delete the object if
+ # we are not already in the process of doing this.
+
+ if {$unpost_notification == 1} {
+ ::delete object $this
+ }
+ }
+
+ public variable expire -1 ;# If this is set to a number > 0, the
+ # dialog will time out after this interval.
+ private variable afterID ""; # The id for the expiration after event.
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Local preferences functions for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# On STARTUP:
+# 1. Options database (.Xdefaults on Unix or ? on Windows) is read
+# 2. GDB prefs file is read ("gdbtk.ini" on Windows; ".gdbtkinit" on Unix)
+# 3. GDB init script is read
+#
+# Normally all preferences will be set in the prefs file, which is
+# a generated file. Hand-editing, if necessary, should be done to the
+# GDB init script.
+#
+# when "save options" is selected, the contents of the
+# preferences array is written out to the GDB prefs file.
+#
+# Usage:
+# pref_save
+# pref_read
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+
+proc pref_read {} {
+ global prefs_init_filename env gdb_ImageDir GDBTK_LIBRARY GDBStartup
+ global tcl_platform
+
+ if {[info exists env(HOME)]} {
+ if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+ set home [ide_cygwin_path to_win32 $env(HOME)]
+ } else {
+ set home $env(HOME)
+ }
+ } else {
+ set home ""
+ }
+
+ if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+ set prefs_init_filename "gdbtk.ini"
+ } else {
+ set prefs_init_filename ".gdbtkinit"
+ }
+
+ if {!$GDBStartup(inhibit_prefs)} {
+ set file_opened 0
+ if {[file exists $prefs_init_filename]} {
+ if {[catch {open $prefs_init_filename r} fd]} {
+ debug "$fd"
+ return
+ }
+ set file_opened 1
+ } elseif {$home != ""} {
+ set name [file join $home $prefs_init_filename]
+ if {[file exists $name]} {
+ if {[catch {open $name r} fd]} {
+ debug "$fd"
+ return
+ }
+ set prefs_init_filename $name
+ set file_opened 1
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {$file_opened == "1"} {
+ set section gdb
+ while {[gets $fd line] >= 0} {
+ switch -regexp -- $line {
+ {^[ \t\n]*#.*} {
+ ;# comment; ignore it
+ }
+
+ {^[ \t\n]*$} {
+ ;# empty line; ignore it
+ }
+
+ {\[.*\]} {
+ regexp {\[(.*)\]} $line match section
+ }
+
+ {[ \t\n]*option.*} {
+ set line [string trimleft $line]
+ eval $line
+ }
+
+ default {
+ regexp "\[ \t\n\]*\(.+\)=\(.+\)" $line a name val
+ # Must unescape equal signs in val
+ set val [unescape_value $val]
+ if {$section == "gdb"} {
+ pref setd gdb/$name $val
+ } elseif {$section == "global" && [regexp "^font/" $name]} {
+ set name [split $name /]
+ set f global/
+ append f [join [lrange $name 1 end] /]
+ if {[lsearch [font names] $f] == -1} {
+ # new font
+ eval define_font $f $val
+ } else {
+ # existing font
+ pref set global/font/[join [lrange $name 1 end] /] $val
+ }
+ } elseif {$section == "global"} {
+ pref setd $section/$name $val
+ } else {
+ pref setd gdb/$section/$name $val
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ close $fd
+ } elseif {$home != ""} {
+ set prefs_init_filename [file join $home $prefs_init_filename]
+ }
+
+ # now set global options
+ set gdb_ImageDir [file join $GDBTK_LIBRARY [pref get gdb/ImageDir]]
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: pref_save - save preferences to a file and delete window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc pref_save {{win {}}} {
+ global prefs_init_filename GDBStartup
+
+ if {!$GDBStartup(inhibit_prefs)} {
+ debug "pref_save $prefs_init_filename"
+
+ if {[catch {open $prefs_init_filename w} fd]} {
+ debug "ERROR: $fd"
+ return
+ }
+
+ puts $fd "\# GDBtk Init file"
+
+ set plist [pref list]
+ # write out global options
+ puts $fd "\[global\]"
+ foreach var $plist {
+ set t [split $var /]
+ if {[lindex $t 0] == "global"} {
+ set x [join [lrange $t 1 end] /]
+ set v [escape_value [pref get $var]]
+
+ if {$x != "" && $v != ""} {
+ puts $fd "\t$x=$v"
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ # write out gdb-global options
+ puts $fd "\[gdb\]"
+ foreach var $plist {
+ set t [split $var /]
+ if {[lindex $t 0] == "gdb" && [lindex $t 2] == ""} {
+ set x [lindex $t 1]
+ if {$x != ""} {
+ set v [escape_value [pref get $var]]
+ puts $fd "\t$x=$v"
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ #now loop through all sections writing out values
+ lappend secs load console src reg stack locals watch bp search process geometry help browser kod
+
+ foreach section $secs {
+ puts $fd "\[$section\]"
+ foreach var $plist {
+ set t [split $var /]
+ if {[lindex $t 0] == "gdb" && [lindex $t 1] == $section} {
+ set x [lindex $t 2]
+ set v [escape_value [pref get $var]]
+ if {$x != "" && $v != ""} {
+ puts $fd "\t$x=$v"
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ close $fd
+ }
+
+ if {$win != ""} {
+ $win delete
+ }
+}
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: escape_value - escape all equal signs for saving
+# prefs to a file
+# -------------------------------------------------------
+proc escape_value {val} {
+
+ if {[regsub -all -- = $val {!%} newval]} {
+ return $newval
+ }
+
+ return $val
+}
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: unescape_value - unescape all equal signs for
+# reading prefs from a file
+# -------------------------------------------------------
+proc unescape_value {val} {
+
+ if {[regsub -all -- {!%} $val = newval]} {
+ return $newval
+ }
+
+ return $val
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: pref_set_defaults - set up default values
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc pref_set_defaults {} {
+ global GDBTK_LIBRARY tcl_platform gdb_ImageDir
+
+ # Gdb global defaults
+ pref define gdb/ImageDir images2
+ set gdb_ImageDir [file join $GDBTK_LIBRARY [pref get gdb/ImageDir]]
+ pref define gdb/font_cache ""
+ pref define gdb/mode 0; # 0 no tracing, 1 tracing enabled
+ pref define gdb/control_target 1; # 0 can't control target (EMC), 1 can
+ pref define gdb/B1_behavior 1; # 0 means set/clear breakpoints,
+ # 1 means set/clear tracepoints.
+ pref define gdb/use_icons 1; # For Unix, use gdbtk_icon.gif as an icon
+ # some window managers can't deal with it.
+
+ # set download and execution options
+ pref define gdb/load/verbose 0
+ pref define gdb/load/main 1
+ pref define gdb/load/exit 1
+ pref define gdb/load/check 0
+ pref define gdb/load/bp_at_func 0
+ pref define gdb/load/bp_func ""
+ pref define gdb/load/baud 38400
+ if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+ pref define gdb/load/port com1
+ } else {
+ pref define gdb/load/port "/dev/ttyS0"
+ }
+
+ # Console defaults
+ pref define gdb/console/prompt "(gdb) "
+ pref define gdb/console/deleteLeft 1
+ pref define gdb/console/wrap 0
+ pref define gdb/console/prompt_fg DarkGreen
+ pref define gdb/console/error_fg red
+ pref define gdb/console/font src-font
+
+ # Source window defaults
+ pref define gdb/src/PC_TAG green
+ pref define gdb/src/STACK_TAG gold
+ pref define gdb/src/BROWSE_TAG \#9595e2
+ pref define gdb/src/active 1
+ pref define gdb/src/handlebg red
+ pref define gdb/src/bp_fg red
+ pref define gdb/src/temp_bp_fg orange
+ pref define gdb/src/disabled_fg black
+ pref define gdb/src/font src-font
+ pref define gdb/src/break_fg black
+ pref define gdb/src/source2_fg navy
+ pref define gdb/src/variableBalloons 1
+ pref define gdb/src/trace_fg magenta
+ pref define gdb/src/tab_size 8
+ pref define gdb/src/linenums 1
+ pref define gdb/src/thread_fg pink
+
+ # Define the run button's functions. These are defined here in case
+ # we do a "run" with an exec target (which never causes target.tcl to
+ # source)...
+ pref define gdb/src/run_attach 0
+ pref define gdb/src/run_load 0
+ pref define gdb/src/run_run 1
+ pref define gdb/src/run_cont 0
+
+ # This is the disassembly flavor. For now this is only supported on x86
+ # machines.
+
+ pref define gdb/src/disassembly-flavor ""
+
+ # set up src-font
+ set val [pref get global/font/fixed]
+ eval font create src-font $val
+
+ # Trace the global/font/fixed preference
+ pref add_hook global/font/fixed pref_src-font_trace
+
+ # Variable Window defaults
+ pref define gdb/variable/font src-font
+ pref define gdb/variable/highlight_fg blue
+ pref define gdb/variable/disabled_fg gray
+
+ # Stack Window
+ pref define gdb/stack/font src-font
+
+ # Register Window
+ pref define gdb/reg/highlight_fg blue
+
+ # Global Prefs Dialogs
+ pref define gdb/global_prefs/save_fg red
+ pref define gdb/global_prefs/message_fg white
+ pref define gdb/global_prefs/message_bg red
+
+ # Browser Window Search
+ pref define gdb/search/last_symbol ""
+ pref define gdb/search/filter_mode "starts with"
+
+ pref define gdb/browser/hide_h 0
+ pref define gdb/browser/width 0
+ pref define gdb/browser/top_height 0
+ pref define gdb/browser/view_height -1
+ pref define gdb/browser/view_is_open 0
+
+ # BP (breakpoint)
+ pref define gdb/bp/show_threads 0
+
+ # Help
+ pref define gdb/help/browser 0
+
+ # Kernel Objects (kod)
+ pref define gdb/kod/show_icon 0
+
+ # Various possible "main" functions. What's for Java?
+ pref define gdb/main_names [list MAIN___ MAIN__ main]
+}
+
+# This traces the global/fixed font and forces src-font to
+# to be the same.
+proc pref_src-font_trace {varname val} {
+ eval font configure src-font $val
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Process window for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Implements a process window with a list of threads, tasks, and/or
+# processes to debug.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+body ProcessWin::constructor {args} {
+ set top [winfo toplevel $itk_interior]
+
+ window_name "Processes"
+ gdbtk_busy
+ build_win
+ gdbtk_idle
+
+ # Add hooks for this object
+ add_hook gdb_update_hook [code $this update]
+ add_hook gdb_busy_hook [code $this busy]
+ add_hook gdb_no_inferior_hook [code $this idle]
+ add_hook gdb_idle_hook [code $this idle]
+}
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: build_win - build the main process window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body ProcessWin::build_win {} {
+ global tixOption tcl_platform
+ if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+ tixScrolledListBox $itk_interior.s -scrollbar both -sizebox 1
+ } else {
+ tixScrolledListBox $itk_interior.s -scrollbar auto
+ }
+ set lb [$itk_interior.s subwidget listbox]
+ $lb configure -selectmode single -bg $tixOption(input1_bg) \
+ -selectbackground green \
+ -selectforeground black \
+ -font src-font \
+ -exportselection false
+ update
+ balloon register $lb "Click on a line to change context"
+
+ # bind mouse button 1 to change the current context
+ bind $lb <ButtonPress-1> [code $this change_context %y]
+ bind $lb <ButtonRelease-1> break
+
+ pack $itk_interior.s -side left -expand yes -fill both
+}
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: update - update widget when something changes
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body ProcessWin::update {} {
+ if {!$protect_me} {
+
+ $lb delete 0 end
+ if {[catch {gdb_cmd "info thread"} threads]} {
+ # failed. leave window blank
+ return
+ }
+
+ #debug "processWin update: \n$threads"
+ if {[llength $threads] == 0} {
+ # no processes/threads listed.
+ return
+ }
+
+ # insert each line one at a time
+ set active -1
+ set num_threads 0
+ foreach line [split $threads \n] {
+ # Active line starts with "*"
+ if {[string index $line 0] == "*"} {
+ # strip off leading "*"
+ set line " [string trimleft $line "*"]"
+ set active $num_threads
+ }
+ # scan for GDB ID number at start of line
+ if {[scan $line "%d" id($num_threads)] == 1} {
+ $lb insert end $line
+ incr num_threads
+ }
+ }
+
+ # highlight the active thread
+ if {$active >= 0} {
+ set active_thread $id($active)
+ $lb selection set $active
+ $lb see $active
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: change_context - change the current context (active thread)
+# This method is currently ONLY called from the mouse binding
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body ProcessWin::change_context {y} {
+ if {!$Running && [$lb size] != 0} {
+ gdbtk_busy
+ set linenum [$lb nearest $y]
+ set idnum $id($linenum)
+ #debug "change_context to line $linenum id=$idnum"
+ catch {gdb_cmd "thread $idnum"}
+ # Run idle hooks and cause all widgets to update
+ set protect_me 1
+ gdbtk_update
+ set protect_me 0
+ gdbtk_idle
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# DESTRUCTOR - destroy window containing widget
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body ProcessWin::destructor {} {
+ remove_hook gdb_update_hook [code $this update]
+ remove_hook gdb_idle_hook [code $this idle]
+ remove_hook gdb_busy_hook [code $this busy]
+ remove_hook gdb_no_inferior_hook [code $this no_inferior]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: reconfig - used when preferences change
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body ProcessWin::reconfig {} {
+ destroy $itk_interior.s
+ build_win
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: busy - gdb_busy_hook
+#
+# This method should accomplish blocking
+# - clicks in the window
+# - change mouse pointer
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body ProcessWin::busy {} {
+ set Running 1
+ cursor watch
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: idle - idle hook. Run when the target is not running
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body ProcessWin::idle {} {
+ set Running 0
+ cursor {}
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: cursor - set the window cursor
+# This is a convenience method which simply sets the mouse
+# pointer to the given glyph.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body ProcessWin::cursor {glyph} {
+ $top configure -cursor $glyph
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Process window class definition for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+class ProcessWin {
+ inherit EmbeddedWin GDBWin
+
+ private {
+ variable top
+ variable lb
+ variable id
+ variable Running 0
+ variable protect_me 0
+
+
+ method build_win {}
+ method change_context {y}
+ method cursor {glyph}
+ method change_frame {y}
+ method update {}
+ method busy {}
+ method idle {}
+ }
+
+ public {
+ method reconfig {}
+ method constructor {args}
+ method destructor {}
+ }
+}
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+# Register display window for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# CONSTRUCTOR - create new register window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body RegWin::constructor {args} {
+ global tixOption
+ debug "RegWin::constructor"
+ wm withdraw [winfo toplevel $itk_interior]
+ gdbtk_busy
+
+ set NormalForeground $tixOption(fg)
+ set HighlightForeground [pref get gdb/reg/highlight_fg]
+
+ if {[pref getd gdb/reg/menu] != ""} {
+ set mbar 0
+ }
+
+ init_reg_display_vars 1
+ build_win
+ eval itk_initialize $args
+
+ gdbtk_idle
+ add_hook gdb_update_hook "$this update"
+ add_hook gdb_busy_hook [list $this busy]
+ add_hook gdb_idle_hook [list $this idle]
+ if {[get_disassembly_flavor] != ""} {
+ add_hook gdb_set_hook [code $this handle_set_hook]
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# DESTRUCTOR - destroy window containing widget
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body RegWin::destructor {} {
+ debug "RegWin::destructor"
+ remove_hook gdb_update_hook "$this update"
+ remove_hook gdb_busy_hook [list $this busy]
+ remove_hook gdb_idle_hook [list $this idle]
+ if {[get_disassembly_flavor] != ""} {
+ remove_hook gdb_set_hook [code $this handle_set_hook]
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: build_win - build the main register window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body RegWin::build_win {} {
+ global reg_display tixOption tcl_platform
+
+ set dim [dimensions]
+ set nRows [lindex $dim 0]
+ set nCols [lindex $dim 1]
+ if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+ tixScrolledWindow $itk_interior.scrolled -scrollbar both -sizebox 1
+ } else {
+ tixScrolledWindow $itk_interior.scrolled -scrollbar auto
+ }
+ set ScrolledWin [$itk_interior.scrolled subwidget window]
+ # Create labels
+ set row 0
+ set col 0
+
+ set regMaxLen 0
+ foreach r [gdb_regnames] {
+ set l [string length $r]
+ if {$l > $regMaxLen} {
+ set regMaxLen $l
+ }
+ }
+
+ set vmax 0
+ foreach r $reg_display_list {
+ if {[catch {gdb_fetch_registers $reg_display($r,format) $r} values($r)]} {
+ set values($r) ""
+ } else {
+ set values($r) [string trim $values($r) \ ]
+ }
+ set l [string length $values($r)]
+ if {$l > $vmax} {
+ set vmax $l
+ }
+ }
+
+ foreach r $reg_display_list {
+ if {$row == $nRows} {
+ grid columnconfigure $ScrolledWin $col -weight 1
+ set row 0
+ incr col
+ }
+
+ frame $ScrolledWin.$r -takefocus 1
+ bind $ScrolledWin.$r <Up> "$this reg_select_up"
+ bind $ScrolledWin.$r <Down> "$this reg_select_down"
+ bind $ScrolledWin.$r <Tab> "$this reg_select_down"
+ bind $ScrolledWin.$r <Left> "$this reg_select_left"
+ bind $ScrolledWin.$r <Right> "$this reg_select_right"
+ if {![pref get gdb/mode]} {
+ bind $ScrolledWin.$r <Return> "$this edit $r"
+ }
+
+ label $ScrolledWin.$r.lbl -text [fixLength $reg_display($r,name) $regMaxLen left] \
+ -relief solid -bd 1 -font src-font
+ label $ScrolledWin.$r.val -anchor e -text [fixLength $values($r) $vmax right] \
+ -relief ridge -bd 1 -font src-font -bg $tixOption(input1_bg)
+
+ grid $ScrolledWin.$r.lbl $ScrolledWin.$r.val -sticky nsew
+ grid columnconfigure $ScrolledWin.$r 1 -weight 1
+ grid $ScrolledWin.$r -colum $col -row $row -sticky nsew
+ # grid rowconfigure $ScrolledWin $row -weight 1
+ bind $ScrolledWin.$r.val <1> "$this reg_select $r"
+ bind $ScrolledWin.$r.lbl <1> "$this reg_select $r"
+ bind $ScrolledWin.$r.val <3> "$this but3 $r %X %Y"
+ bind $ScrolledWin.$r.lbl <3> "$this but3 $r %X %Y"
+ if {![pref get gdb/mode]} {
+ bind $ScrolledWin.$r.lbl <Double-1> "$this edit $r"
+ bind $ScrolledWin.$r.val <Double-1> "$this edit $r"
+ }
+ incr row
+ }
+ grid columnconfigure $ScrolledWin $col -weight 1
+
+
+ if { $mbar } {
+ menu $itk_interior.m -tearoff 0
+ [winfo toplevel $itk_interior] configure -menu $itk_interior.m
+ $itk_interior.m add cascade -menu $itk_interior.m.reg -label "Register" -underline 0
+ set m [menu $itk_interior.m.reg]
+ if {![pref get gdb/mode]} {
+ $m add command -label "Edit" -underline 0 -state disabled
+ }
+ $m add cascade -menu $itk_interior.m.reg.format -label "Format" -underline 0
+ set f [menu $itk_interior.m.reg.format]
+ $f add radio -label "Hex" -value x -underline 0 -state disabled \
+ -command "$this update"
+ $f add radio -label "Decimal" -value d -underline 0 -state disabled \
+ -command "$this update"
+ $f add radio -label "Natural" -value {} -underline 0 -state disabled \
+ -command "$this update"
+ $f add radio -label "Binary" -value t -underline 0 -state disabled \
+ -command "$this update"
+ $f add radio -label "Octal" -value o -underline 0 -state disabled \
+ -command "$this update"
+ $f add radio -label "Raw" -value r -underline 0 -state disabled \
+ -command "$this update"
+ $m add command -label "Remove from Display" -underline 0 -state disabled
+ $m add separator
+ $m add command -label "Display All Registers" -underline 0 -state disabled \
+ -command "$this display_all"
+ }
+
+ set Menu [menu $ScrolledWin.pop -tearoff 0]
+ set disabled_fg [$Menu cget -fg]
+ $Menu configure -disabledforeground $disabled_fg
+
+ # Clear gdb's changed list
+ catch {gdb_changed_register_list}
+
+ pack $itk_interior.scrolled -anchor nw -fill both -expand yes
+
+ window_name "Registers" "Regs"
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: init_reg_display_vars
+# DESC: Initialize the list of registers displayed.
+# args - not used
+# RETURNS:
+# NOTES:
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body RegWin::init_reg_display_vars {args} {
+ global reg_display max_regs
+ set reg_display_list {}
+ set regnames [gdb_regnames]
+ set i 1
+ set rn 0
+ foreach r $regnames {
+ set reg_display($rn,name) $r
+ set format [pref getd gdb/reg/$r-format]
+ if {$format == ""} { set format x }
+ set reg_display($rn,format) $format
+ if {$args != "" && [pref getd gdb/reg/$r] == "no"} {
+ set reg_display($rn,line) 0
+ } else {
+ set reg_display($rn,line) $i
+ lappend reg_display_list $rn
+ incr i
+ }
+ incr rn
+ }
+ set num_regs [expr {$i - 1}]
+ set max_regs $rn
+ set reg_names_dirty 0
+}
+
+body RegWin::handle_set_hook {var value} {
+ switch $var {
+ disassembly-flavor {
+ disassembly_changed
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+body RegWin::disassembly_changed {} {
+ set reg_names_dirty 1
+}
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: save_reg_display_vars
+# DESC: save the list of displayed registers to the preferences file.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body RegWin::save_reg_display_vars {} {
+ global reg_display max_regs
+ set rn 0
+ while {$rn < $max_regs} {
+ set name $reg_display($rn,name)
+ if {$reg_display($rn,line) == 0} {
+ pref setd gdb/reg/$name no
+ } else {
+ pref setd gdb/reg/$name {}
+ }
+ if {$reg_display($rn,format) != "x"} {
+ pref setd gdb/reg/$name-format $reg_display($rn,format)
+ } else {
+ pref setd gdb/reg/$name-format {}
+ }
+ incr rn
+ }
+ pref_save ""
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: reg_select_up
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body RegWin::reg_select_up { } {
+ if { $selected == -1 || $Running} {
+ return
+ }
+ set current_index [lsearch -exact $reg_display_list $selected]
+ set new_reg [lindex $reg_display_list [expr {$current_index - 1}]]
+ if { $new_reg != {} } {
+ $this reg_select $new_reg
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: reg_select_down
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body RegWin::reg_select_down { } {
+ if { $selected == -1 || $Running} {
+ return
+ }
+ set current_index [lsearch -exact $reg_display_list $selected]
+ set new_reg [lindex $reg_display_list [expr {$current_index + 1}]]
+ if { $new_reg != {} } {
+ $this reg_select $new_reg
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: reg_select_right
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body RegWin::reg_select_right { } {
+ if { $selected == -1 || $Running} {
+ return
+ }
+ set current_index [lsearch -exact $reg_display_list $selected]
+ set new_reg [lindex $reg_display_list [expr {$current_index + $nRows}]]
+ if { $new_reg != {} } {
+ $this reg_select $new_reg
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: reg_select_left
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body RegWin::reg_select_left { } {
+ if { $selected == -1 || $Running} {
+ return
+ }
+ set current_index [lsearch -exact $reg_display_list $selected]
+ set new_reg [lindex $reg_display_list [expr {$current_index - $nRows}]]
+ if { $new_reg != {} } {
+ $this reg_select $new_reg
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: reg_select - select a register
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body RegWin::reg_select { r } {
+ global tixOption
+
+ if {$Running} { return }
+ if {$selected != -1} {
+ catch {$ScrolledWin.$selected.lbl configure -fg $tixOption(fg) -bg $tixOption(bg)}
+ catch {$ScrolledWin.$selected.val configure -fg $tixOption(fg) \
+ -bg $tixOption(input1_bg)}
+ }
+
+ # if we click on the same line, unselect it and return
+ if {$selected == $r} {
+ set selected -1
+ $itk_interior.m.reg entryconfigure 0 -state disabled
+ $itk_interior.m.reg entryconfigure 2 -state disabled
+ for {set i 0} {$i < 6} {incr i} {
+ $itk_interior.m.reg.format entryconfigure $i -state disabled
+ }
+ return
+ }
+
+ if {$Editing != -1} {
+ unedit
+ }
+
+ $ScrolledWin.$r.lbl configure -fg $tixOption(select_fg) -bg $tixOption(select_bg)
+ $ScrolledWin.$r.val configure -fg $tixOption(fg) -bg $tixOption(bg)
+
+ if {![pref get gdb/mode]} {
+ $itk_interior.m.reg entryconfigure 0 -state normal -command "$this edit $r"
+ }
+ $itk_interior.m.reg entryconfigure 2 -state normal \
+ -command "$this delete_from_display_list $r"
+ for {set i 0} {$i < 6} {incr i} {
+ $itk_interior.m.reg.format entryconfigure $i -state normal \
+ -variable reg_display($r,format)
+ }
+ focus -force $ScrolledWin.$r
+ set selected $r
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PRIVATE METHOD: dimensions - determine square-like dimensions for
+# register window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body RegWin::dimensions {} {
+ set rows 16
+ # set rows [expr int(floor(sqrt($num_regs)))]
+ set cols [expr {int(ceil(sqrt($num_regs)))}]
+
+ return [list $rows $cols]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME:
+# private method RegWin::fixLength
+#
+# SYNOPSIS:
+# fixLength {s size where}
+#
+# DESC:
+# Makes a string into a fixed-length string, inserting spaces as
+# necessary. If 'where' is "left" spaces will be added to the left,
+# if 'where' is "right" spaces will be added to the right.
+# ARGS:
+# s - input string
+# size - size of string to output
+# where - "left" or "right"
+#
+# RETURNS:
+# Padded string of length 'size'
+#
+# NOTES:
+# This should really be a proc, not a method.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body RegWin::fixLength {s size where} {
+ set blank " "
+ set len [string length $s]
+ set bl [expr {$size - $len}]
+ set b [string range $blank 0 $bl]
+
+ switch $where {
+ left { set fl "$s$b"}
+ right { set fl "$b$s"}
+ }
+ return $fl
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: but3 - generate and display a popup window on button 3
+# over the register value
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body RegWin::but3 {rn X Y} {
+ global reg_display max_regs
+
+ if {!$Running} {
+ $Menu delete 0 end
+ $Menu add command -label $reg_display($rn,name) -state disabled
+ $Menu add separator
+ $Menu add radio -label "Hex" -command "$this update" \
+ -value x -variable reg_display($rn,format)
+ $Menu add radio -label "Decimal" -command "$this update" \
+ -value d -variable reg_display($rn,format)
+ $Menu add radio -label "Natural" -command "$this update" \
+ -value {} -variable reg_display($rn,format)
+ $Menu add radio -label "Binary" -command "$this update" \
+ -value t -variable reg_display($rn,format) -underline 0
+ $Menu add radio -label "Octal" -command "$this update" \
+ -value o -variable reg_display($rn,format)
+ $Menu add radio -label "Raw" -command "$this update" \
+ -value r -variable reg_display($rn,format)
+ $Menu add separator
+ $Menu add command -command "$this delete_from_display_list $rn" \
+ -label "Remove $reg_display($rn,name) from Display"
+ if {$max_regs != $num_regs} {
+ $Menu add separator
+ $Menu add command -command "$this display_all" \
+ -label "Display all registers"
+ }
+ tk_popup $Menu $X $Y
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: display_all - add all registers to the display list
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body RegWin::display_all {} {
+ init_reg_display_vars
+ $itk_interior.m.reg entryconfigure 4 -state disabled
+ reconfig
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: delete_from_display_list - remove a register from the
+# display list
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body RegWin::delete_from_display_list {rn} {
+ global reg_display max_regs
+ set reg_display($rn,line) 0
+ set reg_display_list {}
+ set rn 0
+ set i 0
+ while {$rn < $max_regs} {
+ if {$reg_display($rn,line) > 0} {
+ lappend reg_display_list $rn
+ incr i
+ set reg_display($rn,line) $i
+ }
+ incr rn
+ }
+ set num_regs $i
+ reconfig
+ $itk_interior.m.reg entryconfigure 4 -state normal
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: edit - edit a cell
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body RegWin::edit {r} {
+ global reg_display
+ if {$Running} { return }
+ unedit
+
+ set Editing $r
+ set txt [$ScrolledWin.$r.val cget -text]
+ set len [string length $txt]
+ set entry [entry $ScrolledWin.$r.ent -width $len -bd 0 -font src-font]
+ $entry insert 0 $txt
+
+ grid remove $ScrolledWin.$r.val
+ grid $entry -row 0 -col 1
+ bind $entry <Return> "$this acceptEdit $r"
+ bind $entry <Escape> "$this unedit"
+ $entry selection to end
+ focus $entry
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: acceptEdit - callback invoked when enter key pressed
+# in an editing entry
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body RegWin::acceptEdit {r} {
+ global reg_display
+
+ set value [string trimleft [$ScrolledWin.$r.ent get]]
+ debug "value=${value}="
+ if {$value == ""} {
+ set value 0
+ }
+ if {[catch {gdb_cmd "set \$$reg_display($r,name)=$value"} result]} {
+ tk_messageBox -icon error -type ok -message $result \
+ -title "Error in Expression" -parent $this
+ focus $ScrolledWin.$r.ent
+ $ScrolledWin.$r.ent selection to end
+ } else {
+ unedit
+ gdbtk_update
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: unedit - clear any editing entry on the screen
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body RegWin::unedit {} {
+ if {$Editing != -1} {
+ destroy $ScrolledWin.$Editing.ent
+
+ # Fill the entry with the old label, updating value
+ grid $ScrolledWin.$Editing.val -column 1 -row 0
+ focus -force $ScrolledWin.$Editing
+ set Editing -1
+ update
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PRIVATE METHOD: update - update widget when PC changes
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body RegWin::update {} {
+ global reg_display
+ debug "START REGISTER UPDATE CALLBACK"
+ if {$reg_display_list == ""
+ || [catch {eval gdb_changed_register_list $reg_display_list} changed_reg_list]} {
+ set changed_reg_list {}
+ }
+
+ set vmax 0
+ foreach r $reg_display_list {
+ if {[catch {gdb_fetch_registers $reg_display($r,format) $r} values($r)]} {
+ set values($r) ""
+ } else {
+ set values($r) [string trim $values($r) \ ]
+ }
+ set l [string length $values($r)]
+ if {$l > $vmax} {
+ set vmax $l
+ }
+ }
+
+ foreach r $reg_display_list {
+ if {[lsearch -exact $changed_reg_list $r] != -1} {
+ set fg $HighlightForeground
+ } else {
+ set fg $NormalForeground
+ }
+ $ScrolledWin.$r.val configure -text [fixLength $values($r) $vmax right] \
+ -fg $fg
+ }
+ debug "END REGISTER UPDATE CALLBACK"
+}
+
+body RegWin::idle {} {
+ [winfo toplevel $itk_interior] configure -cursor {}
+ set Running 0
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PRIVATE METHOD: reconfig - used when preferences change
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body RegWin::reconfig {} {
+ if {$reg_names_dirty} {
+ init_reg_display_vars
+ }
+ destroy $Menu $itk_interior.g $itk_interior.scrolled $itk_interior.m
+ gdbtk_busy
+ build_win
+ gdbtk_idle
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PRIVATE METHOD: busy - gdb_busy_hook
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body RegWin::busy {} {
+ # Cancel edits
+ unedit
+
+ # Fencepost
+ set Running 1
+
+ # cursor
+ [winfo toplevel $itk_interior] configure -cursor watch
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Register display window class definition for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+class RegWin {
+ inherit EmbeddedWin GDBWin
+
+ private {
+ variable reg_display_list {}
+ variable num_regs 0
+ variable nRows
+ variable nCols
+ variable changed_reg_list {}
+ variable oldValue
+ variable ScrolledWin
+ variable Menu
+ variable Editing -1
+ variable selected -1
+ variable mbar 1
+ variable reg_names_dirty 0
+ variable Running 0
+
+ common HighlightForeground {}
+ common NormalForeground {}
+
+ method init_reg_display_vars {args}
+ method handle_set_hook {var val}
+ method disassembly_changed {}
+ method dimensions {}
+ method fixLength {s size where}
+ method build_win {}
+ }
+
+ public {
+ proc save_reg_display_vars {}
+
+ method constructor {args}
+ method destructor {}
+ method reg_select_up {}
+ method reg_select_down {}
+ method reg_select_right {}
+ method reg_select_left {}
+ method reg_select { r }
+ method but3 {rn X Y}
+ method display_all {}
+ method delete_from_display_list {rn}
+ method edit {r}
+ method acceptEdit {r}
+ method unedit {}
+ method update {}
+ method idle {}
+ method reconfig {}
+ method busy {}
+ }
+
+
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+# GDBSrcBar
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Implements a toolbar that is attached to a source window.
+#
+# PUBLIC ATTRIBUTES:
+#
+#
+# METHODS:
+#
+# config ....... used to change public attributes
+#
+# PRIVATE METHODS
+#
+# X11 OPTION DATABASE ATTRIBUTES
+#
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class GDBSrcBar {
+ inherit GDBToolBar
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # CONSTRUCTOR - create widget
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ constructor {src args} {
+ GDBToolBar::constructor $src
+ } {
+ eval itk_initialize $args
+ add_hook gdb_trace_find_hook "$this trace_find_hook"
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # DESTRUCTOR - destroy window containing widget
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ destructor {
+ global GDBSrcBar_state
+ unset GDBSrcBar_state($this)
+ remove_hook gdb_trace_find_hook "$this trace_find_hook"
+ }
+
+ #
+ # PUBLIC DATA
+ #
+
+ # This is the command that should be run when the `update'
+ # checkbutton is toggled. The current value of the checkbutton is
+ # appended to the command.
+ public variable updatecommand {}
+
+ # This controls whether the `update' checkbutton is turned on or
+ # off.
+ public variable updatevalue 0 {
+ global GDBSrcBar_state
+ ::set GDBSrcBar_state($this) $updatevalue
+ }
+
+ # This holds the text that is shown in the address label.
+ public variable address {} {
+ if {$ButtonFrame != "" && [winfo exists $ButtonFrame.addr]} {
+ $ButtonFrame.addr configure -text $address -font src-font
+ }
+ }
+
+ # This holds the text that is shown in the line label.
+ public variable line {} {
+ if {$ButtonFrame != "" && [winfo exists $ButtonFrame.line]} {
+ $ButtonFrame.line configure -text $line
+ }
+ }
+
+ # This holds the source window's display mode. Valid values are
+ # SOURCE, ASSEMBLY, SRC+ASM, and MIXED.
+ public variable displaymode SOURCE {
+ if {$ButtonFrame != ""} {
+ _set_stepi
+ }
+ }
+
+ # This is true if the inferior is running, or false if it is
+ # stopped.
+ public variable runstop normal {
+ if {$ButtonFrame != ""} {
+ _set_runstop
+ }
+ }
+
+ # The next three determine the state of the application when Tracing is enabled.
+
+ public variable Tracing 0 ;# Is tracing enabled for this gdb?
+ public variable Browsing 0 ;# Are we currently browsing a trace experiment?
+ public variable Collecting 0 ;# Are we currently collecting a trace experiment?
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: create_menu_items - Add some menu items to the menubar.
+ # Returns 1 if any items added.
+ # This overrides the method in GDBToolBar.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ public method create_menu_items {} {
+ global enable_external_editor tcl_platform
+
+ set m [new_menu file "File" 0]
+
+ if {[info exists enable_external_editor] && $enable_external_editor} {
+ add_menu_command None "Edit Source" \
+ [list $this _apply_source edit]
+ }
+ add_menu_command Other "Open..." \
+ "_open_file" -underline 0 -accelerator "Ctrl+O"
+
+ add_menu_command Other "Source..." \
+ "source_file" -underline 0
+
+ add_menu_separator
+
+ if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+ add_menu_command None "Page Setup..." \
+ [format {
+ set top %s
+ ide_winprint page_setup -parent $top
+ } [winfo toplevel [namespace tail $this]]] \
+ -underline 8
+ add_menu_command None "Print Source..." \
+ "$this _apply_source print" \
+ -underline 0 -accelerator "Ctrl+P"
+ add_menu_separator
+
+ }
+
+ add_menu_command Other "Target Settings..." "set_target_name" \
+ -underline 0
+ add_menu_separator
+ add_menu_command None "Exit" gdbtk_quit -underline 1
+
+ create_run_menu
+
+ create_view_menu
+
+ if {[pref get gdb/control_target]} {
+ create_control_menu
+
+ }
+
+ if {[pref get gdb/mode]} {
+ create_trace_menu
+ }
+
+ new_menu pref "Preferences" 0
+
+ add_menu_command Other "Global..." \
+ "ManagedWin::open GlobalPref -transient" -underline 0
+
+ add_menu_command Other "Source..." \
+ "ManagedWin::open SrcPref -transient" -underline 0
+
+ create_help_menu
+ return 1
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: create_buttons - Add some buttons to the toolbar. Returns
+ # list of buttons in form acceptable to
+ # standard_toolbar.
+ # This overrides the method in GDBToolBar.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ public method create_buttons {} {
+ global enable_external_editor
+
+ add_button stop None {} {}
+ _set_runstop
+
+ if {[pref get gdb/mode]} {
+ add_button tstop Control [list $this do_tstop] "Start Collection" \
+ -image Movie_on_img
+
+ add_button view Other [list $this set_control_mode 1] \
+ "Switch to Browse Mode" -image watch_movie_img
+
+ add_button_separator
+
+ }
+
+ if {[pref get gdb/control_target]} {
+ create_control_buttons
+ if {[pref get gdb/mode]} {
+ create_trace_buttons 0
+ }
+ } elseif {[get pref gdb/mode]} {
+
+ #
+ # If we don't control the target, then we might as well
+ # put a copy of the trace controls on the source window.
+ #
+ create_trace_buttons 1
+ }
+
+ add_button_separator
+
+ create_window_buttons
+
+ # Random bits of obscurity...
+ bind $Buttons(reg) <Button-3> "ManagedWin::open RegWin -force"
+ bind $Buttons(mem) <Button-3> "ManagedWin::open MemWin -force"
+ bind $Buttons(watch) <Button-3> "ManagedWin::open WatchWin -force"
+ bind $Buttons(vars) <Button-3> "ManagedWin::open LocalsWin -force"
+
+ add_button_separator
+
+ if {[info exists enable_external_editor] && $enable_external_editor} {
+ add_button edit Other [list $this _apply_source edit] "Edit Source" \
+ -image edit_img
+
+ add_button_separator
+ }
+
+ add_label addr $address "Address" -width 10 -relief sunken -bd 1 -anchor e \
+ -font src-font
+
+ add_label line $line "Line Number" -width 6 -relief sunken -bd 1 -anchor e \
+ -font src-font
+
+ button_right_justify
+
+ create_stack_buttons
+
+ # This feature has been disabled for now.
+ # checkbutton $ButtonFrame.upd -command "$this _toggle_updates" \
+ # -variable GDBSrcBar_state($this)
+ # lappend button_list $ButtonFrame.upd
+ # global GDBSrcBar_state
+ # ::set GDBSrcBar_state($this) $updatevalue
+ # balloon register $ButtonFrame.upd "Toggle Window Updates"
+
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: _toggle_updates - Run when the update checkbutton is
+ # toggled. Private method.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ public method _toggle_updates {} {
+ global GDBSrcBar_state
+ if {$updatecommand != ""} {
+ uplevel \#0 $updatecommand $GDBSrcBar_state($this)
+ }
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: cancel_download
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ public method cancel_download {} {
+ global download_dialog download_cancel_ok
+
+ if {"$download_dialog" != ""} {
+ $download_dialog cancel
+ } else {
+ set download_cancel_ok 1
+ }
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: create_run_menu - Creates the standard run menu,
+ # or reconfigures it if it already exists.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ method create_run_menu {} {
+
+ if {![menu_exists Run]} {
+ set run_menu [new_menu run "Run" 0]
+ } else {
+ set run_menu [clear_menu Run]
+ }
+
+ set is_native [TargetSelection::native_debugging]
+
+ # If we are on a Unix target, put in the attach options. "ps" doesn't
+ # give me the Windows PID yet, and the attach also seems flakey, so
+ # I will hold off on the Windows implementation for now.
+
+ if {$is_native} {
+ if {[string compare $::tcl_platform(platform) windows] != 0} {
+ add_menu_command Attach "Attach to process" \
+ [code $this do_attach $run_menu] \
+ -underline 0 -accelerator "Ctrl+A"
+ }
+ } else {
+ add_menu_command Other "Connect to target" \
+ "$this do_connect $run_menu" -underline 0
+ }
+
+ if {[pref get gdb/control_target]} {
+ if {!$is_native} {
+ add_menu_command Other "Download" Download::download_it \
+ -underline 0 -accelerator "Ctrl+D"
+ }
+ add_menu_command Other "Run" [code $source inferior run] -underline 0 \
+ -accelerator R
+ }
+
+ if {$is_native} {
+ if {[string compare $::tcl_platform(platform) windows] != 0} {
+ add_menu_command Detach "Detach" [code $this do_detach $run_menu] \
+ -underline 0 -state disabled
+ }
+ } else {
+ add_menu_command Other "Disconnect" \
+ [code $this do_disconnect $run_menu] -underline 0 -state disabled
+ }
+
+ if {$is_native} {
+ add_menu_separator
+ add_menu_command Control "Kill" [code $this do_kill $run_menu] \
+ -underline 0 -state disabled
+ }
+
+ if { [pref get gdb/mode] } {
+ add_menu_separator
+ add_menu_command Other "Start collection" "$this do_tstop" \
+ -underline 0 -accelerator "Ctrl+B"
+
+ add_menu_command Other "Stop collection" "$this do_tstop" \
+ -underline 0 -accelerator "Ctrl+E" -state disabled
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: create_stack_buttons - Creates the up down bottom stack buttons
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ method create_stack_buttons {} {
+
+ add_button down {Trace Control} [list $this _apply_source stack down] \
+ "Down Stack Frame" -image down_img
+
+ add_button up {Trace Control} [list $this _apply_source stack up] \
+ "Up Stack Frame" -image up_img
+
+ add_button bottom {Trace Control} [list $this _apply_source stack bottom] \
+ "Go to Bottom of Stack" -image bottom_img
+
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: _set_runstop - Set state of run/stop button.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ public method _set_runstop {} {
+ switch $runstop {
+ busy {
+ $ButtonFrame.stop configure -state disabled
+ }
+ downloading {
+ $ButtonFrame.stop configure -state normal -image stop_img \
+ -command [code $this cancel_download]
+ balloon register $ButtonFrame.stop "Stop"
+ }
+ running {
+ $ButtonFrame.stop configure -state normal -image stop_img \
+ -command [code $source inferior stop]
+ balloon register $ButtonFrame.stop "Stop"
+
+ }
+ normal {
+ $ButtonFrame.stop configure -state normal -image run_img \
+ -command [code $source inferior run]
+ balloon register $ButtonFrame.stop "Run (R)"
+ }
+ default {
+ debug "SrcBar::_set_runstop - unknown state $runstop ($running)"
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: _set_stepi - Set state of stepi/nexti buttons.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ public method _set_stepi {} {
+
+ # Only do this in synchronous mode
+ if {!$Tracing} {
+ # In source-only mode, disable these buttons. Otherwise, enable
+ # them.
+ if {$displaymode == "SOURCE"} {
+ set state disabled
+ } else {
+ set state normal
+ }
+ $ButtonFrame.stepi configure -state $state
+ $ButtonFrame.nexti configure -state $state
+ }
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: _apply_source - Forward some method call to the source window.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ public method _apply_source {args} {
+ if {$source != ""} {
+ eval $source $args
+ }
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: trace_find_hook - response to the tfind command. If the
+ # command puts us in a new mode, then switch modes...
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method trace_find_hook {mode from_tty} {
+ debug "in trace_find_hook, mode: $mode, from_tty: $from_tty, Browsing: $Browsing"
+ if {[string compare $mode -1] == 0} {
+ if {$Browsing} {
+ set_control_mode 0
+ }
+ } else {
+ if {!$Browsing} {
+ set_control_mode 1
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: set_control_mode - sets up the srcbar for browsing
+ # a trace experiment.
+ # mode: 1 => browse mode
+ # 0 => control mode
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method set_control_mode {mode} {
+ debug "set_control_mode called with mode $mode"
+ if {$mode} {
+ set Browsing 1
+ $Buttons(view) configure -image run_expt_img -command "$this set_control_mode 0"
+ balloon register $Buttons(view) "Switch to Control mode"
+ # Now swap out the buttons...
+ swap_button_lists $Trace_control_buttons $Run_control_buttons
+ enable_ui 1
+ } else {
+ if {$Browsing} {
+ tfind_cmd {tfind none}
+ }
+ set Browsing 0
+ $Buttons(view) configure -image watch_movie_img -command "$this set_control_mode 1"
+ balloon register $Buttons(view) "Switch to Browse mode"
+ # Now swap out the buttons...
+ swap_button_lists $Run_control_buttons $Trace_control_buttons
+ enable_ui 1
+ }
+ run_hooks control_mode_hook $Browsing
+ }
+
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: reconfig - reconfigure the srcbar
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ public method reconfig {} {
+ _load_src_images 1
+ GDBToolBar::reconfig
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: do_attach: attach to a running target
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method do_attach {menu} {
+ ManagedWin::open_dlg AttachDlg ;#-transient
+
+ debug "ManagedWin got [AttachDlg::last_button] [AttachDlg::pid]"
+
+ if {[AttachDlg::last_button]} {
+ set pid [AttachDlg::pid]
+ set symbol_file [AttachDlg::symbol_file]
+ if {![_open_file $symbol_file]} {
+ ManagedWin::open WarningDlg -transient \
+ -message "Could not load symbols from $symbol_file."
+ return
+ }
+
+ if {[catch {gdb_cmd "attach $pid"} result]} {
+ ManagedWin::open WarningDlg -transient \
+ -message [list "Could not attach to $pid:\n$result"]
+ return
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: do_detach: detach from a running target
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method do_detach {menu} {
+ ::disconnect
+ gdbtk_idle
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: do_kill: kill the current target
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method do_kill {menu} {
+ gdb_cmd "kill"
+ run_hooks gdb_no_inferior_hook
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: do_connect: connect to a remote target
+ # in asynch mode if async is 1
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method do_connect {menu {async 0}} {
+ global file_done
+
+ debug "do_connect: menu=$menu async=$async"
+
+ gdbtk_busy
+
+ set result [gdbtk_attach_target]
+ switch $result {
+ ATTACH_ERROR {
+ set successful 0
+ }
+
+ ATTACH_TARGET_CHANGED {
+ if {[pref get gdb/load/check] && $file_done} {
+ set err [catch {gdb_cmd "compare-sections"} errTxt]
+ if {$err} {
+ set successful 0
+ tk_messageBox -title "Error" -message $errTxt \
+ -icon error -type ok
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ tk_messageBox -title "GDB" -message "Successfully connected" \
+ -icon info -type ok
+ set successful 1
+ }
+
+ ATTACH_CANCELED {
+ tk_messageBox -title "GDB" -message "Connection Canceled" -icon info \
+ -type ok
+ set successful 0
+ }
+
+ ATTACH_TARGET_UNCHANGED {
+ tk_messageBox -title "GDB" -message "Successfully connected" \
+ -icon info -type ok
+ set successful 1
+ }
+
+ default {
+ dbug E "Unhandled response from gdbtk_attach_target: \"$result\""
+ set successful 0
+ }
+ }
+
+ gdbtk_idle
+
+ if {$successful} {
+ $menu entryconfigure "Connect to target" -state disabled
+ $menu entryconfigure "Disconnect" -state normal
+ } else {
+ $menu entryconfigure "Connect to target" -state normal
+ $menu entryconfigure "Disconnect" -state disabled
+ }
+
+ # Whenever we attach, we need to do an update
+ gdbtk_update
+ }
+
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: do_disconnect: disconnect from a remote target
+ # in asynch mode if async is 1.
+ #
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method do_disconnect {menu {async 0}} {
+ debug "$menu $async"
+ #
+ # For now, these are the same, but they might be different...
+ #
+
+ disconnect $async
+
+ $menu entryconfigure "Connect to target" -state normal
+ $menu entryconfigure "Disconnect" -state disabled
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: do_tstop: Change the GUI state, then do the tstop or
+ # tstart command, whichever is appropriate.
+ #
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method do_tstop {} {
+ debug "do_tstop called... Collecting is $Collecting"
+
+ if {!$Collecting} {
+ #
+ # Start the trace experiment
+ #
+
+ if {$Browsing} {
+ set ret [tk_MessageBox -title "Warning" -message \
+"You are currently browsing a trace experiment.
+This command will clear the results of that experiment.
+Do you want to continue?" \
+ -icon warning -type okcancel -default ok]
+ if {[string compare $ret cancel] == 0} {
+ return
+ }
+ set_control_mode 1
+ }
+ if {[tstart]} {
+ $Buttons(tstop) configure -image Movie_off_img
+ balloon register $Buttons(tstop) "End Collection"
+ set Collecting 1
+ } else {
+ tk_messageBox -title Error -message "Error downloading tracepoint info" \
+ -icon error -type ok
+ }
+ } else {
+ #
+ # Stop the trace experiment
+ #
+
+ if {[tstop]} {
+ $Buttons(tstop) configure -image Movie_on_img
+ balloon register $Buttons(tstop) "Start Collection"
+ set Collecting 0
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ #
+ # PROTECTED DATA
+ #
+ common menu_titles
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Source preferences dialog for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# CONSTRUCTOR - create new source preferences window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcPref::constructor {args} {
+ window_name "Source Preferences"
+
+ build_win
+ set saved(gdb/src/PC_TAG) [pref get gdb/src/PC_TAG]
+ set saved(gdb/src/STACK_TAG) [pref get gdb/src/STACK_TAG]
+ set saved(gdb/src/BROWSE_TAG) [pref get gdb/src/BROWSE_TAG]
+ set saved(gdb/src/run_attach) [pref get gdb/src/run_attach]
+ set saved(gdb/src/run_load) [pref get gdb/src/run_load]
+ set saved(gdb/src/run_run) [pref get gdb/src/run_run]
+ set saved(gdb/src/run_cont) [pref get gdb/src/run_cont]
+ set saved(gdb/src/bp_fg) [pref get gdb/src/bp_fg]
+ set saved(gdb/src/temp_bp_fg) [pref get gdb/src/temp_bp_fg]
+ set saved(gdb/src/trace_fg) [pref get gdb/src/trace_fg]
+ set saved(gdb/src/thread_fg) [pref get gdb/src/thread_fg]
+ set saved(gdb/src/variableBalloons) [pref get gdb/src/variableBalloons]
+ set saved(gdb/src/source2_fg) [pref get gdb/src/source2_fg]
+ set saved(gdb/src/tab_size) [pref get gdb/src/tab_size]
+ set saved(gdb/mode) [pref get gdb/mode]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: build_win - build the dialog
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcPref::build_win {} {
+ frame $itk_interior.f
+ frame $itk_interior.f.a
+ frame $itk_interior.f.b
+ set f $itk_interior.f.a
+
+ # Colors frame
+ Labelledframe $f.colors -anchor nw -text {Colors}
+ set w [$f.colors get_frame]
+
+ set color [pref get gdb/src/PC_TAG]
+ label $w.pcl -text {PC}
+ button $w.pcb -text { } -activebackground $color -bg $color \
+ -command [code $this _pick $color $w.pcb PC_TAG]
+
+ set color [pref get gdb/src/STACK_TAG]
+ label $w.stl -text {Stack}
+ button $w.stb -text { } -activebackground $color -bg $color \
+ -command [code $this _pick $color $w.stb STACK_TAG]
+
+ set color [pref get gdb/src/BROWSE_TAG]
+ label $w.brl -text {Browse}
+ button $w.brb -text { } -activebackground $color -bg $color\
+ -command [code $this _pick $color $w.brb BROWSE_TAG]
+
+ set color [pref get gdb/src/source2_fg]
+ label $w.s2l -text {Mixed Source}
+ button $w.s2b -text { } -activebackground $color -bg $color \
+ -command [code $this _pick $color $w.s2b source2_fg]
+
+ set color [pref get gdb/src/bp_fg]
+ label $w.nbpl -text {Normal Breakpoint}
+ button $w.nbpb -text { } -activebackground $color -bg $color\
+ -command [code $this _pick $color $w.nbpb bp_fg]
+
+ set color [pref get gdb/src/temp_bp_fg]
+ label $w.tbpl -text {Temporary Breakpoint}
+ button $w.tbpb -text { } -activebackground $color -bg $color \
+ -command [code $this _pick $color $w.tbpb temp_bp_fg]
+
+ set color [pref get gdb/src/thread_fg]
+ label $w.dbpl -text {Thread Breakpoint}
+ button $w.dbpb -text { } -activebackground $color -bg $color \
+ -command [code $this _pick $color $w.dbpb thread_fg]
+
+ set color [pref get gdb/src/trace_fg]
+ label $w.tpl -text {Tracepoint}
+ button $w.tpb -text { } -activebackground $color -bg $color \
+ -command [code $this _pick $color $w.tpb trace_fg]
+
+ grid $w.pcl $w.pcb $w.nbpl $w.nbpb -padx 10 -pady 2 -sticky w
+ grid $w.stl $w.stb $w.tbpl $w.tbpb -padx 10 -pady 2 -sticky w
+ grid $w.brl $w.brb $w.dbpl $w.dbpb -padx 10 -pady 2 -sticky w
+ grid $w.s2l $w.s2b $w.tpl $w.tpb -padx 10 -pady 2 -sticky w
+
+ frame $f.rmv
+
+ # Debug Mode frame
+ Labelledframe $f.rmv.mode -anchor nw -text "Mouse Button-1 Behavior"
+ set w [$f.rmv.mode get_frame]
+ set var [pref varname gdb/B1_behavior]
+ if {[pref get gdb/mode]} {
+ set state normal
+ } else {
+ pref set gdb/B1_behavior 1
+ set state disabled
+ }
+
+ radiobutton $w.async -text "Set/Clear Tracepoints" -variable $var \
+ -value 0 -state $state
+ radiobutton $w.sync -text "Set/Clear Breakpoints" -variable $var \
+ -value 1 -state $state
+
+ pack $w.async $w.sync -side top
+
+ # Variable Balloons
+ Labelledframe $f.rmv.var -anchor nw -text "Variable Balloons"
+ set w [$f.rmv.var get_frame]
+ set var [pref varname gdb/src/variableBalloons]
+ radiobutton $w.var_on -text "On " -variable $var -value 1
+ radiobutton $w.var_off -text "Off" -variable $var -value 0
+ pack $w.var_on $w.var_off -side top
+ grid $f.rmv.mode -sticky nsew -pady 5 -row 0 -col 0
+ grid $f.rmv.var -sticky nsew -pady 5 -row 0 -col 2
+ grid columnconfigure $f.rmv 0 -weight 1
+ grid columnconfigure $f.rmv 1 -minsize 4
+ grid columnconfigure $f.rmv 2 -weight 1
+ grid rowconfigure $f.rmv 0 -weight 1
+
+
+ frame $f.x
+ # Tab size
+ tixControl $f.x.size -label "Tab Size" -integer true -max 16 -min 1 \
+ -variable [pref varname gdb/src/tab_size] \
+ -options { entry.width 2 entry.font src-font}
+
+ # Linenumbers
+ # commented out because this option isn't really useful
+# checkbutton $f.x.linenum -text "Line Numbers" \
+# -variable [pref varname gdb/src/linenums]
+# pack $f.x.size $f.x.linenum -side left -padx 5 -pady 5
+ pack $f.x.size -side left -padx 5 -pady 5
+
+ # Disassembly flavor - We tell whether this architecture supports
+ # the flag by checking whether the flag exists.
+
+ set have_disassembly_flavor 0
+ set vals [list_disassembly_flavors]
+ if {[llength $vals] != 0} {
+ set have_disassembly_flavor 1
+ frame $f.dis
+ label $f.dis.l -text "Disassembly Flavor: "
+ combobox::combobox $f.dis.combo -maxheight 15 -width 15 -font src-font -editable 0 \
+ -command [code $this set_flavor]
+
+ foreach elem $vals {
+ $f.dis.combo list insert end $elem
+ }
+
+ set current_disassembly_flavor [get_disassembly_flavor]
+ $f.dis.combo entryset $current_disassembly_flavor
+
+ pack $f.dis.l -side left
+ pack $f.dis.combo -side left -padx 4
+
+ } else {
+ set current_disassembly_flavor ""
+ }
+
+ pack $f.colors -fill both -expand 1
+ pack $f.rmv -fill both -expand yes
+ pack $f.x -fill x -expand yes
+
+ if {$have_disassembly_flavor} {
+ pack $f.dis -side top -fill x -padx 4
+ }
+
+ button $itk_interior.f.b.ok -text OK -width 7 -underline 0 -command [code $this _save]
+ button $itk_interior.f.b.apply -text Apply -width 7 -underline 0 -command [code $this _apply]
+ button $itk_interior.f.b.quit -text Cancel -width 7 -underline 0 -command [code $this _cancel]
+ standard_button_box $itk_interior.f.b
+ pack $itk_interior.f.a $itk_interior.f.b $itk_interior.f -expand yes -fill both -padx 5 -pady 5
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: apply - apply changes
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcPref::_apply {} {
+ if {$current_disassembly_flavor != ""} {
+ gdb_cmd "set disassembly-flavor $current_disassembly_flavor"
+ pref set gdb/src/disassembly-flavor $current_disassembly_flavor
+ }
+ ManagedWin::restart
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: cancel
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcPref::_cancel {} {
+ set any_changed 0
+
+ foreach elem [array names _saved] {
+ set cur_val [pref get $elem]
+ if {[string compare $cur_val $_saved($elem)] != 0} {
+ set any_changed 1
+ pref set $elem $_saved($elem)
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {$any_changed} {
+ _save
+ } else {
+ unpost
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: save - apply changes and quit
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcPref::_save {} {
+ _apply
+ unpost
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: set_flavor - sets the disassembly flavor. The set disassembly-flavor
+# gdb command is already known to exist, so I don't have to check...
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcPref::set_flavor {w new_mode} {
+ $w entryset $new_mode
+ set current_disassembly_flavor $new_mode
+}
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: pick - pick colors
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcPref::_pick {color win tag} {
+ set new_color [tk_chooseColor -initialcolor $color -title "Choose color"]
+ if {$new_color != $color && $new_color != {}} {
+ pref set gdb/src/$tag $new_color
+ $win configure -activebackground $new_color -bg $new_color
+ }
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+# Source preferences dialog class definition for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+class SrcPref {
+ inherit ManagedWin ModalDialog
+
+ private {
+ variable _saved ;# These are the saved values...
+ variable current_disassembly_flavor ""
+
+ method build_win {}
+ method _apply {}
+ method _cancel {}
+ method _save {}
+ method set_flavor {w new_mode}
+ method _pick {color win tag}
+ }
+
+ public {
+ method constructor {args}
+ }
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+ # Paned text widget for source code, for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Implements the paned text widget with the source code in it.
+# This widget is typically embedded in a SrcWin widget.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# CONSTRUCTOR - create new source text window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::constructor {args} {
+ eval itk_initialize $args
+ set top [winfo toplevel $itk_interior]
+ if {$parent == {}} {
+ set parent [winfo parent $itk_interior]
+ }
+
+ if {![info exists break_images(bp)]} {
+ set size [font measure [pref get gdb/src/font] "W"]
+ set break_images(bp) [makeBreakDot $size \
+ [pref get gdb/src/bp_fg]]
+ set break_images(temp_bp) [makeBreakDot $size \
+ [pref get gdb/src/temp_bp_fg]]
+ set break_images(disabled_bp) [makeBreakDot $size \
+ [pref get gdb/src/disabled_fg]]
+ set break_images(tp) [makeBreakDot $size \
+ [pref get gdb/src/trace_fg]]
+ set break_images(thread_bp) [makeBreakDot $size \
+ [pref get gdb/src/thread_fg]]
+ set break_images(bp_and_tp) [makeBreakDot $size \
+ [list [pref get gdb/src/trace_fg] \
+ [pref get gdb/src/bp_fg]]]
+ }
+
+ if {$ignore_var_balloons} {
+ set UseVariableBalloons 0
+ } else {
+ set UseVariableBalloons [pref get gdb/src/variableBalloons]
+ }
+
+ set Linenums [pref get gdb/src/linenums]
+
+ #Initialize state variables
+ _initialize_srctextwin
+
+ build_popups
+ build_win
+
+ # add hooks
+ add_hook gdb_breakpoint_change_hook "$this bp"
+
+ if {$Tracing} {
+ add_hook control_mode_hook "$this set_control_mode"
+ add_hook gdb_trace_find_hook "$this trace_find_hook"
+ }
+
+ if {[get_disassembly_flavor] != ""} {
+ add_hook gdb_set_hook [code $this handle_set_hook]
+ }
+
+ if {$UseVariableBalloons} {
+ add_hook gdb_idle_hook "$this updateBalloon"
+ }
+ global ${this}_balloon
+ trace variable ${this}_balloon w "$this trace_help"
+
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# DESTRUCTOR - destroy window containing widget
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::destructor {} {
+ remove_hook gdb_breakpoint_change_hook "$this bp"
+ if {$Tracing} {
+ remove_hook control_mode_hook "$this set_control_mode"
+ }
+ if {$UseVariableBalloons} {
+ remove_hook gdb_idle_hook "$this updateBalloon"
+ }
+ if {[get_disassembly_flavor] != ""} {
+ remove_hook gdb_set_hook [code $this handle_set_hook]
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: trace_find_hook - response to the tfind command. All we
+# need to do here is to remove the trace tags, if we are exiting
+# trace mode
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::trace_find_hook {mode from_tty} {
+ if {[string compare $mode -1] == 0} {
+ if {$Browsing} {
+ $twin tag remove STACK_TAG 1.0 end
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: set_control_mode- switches the src window between
+# browsing -> mode = 1
+# controlling -> mode = 0
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::set_control_mode {mode} {
+# debug "Setting control mode of $twin to $mode"
+ if {$mode} {
+ set Browsing 1
+ } else {
+ set Browsing 0
+ }
+
+ switch $current(mode) {
+ SOURCE {
+ config_win $twin
+ }
+ ASSEMBLY {
+ config_win $twin A
+ }
+ MIXED {
+ config_win $twin M
+ }
+ SRC+ASM {
+ config_win $twin
+ config_win $bwin A
+ }
+ }
+
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: build_popups - build the popups for the source window(s)
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# The popups array holds the data for the breakpoint & tracepoint popup menus.
+# The elements are:
+# Menus:
+# break_rgn - the popup for clicking in a bare break region
+# bp - the popup for clicking on a set breakpoint
+# tp - the popup for clicking on a set tracepoint
+# bp_and_tp - the popup for clicking on the break_region when the
+# line contains both a bp & a tp
+# source - the popup for clicking on the source region of the window
+#
+# State:
+# saved_y - the y value of the mouse click that posted the popup
+# saved_win- the Tk window which recieved the posting click
+#
+# Disable info:
+# run_disabled - a list of {menu entry} pairs for all the menus that
+# should be disabled when you are not running
+# browse_disabled - a similar list for menus that should be disabled
+# when you are browsing a trace expt.
+#
+body SrcTextWin::build_popups {} {
+
+ set popups(bp) $itk_interior.bp_menu
+ set popups(tp) $itk_interior.tp_menu
+ set popups(bp_and_tp) $itk_interior.tp_bp_menu
+ set popups(tp_browse) $itk_interior.tp_browse_menu
+ set popups(break_rgn) $itk_interior.break_menu
+ set popups(source) $itk_interior.src_menu
+
+ # This is a scratch popup menu we use when we are not over a bp...
+ if {![winfo exists $popups(source)]} {
+ menu $popups(source) -tearoff 0
+ }
+
+ if {![winfo exists $popups(break_rgn)]} {
+ # breakpoint popup menu
+ # don't enable hardware or conditional breakpoints until they are tested
+ menu $popups(break_rgn) -tearoff 0
+
+ set bp_fg [pref get gdb/src/bp_fg]
+ set tp_fg [pref get gdb/src/trace_fg]
+
+ if {[pref get gdb/control_target]} {
+
+ addPopup break_rgn "Continue to Here" "$this continue_to_here" \
+ [pref get gdb/src/PC_TAG] 0 0
+ $popups(break_rgn) add separator
+
+ addPopup break_rgn "Set Breakpoint" "$this set_bp_at_line" $bp_fg
+
+ lappend popups(break_rgn-browse) 1
+ lappend popups(break_rgn-control) 1
+
+ addPopup break_rgn "Set Temporary Breakpoint" "$this set_bp_at_line T" \
+ [pref get gdb/src/temp_bp_fg]
+
+ addPopup break_rgn "Set Breakpoint on Thread(s)..." \
+ "$this ask_thread_bp" [pref get gdb/src/thread_fg] 0 0
+ }
+
+ if {$Tracing} {
+ $popups(break_rgn) add separator
+ addPopup break_rgn "Set Tracepoint" "$this set_tp_at_line" $tp_fg
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ if {![winfo exists $popups(bp)]} {
+ # this popup is used when the line contains a set breakpoint
+ menu $popups(bp) -tearoff 0
+
+ if {!$Browsing && [pref get gdb/control_target]} {
+ addPopup bp "Continue to Here" "$this continue_to_here" green 0 0
+ $popups(bp) add separator
+ }
+
+ addPopup bp "Delete Breakpoint" "$this remove_bp_at_line" $bp_fg
+
+ # Currently you cannot set a tracepoint and a breakpoint at the same line...
+ #
+ # if {$Tracing} {
+ # addPopup bp "Set Tracepoint" "$this set_tp_at_line" $tp_fg
+ # }
+ }
+
+ if {![winfo exists $popups(tp)]} {
+ # This is the popup to use when the line contains a set tracepoint
+
+ menu $popups(tp) -tearoff 0
+
+ if {[pref get gdb/control_target]} {
+
+ addPopup tp "Continue to Here" "$this continue_to_here" green 0 0
+ # $popups(tp) add separator
+
+ # Currently you cannot set a tracepoint and a breakpoint at the same line...
+ #
+ # addPopup tp "Set Breakpoint" "$this set_bp_at_line" $bp_fg
+
+ # addPopup tp "Set Temporary Breakpoint" "$this set_bp_at_line T" \
+ # [pref get gdb/src/temp_bp_fg]
+
+ # addPopup tp "Set Breakpoint on Thread(s)..." \
+ # "$this ask_thread_bp" \
+ # [pref get gdb/src/thread_fg] 0 0
+ }
+
+ if {$Tracing} {
+ $popups(tp) add separator
+ addPopup tp "Modify Tracepoint" "$this set_tp_at_line" $tp_fg
+ addPopup tp "Delete Tracepoint" "$this remove_tp_at_line" $tp_fg
+ }
+ }
+
+ # This is not currently used, since you can't set a bp & a tp on the same line.
+ # N.B. however, we don't exclude this on the command line, but...
+
+ if {![winfo exists $popups(bp_and_tp)]} {
+
+ # this popup is used when the line contains a set breakpoint & tracepoint
+ menu $popups(bp_and_tp) -tearoff 0
+
+ if {!$Browsing && [pref get gdb/control_target]} {
+ addPopup bp_and_tp "Continue to Here" "$this continue_to_here" \
+ green 0 0
+ $popups(bp_and_tp) add separator
+ }
+
+ addPopup bp_and_tp "Delete Breakpoint" "$this remove_bp_at_line" $bp_fg
+ if {$Tracing} {
+ addPopup bp_and_tp "Modify Tracepoint" "$this set_tp_at_line" $tp_fg
+ addPopup bp_and_tp "Delete Tracepoint" \
+ "$this remove_tp_at_line" $tp_fg
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {![winfo exists $popups(tp_browse)]} {
+
+ # this popup is on a tracepoint when browsing.
+
+ menu $popups(tp_browse) -tearoff 0
+ addPopup tp_browse "Next hit Here" "$this next_hit_at_line" \
+ green
+ }
+
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: build_win - build the main source paned window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::build_win {} {
+ cyg::panedwindow $itk_interior.p -background white
+
+ set _tpane pane$filenum
+ incr filenum
+
+ $itk_interior.p add $_tpane
+ set pane1 [$itk_interior.p childsite $_tpane]
+ set Stwc(gdbtk_scratch_widget:pane) $_tpane
+ set Stwc(gdbtk_scratch_widget:dirty) 0
+
+ set twinp [iwidgets::scrolledtext $pane1.st -textbackground white \
+ -hscrollmode dynamic -vscrollmode dynamic]
+ set twin [$twinp component text]
+ pack $twinp -fill both -expand yes
+ pack $itk_interior.p -fill both -expand yes
+ config_win $twin
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: SetRunningState - set state based on if GDB is running or not.
+# This disables the popup menus when GDB is not running yet.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::SetRunningState {state} {
+# debug "$state"
+ foreach elem $popups(run_disabled) {
+ $popups([lindex $elem 0]) entryconfigure [lindex $elem 1] -state $state
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: enable - enable or disable bindings and change cursor
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::enable {on} {
+ if {$on} {
+ set Running 0
+ set glyph ""
+ set bnd ""
+ set status normal
+ } else {
+ set Running 1
+ set glyph watch
+ set bnd "break"
+ set status disabled
+ }
+
+ bind $twin <B1-Motion> $bnd
+ bind $twin <Double-1> $bnd
+ bind $twin <Triple-1> $bnd
+ enable_disable_src_tags $twin $status
+ if {$bwin != ""} {
+ bind $bwin <B1-Motion> $bnd
+ bind $bwin <Double-1> $bnd
+ bind $bwin <Triple-1> $bnd
+ enable_disable_src_tags $bwin $status
+ }
+
+ $twin configure -cursor $glyph
+ if {$bwin != ""} {
+ $bwin configure -cursor $glyph
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: makeBreakDot - make the break dot for the screen
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::makeBreakDot {size colorList {image {}}} {
+ if {$size > 32} {
+ set size 32
+ } elseif {$size < 1} {
+ set size 1
+ }
+
+ if {$image == ""} {
+ set image [image create photo -width $size -height $size]
+ } else {
+ $image blank
+ $image configure -width $size -height $size
+ }
+
+ if {[llength $colorList] == 1} {
+ set x1 1
+ set x2 [expr {1 + $size}]
+ set y1 1
+ set y2 $x2
+ $image put $colorList -to 1 1 $x2 $y2
+ } else {
+ set x1 1
+ set x3 [expr {1 + $size}]
+ set x2 [expr int((1 + $size)/2)]
+ set y1 1
+ set y2 $x3
+ $image put [lindex $colorList 0] -to 1 1 $x2 $y2
+ $image put [lindex $colorList 1] -to [expr $x2 + 1] 1 $x3 $y2
+ }
+
+ return $image
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: setTabs - set the tabs for the assembly/src windows
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::setTabs {win {asm ""}} {
+ set fsize [font measure src-font "W"]
+ set tsize [pref get gdb/src/tab_size]
+ set rest ""
+
+ if {$asm != ""} {
+ set first [expr {$fsize * 12}]
+ set second [expr {$fsize * 13}]
+ set third [expr {$fsize * 34}]
+ for {set i 1} {$i < 8} {incr i} {
+ lappend rest [expr {(34 + ($i * $tsize)) * $fsize}] left
+ }
+ set tablist [concat [list $first right $second left $third left] $rest]
+ } else {
+ # SOURCE window
+ # The first tab right-justifies the line numbers and the second
+ # tab is the left margin for the start on the source code. The remaining
+ # tabs should be regularly spaced depending on prefs.
+ if {$Linenums} {
+ set first [expr {$fsize * 6}] ;# "- " plus 4 digit line number
+ set second [expr {$fsize * 7}] ;# plus a space after the number
+ for {set i 1} {$i < 8} {incr i} {
+ lappend rest [expr {(7 + ($i * $tsize)) * $fsize}] left
+ }
+ set tablist [concat [list $first right $second left] $rest]
+ } else {
+ set first [expr {$fsize * 2}]
+ for {set i 1} {$i < 8} {incr i} {
+ lappend rest [expr {(2 + ($i * $tsize)) * $fsize}] left
+ }
+ set tablist [concat [list $first left] $rest]
+ }
+ }
+ $win configure -tabs $tablist
+}
+
+body SrcTextWin::enable_disable_src_tags {win how} {
+
+ switch $how {
+ normal {
+ set cur1 dot
+ set cur2 xterm
+ }
+ disabled {
+ set cur1 watch
+ set cur2 $cur1
+ }
+ browse {
+ set cur1 dot
+ set cur2 xterm
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {[string compare $how browse] == 0} {
+
+ $win tag bind break_rgn_tag <Enter> { }
+ $win tag bind break_rgn_tag <Leave> { }
+
+ foreach type $bp_types {
+ $win tag bind ${type}_tag <Enter> { }
+ $win tag bind ${type}_tag <Motion> { }
+ $win tag bind ${type}_tag <Leave> { }
+ }
+
+ } else {
+
+ $win tag bind break_rgn_tag <Enter> "$win config -cursor $cur1"
+ $win tag bind break_rgn_tag <Leave> "$win config -cursor $cur2"
+
+ foreach type $bp_types {
+ $win tag bind ${type}_tag <Enter> "$win config -cursor $cur1"
+ $win tag bind ${type}_tag <Motion> "$this motion bp %W %x %y"
+ $win tag bind ${type}_tag <Leave> \
+ "$this cancelMotion;$win config -cursor $cur2"
+ }
+ }
+
+ $win tag bind tp_tag <Enter> "$win config -cursor $cur1"
+ $win tag bind tp_tag <Motion> "$this motion bp %W %x %y"
+ $win tag bind tp_tag <Leave> "$this cancelMotion;$win config -cursor $cur2"
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: config_win - configure the source or assembly text window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::config_win {win {asm ""}} {
+# debug "$win $asm Tracing=$Tracing Browsing=$Browsing"
+
+ $win config -borderwidth 2 -insertwidth 0 -wrap none -bg white
+
+ # font
+ set font [pref get gdb/src/font]
+ $win configure -font $font
+
+ setTabs $win $asm
+
+ # set up some tags. should probably be done differently
+ # !! change bg?
+
+ $win tag configure break_rgn_tag -foreground [pref get gdb/src/break_fg]
+ foreach type $bp_types {
+ $win tag configure ${type}_tag -foreground [pref get gdb/src/break_fg]
+ }
+ $win tag configure tp_tag -foreground [pref get gdb/src/break_fg]
+ $win tag configure source_tag2 -foreground [pref get gdb/src/source2_fg]
+ $win tag configure PC_TAG -background [pref get gdb/src/PC_TAG]
+ $win tag configure STACK_TAG -background [pref get gdb/src/STACK_TAG]
+ $win tag configure BROWSE_TAG -background [pref get gdb/src/BROWSE_TAG]
+
+ # search tag used to highlight searches
+ foreach option [$win tag configure sel] {
+ set op [lindex $option 0]
+ set val [lindex $option 4]
+ eval $win tag configure search $op $val
+ }
+
+ # bind mouse button 3 to the popup men
+ $win tag bind source_tag <Button-3> "$this do_source_popup %X %Y %x %y"
+ $win tag bind source_tag2 <Button-3> "$this do_source_popup %X %Y %x %y"
+
+ # bind mouse button 3 to the popup menus
+ if {!$Browsing} {
+
+ $win tag bind break_rgn_tag <Button-3> \
+ "$this do_tag_popup break_rgn %X %Y %y; break"
+ foreach type $bp_types {
+ $win tag bind ${type}_tag <Button-3> "$this do_tag_popup bp %X %Y %y; break"
+ }
+ $win tag bind tp_tag <Button-3> "$this do_tag_popup tp %X %Y %y; break"
+ $win tag bind bp_and_tp_tag <Button-3> "$this do_tag_popup bp_and_tp %X %Y %y; break"
+ } else {
+ $win tag bind tp_tag <Button-3> "$this do_tag_popup tp_browse %X %Y %y; break"
+ $win tag bind break_rgn_tag <Button-3> { }
+ foreach type $bp_types {
+ $win tag bind ${type}_tag <Button-3> { }
+ }
+ $win tag bind bp_and_tp_tag <Button-3> "$this do_tag_popup tp_browse %X %Y %y; break"
+
+ }
+
+ # Disable printing and cut and paste keys; makes the window readonly
+ # We do this so we don't have to enable and disable the
+ # text widget everytime we want to modify it.
+
+ bind $win <Key> {if {"%A" != "{}"} {break}}
+ bind $win <Delete> break
+ bind $win <ButtonRelease-2> {break}
+
+ # GDB key bindings
+ # We need to explicitly ignore keys with the Alt modifier, since
+ # otherwise they will interfere with selecting menus on Windows.
+
+ if {!$Browsing && [pref get gdb/control_target]} {
+ bind_plain_key $win c "$this do_key continue; break"
+ bind_plain_key $win r "$this do_key run; break"
+ bind_plain_key $win f "$this do_key finish; break"
+ } else {
+ bind_plain_key $win n "$this do_key tfind_next; break"
+ bind_plain_key $win p "$this do_key tfind_prev; break"
+ bind_plain_key $win f "$this do_key tfind_start; break"
+ bind_plain_key $win l "$this do_key tfind_line; break"
+ bind_plain_key $win h "$this do_key tfind_tp; break"
+ }
+ bind_plain_key $win u "$this do_key up; break"
+ bind_plain_key $win d "$this do_key down; break"
+ bind_plain_key $win x "$this do_key quit; break"
+
+ if {!$Browsing && [pref get gdb/control_target]} {
+ if {$asm != ""} {
+ bind_plain_key $win s "$this do_key stepi; break"
+ bind_plain_key $win n "$this do_key nexti; break"
+ } else {
+ bind_plain_key $win s "$this do_key step; break"
+ bind_plain_key $win n "$this do_key next; break"
+ }
+ }
+
+ bind_plain_key $win Control-h "$this do_key thread_list; break"
+ bind_plain_key $win Control-f "$this do_key browser; break"
+ bind_plain_key $win Control-d "$this do_key download; break"
+ bind_plain_key $win Control-p "$this do_key print"
+ bind_plain_key $win Control-u "$this do_key debug; break"
+ bind_plain_key $win Control-o [list $this do_key open]
+
+ if {!$Browsing && [pref get gdb/control_target]} {
+ # Ctrl+F5 is another accelerator for Run
+ bind_plain_key $win Control-F5 "$this do_key run"
+ }
+
+ bind_plain_key $win Control-F11 "$this do_key debug"
+ bind_plain_key $win Alt-v "$win yview scroll -1 pages"
+ bind_plain_key $win Control-v [format {
+ %s yview scroll 1 pages
+ break
+ } $win]
+
+ # bind mouse button 1 to the breakpoint method or tracepoint,
+ # depending on the settings of the B1_behavior setting. We don't
+ # have to bind to bp_and_tp because that will fall through to either
+ # the tp or the bp tag. We have to put in the break so that we don't
+ # both remove & reinsert a BP when we have both a tp & a bp on the same line.
+ # If we are browsing, then disable Button-1
+
+ if {!$Browsing} {
+ if {[pref get gdb/B1_behavior]} {
+ $win tag bind break_rgn_tag <Button-1> "$this set_bp_at_line N $win %y; break"
+ foreach type $bp_types {
+ $win tag bind ${type}_tag <Button-1> "$this remove_bp_at_line $win %y; break"
+ }
+ $win tag bind tp_tag <Button-1> "$this set_bp_at_line N $win %y; break"
+ } else {
+ $win tag bind break_rgn_tag <Button-1> "$this set_tp_at_line $win %y; break"
+ foreach type $bp_types {
+ $win tag bind ${type}_tag <Button-1> "$this set_tp_at_line $win %y; break"
+ }
+ $win tag bind tp_tag <Button-1> "$this set_tp_at_line $win %y; break"
+ }
+ } else {
+ $win tag bind break_rgn_tag <Button-1> { }
+ foreach type $bp_types {
+ $win tag bind ${type}_tag <Button-1> { }
+ }
+ $win tag bind tp_tag <Button-1> { }
+ }
+
+
+ # avoid special handling of double and triple clicks in break area
+ bind $win <Double-1> [format {
+ if {[lsearch [%s tag names @%%x,%%y] break_rgn_tag] >= 0} {
+ break
+ }
+ } $win $win]
+ bind $win <Triple-1> [format {
+ if {[lsearch [%s tag names @%%x,%%y] break_rgn_tag] >= 0} {
+ break
+ }
+ } $win $win]
+
+ # bind window shortcuts
+ bind_plain_key $win Control-s "$this do_key stack"
+ bind_plain_key $win Control-r "$this do_key registers"
+ bind_plain_key $win Control-m "$this do_key memory"
+ bind_plain_key $win Control-w "$this do_key watch"
+ bind_plain_key $win Control-l "$this do_key locals"
+ bind_plain_key $win Control-k "$this do_key kod"
+ if { !$Tracing } {
+ bind_plain_key $win Control-b "$this do_key breakpoints"
+ } else {
+ bind_plain_key $win Control-t "$this do_key tracepoints"
+ bind_plain_key $win Control-u "$this do_key tdump"
+ }
+ bind_plain_key $win Control-n "$this do_key console"
+
+ if {$Browsing} {
+ enable_disable_src_tags $win browse
+ } else {
+ enable_disable_src_tags $win normal
+ }
+
+ if {$UseVariableBalloons} {
+ $win tag bind source_tag <Motion> "$this motion var %W %x %y"
+ $win tag bind source_tag <Leave> "$this cancelMotion"
+ }
+
+ # Up/Down arrow key bindings
+ bind_plain_key $win Up [list %W yview scroll -1 units]
+ bind_plain_key $win Down [list %W yview scroll +1 units]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: addPopup - adds a popup to one of the source popup menus
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::addPopup {menu label command {abg {}} {browse 1} {run 1}} {
+
+ if {$abg == ""} {
+ $popups($menu) add command -label $label -command $command
+ } else {
+ $popups($menu) add command -label $label -command $command \
+ -activebackground $abg
+ }
+
+ set index [$popups($menu) index last]
+ if {!$run} {
+ lappend popups(run_disabled) [list $menu $index]
+ }
+ if {!$browse} {
+ lappend popups(browse_disabled) [list $menu $index]
+ }
+
+}
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: handle_set_hook - Handle changes in the gdb variables
+# changed through the "set" gdb command.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::handle_set_hook {var val} {
+ debug "Set hook got called with $var $val"
+ switch $var {
+ disassembly-flavor {
+ disassembly_changed
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: disassembly_changed - The disassembly flavor has changed,
+# mark all the cached assembly windows dirty, and force the
+# visible window to be redisplayed.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::disassembly_changed {} {
+ foreach name [array names Stwc *:pane] {
+ debug "Looking at $name"
+ set vals [split $name ,]
+ if {([string compare [lindex $vals 1] "A"] == 0)
+ || ([string compare [lindex $vals 1] "M"] == 0)} {
+ debug "Setting $name to dirty"
+ set Stwc([lindex $vals 0]:dirty) 1
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {[string compare $current(mode) "SOURCE"] != 0} {
+ location $current(tag) $current(filename) $current(funcname) $current(line) \
+ $current(addr) $pc(addr) $current(lib)
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: reconfig - used when preferences change
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::reconfig {} {
+# debug
+
+ # Make sure we redo the break images when we reconfigure
+ set size [font measure src-font "W"]
+ makeBreakDot $size [pref get gdb/src/bp_fg] $break_images(bp)
+ makeBreakDot $size [pref get gdb/src/temp_bp_fg] $break_images(temp_bp)
+ makeBreakDot $size [pref get gdb/src/disabled_fg] $break_images(disabled_bp)
+ makeBreakDot $size [pref get gdb/src/trace_fg] $break_images(tp)
+ makeBreakDot $size \
+ [list [pref get gdb/src/trace_fg] [pref get gdb/src/bp_fg]] \
+ $break_images(bp_and_tp)
+ makeBreakDot $size [pref get gdb/src/thread_fg] $break_images(thread_bp)
+
+ # Tags
+ $twin tag configure PC_TAG -background [pref get gdb/src/PC_TAG]
+ $twin tag configure STACK_TAG -background [pref get gdb/src/STACK_TAG]
+ $twin tag configure BROWSE_TAG -background [pref get gdb/src/BROWSE_TAG]
+ switch $current(mode) {
+ SOURCE {
+ setTabs $twin
+ }
+ SRC+ASM {
+ setTabs $twin
+ setTabs $bwin A
+ }
+ default {
+ setTabs $twin A
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Variable Balloons
+ if {$ignore_var_balloons} {
+ set balloons 0
+ } else {
+ set balloons [pref get gdb/src/variableBalloons]
+ }
+ if {$UseVariableBalloons != $balloons} {
+ set UseVariableBalloons $balloons
+ if {$UseVariableBalloons} {
+ $twin tag bind source_tag <Motion> "$this motion var %W %x %y"
+ $twin tag bind source_tag <Leave> "$this cancelMotion"
+ add_hook gdb_idle_hook [list $this updateBalloon]
+ } else {
+ cancelMotion
+ $twin tag bind source_tag <Motion> {}
+ $twin tag bind source_tag <Leave> {}
+ $twin tag remove _show_variable 1.0 end
+ remove_hook gdb_idle_hook [list $this updateBalloon]
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Tracing Hooks
+ catch {remove_hook control_mode_hook "$this set_control_mode"}
+ catch {remove_hook gdb_trace_find_hook "$this trace_find_hook"}
+ if {$Tracing} {
+ add_hook control_mode_hook "$this set_control_mode"
+ add_hook gdb_trace_find_hook "$this trace_find_hook"
+ }
+
+ # Popup colors
+
+ # need to rewrite because of the new addPopup function
+ # if {$Tracing} {
+ # $twin.bmenu entryconfigure 0 -activebackground [pref get gdb/src/trace_fg]
+ # } else {
+ # $twin.bmenu entryconfigure 0 -activebackground [pref get gdb/src/PC_TAG]
+ # $twin.bmenu entryconfigure 1 -activebackground [pref get gdb/src/bp_fg]
+ # $twin.bmenu entryconfigure 2 -activebackground \
+ # [pref get gdb/src/temp_bp_fg]
+ # $twin.bmenu entryconfigure 3 -activebackground \
+ # [pref get gdb/src/thread_fg]
+ # }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: updateBalloon - we have gone idle, update the balloon
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::updateBalloon {} {
+
+ set err [catch {$_balloon_var update} changed]
+ catch {$_balloon_var name} var
+
+ if {!$err} {
+ if {$changed != ""} {
+ # The variable's value has changed, so update the
+ # balloon with its new value
+ balloon register $twin "$var=[balloon_value $_balloon_var]" _show_variable
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+body SrcTextWin::balloon_value {variable} {
+
+ catch {$variable value} value
+ set value [string trim $value \ \r\t\n]
+
+ # Insert the variable's type for things like ptrs, etc.
+ catch {$variable type} type
+ if {$value == "{...}"} {
+ set val "$type $value"
+ } elseif {[regexp -- {0x([0-9a-fA-F]+) <[a-zA-Z_].*} $value str]} {
+ set val $str
+ } elseif {[string first * $type] != -1} {
+ set val "($type) $value"
+ } elseif {[string first \[ $type] != -1} {
+ set val "$type"
+ } else {
+ set val "$value"
+ }
+
+ return $val
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: ClearTags - clear all tags
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::ClearTags {} {
+ foreach tag {PC_TAG BROWSE_TAG STACK_TAG} {
+ catch {
+ $twin tag remove $tag $current(line).2 $current(line).end
+ $twin tag remove $tag $pc(line).2 $pc(line).end
+ $twin tag remove $tag $current(asm_line).2 $current(asm_line).end
+ if {$bwin != ""} {
+ $bwin tag remove $tag $current(asm_line).2 $current(asm_line).end
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _mtime_changed - check if the modtime for a file
+# has changed.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::_mtime_changed {filename} {
+ set f [gdb_find_file $filename]
+
+ if {$f == ""} {
+ set r 1
+ } else {
+ set mtime [file mtime $f]
+ if {![info exists Stwc($filename:mtime)]} {
+ debug "no mtime. resetting to zero"
+ set Stwc($filename:mtime) 0
+ }
+ # debug "Stwc($filename:mtime)=$Stwc($filename:mtime); mtime=$mtime"
+
+ if {$mtime == $Stwc($filename:mtime)} {
+ set r 0
+ } else {
+ set r 1
+ set Stwc($filename:mtime) $mtime
+ set Stwc($filename:dirty) 1
+ }
+ }
+
+ return $r
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: FillSource - fill a window with source
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::FillSource {w tagname filename funcname line addr pc_addr lib} {
+ global gdb_running
+ upvar ${w}win win
+
+# debug "$gdb_running $tagname line=$line pc(line)=$pc(line)"
+# debug "current(filename)=$current(filename) filename=$filename"
+
+ if {$filename != ""} {
+ # load new file if necessary
+ set mtime [_mtime_changed $filename]
+ if {[string compare $filename $current(filename)] != 0 \
+ || $mode_changed || $mtime} {
+ if {![LoadFile $w $filename $lib $mtime]} {
+ # failed to find source file
+ dbug W "Changing to ASSEMBLY"
+ set current(line) $line
+ set current(tag) $tagname
+ set current(addr) $addr
+ set current(funcname) $funcname
+ set current(filename) $filename
+ set current(lib) $lib
+ set oldmode SOURCE
+ $parent mode "" ASSEMBLY
+ return
+ }
+ if {$current(mode) != "SRC+ASM"} {
+ # reset this flag in FillAssembly for SRC+ASM mode
+ set mode_changed 0
+ }
+ }
+
+# debug "cf=$current(filename) pc=$pc(filename) filename=$filename"
+ if {$current(filename) != ""} {
+ if {$gdb_running && $pc(filename) == $filename} {
+ # set the PC tag in this file
+ $win tag add PC_TAG $pc(line).2 $pc(line).end
+ }
+ if {$tagname != "PC_TAG"} {
+ if {$gdb_running && ($pc(filename) == $filename) \
+ && ($pc(line) == $line)} {
+ # if the tag is on the same line as the PC, set a PC tag
+ $win tag add PC_TAG $line.2 $line.end
+ } else {
+ $win tag add $tagname $line.2 $line.end
+ }
+ }
+ if {$pc(filename) == $filename && $line == 0} {
+ # no line specified, so show line with PC
+ display_line $win $pc(line)
+ } else {
+ display_line $win $line
+ }
+ }
+ return
+ }
+ # no source; switch to assembly
+# debug "no source file; switch to assembly"
+ set current(line) $line
+ set current(tag) $tagname
+ set current(addr) $addr
+ set current(funcname) $funcname
+ set current(filename) $filename
+ set current(lib) $lib
+ set oldmode $current(mode)
+ $parent mode "" ASSEMBLY
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: FillAssembly - fill a window with disassembled code
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::FillAssembly {w tagname filename funcname line addr pc_addr lib} {
+ global gdb_running
+ upvar ${w}win win
+ upvar _${w}pane pane
+# debug "$win $tagname $filename $funcname $line $addr $pc_addr"
+# debug "mode_changed=$mode_changed"
+# debug "funcname=$funcname"
+# debug "current(funcname)=$current(funcname)"
+ if {$funcname == ""} {
+ set oldpane $pane
+ set pane $Stwc(gdbtk_scratch_widget:pane)
+ set win [[$itk_interior.p childsite $pane].st component text]
+ $win delete 0.0 end
+ $win insert 0.0 "Select function name to disassemble"
+ if {$oldpane != "" && $oldpane != $pane} {
+ $itk_interior.p replace $oldpane $pane
+ } else {
+ $itk_interior.p show $pane
+ }
+ return
+ } elseif {$funcname != $current(funcname) || $mode_changed
+ || ([info exists Stwc($addr:dirty)] && $Stwc($addr:dirty))} {
+ set mode_changed 0
+ set oldpane $pane
+ if {[LoadFromCache $w $addr A $lib]} {
+ #debug [format "Disassembling at %x" $addr]
+ #debug "cf=$current(filename) name=$filename"
+ if {[catch {gdb_load_disassembly $win nosource \
+ [scope _map] $Cname $addr} mess]} {
+ # print some intelligent error message?
+ dbug E "Disassemble failed: $mess"
+ UnLoadFromCache $w $oldpane $addr A $lib
+ set pane $Stwc(gdbtk_scratch_widget:pane)
+ set win [[$itk_interior.p childsite $pane].st component text]
+ $win delete 0.0 end
+ $win insert 0.0 "Unable to Read Instructions at $addr"
+ if {$oldpane != "" && $oldpane != $pane} {
+ $itk_interior.p replace $oldpane $pane
+ } else {
+ $itk_interior.p show $pane
+ }
+ } else {
+ foreach {asm_lo_addr asm_hi_addr} $mess {break}
+ debug "Got low address: $asm_lo_addr and high: $asm_hi_addr"
+ }
+ }
+ set current(filename) $filename
+ set do_display_breaks 1
+ }
+
+ # highlight proper line number
+ if {[info exists _map($Cname,pc=$addr)]} {
+ # if current file has PC, highlight that too
+ if {$gdb_running && $tagname != "PC_TAG" && $pc(filename) == $filename
+ && $pc(func) == $funcname} {
+ set pc(asm_line) $_map($Cname,pc=$pc_addr)
+ $win tag add PC_TAG $pc(asm_line).2 $pc(asm_line).end
+ }
+ set current(asm_line) $_map($Cname,pc=$addr)
+ # don't set browse tag if it is at PC
+ if {$pc_addr != $addr || $tagname == "PC_TAG"} {
+ # HACK. In STACK mode we usually want the previous instruction
+ # but not when we are browsing a trace experiment.
+ if {[string compare $tagname "STACK_TAG"] == 0 && !$Browsing} {
+ incr current(asm_line) -1
+ }
+ $win tag add $tagname $current(asm_line).2 $current(asm_line).end
+ }
+ }
+ display_line $win $current(asm_line)
+}
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: FillMixed - fill a window with mixed source and assembly
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::FillMixed {w tagname filename funcname line addr pc_addr lib} {
+ global gdb_running
+ upvar ${w}win win
+ upvar _${w}pane pane
+# debug "$win $tagname $filename $funcname $line $addr $pc_addr"
+
+ set asm_lo_addr ""
+
+ if {$funcname == ""} {
+ set oldpane $pane
+ set pane $Stwc(gdbtk_scratch_widget:pane)
+ set win [[$itk_interior.p childsite $pane].st component text]
+ $win delete 0.0 end
+ $win insert 0.0 "Select function name to disassemble"
+ if {$oldpane != ""} {
+ $itk_interior.p replace $oldpane $pane
+ } else {
+ $itk_interior.p show $pane
+ }
+ } elseif {$funcname != $current(funcname) || $mode_changed
+ || ([info exists Stwc($funcname:dirty)] && $Stwc($funcname:dirty))} {
+ set mode_changed 0
+ set oldpane $pane
+ if {[LoadFromCache $w $funcname M $lib]} {
+ # debug [format "Disassembling at %x" $addr]
+ if {[catch {gdb_load_disassembly $win source \
+ [scope _map] $Cname $addr} mess] } {
+ # print some intelligent error message
+ dbug W "Disassemble Failed: $mess"
+ UnLoadFromCache $w $oldpane $funcname M $lib
+ set current(line) $line
+ set current(tag) $tagname
+ set current(addr) $addr
+ set current(funcname) $funcname
+ set current(filename) $filename
+ set current(lib) $lib
+ set oldmode MIXED
+ $parent mode "" ASSEMBLY
+ return
+ } else {
+ foreach {asm_lo_addr asm_hi_addr} $mess {break}
+ debug "Got low address: $asm_lo_addr and high: $asm_hi_addr"
+ }
+ }
+ set current(filename) $filename
+ # now set the breakpoints
+ set do_display_breaks 1
+ }
+ # highlight proper line number
+ if {[info exists _map($Cname,pc=$addr)]} {
+ # if current file has PC, highlight that too
+ if {$gdb_running && $tagname != "PC_TAG" && $pc(filename) == $filename
+ && $pc(func) == $funcname} {
+ set pc(asm_line) $_map($Cname,pc=$pc_addr)
+ $win tag add PC_TAG $pc(asm_line).2 $pc(asm_line).end
+ }
+ set current(asm_line) $_map($Cname,pc=$addr)
+# debug "current(asm_line) = $current(asm_line)"
+ if {$pc_addr != $addr || $tagname == "PC_TAG"} {
+ # HACK. In STACK mode we usually want the previous instruction
+ if {$tagname == "STACK_TAG"} {
+ incr current(asm_line) -1
+ }
+ $win tag add $tagname $current(asm_line).2 $current(asm_line).end
+ }
+ }
+ display_line $win $current(asm_line)
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: location - display a location in a file
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::location {tagname filename funcname line addr pc_addr lib} {
+# debug "$tagname $filename $line $addr $pc_addr, mode=$current(mode) oldmode=$oldmode cf=$current(filename) lib=$lib"
+
+ ClearTags
+
+ # It seems odd to do this as a string compare, but on the Alpha,
+ # where ints are 32 bit but addresses are 64, a numerical compare
+ # will overflow Tcl's ints.
+
+ if {$tagname == "PC_TAG" && [string compare $addr $pc_addr] == 0} {
+ set pc(filename) $filename
+ set pc(line) $line
+ set pc(addr) $addr
+ set pc(func) $funcname
+ set pc(lib) $lib
+ }
+
+ if {$oldmode != "" \
+ && [string compare $filename $current(filename)] != 0} {
+ if {[gdb_find_file $filename] != ""} {
+ set tmp $oldmode
+ set oldmode ""
+ $parent mode "" $tmp 0
+ }
+ }
+
+ switch $current(mode) {
+ SOURCE {
+ FillSource t $tagname $filename $funcname $line $addr $pc_addr $lib
+ }
+ ASSEMBLY {
+ FillAssembly t $tagname $filename $funcname $line $addr $pc_addr $lib
+ }
+ MIXED {
+ FillMixed t $tagname $filename $funcname $line $addr $pc_addr $lib
+ }
+ SRC+ASM {
+ FillSource t $tagname $filename $funcname $line $addr $pc_addr $lib
+ # This may seem redundant, but it is NOT. FillSource can change
+ # the mode from SOURCE to ASSEMBLY if sources were not found. If
+ # this happens, then MIXED mode is pointless, so forget the bottom
+ # pane.
+ if {$current(mode) == "SRC+ASM"} {
+ FillAssembly b $tagname $filename $funcname $line $addr $pc_addr $lib
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ set current(line) $line
+ set current(tag) $tagname
+ set current(addr) $addr
+ set current(funcname) $funcname
+ set current(filename) $filename
+ set current(lib) $lib
+ if {$do_display_breaks} {
+ display_breaks
+ set do_display_breaks 0
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: LoadFile - loads in a new source file
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::LoadFile {w name lib mtime_changed} {
+# debug "$name $current(filename) $current(mode)"
+ upvar ${w}win win
+ upvar _${w}pane pane
+
+ set oldpane $pane
+ if {[LoadFromCache $w $name "" $lib] || $mtime_changed} {
+ $win delete 0.0 end
+# debug "READING $name"
+ if {[catch {gdb_loadfile $win $name $Linenums} msg]} {
+ dbug W "Error opening $name: $msg"
+ #if {$msg != ""} {
+ # tk_messageBox -icon error -title "GDB" -type ok \
+ # -modal task -message $msg
+ #}
+ UnLoadFromCache $w $oldpane $name "" $lib
+ return 0
+ }
+ }
+ set current(filename) $name
+ # Display all breaks/traces
+ set do_display_breaks 1
+ return 1
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: display_line - make sure a line is displayed and near the center
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+body SrcTextWin::display_line { win line } {
+ ::update idletasks
+ # keep line near center of display
+ set pixHeight [winfo height $win]
+ set topLine [lindex [split [$win index @0,0] .] 0]
+ set botLine [lindex [split [$win index @0,${pixHeight}] .] 0]
+ set margin [expr {int(0.2*($botLine - $topLine))}]
+ if {$line < [expr {$topLine + $margin}]} {
+ set num [expr {($topLine - $botLine) / 2}]
+ } elseif {$line > [expr {$botLine - $margin}]} {
+ set num [expr {($botLine - $topLine) / 2}]
+ } else {
+ set num 0
+ }
+ $win yview scroll $num units
+ $win see $line.0
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: display_breaks - insert all breakpoints and tracepoints
+# uses current(filename) in SOURCE mode
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+body SrcTextWin::display_breaks {} {
+# debug
+
+ # clear any previous breakpoints
+ foreach type "$bp_types tp" {
+ foreach {start stop} [$twin tag ranges ${type}_tag] {
+ scan $start "%d." linenum
+ removeBreakTag $twin $linenum ${type}_tag
+ }
+ }
+
+ # now do second pane if it exists
+ if {[info exists bwin]} {
+ foreach type "$bp_types tp" {
+ foreach {start stop} [$twin tag ranges ${type}_tag] {
+ scan $start "%d." linenum
+ removeBreakTag $twin $linenum ${type}_tag
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Display any existing breakpoints.
+ foreach bpnum [gdb_get_breakpoint_list] {
+ set info [gdb_get_breakpoint_info $bpnum]
+ set addr [lindex $info 3]
+ set line [lindex $info 2]
+ set file [lindex $info 0]
+ set type [lindex $info 6]
+ set enabled [lindex $info 5]
+ bp create $bpnum $addr $line $file $type $enabled
+ }
+ # Display any existing tracepoints.
+ foreach bpnum [gdb_get_tracepoint_list] {
+ set info [gdb_get_tracepoint_info $bpnum]
+ set addr [lindex $info 3]
+ set line [lindex $info 2]
+ set file [lindex $info 0]
+ bp create $bpnum $addr $line $file tracepoint
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: insertBreakTag - insert the right amount of tag chars
+# into the text window WIN, at line linenum.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::insertBreakTag {win linenum tag} {
+# debug "$win $linenum $tag"
+
+ # Get the tags at the current line.
+
+ # If there is a "break_rgn_tag", then there are currently no other
+ # break/trace points at this line. So replace the break_rgn_tag
+ # with this tag. Otherwise, add the new tag, and then the joint
+ # tag. We will query the length of the previous tag, so we don't have
+ # to hard code it here.
+
+ set tag_list [$win tag names $linenum.0]
+ set img_name [string range $tag 0 [expr [string length $tag] - 5]]
+
+ if {[lsearch $tag_list break_rgn_tag] != -1} {
+ set stop [lindex [$win tag nextrange break_rgn_tag \
+ $linenum.0 "$linenum.0 lineend"] 1]
+ $win tag remove break_rgn_tag $linenum.0 "$linenum.0 lineend"
+ $win delete $linenum.0
+
+ # Strip the "_tag" off the end of the tag to get the image name.
+ $win image create $linenum.0 -image $break_images($img_name)
+ $win tag add $tag $linenum.0 $stop
+ } else {
+
+ set other_tag [lindex $tag_list \
+ [lsearch -glob $tag_list {*[bt]p_tag}]]
+ if {$other_tag == ""} {
+ set stop 4
+ } else {
+ set stop [lindex [$win tag nextrange $other_tag \
+ $linenum.0 "$linenum.0 lineend"] 1]
+ }
+
+ $win tag add $tag $linenum.0 $stop
+ $win image configure $linenum.0 -image $break_images($img_name)
+
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: removeBreakTag - remove a break tag (breakpoint or tracepoint)
+# from the given line. If this is the last break tag on the
+# line reinstall the break_rgn_tag
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::removeBreakTag {win linenum tag } {
+# debug "$win $linenum $tag"
+
+ set tag_list [$win tag names $linenum.0]
+
+ if {[set pos [lsearch -exact $tag_list $tag]] == -1} {
+ debug "Tried to remove non-existant tag $tag"
+ return
+ } else {
+ set tag_list [lreplace $tag_list $pos $pos]
+ }
+
+ # Use the range of the removed tag for any insertions, so we don't
+ # have to hard code it here.
+
+ set stop [lindex [$win tag nextrange $tag \
+ $linenum.0 "$linenum.0 lineend"] 1]
+
+ $win tag remove $tag $linenum.0 "$linenum.0 lineend"
+
+ # Now check what other tags are on this line. If there are both bp & tp
+ # tags, also remove the joint tag, otherwise install the break_rgn_tag.
+
+ switch -glob $tag {
+ *bp_tag {
+ set only_one_tag [expr [set next_tag_index \
+ [lsearch -glob $tag_list tp_tag]] == -1]
+ }
+ tp_tag {
+ # Got to find out what kind of tag is here...
+ set only_one_tag [expr [set next_tag_index \
+ [lsearch -glob $tag_list *bp_tag]] == -1]
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {$only_one_tag} {
+ catch {$win image configure $linenum.0 -image {}}
+ $win delete $linenum.0
+ $win insert $linenum.0 "-"
+ $win tag add break_rgn_tag $linenum.0 $stop
+ } else {
+ set other_tag [lindex $tag_list $next_tag_index]
+ set img_name [string range $other_tag 0 \
+ [expr [string length $other_tag] - 5]]
+ $win image configure $linenum.0 -image $break_images($img_name)
+ $win tag remove bp_and_tp_tag $linenum.0 "$linenum.0 lineend"
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: bp - set and remove breakpoints
+#
+# if $addr is valid, the breakpoint will be set in the assembly or
+# mixed window at that address. If $line and $file are valid,
+# a breakpoint will be set in the source window if appropriate.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::bp {action bpnum addr {linenum {}} {file {}} {type 0} {enabled 0} {thread -1}} {
+# debug "$action addr=$addr line=$linenum file=$file type=$type current(filename)=$current(filename)"
+
+ switch $current(mode) {
+ SOURCE {
+ if {[string compare $file $current(filename)] == 0 && $linenum != {}} {
+ do_bp $twin $action $linenum $type $bpnum $enabled $thread 0
+ }
+ }
+
+ SRC+ASM {
+ if {$addr != {} && [info exists _map($Cname,pc=$addr)]} {
+ do_bp $bwin $action $_map($Cname,pc=$addr) $type $bpnum \
+ $enabled $thread 1
+ }
+ if {[string compare $file $current(filename)] == 0 && $linenum != {}} {
+ do_bp $twin $action $linenum $type $bpnum $enabled $thread 0
+ }
+ }
+
+ ASSEMBLY {
+ if {$addr != {} &&[info exists _map($Cname,pc=$addr)]} {
+ do_bp $twin $action $_map($Cname,pc=$addr) $type $bpnum \
+ $enabled $thread 1
+ }
+ }
+
+ MIXED {
+ if {$addr != {} && [info exists _map($Cname,pc=$addr)]} {
+ do_bp $twin $action $_map($Cname,pc=$addr) $type $bpnum \
+ $enabled $thread 1
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: do_bp - bp helper function
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::do_bp { win action linenum type bpnum enabled thread asm} {
+# debug "$action line=$linenum type=$type bpnum=$bpnum enabled=$enabled thread=$thread"
+
+ if {$dont_change_appearance} {
+ return
+ }
+
+ if {!$asm && $action == "delete" && [string compare $type tracepoint] != 0} {
+ # make sure there are no more breakpoints on
+ # this line.
+ set bps [gdb_find_bp_at_line $current(filename) $linenum]
+ if {[llength $bps] > 0} {
+ foreach b $bps {
+ if {$b != $bpnum} {
+ # OK we found another BP on this line.
+ # So we really just want to modify whats
+ # displayed on the line instead of deleting it.
+ # Also, for lack of a better solution, we will
+ # just display an image corresponding to the
+ # first found BP. If you have a temporary and
+ # a perm BP on the same line, the image for the one
+ # with the lower bpnum will be displayed.
+ set inf [gdb_get_breakpoint_info $b]
+ set action "modify"
+ set type [lindex $inf 6]
+ set bpnum $b
+ break
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {[string compare $type "tracepoint"] == 0} {
+ if {[string compare $action "delete"] != 0
+ && [lindex [gdb_get_tracepoint_info $bpnum] 4] == 0} {
+ set type disabled_tracepoint
+ }
+ } else {
+ if {$enabled == "0" } {
+ set type disabled_bp
+ } elseif {$thread != "-1"} {
+ set type thread
+ }
+ }
+
+ switch $type {
+ donttouch {
+ set tag_type bp_tag
+ }
+ delete {
+ set tag_type temp_bp_tag
+ }
+ disabled_bp {
+ set tag_type disabled_bp_tag
+ }
+ tracepoint {
+ set tag_type tp_tag
+ }
+ disabled_tracepoint {
+ set tag_type disabled_tp_tag
+ }
+ thread {
+ set tag_type thread_bp_tag
+ }
+ default {
+ dbug E "UNKNOWN BP TYPE $action $type"
+ $win insert $linenum.0 "X" bp_tag
+ set tag_type bp_tag
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {[string compare $action "delete"] == 0} {
+ removeBreakTag $win $linenum $tag_type
+ } else {
+ if {[string compare $action "modify"] == 0} {
+ removeBreakTag $win $linenum $tag_type
+ }
+ insertBreakTag $win $linenum $tag_type
+ }
+}
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: hasBP - see if a line number has a breakpoint set
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::hasBP {win line} {
+ if {$win == ""} {
+ set win $popups(saved_win)
+ }
+
+ if {[lsearch -glob [$win tag names $line.0] *bp_tag] >= 0} {
+ return 1
+ }
+ return 0
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: hasTP - see if a line number has a tracepoint set
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::hasTP {win line} {
+ if {$win == ""} {
+ set win $popups(saved_win)
+ }
+
+ if {[lsearch -exact [$win tag names $line.0] tp_tag] == 1} {
+ return 1
+ }
+ return 0
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: report_current_location
+#
+# This function reports the "current" location in the source
+# window, where current means what gdb_loc would return, if
+# that point is actually visible in the window, or the middle
+# of the current window, if that point is not visible.
+#
+# Return:
+# The gdb_loc result for the location found
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::report_source_location {} {
+
+ if {$current(filename) == ""} {
+ error "No source file in window"
+ }
+
+ # Figure out if the return from gdb_loc is visible.
+
+ set not_visible 1
+ if {![catch {gdb_loc} loc_info]} {
+ set loc_long_name [lindex $loc_info 2]
+ set loc_line [lindex $loc_info 3]
+# debug "Got loc_info: \"$loc_info\" and filename $current(filename) long_name: $loc_long_name"
+ if {[string compare $current(filename) $loc_long_name] != 0} {
+ set not_visible 1
+ } else {
+ foreach {name line} [lookup_line $twin 1] {
+ break
+ }
+ if {$line < $loc_line} {
+ foreach {name line} [lookup_line $twin [winfo height $twin]] {
+ break
+ }
+ if {$line > $loc_line} {
+ set not_visible 0
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ debug "gdb_loc returned $loc_info"
+ }
+
+ if {$not_visible} {
+ set y [expr int([winfo height $twin] / 2)]
+ foreach {name line addr type} [lookup_line $twin $y] {
+ break
+ }
+ switch $type {
+ src {
+ return [gdb_loc $name:$addr]
+ }
+ asm {
+ return [gdb_loc *$addr]
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ return $loc_info
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: lookup_line - translated win & y position line info
+#
+# If win is {}, or y is -1, then the saved values from the popup
+# array are used.
+#
+# Return:
+# name - the fileName
+# line - the line number in the text widget
+# addr - the source line number, if in source mode, the
+# address if in assembly mode, and if in mixed mode,
+# the line if it is a source line, or the address if it
+# is an assembly line
+# type - src if it is a source line, asm if an assembly line.
+# set_cmd - for convenience, this is the command needed to set a
+# breakpoint at this address.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::lookup_line {win y} {
+ #debug "$win $y"
+ if {$y == -1} {
+ set y $popups(saved_y)
+ }
+
+ if {$win == {}} {
+ set win $popups(saved_win)
+ }
+
+ scan [$win index @0,$y] "%d." line
+ set name [lindex [::file split $current(filename)] end]
+
+ # If we are in the SOURCE window (either because the mode is SOURCE,
+ # or SRC+ASM, and we are in the upper pane, then return the
+ if {([string compare $current(mode) SOURCE] == 0)
+ || ([string compare $current(mode) SRC+ASM] == 0
+ && [string compare $win $twin] == 0)} {
+ set addr $line
+ set type "src"
+ } else {
+ if {[info exists _map($Cname,line=$line)]} {
+ set addr $_map($Cname,line=$line)
+ set type "asm"
+ } else {
+ # This is a source line in MIXED mode
+ set line_contents [$win get $line.0 "$line.0 lineend"]
+ #debug "Looking at line: $line contents: \"$line_contents\""
+ regexp "^\t(\[0-9\]*)" $line_contents match srcline
+ set addr $srcline
+ set type "src"
+ }
+ }
+
+ switch $type {
+ asm {
+ set set_cmd [list gdb_set_bp_addr $addr]
+ }
+ src {
+ set set_cmd [list gdb_set_bp $current(filename) $addr]
+ }
+ }
+
+ #debug "Lookup line returning [list $name $line $addr $type $set_cmd]"
+ return [list $name $line $addr $type $set_cmd]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: continue_to_here - Advance to the line pointed to by the
+# y coordinate in the window win. If win is {} or y is -1, the values
+# saved in the popups array are used.
+#
+# The threads parameter is not currently used.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::continue_to_here {{win {}} {y -1} {threads -1}} {
+
+ # Look up the line... This foreach is an lassign...
+ foreach {name line addr type set_cmd} [lookup_line $win $y] {
+ break
+ }
+
+ set dont_change_appearance 1
+ foreach i [gdb_get_breakpoint_list] {
+ set enabled($i) [lindex [gdb_get_breakpoint_info $i] 5]
+ }
+ gdb_cmd "disable"
+ eval $set_cmd temp $threads
+ gdb_immediate "continue"
+ gdb_cmd "enable"
+ foreach i [gdb_get_breakpoint_list] {
+ if {![info exists enabled($i)]} {
+ gdb_cmd "delete $i"
+ } elseif {!$enabled($i)} {
+ gdb_cmd "disable $i"
+ }
+ }
+ set dont_change_appearance 0
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: set_bp_at_line - called when an empty break tag is clicked on
+#
+# When "threads" is set it means to set a bp on each thread in the list.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::set_bp_at_line {{type N} {win {}} {y -1} {threads "-1"}} {
+# debug "$win $y $type $current(filename) Tracing=$Tracing"
+ if {$Running} {return}
+
+ # Look up the line... This foreach is an lassign...
+
+ foreach {name line addr addr_type set_cmd} [lookup_line $win $y] {
+ break
+ }
+
+ foreach th $threads {
+ switch $type {
+ N {
+ if {[catch {eval $set_cmd normal $th} msg]} {
+ dbug W $msg
+ }
+ }
+ T {
+ if {[catch {eval $set_cmd temp $th} msg]} {
+ dbug W $msg
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: remove_bp_at_line - called when a bp tag is clicked on
+#
+# when "threads" is set it means to set a bp on each thread in the list.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::remove_bp_at_line {{win {}} {y -1}} {
+
+ if {$Running} {return}
+
+ # Look up the line... This foreach is an lassign...
+
+ foreach {name line addr type} [lookup_line $win $y] {
+ break
+ }
+
+ if {[string compare $type src] == 0} {
+ gdb_cmd "clear $name:$addr"
+ } else {
+ gdb_cmd "clear *$addr"
+ }
+}
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: set_tp_at_line - called when an empty break region tag is clicked on
+#
+# when "threads" is set it means to set a bp on each thread in the list.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::set_tp_at_line {{win {}} {y -1}} {
+# debug "$win $y $current(filename) Tracing=$Tracing"
+
+ if {$Running} {return}
+
+ # Look up the line... This foreach is an lassign...
+
+ foreach {name line addr type} [lookup_line $win $y] {
+ break
+ }
+
+ switch $type {
+ src {
+ after idle [list ManagedWin::open TraceDlg -File $name -Lines $addr]
+ }
+ asm {
+ after idle [list ManagedWin::open TraceDlg -File $name -Addresses [list $addr]]
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: next_hit_at_line - Finds the next trace hit at the line
+# given by win & y...
+#
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::next_hit_at_line {{win {}} {y -1}} {
+# debug "$win $y $current(filename) Tracing=$Tracing"
+
+ if {!$Browsing} {return}
+
+ # Look up the line... This foreach is an lassign...
+
+ foreach {name line addr type} [lookup_line $win $y] {
+ break
+ }
+
+ # If the line and the addr are the same, then the specification was
+ # given by line. Otherwise is was a memory address.
+
+ switch $type {
+ src {
+ tfind_cmd "tfind line $name:$addr"
+ }
+ asm {
+ tfind_cmd "tfind line *$addr"
+ }
+ }
+
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: remove_tp_at_line - called when a tp tag is clicked on
+#
+# when "threads" is set it means to set a bp on each thread in the list.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::remove_tp_at_line {{win {}} {y -1}} {
+
+ if {$Running} {return}
+
+ # Look up the line... This foreach is an lassign...
+
+ foreach {name line addr type} [lookup_line $win $y] {
+ break
+ }
+ switch $type {
+ src {
+ set tp_num [gdb_tracepoint_exists $name:$addr]
+ }
+ asm {
+ set tp_num [gdb_tracepoint_exists *$addr]
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {$tp_num != -1} {
+ if {[catch {gdb_cmd "delete tracepoints $tp_num"} errTxt]} {
+ tk_messageBox -type error -message "Could not delete tracepoint number $tp_num
+Error was: $errTxt"
+ }
+ }
+
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: do_tag_popup - The tag bind function for breakpoint popups
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+body SrcTextWin::do_tag_popup {name X Y y} {
+
+# debug "$name $X $Y $y"
+
+ if {$Running || [winfo ismapped $popups($name)]} {
+ return
+ }
+
+ set popups(saved_y) $y
+ set popups(saved_win) [winfo containing -displayof $itk_interior $X $Y]
+
+ # Hide variable balloons before showing the popup
+ $twin tag remove _show_variable 1.0 end
+ balloon withdraw $twin
+
+ tk_popup $popups($name) $X $Y
+
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: do_source_popup - tag bind function for source popups
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+body SrcTextWin::do_source_popup { X Y x y } {
+ if {$Running || [winfo ismapped $popups(source)]} {
+ return
+ }
+
+ # Figure out what window we are over...
+ set win [winfo containing -displayof $itk_interior $X $Y]
+
+ # Hide variable balloons before showing the popup
+ $win tag remove _show_variable 1.0 end
+ balloon withdraw $win
+ catch {$_balloon_var delete}
+
+
+ # Try to get the selection. If you fail, get the word around the
+ # click point.
+ # Note that we don't have to worry about the user clicking over the
+ # break area, since the break_rgn_tag will override this...
+
+ set hit_point [$win index @$x,$y]
+ if {([$win tag ranges sel] != "")
+ && ([$win compare sel.first < $hit_point]
+ && [$win compare $hit_point < sel.last])} {
+ set sel_first [$win index sel.first]
+ set sel_last [$win index sel.last]
+
+ # If there was a selection, see if it spans multiple lines.
+ scan $sel_first "%d.%d" range_low sel_start_char
+ scan $sel_last "%d.%d" range_high sel_end_char
+
+ if {$range_low == $range_high} {
+ set range -1
+ set target_range [$win get sel.first sel.last]
+ } else {
+ # If the selection encompasses multiple lines, we only care about
+ # the start and ending line numbers
+ set range 1
+ }
+ } else {
+ set target_range [$win get "$hit_point wordstart" "$hit_point wordend"]
+ set range 0
+ }
+
+ $popups(source) delete 0 end
+
+ if {$range && $Tracing} {
+ # If the selection spans more than one line, it can't be a variable name...
+ # So just insert the tracepoint range item
+ $popups(source) add command -label "Set Tracepoint Range" \
+ -command "$this tracepoint_range $win $range_low $range_high"
+ $popups(source) add separator
+ } elseif {$range != 1} {
+ # RANGE = -1 means that we have already found the word we want (it was
+ # a selection)...
+ # RANGE = 1 means we got the word around the point, and we are just saving
+ # getVariable the trouble of parsing it again.
+ if {$range == -1} {
+ set variable $target_range
+ } else {
+ set variable [lindex [getVariable -1 -1 $target_range] 0]
+ }
+
+ if {$variable != ""} {
+ # LAME: check to see if VARIABLE is really a number (constants??)
+ set is_var [catch {expr {$variable+1}}]
+
+ if {$is_var} {
+ $popups(source) add command -label "Add $variable to Watch" \
+ -command [list $this addToWatch $variable]
+ $popups(source) add command -label "Dump Memory at $variable" \
+ -command [list ManagedWin::open MemWin -force -addr_exp $variable]
+ $popups(source) add separator
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ $popups(source) add command -label "Open Another Source Window" \
+ -command {ManagedWin::open SrcWin -force}
+ if {[info exists ::enable_external_editor] && $::enable_external_editor} {
+ $popups(source) add command -label "Open Source in external editor" \
+ -command [list $parent edit]
+ }
+
+ tk_popup $popups(source) $X $Y
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: addToWatch - add a variable to the watch window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::addToWatch {var} {
+ [ManagedWin::open WatchWin] add $var
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: do_key -- wrapper for all key bindings
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::do_key {key} {
+ if {!$Running} {
+ switch $key {
+ print { print }
+ download { Download::download_it }
+ run { $parent inferior run }
+ stack { ManagedWin::open StackWin }
+ registers { ManagedWin::open RegWin }
+ memory { ManagedWin::open MemWin }
+ watch { ManagedWin::open WatchWin }
+ locals { ManagedWin::open LocalsWin }
+ breakpoints { ManagedWin::open BpWin }
+ console { ManagedWin::open Console }
+ step { $parent inferior step }
+ next { $parent inferior next }
+ finish { $parent inferior finish }
+ continue { $parent inferior continue }
+ stepi { $parent inferior stepi }
+ nexti { $parent inferior nexti }
+ up { catch {gdb_cmd up} }
+ down { catch {gdb_cmd down} }
+ quit { gdbtk_quit }
+ tdump { ManagedWin::open TdumpWin }
+ tracepoints { ManagedWin::open BpWin -tracepoints 1}
+ tfind_next { catch {gdb_immediate tfind} }
+ tfind_prev { catch {gdb_immediate "tfind -"} }
+ tfind_start { catch {gdb_immediate "tfind start"} }
+ tfind_line { catch {gdb_immediate "tfind line"} }
+ tfind_tp { catch {gdb_immediate "tfind tracepoint"} }
+ open { catch {_open_file} }
+ browser { catch {ManagedWin::open BrowserWin} }
+ thread_list { catch {ManagedWin::open ProcessWin} }
+ debug { catch {ManagedWin::open DebugWin} }
+ kod { catch {ManagedWin::open KodWin} }
+ default {
+ dbug E "Unknown key binding: \"$key\""
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+# debug "ignoring keypress -- running"
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: mode_get - get the source mode
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::mode_get {} {
+ return $current(mode)
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: mode_set - change the source mode
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::mode_set {new_mode {go 1}} {
+# debug "$new_mode"
+
+ if {$new_mode != $current(mode)} {
+
+ if {$current(mode) == "SRC+ASM"} {
+ if {$_bpane != ""} {$itk_interior.p hide $_bpane}
+ set _bpane ""
+ set _bwin ""
+ }
+
+ set current(mode) $new_mode
+ set mode_changed 1
+
+ if {$go} {
+ location $current(tag) $current(filename) $current(funcname) \
+ $current(line) $current(addr) $pc(addr) $current(lib)
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: cancelMotion - cancel any pending motion callbacks for
+# the source window's variable balloons
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::cancelMotion {} {
+ catch {after cancel $timeoutID}
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: motion - callback for mouse motion within the source
+# window's text widget
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::motion {type win x y} {
+ global gdb_running
+ cancelMotion
+
+ # The showBalloon method can sometimes raise errors (for instance in
+ # assembly code with no sources, and when gdb coughs over a path
+ # that contains a space. These functions should error quietly.
+ # but write to the debug window so we can trace problems.
+
+ if {$type == "var"} {
+ set cmd_bit ""
+ } else {
+ set cmd_bit BP
+ }
+ set cmd_line [format {
+ if {[catch {%s show%sBalloon %s %d %d} err]} {
+ debug "show%sBalloon got error: $err"
+ }
+ } $this $cmd_bit $win $x $y $cmd_bit]
+ set timeoutID [after $TimeOut $cmd_line]
+}
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: showBPBalloon - show BP information in a balloon
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::showBPBalloon {win x y} {
+ if {$Running} { return }
+ $win tag remove _show_variable 1.0 end
+ set line [lindex [split [$win index @0,$y] .] 0]
+ set bps ""
+
+ switch $current(mode) {
+ SRC+ASM {
+ if {$win == $bwin} {
+ if {[info exists _map($Cname,line=$line)]} {
+ set addr $_map($Cname,line=$line)
+ set bps [gdb_find_bp_at_addr $addr]
+ } else {
+ return
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ ASSEMBLY {
+ if {[info exists _map($Cname,line=$line)]} {
+ set addr $_map($Cname,line=$line)
+ set bps [gdb_find_bp_at_addr $addr]
+ } else {
+ return
+ }
+ }
+ MIXED {
+ if {[info exists _map($Cname,line=$line)]} {
+ set addr $_map($Cname,line=$line)
+ set bps [gdb_find_bp_at_addr $addr]
+ } else {
+ return
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {$bps == ""} {
+ set bps [gdb_find_bp_at_line $current(filename) $line]
+ }
+
+ set str ""
+ set need_lf 0
+ foreach b $bps {
+ set bpinfo [gdb_get_breakpoint_info $b]
+ lassign $bpinfo file func linenum addr type enabled disposition \
+ ignore_count commands cond thread hit_count
+ if {$thread == "-1"} {set thread "all"}
+ set file [lindex [file split $file] end]
+ if {$enabled} {
+ set enabled "ENA"
+ } else {
+ set enabled "DIS"
+ }
+ if {$cond == ""} {set cond "none"}
+ if {$need_lf} {
+ append str \n
+ } else {
+ set need_lf 1
+ }
+ append str [format "breakpoint %d at %s:%d (%#x)\n\t%s %s %s %s %s" \
+ $b $file $linenum $addr $enabled $type $disposition \
+ threads=$thread cond=$cond]
+ }
+
+ # Scope out which break type is set here, and use the tag to get
+ # the break region range...
+
+ set tag_list [$win tag names $line.0]
+ set break_tag [lindex $tag_list [lsearch -glob $tag_list *bp_tag]]
+ set end [lindex [$win tag nextrange $break_tag $line.0 $line.end] 1]
+
+ if {$end != ""} {
+ $win tag add _show_variable $line.0 $end
+ balloon register $win $str _show_variable
+ balloon show $win _show_variable 1
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: showBalloon - (possibly) show a variable's value in
+# a balloon-help widget
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::showBalloon {win x y} {
+ if {$Running} { return }
+
+ $twin tag remove _show_variable 1.0 end
+ catch {tmp delete}
+
+
+ if {[catch {getVariable $x $y} variable]} {
+ return
+ }
+
+ if {[llength $variable] != 3} {
+ return
+ }
+
+ # We get the variable name, and its start and stop indices in the text
+ # widget, so all we need to do is set the tag and register the balloon help
+ set varName [lindex $variable 0]
+ set start [lindex $variable 1]
+ set stop [lindex $variable 2]
+
+ # Get the address associated with this line
+ foreach {file text_line source_line type} [lookup_line $twin $y] {
+ break
+ }
+
+ # Reduce the areas over which we will show balloons.
+ # 1) Only pop up a balloon if we are over the function in
+ # the currently selected frame, or in the static data for
+ # the file.
+ # 2) We would also like to exclude cases where the line that
+ # under the mouse cursor does not contain executable code,
+ # but we can't since gdb considers continuation lines to not
+ # have executible code so we would lose on these...
+
+ set cur_fn [lindex [gdb_loc $file:$source_line] 1]
+ set selected_frame_fn [lindex [gdb_loc] 1]
+
+ if {[string compare $cur_fn $selected_frame_fn] == 0} {
+ # Create the variable object
+ catch {$_balloon_var delete}
+ set err [catch {gdb_variable create -expr $varName} _balloon_var]
+ if {!$err} {
+ set value [balloon_value $_balloon_var]
+ if {$value != ""} {
+ $win tag add _show_variable $start $stop
+
+ # display variable's value
+ balloon register $twin "$varName=$value" _show_variable
+ balloon show $win _show_variable
+ } else {
+ # No value/error. Don't show it.
+ catch {$_balloon_var delete}
+ set _balloon_var {}
+ }
+ } else {
+ set _balloon_var {}
+ }
+ } else {
+ set _balloon_var {}
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: getVariable - get the name of the 'variable' under the
+# mouse pointer in the text widget
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::getVariable {x y {line {}}} {
+ #debug "$x $y $line"
+ set hit_point [$twin index @$x,$y]
+
+ if {$x != -1 && $y != -1} {
+ # If we are over a selection, just report that:
+ if {([$twin tag ranges sel] != "")
+ && ([$twin compare sel.first < $hit_point]
+ && [$twin compare $hit_point < sel.last])} {
+ return [list [$twin get sel.first sel.last] [$twin index sel.first] [$twin index sel.last]]
+ }
+ # Since we will only be concerned with this line, get it
+ set line [$twin get "$hit_point linestart" "$hit_point lineend"]
+ # debug "new line=$line"
+ set simple 0
+ } else {
+ # This is not quite right -- still want constants to appear...
+ set simple 1
+ }
+
+ # The index into LINE that contains the char at which the pointer hangs
+ set a [split [$twin index @$x,$y] .]
+ set lineNo [lindex $a 0]
+ set index [lindex $a 1]
+ set s [string range $line $index end]
+ set last {}
+ foreach char [split $s {}] {
+ if {[regexp -- {([^a-zA-Z0-9_>.-])} $char dummy]} {
+ break
+ }
+ lappend last $char
+ }
+ set last [string trimright [join $last {}] ->]
+
+ # Decrement index for string -- will need to increment it later
+ incr index -1
+ set tmp [string range $line 0 $index]
+ set s {}
+ foreach char [split $tmp {}] {
+ set s [linsert $s 0 $char]
+ }
+
+ set first {}
+ foreach char $s {
+ if {[regexp -- {([^a-zA-Z0-9_>.-])} $char dummy]} {
+ break
+ }
+ set first [linsert $first 0 $char]
+ }
+ #set first [string trimleft [join $first {}] ->]
+ set first [join $first {}]
+ #debug "FIRST=$first\nLAST=$last"
+
+ # Validate the variable
+ set variable [string trim $first$last \ ]
+ if {!$simple && ![regexp {^[a-zA-Z_]} $variable dummy]} {
+ #debug "Rejecting: $variable"
+ return {}
+ }
+
+ incr index
+ # Find the boundaries of this word in the text box
+ set a [string length $first]
+ set b [string length $last]
+
+ # Gag! If there is a breakpoint at a line, this is off by one!
+ if {[hasBP $twin $lineNo] || [hasTP $twin $lineNo]} {
+ incr a -1
+ incr b 1
+ }
+ set start "$lineNo.[expr {$index - $a}]"
+ set end "$lineNo.[expr {$index + $b}]"
+ return [list $variable $start $end]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: trace_help - update statusbar with ballon help message
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::trace_help {args} {
+ upvar #0 ${this}_balloon a
+ if {$a == ""} {
+ $parent set_status
+ } else {
+ $parent set_status $a 1
+ }
+}
+
+body SrcTextWin::line_is_executable {win line} {
+ # there should be an image or a "-" on the line
+ set res [catch {$win image cget $line.0 -image}]
+ if {!$res || [$win get $line.0] == "-"} {
+ return 1
+ }
+ return 0
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: tracepoint_range - create tracepoints at every line in
+# a range of lines on the screen
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::tracepoint_range {win low high} {
+# debug "$win $low $high"
+
+ switch $current(mode) {
+ SOURCE {
+ set lines {}
+ for {set i $low} {$i <= $high} {incr i} {
+ if {[line_is_executable $win $i]} {
+ lappend lines $i
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ ASSEMBLY {
+ set addrs {}
+ for {set i $low} {$i <= $high} {incr i} {
+ lappend addrs $_map($Cname,line=$i)
+ }
+ }
+
+ MIXED {
+ set addrs {}
+ for {set i $low} {$i <= $high} {incr i} {
+ if {[line_is_executable $win $i]} {
+ lappend addrs $_map($Cname,line=$i)
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ SRC+ASM {
+ if {$win == $awin} {
+ # Assembly
+ set addrs {}
+ for {set i $low} {$i <= $high} {incr i} {
+ lappend addrs $_map($Cname,line=$i)
+ }
+ } else {
+ # Source
+ set lines {}
+ for {set i $low} {$i <= $high} {incr i} {
+ if {[line_is_executable $win $i]} {
+ lappend lines $i
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {[info exists lines]} {
+# debug "Got executible lines: $lines"
+ if {[llength $lines]} {
+ set name [::file tail $current(filename)]
+ ManagedWin::open TraceDlg -File $name -Lines $lines
+ }
+ } elseif {[info exists addrs]} {
+# debug "Got executible addresses: $addrs"
+ if {[llength $addrs]} {
+ set name [::file tail $current(filename)]
+ ManagedWin::open TraceDlg -File $name -Addresses $addrs
+ }
+ } else {
+# debug "Got no executible lines in the selected range..."
+ }
+
+ # Clear the selection -- it looks a lot better.
+ $twin tag remove sel 1.0 end
+}
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: search - search for text or jump to a specific line
+# in source window, going in the specified DIRECTION.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::search {exp direction} {
+ if {$exp != ""} {
+ set result {}
+ if {[regexp {^@([0-9]+)} $exp dummy index]} {
+ append index .0
+ set end [$twin index "$index lineend"]
+ } else {
+ set index [$twin search -exact -count len -$direction -- $exp $SearchIndex]
+
+ if {$index != ""} {
+ set end [split $index .]
+ set line [lindex $end 0]
+ set char [lindex $end 1]
+ set char [expr {$char + $len}]
+ set end $line.$char
+ set result "Match of \"$exp\" found on line $line"
+ if {$direction == "forwards"} {
+ set SearchIndex $end
+ } else {
+ set SearchIndex $index
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if {$index != ""} {
+ # Highlight word and save index
+ $twin tag remove search 1.0 end
+ $twin tag add search $index $end
+ $twin see $index
+ } else {
+ set result "No match for \"$exp\" found"
+ }
+ return $result
+ } else {
+ $twin tag remove search 1.0 end
+ }
+}
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME: SrcTextWin::LoadFromCache
+#
+# SYNOPSIS: LoadFromCache {w name asm lib}
+#
+# DESC: Looks up $name in the cache. If $name is cached, replace the
+# pane $w with the cached pane. Otherwise create a new
+# pane and scrolledtext widget and set _${w}pane and _${w}win.
+#
+# ARGS: w "t" or "b" (for Top and Bottom pane)
+# name name to look for in cache. This will be a filename if
+# we are filling in a source window, or an address
+# otherwise.
+# asm 'A' for assembly mode, 'M' for mixed mode.
+# lib library name
+#
+# RETURNS: 0 - read from cache
+# 1 - created new (blank) widget
+#
+# NOTES: If you call this and a new widget is created which cannot be
+# filled in later due to errors, call UnLoadFromCache.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::LoadFromCache {w name asm lib} {
+ debug "LoadFromCache $w $name $asm"
+ upvar ${w}win win
+ upvar _${w}pane pane
+
+ if {[string compare gdbtk_scratch_widget $name]} {
+ append full_name $name "," $asm "," $lib
+ } else {
+ set full_name $name
+ }
+
+ set oldpane $pane
+ if {[info exists Stwc($full_name:pane)]} {
+ #debug "READING CACHE $full_name->$Stwc($full_name:pane)"
+ set pane $Stwc($full_name:pane)
+ if {$oldpane != ""} {
+ $itk_interior.p replace $oldpane $pane
+ } else {
+ $itk_interior.p show $pane
+ }
+ set win [[$itk_interior.p childsite $pane].st component text]
+ if {$asm != ""} {
+ set Cname $full_name
+ }
+
+ # If the text in this cache file is dirty, clean the window, and
+ # return 1, which will tell the caller to refill it. Otherwise
+ # return 0, and the caller will just display the window.
+
+ if {$Stwc($name:dirty)} {
+ $win delete 0.0 end
+ set res 1
+ set Stwc($name:dirty) 0
+ } else {
+ set res 0
+ }
+
+ } else {
+ #debug "name=$name"
+ set Stwc($full_name:pane) pane$filenum
+ # Sometimes we get in here with no source file, in which case
+ # name is a hex address. Catch the error from this.
+ if {[catch {file mtime $name} file_time]} {
+ debug "Could not stat file: $name in LoadFromCache: $file_time"
+ set Stwc($name:mtime) 0
+ } else {
+ set Stwc($name:mtime) $file_time
+ }
+
+ set Stwc($name:dirty) 0
+ incr filenum
+
+ set pane $Stwc($full_name:pane)
+ debug "pane=$pane"
+ if {$oldpane != ""} {$itk_interior.p hide $oldpane}
+ $itk_interior.p add $pane
+ set p [$itk_interior.p childsite $pane]
+ set st [iwidgets::scrolledtext $p.st \
+ -hscrollmode dynamic -vscrollmode dynamic]
+ set win [$st component text]
+
+ if {$asm != ""} {
+ set Cname $full_name
+ }
+ pack $st -expand yes -fill both
+ set res 1
+ }
+
+ # reconfigure in case some preferences have changed
+ config_win $win $asm
+ return $res
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: UnLoadFromCache - revert back to previously cached widget
+# This is used when a new widget is created with LoadFromCache but
+# there is a problem with filling the widget.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+body SrcTextWin::UnLoadFromCache {w oldpane name asm lib} {
+# debug "$w $oldpane $name"
+ upvar ${w}win win
+ upvar _${w}pane pane
+# debug "pane=$pane win=$win"
+
+ append name "," $asm "," $lib
+ $itk_interior.p delete $pane
+ unset Stwc($name:pane)
+ unset Stwc($name:dirty)
+ unset Stwc($name:mtime)
+ $itk_interior.p show $oldpane
+ set pane $oldpane
+ set win [[$itk_interior.p childsite $pane].st component text]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: print - print the contents of the text widget
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::print {top} {
+ # FIXME
+ send_printer -ascii [$twin get 1.0 end] -parent $top
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: ask_thread_bp - prompt for thread(s) for BP
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::ask_thread_bp {} {
+# debug
+ if {[catch {gdb_cmd "info thread"} threads]} {
+ # failed. Just leave
+ return
+ }
+ set threads [split $threads \n]
+ set num_threads [expr {[llength $threads] - 1}]
+ if {$num_threads <= 0} {
+ show_warning "No threads were found.\nYou may only set breakpoints on threads\nthat have already been created."
+ return
+ }
+
+ set a [toplevel .[gensym]]
+ wm title $a "Thread Selection"
+ CygScrolledListbox $a.slb -selectmode multiple -height $num_threads
+
+ set i [expr $num_threads - 1]
+ set width 0
+ foreach line $threads {
+ # Active line starts with "*"
+ if {[string index $line 0] == "*"} {
+ # strip off leading "*"
+ set line " [string trimleft $line "*"]"
+ }
+ # scan for GDB ID number at start of line
+ if {[scan $line "%d" id($i)] == 1} {
+ if {[string length $line] > $width} {
+ set width [string length $line]
+ }
+ $a.slb.list insert 0 $line
+ incr i -1
+ }
+ }
+ $a.slb.list configure -width $width
+
+ frame $a.b
+ button $a.b.ok -text OK -underline 0 -width 7 \
+ -command "$this do_thread_bp $a.slb.list"
+ button $a.b.cancel -text Cancel -width 7 -underline 0 -command "destroy $a"
+ pack $a.b.ok $a.b.cancel -side left
+ standard_button_box $a.b
+ pack $a.b -fill x -expand yes -side bottom -padx 5 -pady 5
+ pack $a.slb -side top -fill both -expand yes
+ bind $a.b.ok <Return> "$a.b.ok flash; $a.b.ok invoke"
+ focus $a.b.ok
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: do_thread_bp - callback from thread selection
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::do_thread_bp {listbox} {
+# debug "$listbox [$listbox curselection]"
+ set x ""
+ foreach i [$listbox curselection] {
+ lappend x $id($i)
+ }
+ $this set_bp_at_line N {} -1 $x
+ destroy [winfo toplevel $listbox]
+}
+
+
+# public method for testing use only!
+body SrcTextWin::test_get {var} {
+ if {[array exists $var]} {
+ return [array get $var]
+ } else {
+ return [set $var]
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: clear_file - Clear out state so that user may load
+# new executable. For the SrcTextWin class, this means:
+#
+# Delete all srctextwin caches
+# Delete the variable balloon if it exists.
+# Clear the screen.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::clear_file {} {
+
+ debug "In clear_file"
+ # delete all caches
+ _clear_cache
+
+ set oldpane {}
+
+ # clear window
+ # FIXME - We don't do this here, because is causes a wierd error
+ # where the "Source file more recent than executible" error gets
+ # for no apparent reason. This only effects the case where the
+ # user types just "file" in the command line, then the window will
+ # not get cleared.
+
+ # delete variable balloon
+ catch {$_balloon_var delete}
+ set _balloon_var {}
+
+ # reinit state
+ _initialize_srctextwin
+
+ # update the screen
+ update idletasks
+
+}
+
+body SrcTextWin::_initialize_srctextwin {} {
+ set pc(filename) ""
+ set pc(func) ""
+ set pc(line) 0
+ set pc(addr) ""
+ set pc(asm_line) 0
+ set pc(lib) ""
+ set current(filename) ""
+ set current(funcname) ""
+ set current(line) 0
+ set current(addr) ""
+ set current(asm_line) 0
+ set current(tag) "BROWSE_TAG"
+ set current(mode) "SOURCE"
+ set current(lib) ""
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: _clear_cache - Clear the cache
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcTextWin::_clear_cache {} {
+ # This doesn't work, and it's so darn entangled that it's nearly
+ # impossible.
+ return
+
+ # display empty scratch frame
+ set pane $Stwc(gdbtk_scratch_widget:pane)
+ set win [[$itk_interior.p childsite $pane].st component text]
+ $win delete 0.0 end
+ $itk_interior.p show $pane
+
+ # delete all cached frames
+ foreach p [array names Stwc *:pane] {
+ set p [lindex [split $p :] 0]
+ if {$p != "gdbtk_scratch_widget"} {
+ catch {$itk_interior.p delete $Stwc($p:pane)}
+ unset Stwc($p:pane)
+ unset Stwc($p:mtime)
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
--- /dev/null
+# SrcTextWin class definition, for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+class SrcTextWin {
+ inherit itk::Widget
+
+ public {
+ variable Tracing ;# 1 if we are running in trace mode
+ variable Browsing 0 ;# 1 if we are browsing a trace experiment
+ variable parent {} ;# the parent SrcWin
+ variable ignore_var_balloons 0; # ignore all variable balloons
+
+ # Set the height of the src window
+ variable textheight 5i {
+ catch {$itk_interior.p configure -height $itk_option(-textheight)}
+ }
+
+ method constructor {args}
+ method destructor {}
+ method disassembly_changed {}
+ method reconfig {}
+ method trace_find_hook {mode from_tty}
+ method set_control_mode {mode}
+ method build_popups {}
+ method build_win {}
+ method SetRunningState {state}
+ method enable {on}
+ method setTabs {win {asm ""}}
+ method enable_disable_src_tags {win how}
+ method config_win {win {asm ""}}
+ method addPopup {menu label command {abg {}} {browse 1} {run 1}}
+ method updateBalloon {}
+ method ClearTags {}
+ method FillSource {winname tagname filename funcname line addr pc_addr lib}
+ method FillAssembly {winname tagname filename funcname line addr pc_addr lib}
+ method FillMixed {winname tagname filename funcname line addr pc_addr lib}
+ method location {tagname filename funcname line addr pc_addr lib}
+ method LoadFile {winname name lib mtime_changed}
+ method display_line { win line }
+ method display_breaks {}
+ method insertBreakTag {win linenum tag}
+ method removeBreakTag {win linenum tag }
+ method bp {action bpnum addr {linenum {}} {file {}} {type 0} {enabled 0} {thread -1}}
+ method do_bp { win action linenum type bpnum enabled thread asm}
+ method hasBP {win line}
+ method hasTP {win line}
+ method report_source_location {}
+ method lookup_line {win y}
+ method continue_to_here {{win {}} {y -1} {threads -1}}
+ method set_bp_at_line {{type N} {win {}} {y -1} {threads "-1"}}
+ method remove_bp_at_line {{win {}} {y -1}}
+ method set_tp_at_line {{win {}} {y -1}}
+ method next_hit_at_line {{win {}} {y -1}}
+ method remove_tp_at_line {{win {}} {y -1}}
+ method do_tag_popup {name X Y y}
+ method do_source_popup { X Y x y }
+ method addToWatch {var}
+ method do_key {key}
+ method mode_get {}
+ method mode_set {new_mode {go 1}}
+ method cancelMotion {}
+ method motion {type win x y}
+ method showBPBalloon {win x y}
+ method showBalloon {win x y}
+ method getVariable {x y {line {}}}
+ method trace_help {args}
+ method line_is_executable {win line}
+ method tracepoint_range {win low high}
+ method search {exp direction}
+ method LoadFromCache {pname name asm lib}
+ method UnLoadFromCache {pname oldpane name asm lib}
+ method print {top}
+ method ask_thread_bp {}
+ method do_thread_bp {listbox}
+ method test_get {var}
+ method clear_file {}
+ }
+
+ protected {
+ method handle_set_hook {var val}
+ }
+ private {
+ variable top ;# toplevel window
+ variable twin ;# top text window of pane
+ variable _tpane ;# top pane name
+ variable bwin "" ;# bottom text window of pane
+ variable _bpane "" ;# bottom pane name
+
+ variable do_display_breaks 0 ;# flag
+ variable popups
+
+ variable timeoutID {} ;# The timeout ID for the variable balloon help
+ variable UseVariableBalloons
+
+ variable mode_changed 0
+ variable current ;# our current state
+ variable pc ;# where the PC is now
+ variable oldmode "" ;# remember the mode we want, even if we can't have it
+
+ variable Running 0 ;# another way to disable things while target is active
+ variable Linenums ;# use linenumbers?
+ variable SearchIndex 1.0 ;# static
+ variable id ;#thread id to line mapping
+ # needed for assembly support
+ variable _map
+ variable Cname "" ;# cache index name for _map
+ # cache is not shared among windows yet. That could be a later
+ # optimization
+ variable Stwc ;# Source Text Window Cache
+ variable filenum 0
+
+ # The variable object which the variable balloon describes
+ variable _balloon_var {}
+
+ method balloon_value {variable}
+ method _mtime_changed {filename}
+ method _initialize_srctextwin {}
+ method _clear_cache {}
+
+ proc makeBreakDot {size colorList {image {}}}
+ }
+
+
+
+ # common variables are shared among all objects of this type
+ # break_images stores the images associated with the break dot.
+ # bp
+ # temp_bp
+ # disabled_bp
+ # tp
+ # thread_bp
+ protected common break_images
+
+ # This is the list of bp types. Be nice, and don't put spaces in
+ # any of the elements of this list...
+ protected common bp_types {bp temp_bp disabled_bp thread_bp}
+
+ # This variable is used in the "Continue to here" case, where we are
+ # disabling then reenabling breakpoints behind the user's back to
+ # implement this feature, but we don't want the user to see this...
+ protected common dont_change_appearance 0
+
+ protected common TimeOut 100 ;# The timeout value for variable balloon help
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Source window for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# CONSTRUCTOR - create new source window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::constructor {args} {
+ debug "$args"
+ eval itk_initialize $args
+ set top [winfo toplevel $itk_interior]
+
+ _update_title ""
+
+ # On Windows, create a sizebox.
+ if {$::tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+ ide_sizebox $itk_interior.sizebox
+ }
+
+ set Tracing [pref get gdb/mode]
+ set current(filename) ""
+
+ if {[catch {_build_win} mssg]} {
+ dbug E "_build_win returned: $::errorInfo"
+ }
+
+ # add special delete handler
+ wm protocol $top WM_DELETE_WINDOW "[code $this _exit]"
+
+ # add hooks
+ add_hook gdb_update_hook "$this update"
+ add_hook gdb_busy_hook "$this busy"
+ add_hook gdb_idle_hook "$this idle"
+ add_hook gdb_no_inferior_hook "$this no_inferior"
+ add_hook download_progress_hook "$this download_progress"
+ add_hook state_hook [code $this _set_state]
+ add_hook gdb_clear_file_hook [code $this clear_file]
+ after idle "
+ update idletasks
+ $this sizeWinByChild toolbar"
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# DESTRUCTOR - destroy window containing widget
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::destructor {} {
+ debug
+ remove_hook gdb_update_hook "$this update"
+ remove_hook gdb_busy_hook "$this busy"
+ remove_hook gdb_no_inferior_hook "$this no_inferior"
+ remove_hook gdb_idle_hook "$this idle"
+ remove_hook download_progress_hook "$this download_progress"
+ remove_hook state_hook [code $this _set_state]
+ remove_hook gdb_clear_file_hook [code $this clear_file]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PRIVATE METHOD: _build_win - build the main source window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::_build_win {} {
+ global gdb_downloading gdb_running gdb_loaded
+
+ # build source toolbar
+ set _toolbar [conAdd toolbar -resizable 0]
+ GDBSrcBar $_toolbar $this \
+ -updatecommand [list $this toggle_updates] \
+ -updatevalue $do_updates
+
+ # add a SrcTextWin container
+ set srcwin [conAdd src]
+ set twin [SrcTextWin $srcwin -Tracing $Tracing -parent $this]
+ pack $srcwin -expand 1 -fill both
+
+ # add status line
+ set _status [conAdd status -resizable 0]
+ label $_status -relief sunken -bd 3 -font global/status -height 1
+ pack $_status -expand 1 -fill both
+
+ # add a status bar container
+ set _statbar [conAdd stat -resizable 0]
+ frame $_statbar
+ pack $_statbar -expand 1 -fill both
+
+ combobox::combobox $_statbar.name -maxheight 15 -font src-font\
+ -command [code $this _name]
+
+ set need_files 1
+
+ combobox::combobox $_statbar.func -maxheight 15 -font src-font\
+ -command [code $this goto_func]
+ combobox::combobox $_statbar.mode -width 9 -editable false \
+ -font src-font -command [code $this mode]
+
+ $_statbar.mode list insert end SOURCE
+ $_statbar.mode list insert end ASSEMBLY
+ $_statbar.mode list insert end MIXED
+ $_statbar.mode list insert end SRC+ASM
+
+
+ # Search/download progress frame
+ frame $_statbar.frame
+ entry $_statbar.frame.search -bd 3 -font src-font -width 10
+ bind_plain_key $_statbar.frame.search \
+ Return [code $this _search forwards]
+ bind_plain_key $_statbar.frame.search \
+ Shift-Return [code $this _search backwards]
+ canvas $_statbar.frame.progress -relief sunken -borderwidth 2 \
+ -highlightthickness 0 -takefocus 0 -width 100 -height 0 -confine 1
+ $_statbar.frame.progress create rectangle 0 0 0 \
+ [winfo height $_statbar.frame.progress] -outline blue -fill blue -tags rect
+
+ pack $_statbar.frame -side right -pady 4 -padx 10 -fill y -expand 1 -anchor e
+ pack $_statbar.mode -side right -padx 10 -pady 4
+ pack $_statbar.name $_statbar.func -side left -pady 4 -padx 10
+
+ pack $_statbar.frame.search -fill x -expand yes
+
+ set_execution_status
+
+ # balloon help
+ foreach i {entry button} {
+ balloon register $_statbar.name.$i "Current file name"
+ balloon register $_statbar.func.$i "Current function name"
+ balloon register $_statbar.mode.$i "Source mode"
+ }
+ balloon register $_statbar.frame.search "Search for text"
+ balloon variable $_status ${twin}_balloon
+
+ $_statbar.mode entryset [$twin mode_get]
+
+ # time to load the widget with a file.
+ # If this is a new widget and the program is
+ # not yet being debugged, load the file with "main" in it.
+ if {$gdb_running} {
+ update
+ } else {
+ if {[set linespec [gdbtk_locate_main]] != ""} {
+ location BROWSE_TAG $linespec
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: _set_state - do things when program state changes
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::_set_state {varname} {
+ global gdb_running gdb_downloading gdb_loaded gdb_program_has_run
+ debug "$varname l=$gdb_loaded d=$gdb_downloading r=$gdb_running"
+
+ if {$varname == "gdb_loaded" && $gdb_loaded == 1} {
+ set gdb_program_has_run 0
+ #set current(filename) ""
+ return
+ }
+
+ if {$gdb_running} {
+ set state normal
+ set gdb_program_has_run 1
+ } else {
+ set state disabled
+ }
+ if {!$Tracing} {
+ $twin SetRunningState $state
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: download_progress - update the progress meter when downloading
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::download_progress { section num tot {msg ""} } {
+ global download_start_time download_cancel_ok gdb_loaded
+
+ #debug "$section $num $tot $msg"
+ if {$last_section_start == 0} {
+ pack forget $_statbar.frame.search
+ pack $_statbar.frame.progress -fill both -expand yes
+ ::update idletasks
+ }
+
+ if {$section == "DONE"} {
+ set last_done $tot
+ if {$gdb_loaded} {
+ # loaded something
+ set secs [expr {[clock seconds] - $download_start_time}]
+ if {$secs} {
+ set bps [expr {8 * $tot / $secs}]
+ set_status "DOWNLOAD FINISHED: $tot bytes in $secs seconds ($bps bits per second)"
+ } else {
+ set_status "DOWNLOAD FINISHED"
+ }
+ }
+ } elseif {$section != "CANCEL"} {
+ if {$section != $last_section} {
+ set last_section $section
+ set last_section_start $last_done
+ }
+ set last_done [expr {$last_section_start + $num}]
+ set_status "Downloading section $section - $num bytes"
+ }
+
+ set canvas $_statbar.frame.progress
+ set height [winfo height $canvas]
+ if {$last_done} {
+ set width [winfo width $canvas]
+ set rw [expr {double ($last_done) * $width / $tot}]
+ $canvas coords rect 0 0 $rw $height
+ ::update
+ }
+
+ if {$last_done == $tot || $section == "CANCEL"} {
+ $_toolbar configure -runstop normal
+ if {!$gdb_loaded} {
+ update
+ # errored or canceled
+ if {$msg != ""} {
+ set_status "DOWNLOAD FAILED: $msg"
+ } else {
+ set_status "DOWNLOAD CANCELLED"
+ }
+ $canvas coords rect 0 0 0 $height
+ ::update idletasks
+ }
+
+ set last_section ""
+ set last_done 0
+ set last_section_start 0
+
+ pack forget $_statbar.frame.progress
+ pack $_statbar.frame.search -fill x -expand yes
+ ::update idletasks
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: reconfig - used when preferences change
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::reconfig {} {
+ debug
+ $_toolbar reconfig
+ $twin reconfig
+}
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PRIVATE METHOD: _name - filename combobox callback
+# This is only called when the user edits the name combobox.
+# It is the only way that files can be inserted into the file list
+# once the debugger is started.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::_name {w {val ""}} {
+ global _files
+ debug "$w $val"
+ if {$val != ""} {
+ if {![info exists _files(short,$val)]} {
+ if {![info exists _files(full,$val)]} {
+ set full [gdb_find_file $val]
+ if {$full == ""} {
+ set_status "Cannot find source file \"$val\""
+ $_statbar.name entryset [lindex [file split $current(filename)] end]
+ return
+ }
+ set _files(short,$full) $val
+ set _files(full,$val) $full
+ }
+ set full $_files(full,$val)
+ } else {
+ set full $val
+ set val $_files(short,$full)
+ }
+ $_statbar.name entryset $val
+ location BROWSE_TAG [list $val "" $full 0 0 0 {}]
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PRIVATE PUBLIC METHOD: toggle_updates - update toggle callback
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::toggle_updates {value} {
+ if {$value} {
+ add_hook gdb_update_hook "$this update"
+ add_hook gdb_busy_hook "$this busy"
+ } else {
+ remove_hook gdb_update_hook "$this update"
+ remove_hook gdb_busy_hook "$this busy"
+ }
+ # save state in do_updates so it will be preserved
+ # in window reconfigs
+ set do_updates $value
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PRIVATE PUBLIC METHOD: goto_func - function combobox callback
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::goto_func {w {val ""}} {
+ if {$val != ""} {
+ set mang 0
+ if {[info exists _mangled_func($val)]} {
+ set mang $_mangled_func($val)
+ }
+ if {$mang} {
+ set loc $val
+ } else {
+ set fn [lindex [::file split $current(filename)] end]
+ if {$fn == ""} {
+ set loc $val
+ } else {
+ set loc $fn:$val
+ }
+ }
+ debug "GOTO $loc"
+ if {![catch {gdb_loc $loc} result]} {
+ location BROWSE_TAG $result
+ } else {
+ dbug W "gdb_loc returned \"$result\""
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: fillNameCB - fill the name combobox
+#
+# This method needs to be public, since other parts of
+# the gui can cause new symbols to be read.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::fillNameCB {} {
+ global _files
+ set allfiles [gdb_listfiles]
+ debug "gdb_listfiles returned $allfiles"
+ foreach f $allfiles {
+ #set fullname [gdb_find_file $f]
+ #set _files(full,$f) $fullname
+ #set _files(short,$fullname) $f
+ $_statbar.name list insert end $f
+ }
+ set need_files 0
+}
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: fillFuncCB - fill the function combobox
+#
+# This method needs to be public, since other parts of
+# the gui can cause new symbols to be read.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::fillFuncCB {name} {
+ $_statbar.func list delete 0 end
+ if {$name != ""} {
+ set maxlen 10
+ if {[catch {gdb_listfuncs $name} listfuncs]} {
+ tk_messageBox -icon error -default ok \
+ -title "GDB" -type ok -modal system \
+ -message "This file can not be found or does not contain\ndebugging information."
+ _set_name ""
+ return
+ }
+ foreach f $listfuncs {
+ lassign $f func mang
+ set _mangled_func($func) $mang
+ $_statbar.func list insert end $func
+ if {[string length $func] > $maxlen} {
+ set maxlen [string length $func]
+ }
+ }
+ $_statbar.func configure -width [expr $maxlen + 1]
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: location - update the location displayed
+#
+# a linespec looks like this:
+# 0: basename of the file
+# 1: function name
+# 2: full filename
+# 3: source line number
+# 4: address
+# 5: current PC - which will often be the same as address, but not when
+# 6: shared library name if the pc is in a shared lib
+# we are browsing, or walking the stack.
+#
+# linespec will be "{} {} {} 0 0x0 0x0" when GDB has not started debugging.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::location {tag linespec} {
+ global gdb_running gdb_exe_name _files tcl_platform
+
+ # We need to keep track of changes to the line, filename, function name
+ # and address so we can keep the widgets up-to-date. Otherwise we
+ # basically pass things through to the SrcTextWin location public method.
+
+ debug "running=$gdb_running tag=$tag linespec=$linespec"
+ lassign $linespec foo funcname name line addr pc_addr lib
+
+ # need to call this to update running state
+ set_execution_status $line $addr
+
+ # "update" doesn't set the tag so we do it here
+ if {$tag == ""} {
+ if {$addr == $pc_addr} {
+ set tag PC_TAG
+ } else {
+ set tag STACK_TAG
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {!$gdb_running} {
+ # When we are not yet debugging, we need to force something
+ # to be displayed, so we choose to find function "main" and
+ # display the file with it.
+ set tag BROWSE_TAG
+ debug "not running: name=$name funcname=$funcname line=$line"
+ if {$name == ""} {
+ if {[set linespec [gdbtk_locate_main]] == ""} {
+ # no "main" function found
+ return
+ }
+ lassign $linespec foo funcname name line addr pc_addr lib
+ debug "new linespec=$linespec"
+ }
+ }
+
+ # update file and function combobox
+ if {$name != $current(filename)} {
+ _set_name $name
+ fillFuncCB $name
+ }
+
+ # set address and line widgets
+ $_toolbar configure -address $addr -line $line
+
+ # set function combobox
+ $_statbar.func entryset $funcname
+
+ # call SrcTextWin::location
+ $twin location $tag $name $funcname $line $addr $pc_addr $lib
+
+ set current(filename) $name
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: stack - handle stack commands
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::stack {cmd} {
+ if {$cmd == "bottom"} {
+ set cmd "frame 0"
+ }
+ gdbtk_busy
+ if {[catch {gdb_cmd "$cmd"} message]} {
+ dbug E "STACK ERROR: $message"
+ }
+ gdbtk_update
+ gdbtk_idle
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: update - update widget when PC changes
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::update {} {
+ if {[catch {gdb_loc} loc]} {
+ set_execution_status
+ } else {
+ debug "loc=$loc"
+ # See if name combobox needs filled.
+ if {$need_files} {
+ fillNameCB
+ }
+ location "" $loc
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: idle - callback for gdbtk_idle
+# Called when the target is idle, so enable all buttons.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::idle {} {
+ $_toolbar configure -runstop normal
+ enable_ui 1
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: mode - set mode to SOURCE, ASSEMBLY, MIXED, SRC+ASM
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::mode {w new_mode {go 1}} {
+ gdbtk_busy
+ $_statbar.mode entryset $new_mode
+ catch {$twin mode_set $new_mode $go} errorVal
+ $_toolbar configure -displaymode $new_mode
+ gdbtk_idle
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PRIVATE METHOD: _update_title - update title bar
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::_update_title {name} {
+ set fn [lindex [::file split $name] end]
+ if {$fn == ""} {
+ set prefix ""
+ } else {
+ set prefix "$fn - "
+ }
+ window_name "${prefix}Source Window" $fn
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: busy - disable things when gdb is busy
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::busy {} {
+ global gdb_loaded gdb_target_name
+# debug "gdb_loaded=$gdb_loaded, gdb_target_name=$gdb_target_name"
+
+ enable_ui 0
+ if {$Running} {
+ $_toolbar configure -runstop running
+ if {$gdb_loaded || \
+ ([TargetSelection::native_debugging] && $gdb_target_name != "remote")} {
+ set_status "Program is running."
+ }
+ } else {
+ $_toolbar configure -runstop busy
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PRIVATE METHOD: _set_name - set the name in the name combobox and in the title
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::_set_name { val {found 1} } {
+ global _files
+ _update_title $val
+ if {![info exists _files(short,$val)]} {
+ if {![info exists _files(full,$val)]} {
+ # not in our list; just display basename
+ $_statbar.name entryset [lindex [::file split $val] end]
+ return
+ }
+ } else {
+ set val $_files(short,$val)
+ }
+ if {$found} {
+ $_statbar.name entryset $val
+ } else {
+ $_statbar.name entryset "$val (not found)"
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: set_status - write a message to the status line.
+# If "tmp" is set, the status change will not be saved.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+body SrcWin::set_status { {msg ""} {tmp 0} } {
+ set msg [lindex [split $msg \n] 0]
+ if {$tmp} {
+ $_status configure -text $msg
+ return
+ }
+ if {$msg != ""} {
+ set saved_msg $msg
+ }
+ $_status configure -text $saved_msg
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: set_execution_status - write the current execution state
+# to the status line
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::set_execution_status { {line ""} {pc ""}} {
+ global gdb_running gdb_loaded gdb_program_has_run gdb_target_changed
+ #debug "line=$line pc=$pc [gdb_target_has_execution] running=$gdb_running loaded=$gdb_loaded"
+ set message ""
+
+ if {![gdb_target_has_execution]} {
+ if {$gdb_running} {
+ set gdb_running 0
+ # tell text window program is no longer running
+ $twin ClearTags
+ }
+ if {$gdb_loaded} {
+ if {$gdb_program_has_run} {
+ set message "Program terminated. 'Run' will restart."
+ # Need to set gdb_target_changed because most
+ # remote targets detach when they are finished,
+ # and this will force it to reattach.
+ set gdb_target_changed 1
+ set gdb_running 0
+ } else {
+ set message "Program is ready to run."
+ }
+ } else {
+ set message "Program not running. Click on run icon to start."
+ }
+ } else {
+
+ # gdb_target_has_execution has returned true, so we must be running.
+ #
+ # This can cause problems on targets which do not set inferior_pid.
+ # Although this is bogus, much of gdb (and gdbtk) relies on
+ # gdb_target_has_execution (and thus inferior_pid), so we should
+ # not try to second guess it and fix those targets which do not set
+ # inferior_pid when opened.
+ set gdb_running 1
+
+ # only do a gdb_loc if we have to
+ if {$line == "" && $pc == ""} {
+ if {[catch {gdb_loc} loc] == 0} {
+ set line [lindex $loc 3]
+ set pc [lindex $loc 4]
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {$line == "" || $line == 0} {
+ if {$pc == "" || $pc == 0} {
+ if {$Tracing} {
+ set message "Ready."
+ } else {
+ set message "Program stopped."
+ }
+ } else {
+ set message [gdb_cmd "printf \"Program stopped at %lx\",$pc"]
+ }
+ } else {
+ if {$Tracing} {
+ set msg "Inspecting trace"
+ } else {
+ set msg "Program stopped"
+ }
+ switch [$twin mode_get] {
+ ASSEMBLY {set message [gdb_cmd "printf \"$msg at 0x%lx\",$pc"] }
+ MIXED {set message [gdb_cmd "printf \"$msg at line $line, 0x%lx\",$pc"] }
+ SRC+ASM {set message [gb_cmd "printf \"$msg at line $line, 0x%lx\",$pc"] }
+ default {set message "$msg at line $line" }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ set_status $message
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: edit - invoke external editor
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::edit {} {
+ global enable_external_editor external_editor_command
+ # If external editor is enabled, pass the file to the specified command
+
+ if {$current(filename) == ""} {
+ tk_dialog .warn {Edit} {No file is loaded in the source window.} error 0 Ok
+ return
+ }
+
+ if {[catch {$twin report_source_location} loc_info]} {
+ tk_dialog .warn "Edit" "No source file selected" error 0 Ok
+ return
+ }
+
+
+ if {[info exists enable_external_editor] && $enable_external_editor} {
+ if {[catch {eval $external_editor_command edit $loc_info} err]} {
+ tk_dialog .warn-sn "Edit" $err error 0 Ok
+ }
+ return
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: print - print the contents of the text widget
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::print {} {
+ # Call the SrcTextWin's print public method
+ $twin print $top
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: enable_ui
+# Enable all UI elements for user interaction.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::enable_ui { on } {
+ #debug "$on"
+ if {$on} {
+ set Running 0
+ set state normal
+ set glyph ""
+ } else {
+ if {!$NoRun} {set Running 1}
+ set state disabled
+ set glyph watch
+ }
+ # combo boxes
+ $_statbar.mode configure -state $state
+ $_statbar.name configure -state $state
+ $_statbar.func configure -state $state
+
+ $twin enable $on
+ $top configure -cursor $glyph
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: no_inferior
+# Put the UI elements of this object into a state
+# appropriate for an inferior which is not executing.
+# For this object, this means:
+# Disable:
+# - key binding for all inferior control (not needed -- gdb does this
+# for us)
+#
+# Enable:
+# - file/func/mode selectors
+# - right-click popups, since gdb DOES allow looking at exe fil
+# - selections
+#
+# Change mouse pointer to normal
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::no_inferior {} {
+ #debug
+ set_execution_status
+ enable_ui 1
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: reset - reset the source window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::reset {} {
+ set current(filename) ""
+ set need_files 1
+ set do_updates 1
+ set last_section ""
+ set last_section_start 0
+ set last_done 0
+ set saved_msg ""
+
+ # do we need to flush the cache or clear the source windows?
+
+ # Empty combo boxes
+ $_statbar.name list delete 0 end
+ $_statbar.name configure -value {}
+ $_statbar.func list delete 0 end
+ $_statbar.func configure -value {}
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PRIVATE METHOD: _search - search for text or jump to a specific line
+# in source window, going in the specified DIRECTION.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::_search {direction} {
+ set exp [$_statbar.frame.search get]
+ #debug "searching $direction for \"$exp\""
+ set_status
+ set_status [$twin search $exp $direction] 1
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROCEDURE: point_to_main
+# Proc that may be called to point some source window to
+# main (or an entry point?). (see gdbtk_tcl_exec_file_changed)
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::point_to_main {} {
+ # We need to force this to some default location. Assume main and
+ # if that fails, let the source window guess (via gdb_loc using stop_pc).
+ set src [lindex [ManagedWin::find SrcWin] 0]
+ if {[set linespec [gdbtk_locate_main]] == ""} {
+ gdbtk_update
+ debug "could not find main"
+ } else {
+ $src location BROWSE_TAG [list $linespec]
+ }
+}
+
+body SrcWin::_exit {} {
+ debug
+ if {[llength [ManagedWin::find SrcWin]] == 1} {
+ if {![gdbtk_quit_check]} {
+ return
+ }
+ }
+ after idle [delete object $this]
+}
+
+# public method for testing use only!
+body SrcWin::test_get {var {private_func 0}} {
+ debug $var
+ if {$private_func} {
+ return [code $this $var]
+ }
+ return [set $var]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PUBLIC METHOD: toolbar - configure the toolbar's "state"
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# This method is used to configure the toolbar's running state.
+# Valid states include anything that the "runtest" variable of
+# the GDBSrcBar may accept. Specifically,
+#
+# busy - Run button becomes disabled
+# running - Stop button appears, allowing user to stop executing target
+# downloading - Stop button appears, allowing user to interrupt downloading
+# normal - Run button appears, allowing user to run/re-run exe
+body SrcWin::toolbar {state} {
+ $_toolbar configure -runstop $state
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: inferior - change execution state of inferior
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# ACTION may be:
+# step - step the inferior one source line (stepping into functions)
+# next - step the inferior one source line (stepping over functions)
+# finish - finish the current frame of execution
+# continue - continue executing the inferior
+# stepi - step one machine instruction (stepping into calls)
+# nexti - step one machine instruction (stepping over calls)
+# run - run/re-run the inferior
+# stop - stop or detach from target
+#
+# FIXME: This should really be in an object which describes gdb's state.
+# Unfortunately, this doesn't exist, so it's here for now.
+body SrcWin::inferior {action} {
+
+ switch $action {
+ step { gdbtk_step }
+
+ next { gdbtk_next }
+
+ finish { gdbtk_finish }
+
+ continue { gdbtk_continue }
+
+ stepi { gdbtk_stepi }
+
+ nexti { gdbtk_nexti }
+
+ run { gdbtk_run }
+
+ stop { gdbtk_stop }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: clear_file
+# Tasks for SrcWin to clear file:
+#
+# - clear window
+# - reset to src mode
+# - clear func/file comboboxes
+# - clear status (done by no_inferior)
+# - allow SrcTextWin to clear_file
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body SrcWin::clear_file {} {
+
+ # Reset to Source mode
+ if {[$twin mode_get] != "SOURCE"} {
+ mode {} SOURCE
+ }
+
+ no_inferior
+ reset
+
+ # run srctextwin clear_file
+ $twin clear_file
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Source window class definition for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Implements a source display widget using primitive widgets as the
+# building blocks.
+#
+# The main display for SrcWin is a SrcTextWin widget. This file
+# should contain all the code for controlling the SrcTextWin.
+# SrcTextWin should just display the requested file and lines, without
+# having to be very intelligent. If there are problems, error codes
+# should be returned and SrcWin should figure out what to do.
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class SrcWin {
+ inherit TopLevelWin GDBWin
+
+ public {
+ method busy {}
+ method constructor {args}
+ method destructor {}
+ method download_progress { section num tot {msg ""} }
+ method edit {}
+ method enable_ui { on }
+ method fillNameCB {}
+ method fillFuncCB {name}
+ method goto_func {w {val ""}}
+ method idle {}
+ method location {tag linespec}
+ method mode {w new_mode {go 1}}
+ method no_inferior {}
+ method print {}
+ method reconfig {}
+ method reset {}
+ method set_status { {msg ""} {tmp 0} }
+ method set_execution_status { {line ""} {pc ""}}
+ method stack {cmd}
+ method test_get {var {private_func 0}}
+ method toggle_updates {value}
+ method update {}
+ method toolbar {state}
+ method inferior {action}
+ method clear_file {}
+
+ proc point_to_main {}
+ }
+
+ private {
+ method _build_win {}
+ method _exit {}
+ method _name {w {val ""}}
+ method _search {direction}
+ method _set_name { val {found 1} }
+ method _set_state {varname}
+ method _update_title {name}
+ variable _statbar
+ variable _status
+ variable _toolbar
+ variable top
+ variable twin
+ variable current
+ variable need_files 0
+ variable do_updates 1 ;# if the window does updates
+ variable _mangled_func
+ variable Tracing
+ variable saved_msg "" ;# static
+
+ # statics used for downloads
+ variable last_section ""
+ variable last_section_start 0
+ variable last_done 0
+
+ # fenceposts
+ variable Running 0
+ variable NoRun 0
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Stack window for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# CONSTRUCTOR - create new stack window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body StackWin::constructor {args} {
+ gdbtk_busy
+ build_win
+ gdbtk_idle
+
+ add_hook gdb_update_hook [code $this update]
+ add_hook gdb_busy_hook [code $this busy]
+ add_hook gdb_no_inferior_hook [code $this no_inferior]
+ add_hook gdb_idle_hook [code $this idle]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# DESTRUCTOR - destroy window containing widget
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body StackWin::destructor {} {
+ remove_hook gdb_update_hook [code $this update]
+ remove_hook gdb_idle_hook [code $this idle]
+ remove_hook gdb_busy_hook [code $this busy]
+ remove_hook gdb_no_inferior_hook [code $this no_inferior]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: build_win - build the main register window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body StackWin::build_win {} {
+ global tixOption tcl_platform
+ if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+ tixScrolledListBox $itk_interior.s -scrollbar both -sizebox 1
+ } else {
+ tixScrolledListBox $itk_interior.s -scrollbar auto
+ }
+ set lb [$itk_interior.s subwidget listbox]
+ $lb configure -selectmode single -bg $tixOption(input1_bg) \
+ -selectbackground [pref get gdb/src/STACK_TAG] \
+ -selectforeground black \
+ -font src-font \
+ -exportselection false
+ update
+ $lb configure -width $maxwidth
+
+ # bind mouse button 1 to change the stack frame
+ bind $lb <ButtonPress-1> [code $this change_frame %y]
+ bind $lb <ButtonRelease-1> break
+
+ pack $itk_interior.s -side left -expand yes -fill both
+
+ window_name "Stack"
+}
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: update - update widget when PC changes
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body StackWin::update {} {
+ global gdb_selected_frame_level
+
+ if {!$protect_me} {
+ set lb [$itk_interior.s subwidget listbox]
+
+ # The gdb_stack command might fail, for instance if you are browsing
+ # a trace experiment, and the stack has not been collected.
+
+ if {[catch {gdb_stack 0 -1} frames]} {
+ dbug W "Error in stack collection $frames"
+ set frames {}
+ }
+
+ if {[llength $frames] == 0} {
+ $lb delete 0 end
+ $lb insert end {NO STACK}
+ return
+ }
+
+ $lb delete 0 end
+ set levels 0
+ foreach frame $frames {
+ set len [string length $frame]
+
+ if {$len > $maxwidth} {
+ set maxwidth $len
+ }
+ $lb insert end $frame
+ incr levels
+ }
+
+ # this next section checks to see if the source
+ # window is looking at some location other than the
+ # bottom of the stack. If so, highlight the stack frame
+ set level [expr {$levels - $gdb_selected_frame_level - 1}]
+ $lb selection set $level
+ $lb see $level
+ }
+}
+
+body StackWin::idle {} {
+ set Running 0
+ cursor {}
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: change_frame - change the current frame
+# This body StackWin::is currently ONLY called from the mouse binding
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body StackWin::change_frame {y} {
+ set lb [$itk_interior.s subwidget listbox]
+
+ if {!$Running && [$lb size] != 0} {
+ gdbtk_busy
+ set lb [$itk_interior.s subwidget listbox]
+ set linenum [$lb nearest $y]
+ set size [$lb size]
+ set linenum [expr {$size - $linenum - 1}]
+ catch {gdb_cmd "frame $linenum"}
+
+ # Run idle hooks and cause all widgets to update
+ set protect_me 1
+ gdbtk_update
+ set protect_me 0
+ gdbtk_idle
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: reconfig - used when preferences change
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body StackWin::reconfig {} {
+ destroy $itk_interior.s
+ build_win
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: busy - gdb_busy_hook
+#
+# This body StackWin::should accomplish blocking
+# - clicks in the window
+# - change mouse pointer
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body StackWin::busy {} {
+ set Running 1
+ cursor watch
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: no_inferior - gdb_no_inferior_hook
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body StackWin::no_inferior {} {
+ set Running 0
+ cursor {}
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: cursor - set the window cursor
+# This is a convenience body StackWin::which simply sets the mouse
+# pointer to the given glyph.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body StackWin::cursor {glyph} {
+ set top [winfo toplevel $itk_interior]
+ $top configure -cursor $glyph
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Stack window class definition for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Implements stack window for gdb
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class StackWin {
+ inherit EmbeddedWin GDBWin
+
+ private {
+ variable maxwidth 40
+ variable Running 0
+ variable protect_me 0
+ method build_win {}
+ method cursor {glyph}
+ method change_frame {y}
+ method update {}
+ method busy {}
+ method no_inferior {}
+ method idle {}
+ }
+
+ public {
+ method reconfig {}
+ method constructor {args}
+ method destructor {}
+ }
+
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+# Target selection dialog for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Implements GDB TargetSelection dialog
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# CONSTRUCTOR - create new target selection window
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body TargetSelection::constructor {args} {
+ eval itk_initialize $args
+ set top [winfo toplevel $itk_interior]
+ _init
+ build_win
+}
+
+body TargetSelection::getname {target name} {
+
+ # Init target database if we haven't already done so
+ init_target_db
+
+ if {[info exists gdb_target($target,$name)]} {
+ return $gdb_target($target,$name)
+ } else {
+ return ""
+ }
+}
+
+body TargetSelection::init_target_db {} {
+ # check to see if we already initialized this database
+ if {$db_inited} {
+ return
+ }
+ set db_inited 1
+
+ # Target Database
+ # Set the following members:
+ # TARGET,pretty-name: Name to display to user
+ # TARGET,debaud: Default baudrate
+ # TARGET,baud-rates: Permissible baudrates
+ # TARGET,cmd: Abstracted command to run for this target (tcpX and com1 are
+ # replaced with the real port and host/port in set_target)
+ # TARGET,runlist: List of preferences for the target: {attach download run cont}
+ # TARGET,after_attaching: a command to run after attaching to the target
+
+ # Default target
+ set gdb_target(default,pretty-name) "Default"
+ set gdb_target(default,defbaud) ""
+ set gdb_target(default,baud-rates) {}
+ set gdb_target(default,cmd) ""
+ set gdb_target(default,runlist) {0 0 1 0}
+ set gdb_target(default,options) ""
+ set gdb_target(default,after_attaching) {}
+
+ # Exec target
+ set gdb_target(exec,pretty-name) "Exec"
+ set gdb_target(exec,defbaud) ""
+ set gdb_target(exec,baud-rates) {}
+ set gdb_target(exec,cmd) ""
+ set gdb_target(exec,runlist) {0 0 1 0}
+ set gdb_target(exec,options) ""
+ set gdb_target(exec,after_attaching) {}
+
+ # ADS board w/SDS protocol
+ set gdb_target(sds,pretty-name) "SDS"
+ set gdb_target(sds,defbaud) "38400"
+ set gdb_target(sds,baud-rates) {9600 38400}
+ set gdb_target(sds,cmd) "sds com1"
+ set gdb_target(sds,runlist) {1 1 0 1}
+ set gdb_target(sds,after_attaching) {}
+
+ # Simulator
+ set gdb_target(sim,pretty-name) "Simulator"
+ set gdb_target(sim,defbaud) ""
+ set gdb_target(sim,baud-rates) {}
+ set gdb_target(sim,cmd) "sim"
+ set gdb_target(sim,runlist) {1 1 1 0}
+ set gdb_target(sim,options) ""
+ set gdb_target(sim,after_attaching) {}
+
+ # Remote
+ set gdb_target(remote,pretty-name) "Remote/Serial"
+ set gdb_target(remote,defbaud) "9600"
+ set gdb_target(remote,baud-rates) {9600 19200 38400 57600}
+ set gdb_target(remote,cmd) "remote com1"
+ set gdb_target(remote,runlist) {1 1 0 1}
+ set gdb_target(remote,after_attaching) {}
+ set gdb_target(remotetcp,pretty-name) "Remote/TCP"
+ set gdb_target(remotetcp,defbaud) "TCP"
+ set gdb_target(remotetcp,baud-rates) {}
+ set gdb_target(remotetcp,cmd) "remote tcpX"
+ set gdb_target(remotetcp,runlist) {1 1 0 1}
+ set gdb_target(remotetcp,after_attaching) {}
+
+ # ARM Angel
+ set gdb_target(rdi,pretty-name) "ARM Angel/Serial"
+ set gdb_target(rdi,defbaud) "9600"
+ set gdb_target(rdi,baud-rates) {9600 19200 38400 57600 115200}
+ set gdb_target(rdi,cmd) "rdi com1"
+ set gdb_target(rdi,runlist) {1 1 0 1}
+ set gdb_target(rdi,after_attaching) {}
+
+ # ARM Angel/Ethernet
+ set gdb_target(rditcp,pretty-name) "ARM Angel/Ethernet"
+ set gdb_target(rditcp,defbaud) "ETH"
+ set gdb_target(rditcp,baud-rates) {}
+ set gdb_target(rditcp,cmd) "rdi ethX"
+ set gdb_target(rditcp,runlist) {1 1 0 1}
+ set gdb_target(rditcp,after_attaching) {}
+
+ # ARM Remote
+ set gdb_target(rdp,pretty-name) "ARM Remote/Serial"
+ set gdb_target(rdp,defbaud) "9600"
+ set gdb_target(rdp,baud-rates) {9600}
+ set gdb_target(rdp,cmd) "rdp com1"
+ set gdb_target(rdp,runlist) {1 1 0 1}
+ set gdb_target(rdp,after_attaching) {}
+ set gdb_target(rdptcp,pretty-name) "ARM Remote/TCP"
+ set gdb_target(rdptcp,defbaud) "TCP"
+ set gdb_target(rdptcp,baud-rates) {}
+ set gdb_target(rdptcp,cmd) "rdp tcpX"
+ set gdb_target(rdptcp,runlist) {1 1 0 1}
+ set gdb_target(rdptcp,after_attaching) {}
+
+ # m32r rev C
+ set gdb_target(m32r,pretty-name) "M32R/Serial"
+ set gdb_target(m32r,defbaud) "9600"
+ set gdb_target(m32r,baud-rates) {9600}
+ set gdb_target(m32r,cmd) "m32r com1"
+ set gdb_target(m32r,runlist) {1 1 0 1}
+ set gdb_target(m32r,after_attaching) {}
+ set gdb_target(m32rtcp,pretty-name) "M32R/TCP"
+ set gdb_target(m32rtcp,defbaud) "TCP"
+ set gdb_target(m32rtcp,baud-rates) {}
+ set gdb_target(m32rtcp,cmd) "m32r tcpX"
+ set gdb_target(m32rtcp,runlist) {1 1 0 1}
+ set gdb_target(m32rtcp,after_attaching) {}
+
+ # m32r msa2000
+ set gdb_target(mon2000,pretty-name) "MON2000/Serial"
+ set gdb_target(mon2000,defbaud) "9600"
+ set gdb_target(mon2000,baud-rates) {9600}
+ set gdb_target(mon2000,cmd) "mon2000 com1"
+ set gdb_target(mon2000,runlist) {1 1 0 1}
+ set gdb_target(mon2000,after_attaching) {}
+ set gdb_target(mon2000tcp,pretty-name) "MON2000/TCP"
+ set gdb_target(mon2000tcp,defbaud) "TCP"
+ set gdb_target(mon2000tcp,baud-rates) {}
+ set gdb_target(mon2000tcp,cmd) "mon2000 tcpX"
+ set gdb_target(mon2000tcp,runlist) {1 1 0 1}
+ set gdb_target(mon2000tcp,after_attaching) {}
+
+ # sparclite
+ set gdb_target(sparclite,pretty-name) "SPARClite/Serial"
+ set gdb_target(sparclite,defbaud) "9600"
+ set gdb_target(sparclite,baud-rates) {9600}
+ set gdb_target(sparclite,cmd) "sparclite com1"
+ set gdb_target(sparclite,runlist) {1 1 0 1}
+ set gdb_target(sparclite,after_attaching) {}
+ set gdb_target(sparclitetcp,pretty-name) "SPARClite/TCP"
+ set gdb_target(sparclitetcp,defbaud) "TCP"
+ set gdb_target(sparclitetcp,baud-rates) {}
+ set gdb_target(sparclitetcp,cmd) "sparclite tcpX"
+ set gdb_target(sparclitetcp,runlist) {1 1 0 1}
+ set gdb_target(sparclitetcp,after_attaching) {}
+
+ # V850 ICE
+ set gdb_target(ice,pretty-name) "V850 ICE"
+ set gdb_target(ice,defbaud) ""
+ set gdb_target(ice,baud-rates) {}
+ set gdb_target(ice,cmd) "ice"
+ set gdb_target(ice,runlist) {1 1 0 1}
+ set gdb_target(ice,after_attaching) {}
+
+ # MIPS
+ set gdb_target(mips,pretty-name) "MIPS/Serial"
+ set gdb_target(mips,defbaud) "9600"
+ set gdb_target(mips,baud-rates) {9600}
+ set gdb_target(mips,cmd) "mips com1"
+ set gdb_target(mips,runlist) {1 1 0 1}
+ set gdb_target(mips,after_attaching) {}
+ set gdb_target(mipstcp,pretty-name) "MIPS/TCP"
+ set gdb_target(mipstcp,defbaud) "TCP"
+ set gdb_target(mipstcp,baud-rates) {}
+ set gdb_target(mipstcp,cmd) "mips tcpX"
+ set gdb_target(mipstcp,runlist) {1 1 0 1}
+ set gdb_target(mipstcp,after_attaching) {}
+
+ # Picobug
+ set gdb_target(picobug,pretty-name) "Picobug/Serial"
+ set gdb_target(picobug,defbaud) "19200"
+ set gdb_target(picobug,baud-rates) {19200}
+ set gdb_target(picobug,cmd) "picobug com1"
+ set gdb_target(picobug,runlist) {1 1 0 1}
+ set gdb_target(picobug,after_attaching) {}
+ set gdb_target(picobugtcp,pretty-name) "Picobug/TCP"
+ set gdb_target(picobugtcp,defbaud) "TCP"
+ set gdb_target(picobugtcp,baud-rates) {}
+ set gdb_target(picobugtcp,cmd) "picobug tcpX"
+ set gdb_target(picobugtcp,runlist) {1 1 0 1}
+ set gdb_target(picobugtcp,after_attaching) {}
+
+ # Cisco.
+ set gdb_target(cisco,pretty-name) "Cisco/Serial"
+ set gdb_target(cisco,defbaud) "38400"
+ set gdb_target(cisco,baud-rates) {9600 19200 38400 56000}
+ set gdb_target(cisco,cmd) "cisco com1"
+ set gdb_target(cisco,runlist) {1 0 0 0}
+ set gdb_target(cisco,after_attaching) "set os cisco"
+ set gdb_target(ciscotcp,pretty-name) "Cisco/TCP"
+ set gdb_target(ciscotcp,defbaud) "TCP"
+ set gdb_target(ciscotcp,baud-rates) {}
+ set gdb_target(ciscotcp,cmd) "cisco tcpX"
+ set gdb_target(ciscotcp,runlist) {1 0 0 0}
+ set gdb_target(ciscotcp,after_attaching) "set os cisco"
+}
+
+body TargetSelection::default_port {} {
+ global tcl_platform
+ switch -regexp $tcl_platform(os) {
+ Windows { set port com1 }
+ Linux { set port /dev/ttyS0 }
+ SunOS { set port /dev/ttya }
+ AIX { set port /dev/foo1 }
+ ULTRIX { set port /dev/foo1 }
+ IRIX { set port /dev/foo1 }
+ OSF1 { set port /dev/foo1 }
+ NetBSD { set port /dev/foo1 }
+ HP-UX {
+ # Special case...
+ switch -regexp $tcl_platform(osVersion) {
+ A.09 { set port /dev/tty00 }
+ B.10 { set port /dev/tty0p0 }
+ }
+ }
+ default { set port /dev/ttya }
+ }
+
+ return $port
+}
+
+
+body TargetSelection::_init_prefs {} {
+
+ if {$prefs_inited} {
+ return
+ }
+ set prefs_inited 1
+
+ # these are not target-specific
+
+ pref define gdb/load/main 1
+ pref define gdb/load/exit 1
+ pref define gdb/load/check 0
+
+ # these are target-specific
+ # set up the defaults
+ pref define gdb/load/default-verbose 0
+ pref define gdb/load/default-port [default_port]
+ pref define gdb/load/default-hostname ""
+ pref define gdb/load/default-after_attaching {}
+}
+
+body TargetSelection::_init_target {} {
+ global gdb_target_name
+ set target_list [get_target_list]
+ set target $gdb_target_name
+
+ # target = CANCEL should never come into here. If the target was
+ # returned as CANCEL, it should be fixed by the caller... But it
+ # should not be harmful if it gets in here.
+
+ if {$target == "" || [string compare $target CANCEL] == 0} {
+ set target default
+ }
+
+ set defbaud $gdb_target($target,defbaud)
+ pref define gdb/load/$target-baud $defbaud
+ pref define gdb/load/$target-port [pref get gdb/load/default-port]
+ pref define gdb/load/$target-verbose [pref get gdb/load/default-verbose]
+ pref define gdb/load/$target-portname 1000
+ pref define gdb/load/$target-hostname [pref get gdb/load/default-hostname]
+
+ set err [catch {pref get gdb/load/$target-runlist} run_list]
+ if {$err} {
+ set run_list $gdb_target($target,runlist)
+ pref setd gdb/load/$target-runlist $run_list
+ }
+ pref set gdb/src/run_attach [lindex $run_list 0]
+ pref set gdb/src/run_load [lindex $run_list 1]
+ pref set gdb/src/run_run [lindex $run_list 2]
+ pref set gdb/src/run_cont [lindex $run_list 3]
+
+ set err [catch {pref get gdb/load/$target-after_attaching} aa]
+ if {$err} {
+ set aa $gdb_target($target,after_attaching)
+ pref setd gdb/load/$target-after_attaching $aa
+ }
+}
+
+body TargetSelection::_init {} {
+
+ if {!$trace_inited} {
+ # Trace all gdb_loaded changes based on target
+ trace variable gdb_loaded w [code TargetSelection::target_trace]
+ }
+ set trace_inited 1
+
+ init_target_db ;# initialize database
+ _init_prefs ;# initialize load prefs
+ _init_target ;# initialize target prefs
+ set_saved
+
+ # This tells us that the target system is inited. Some of these
+ # init functions need to be called every time the target dialog is
+ # posted, some only once. The latter functions can check inited to
+ # see what they should do.
+
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: build_win - build the dialog
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body TargetSelection::build_win {} {
+ global tcl_platform PREFS_state gdb_ImageDir gdb_target_name
+
+ set f [frame $itk_interior.f]
+ set opts [frame $itk_interior.moreoptions]
+ frame $itk_interior.moreoptionsframe
+ set btns [frame $itk_interior.buttons]
+
+ #labelled frame "Connection"
+ iwidgets::Labeledframe $f.lab -labelpos nw -labeltext [gettext "Connection"]
+ set fr [$f.lab childsite]
+
+ # target name
+ label $fr.tarl -text [gettext "Target:"]
+ combobox::combobox $fr.tar -editable 0 -command [code $this change_target] \
+ -width $Width -maxheight 10
+
+ # baud rate combobox
+ label $fr.cbl -text [gettext "Baud Rate:"]
+ combobox::combobox $fr.cb -editable 0 -command [code $this change_baud] \
+ -textvariable [pref varname gdb/load/$target-baud] -width $Width \
+ -maxheight 10
+
+ if {[catch {gdb_cmd "show remotebaud"} res]} {
+ set baud [pref get gdb/load/$target-baud]
+ } else {
+ set baud [lindex $res end]
+ set baud [string trimright $baud "."]
+ # When uninitialized, GDB returns a baud rate of 2^32
+ # Detect this and ignore it.
+ if {$baud > 4000000000} {
+ set baud [pref get gdb/load/$target-baud]
+ } else {
+ pref setd gdb/load/$target-baud $baud
+ }
+ }
+
+ # host entry widget
+ entry $fr.host -textvariable [pref varname gdb/load/$target-hostname] \
+ -width $Width
+
+ # port combobox
+ if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+ set editable 0
+ } else {
+ set editable 1
+ }
+
+ label $fr.portl -text [gettext "Port:"]
+ combobox::combobox $fr.port -editable $editable \
+ -textvariable [pref varname gdb/load/$target-port] \
+ -width $Width -maxheight 10
+
+ # load baud rates into combobox
+ fill_rates
+
+ # load port combobox
+ if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+ foreach val [port_list] {
+ $fr.port list insert end $val
+ }
+ } else {
+ # fixme: how do I find valid values for these????
+ switch $tcl_platform(os) {
+ Linux { set ports [list /dev/cua0 /dev/ttyS0 /dev/ttyS1 /dev/ttyS2 /dev/ttyS3]}
+ SunOS { set ports [list /dev/ttya /dev/ttyb] }
+ AIX { set ports [list /dev/foo1 /dev/foo2] }
+ ULTRIX { set ports [list /dev/foo1 /dev/foo2] }
+ IRIX { set ports [list /dev/foo1 /dev/foo2] }
+ OSF1 { set ports [list /dev/foo1 /dev/foo2] }
+ NetBSD { set ports [list /dev/foo1 /dev/foo2] }
+ HP-UX {
+ # Special case...
+ switch -regexp $tcl_platform(osVersion) {
+ A.09 { set ports [list /dev/tty00 /dev/tty01] }
+ B.10 { set ports [list /dev/tty0p0 /dev/tty1p0] }
+ }
+ }
+ default { set ports [list UNKNOWN UNKNOWN] }
+ }
+ foreach val $ports {
+ $fr.port list insert end $val
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Port entry widget
+ entry $fr.porte -textvariable [pref varname gdb/load/$target-port] -width $Width
+
+ frame $f.fr
+ checkbutton $f.fr.main -text [gettext "Set breakpoint at 'main'"] \
+ -variable [pref varname gdb/load/main]
+ checkbutton $f.fr.exit -text [gettext "Set breakpoint at 'exit'"] \
+ -variable [pref varname gdb/load/exit]
+ frame $f.fr.bp
+ checkbutton $f.fr.bp.at_func -text [gettext "Set breakpoint at"] \
+ -variable [pref varname gdb/load/bp_at_func]
+ entry $f.fr.bp.func -textvariable [pref varname gdb/load/bp_func] -width 20
+ checkbutton $f.fr.verb -text [gettext "Display Download Dialog"] \
+ -variable [pref varname gdb/load/$target-verbose]
+
+ if {![pref get gdb/control_target]} {
+ $f.fr.main configure -state disabled
+ $f.fr.exit configure -state disabled
+ $f.fr.verb configure -state disabled
+ $f.fr.bp.at_func configure -state disabled
+ $f.fr.bp.func configure -state disabled
+ checkbutton $f.fr.check -text [gettext "Compare to remote executable"] \
+ -variable [pref varname gdb/load/check]
+ if { $gdb_target_name == "exec" } {
+ $f.fr.check configure -state disabled
+ }
+ }
+
+ grid $fr.tarl $fr.tar -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
+ grid $fr.cbl $fr.cb -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
+ grid $fr.portl $fr.port -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
+ set mapped1 $fr.cb
+ set mapped2 $fr.port
+
+ grid $f.fr.main -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
+ grid $f.fr.exit -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
+ pack $f.fr.bp.at_func $f.fr.bp.func -side left
+ grid $f.fr.bp -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
+ grid $f.fr.verb -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
+ if {![pref get gdb/control_target]} {
+ grid $f.fr.check -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
+ }
+
+ grid $f.lab $f.fr -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
+
+ # Create the "More Options" thingy
+ if {[lsearch [image names] _MORE_] == -1} {
+ image create photo _MORE_ -file [file join $gdb_ImageDir more.gif]
+ image create photo _LESS_ -file [file join $gdb_ImageDir less.gif]
+ }
+
+ set MoreButton [button $opts.button -image _MORE_ \
+ -relief flat -command [code $this toggle_more_options]]
+ set MoreLabel [label $opts.lbl -text {More Options}]
+ frame $opts.frame -relief raised -bd 1
+ pack $opts.button $opts.lbl -side left
+ place $opts.frame -relx 1 -x -10 -rely 0.5 -relwidth 0.73 -height 2 -anchor e
+
+ # Create the (hidden) more options frame
+ set MoreFrame [iwidgets::Labeledframe $itk_interior.moreoptionsframe.frame \
+ -labelpos nw -labeltext {Run Options}]
+ set frame [$MoreFrame childsite]
+
+ set var [pref varname gdb/src/run_attach]
+ checkbutton $frame.attach -text {Attach to Target} -variable $var
+
+ set var [pref varname gdb/src/run_load]
+ checkbutton $frame.load -text {Download Program} -variable $var
+
+ set var [pref varname gdb/src/run_cont]
+ checkbutton $frame.cont -text {Continue from Last Stop} -variable $var \
+ -command [code $this set_run run]
+
+ set var [pref varname gdb/src/run_run]
+ checkbutton $frame.run -text {Run Program} -variable $var \
+ -command [code $this set_run cont]
+
+ # The after attaching command entry
+ set _after_entry [entry $frame.aftere]
+ label $frame.afterl -text {Command to issue after attaching:}
+ grid $frame.attach $frame.run -sticky w
+ grid $frame.load $frame.cont -sticky w
+ grid $frame.afterl -sticky we -columnspan 2
+ grid $frame.aftere -sticky we -columnspan 2
+ grid columnconfigure $frame 0 -weight 1
+ grid columnconfigure $frame 1 -weight 1
+
+ # Map everything onto the screen
+ # This looks like a possible packing bug -- our topmost frame
+ # will not resize itself. So, instead, use the topmost frame.
+ #pack $f $opts $itk_interior.moreoptionsframe -side top -fill x
+ pack $MoreFrame -fill x -expand yes
+ pack $f $opts -side top -fill x
+
+ change_target $gdb_target($target,pretty-name)
+
+ button $btns.ok -text [gettext OK] -width 7 -command [code $this save] \
+ -default active
+ button $btns.cancel -text [gettext Cancel] -width 7 \
+ -command [code $this cancel]
+ button $btns.help -text [gettext Help] -width 7 -command [code $this help] \
+ -state disabled
+ standard_button_box $btns
+ bind $btns.ok <Return> "$btns.ok flash; $btns.ok invoke"
+ bind $btns.cancel <Return> "$btns.cancel flash; $btns.cancel invoke"
+ bind $btns.help <Return> "$btns.help flash; $btns.help invoke"
+
+ pack $btns -side bottom -anchor e
+ focus $btns.ok
+
+ # set up balloon help
+ balloon register $f.fr.bp.at_func "Set User-Speficied Breakpoints at Run Time"
+ balloon register $f.fr.bp.func "Enter a List of Functions for Breakpoints"
+
+ window_name "Target Selection"
+
+ if {[valid_target $target]} {
+ $fr.tar configure -value $gdb_target($target,pretty-name)
+ }
+ fill_targets
+
+
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: set_saved - set saved values
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body TargetSelection::set_saved {} {
+ set saved_baud [pref get gdb/load/$target-baud]
+ set saved_port [pref get gdb/load/$target-port]
+ set saved_main [pref get gdb/load/main]
+ set saved_exit [pref get gdb/load/exit]
+ set saved_check [pref get gdb/load/check]
+ set saved_verb [pref get gdb/load/$target-verbose]
+ set saved_portname [pref get gdb/load/$target-portname]
+ set saved_hostname [pref get gdb/load/$target-hostname]
+ set saved_attach [pref get gdb/src/run_attach]
+ set saved_load [pref get gdb/src/run_load]
+ set saved_run [pref get gdb/src/run_run]
+ set saved_cont [pref get gdb/src/run_cont]
+ if {[info exists gdb_target($target,options)]} {
+ if {[catch {pref get gdb/load/$target-opts} saved_options]} {
+ set saved_options ""
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: write_saved - write saved values to preferences
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body TargetSelection::write_saved {} {
+ pref setd gdb/load/$target-baud $saved_baud
+ pref setd gdb/load/$target-port $saved_port
+ pref setd gdb/load/main $saved_main
+ pref setd gdb/load/exit $saved_exit
+ pref setd gdb/load/check $saved_check
+ pref setd gdb/load/$target-verbose $saved_verb
+ pref setd gdb/load/$target-portname $saved_portname
+ pref setd gdb/load/$target-hostname $saved_hostname
+ pref setd gdb/load/$target-runlist [list $saved_attach $saved_load $saved_run $saved_cont]
+ if {[info exists gdb_target($target,options)]} {
+ pref setd gdb/load/$target-opts $saved_options
+ }
+ if {[catch {$_after_entry get} saved_after_attaching]} {
+ set saved_after_attaching ""
+ }
+ pref setd gdb/load/$target-after_attaching $saved_after_attaching
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: fill_rates - fill baud rate combobox
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body TargetSelection::fill_rates {} {
+ $fr.cb list delete 0 end
+
+ if {$gdb_target($target,baud-rates) != ""} {
+ foreach val $gdb_target($target,baud-rates) {
+ $fr.cb list insert end $val
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: fill_targets - fill target combobox
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body TargetSelection::fill_targets {} {
+ #[$fr.tar subwidget listbox] delete 0 end
+ $fr.tar list delete 0 end
+
+ foreach val $target_list {
+ if {[info exists gdb_target($val,pretty-name)]} {
+ $fr.tar list insert end $gdb_target($val,pretty-name)
+
+ # Insert TCP target, if it exists
+ if {[info exists gdb_target(${val}tcp,pretty-name)]} {
+ $fr.tar list insert end $gdb_target(${val}tcp,pretty-name)
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: config_dialog - Convenience method to map/unmap/rename
+# components onto the screen based on target T.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body TargetSelection::config_dialog {t} {
+ pref define gdb/load/$t-verbose [pref get gdb/load/verbose]
+ $f.fr.verb config -variable [pref varname gdb/load/$t-verbose]
+ # Map the correct entries and comboboxes onto the screen
+ if {$gdb_target($t,defbaud) == "TCP"} {
+ # we have a tcp target
+ # map host and porte
+ if {$mapped1 != "$fr.host"} {
+ grid forget $mapped1
+ set mapped1 $fr.host
+ grid $mapped1 -row 1 -column 1 -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
+ }
+ $fr.cbl configure -text "Hostname:"
+ $fr.host config -textvariable [pref varname gdb/load/$t-hostname]
+
+ if {$mapped2 != "$fr.porte"} {
+ grid forget $mapped2
+ set mapped2 $fr.porte
+ grid $mapped2 -row 2 -column 1 -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
+ }
+ $fr.portl configure -text {Port:}
+ $fr.porte config -textvariable [pref varname gdb/load/$t-portname] -fg black
+
+ $mapped1 configure -state normal
+ $mapped2 configure -state normal
+ } elseif {$gdb_target($t,defbaud) == "ETH"} {
+ # we have a udp target
+ # map host and porte
+ if {$mapped1 != "$fr.host"} {
+ grid forget $mapped1
+ set mapped1 $fr.host
+ grid $mapped1 -row 1 -column 1 -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
+ }
+ $fr.cbl configure -text "Hostname:"
+ $fr.host config -textvariable [pref varname gdb/load/$t-hostname]
+
+ if {$mapped2 != "$fr.porte"} {
+ grid forget $mapped2
+ }
+ $fr.portl configure -text {Port: N/A (fixed)}
+
+ $mapped1 configure -state normal
+ $mapped2 configure -state disabled
+ } elseif {$gdb_target($t,defbaud) != ""} {
+ # we have a serial target
+ # map port and cb
+ if {$mapped1 != "$fr.cb"} {
+ grid forget $mapped1
+ set mapped1 $fr.cb
+ grid $mapped1 -row 1 -column 1 -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
+ }
+ $fr.cbl configure -text "Baud Rate:"
+ $fr.cb configure -textvariable [pref varname gdb/load/$t-baud]
+
+ if {$mapped2 != "$fr.port"} {
+ grid forget $mapped2
+ set mapped2 $fr.port
+ grid $mapped2 -row 2 -column 1 -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
+ }
+ $fr.portl configure -text {Port:}
+ $fr.port configure -textvariable [pref varname gdb/load/$t-port]
+
+ $mapped1 configure -state normal
+ $mapped2 configure -state normal
+ } else {
+ # we have a non-remote(-like) target
+ # disable all (except tar) and check for
+ # options
+ $mapped1 configure -state disabled
+ $mapped2 configure -state disabled
+ $fr.porte configure -fg gray
+
+ if {[info exists gdb_target($t,options)]} {
+ if {$mapped1 != "$fr.host"} {
+ grid forget $mapped1
+ set mapped1 $fr.host
+ grid $mapped1 -row 1 -column 1 -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
+ }
+ $mapped1 configure -state normal
+ $fr.host config -textvariable [pref varname gdb/load/$t-opts]
+
+ # We call options "arguments" for the exec target
+ # FIXME: this is really overloaded!!
+ if {$t == "exec"} {
+ set text "Arguments:"
+ } else {
+ set text "Options:"
+ }
+ $fr.cbl configure -text $text
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: change_target - callback for target combobox
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body TargetSelection::change_target {w {name ""}} {
+ if {$name == ""} {return}
+ set target [get_target $name]
+ debug "$target"
+ set defbaud $gdb_target($target,defbaud)
+ pref define gdb/load/$target-baud $defbaud
+ pref define gdb/load/$target-portname 1000
+ pref define gdb/load/$target-hostname [pref get gdb/load/default-hostname]
+ if {$defbaud == ""} {
+ pref define gdb/load/$target-port ""
+ } else {
+ pref define gdb/load/$target-port [pref get gdb/load/default-port]
+ }
+
+ config_dialog $target
+ fill_rates
+
+ # Configure the default run options for this target
+ set err [catch {pref get gdb/load/$target-runlist} run_list]
+ if {$err} {
+ set run_list $gdb_target($target,runlist)
+ pref setd gdb/load/$target-runlist $run_list
+ }
+
+ pref set gdb/src/run_attach [lindex $run_list 0]
+ pref set gdb/src/run_load [lindex $run_list 1]
+ pref set gdb/src/run_run [lindex $run_list 2]
+ pref set gdb/src/run_cont [lindex $run_list 3]
+ set_check_button $name
+
+ set err [catch {pref get gdb/load/$target-after_attaching} aa]
+ if {$err} {
+ set aa $gdb_target($target,after_attaching)
+ pref setd gdb/load/$target-after_attaching $aa
+ }
+
+ $_after_entry delete 0 end
+ $_after_entry insert 0 $aa
+
+ set_saved
+
+ set changes 0
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PRIVATE METHOD: change_baud - called when the baud rate is changed.
+# If GDB is running, set baud rate in GDB and read it back.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body TargetSelection::change_baud {w {baud ""}} {
+ if {$baud != ""} {
+ if {[string compare $baud "TCP"] != 0} {
+ gdb_cmd "set remotebaud $baud"
+ if {[catch {gdb_cmd "show remotebaud"} res]} {
+ set newbaud 0
+ } else {
+ set newbaud [lindex $res end]
+ set newbaud [string trimright $newbaud "."]
+ if {$newbaud > 4000000} {
+ set newbaud 0
+ }
+ }
+ if {$newbaud != $baud} {
+ pref set gdb/load/$target-baud $newbaud
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: port_list - return a list of valid ports for Windows
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body TargetSelection::port_list {} {
+ set plist ""
+ # Scan com1 - com8 trying to open each one.
+ # If permission is denied that means it is in use,
+ # which is OK because we may be using it or the user
+ # may be setting up the remote target manually with
+ # a terminal program.
+ for {set i 1} {$i < 9} { incr i} {
+ if {[catch { set fd [::open COM$i: RDWR] } msg]} {
+ # Failed. Find out why.
+ if {[string first "permission denied" $msg] != -1} {
+ # Port is there, but busy right now. That's OK.
+ lappend plist com$i
+ }
+ } else {
+ # We got it. Now close it and add to list.
+ close $fd
+ lappend plist com$i
+ }
+ }
+ return $plist
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: get_target_list - return a list of targets supported
+# by this GDB. Parses the output of "help target"
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body TargetSelection::get_target_list {} {
+ set native [native_debugging]
+ set names ""
+ set res [gdb_cmd "help target"]
+ foreach line [split $res \n] {
+ if {![string compare [lindex $line 0] "target"]} {
+ set name [lindex $line 1]
+
+ # For cross debuggers, do not allow the target "exec"
+ if {$name == "exec" && !$native} {
+ continue
+ }
+ lappend names $name
+ }
+ }
+ return $names
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: save - save values
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body TargetSelection::save {} {
+ global gdb_target_name
+ set err [catch {
+ set_saved
+ write_saved
+ set gdb_target_name $target
+ pref setd gdb/load/target $target
+ } errtxt]
+ if {$err} {debug "target: $errtxt"}
+ if {[valid_target $gdb_target_name]} {
+ # Dismiss the dialog box
+ unpost
+ } else {
+ tk_messageBox -message "The current target is not valid."
+ }
+
+}
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: cancel - restore previous values
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body TargetSelection::cancel {} {
+ global gdb_target_name
+ catch {gdb_cmd "set remotebaud $saved_baud"}
+
+ $fr.cb configure -value $saved_baud
+ write_saved
+ if {$exportcancel} {
+ set gdb_target_name CANCEL
+ }
+
+ # Now dismiss the dialog
+ unpost
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: set_check_button - enable/disable compare-section command
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body TargetSelection::set_check_button {name} {
+ if {[winfo exists $itk_interior.f.fr.check]} {
+ if { $name == "exec" } {
+ $itk_interior.f.fr.check configure -state disabled
+ } else {
+ $itk_interior.f.fr.check configure -state normal
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: help - launches context sensitive help.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body TargetSelection::help {} {
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: reconfig - used when preferences change
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body TargetSelection::reconfig {} {
+ # for now, just delete and recreate
+ destroy $itk_interior.f
+ build_win
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: get_target - get the internal name of a target from the
+# pretty-name
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body TargetSelection::get_target {name} {
+ set t {}
+ set list [array get gdb_target *,pretty-name]
+ set i [lsearch -exact $list $name]
+ if {$i != -1} {
+ incr i -1
+ set t [lindex [split [lindex $list $i] ,] 0]
+ } else {
+ debug "unknown pretty-name \"$name\""
+ }
+ return $t
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: toggle_more_options -- toggle displaying the More/Fewer
+# Options pane
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body TargetSelection::toggle_more_options {} {
+ if {[$MoreLabel cget -text] == "More Options"} {
+ $MoreLabel configure -text "Fewer Options"
+ $MoreButton configure -image _LESS_
+ # Bug in Tk? The top-most frame does not shrink...
+ #pack $MoreFrame
+ pack $itk_interior.moreoptionsframe -after $itk_interior.moreoptions -fill both -padx 5 -pady 5
+ } else {
+ $MoreLabel configure -text "More Options"
+ $MoreButton configure -image _MORE_
+ #pack forget $MoreFrame
+ pack forget $itk_interior.moreoptionsframe
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# METHOD: set_run - set the run button. Make sure not both run and
+# continue are selected.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body TargetSelection::set_run {check_which} {
+ global PREFS_state
+ set var [pref varname gdb/src/run_$check_which]
+ global $var
+ if {[set $var]} {
+ set $var 0
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROCEDURE: target_trace
+# This procedure is used to configure gdb_loaded
+# and possible more) whenever the value of gdb_loaded
+# is changed based on the current target.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+body TargetSelection::target_trace {variable index op} {
+ global gdb_target_name gdb_loaded
+
+ switch $gdb_target_name {
+
+ exec {
+ # The exec target is always loaded.
+ set gdb_loaded 1
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# Returns 1 if TARGET is a _runnable_ target for this gdb.
+body TargetSelection::valid_target {target} {
+ set err [catch {gdb_cmd "help target $target"}]
+ if {$target == "exec" && ![native_debugging]} {
+ set err 1
+ }
+
+ if {[regexp "tcp$" $target]} {
+ # Special case (of course)
+ regsub tcp$ $target {} foo
+ return [valid_target $foo]
+ }
+
+ return [expr {$err == 0}]
+}
+
+# Returns 1 if this is not a cross debugger.
+body TargetSelection::native_debugging {} {
+ global GDBStartup
+
+ set r [string compare $GDBStartup(host_name) $GDBStartup(target_name)]
+ return [expr {!$r}]
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Target selection dialog class definition for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+class TargetSelection {
+ inherit ModalDialog ManagedWin
+
+ private {
+ variable f
+ variable fr
+ variable target
+ variable saved_baud
+ variable saved_port
+ variable saved_main
+ variable saved_exit
+ variable saved_check
+ variable saved_verb
+ variable saved_portname
+ variable saved_hostname
+ variable saved_attach
+ variable saved_load
+ variable saved_run
+ variable saved_cont
+ variable saved_options
+ variable saved_after_attaching
+ variable _after_entry
+ variable changes 0
+ variable target_list ""
+
+ common db_inited 0
+ common prefs_inited 0
+ common trace_inited 0
+
+ # The Connection frame has three "sections"; the first contains
+ # a combobox with all the targets. The second can either be
+ # a combobox listing available baud rates or an entry for specifying
+ # the hostname of a TCP connection. The actual widget mapped onto the
+ # screen is saved in MAPPED1. The third section contains either a
+ # combobox for the serial port or an entry for the portnumber. The
+ # widget actually mapped onto the screen is saved in MAPPED2.
+ variable mapped1
+ variable mapped2
+
+ variable Width 20
+ variable MoreButton
+ variable MoreFrame
+ variable MoreLabel
+
+ proc _init_prefs {}
+ proc default_port {}
+
+ method build_win {}
+ method cancel {}
+ method change_baud {w {baud ""}}
+ method change_target {w {name ""}}
+ method config_dialog {t}
+ method fill_rates {}
+ method fill_targets {}
+ method get_target_list {}
+ method get_target {name}
+ method help {}
+ method _init {}
+ method _init_target {}
+ method port_list {}
+ method save {}
+ method set_check_button {name}
+ method set_run {check_which}
+ method set_saved {}
+ method target_trace {variable index op}
+ method toggle_more_options {}
+ method valid_target {target}
+ method write_saved {}
+ }
+
+ public {
+ variable exportcancel 0
+
+ method constructor {args}
+ method reconfig {}
+
+ proc native_debugging {}
+ proc getname {target name}
+ proc init_target_db {}
+ }
+
+ protected common gdb_target
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Tcl autoload index file, version 2.0
+# This file is generated by the "auto_mkindex" command
+# and sourced to set up indexing information for one or
+# more commands. Typically each line is a command that
+# sets an element in the auto_index array, where the
+# element name is the name of a command and the value is
+# a script that loads the command.
+
+set auto_index(About) [list source [file join $dir about.tcl]]
+set auto_index(ActionDlg) [list source [file join $dir actiondlg.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_tcl_preloop) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_busy) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_update) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_idle) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_quit_check) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_quit) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_cleanup) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_tcl_query) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_tcl_warning) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(show_warning) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_tcl_ignorable_warning) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_tcl_fputs) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(echo) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_tcl_fputs_error) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_tcl_flush) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_tcl_start_variable_annotation) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_tcl_end_variable_annotation) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_tcl_breakpoint) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_tcl_tracepoint) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_tcl_trace_find_hook) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdb_run_readline_command) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_tcl_readline_begin) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_tcl_readline) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_tcl_readline_end) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_tcl_busy) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_tcl_idle) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_tcl_tstart) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_tcl_tstop) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_tcl_display) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_register_changed) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_memory_changed) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_tcl_pre_add_symbol) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_tcl_post_add_symbol) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_tcl_file_changed) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_tcl_exec_file_display) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_locate_main) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(set_exe_name) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(set_exe) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(_open_file) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(set_target_name) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(set_target) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(run_executable) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_attach_target) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_step) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_next) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_finish) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_continue) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_stepi) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_nexti) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_attached) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_detached) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_stop) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_stop_idle_callback) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_detach) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_run) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(set_baud) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(do_state_hook) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(disconnect) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(tstart) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(tstop) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(source_file) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_signal) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_clear_file) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(initialize_gdbtk) [list source [file join $dir interface.tcl]]
+set auto_index(LocalsWin) [list source [file join $dir locals.tcl]]
+set auto_index(ModalDialog) [list source [file join $dir modal.tcl]]
+set auto_index(pref_read) [list source [file join $dir prefs.tcl]]
+set auto_index(pref_save) [list source [file join $dir prefs.tcl]]
+set auto_index(escape_value) [list source [file join $dir prefs.tcl]]
+set auto_index(unescape_value) [list source [file join $dir prefs.tcl]]
+set auto_index(pref_set_defaults) [list source [file join $dir prefs.tcl]]
+set auto_index(pref_src-font_trace) [list source [file join $dir prefs.tcl]]
+set auto_index(GDBSrcBar) [list source [file join $dir srcbar.tcl]]
+set auto_index(TdumpWin) [list source [file join $dir tdump.tcl]]
+set auto_index(TfindArgs) [list source [file join $dir tfind_args.tcl]]
+set auto_index(GDBToolBar) [list source [file join $dir toolbar.tcl]]
+set auto_index(TraceDlg) [list source [file join $dir tracedlg.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdb_add_tracepoint) [list source [file join $dir tracedlg.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdb_edit_tracepoint) [list source [file join $dir tracedlg.tcl]]
+set auto_index(keep_raised) [list source [file join $dir util.tcl]]
+set auto_index(sleep) [list source [file join $dir util.tcl]]
+set auto_index(auto_step) [list source [file join $dir util.tcl]]
+set auto_index(auto_step_cancel) [list source [file join $dir util.tcl]]
+set auto_index(tfind_cmd) [list source [file join $dir util.tcl]]
+set auto_index(save_trace_commands) [list source [file join $dir util.tcl]]
+set auto_index(do_test) [list source [file join $dir util.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gdbtk_read_defs) [list source [file join $dir util.tcl]]
+set auto_index(bp_exists) [list source [file join $dir util.tcl]]
+set auto_index(CygScrolledListbox) [list source [file join $dir util.tcl]]
+set auto_index(gridCGet) [list source [file join $dir util.tcl]]
+set auto_index(find_iwidgets_library) [list source [file join $dir util.tcl]]
+set auto_index(get_disassembly_flavor) [list source [file join $dir util.tcl]]
+set auto_index(list_disassembly_flavors) [list source [file join $dir util.tcl]]
+set auto_index(init_disassembly_flavor) [list source [file join $dir util.tcl]]
+set auto_index(list_element_strcmp) [list source [file join $dir util.tcl]]
+set auto_index(VariableWin) [list source [file join $dir variables.tcl]]
+set auto_index(::VariableWin::getLocals) [list source [file join $dir variables.tcl]]
+set auto_index(WarningDlg) [list source [file join $dir warning.tcl]]
+set auto_index(::WarningDlg::constructor) [list source [file join $dir warning.tcl]]
+set auto_index(WatchWin) [list source [file join $dir watch.tcl]]
+set auto_index(AttachDlg) [list source [file join $dir attachdlg.ith]]
+set auto_index(Block) [list source [file join $dir blockframe.ith]]
+set auto_index(Frame) [list source [file join $dir blockframe.ith]]
+set auto_index(BpWin) [list source [file join $dir bpwin.ith]]
+set auto_index(BrowserWin) [list source [file join $dir browserwin.ith]]
+set auto_index(::BrowserWin::dont_remember_size) [list source [file join $dir browserwin.ith]]
+set auto_index(Console) [list source [file join $dir console.ith]]
+set auto_index(Stack) [list source [file join $dir data.ith]]
+set auto_index(Queue) [list source [file join $dir data.ith]]
+set auto_index(DebugWin) [list source [file join $dir debugwin.ith]]
+set auto_index(DebugWinDOpts) [list source [file join $dir debugwin.ith]]
+set auto_index(Download) [list source [file join $dir download.ith]]
+set auto_index(EmbeddedWin) [list source [file join $dir embeddedwin.ith]]
+set auto_index(GDBWin) [list source [file join $dir gdbwin.ith]]
+set auto_index(GlobalPref) [list source [file join $dir globalpref.ith]]
+set auto_index(HtmlViewer) [list source [file join $dir helpviewer.ith]]
+set auto_index(PageStack) [list source [file join $dir helpviewer.ith]]
+set auto_index(KodWin) [list source [file join $dir kod.ith]]
+set auto_index(ManagedWin) [list source [file join $dir managedwin.ith]]
+set auto_index(MemPref) [list source [file join $dir mempref.ith]]
+set auto_index(MemWin) [list source [file join $dir memwin.ith]]
+set auto_index(ProcessWin) [list source [file join $dir process.ith]]
+set auto_index(RegWin) [list source [file join $dir regwin.ith]]
+set auto_index(SrcPref) [list source [file join $dir srcpref.ith]]
+set auto_index(SrcTextWin) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.ith]]
+set auto_index(SrcWin) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.ith]]
+set auto_index(StackWin) [list source [file join $dir stackwin.ith]]
+set auto_index(TargetSelection) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.ith]]
+set auto_index(TopLevelWin) [list source [file join $dir toplevelwin.ith]]
+set auto_index(::AttachDlg::constructor) [list source [file join $dir attachdlg.itb]]
+set auto_index(::AttachDlg::build_win) [list source [file join $dir attachdlg.itb]]
+set auto_index(::AttachDlg::doit) [list source [file join $dir attachdlg.itb]]
+set auto_index(::AttachDlg::cancel) [list source [file join $dir attachdlg.itb]]
+set auto_index(::AttachDlg::choose_symbol_file) [list source [file join $dir attachdlg.itb]]
+set auto_index(::AttachDlg::list_pids) [list source [file join $dir attachdlg.itb]]
+set auto_index(::AttachDlg::select_pid) [list source [file join $dir attachdlg.itb]]
+set auto_index(::AttachDlg::clear_pid_selection) [list source [file join $dir attachdlg.itb]]
+set auto_index(::AttachDlg::filter_pid_selection) [list source [file join $dir attachdlg.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Block::constructor) [list source [file join $dir blockframe.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Block::destructor) [list source [file join $dir blockframe.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Block::variables) [list source [file join $dir blockframe.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Block::_findVariables) [list source [file join $dir blockframe.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Block::update) [list source [file join $dir blockframe.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Block::info) [list source [file join $dir blockframe.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Frame::constructor) [list source [file join $dir blockframe.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Frame::destructor) [list source [file join $dir blockframe.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Frame::_removeBlock) [list source [file join $dir blockframe.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Frame::_addBlock) [list source [file join $dir blockframe.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Frame::_createBlocks) [list source [file join $dir blockframe.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Frame::update) [list source [file join $dir blockframe.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Frame::variables) [list source [file join $dir blockframe.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Frame::new) [list source [file join $dir blockframe.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Frame::deleteOld) [list source [file join $dir blockframe.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Frame::_oldBlocks) [list source [file join $dir blockframe.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Frame::old) [list source [file join $dir blockframe.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Frame::_findBlock) [list source [file join $dir blockframe.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Frame::_findBlockIndex) [list source [file join $dir blockframe.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BpWin::constructor) [list source [file join $dir bpwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BpWin::destructor) [list source [file join $dir bpwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BpWin::build_win) [list source [file join $dir bpwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BpWin::bp_add) [list source [file join $dir bpwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BpWin::bp_store) [list source [file join $dir bpwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BpWin::bp_restore) [list source [file join $dir bpwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BpWin::bp_select) [list source [file join $dir bpwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BpWin::bp_modify) [list source [file join $dir bpwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BpWin::bp_able) [list source [file join $dir bpwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BpWin::bp_remove) [list source [file join $dir bpwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BpWin::bp_type) [list source [file join $dir bpwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BpWin::bp_delete) [list source [file join $dir bpwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BpWin::update) [list source [file join $dir bpwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BpWin::bp_all) [list source [file join $dir bpwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BpWin::get_actions) [list source [file join $dir bpwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BpWin::toggle_threads) [list source [file join $dir bpwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BpWin::reconfig) [list source [file join $dir bpwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BpWin::goto_bp) [list source [file join $dir bpwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BrowserWin::constructor) [list source [file join $dir browserwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BrowserWin::destructor) [list source [file join $dir browserwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BrowserWin::_build_win) [list source [file join $dir browserwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BrowserWin::_filter_trace_proc) [list source [file join $dir browserwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BrowserWin::_filter_trace_after) [list source [file join $dir browserwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BrowserWin::_search_src) [list source [file join $dir browserwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BrowserWin::search) [list source [file join $dir browserwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BrowserWin::_toggle_more) [list source [file join $dir browserwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BrowserWin::_bind_toplevel) [list source [file join $dir browserwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BrowserWin::_do_resize) [list source [file join $dir browserwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BrowserWin::_resize) [list source [file join $dir browserwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BrowserWin::_process_file_selection) [list source [file join $dir browserwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BrowserWin::_process_func_selection) [list source [file join $dir browserwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BrowserWin::do_all_bp) [list source [file join $dir browserwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BrowserWin::_toggle_bp) [list source [file join $dir browserwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BrowserWin::_select) [list source [file join $dir browserwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BrowserWin::_set_filter_mode) [list source [file join $dir browserwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BrowserWin::_file_hide_h) [list source [file join $dir browserwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BrowserWin::_fill_source) [list source [file join $dir browserwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BrowserWin::mode) [list source [file join $dir browserwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BrowserWin::_goto_func) [list source [file join $dir browserwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BrowserWin::_fill_file_box) [list source [file join $dir browserwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::BrowserWin::_fill_funcs_combo) [list source [file join $dir browserwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Console::constructor) [list source [file join $dir console.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Console::destructor) [list source [file join $dir console.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Console::_build_win) [list source [file join $dir console.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Console::idle) [list source [file join $dir console.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Console::busy) [list source [file join $dir console.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Console::insert) [list source [file join $dir console.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Console::einsert) [list source [file join $dir console.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Console::_previous) [list source [file join $dir console.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Console::_search_history) [list source [file join $dir console.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Console::_rsearch_history) [list source [file join $dir console.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Console::_next) [list source [file join $dir console.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Console::_last) [list source [file join $dir console.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Console::_first) [list source [file join $dir console.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Console::_setprompt) [list source [file join $dir console.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Console::activate) [list source [file join $dir console.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Console::invoke) [list source [file join $dir console.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Console::_delete) [list source [file join $dir console.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Console::_insertion) [list source [file join $dir console.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Console::_paste) [list source [file join $dir console.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Console::get_text) [list source [file join $dir console.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Console::_find_lcp) [list source [file join $dir console.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Console::_find_completion) [list source [file join $dir console.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Console::_complete) [list source [file join $dir console.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Console::_reset_tab) [list source [file join $dir console.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Stack::constructor) [list source [file join $dir data.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Stack::push) [list source [file join $dir data.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Stack::destructor) [list source [file join $dir data.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Stack::pop) [list source [file join $dir data.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Queue::constructor) [list source [file join $dir data.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Queue::destructor) [list source [file join $dir data.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Queue::pop) [list source [file join $dir data.itb]]
+set auto_index(::DebugWin::constructor) [list source [file join $dir debugwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::DebugWin::destructor) [list source [file join $dir debugwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::DebugWin::build_win) [list source [file join $dir debugwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::DebugWin::puts) [list source [file join $dir debugwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::DebugWin::put_trace) [list source [file join $dir debugwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::DebugWin::loadlog) [list source [file join $dir debugwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::DebugWin::_source_all) [list source [file join $dir debugwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::DebugWin::_clear) [list source [file join $dir debugwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::DebugWin::_mark_old) [list source [file join $dir debugwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::DebugWin::_save_contents) [list source [file join $dir debugwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::DebugWinDOpts::constructor) [list source [file join $dir debugwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::DebugWinDOpts::destructor) [list source [file join $dir debugwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::DebugWinDOpts::build_win) [list source [file join $dir debugwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::DebugWinDOpts::_all) [list source [file join $dir debugwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::DebugWinDOpts::_apply) [list source [file join $dir debugwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Download::constructor) [list source [file join $dir download.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Download::update_download) [list source [file join $dir download.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Download::done) [list source [file join $dir download.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Download::cancel) [list source [file join $dir download.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Download::destructor) [list source [file join $dir download.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Download::do_download_hooks) [list source [file join $dir download.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Download::download_hash) [list source [file join $dir download.itb]]
+set auto_index(::Download::download_it) [list source [file join $dir download.itb]]
+set auto_index(::GlobalPref::_init) [list source [file join $dir globalpref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::GlobalPref::constructor) [list source [file join $dir globalpref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::GlobalPref::destructor) [list source [file join $dir globalpref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::GlobalPref::build_win) [list source [file join $dir globalpref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::GlobalPref::make_font_item) [list source [file join $dir globalpref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::GlobalPref::resize_font_item_height) [list source [file join $dir globalpref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::GlobalPref::change_icons) [list source [file join $dir globalpref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::GlobalPref::wfont_changed) [list source [file join $dir globalpref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::GlobalPref::font_changed) [list source [file join $dir globalpref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::GlobalPref::toggle_tracing_mode) [list source [file join $dir globalpref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::GlobalPref::toggle_tracing) [list source [file join $dir globalpref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::GlobalPref::ok) [list source [file join $dir globalpref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::GlobalPref::apply) [list source [file join $dir globalpref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::GlobalPref::cancel) [list source [file join $dir globalpref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::HtmlViewer::constructor) [list source [file join $dir helpviewer.itb]]
+set auto_index(::HtmlViewer::_buildwin) [list source [file join $dir helpviewer.itb]]
+set auto_index(::PageStack::push) [list source [file join $dir helpviewer.itb]]
+set auto_index(::PageStack::back) [list source [file join $dir helpviewer.itb]]
+set auto_index(::PageStack::next) [list source [file join $dir helpviewer.itb]]
+set auto_index(::PageStack::more) [list source [file join $dir helpviewer.itb]]
+set auto_index(::PageStack::less) [list source [file join $dir helpviewer.itb]]
+set auto_index(::PageStack::current) [list source [file join $dir helpviewer.itb]]
+set auto_index(::HtmlViewer::_enable) [list source [file join $dir helpviewer.itb]]
+set auto_index(::HtmlViewer::back) [list source [file join $dir helpviewer.itb]]
+set auto_index(::HtmlViewer::forward) [list source [file join $dir helpviewer.itb]]
+set auto_index(::HtmlViewer::link) [list source [file join $dir helpviewer.itb]]
+set auto_index(::HtmlViewer::load) [list source [file join $dir helpviewer.itb]]
+set auto_index(::HtmlViewer::open_help) [list source [file join $dir helpviewer.itb]]
+set auto_index(::KodWin::constructor) [list source [file join $dir kod.itb]]
+set auto_index(::KodWin::build_win) [list source [file join $dir kod.itb]]
+set auto_index(::KodWin::update) [list source [file join $dir kod.itb]]
+set auto_index(::KodWin::display) [list source [file join $dir kod.itb]]
+set auto_index(::KodWin::display_list) [list source [file join $dir kod.itb]]
+set auto_index(::KodWin::display_object) [list source [file join $dir kod.itb]]
+set auto_index(::KodWin::clear) [list source [file join $dir kod.itb]]
+set auto_index(::KodWin::top) [list source [file join $dir kod.itb]]
+set auto_index(::KodWin::up) [list source [file join $dir kod.itb]]
+set auto_index(::KodWin::destructor) [list source [file join $dir kod.itb]]
+set auto_index(::KodWin::set_os) [list source [file join $dir kod.itb]]
+set auto_index(::KodWin::reconfig) [list source [file join $dir kod.itb]]
+set auto_index(::KodWin::busy) [list source [file join $dir kod.itb]]
+set auto_index(::KodWin::idle) [list source [file join $dir kod.itb]]
+set auto_index(::KodWin::cursor) [list source [file join $dir kod.itb]]
+set auto_index(::KodWin::_disable_buttons) [list source [file join $dir kod.itb]]
+set auto_index(::KodWin::_restore_buttons) [list source [file join $dir kod.itb]]
+set auto_index(::ManagedWin::reconfig) [list source [file join $dir managedwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::ManagedWin::window_name) [list source [file join $dir managedwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::ManagedWin::reveal) [list source [file join $dir managedwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::ManagedWin::restart) [list source [file join $dir managedwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::ManagedWin::open_dlg) [list source [file join $dir managedwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::ManagedWin::open) [list source [file join $dir managedwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::ManagedWin::_open) [list source [file join $dir managedwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::ManagedWin::_create) [list source [file join $dir managedwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::ManagedWin::find) [list source [file join $dir managedwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::ManagedWin::enable) [list source [file join $dir managedwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::ManagedWin::init) [list source [file join $dir managedwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::ManagedWin::destroy_toplevel) [list source [file join $dir managedwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::ManagedWin::freeze_me) [list source [file join $dir managedwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::ManagedWin::thaw_me) [list source [file join $dir managedwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::ManagedWin::make_icon_window) [list source [file join $dir managedwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemPref::constructor) [list source [file join $dir mempref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemPref::destructor) [list source [file join $dir mempref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemPref::build_win) [list source [file join $dir mempref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemPref::busy) [list source [file join $dir mempref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemPref::idle) [list source [file join $dir mempref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemPref::ok) [list source [file join $dir mempref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemPref::cancel) [list source [file join $dir mempref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemPref::check_numbytes) [list source [file join $dir mempref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemPref::set_bytes_per_row) [list source [file join $dir mempref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemPref::toggle_size_control) [list source [file join $dir mempref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemPref::apply) [list source [file join $dir mempref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemPref::enable_format) [list source [file join $dir mempref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemPref::disable_format) [list source [file join $dir mempref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemPref::pick) [list source [file join $dir mempref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemPref::reconfig) [list source [file join $dir mempref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemWin::constructor) [list source [file join $dir memwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemWin::destructor) [list source [file join $dir memwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemWin::build_win) [list source [file join $dir memwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemWin::paste) [list source [file join $dir memwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemWin::validate) [list source [file join $dir memwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemWin::create_prefs) [list source [file join $dir memwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemWin::changed_cell) [list source [file join $dir memwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemWin::edit) [list source [file join $dir memwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemWin::toggle_enabled) [list source [file join $dir memwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemWin::update) [list source [file join $dir memwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemWin::idle) [list source [file join $dir memwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemWin::busy) [list source [file join $dir memwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemWin::newsize) [list source [file join $dir memwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemWin::update_address_cb) [list source [file join $dir memwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemWin::update_address) [list source [file join $dir memwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemWin::BadExpr) [list source [file join $dir memwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemWin::incr_addr) [list source [file join $dir memwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemWin::update_addr) [list source [file join $dir memwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemWin::hidemb) [list source [file join $dir memwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemWin::reconfig) [list source [file join $dir memwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemWin::do_popup) [list source [file join $dir memwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemWin::goto) [list source [file join $dir memwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemWin::init_addr_exp) [list source [file join $dir memwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemWin::cursor) [list source [file join $dir memwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::MemWin::memMoveCell) [list source [file join $dir memwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::ProcessWin::constructor) [list source [file join $dir process.itb]]
+set auto_index(::ProcessWin::build_win) [list source [file join $dir process.itb]]
+set auto_index(::ProcessWin::update) [list source [file join $dir process.itb]]
+set auto_index(::ProcessWin::change_context) [list source [file join $dir process.itb]]
+set auto_index(::ProcessWin::destructor) [list source [file join $dir process.itb]]
+set auto_index(::ProcessWin::reconfig) [list source [file join $dir process.itb]]
+set auto_index(::ProcessWin::busy) [list source [file join $dir process.itb]]
+set auto_index(::ProcessWin::idle) [list source [file join $dir process.itb]]
+set auto_index(::ProcessWin::cursor) [list source [file join $dir process.itb]]
+set auto_index(::RegWin::constructor) [list source [file join $dir regwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::RegWin::destructor) [list source [file join $dir regwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::RegWin::build_win) [list source [file join $dir regwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::RegWin::init_reg_display_vars) [list source [file join $dir regwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::RegWin::handle_set_hook) [list source [file join $dir regwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::RegWin::disassembly_changed) [list source [file join $dir regwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::RegWin::save_reg_display_vars) [list source [file join $dir regwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::RegWin::reg_select_up) [list source [file join $dir regwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::RegWin::reg_select_down) [list source [file join $dir regwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::RegWin::reg_select_right) [list source [file join $dir regwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::RegWin::reg_select_left) [list source [file join $dir regwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::RegWin::reg_select) [list source [file join $dir regwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::RegWin::dimensions) [list source [file join $dir regwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::RegWin::fixLength) [list source [file join $dir regwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::RegWin::but3) [list source [file join $dir regwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::RegWin::display_all) [list source [file join $dir regwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::RegWin::delete_from_display_list) [list source [file join $dir regwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::RegWin::edit) [list source [file join $dir regwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::RegWin::acceptEdit) [list source [file join $dir regwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::RegWin::unedit) [list source [file join $dir regwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::RegWin::update) [list source [file join $dir regwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::RegWin::idle) [list source [file join $dir regwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::RegWin::reconfig) [list source [file join $dir regwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::RegWin::busy) [list source [file join $dir regwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcPref::constructor) [list source [file join $dir srcpref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcPref::build_win) [list source [file join $dir srcpref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcPref::_apply) [list source [file join $dir srcpref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcPref::_cancel) [list source [file join $dir srcpref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcPref::_save) [list source [file join $dir srcpref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcPref::set_flavor) [list source [file join $dir srcpref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcPref::_pick) [list source [file join $dir srcpref.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::constructor) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::destructor) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::trace_find_hook) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::set_control_mode) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::build_popups) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::build_win) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::SetRunningState) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::enable) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::makeBreakDot) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::setTabs) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::enable_disable_src_tags) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::config_win) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::addPopup) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::handle_set_hook) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::disassembly_changed) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::reconfig) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::updateBalloon) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::balloon_value) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::ClearTags) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::_mtime_changed) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::FillSource) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::FillAssembly) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::FillMixed) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::location) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::LoadFile) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::display_line) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::display_breaks) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::insertBreakTag) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::removeBreakTag) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::bp) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::do_bp) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::hasBP) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::hasTP) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::report_source_location) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::lookup_line) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::continue_to_here) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::set_bp_at_line) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::remove_bp_at_line) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::set_tp_at_line) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::next_hit_at_line) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::remove_tp_at_line) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::do_tag_popup) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::do_source_popup) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::addToWatch) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::do_key) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::mode_get) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::mode_set) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::cancelMotion) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::motion) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::showBPBalloon) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::showBalloon) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::getVariable) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::trace_help) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::line_is_executable) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::tracepoint_range) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::search) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::LoadFromCache) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::UnLoadFromCache) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::print) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::ask_thread_bp) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::do_thread_bp) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::test_get) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::clear_file) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::_initialize_srctextwin) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcTextWin::_clear_cache) [list source [file join $dir srctextwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::constructor) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::destructor) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::_build_win) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::_set_state) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::download_progress) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::reconfig) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::_name) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::toggle_updates) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::goto_func) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::fillNameCB) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::fillFuncCB) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::location) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::stack) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::update) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::idle) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::mode) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::_update_title) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::busy) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::_set_name) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::set_status) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::set_execution_status) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::edit) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::print) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::enable_ui) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::no_inferior) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::reset) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::_search) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::point_to_main) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::_exit) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::test_get) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::toolbar) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::inferior) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::SrcWin::clear_file) [list source [file join $dir srcwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::StackWin::constructor) [list source [file join $dir stackwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::StackWin::destructor) [list source [file join $dir stackwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::StackWin::build_win) [list source [file join $dir stackwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::StackWin::update) [list source [file join $dir stackwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::StackWin::idle) [list source [file join $dir stackwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::StackWin::change_frame) [list source [file join $dir stackwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::StackWin::reconfig) [list source [file join $dir stackwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::StackWin::busy) [list source [file join $dir stackwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::StackWin::no_inferior) [list source [file join $dir stackwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::StackWin::cursor) [list source [file join $dir stackwin.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::constructor) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::getname) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::init_target_db) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::default_port) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::_init_prefs) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::_init_target) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::_init) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::build_win) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::set_saved) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::write_saved) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::fill_rates) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::fill_targets) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::config_dialog) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::change_target) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::change_baud) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::port_list) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::get_target_list) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::save) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::cancel) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::set_check_button) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::help) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::reconfig) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::get_target) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::toggle_more_options) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::set_run) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::target_trace) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::valid_target) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
+set auto_index(::TargetSelection::native_debugging) [list source [file join $dir targetselection.itb]]
--- /dev/null
+# Trace dump window for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Implements Tdump window for gdb
+#
+# PUBLIC ATTRIBUTES:
+#
+#
+# METHODS:
+#
+# reconfig ....... called when preferences change
+#
+#
+# X11 OPTION DATABASE ATTRIBUTES
+#
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+itcl_class TdumpWin {
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # CONSTRUCTOR - create new tdump window
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ constructor {config} {
+ #
+ # Create a window with the same name as this object
+ #
+ set class [$this info class]
+ set hull [namespace tail $this]
+ set old_name $this
+ ::rename $this $this-tmp-
+ ::frame $hull -class $class
+ ::rename $hull $old_name-win-
+ ::rename $this $old_name
+
+ set top [winfo toplevel [namespace tail $this]]
+ wm withdraw $top
+
+ build_win
+ add_hook gdb_update_hook "$this update"
+ after idle [list wm deiconify $top]
+
+ }
+
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: build_win - build the main tdump window
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method build_win {} {
+
+ tixScrolledText [namespace tail $this].stext -scrollbar y -height 200 -width 500
+ set twin [[namespace tail $this].stext subwidget text]
+
+ # make window non editable
+ $twin configure -insertwidth 0
+
+ pack append [namespace tail $this] [namespace tail $this].stext {left expand fill}
+ update
+ }
+
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: update - update widget when PC changes
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method update {} {
+ #debug "tdump: update"
+ gdbtk_busy
+ set tframe_num [gdb_get_trace_frame_num]
+
+ if { $tframe_num!=-1 } {
+ debug "doing tdump"
+ $twin delete 1.0 end
+
+ if {[catch {gdb_cmd "tdump $tframe_num" 0} tdump_output]} {
+ tk_messageBox -title "Error" -message $tdump_output -icon error \
+ -type ok
+ } else {
+ #debug "tdum output is $tdump_output"
+
+ $twin insert end $tdump_output
+ $twin see insert
+ }
+ }
+ gdbtk_idle
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # DESTRUCTOR - destroy window containing widget
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ destructor {
+ remove_hook gdb_update_hook "$this update"
+ set top [winfo toplevel [namespace tail $this]]
+ destroy $this
+ destroy $top
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: config - used to change public attributes
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method config {config} {}
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: reconfig - used when preferences change
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method reconfig {} {
+ }
+
+ #
+ # PROTECTED DATA
+ #
+ protected maxwidth 0
+ protected twin
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+# TfindArgs
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Implements tfind arguments dialogs
+#
+# PUBLIC ATTRIBUTES:
+#
+# Type .........Type of dialog (tfind pc, tfind line, tfind tracepoint)
+#
+# config ....... used to change public attributes
+#
+# PRIVATE METHODS
+#
+# X11 OPTION DATABASE ATTRIBUTES
+#
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+itcl_class TfindArgs {
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # CONSTRUCTOR - create new tfind arguments dialog
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ constructor {config} {
+ #
+ # Create a window with the same name as this object
+ #
+ set class [$this info class]
+ set hull [namespace tail $this]
+ set old_name $this
+ ::rename $this $this-tmp-
+ ::frame $hull -class $class
+ ::rename $hull $old_name-win-
+ ::rename $this $old_name
+ build_win
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: build_win - build the dialog
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method build_win {} {
+
+ frame $hull.f
+ frame $hull.f.a
+ frame $hull.f.b
+ set f $hull.f.a
+
+ switch $Type {
+ LN {
+ set text "Enter argument: "
+ }
+ PC {
+ set text "Enter PC value: "
+ }
+ TP {
+ set text "Enter Tracepoint No.: "
+ }
+ FR {
+ set text "Enter Frame No.:"
+ }
+
+ if {[string compare $Type $last_type]} != 0} {
+ global argument
+ set argument ""
+ }
+
+ set last_type $Type
+
+ label $f.1 -text $text
+ entry $f.2 -textvariable argument -width 10
+ $f.2 selection range 0 end
+ grid $f.1 $f.2 -padx 4 -pady 4 -sticky nwe
+
+ button $hull.f.b.ok -text OK -command "$this ok" -width 7 -default active
+ button $hull.f.b.quit -text Cancel -command "delete object $this" -width 7
+ grid $hull.f.b.ok $hull.f.b.quit -padx 4 -pady 4 -sticky ews
+
+ pack $hull.f.a $hull.f.b
+ grid $hull.f
+
+ focus $f.2
+ bind $f.2 <Return> "$this.f.b.ok flash; $this.f.b.ok invoke"
+
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # DESTRUCTOR - destroy window containing widget
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ destructor {
+ set top [winfo toplevel $hull]
+ manage delete $this 1
+ destroy $this
+ destroy $top
+ }
+
+
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: ok - do it and quit
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method ok {} {
+ do_it
+ delete
+ }
+
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: do_it - call the gdb command
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method do_it {} {
+ global argument
+
+
+ switch $Type {
+ LN { tfind_cmd "tfind line $argument"}
+ PC { tfind_cmd "tfind pc $argument"}
+ TP { tfind_cmd "tfind tracepoint $argument"}
+ FR { tfind_cmd "tfind $argument"}
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ public Type
+ common last_type {}
+ private hull
+
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Menu, toolbar, and status window for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# Implements a menu, toolbar, and status window for GDB
+# This class has methods for adding buttons & menus, and
+# a collection of methods for the standard GDB menu sets
+# and button sets. It does not actually add any buttons or
+# menus on its own, however.
+
+class GDBToolBar {
+ inherit itk::Widget
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # CONSTRUCTOR - create new console window
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ constructor {src} {
+ set source $src
+ _load_images
+ _load_src_images
+
+ build_win
+ add_hook gdb_idle_hook "$this enable_ui 1"
+ add_hook gdb_busy_hook "$this enable_ui 0"
+ add_hook gdb_no_inferior_hook "$this enable_ui 2"
+ add_hook gdb_set_hook "$this set_hook"
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: build_win - build the main toolbar window
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ public method build_win {} {
+
+ set OtherMenus {}
+ set ControlMenus {}
+ set OtherButtons {}
+ set ControlButtons {}
+
+ set Menu [menu $itk_interior.m -tearoff 0]
+ if {! [create_menu_items]} {
+ destroy $Menu
+ set Menu {}
+ } else {
+ [winfo toplevel $itk_interior] configure -menu $Menu
+ }
+
+ # Make a subframe so that the menu can't accidentally conflict
+ # with a name created by some subclass.
+ set ButtonFrame [frame $itk_interior.t]
+ create_buttons
+
+ if {! [llength $button_list]} {
+ destroy $ButtonFrame
+ } else {
+ eval standard_toolbar $ButtonFrame $button_list
+ pack $ButtonFrame $itk_interior -fill both -expand true
+ }
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # DESTRUCTOR - destroy window containing widget
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ destructor {
+ remove_hook gdb_idle_hook "$this enable_ui 1"
+ remove_hook gdb_busy_hook "$this enable_ui 0"
+ remove_hook gdb_no_inferior_hook "$this enable_ui 2"
+ remove_hook gdb_set_hook "$this set_hook"
+ #destroy $this
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: reconfig - used when preferences change
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ public method reconfig {} {
+ debug "toolbar::reconfig"
+ _load_images 1
+ }
+
+ public method _set_stepi {} {
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: create_buttons - Add some buttons to the toolbar. Returns
+ # list of buttons in form acceptable to
+ # standard_toolbar.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ public method create_buttons {} {
+ _load_images
+ create_buttons
+ }
+
+ method add_label {name text balloon args} {
+ set lname $ButtonFrame.$name
+ eval label $lname -text \$text $args
+ balloon register $lname $balloon
+ lappend button_list $lname
+ }
+
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: create_button - Creates all the bookkeeping for a button,
+ # without actually inserting it in the toolbar.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method create_button {name class command balloon args} {
+ set bname $ButtonFrame.$name
+ set Buttons($name) $bname
+
+ eval button $bname -command \$command $args
+ balloon register $bname $balloon
+ foreach elem $class {
+ switch $elem {
+ None {}
+ default {
+ lappend ${elem}Buttons $bname
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return $bname
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: add_button - Creates a button, and inserts it at the end
+ # of the button list. Call this when the toolbar is being
+ # set up, but has not yet been made.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method add_button {name class command balloon args} {
+
+ lappend button_list [eval create_button \$name \$class \$command \$balloon $args]
+
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: insert_button - Inserts button "name" before button "before".
+ # the toolbar must be made, and the buttons must have been created
+ # before you run this.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method insert_button {name before} {
+
+ if {[string first "-" $name] == 0} {
+ set name [string range $name 1 end]
+ set add_sep 1
+ } else {
+ set add_sep 0
+ }
+
+ if {![info exists Buttons($name)] || ![info exists Buttons($before)]} {
+ error "insert_buttons called with non-existant button"
+ }
+
+ set before_col [gridCGet $Buttons($before) -column]
+ set before_row [gridCGet $Buttons($before) -row]
+
+ set slaves [grid slaves $ButtonFrame]
+
+ set incr [expr 1 + $add_sep]
+ foreach slave $slaves {
+ set slave_col [gridCGet $slave -column]
+ if {$slave_col >= $before_col} {
+ grid configure $slave -column [expr $slave_col + $incr]
+ }
+ }
+ if {$add_sep} {
+ grid $Buttons(-$name) -column $before_col -row $before_row
+ }
+
+ # Now grid our button. Have to put in the pady since this button
+ # may not have been originally inserted by the libgui toolbar
+ # proc.
+
+ grid $Buttons($name) -column [expr $before_col + $add_sep] \
+ -row $before_row -pady 2
+
+ }
+
+ method remove_button {name} {
+
+ if {[string first "-" $name] == 0} {
+ set name [string range $name 1 end]
+ set remove_sep 1
+ } else {
+ set remove_sep 0
+ }
+
+ if {![info exists Buttons($name)] } {
+ error "remove_buttons called with non-existant button $name"
+ }
+
+ set name_col [gridCGet $Buttons($name) -column]
+ set name_row [gridCGet $Buttons($name) -row]
+
+ grid remove $Buttons($name)
+ if {$remove_sep} {
+ set Buttons(-$name) [grid slaves $ButtonFrame \
+ -column [expr $name_col - 1] \
+ -row $name_row]
+ grid remove $Buttons(-$name)
+ }
+
+ set slaves [grid slaves $ButtonFrame -row $name_row]
+
+ foreach slave $slaves {
+ set slave_col [gridCGet $slave -column]
+ if {$slave_col > $name_col} {
+ grid configure $slave -column [expr $slave_col - 1]
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ method add_button_separator {} {
+ lappend button_list -
+ }
+
+ method button_right_justify {} {
+ lappend button_list --
+ }
+
+ method swap_button_lists {in_list out_list} {
+ # Now swap out the buttons...
+ set first_out [lindex $out_list 0]
+ if {[info exists Buttons($first_out)] && [grid info $Buttons($first_out)] != ""} {
+ foreach button $in_list {
+ insert_button $button $first_out
+ }
+ foreach button $out_list {
+ remove_button $button
+ }
+ } elseif {[info exists Buttons($first_out)]} {
+ debug "Error in swap_button_list - $first_out not gridded..."
+ } else {
+ debug "Button $first_out is not in button list"
+ }
+ }
+
+ ############################################################
+ # The next set of commands control the menubar associated with the
+ # toolbar. Currently, only sequential addition of submenu's and menu
+ # entries is allowed. Here's what you do. First, create a submenu
+ # with the "new_menu" command. This submenu is the targeted menu.
+ # Subsequent calls to add_menu_separator, and add_menu_command add
+ # separators and commands to the end of this submenu.
+ # If you need to edit a submenu, call clear_menu and then add all the
+ # items again.
+ #
+ # Each menu command also has a class list. Transitions between states
+ # of gdb will enable and disable different classes of menus.
+ #
+ # FIXME - support insert_command, and also cascade menus, whenever
+ # we need it...
+ # FIXME - The toolbar and the Menubar support are glommed together in
+ # one class for historical reasons, but there is no good reason for this.
+ ############################################################
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: create_menu_items - Add some menu items to the menubar.
+ # Returns 1 if any items added.
+ #
+ # num = number of last menu entry
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method create_menu_items {} {
+ # Empty - This is overridden in child classes.
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: new_menu - Add a new cascade menu to the Toolbar's main menu.
+ # Also target this menu for subsequent add_menu_command
+ # calls.
+ #
+ # name - the token for the new menu
+ # label - The label used for the label
+ # underline - the index of the underlined character for this menu item.
+ #
+ # RETURNS: then item number of the menu.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method new_menu {name label underline} {
+ set current_menu $Menu.$name
+ set menu_list($name) [$Menu add cascade -menu $current_menu \
+ -label $label -underline $underline]
+ menu $current_menu -tearoff 0
+
+ set item_number -1
+ return $current_menu
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: menu_exists - Report whether a menu keyed by NAME exists.
+ #
+ # name - the token for the menu sought
+ #
+ # RETURNS: 1 if the menu exists, 0 otherwise.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method menu_exists {name} {
+ return [info exists menu_list($name)]
+
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: clear_menu - Deletes the items from one of the cascade menus
+ # in the Toolbar's main menu. Also makes this menu
+ # the target menu.
+ #
+ # name - the token for the new menu
+ #
+ # RETURNS: then item number of the menu, or "" if the menu is not found.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method clear_menu {name} {
+ if {[info exists menu_list($name)]} {
+ set current_menu [$Menu entrycget $menu_list($name) -menu]
+ $current_menu delete 0 end
+ set item_number -1
+ return $current_menu
+ } else {
+ return ""
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: add_menu_separator - Adds a menu separator to the currently
+ # targeted submenu of the Toolbar's main menu.
+ #
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method add_menu_separator {} {
+ incr item_number
+ $current_menu add separator
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: add_menu_command - Adds a menu command item to the currently
+ # targeted submenu of the Toolbar's main menu.
+ #
+ # class - The class of the command, used for disabling entries.
+ # label - The text for the command.
+ # command - The command for the menu entry
+ # args - Passed to the menu entry creation command (eval'ed)
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method add_menu_command {class label command args} {
+
+ eval $current_menu add command -label \$label -command \$command \
+ $args
+
+ incr item_number
+
+ switch $class {
+ None {}
+ default {
+ foreach elem $class {
+ lappend menu_classes($elem) [list $current_menu $item_number]
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: _load_images - Load standard images. Private method.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ public method _load_images { {reconfig 0} } {
+ global gdb_ImageDir
+ if {!$reconfig && $_loaded_images} {
+ return
+ }
+ set _loaded_images 1
+
+ lappend imgs console reg stack vmake vars watch memory bp
+ foreach name $imgs {
+ image create photo ${name}_img -file [file join $gdb_ImageDir ${name}.gif]
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: _load_src_images - Load standard images. Private method.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method _load_src_images { {reconf 0} } {
+ global gdb_ImageDir
+
+ if {!$reconf && $_loaded_src_images} {
+ return
+ }
+ set _loaded_src_images 1
+
+ foreach name {run stop step next finish continue edit \
+ stepi nexti up down bottom Movie_on Movie_off \
+ next_line next_check next_hit rewind prev_hit \
+ watch_movie run_expt tdump tp} {
+ image create photo ${name}_img -file [file join $gdb_ImageDir ${name}.gif]
+ }
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: enable_ui - enable/disable the appropriate buttons and menus
+ # Called from the busy, idle, and no_inferior hooks.
+ #
+ # on must be:
+ # value Control Other Trace State
+ # 0 off off off gdb is busy
+ # 1 on on off gdb has inferior, and is idle
+ # 2 off on off gdb has no inferior, and is idle
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ public method enable_ui {on} {
+ global tcl_platform
+ debug "Toolbar::enable_ui $on - Browsing=$Browsing"
+
+ # Do the enabling so that all the disabling happens first, this way if a
+ # button belongs to two groups, enabling takes precedence, which is probably right.
+
+ switch $on {
+ 0 {
+ set enable_list {Control disabled \
+ Other disabled \
+ Trace disabled \
+ Attach disabled \
+ Detach disabled}
+ }
+ 1 {
+ if {!$Browsing} {
+ set enable_list {Trace disabled \
+ Control normal \
+ Other normal \
+ Attach disabled \
+ Detach normal }
+ # set the states of stepi and nexti correctly
+ _set_stepi
+ } else {
+ set enable_list {Control disabled Other normal Trace normal}
+ }
+
+ }
+ 2 {
+ set enable_list {Control disabled \
+ Trace disabled \
+ Other normal \
+ Attach normal \
+ Detach disabled }
+ }
+ default {
+ debug "Unknown type: $on in enable_ui"
+ return
+ }
+ }
+
+ debug "Enable list is: $enable_list"
+ foreach {type state} $enable_list {
+ if {[info exists ${type}Buttons]} {
+ foreach button [set ${type}Buttons] {
+ $button configure -state $state
+ }
+ }
+ if {[info exists menu_classes($type)]} {
+ change_menu_state $menu_classes($type) $state
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: change_menu_state - Does the actual job of enabling menus...
+ # Pass normal or disabled for the state.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method change_menu_state {menuList state} {
+
+ foreach elem $menuList {
+ [lindex $elem 0] entryconfigure [lindex $elem 1] -state $state
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ #
+ # The next set of functions are the generic button groups that gdb uses.
+ # Then toolbars that derive from this class can just mix and match
+ # from the standard set as they please.
+ #
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: create_control_buttons - Creates the step, continue, etc buttons.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ method create_control_buttons {} {
+ add_button step Control [code $source inferior step] \
+ "Step (S)" -image step_img
+
+ add_button next Control [code $source inferior next] \
+ "Next (N)" -image next_img
+
+ add_button finish Control [code $source inferior finish] \
+ "Finish (F)" -image finish_img
+
+ add_button continue Control [code $source inferior continue] \
+ "Continue (C)" -image continue_img
+
+ # A spacer before the assembly-level items looks good. It helps
+ # to indicate that these are somehow different.
+ add_button_separator
+
+ add_button stepi Control [code $source inferior stepi] \
+ "Step Asm Inst (S)" -image stepi_img
+
+ add_button nexti Control [code $source inferior nexti] \
+ "Next Asm Inst (N)" -image nexti_img
+
+ _set_stepi
+
+ set Run_control_buttons {step next finish continue -stepi nexti}
+
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: create_trace_buttons - Creates the next hit, etc.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ method create_trace_buttons {{show 0}} {
+
+ if {$show} {
+ set command add_button
+ } else {
+ set command create_button
+ }
+
+ $command tfindstart Trace {tfind_cmd "tfind start"} "First Hit <F>" \
+ -image rewind_img
+
+ $command tfind Trace {tfind_cmd tfind} "Next Hit <N>" -image next_hit_img
+
+ $command tfindprev Trace {tfind_cmd "tfind -"} "Previous Hit <P>" \
+ -image prev_hit_img
+
+ $command tfindline Trace {tfind_cmd "tfind line"} "Next Line Hit <L>" \
+ -image next_line_img
+
+ $command tfindtp Trace { tfind_cmd "tfind tracepoint"} \
+ "Next Hit Here <H>" -image next_check_img
+
+ set Trace_control_buttons {tfindstart tfind tfindprev tfindline tfindtp}
+
+ # This is a bit of a hack, but I need to bind the standard_toolbar bindings
+ # and appearances to these externally, since I am not inserting them in
+ # the original toolbar... Have to add a method to the libgui toolbar to do this.
+
+ if {!$show} {
+ foreach name $Trace_control_buttons {
+ # Make sure the button acts the way we want, not the default Tk
+ # way.
+ set button $Buttons($name)
+ $button configure -takefocus 0 -highlightthickness 0 \
+ -relief flat -borderwidth 1
+ set index [lsearch -exact [bindtags $button] Button]
+ bindtags $button [lreplace [bindtags $button] $index $index \
+ ToolbarButton]
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: create_window_buttons - Creates the registers, etc, buttons
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ method create_window_buttons {} {
+ add_button reg Other {ManagedWin::open RegWin} "Registers (Ctrl+R)" -image reg_img
+
+ add_button mem Other {ManagedWin::open MemWin} "Memory (Ctrl+M)" -image memory_img
+
+ add_button stack Other {ManagedWin::open StackWin} "Stack (Ctrl+S)" -image stack_img
+
+ add_button watch Other {ManagedWin::open WatchWin} "Watch Expressions (Ctrl+W)" \
+ -image watch_img
+
+ add_button vars Other {ManagedWin::open LocalsWin} "Local Variables (Ctrl+L)" \
+ -image vars_img
+
+ if {[pref get gdb/control_target]} {
+ add_button bp Other {ManagedWin::open BpWin} "Breakpoints (Ctrl+B)" -image bp_img
+ }
+
+ if {[pref get gdb/mode]} {
+ add_button tp Other {ManagedWin::open BpWin -tracepoints 1} \
+ "Tracepoints (Ctrl+T)" -image tp_img
+
+ add_button tdump Trace {ManagedWin::open TdumpWin} "Tdump (Ctrl+D)" -image tdump_img
+ }
+
+ add_button con Other {ManagedWin::open Console} "Console (Ctrl+N)" \
+ -image console_img
+ }
+
+ #
+ # The next set of functions create the common menu groupings that
+ # are used in gdb menus.
+ #
+
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: create_view_menu - Creates the standard view menu
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ method create_view_menu {} {
+ new_menu view "View" 0
+
+ add_menu_command Other "Stack" {ManagedWin::open StackWin} \
+ -underline 0 -accelerator "Ctrl+S"
+
+ add_menu_command Other "Registers" {ManagedWin::open RegWin} \
+ -underline 0 -accelerator "Ctrl+R"
+
+ add_menu_command Other "Memory" {ManagedWin::open MemWin} \
+ -underline 0 -accelerator "Ctrl+M"
+
+ add_menu_command Other "Watch Expressions" {ManagedWin::open WatchWin} \
+ -underline 0 -accelerator "Ctrl+W"
+ add_menu_command Other "Local Variables" {ManagedWin::open LocalsWin} \
+ -underline 0 -accelerator "Ctrl+L"
+
+ if {[pref get gdb/control_target]} {
+ add_menu_command Other "Breakpoints" \
+ {ManagedWin::open BpWin -tracepoints 0} \
+ -underline 0 -accelerator "Ctrl+B"
+ }
+
+ if {[pref get gdb/mode]} {
+ add_menu_command Other "Tracepoints" \
+ {ManagedWin::open BpWin -tracepoints 1} \
+ -underline 0 -accelerator "Ctrl+T"
+ add_menu_command Other "Tdump" {ManagedWin::open TdumpWin} \
+ -underline 2 -accelerator "Ctrl+U"
+
+ }
+
+ add_menu_command Other "Console" {ManagedWin::open Console} \
+ -underline 2 -accelerator "Ctrl+N"
+
+ add_menu_command Other "Function Browser" {ManagedWin::open BrowserWin} \
+ -underline 1 -accelerator "Ctrl+F"
+ add_menu_command Other "Thread List" {ManagedWin::open ProcessWin} \
+ -underline 0 -accelerator "Ctrl+H"
+ if {[info exists ::env(GDBTK_DEBUG)] && $::env(GDBTK_DEBUG)} {
+ add_menu_separator
+ add_menu_command Other "Debug Window" {ManagedWin::open DebugWin} \
+ -underline 3 -accelerator "Ctrl+U"
+ }
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: create_control_menu - Creates the standard control menu
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ method create_control_menu {} {
+ new_menu cntrl "Control" 0
+
+ add_menu_command Control "Step" [code $source inferior step] \
+ -underline 0 -accelerator S
+
+ add_menu_command Control "Next" [code $source inferior next] \
+ -underline 0 -accelerator N
+
+ add_menu_command Control "Finish" [code $source inferior finish] \
+ -underline 0 -accelerator F
+
+ add_menu_command Control "Continue" \
+ [code $source inferior continue] \
+ -underline 0 -accelerator C
+
+ add_menu_separator
+ add_menu_command Control "Step Asm Inst" \
+ [code $source inferior stepi] \
+ -underline 1 -accelerator S
+
+ add_menu_command Control "Next Asm Inst" \
+ [code $source inferior nexti] \
+ -underline 1 -accelerator N
+
+ # add_menu_separator
+ # add_menu_command Other "Automatic Step" auto_step
+
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: create_trace_menu - Creates the standard trace menu
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ method create_trace_menu {} {
+ new_menu trace "Trace" 0
+
+ add_menu_command Other "Save Trace Commands..." "save_trace_commands" \
+ -underline 0
+
+ add_menu_separator
+
+ add_menu_command Trace "Next Hit" {tfind_cmd tfind} \
+ -underline 0 -accelerator N
+
+ add_menu_command Trace "Previous Hit" {tfind_cmd "tfind -"} \
+ -underline 0 -accelerator P
+
+ add_menu_command Trace "First Hit" {tfind_cmd "tfind start"} \
+ -underline 0 -accelerator F
+
+ add_menu_command Trace "Next Line Hit" {tfind_cmd "tfind line"} \
+ -underline 5 -accelerator L
+
+ add_menu_command Trace "Next Hit Here" {tfind_cmd "tfind tracepoint"} \
+ -underline 9 -accelerator H
+
+ add_menu_separator
+ add_menu_command Trace "Tfind Line..." \
+ "ManagedWin::open TfindArgs -Type LN" \
+ -underline 9 -accelerator E
+
+ add_menu_command Trace "Tfind PC..." \
+ "ManagedWin::open TfindArgs -Type PC" \
+ -underline 7 -accelerator C
+
+ add_menu_command Trace "Tfind Tracepoint..." \
+ "ManagedWin::open TfindArgs -Type TP" \
+ -underline 6 -accelerator T
+
+ add_menu_command Trace "Tfind Frame..." \
+ "ManagedWin::open TfindArgs -Type FR" \
+ -underline 6 -accelerator F
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: create_help_menu - Creates the standard help menu
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method create_help_menu {} {
+ new_menu help "Help" 0
+ add_menu_command Other "Help Topics" {HtmlViewer::open_help index.html} \
+ -underline 0
+ add_menu_command Other "Cygnus on the Web" \
+ {open_url http://www.cygnus.com/gnupro/} -underline 14
+ add_menu_separator
+ add_menu_command Other "About GDB..." {ManagedWin::open About -transient} \
+ -underline 0
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: set_hook - run when user enters a `set' command.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method set_hook {varname value} {
+ debug "Got $varname = $value"
+ if {$varname == "os"} {
+ set save_menu $current_menu
+ set current_menu $Menu.view
+ set title "Kernel Objects"
+ if {[catch {$current_menu index $title} index]} {
+ set index none
+ }
+ if {$value == ""} {
+ # No OS, so remove KOD from View menu.
+ if {$index != "none"} {
+ $current_menu delete $index
+ }
+ } else {
+ # Add KOD to View menu, but only if it isn't already there.
+ if {$index == "none"} {
+ add_menu_command Other $title {ManagedWin::open KodWin} \
+ -underline 0 -accelerator "Ctrl+K"
+ }
+ }
+ set current_menu $save_menu
+
+ global gdb_kod_cmd
+ set gdb_kod_cmd $value
+ }
+ }
+
+ #
+ # PROTECTED DATA
+ #
+
+ #
+ # FIXME - Need to break the images into the sets needed for
+ # each button group, and load them when the button group is
+ # created.
+
+ # This is set if we've already loaded the standard images.
+ private common _loaded_images 0
+
+ # This is set if we've already loaded the standard images. Private
+ # variable.
+ private common _loaded_src_images 0
+
+ #
+ # PUBLIC DATA
+ #
+
+ # This is a handle on our parent source window.
+ protected variable source {}
+
+ public variable Tracing 0 ;# Is tracing enabled for this gdb?
+ public variable Browsing 0 ;# Are we currently browsing a trace experiment?
+ public variable Collecting 0 ;# Are we currently collecting a trace experiment?
+
+ # The list of all control buttons (ones which should be disabled when
+ # not running anything or when inferior is running)
+ protected variable ControlButtons {}
+
+ # The list of all other buttons (which are disabled when inderior is
+ # running)
+ protected variable OtherButtons {}
+
+ # The list of buttons that are enabled when we are in trace browse
+ # mode...
+ protected variable TraceButtons {}
+
+ # This is the list of buttons that are being built up
+ #
+ private variable button_list {}
+
+ #
+ # This is an array of buttons names -> Tk Window names
+ #
+
+ protected variable Buttons
+
+ # The main window's menu
+ private variable Menu
+
+ #The frame to contain the buttons:
+ protected variable ButtonFrame
+
+ # This array holds the menu classes. The key is the class name,
+ # and the value is the list of menus belonging to this class.
+
+ protected variable menu_classes
+
+ # These buttons go in the control area when we are browsing
+ protected variable Trace_control_buttons
+
+ # And these go in the control area when we are running
+ protected variable Run_control_buttons
+
+ protected variable item_number -1
+ protected variable current_menu {}
+}
--- /dev/null
+# TopLevelWin class definition for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+class TopLevelWin {
+ inherit ManagedWin
+
+ private variable frame ""
+
+ constructor {args} {
+ debug $itk_interior
+
+ # create a container frame
+ conFrame $itk_interior.container
+ pack $itk_interior.container -fill both -expand 1
+
+ # set up bindings for group iconification/deiconification
+ # NOT IMPLEMENTED YET
+ #set top [winfo toplevel [namespace tail $this]]
+ #bind_for_toplevel_only $top <Unmap> {
+ # manage_iconify iconify
+ #}
+ #bind_for_toplevel_only $top <Map> {
+ # manage_iconify deiconify
+ #}
+ incr numTopWins
+ }
+
+ public method conFrame {win} {
+ set frame [cyg::panedwindow $win -height 5i]
+ return $frame.con
+ }
+
+ public method conAdd {child args} {
+ parse_args {{resizable 1}}
+ $frame add $child -margin 0 -resizable $resizable
+ return [$frame childsite $child].con
+ }
+
+ public method sizeWinByChild {child} {
+ if {[catch {$frame childsite $child} childWin]} {
+ debug "Could not find child $child"
+ return
+ }
+ set width [winfo reqwidth $childWin]
+ $frame configure -width $width
+
+ }
+
+ destructor {
+ debug
+ incr numTopWins -1
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Trace configuration dialog for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------
+# Implements the Tracepoint configuration dialog box. This (modal)
+# dialog will be called upon to interact with gdb's tracepoint routines
+# allowing the user to add/edit tracepoints. Specifically, user can
+# specify:
+#
+# - What data to collect: locals, registers, "all registers", "all locals",
+# user-defined (globals)
+# - Number of passes which we should collect the data
+# - An ignore count after which data will start being collected
+# This method will destroy itself when the dialog is released. It returns
+# either one if a tracepoint was set/edited successfully or zero if
+# the user bails out (cancel or destroy buttons).
+
+itcl_class TraceDlg {
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # CONSTRUCTOR: create new trace dialog
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ constructor {config} {
+ #
+ # Create a window with the same name as this object
+ #
+ set class [$this info class]
+ set hull [namespace tail $this]
+ set old_name $this
+ ::rename $this $this-tmp-
+ ::frame $hull -class $class
+ ::rename $hull $old_name-win-
+ ::rename $this $old_name
+
+ set top [winfo toplevel [namespace tail $this]]
+ wm withdraw $top
+ build_win $this
+ after idle [list wm deiconify $top]
+ after idle [list $this title]
+# after idle grab $this
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # DESTRUCTOR - destroy window containing widget
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ destructor {
+
+ # Remove this window and all hooks
+# grab release $this
+ if {$ActionsDlg != ""} {
+ catch {manage delete $ActionsDlg}
+ }
+ set top [winfo toplevel [namespace tail $this]]
+ destroy $top
+ destroy $this
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: build_win - build the Trace dialog box (cache this?)
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method build_win {f} {
+ global _TPassCount
+
+
+ # Need to set the title to either "Add Tracepoint" or "Edit Tracepoint",
+ # depending on the location of the given tracepoint.
+ # !! Why can I not do this?
+
+ # If we have multiple lines, we "add" if we have any new ones ONLY..
+ set nums {}
+ set lown -1
+ set highn -1
+ set lowl -1
+ set highl 0
+ set functions {}
+ set last_function {}
+ set display_lines {}
+ set display_number {}
+
+ # Look at all lines
+ foreach line $Lines {
+ set num [gdb_tracepoint_exists "$File:$line"]
+ if {$num == -1} {
+ set New 1
+ } else {
+ set Exists 1
+ }
+
+ set function [gdb_get_function "$File:$line"]
+ if {"$last_function" != "$function"} {
+ lappend functions $function
+ set last_function $function
+ }
+
+ if {$lown == -1 && $num != -1} {
+ set lown $num
+ }
+ if {$lowl == -1} {
+ set lowl $line
+ }
+
+ lappend Number $num
+ if {$num > $highn} {
+ set highn $num
+ }
+ if {$num != -1 && $num < $lown} {
+ set lown $num
+ }
+ if {$line > $highl} {
+ set highl $line
+ }
+ if {$line < $lowl} {
+ set lowl $line
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Look at all addresses
+ foreach addr $Addresses {
+ set num [gdb_tracepoint_exists "*$addr"]
+ if {$num == -1} {
+ set New 1
+ } else {
+ set Exists 1
+ }
+
+ set function [gdb_get_function "*$addr"]
+ if {"$last_function" != "$function"} {
+ lappend functions $function
+ set last_function $function
+ }
+
+ if {$lown == -1 && $num != -1} {
+ set lown $num
+ }
+ if {$lowl == -1} {
+ set lowl $addr
+ }
+
+ lappend Number $num
+ if {$num > $highn} {
+ set highn $num
+ }
+ if {$num != -1 && $num < $lown} {
+ set lown $num
+ }
+ if {$addr > $highl} {
+ set highl $addr
+ }
+ if {$addr < $lowl} {
+ set lowl $addr
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {$Lines != {}} {
+ if {[llength $Lines] == 1} {
+ set Number $lown
+ set display_number [concat $Number]
+ set display_lines [concat $Lines]
+ set multiline 0
+ } else {
+ # range of numbers
+ set display_number "$lown-$highn"
+ set display_lines "$lowl-$highl"
+ set multiline 1
+ }
+ } elseif {$Addresses != {}} {
+ if {[llength $Addresses] == 1} {
+ set Number $lown
+ set display_number [concat $Number]
+ set display_lines [concat $Addresses]
+ set multiline 0
+ } else {
+ # range of numbers
+ set display_number "$lown-$highn"
+ set display_lines "$lowl-$highl"
+ set multiline 1
+ }
+ } elseif {$Number != {}} {
+ set New 0
+ set multiline 0
+ set display_number $Number
+ }
+
+ # The three frames of this dialog
+ set bbox [frame $f.bbox]; # for holding OK,CANCEL DELETE buttons
+ tixLabelFrame $f.exp -label "Experiment"
+ set exp [$f.exp subwidget frame]; # the "Experiment" frame
+ tixLabelFrame $f.act -label "Actions"
+ set act [$f.act subwidget frame]; # the "Actions" frame
+
+ # Setup the button box
+ button $bbox.ok -text OK -command "$this ok" -width 6
+ button $bbox.cancel -text CANCEL -command "$this cancel"
+ set Delete [button $bbox.delete -text DELETE -command "$this delete_tp"]
+ pack $bbox.ok $bbox.cancel -side left -padx 10 -expand yes
+ pack $bbox.delete -side right -padx 10 -expand yes
+
+ # Setup the "Experiment" frame
+ if {$New} {
+ set hit_count "N/A"
+ set thread "N/A"
+ set _TPassCount 0
+ if {!$Exists} {
+ $Delete configure -state disabled
+ }
+ } else {
+ if {!$multiline} {
+ set stuff [gdb_get_tracepoint_info $Number]
+ # 0=file 1=func 2=line 3=addr 4=disposition 5=passCount 6=stepCount
+ # 7=thread 8=hitCount 9=actions
+ set enabled [lindex $stuff 4]
+ set _TPassCount [lindex $stuff 5]
+ set thread [lindex $stuff 7]
+ set hit_count [lindex $stuff 8]
+ set actions [lindex $stuff 9]
+ if {$File == {}} {
+ set File [lindex $stuff 0]
+ }
+ if {$Lines == {} && $Addresses == {}} {
+ set Addresses [lindex $stuff 3]
+ set display_lines $Addresses
+ }
+ if {$functions == {}} {
+ set functions [lindex $stuff 1]
+ }
+ } else {
+ # ummm...
+ set hit_count "N/A"
+ set thread "N/A"
+
+ # !! Assumptions...
+ set stuff [gdb_get_tracepoint_info [lindex $Number 0]]
+ set _TPassCount [lindex $stuff 5]
+ set actions [lindex $stuff 9]
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Number
+ label $exp.numlbl -text {Number:}
+ label $exp.number -text $display_number
+
+ # File
+ label $exp.fillbl -text {File:}
+ label $exp.file -text $File
+ # Line
+ if {$Lines != {}} {
+ label $exp.linlbl -text {Line(s):}
+ } else {
+ label $exp.linlbl -text {Address(es):}
+ }
+ label $exp.line -text $display_lines
+
+ # Function
+ if {[llength $functions] > 1} {
+ # Do not allow this until we clean up the action dialog...
+ tk_messageBox -type ok -icon error \
+ -message "Cannot set tracepoint ranges across functions!"
+ after idle manage delete $this
+ }
+ #set functions [join $functions ,]
+ label $exp.funlbl -text {Function:}
+ label $exp.funct -text [concat $functions]
+
+ # Hit count
+ label $exp.hitlbl -text {Hit Count:}
+ label $exp.hit -text $hit_count
+
+ # Thread
+ label $exp.thrlbl -text {Thread:}
+ label $exp.thread -text $thread
+
+ # Place these onto the screen
+ grid $exp.numlbl -row 0 -column 0 -sticky w -padx 10 -pady 1
+ grid $exp.number -row 0 -column 1 -sticky w -padx 10 -pady 1
+ grid $exp.funlbl -row 0 -column 2 -sticky w -padx 10 -pady 1
+ grid $exp.funct -row 0 -column 3 -sticky w -padx 10 -pady 1
+ grid $exp.hitlbl -row 1 -column 0 -sticky w -padx 10 -pady 1
+ grid $exp.hit -row 1 -column 1 -sticky w -padx 10 -pady 1
+ grid $exp.fillbl -row 1 -column 2 -sticky w -padx 10 -pady 1
+ grid $exp.file -row 1 -column 3 -sticky w -padx 10 -pady 1
+ grid $exp.thrlbl -row 2 -column 0 -sticky w -padx 10 -pady 1
+ grid $exp.thread -row 2 -column 1 -sticky w -padx 10 -pady 1
+ grid $exp.linlbl -row 2 -column 2 -sticky w -padx 10 -pady 1
+ grid $exp.line -row 2 -column 3 -sticky w -padx 10 -pady 1
+
+ # Configure columns
+ grid columnconfigure $exp 0 -weight 1
+ grid columnconfigure $exp 1 -weight 1
+ grid columnconfigure $exp 2 -weight 1
+ grid columnconfigure $exp 3 -weight 1
+
+ # The "Actions" Frame
+ set pass_frame [frame $act.pass]
+ set act_frame [frame $act.actions]
+ set new_frame [frame $act.new]
+
+ # Pack these frames
+ pack $pass_frame -fill x
+ pack $act_frame -fill both -expand 1
+ pack $new_frame -side top -fill x
+
+ # Passes
+ label $pass_frame.lbl -text {Number of Passes:}
+ entry $pass_frame.ent -textvariable _TPassCount -width 5
+ pack $pass_frame.lbl -side left -padx 10 -pady 5
+ pack $pass_frame.ent -side right -padx 10 -pady 5
+
+ # Actions
+ tixScrolledListBox $act_frame.lb -scrollbar auto
+ set ActionLB [$act_frame.lb subwidget listbox]
+ $ActionLB configure -selectmode multiple -exportselection 0
+ label $act_frame.lbl -text {Actions}
+ pack $act_frame.lbl -side top
+ pack $act_frame.lb -side bottom -fill both -expand 1 -padx 5 -pady 5
+ $act_frame.lb configure -command "$this edit" \
+ -browsecmd "$this set_delete_action_state $ActionLB $new_frame.del_but"
+
+ # New actions
+ combobox::combobox $new_frame.combo -maxheight 15 -editable 0 -font src-font \
+ -command [code $this set_action_type]
+ $new_frame.combo list insert end collect while-stepping
+ $new_frame.combo entryset collect
+
+ button $new_frame.add_but -text {Add} -command "$this add_action"
+ pack $new_frame.combo $new_frame.add_but -side left -fill x \
+ -padx 5 -pady 5
+
+ button $new_frame.del_but -text {Delete} -state disabled \
+ -command "$this delete_action"
+ pack $new_frame.del_but -side right -fill x \
+ -padx 5 -pady 5
+
+ # Pack the main frames
+ pack $bbox -side bottom -padx 5 -pady 8 -fill x
+ pack $f.exp -side top -padx 5 -pady 2 -fill x
+ pack $f.act -side top -padx 5 -pady 2 -expand yes -fill both
+
+ # If we are not new, add all actions
+ if {!$New} {
+ add_all_actions $actions
+ }
+
+ # !! FOR SOME REASON, THE *_FRAMES DO NOT GET MAPPED WHENEVER THE USER
+ # WAITS A FEW SECONDS TO PLACE THIS DIALOG ON THE SCREEN. This is here
+ # as a workaround so that the action-related widgets don't disappear...
+ #update idletasks
+ }
+
+ method set_action_type {widget action} {
+ set ActionType $action
+ }
+
+ method add_action {} {
+
+ if {"$ActionType" == "while-stepping"} {
+ if {$WhileStepping} {
+ # We are only allowed on of these...
+ tk_messageBox -icon error -type ok \
+ -message "A tracepoint may only have one while-stepping action."
+ return
+ }
+ set whilestepping 1
+ set step_args "-Steps 1"
+ } else {
+ set whilestepping 0
+ set step_args {}
+ }
+
+ #debug "ADDING ACTION FOR $File:[lindex $Lines 0]"
+ if {$Lines != {}} {
+ set ActionsDlg [eval manage create actiondlg -File $File \
+ -Line [lindex $Lines 0] \
+ -WhileStepping $whilestepping -Number [lindex $Number 0]\
+ -Callback \"$this done\" $step_args]
+ } else {
+ set ActionsDlg [eval manage create actiondlg -File $File \
+ -Address [lindex $Addresses 0] \
+ -WhileStepping $whilestepping -Number [lindex $Number 0]\
+ -Callback \"$this done\" $step_args]
+ }
+ }
+
+ method delete_action {} {
+ # If we just delete these from the action list, they will get deleted
+ # when the user presses OK.
+
+ set selected_elem [lsort -integer -decreasing [$ActionLB curselection]]
+ foreach elem $selected_elem {
+ $ActionLB delete $elem
+ }
+ }
+
+ method set_delete_action_state {list but} {
+ if {[$list curselection] == ""} {
+ $but configure -state disabled
+ } else {
+ $but configure -state normal
+ }
+ }
+
+ method done {status {steps 0} {data {}}} {
+
+ # We have just returned from the ActionDlg: must reinstall our grab
+# after idle grab $this
+
+ switch $status {
+ cancel {
+ # Don't do anything
+ set ActionsDlg {}
+ return
+ }
+ add {
+ add_action_to_list $steps $data
+ set ActionsDlg {}
+ }
+ delete {
+ # do something
+ set ActionsDlg {}
+ }
+ modify {
+ # Delete the current selection and insert the new one in its place
+ $ActionLB delete $Selection
+ add_action_to_list $steps $data $Selection
+ set ActionsDlg {}
+ }
+ default {
+ debug "Unknown status from ActionDlg : \"$status\""
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ method add_action_to_list {steps data {index {}}} {
+
+ set data [join $data ,]
+
+ if {$steps > 0} {
+ if {"$index" == ""} {
+ set index "end"
+ }
+ $ActionLB insert $index "while-stepping ($steps): $data"
+ set WhileStepping 1
+ } else {
+ if {"$index" == ""} {
+ set index 0
+ }
+ $ActionLB insert $index "collect: $data"
+ }
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: cancel - cancel the dialog and do not set the trace
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method cancel {} {
+ manage delete $this
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: ok - validate the tracepoint and install it
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method ok {} {
+
+ # We "dismiss" the dialog here...
+ wm withdraw [winfo toplevel [namespace tail $this]]
+
+ set actions [get_actions]
+ # Check that we are collecting data
+
+ # This is silly, but, hey, it works.
+ # Lines is the line number where the tp is
+ # in case of a tp-range it is the set of lines for that range
+ if {$Lines != {}} {
+ for {set i 0} {$i < [llength $Number]} {incr i} {
+ set number [lindex $Number $i]
+ set line [lindex $Lines $i]
+
+ if {$number == -1} {
+ #debug "Adding new tracepoint at $File:$line $_TPassCount $actions"
+ set err [catch {gdb_add_tracepoint $File:$line $_TPassCount $actions} errTxt]
+ } else {
+ if {$New && $Exists} {
+ set result [tk_messageBox -icon error -type yesno \
+ -message "Overwrite actions for tracepoint \#$number at $File:$line?" \
+ -title "Query"]
+ if {"$result" == "no"} {
+ continue
+ }
+ }
+ if {$New == 0 && $Exists == 1} {
+ set tpnum [gdb_tracepoint_exists "$File:$line"]
+ if {$tpnum == -1} {
+ tk_messageBox -type ok -icon error -message "Tracepoint was deleted"
+ manage delete $this
+ return
+ }
+ }
+
+ #debug "Editing tracepoint \#$Number: $_TPassCount $actions"
+ set err [catch {gdb_edit_tracepoint $number $_TPassCount $actions} errTxt]
+ }
+
+ if {$err} {
+ if {$number == -1} {
+ set str "adding new tracepoint at $File:$line"
+ } else {
+ set str "editing tracepoint $number at $File:$line"
+ }
+ tk_messageBox -type ok -icon error -message "Error $str: $errTxt"
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ # Async
+ for {set i 0} {$i < [llength $Number]} {incr i} {
+ set number [lindex $Number $i]
+ set addr [lindex $Addresses $i]
+ if {$number == -1} {
+ #debug "Adding new tracepoint at $addr in $File; $_TPassCount $actions"
+ set err [catch {gdb_add_tracepoint {} $_TPassCount $actions $addr} errTxt]
+ } else {
+ if {$New && $Exists} {
+ set result [tk_messageBox -icon error -type yesno \
+ -message "Overwrite actions for tracepoint \#$number at $File:$line?" \
+ -title "Query"]
+ if {"$result" == "no"} {
+ continue
+ }
+ }
+ if {$New == 0 && $Exists == 1} {
+ set num [gdb_tracepoint_exists "$File:$Line"]
+ if {$num == -1} {
+ tk_messageBox -type ok -icon error -message "Tracepoint was deleted"
+ manage delete $this
+ return
+ }
+ }
+ #debug "Editing tracepoint \#$Number: $_TPassCount $actions"
+ set err [catch {gdb_edit_tracepoint $number $_TPassCount $actions} errTxt]
+ }
+
+ if {$err} {
+ if {$number == -1} {
+ set str "adding new tracepoint at $addr in $File"
+ } else {
+ set str "editing tracepoint $number at $addr in $File"
+ }
+ tk_messageBox -type ok -icon error -message "Error $str: $errTxt"
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ manage delete $this
+ }
+
+ method cmd {line} {
+ $line
+ }
+
+ method delete_tp {} {
+ debug "deleting tracepoint $Number"
+ set err [catch {gdb_cmd "delete tracepoints $Number"} errTxt]
+ debug "done deleting tracepoint $Number"
+ manage delete $this
+ }
+
+ method get_data {action} {
+
+ set data {}
+ foreach a $action {
+ set datum [string trim $a \ \r\n\t,]
+ if {"$datum" == "collect" || "$datum" == ""} {
+ continue
+ }
+
+ lappend data $datum
+ }
+
+ return $data
+ }
+
+ method add_all_actions {actions} {
+
+ set length [llength $actions]
+ for {set i 0} {$i < $length} {incr i} {
+ set action [lindex $actions $i]
+
+ if {[regexp "collect" $action]} {
+ set steps 0
+ set data [get_data $action]
+ } elseif {[regexp "while-stepping" $action]} {
+ scan $action "while-stepping %d" steps
+ incr i
+ set action [lindex $actions $i]
+ set data [get_data $action]
+ } elseif {[regexp "end" $action]} {
+ continue
+ }
+
+ # Now have an action: data and steps
+ add_action_to_list $steps $data
+ }
+ }
+
+ method get_actions {} {
+
+ set actions {}
+ set list [$ActionLB get 0 end]
+ foreach action $list {
+ if {[regexp "collect" $action]} {
+ scan $action "collect: %s" data
+ set steps 0
+ set whilestepping 0
+ } elseif {[regexp "while-stepping" $action]} {
+ scan $action "while-stepping (%d): %s" steps data
+ set whilestepping 1
+ } else {
+ debug "unknown action: $action"
+ continue
+ }
+
+ lappend actions [list $steps $data]
+ }
+
+ return $actions
+ }
+
+ method edit {} {
+
+ set Selection [$ActionLB curselection]
+ set action [$ActionLB get $Selection]
+ if [regexp "collect" $action] {
+ scan $action "collect: %s" data
+ set steps 0
+ set whilestepping 0
+ } elseif [regexp "while-stepping" $action] {
+ scan $action "while-stepping (%d): %s" steps data
+ set whilestepping 1
+ } else {
+ debug "unknown action: $action"
+ return
+ }
+
+ set data [split $data ,]
+ set len [llength $data]
+ set real_data {}
+ set special 0
+ for {set i 0} {$i < $len} {incr i} {
+ set a [lindex $data $i]
+ if {[string range $a 0 1] == "\$("} {
+ set special 1
+ set b $a
+ } elseif {$special} {
+ lappend b $a
+ if {[string index $a [expr {[string length $a]-1}]] == ")"} {
+ lappend real_data [join $b ,]
+ set special 0
+ }
+ } else {
+ lappend real_data $a
+ }
+ }
+
+ # !! lindex $Lines 0 -- better way?
+ if {$Lines != {}} {
+ manage create actiondlg -File $File -Line [lindex $Lines 0] \
+ -WhileStepping $whilestepping -Number [lindex $Number 0] \
+ -Callback "$this done" -Data $real_data -Steps $steps
+ } else {
+ manage create actiondlg -File $File -Address [lindex $Addresses 0] \
+ -WhileStepping $whilestepping -Number [lindex $Number 0] \
+ -Callback "$this done" -Data $real_data -Steps $steps
+ }
+ }
+
+ method get_selection {} {
+
+ set action [$ActionLB curselection]
+ return [$ActionLB get $action]
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: title - Title the trace dialog.
+ #
+ # This is needed to title the window after the dialog has
+ # been created. The window manager actually sets our title
+ # after we've been created, so we need to do this in an
+ # "after idle".
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method title {} {
+ if {$New} {
+ set display_number "N/A"
+ wm title [winfo toplevel [namespace tail $this]] "Add Tracepoint"
+ } else {
+ wm title [winfo toplevel [namespace tail $this]] "Edit Tracepoint"
+ }
+ }
+
+ # PUBLIC DATA
+ public File {}
+ public Lines {}
+ public Addresses {}
+ public Number {}
+
+ # PROTECTED DATA
+ protected Delete
+ protected _TPassCount
+ protected ActionType {}
+ protected ActionLB
+ protected Actions
+ protected WhileStepping 0
+ protected Selection {}
+ protected New 0; # set whenever there is a new tp to add
+ protected Exists 0; # set whenever a tracepoint in the range exists
+ protected Dismissed 0; # has this dialog been dismissed already?
+ protected ActionsDlg {}
+}
+
+proc gdb_add_tracepoint {where passes actions {addr {}}} {
+ #debug "gdb_add_tracepoint $where $passes $actions $addr"
+
+ # Install the tracepoint
+ if {$where == "" && $addr != ""} {
+ set where "*$addr"
+ }
+
+ #debug "trace $where"
+ set err [catch {gdb_cmd "trace $where"} errTxt]
+
+ if {$err} {
+ tk_messageBox -type ok -icon error -message $errTxt
+ return
+ }
+
+ # Get the number for this tracepoint
+ set number [gdb_tracepoint_exists $where]
+
+ # If there is a pass count, add that, too
+ set err [catch {gdb_cmd "passcount $passes $number"} errTxt]
+
+ if {$err} {
+ tk_messageBox -type ok -icon error -message $errTxt
+ return
+ }
+
+ set real_actions {}
+ foreach action $actions {
+ set steps [lindex $action 0]
+ set data [lindex $action 1]
+
+ if {$steps} {
+ lappend real_actions "while-stepping $steps"
+ lappend real_actions "collect $data"
+ lappend real_actions "end"
+ } else {
+ lappend real_actions "collect $data"
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {[llength $real_actions] > 0} {
+ lappend real_actions "end"
+ }
+
+ set err [catch {gdb_actions $number $real_actions} errTxt]
+ if $err {
+ set errTxt "$errTxt Tracepoint will be installed with no actions"
+ tk_messageBox -type ok -icon error -message $errTxt
+ return
+ }
+}
+
+proc gdb_edit_tracepoint {number passes actions} {
+ #debug "gdb_edit_tracepoint $number $passes $actions"
+
+ # If there is a pass count, add that, too
+ set err [catch {gdb_cmd "passcount $passes $number"} errTxt]
+
+ if $err {
+ tk_messageBox -type ok -icon error -message $errTxt
+ return
+ }
+
+ set real_actions {}
+ foreach action $actions {
+ set steps [lindex $action 0]
+ set data [lindex $action 1]
+
+ if $steps {
+ lappend real_actions "while-stepping $steps"
+ lappend real_actions "collect $data"
+ lappend real_actions "end"
+ } else {
+ lappend real_actions "collect $data"
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {[llength $real_actions] > 0} {
+ lappend real_actions "end"
+ }
+
+ gdb_actions $number $real_actions
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Utilities for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Misc routines
+#
+# PROCS:
+#
+# keep_raised - keep a window raised
+# sleep - wait a certain number of seconds and return
+# toggle_debug_mode - turn debugging on and off
+# freeze - make a window modal
+# bp_exists - does a breakpoint exist on linespec?
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+
+
+# A helper procedure to keep a window on top.
+proc keep_raised {top} {
+ if {[winfo exists $top]} {
+ wm deiconify $top
+ raise $top
+ after 1000 [info level 0]
+ }
+}
+
+# sleep - wait a certain number of seconds then return
+proc sleep {sec} {
+ global __sleep_timer
+ set __sleep_timer 0
+ after [expr {1000 * $sec}] set __sleep_timer 1
+ vwait __sleep_timer
+}
+
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: auto_step - automatically step through a program
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# FIXME FIXME
+proc auto_step {} {
+ global auto_step_id
+
+ set auto_step_id [after 2000 auto_step]
+ gdb_cmd next
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: auto_step_cancel - cancel auto-stepping
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+proc auto_step_cancel {} {
+ global auto_step_id
+
+ if {[info exists auto_step_id]} {
+ after cancel $auto_step_id
+ unset auto_step_id
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: tfind_cmd -- to execute a tfind command on the target
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc tfind_cmd {command} {
+ gdbtk_busy
+ # need to call gdb_cmd because we want to ignore the output
+ set err [catch {gdb_cmd $command} msg]
+ if {$err || [regexp "Target failed to find requested trace frame" $msg]} {
+ tk_messageBox -icon error -title "GDB" -type ok \
+ -modal task -message $msg
+ gdbtk_idle
+ return
+ } else {
+ gdbtk_update
+ gdbtk_idle
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: save_trace_command -- Saves the current trace settings to a file
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc save_trace_commands {} {
+
+ set out_file [tk_getSaveFile -title "Enter output file for trace commands"]
+ debug "Got outfile: $out_file"
+ if {$out_file != ""} {
+ gdb_cmd "save-tracepoints $out_file"
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: do_test - invoke the test passed in
+# This proc is provided for convenience. For any test
+# that uses the console window (like the console window
+# tests), the file cannot be sourced directly using the
+# 'tk' command because it will block the console window
+# until the file is done executing. This proc assures
+# that the console window is free for input by wrapping
+# the source call in an after callback.
+# Users may also pass in the verbose and tests globals
+# used by the testsuite.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc do_test {{file {}} {verbose {}} {tests {}}} {
+ global _test
+
+ if {$file == {}} {
+ error "wrong \# args: should be: do_test file ?verbose? ?tests ...?"
+ }
+
+ if {$verbose != {}} {
+ set _test(verbose) $verbose
+ } elseif {![info exists _test(verbose)]} {
+ set _test(verbose) 0
+ }
+
+ if {$tests != {}} {
+ set _test(tests) $tests
+ }
+
+ set _test(interactive) 1
+ after 500 [list source $file]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROCEDURE: gdbtk_read_defs
+# Reads in the defs file for the testsuite. This is usually
+# the first procedure called by a test file. It returns
+# 1 if it was successful and 0 if not (if run interactively
+# from the console window) or exits (if running via dejagnu).
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc gdbtk_read_defs {} {
+ global _test env
+
+ if {[info exists env(DEFS)]} {
+ set err [catch {source $env(DEFS)} errTxt]
+ } else {
+ set err [catch {source defs} errTxt]
+ }
+
+ if {$err} {
+ if {$_test(interactive)} {
+ tk_messageBox -icon error -message "Cannot load defs file:\n$errTxt" -type ok
+ return 0
+ } else {
+ puts stdout "cannot load defs files: $errTxt\ntry setting DEFS"
+ exit 1
+ }
+ }
+
+ return 1
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROCEDURE: bp_exists
+# Returns BPNUM if a breakpoint exists at LINESPEC or
+# -1 if no breakpoint exists there
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc bp_exists {linespec} {
+
+ lassign $linespec foo function filename line_number addr pc_addr
+
+ set bps [gdb_get_breakpoint_list]
+ foreach bpnum $bps {
+ set bpinfo [gdb_get_breakpoint_info $bpnum]
+ lassign $bpinfo file func line pc type enabled disposition \
+ ignore_count commands cond thread hit_count
+ if {$filename == $file && $function == $func && $addr == $pc} {
+ return $bpnum
+ }
+ }
+
+ return -1
+}
+
+
+# Scrolled Listbox - this could be in libgui,
+# but we'll probably just start using new iwidgets stuff
+# soon so keep it here temporarily. This is based on
+# code from Welch's book.
+
+proc CygScrolledListbox { win args } {
+ frame $win
+ # Create listbox attached to scrollbars, pass thru $args
+ eval {listbox $win.list -yscrollcommand [list $win.sy set]} $args
+ scrollbar $win.sy -orient vertical -command [list $win.list yview]
+
+ # Create padding based on the scrollbar width and border
+ set pad [expr [$win.sy cget -width] + 2* \
+ ([$win.sy cget -bd] + \
+ [$win.sy cget -highlightthickness])]
+
+ frame $win.pad -width $pad -height $pad
+ pack $win.sy -side right -fill y
+ pack $win.list -side left -fill both -expand true
+ return $win.list
+}
+
+# gridCGet - This provides the missing grid cget
+# command.
+
+proc gridCGet {slave option} {
+ set config_list [grid info $slave]
+ return [lindex $config_list [expr [lsearch $config_list $option] + 1]]
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: find_iwidgets_library - Find the IWidgets library.
+#
+# This is a little bit of bogosity which is necessary so we
+# can find the iwidgets libraries if we are not installed:
+# The problem is that the iwidgets are really weird. The init file is
+# in the build tree, but all the library files are in the source tree...
+#
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc find_iwidgets_library {} {
+
+ set IwidgetsOK 1
+
+ if {[catch {package require Iwidgets 3.0} errMsg]} {
+
+ # OK, we are not installed or this would have succeeded...
+ # Lets try to do it by hand:
+ set IwidgetsOK 0
+
+ set iwidgetsSrcDir [glob -nocomplain [file join \
+ [file dirname [file dirname $::tcl_library]] \
+ itcl iwidgets*]]
+
+ # Canonicalize the executable's directory name. It turns out that on Solaris,
+ # info nameofexecutable returns /foo/bar/real_dir/./gdb when gdb is launched from
+ # another gdb session, so we have to fix this up.
+
+ set exec_name [info nameofexecutable]
+ set curdir [pwd]
+ cd [file dirname $exec_name]
+ set exec_name [pwd]
+ cd $curdir
+
+ set iwidgetsBuildDir [glob -nocomplain [file join \
+ [file dirname $exec_name] \
+ itcl iwidgets*]]
+
+ if {[llength $iwidgetsSrcDir] == 1 && [llength $iwidgetsBuildDir] == 1} {
+ # The lindex is necessary because the path may have spaces in it...
+ set initFile [file join [lindex $iwidgetsBuildDir 0] \
+ $::tcl_platform(platform) iwidgets.tcl]
+ set libDir [file join [lindex $iwidgetsSrcDir 0] generic]
+ if {[file exists $initFile] && [file isdirectory $libDir]} {
+ if {![catch {source $initFile} err]} {
+ # Now fix up the stuff the Iwidgets init file got wrong...
+ set libPos [lsearch $::auto_path [file join $::iwidgets::library scripts]]
+ if {$libPos >= 0} {
+ set auto_path [lreplace $::auto_path $libPos $libPos $libDir]
+ } else {
+ lappend ::auto_path $libDir
+ }
+ set ::iwidgets::library $libDir
+ set IwidgetsOK 1
+ } else {
+ append errMsg "\nError in iwidgets.tcl file: $err"
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ append errMsg "\nCould not find in-place versions of the Iwidgets files\n"
+ append errMsg "Looked at: [file join [file dirname\
+ [file dirname $::tcl_library]] itcl iwidgets*]\n"
+ append errMsg "and: [file join [file dirname \
+ [info nameofexecutable]] itcl iwidgets*]\n"
+ }
+
+ }
+ return $IwidgetsOK
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: get_disassembly_flavor - gets the current disassembly flavor.
+# The set disassembly-flavor command is assumed to exist. This
+# will error out if it does not.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc get_disassembly_flavor {} {
+ if {[catch {gdb_cmd "show disassembly-flavor"} ret]} {
+ return ""
+ } else {
+ regexp {\"([^\"]*)\"\.} $ret dummy gdb_val
+ return $gdb_val
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: list_disassembly_flavors - Lists the current disassembly flavors.
+# Returns an empty list if the set disassembly-flavor is not supported.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc list_disassembly_flavors {} {
+ catch {gdb_cmd "set disassembly-flavor"} ret_val
+ if {[regexp {Requires an argument\. Valid arguments are (.*)\.} \
+ $ret_val dummy list]} {
+ foreach elem [split $list ","] {
+ lappend vals [string trim $elem]
+ }
+ return [lsort $vals]
+ } else {
+ return {}
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: init_disassembly_flavor - Synchs up gdb's internal disassembly
+# flavor with the value in the preferences file.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc init_disassembly_flavor {} {
+ set gdb_val [get_disassembly_flavor]
+ if {$gdb_val != ""} {
+ set def_val [pref get gdb/src/disassembly-flavor]
+ if {[string compare $def_val ""] != 0} {
+ if {[catch "gdb_cmd \"set disassembly-flavor $def_val\""]} {
+ pref set gdb/src/disassembly-flavor $gdb_val
+ }
+ } else {
+ pref set gdb/src/disassembly-flavor $gdb_val
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+# PROC: list_element_strcmp - to be used in lsort -command when the
+# elements are themselves lists, and you always want to look at
+# a particular item.
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+proc list_element_strcmp {index first second} {
+ set theFirst [lindex $first $index]
+ set theSecond [lindex $second $index]
+
+ return [string compare $theFirst $theSecond]
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Variable display window for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Implements variable windows for gdb. LocalsWin and WatchWin both
+# inherit from this class. You need only override the method
+# 'getVariablesBlankPath' and a few other things...
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class VariableWin {
+ inherit EmbeddedWin GDBWin
+ protected variable Sizebox 1
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # CONSTRUCTOR - create new watch window
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ constructor {args} {
+ #
+ # Create a window with the same name as this object
+ #
+ gdbtk_busy
+ set _queue [Queue \#auto]
+ build_win $itk_interior
+ gdbtk_idle
+
+ add_hook gdb_update_hook "$this update"
+ add_hook gdb_busy_hook "$this disable_ui"
+ add_hook gdb_no_inferior_hook "$this no_inferior"
+ add_hook gdb_idle_hook [list $this idle]
+ add_hook gdb_clear_file_hook [code $this clear_file]
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: build_win - build the watch window
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method build_win {f} {
+ global tixOption tcl_platform Display
+ # debug "VariableWin::build_win"
+ set width [font measure src-font "W"]
+ # Choose the default width to be...
+ set width [expr {40 * $width}]
+ if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+ set scrollmode both
+ } else {
+ set scrollmode auto
+ }
+
+ debug "tree=$f.tree"
+ set Tree [tixTree $f.tree \
+ -opencmd "$this open" \
+ -closecmd "$this close" \
+ -ignoreinvoke 1 \
+ -width $width \
+ -browsecmd [list $this selectionChanged] \
+ -scrollbar $scrollmode \
+ -sizebox $Sizebox]
+ if {![pref get gdb/mode]} {
+ $Tree configure -command [list $this editEntry]
+ }
+ set Hlist [$Tree subwidget hlist]
+
+ # FIXME: probably should use columns instead.
+ $Hlist configure -header 1
+
+ set l [expr {$EntryLength - $Length - [string length "Name"]}]
+ # Ok, this is as hack as it gets
+ set blank " "
+ $Hlist header create 0 -itemtype text \
+ -text "Name[string range $blank 0 $l]Value"
+
+ # Configure the look of the tree
+ set sbg [$Hlist cget -bg]
+ set fg [$Hlist cget -fg]
+ set bg $tixOption(input1_bg)
+ set width [font measure src-font $LengthString]
+ $Hlist configure -indent $width -bg $bg \
+ -selectforeground $fg -selectbackground $sbg \
+ -selectborderwidth 0 -separator . -font src-font
+
+ # Get display styles
+ set normal_fg [$Hlist cget -fg]
+ set highlight_fg [pref get gdb/variable/highlight_fg]
+ set disabled_fg [pref get gdb/variable/disabled_fg]
+ set NormalTextStyle [tixDisplayStyle text -refwindow $Hlist \
+ -bg $bg -fg $normal_fg -font src-font]
+ set HighlightTextStyle [tixDisplayStyle text -refwindow $Hlist \
+ -bg $bg -fg $highlight_fg -font src-font]
+ set DisabledTextStyle [tixDisplayStyle text -refwindow $Hlist \
+ -bg $bg -fg $disabled_fg -font src-font]
+
+ if {[catch {gdb_cmd "show output-radix"} msg]} {
+ set Radix 10
+ } else {
+ regexp {[0-9]+} $msg Radix
+ }
+
+
+ # Update the tree display
+ update
+ pack $Tree -expand yes -fill both
+
+ # Create the popup menu for this widget
+ bind $Hlist <3> "$this postMenu %X %Y"
+ bind $Hlist <KeyPress-space> [code $this toggleView]
+
+ # Do not use the tixPopup widget...
+ set Popup [menu $f.menu -tearoff 0]
+ set disabled_foreground [$Popup cget -foreground]
+ $Popup configure -disabledforeground $disabled_foreground
+ set ViewMenu [menu $Popup.view]
+
+ # Populate the view menu
+ $ViewMenu add radiobutton -label "Hex" -variable Display($this) \
+ -value hexadecimal
+ $ViewMenu add radiobutton -label "Decimal" -variable Display($this) \
+ -value decimal
+ $ViewMenu add radiobutton -label "Binary" -variable Display($this) \
+ -value binary
+ $ViewMenu add radiobutton -label "Octal" -variable Display($this) \
+ -value octal
+ $ViewMenu add radiobutton -label "Natural" -variable Display($this) \
+ -value natural
+
+ $Popup add command -label "dummy" -state disabled
+ $Popup add separator
+ $Popup add cascade -label "Format" -menu $ViewMenu
+ # $Popup add checkbutton -label "Auto Update"
+ # $Popup add command -label "Update Now"
+ if {![pref get gdb/mode]} {
+ $Popup add command -label "Edit"
+ }
+
+ # Make sure to update menu info.
+ selectionChanged ""
+
+ window_name "Local Variables" "Locals"
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # DESTRUCTOR - destroy window containing widget
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ destructor {
+ # debug "VariableWin::destructor"
+ # Make sure to clean up the frame
+ catch {destroy $_frame}
+
+ # Delete the display styles used with this window
+ destroy $NormalTextStyle
+ destroy $HighlightTextStyle
+ destroy $DisabledTextStyle
+
+ # Remove this window and all hooks
+ remove_hook gdb_update_hook "$this update"
+ remove_hook gdb_busy_hook "$this disable_ui"
+ remove_hook gdb_no_inferior_hook "$this no_inferior"
+ remove_hook gdb_idle_hook [list $this idle]
+ remove_hook gdb_clear_file_hook [code $this clear_file]
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: clear_file - Clear out state and prepare for loading
+ # a new executable.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method clear_file {} {
+ no_inferior
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: reconfig - used when preferences change
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method reconfig {} {
+ # debug "VariableWin::reconfig"
+ foreach win [winfo children $itk_interior] {
+ destroy $win
+ }
+
+ build_win $itk_interior
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: build_menu_helper - Create the menu for a subclass.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method build_menu_helper {first} {
+ global Display
+ menu [namespace tail $this].mmenu
+
+ [namespace tail $this].mmenu add cascade -label $first -underline 0 -menu [namespace tail $this].mmenu.var
+
+ menu [namespace tail $this].mmenu.var
+ if {![pref get gdb/mode]} {
+ [namespace tail $this].mmenu.var add command -label Edit -underline 0 -state disabled \
+ -command [format {
+ %s editEntry [%s getSelection]
+ } $this $this]
+ }
+ [namespace tail $this].mmenu.var add cascade -label Format -underline 0 \
+ -menu [namespace tail $this].mmenu.var.format
+
+ menu [namespace tail $this].mmenu.var.format
+ foreach label {Hex Decimal Binary Octal Natural} fmt {hexadecimal decimal binary octal natural} {
+ [namespace tail $this].mmenu.var.format add radiobutton \
+ -label $label -underline 0 \
+ -value $fmt -variable Display($this) \
+ -command [format {
+ %s setDisplay [%s getSelection] %s
+ } $this $this $fmt]
+ }
+
+ # [namespace tail $this].mmenu add cascade -label Update -underline 0 -menu [namespace tail $this].mmenu.update
+ # menu [namespace tail $this].mmenu.update
+
+ # The -variable is set when a selection is made in the tree.
+ # [namespace tail $this].mmenu.update add checkbutton -label "Auto Update" -underline 0 \
+ # -command [format {
+ # %s toggleUpdate [%s getSelection]
+ # } $this $this]
+ # [namespace tail $this].mmenu.update add command -label "Update Now" -underline 0 \
+ # -accelerator "Ctrl+U" -command [format {
+ # %s updateNow [%s getSelection]
+ # } $this $this]
+
+ set top [winfo toplevel [namespace tail $this]]
+ $top configure -menu [namespace tail $this].mmenu
+ bind_plain_key $top Control-u [format {
+ if {!$Running} {
+ if {[%s getSelection] != ""} {
+ %s updateNow [%s getSelection]
+ }
+ }
+ } $this $this $this]
+
+ return [namespace tail $this].mmenu.var
+ }
+
+ # Return the current selection, or the empty string if none.
+ method getSelection {} {
+ return [$Hlist info selection]
+ }
+
+ # This is called when a selection is made. It updates the main
+ # menu.
+ method selectionChanged {variable} {
+ global Display
+
+ if {$Running} {
+ # Clear the selection, too
+ $Hlist selection clear
+ return
+ }
+
+ # if something is being edited, cancel it
+ if {[info exists EditEntry]} {
+ UnEdit
+ }
+
+ if {$variable == ""} {
+ set state disabled
+ } else {
+ set state normal
+ }
+
+ foreach menu [list [namespace tail $this].mmenu.var [namespace tail $this].mmenu.var.format ] {
+ set i [$menu index last]
+ while {$i >= 0} {
+ if {[$menu type $i] != "cascade"} {
+ $menu entryconfigure $i -state $state
+ }
+ incr i -1
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {$variable != "" && [$variable editable]} {
+ set state normal
+ } else {
+ set state disabled
+ }
+
+ if {$variable != ""} {
+ set Display($this) [$variable format]
+ }
+
+ foreach label {Hex Decimal Binary Octal Natural} {
+ [namespace tail $this].mmenu.var.format entryconfigure $label
+ if {$label != "Hex"} {
+ [namespace tail $this].mmenu.var.format entryconfigure $label -state $state
+ }
+ }
+ # [namespace tail $this].mmenu.update entryconfigure 0 -variable Update($this,$name)
+ }
+
+ method updateNow {variable} {
+ # debug "VariableWin::updateNow $variable"
+
+ if {!$Running} {
+ set text [label $variable]
+ $Hlist entryconfigure $variable -itemtype text -text $text
+ }
+ }
+
+ method getEntry {x y} {
+ set realY [expr {$y - [winfo rooty $Hlist]}]
+
+ # Get the tree entry which we are over
+ return [$Hlist nearest $realY]
+ }
+
+ method editEntry {variable} {
+ if {!$Running} {
+ if {$variable != "" && [$variable editable]} {
+ edit $variable
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ method postMenu {X Y} {
+ global Update Display
+ # debug "VariableWin::postMenu"
+
+ # Quicky for menu posting problems.. How to unpost and post??
+
+ if {[winfo ismapped $Popup] || $Running} {
+ return
+ }
+
+ set variable [getEntry $X $Y]
+ if {[string length $variable] > 0} {
+ # Configure menu items
+ # the title is always first..
+ #set labelIndex [$Popup index "dummy"]
+ set viewIndex [$Popup index "Format"]
+ # set autoIndex [$Popup index "Auto Update"]
+ # set updateIndex [$Popup index "Update Now"]
+ set noEdit [catch {$Popup index "Edit"} editIndex]
+
+ # Retitle and set update commands
+ $Popup entryconfigure 0 -label "[$variable name]"
+ # $Popup entryconfigure $autoIndex -command "$this toggleUpdate \{$entry\}" \
+ -variable Update($this,$entry)
+ # $Popup entryconfigure $updateIndex -command "$this updateNow \{$entry\}"
+
+ # Edit pane
+ if {$variable != "" && [$variable editable]} {
+ if {!$noEdit} {
+ $Popup delete $editIndex
+ }
+ if {![pref get gdb/mode]} {
+ $Popup add command -label Edit -command "$this edit \{$variable\}"
+ }
+ } else {
+ if {!$noEdit} {
+ $Popup delete $editIndex
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Set view menu
+ set Display($this) [$variable format]
+ foreach i {0 1 2 3 4} fmt {hexadecimal decimal binary octal natural} {
+ debug "configuring entry $i ([$ViewMenu entrycget $i -label]) to $fmt"
+ $ViewMenu entryconfigure $i \
+ -command "$this setDisplay \{$variable\} $fmt"
+ }
+
+ tk_popup $Popup $X $Y
+ }
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD edit -- edit a variable
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method edit {variable} {
+ global Update tixOption
+
+ # disable menus
+ selectionChanged ""
+ debug "editing \"$variable\""
+
+ set fg [$Hlist cget -foreground]
+ set bg [$Hlist cget -background]
+
+ if {$Editing == ""} {
+ # Must create the frame
+ set Editing [frame $Hlist.frame -bg $bg -bd 0 -relief flat]
+ set lbl [::label $Editing.lbl -fg $fg -bg $bg -font src-font]
+ set ent [entry $Editing.ent -bg $tixOption(bg) -font src-font]
+ pack $lbl $ent -side left
+ }
+
+ if {[info exists EditEntry]} {
+ # We already are editing something... So reinstall it first
+ # I guess we discard any changes?
+ UnEdit
+ }
+
+ # Update the label/entry widgets for this instance
+ set Update($this,$variable) 1
+ set EditEntry $variable
+ set label [label $variable 1]; # do not append value
+ $Editing.lbl configure -text "$label "
+ $Editing.ent delete 0 end
+
+ # Strip the pointer type, text, etc, from pointers, and such
+ set err [catch {$variable value} text]
+ if {$err} {return}
+ if {[$variable format] == "natural"} {
+ # Natural formats must be stripped. They often contain
+ # things like strings and characters after them.
+ set index [string first \ $text]
+ if {$index != -1} {
+ set text [string range $text 0 [expr {$index - 1}]]
+ }
+ }
+ $Editing.ent insert 0 $text
+
+ # Find out what the previous entry is
+ set previous [getPrevious $variable]
+
+ close $variable
+ $Hlist delete entry $variable
+
+ set cmd [format { \
+ %s add {%s} %s -itemtype window -window %s \
+ } $Hlist $variable $previous $Editing]
+ eval $cmd
+
+ if {[$variable numChildren] > 0} {
+ $Tree setmode $variable open
+ }
+
+ # Set focus to entry
+ focus $Editing.ent
+ $Editing.ent selection to end
+
+ # Setup key bindings
+ bind $Editing.ent <Return> "$this changeValue"
+ bind $Hlist <Return> "$this changeValue"
+ bind $Editing.ent <Escape> "$this UnEdit"
+ bind $Hlist <Escape> "$this UnEdit"
+ }
+
+ method getPrevious {variable} {
+ set prev [$Hlist info prev $variable]
+ set parent [$Hlist info parent $variable]
+
+ if {$prev != ""} {
+ # A problem occurs with PREV if its parent is not the same as the entry's
+ # parent. For example, consider these variables in the window:
+ # + foo struct {...}
+ # - bar struct {...}
+ # a 1
+ # b 2
+ # local 0
+ # if you attempt to edit "local", previous will be set at "bar.b", not
+ # "struct bar"...
+ if {[$Hlist info parent $prev] != $parent} {
+ # This is the problem!
+ # Find this object's sibling in that parent and place it there.
+ set children [$Hlist info children $parent]
+ set p {}
+ foreach child $children {
+ if {$child == $variable} {
+ break
+ }
+ set p $child
+ }
+
+ if {$p == {}} {
+ # This is the topmost child
+ set previous "-before [lindex $children 1]"
+ } else {
+ set previous "-after $p"
+ }
+ } else {
+ set previous "-after \{$prev\}"
+ }
+ } else {
+ # this is the first!
+ set previous "-at 0"
+ }
+
+ if {$prev == "$parent"} {
+ # This is the topmost-member of a sub-grouping..
+ set previous "-at 0"
+ }
+
+ return $previous
+ }
+
+ method UnEdit {} {
+ set previous [getPrevious $EditEntry]
+
+ $Hlist delete entry $EditEntry
+ set cmd [format {\
+ %s add {%s} %s -itemtype text -text {%s} \
+ } $Hlist $EditEntry $previous [label $EditEntry]]
+ eval $cmd
+ if {[$EditEntry numChildren] > 0} {
+ $Tree setmode $EditEntry open
+ }
+
+ # Unbind
+ bind $Hlist <Return> {}
+ bind $Hlist <Escape> {}
+ if {$Editing != ""} {
+ bind $Editing.ent <Return> {}
+ bind $Editing.ent <Escape> {}
+ }
+
+ unset EditEntry
+ selectionChanged ""
+ }
+
+ method changeValue {} {
+ # Get the old value
+ set new [string trim [$Editing.ent get] \ \r\n]
+ if {$new == ""} {
+ UnEdit
+ return
+ }
+
+ if {[catch {$EditEntry value $new} errTxt]} {
+ tk_messageBox -icon error -type ok -message $errTxt \
+ -title "Error in Expression" -parent [winfo toplevel $itk_interior]
+ focus $Editing.ent
+ $Editing.ent selection to end
+ } else {
+ UnEdit
+
+ # Get rid of entry... and replace it with new value
+ focus $Tree
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: toggleView: Toggle open/close the current selection.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method toggleView {} {
+
+ set v [getSelection]
+ set mode [$Tree getmode $v]
+
+ # In the tixTree widget, "open" means "openable", not that it is open...
+
+ debug "mode=$mode"
+ switch $mode {
+ open {
+ $Tree setmode $v close
+ open $v
+ }
+
+ close {
+ $Tree setmode $v open
+ close $v
+ }
+
+ default {
+ dbug E "What happened?"
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ method toggleUpdate {variable} {
+ global Update
+
+ if {$Update($this,$variable)} {
+ # Must update value
+ $Hlist entryconfigure $variable \
+ -style $NormalTextStyle \
+ -text [label $variable]
+ } else {
+ $Hlist entryconfigure $variable \
+ -style $DisabledTextStyle
+ }
+ ::update
+ }
+
+ method setDisplay {variable format} {
+ debug "$variable $format"
+ if {!$Running} {
+ $variable format $format
+ set ::Display($this) $format
+ $Hlist entryconfigure $variable -text [label $variable]
+ }
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: label - used to label the entries in the tree
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method label {variable {noValue 0}} {
+ # Ok, this is as hack as it gets
+ set blank " "
+ # Use protected data Length to determine how big variable
+ # name should be. This should clean the display up a little
+ set name [$variable name]
+ set indent [llength [split $variable .]]
+ set indent [expr {$indent * $Length}]
+ set len [string length $name]
+ set l [expr {$EntryLength - $len - $indent}]
+ set label "$name[string range $blank 0 $l]"
+ #debug "label=$label $noValue"
+ if {$noValue} {
+ return $label
+ }
+
+ set err [catch {$variable value} value]
+ set value [string trim $value \ \r\t\n]
+ #debug "err=$err value=$value"
+
+ # Insert the variable's type for things like ptrs, etc.
+ set type [$variable type]
+ if {!$err} {
+ if {$value == "{...}"} {
+ set val " $type $value"
+ } elseif {[string first * $type] != -1} {
+ set val " ($type) $value"
+ } elseif {[string first \[ $type] != -1} {
+ set val " $type"
+ } else {
+ set val " $value"
+ }
+ } else {
+ set val " $value"
+ }
+
+ return "$label $val"
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: open - used to open an entry in the variable tree
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method open {path} {
+ global Update
+ # We must lookup all the variables for this struct
+ # debug "VariableWin::open $path"
+
+ if {!$Running} {
+ # Do not open disabled paths
+ if {$Update($this,$path)} {
+ cursor watch
+ populate $path
+ cursor {}
+ }
+ } else {
+ $Tree setmode $path open
+ }
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: close - used to close an entry in the variable tree
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method close {path} {
+ global Update
+ debug "VariableWin::close $path"
+ # Close the path and destroy all the entry widgets
+
+ # Cancel any edits
+ if {[info exists EditEntry]} {
+ UnEdit
+ }
+
+ if {!$Running} {
+ # Only update when we we are not disabled
+ if {$Update($this,$path)} {
+
+ # Delete the offspring of this entry
+ $Hlist delete offspring $path
+ }
+ } else {
+ $Tree setmode $path close
+ }
+ }
+
+ method isVariable {var} {
+
+ set err [catch {gdb_cmd "output $var"} msg]
+ if {$err
+ || [regexp -nocase "no symbol|syntax error" $msg]} {
+ return 0
+ }
+
+ return 1
+ }
+
+ # OVERRIDE THIS METHOD
+ method getVariablesBlankPath {} {
+ debug "You forgot to override getVariablesBlankPath!!"
+ return {}
+ }
+
+ method cmd {cmd} {
+ eval $cmd
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: populate - populate an entry in the tree
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method populate {parent} {
+ global Update
+ debug "VariableWin::populate \"$parent\""
+
+ if {[string length $parent] == 0} {
+ set variables [getVariablesBlankPath]
+ } else {
+ set variables [$parent children]
+ }
+
+ debug "variables=$variables"
+ eval $_queue push $variables
+ for {set variable [$_queue pop]} {$variable != ""} {set variable [$_queue pop]} {
+ debug "inserting variable: $variable"
+ set Update($this,$variable) 1
+
+ $Hlist add $variable \
+ -itemtype text \
+ -text [label $variable]
+ if {[$variable numChildren] > 0} {
+ # Make sure we get this labeled as openable
+ $Tree setmode $variable open
+ }
+
+ # Special case: If we see "public" with no value or type, then we
+ # have one of our special c++/java children. Open it automagically
+ # for the user.
+ if {[string compare [$variable name] "public"] == 0
+ && [$variable type] == "" && [$variable value] == ""} {
+ eval $_queue push [$variable children]
+ $Tree setmode $variable close
+ }
+ }
+
+ debug "done with populate"
+ }
+
+ # Get all current locals
+ proc getLocals {} {
+
+ set vars {}
+ set err [catch {gdb_get_args} v]
+ if {!$err} {
+ set vars [concat $vars $v]
+ }
+
+ set err [catch {gdb_get_locals} v]
+ if {!$err} {
+ set vars [concat $vars $v]
+ }
+
+ debug "--getLocals:\n$vars\n--getLocals"
+ return [lsort $vars]
+ }
+
+ method context_switch {} {
+ set err [catch {gdb_selected_frame} current_frame]
+ debug "1: err=$err; _frame=\"$_frame\"; current_frame=\"$current_frame\""
+ if {$err && $_frame != ""} {
+ # No current frame
+ debug "no current frame"
+ catch {destroy $_frame}
+ set _frame {}
+ return 1
+ } elseif {$current_frame == "" && $_frame == ""} {
+ debug "2"
+ return 0
+ } elseif {$_frame == "" || $current_frame != [$_frame address]} {
+ # We've changed frames. If we knew something about
+ # the stack layout, we could be more intelligent about
+ # destroying variables, but we don't know that here (yet).
+ debug "switching to frame at $current_frame"
+
+ # Destroy the old frame and create the new one
+ catch {destroy $_frame}
+ set _frame [Frame ::\#auto $current_frame]
+ debug "created new frame: $_frame at [$_frame address]"
+ return 1
+ }
+
+ # Nothing changed
+ debug "3"
+ return 0
+ }
+
+ # OVERRIDE THIS METHOD and call it from there
+ method update {} {
+ global Update
+ debug "VariableWin::update"
+
+ # First, reset color on label to black
+ foreach w $ChangeList {
+ catch {
+ $Hlist entryconfigure $w -style $NormalTextStyle
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Tell toplevel variables to update themselves. This will
+ # give us a list of all the variables in the table that
+ # have changed values.
+ set ChangeList {}
+ set variables [$Hlist info children {}]
+ foreach var $variables {
+ # debug "VARIABLE: $var ($Update($this,$var))"
+ set ChangeList [concat $ChangeList [$var update]]
+ }
+
+ foreach var $ChangeList {
+ $Hlist entryconfigure $var \
+ -style $HighlightTextStyle \
+ -text [label $var]
+ }
+ }
+
+ method idle {} {
+ # Re-enable the UI
+ enable_ui
+ }
+
+ # RECURSION!!
+ method displayedVariables {top} {
+ # debug "VariableWin::displayedVariables"
+ set variableList {}
+ set variables [$Hlist info children $top]
+ foreach var $variables {
+ set mode [$Tree getmode $var]
+ if {$mode == "close"} {
+ set moreVars [displayedVariables $var]
+ lappend variableList [join $moreVars]
+ }
+ lappend variableList $var
+ }
+
+ return [join $variableList]
+ }
+
+ method deleteTree {} {
+ global Update
+ debug "deleteTree"
+ # debug "VariableWin::deleteTree"
+# set variables [displayedVariables {}]
+
+ # Delete all HList entries
+ $Hlist delete all
+
+ # Delete the variable objects
+# foreach i [array names Variables] {
+# $Variables($i) delete
+# unset Variables($i)
+# catch {unset Update($this,$i)}
+# }
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: enable_ui
+ # Enable all ui elements.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method enable_ui {} {
+
+ # Clear fencepost
+ set Running 0
+ cursor {}
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: disable_ui
+ # Disable all ui elements that could affect gdb's state
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method disable_ui {} {
+
+ # Set fencepost
+ set Running 1
+
+ # Cancel any edits
+ if {[info exists EditEntry]} {
+ UnEdit
+ }
+
+ # Change cursor
+ cursor watch
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: no_inferior
+ # Reset this object.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method no_inferior {} {
+
+ # Clear out the Hlist
+ deleteTree
+
+ # Clear fencepost
+ set Running 0
+ set _frame {}
+ cursor {}
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: cursor - change the toplevel's cursor
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method cursor {what} {
+ [winfo toplevel [namespace tail $this]] configure -cursor $what
+ ::update idletasks
+ }
+
+ #
+ # PUBLIC DATA
+ #
+
+ #
+ # PROTECTED DATA
+ #
+
+ # the tixTree widget for this class
+ protected variable Tree {}
+
+ # the hlist of this widget
+ protected variable Hlist {}
+
+ # entry widgets which need to have their color changed back to black
+ # when idle (used in conjunction with update)
+ protected variable ChangeList {}
+
+ protected variable ViewMenu
+ protected variable Popup
+
+ # These are for setting the indent level to an number of characters.
+ # This will help clean the tree a little
+ common EntryLength 15
+ common Length 1
+ common LengthString " "
+
+ # These should be common... but deletion?
+ # Display styles for HList
+ protected variable HighlightTextStyle
+ protected variable NormalTextStyle
+ protected variable DisabledTextStyle
+
+ protected variable Radix
+
+ # Frame object for the selected frame
+ protected variable _frame {}
+
+ protected variable Editing {}
+ protected variable EditEntry
+
+ # Fencepost for enable/disable_ui and idle/busy hooks.
+ protected variable Running 0
+
+ # little queue for convenience
+ protected variable _queue {}
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Warning dialog for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME:
+# class WarningDlg
+#
+# DESC:
+# This class implements a warning dialog. It has an optional checkbox
+# that the user can select to disable all warnings of the same type.
+#
+# ARGS:
+# -ignorable "class" - Causes an ignorable dialog to be created.
+# "class" is the warning class that will be either
+# displayed or ignored. It may be any string, so
+# long as the same string is used for all related
+# warning messages.
+#
+# -message "msg" - Message to be displayed.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+
+class WarningDlg {
+ inherit ManagedWin ModalDialog
+
+ public {
+ variable ignorable ""
+ variable message ""
+ method constructor {args}
+ }
+
+ protected common ignore
+}
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# NAME:
+# WarningDlg::constructor
+#
+# DESC:
+# Creates the warning dialog.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+body WarningDlg::constructor {args} {
+ debug $args
+ window_name "Warning"
+ eval itk_initialize $args
+
+ if {$ignorable == ""} {
+ tk_messageBox -message $message -type ok -icon warning -default ok \
+ -parent [winfo toplevel $itk_interior]
+ delete
+ return
+ } else {
+ if {[info exists ignore($ignorable)]} {
+ if {$ignore($ignorable)} {
+ delete
+ return
+ }
+ } else {
+ set ignore($ignorable) 0
+ }
+ }
+
+ frame $itk_interior.f
+ frame $itk_interior.f.a -relief raised -bd 1
+ frame $itk_interior.f.b -relief raised -bd 1
+ set f $itk_interior.f.a
+
+
+ label $f.bitmap -bitmap warning
+ label $f.lab -text $message
+ pack $f.bitmap $f.lab -side left -padx 10 -pady 10
+
+ if {$ignorable != ""} {
+ checkbutton $itk_interior.f.b.ignore -text "Don't show this warning again" \
+ -variable [scope ignore($ignorable)] -anchor w
+ }
+
+ button $itk_interior.f.b.ok -text OK -underline 0 -command [code $this unpost]
+ bind $itk_interior.f.b.ok <Return> \
+ "$itk_interior.f.b.ok flash; $itk_interior.f.b.ok invoke"
+ focus $itk_interior.f.b.ok
+
+ if {$ignorable != ""} {
+ pack $itk_interior.f.b.ignore
+ }
+
+ pack $itk_interior.f.b.ok -expand yes -side left
+ pack $itk_interior.f.a
+ pack $itk_interior.f.b -fill x
+ pack $itk_interior.f
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Watch window for GDBtk.
+# Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Implements watch windows for gdb. Inherits the VariableWin
+# class from variables.tcl.
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WatchWin {
+ inherit VariableWin
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # CONSTRUCTOR - create new locals window
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ constructor {args} {
+ set Sizebox 0
+
+ # Only allow one watch window for now...
+ if {$init} {
+ set init 0
+ }
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: build_win - build window for watch. This supplants the
+ # one in VariableWin, so that we can add the entry at the
+ # bottom.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method build_win {f} {
+ global tcl_platform
+ #debug "WatchWin::build_win $f"
+
+ set Menu [build_menu_helper Watch]
+ $Menu add command -label Remove -underline 0 \
+ -command [format {
+ %s remove [%s getSelection]
+ } $this $this]
+
+ set f [::frame $f.f]
+ set treeFrame [frame $f.top]
+ set entryFrame [frame $f.expr]
+ VariableWin::build_win $treeFrame
+ set Entry [entry $entryFrame.ent -font src-font]
+ button $entryFrame.but -text "Add Watch" -command "$this validateEntry"
+ pack $f -fill both -expand yes
+ grid $entryFrame.ent -row 0 -column 0 -sticky news -padx 2
+ grid $entryFrame.but -row 0 -column 1 -padx 2
+ grid columnconfigure $entryFrame 0 -weight 1
+ grid columnconfigure $entryFrame 1
+
+ if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+ grid columnconfigure $entryFrame 1 -pad 20
+ ide_sizebox [namespace tail $this].sizebox
+ place [namespace tail $this].sizebox -relx 1 -rely 1 -anchor se
+ }
+
+ grid $treeFrame -row 0 -column 0 -sticky news
+ grid $entryFrame -row 1 -column 0 -padx 5 -pady 5 -sticky news
+ grid columnconfigure $f 0 -weight 1
+ grid rowconfigure $f 0 -weight 1
+ window_name "Watch Expressions"
+ ::update idletasks
+ # Binding for the entry
+ bind $entryFrame.ent <Return> "$entryFrame.but flash; $entryFrame.but invoke"
+
+ }
+
+ method selectionChanged {entry} {
+ VariableWin::selectionChanged $entry
+
+ set state disabled
+ set entry [getSelection]
+ foreach var $Watched {
+ set name [lindex $var 0]
+ if {"$name" == "$entry"} {
+ set state normal
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ $Menu entryconfigure last -state $state
+ }
+
+ method validateEntry {} {
+ if {!$Running} {
+ debug "Getting entry value...."
+ set variable [$Entry get]
+ debug "Got $variable, going to add"
+ set ok [add $variable]
+ debug "Added... with ok: $ok"
+
+ $Entry delete 0 end
+ }
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: clear_file - Clear out state so that a new executable
+ # can be loaded. For WatchWins, this means deleting
+ # the Watched list, in addition to the normal
+ # VariableWin stuff.
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method clear_file {} {
+ VariableWin::clear_file
+ set Watched {}
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # DESTRUCTOR - delete watch window
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ destructor {
+ foreach var $Watched {
+ $var delete
+ }
+ }
+
+ method postMenu {X Y} {
+# debug "WatchWin::postMenu $x $y"
+
+ set entry [getEntry $X $Y]
+
+ # Disable "Remove" if we are not applying this to the parent
+ set found 0
+ foreach var $Watched {
+ set name [lindex $var 0]
+ if {"$name" == "$entry"} {
+ set found 1
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Ok, nasty, but a sad reality...
+ set noStop [catch {$Popup index "Remove"} i]
+ if {!$noStop} {
+ $Popup delete $i
+ }
+ if {$found} {
+ $Popup add command -label "Remove" -command "$this remove \{$entry\}"
+ }
+
+ VariableWin::postMenu $X $Y
+ }
+
+ method remove {entry} {
+ global Display Update
+
+ # Remove this entry from the list of watched variables
+ set i [lsearch -exact $Watched $entry]
+ if {$i == -1} {
+ debug "WHAT HAPPENED?"
+ return
+ }
+ set Watched [lreplace $Watched $i $i]
+
+ set list [$Hlist info children $entry]
+ lappend list $entry
+ $Hlist delete entry $entry
+
+ $entry delete
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: getVariablesBlankPath
+ # Overrides VarialbeWin::getVariablesBlankPath. For a Watch Window,
+ # this method returns a list of watched variables.
+ #
+ # ONLY return items that need to be added to the Watch Tree
+ # (or use deleteTree)
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method getVariablesBlankPath {} {
+# debug "WatchWin::getVariablesBlankPath"
+ set list {}
+
+ set variables [displayedVariables {}]
+ foreach var $variables {
+ set name [$var name]
+ set on($name) 1
+ }
+
+ foreach var $Watched {
+ set name [$var name]
+ if {![info exists on($name)]} {
+ lappend list $var
+ }
+ }
+
+ return $list
+ }
+
+ method update {} {
+ global Update Display
+ debug "START WATCH UPDATE CALLBACK"
+ catch {populate {}} msg
+ catch {VariableWin::update} msg
+ debug "Did VariableWin::update with return \"$msg\""
+
+ # Make sure all variables are marked as _not_ Openable?
+ debug "END WATCH UPDATE CALLBACK"
+ }
+
+ method showMe {} {
+ debug "Watched: $Watched"
+ }
+
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ # METHOD: add - add a variable to the watch window
+ # ------------------------------------------------------------------
+ method add {name} {
+ debug "Trying to add \"$name\" to watch"
+
+ # Strip all the junk after the first \n
+ set var [split $name \n]
+ set var [lindex $var 0]
+ set var [split $var =]
+ set var [lindex $var 0]
+
+ # Strip out leading/trailing +, -, ;, spaces, commas
+ set var [string trim $var +-\;\ \r\n,]
+
+ # Make sure that we have a valid variable
+ set err [catch {gdb_cmd "set variable $var"} errTxt]
+ if {$err} {
+ dbug W "ERROR adding variable: $errTxt"
+ ManagedWin::open WarningDlg -transient \
+ -over $this -message [list $errTxt] -ignorable "watchvar"
+ } else {
+ if {[string index $var 0] == "\$"} {
+ # We must make a special attempt at verifying convenience
+ # variables.. Specifically, these are printed as "void"
+ # when they are not defined. So if a user type "$_I_made_tbis_up",
+ # gdb responds with the value "void" instead of an error
+ catch {gdb_cmd "p $var"} msg
+ set msg [split $msg =]
+ set msg [string trim [lindex $msg 1] \ \r\n]
+ if {$msg == "void"} {
+ return 0
+ }
+ }
+
+ debug "In add, going to add $name"
+ # make one last attempt to get errors
+ set err [catch {set foo($name) 1}]
+ set err [expr {$err + [catch {expr {$foo($name) + 1}}]}]
+ if {!$err} {
+ set var [gdb_variable create -expr $name]
+ set ::Update($this,$var) 1
+ lappend Watched $var
+ update
+ return 1
+ }
+ }
+
+ return 0
+ }
+
+ protected variable Entry
+ protected variable Watched {}
+ protected variable Menu {}
+ protected common init 1
+}
--- /dev/null
+1999-09-17 Fernando Nasser <fnasser@totem.to.cygnus.com>
+
+ * testsuite/gdb.gdbtk/cpp_variable.test: Add test (2.75) to verify
+ that a baseclass member value was effectively changed.
+
+1999-09-17 Fernando Nasser <fnasser@totem.to.cygnus.com>
+
+ * testsuite/gdb.gdbtk/cpp_variable.test: Update for new variable
+ code.
+
+1999-09-17 Fernando Nasser <fnasser@totem.to.cygnus.com>
+
+ * testsuite/gdb.gdbtk/c_variable.test: Update for new variable
+ code.
+
+1999-09-17 Fernando Nasser <fnasser@totem.to.cygnus.com>
+
+ * testsuite/gdb.gdbtk/cpp_variable.h (class V): Add type to
+ virtual function declaration.
+
+1999-06-08 Fernando Nasser <fnasser@totem.to.cygnus.com>
+
+ * browser.exp: Use untested and not warning when DISPLAY is not found.
+ * c_variable.exp: Same.
+ * console.exp: Same.
+ * cpp_variable.exp: Same.
+ * srcwin.exp: Same.
+
+
+1999-04-12 Keith Seitz <keiths@cygnus.com>
+
+ * cpp_variable.exp: Pass the "c++" flag to gdb_compile so
+ that it can grab the right compiler.
+
+1999-03-16 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srcwin.test (srcwin-4.5): Change variable name
+ to $b so test will run again.
+
+1999-02-22 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srcwin.test (move_mouse_to): Fix typo.
+
+1999-02-03 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * console.test (clear_command_line): Add tests 1.5 - 1.8,
+ which test the new Shift-Up and Shift-Down bindings.
+
+1999-02-01 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srcwin.test (srcwin-4.3): Fix bp test.
+
+1999-01-29 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srcwin.test (click): New function that generates an event
+ at a location.
+ (srcwin-4.4): New test. Simulate a click on a line and
+ check for breakpoint set.
+ (srcwin-4.5): New test. Right-click on a line and select "Continue
+ to Here" from popup.
+
+ * srcwin.exp: Source srcwin3.test, which will test source window
+ assembly debugging on executables built without "-g".
+
+1999-01-29 Martin Hunt <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+ * srcwin.exp: Add srcwin2.test, which are basically the same
+ tests as srcwin.test, but run with a missing source file.
+
+ * srcwin2.test: New file.
+
+ * srcwin.test: Add tests for setting breakpoints in the source window,
+ testing BP balloons, variable balloons, and mixed-mode disassembly
+ of include files.
+
+
+Local Variables:
+mode: change-log
+left-margin: 8
+fill-column: 74
+version-control: never
+End:
+
--- /dev/null
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+
+EXECUTABLES = simple stack c_variable cpp_variable
+
+# uuencoded format to avoid SCCS/RCS problems with binary files.
+CROSS_EXECUTABLES =
+
+all:
+ @echo "Nothing to be done for all..."
+
+info:
+install-info:
+dvi:
+install:
+uninstall: force
+installcheck:
+check:
+
+clean mostlyclean:
+ -rm -f *~ *.o a.out xgdb *.x $(CROSS_EXECUTABLES) *.ci *.tmp
+ -rm -f core core.coremaker coremaker.core corefile $(EXECUTABLES)
+ -rm -f twice-tmp.c
+
+distclean maintainer-clean realclean: clean
+ -rm -f *~ core
+ -rm -f Makefile config.status config.log
+ -rm -f arch.inc
+ -rm -f *-init.exp
+ -rm -fr *.log summary detail *.plog *.sum *.psum site.*
+
+Makefile : $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/configure.in
+ $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
--- /dev/null
+#
+# Check if we have a display
+#
+if {![info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]} {
+ untested "No DISPLAY -- skipping test"
+} else {
+
+ if {$tracelevel} {
+ strace $tracelevel
+ }
+
+ #
+ # test console window
+ #
+ set prms_id 0
+ set bug_id 0
+
+ set testfile "stack"
+ set binfile ${objdir}/${subdir}/${testfile}
+ set r [gdb_compile "${srcdir}/${subdir}/stack1.c ${srcdir}/${subdir}/stack2.c" "${binfile}" executable {debug}]
+ if { $r != "" } {
+ gdb_suppress_entire_file \
+ "Testcase compile failed, so some tests in this file will automatically fail."
+ }
+
+ # Start with a fresh gdbtk
+ gdb_exit
+ set results [gdbtk_start [file join $srcdir $subdir browser.test]]
+ set results [split $results \n]
+
+ # Analyze results
+ gdbtk_analyze_results $results
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Copyright (C) 1998 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# Please email any bugs, comments, and/or additions to this file to:
+# bug-gdb@prep.ai.mit.edu
+
+# This file was written by Keith Seitz (keiths@cygnus.com)
+
+# Read in the standard defs file
+
+if {![gdbtk_read_defs]} {
+ break
+}
+
+global objdir test_ran
+set _files(stupid_initializer) -100
+
+##### #####
+# #
+# Helper functions for this module #
+# #
+##### #####
+
+# Set the search expression
+proc set_regexp {exp} {
+ global browser
+
+ $browser component filt_entry delete 0 end
+ $browser component filt_entry insert 0 $exp
+}
+
+# Do the search
+proc do_search {} {
+ global browser
+ $browser search
+ set m [$browser component func_box get 0 end]
+
+ return $m
+}
+
+# Set search to use regular expressions.
+proc set_search_mode {val} {
+ global browser
+ pref set gdb/search/filter_mode $val
+ $browser component filt_type entryset $val
+}
+
+# Highlight a file
+proc select {filename} {
+ global browser _files
+
+ if {[info exists _files($filename)]} {
+ $browser component file_box selection set $_files($filename)
+ } else {
+ set files [$browser component file_box get 0 end]
+ set i [lsearch $files $filename]
+ set _files($filename) $i
+ $browser component file_box selection set $i
+ }
+ $browser search
+}
+
+proc select_all {} {
+ global browser
+
+ $browser component file_all invoke
+
+}
+
+# clear all files
+proc clear {} {
+ global browser
+
+ $browser component file_box selection clear 0 end
+ $browser search
+}
+
+##### #####
+# #
+# BROWSER TESTS #
+# #
+##### #####
+
+# Load the test executable
+set file [file join $objdir stack]
+gdb_cmd "file $file"
+
+# Open a browser
+set browser [ManagedWin::open BrowserWin]
+
+# Test: browser-1.1
+# Desc: Check file listbox contents
+gdbtk_test browser-1.1 {file listbox contents} {
+ set m [$browser component file_box get 0 end]
+ set f {}
+ if {[lsearch $m stack1.c] == -1} {
+ lappend f 0
+ } else {
+ lappend f 1
+ }
+ if {[lsearch $m stack2.c] == -1} {
+ lappend f 0
+ } else {
+ lappend f 1
+ }
+
+ join $f \
+} {1 1}
+
+# Tests 2.* test starts with search mode.
+# Test: browser-2.1
+# Desc: Check all files/all funcs
+gdbtk_test browser-2.1 {all files/all funcs} {
+ set_search_mode "starts with"
+ set_regexp ""
+ select_all
+ set m [do_search]
+ set r 0
+ foreach f {extern_func1_1 extern_func1_10 extern_func1_11 extern_func1_12 \
+ extern_func1_13 extern_func1_14 extern_func1_15 extern_func1_2 \
+ extern_func1_3 extern_func1_4 extern_func1_5 extern_func1_6 \
+ extern_func1_7 extern_func1_8 extern_func1_9 func_1 \
+ func_10 func_11 func_12 func_13 \
+ func_14 func_15 func_2 func_3 \
+ func_4 func_5 func_6 func_7 \
+ func_8 func_9 main static_func_1 \
+ static_func_10 static_func_11 static_func_12 static_func_13 \
+ static_func_14 static_func_15 static_func_2 static_func_3 \
+ static_func_4 static_func_5 static_func_6 static_func_7 \
+ static_func_8 static_func_9} {
+ if {[lsearch $m $f] != -1} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ }
+
+ set r
+} {46}
+
+# Test: browser-2.2
+# Desc: Check all functions in stack1.c
+gdbtk_test browser-2.2 {all functions in stack1.c} {
+ set_regexp ""
+ clear
+ select stack1.c
+ set m [do_search]
+
+ set r 0
+ foreach f {func_1 func_10 func_11 func_12 \
+ func_13 func_14 func_15 func_2 \
+ func_3 func_4 func_5 func_6 \
+ func_7 func_8 func_9 main \
+ static_func_1 static_func_10 static_func_11 static_func_12 \
+ static_func_13 static_func_14 static_func_15 static_func_2 \
+ static_func_3 static_func_4 static_func_5 static_func_6 \
+ static_func_7 static_func_8 static_func_9} {
+ if {[lsearch $m $f] != -1} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ }
+
+ set r
+} {31}
+if {$test_ran} {
+ clear
+}
+
+# Test: browser-2.3
+# Desc: Check all functions in stack2.c
+gdbtk_test browser-2.3 {all functions in stack2.c} {
+ set_regexp ""
+ clear
+ select stack2.c
+ set m [do_search]
+
+ set r 0
+ foreach f {extern_func1_1 extern_func1_10 extern_func1_11 \
+ extern_func1_12 extern_func1_13 extern_func1_14 extern_func1_15 \
+ extern_func1_2 extern_func1_3 extern_func1_4 extern_func1_5 \
+ extern_func1_6 extern_func1_7 extern_func1_8 extern_func1_9} {
+ if {[lsearch $m $f] != -1} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ }
+
+ set r
+} {15}
+if {$test_ran} {
+ clear
+}
+
+# Test: browser-2.4
+# Desc: Check for all functions matching "func" - mode starts with
+gdbtk_test browser-2.4 {all functions matching "func" - "mode starts with"} {
+ set_search_mode "starts with"
+ select_all
+ set_regexp func
+ do_search
+} {func_1 func_10 func_11 func_12 func_13 func_14 func_15 func_2 func_3 func_4 func_5 func_6 func_7 func_8 func_9}
+
+# Test: browser-2.5
+# Desc: Check all functions matching "func" in stack1.c - mode starts with
+gdbtk_test browser-2.5 {all functions matching "func" in stack1.c - "mode starts with"} {
+ set_search_mode "starts with"
+ set_regexp func
+ clear
+ select stack1.c
+ do_search
+} {func_1 func_10 func_11 func_12 func_13 func_14 func_15 func_2 func_3 func_4 func_5 func_6 func_7 func_8 func_9}
+
+# Test: browser-2.6
+# Desc: Check all functions matching "funcs" in stack2.c - mode starts with
+gdbtk_test browser-2.6 {all functions matching "func" in stack2.c - mode "starts with"} {
+ set_search_mode "starts with"
+ set_regexp func
+ clear
+ select stack2.c
+ do_search
+} {}
+if {$test_ran} {
+ clear
+}
+
+# Test: browser-2.7
+# Desc: Check all functions matching "foobar"
+gdbtk_test browser-2.7 {all functions matching "foobar"} {
+ set_search_mode "starts with"
+ select_all
+ set_regexp foobar
+ do_search
+} {}
+
+# Test: browser-2.8
+# Desc: Check all functions matching "foobar" in stack1.c
+gdbtk_test browser-2.8 {functions matching "foobar" in stack1.c} {
+ set_search_mode "starts with"
+ set_regexp foobar
+ clear
+ select stack1.c
+ do_search
+} {}
+
+# Tests 3.* test "contains" search mode.
+# Test: browser-3.1
+# Desc: Check all files/all funcs
+gdbtk_test browser-3.1 {all files/all funcs} {
+ set_search_mode "contains"
+ set_regexp ""
+ select_all
+ set m [do_search]
+ set r 0
+ foreach f {extern_func1_1 extern_func1_10 extern_func1_11 extern_func1_12 \
+ extern_func1_13 extern_func1_14 extern_func1_15 extern_func1_2 \
+ extern_func1_3 extern_func1_4 extern_func1_5 extern_func1_6 \
+ extern_func1_7 extern_func1_8 extern_func1_9 func_1 \
+ func_10 func_11 func_12 func_13 \
+ func_14 func_15 func_2 func_3 \
+ func_4 func_5 func_6 func_7 \
+ func_8 func_9 main static_func_1 \
+ static_func_10 static_func_11 static_func_12 static_func_13 \
+ static_func_14 static_func_15 static_func_2 static_func_3 \
+ static_func_4 static_func_5 static_func_6 static_func_7 \
+ static_func_8 static_func_9} {
+ if {[lsearch $m $f] != -1} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ }
+
+ set r
+} {46}
+
+# Test: browser-3.2
+# Desc: Check all functions in stack1.c
+gdbtk_test browser-3.2 {all functions in stack1.c} {
+ set_regexp ""
+ set_search_mode "contains"
+ clear
+ select stack1.c
+ set m [do_search]
+
+ set r 0
+ foreach f {func_1 func_10 func_11 func_12 \
+ func_13 func_14 func_15 func_2 \
+ func_3 func_4 func_5 func_6 \
+ func_7 func_8 func_9 main \
+ static_func_1 static_func_10 static_func_11 static_func_12 \
+ static_func_13 static_func_14 static_func_15 static_func_2 \
+ static_func_3 static_func_4 static_func_5 static_func_6 \
+ static_func_7 static_func_8 static_func_9} {
+ if {[lsearch $m $f] != -1} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ }
+
+ set r
+} {31}
+
+if {$test_ran} {
+ clear
+}
+
+# Test: browser-3.3
+# Desc: Check all functions in stack2.c
+gdbtk_test browser-3.3 {all functions in stack2.c} {
+ set_regexp ""
+ set_search_mode "contains"
+ clear
+ select stack2.c
+ set m [do_search]
+
+ set r 0
+ foreach f {extern_func1_1 extern_func1_10 extern_func1_11 \
+ extern_func1_12 extern_func1_13 extern_func1_14 extern_func1_15 \
+ extern_func1_2 extern_func1_3 extern_func1_4 extern_func1_5 \
+ extern_func1_6 extern_func1_7 extern_func1_8 extern_func1_9} {
+ if {[lsearch $m $f] != -1} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ }
+
+ set r
+} {15}
+if {$test_ran} {
+ clear
+}
+
+# Test: browser-3.4
+# Desc: Check for all functions matching "func" - mode contains
+gdbtk_test browser-3.4 {all functions matching "func_1" - "mode contains"} {
+ set_search_mode "contains"
+ set_regexp "func_1"
+ select_all
+ do_search
+} {func_1 func_10 func_11 func_12 func_13 func_14 func_15 static_func_1 static_func_10 static_func_11 static_func_12 static_func_13 static_func_14 static_func_15}
+
+# Test: browser-3.5
+# Desc: Check all functions matching "func_1" in stack1.c - mode contains
+gdbtk_test browser-3.5 {all functions matching "func_1" in stack1.c - "mode contains"} {
+ set_search_mode "contains"
+ set_regexp "func_1"
+ clear
+ select stack1.c
+ do_search
+} {func_1 func_10 func_11 func_12 func_13 func_14 func_15 static_func_1 static_func_10 static_func_11 static_func_12 static_func_13 static_func_14 static_func_15 }
+
+# Test: browser-3.6
+# Desc: Check all functions matching "func_1" in stack2.c - mode contains
+gdbtk_test browser-3.6 {all functions matching "func" in stack2.c - mode "contains"} {
+ set_search_mode "contains"
+ set_regexp func_1
+ clear
+ select stack2.c
+ do_search
+} {}
+
+# Test: browser-3.7
+# Desc: Check all functions matching "foobar"
+gdbtk_test browser-3.7 {all functions matching "foobar"} {
+ set_search_mode "contains"
+ select_all
+ set_regexp foobar
+ do_search
+} {}
+
+# Test: browser-3.8
+# Desc: Check all functions matching "foobar" in stack1.c
+gdbtk_test browser-3.8 {functions matching "foobar" in stack1.c} {
+ set_search_mode "contains"
+ set_regexp foobar
+ clear
+ select stack1.c
+ do_search
+} {}
+
+# Tests 4.* test "ends with" search mode.
+# Test: browser-4.1
+# Desc: Check all files/all funcs
+gdbtk_test browser-4.1 {all files/all funcs} {
+ set_search_mode "ends with"
+ set_regexp ""
+ select_all
+ set m [do_search]
+ set r 0
+ foreach f {extern_func1_1 extern_func1_10 extern_func1_11 extern_func1_12 \
+ extern_func1_13 extern_func1_14 extern_func1_15 extern_func1_2 \
+ extern_func1_3 extern_func1_4 extern_func1_5 extern_func1_6 \
+ extern_func1_7 extern_func1_8 extern_func1_9 func_1 \
+ func_10 func_11 func_12 func_13 \
+ func_14 func_15 func_2 func_3 \
+ func_4 func_5 func_6 func_7 \
+ func_8 func_9 main static_func_1 \
+ static_func_10 static_func_11 static_func_12 static_func_13 \
+ static_func_14 static_func_15 static_func_2 static_func_3 \
+ static_func_4 static_func_5 static_func_6 static_func_7 \
+ static_func_8 static_func_9} {
+ if {[lsearch $m $f] > -1} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ }
+
+ set r
+} {46}
+
+# Test: browser-4.2
+# Desc: Check all functions in stack1.c
+gdbtk_test browser-4.2 {all functions in stack1.c} {
+ set_regexp ""
+ set_search_mode "ends with"
+ clear
+ select stack1.c
+ set m [do_search]
+
+ set r 0
+ foreach f {func_1 func_10 func_11 func_12 \
+ func_13 func_14 func_15 func_2 \
+ func_3 func_4 func_5 func_6 \
+ func_7 func_8 func_9 main \
+ static_func_1 static_func_10 static_func_11 static_func_12 \
+ static_func_13 static_func_14 static_func_15 static_func_2 \
+ static_func_3 static_func_4 static_func_5 static_func_6 \
+ static_func_7 static_func_8 static_func_9} {
+ if {[lsearch $m $f] != -1} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ }
+
+ set r
+} {31}
+
+if {$test_ran} {
+ clear
+}
+
+# Test: browser-4.3
+# Desc: Check all functions in stack2.c
+gdbtk_test browser-4.3 {all functions in stack2.c} {
+ set_regexp ""
+ set_search_mode "ends with"
+ clear
+ select stack2.c
+ set m [do_search]
+
+ set r 0
+ foreach f {extern_func1_1 extern_func1_10 extern_func1_11 \
+ extern_func1_12 extern_func1_13 extern_func1_14 extern_func1_15 \
+ extern_func1_2 extern_func1_3 extern_func1_4 extern_func1_5 \
+ extern_func1_6 extern_func1_7 extern_func1_8 extern_func1_9} {
+ if {[lsearch $m $f] != -1} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ }
+
+ set r
+} {15}
+if {$test_ran} {
+ clear
+}
+
+# Test: browser-4.4
+# Desc: Check for all functions matching "func" - mode ends with
+gdbtk_test browser-4.4 {all functions matching "func_1" - "mode ends with"} {
+ set_search_mode "ends with"
+ set_regexp "func_1"
+ select_all
+ do_search
+} {func_1 func_10 func_11 func_12 func_13 func_14 func_15 static_func_1 static_func_10 static_func_11 static_func_12 static_func_13 static_func_14 static_func_15}
+
+# Test: browser-4.5
+# Desc: Check all functions matching "func_1" in stack1.c - mode ends with
+gdbtk_test browser-4.5 {all functions matching "func_1" in stack1.c - "mode ends with"} {
+ set_search_mode "ends with"
+ set_regexp "func_1"
+ clear
+ select stack1.c
+ do_search
+} {func_1 func_10 func_11 func_12 func_13 func_14 func_15 static_func_1 static_func_10 static_func_11 static_func_12 static_func_13 static_func_14 static_func_15 }
+if {$test_ran} {
+ clear
+}
+
+# Test: browser-4.6
+# Desc: Check all functions matching "func_1" in stack2.c - mode ends with
+gdbtk_test browser-4.6 {all functions matching "func" in stack2.c - mode "ends with"} {
+ set_search_mode "ends with"
+ set_regexp func_1
+ clear
+ select stack2.c
+ do_search
+} {}
+
+# Test: browser-4.7
+# Desc: Check all functions matching "foobar"
+gdbtk_test browser-4.7 {all functions matching "foobar"} {
+ set_search_mode "ends with"
+ select_all
+ set_regexp foobar
+ do_search
+} {}
+
+# Test: browser-4.8
+# Desc: Check all functions matching "foobar" in stack1.c
+gdbtk_test browser-4.8 {functions matching "foobar" in stack1.c} {
+ set_search_mode "ends with"
+ set_regexp foobar
+ clear
+ select stack1.c
+ do_search
+} {}
+if {$test_ran} {
+ clear
+}
+
+# Test: browser-5.10
+# Desc: Check all functions matching regexp "func"
+gdbtk_test browser-5.10 {all functions matching regexp "func"} {
+ set_search_mode "matches regexp"
+ set_regexp func
+ select_all
+ do_search
+} {extern_func1_1 extern_func1_10 extern_func1_11 extern_func1_12 extern_func1_13 extern_func1_14 extern_func1_15 extern_func1_2 extern_func1_3 extern_func1_4 extern_func1_5 extern_func1_6 extern_func1_7 extern_func1_8 extern_func1_9 func_1 func_10 func_11 func_12 func_13 func_14 func_15 func_2 func_3 func_4 func_5 func_6 func_7 func_8 func_9 static_func_1 static_func_10 static_func_11 static_func_12 static_func_13 static_func_14 static_func_15 static_func_2 static_func_3 static_func_4 static_func_5 static_func_6 static_func_7 static_func_8 static_func_9}
+
+# Test: browser-5.11
+# Desc: Check all functions matching regexp "func" in stack1.c
+gdbtk_test browser-5.11 {all functions matching regexp "func" in stack1.c} {
+ set_search_mode "matches regexp"
+ set_regexp func
+ clear
+ select stack1.c
+ do_search
+} {func_1 func_10 func_11 func_12 func_13 func_14 func_15 func_2 func_3 func_4 func_5 func_6 func_7 func_8 func_9 static_func_1 static_func_10 static_func_11 static_func_12 static_func_13 static_func_14 static_func_15 static_func_2 static_func_3 static_func_4 static_func_5 static_func_6 static_func_7 static_func_8 static_func_9}
+
+# Test: browser-5.12
+# Desc: Check all functions matching regexp "func" in stack2.c
+gdbtk_test browser-5.12 {all functions matching regexp "func" in stack2.c} {
+ set_regexp func
+ clear
+ select stack2.c
+ do_search
+} {extern_func1_1 extern_func1_10 extern_func1_11 extern_func1_12 extern_func1_13 extern_func1_14 extern_func1_15 extern_func1_2 extern_func1_3 extern_func1_4 extern_func1_5 extern_func1_6 extern_func1_7 extern_func1_8 extern_func1_9}
+
+# Test: browser-5.13
+# Desc: Check all functions matching regexp "\_1$"
+gdbtk_test browser-5.13 {all functions matching regexp "\_1$"} {
+ set_search_mode "matches regexp"
+ set_regexp {\_1$}
+ do_search
+} {extern_func1_1 func_1 static_func_1}
+
+# Test: browser-5.14
+# Desc: Check all functions matching regexp "\_1$" in stack1.c
+gdbtk_test browser-5.14 {all functions matching regexp "\_1$" in stack1.c} {
+ set_search_mode "matches regexp"
+ set_regexp {\_1$}
+ clear
+ select stack1.c
+ do_search
+} {func_1 static_func_1}
+
+# Test: browser-5.15
+# Desc: Check all functions matching regexp "\_1$" in stack2.c
+gdbtk_test browser-5.15 {all functions matching regexp "\_1$" in stack2.c} {
+ set_search_mode "matches regexp"
+ set_regexp {\_1$}
+ clear
+ select stack2.c
+ do_search
+} {extern_func1_1}
+
+# Test: browser-5.16
+# Desc: Check all functions matching regexp "foobar"
+gdbtk_test browser-5.16 {all functions matching regexp "foobar"} {
+ set_search_mode "matches regexp"
+ set_regexp foobar
+ select_all
+ do_search
+} {}
+
+# Test: browser-5.17
+# Desc: Check all functions matching regexp "foobar" in stack1.c
+gdbtk_test browser-5.17 {all functions matching regexp "foobar" in stack1.c} {
+ set_search_mode "matches regexp"
+ set_regexp foobar
+ clear
+ select stack1.c
+ do_search
+} {}
+
+
+# Test: browser-6.1
+# Desc: Check select button function
+gdbtk_test browser-6.1 {select button - select all} {
+ clear
+ select_all
+ set m [$browser component file_box curselection]
+
+ expr {[llength $m] >= 2}
+} {1}
+
+# Test: browser-7.1
+# Desc: Toggle all bps on
+gdbtk_test browser-7.1 {toggle_all_bp on} {
+ set_regexp {\_1$}
+ set_search_mode "matches regexp"
+ select_all
+ do_search
+ $browser component func_add_bp invoke
+
+ set_regexp .*
+ set funcs [do_search]
+
+ set bps {}
+ foreach f $funcs {
+ if {![catch {gdb_loc $f} ls]} {
+ if {[bp_exists $ls] != -1} {
+ lappend bps $f
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ for {set i 0} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
+ catch {gdb_cmd "delete $i"}
+ }
+
+ join [lsort $bps]
+} {extern_func1_1 func_1 static_func_1}
+
+# Test: browser-7.2
+# Desc: Toggle all bps off
+gdbtk_test browser-7.2 {toggle_all_bp off} {
+ set_regexp {\_1$}
+ set_search_mode "matches regexp"
+ select_all
+ do_search
+ $browser component func_add_bp invoke
+
+ set_regexp .*
+ set funcs [do_search]
+
+ # Turn off all static bps
+ set_regexp {\_1$}
+ do_search
+ $browser component func_remove_bp
+ set bps {}
+ foreach f $funcs {
+ if {![catch {gdb_loc $f} ls]} {
+ if {[bp_exists $ls] != -1} {
+ lappend bps $f
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ for {set i 0} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
+ catch {gdb_cmd "delete $i"}
+ }
+
+ join [lsort $bps]
+} {extern_func1_1 func_1}
+
+# Test: browser-6.1
+# Desc: Check that search expressions are saved
+gdbtk_test browser-6.1 {save last search expression} {
+ set_regexp hello
+ select_all
+ do_search
+ pref get gdb/search/last_symbol
+} {hello}
+
+#
+# Exit
+#
+gdbtk_test_done
--- /dev/null
+struct _simple_struct {
+ int integer;
+ unsigned int unsigned_integer;
+ char character;
+ signed char signed_character;
+ char *char_ptr;
+ int array_of_10[10];
+};
+
+typedef struct _simple_struct simpleton;
+
+simpleton global_simple;
+
+enum foo {
+ bar = 1,
+ baz
+};
+
+typedef enum foo efoo;
+
+union named_union
+{
+ int integer;
+ char *char_ptr;
+};
+
+typedef struct _struct_decl {
+ int integer;
+ char character;
+ char *char_ptr;
+ long long_int;
+ int **int_ptr_ptr;
+ long long_array[10];
+
+ void (*func_ptr) (void);
+ struct _struct_decl (*func_ptr_struct) (int, char *, long);
+ struct _struct_decl *(*func_ptr_ptr) (int, char *, long);
+ union {
+ int a;
+ char *b;
+ long c;
+ enum foo d;
+ } u1;
+
+ struct {
+ union {
+ struct {
+ int d;
+ char e[10];
+ int *(*func) (void);
+ efoo foo;
+ } u1s1;
+
+ long f;
+ struct {
+ char array_ptr[2];
+ int (*func) (int, char *);
+ } u1s2;
+ } u2;
+
+ int g;
+ char h;
+ long i[10];
+ } s2;
+} weird_struct;
+
+struct _struct_n_pointer {
+ char ****char_ptr;
+ long ****long_ptr;
+ struct _struct_n_pointer *ptrs[3];
+ struct _struct_n_pointer *next;
+};
+
+void do_locals_tests (void);
+void do_block_tests (void);
+void subroutine1 (int, long *);
+void nothing (void);
+void do_children_tests (void);
+void do_special_tests (void);
+void incr_a (int);
+
+void incr_a (int a)
+{
+ int b;
+ b = a;
+}
+
+void
+do_locals_tests ()
+{
+ int linteger;
+ int *lpinteger;
+ char lcharacter;
+ char *lpcharacter;
+ long llong;
+ long *lplong;
+ float lfloat;
+ float *lpfloat;
+ double ldouble;
+ double *lpdouble;
+ struct _simple_struct lsimple;
+ struct _simple_struct *lpsimple;
+ void (*func) (void);
+
+ /* Simple assignments */
+ linteger = 1234;
+ lpinteger = &linteger;
+ lcharacter = 'a';
+ lpcharacter = &lcharacter;
+ llong = 2121L;
+ lplong = &llong;
+ lfloat = 2.1;
+ lpfloat = &lfloat;
+ ldouble = 2.718281828459045;
+ lpdouble = &ldouble;
+ lsimple.integer = 1234;
+ lsimple.unsigned_integer = 255;
+ lsimple.character = 'a';
+ lsimple.signed_character = 21;
+ lsimple.char_ptr = &lcharacter;
+ lpsimple = &lsimple;
+ func = nothing;
+
+ /* Check pointers */
+ linteger = 4321;
+ lcharacter = 'b';
+ llong = 1212L;
+ lfloat = 1.2;
+ ldouble = 5.498548281828172;
+ lsimple.integer = 255;
+ lsimple.unsigned_integer = 4321;
+ lsimple.character = 'b';
+ lsimple.signed_character = 0;
+
+ subroutine1 (linteger, &llong);
+}
+
+void
+nothing ()
+{
+}
+
+void
+subroutine1 (int i, long *l)
+{
+ global_simple.integer = i + 3;
+ i = 212;
+ *l = 12;
+}
+
+void
+do_block_tests ()
+{
+ int cb = 12;
+
+ {
+ int foo;
+ foo = 123;
+ {
+ int foo2;
+ foo2 = 123;
+ {
+ int foo;
+ foo = 321;
+ }
+ foo2 = 0;
+ }
+ foo = 0;
+ }
+
+ cb = 21;
+}
+
+void
+do_children_tests (void)
+{
+ weird_struct *weird;
+ struct _struct_n_pointer *psnp;
+ struct _struct_n_pointer snp0, snp1, snp2;
+ char a0, *a1, **a2, ***a3;
+ char b0, *b1, **b2, ***b3;
+ char c0, *c1, **c2, ***c3;
+ long z0, *z1, **z2, ***z3;
+ long y0, *y1, **y2, ***y3;
+ long x0, *x1, **x2, ***x3;
+ int *foo;
+ int bar;
+
+ struct _struct_decl struct_declarations;
+ weird = &struct_declarations;
+
+ struct_declarations.integer = 123;
+ weird->char_ptr = "hello";
+ bar = 2121;
+ foo = &bar;
+ struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr = &foo;
+ weird->long_array[0] = 1234;
+ struct_declarations.long_array[1] = 2345;
+ weird->long_array[2] = 3456;
+ struct_declarations.long_array[3] = 4567;
+ weird->long_array[4] = 5678;
+ struct_declarations.long_array[5] = 6789;
+ weird->long_array[6] = 7890;
+ struct_declarations.long_array[7] = 8901;
+ weird->long_array[8] = 9012;
+ struct_declarations.long_array[9] = 1234;
+
+ weird->func_ptr = nothing;
+
+ /* Struct/pointer/array tests */
+ a0 = '0';
+ a1 = &a0;
+ a2 = &a1;
+ a3 = &a2;
+ b0 = '1';
+ b1 = &b0;
+ b2 = &b1;
+ b3 = &b2;
+ c0 = '2';
+ c1 = &c0;
+ c2 = &c1;
+ c3 = &c2;
+ z0 = 0xdead + 0;
+ z1 = &z0;
+ z2 = &z1;
+ z3 = &z2;
+ y0 = 0xdead + 1;
+ y1 = &y0;
+ y2 = &y1;
+ y3 = &y2;
+ x0 = 0xdead + 2;
+ x1 = &x0;
+ x2 = &x1;
+ x3 = &x2;
+ snp0.char_ptr = &a3;
+ snp0.long_ptr = &z3;
+ snp0.ptrs[0] = &snp0;
+ snp0.ptrs[1] = &snp1;
+ snp0.ptrs[2] = &snp2;
+ snp0.next = &snp1;
+ snp1.char_ptr = &b3;
+ snp1.long_ptr = &y3;
+ snp1.ptrs[0] = &snp0;
+ snp1.ptrs[1] = &snp1;
+ snp1.ptrs[2] = &snp2;
+ snp1.next = &snp2;
+ snp2.char_ptr = &c3;
+ snp2.long_ptr = &x3;
+ snp2.ptrs[0] = &snp0;
+ snp2.ptrs[1] = &snp1;
+ snp2.ptrs[2] = &snp2;
+ snp2.next = 0x0;
+ psnp = &snp0;
+ snp0.char_ptr = &b3;
+ snp1.char_ptr = &c3;
+ snp2.char_ptr = &a3;
+ snp0.long_ptr = &y3;
+ snp1.long_ptr = &x3;
+ snp2.long_ptr = &z3;
+}
+
+void
+do_special_tests (void)
+{
+ union named_union u;
+ union {
+ int a;
+ char b;
+ long c;
+ } anonu;
+ struct _simple_struct s;
+ struct {
+ int a;
+ char b;
+ long c;
+ } anons;
+ enum foo e;
+ enum { A, B, C } anone;
+ int array[21];
+ int a;
+
+ a = 1;
+ incr_a(2);
+}
+
+int
+main (int argc, char *argv [])
+{
+ do_locals_tests ();
+ do_block_tests ();
+ do_children_tests ();
+ do_special_tests ();
+ exit (0);
+}
+
+
--- /dev/null
+#
+# Check if we have a display
+#
+if {![info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]} {
+ untested "No DISPLAY -- skipping test"
+} else {
+
+ if {$tracelevel} {
+ strace $tracelevel
+ }
+
+ #
+ # test variable API
+ #
+ set prms_id 0
+ set bug_id 0
+
+ set testfile "c_variable"
+ set srcfile ${testfile}.c
+ set binfile ${objdir}/${subdir}/${testfile}
+ set r [gdb_compile "${srcdir}/${subdir}/${srcfile}" "${binfile}" executable {debug}]
+ if { $r != "" } {
+ gdb_suppress_entire_file \
+ "Testcase compile failed, so some tests in this file will automatically fail."
+ }
+
+ # Start with a fresh gdbtk
+ gdb_exit
+ set results [gdbtk_start [file join $srcdir $subdir ${testfile}.test]]
+ set results [split $results \n]
+
+ # Analyze results
+ gdbtk_analyze_results $results
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Copyright (C) 1998 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This Program Is Free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# Please email any bugs, comments, and/or additions to this file to:
+# bug-gdb@prep.ai.mit.edu
+
+# This file was written by Keith Seitz (keiths@cygnus.com)
+
+# Read in the standard defs file
+if {![gdbtk_read_defs]} {
+ break
+}
+
+global objdir test_ran
+global tcl_platform
+
+# Load in a file
+if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+ set program [file join $objdir c_variable.exe]
+} else {
+ set program [file join $objdir c_variable]
+}
+
+# This isn't a test case, since if this fails, we're hosed.
+if {[catch {gdb_cmd "file $program"} t]} {
+ # an error occured loading the file
+ gdbtk_test_error "loading \"$program\": $t"
+}
+
+# The variables that are created are stored in an array called "var".
+
+# proc to tell us which of the variables are changed/out of scope
+proc check_update {} {
+ global var
+
+ set changed {}
+ set unchanged {}
+ set out {}
+ #FIXME: Should get a list of root variables instead of using the array
+ foreach ind [array names var] {
+ set changed [concat $changed [$var($ind) update]]
+ }
+
+ foreach ind [array names var] {
+ set ix [lsearch -exact $changed $var($ind)]
+ if {$ix < 0} {
+ lappend unchanged $var($ind)
+ }
+ }
+
+ return [list $changed $unchanged $out]
+}
+
+# proc to create a variable
+proc create_variable {expr} {
+ global var
+
+ set err [catch {gdb_variable create "$expr" -expr $expr} v]
+ if {!$err} {
+ set var($expr) $v
+ }
+
+ return $err
+}
+
+# proc to get the children
+# Children are stored in the global "var" as
+# PARENT.child. So for struct _foo {int a; int b} bar;,
+# the children returned are {a b} and var(bar.a) and var(bar.b)
+# map the actual objects to their names.
+proc get_children {parent} {
+ global var
+
+ set kiddies [$var($parent) children]
+ set children {}
+ foreach child $kiddies {
+ set name [lindex [split $child .] end]
+ lappend children $name
+ set var($parent.$name) $child
+ }
+
+ return $children
+}
+
+proc delete_variable {varname} {
+ global var
+
+ if {[info exists var($varname)]} {
+ # This has to be caught, since deleting a parent
+ # will erase all children.
+ $var($varname) delete
+ set vars [array names var $varname*]
+ foreach v $vars {
+ if {[info exists var($v)]} {
+ unset var($v)
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# Compare the values of variable V in format FMT
+# with gdb's value.
+proc value {v fmt} {
+ global var
+ global _test
+
+ set value [$var($v) value]
+ set gdb [gdb_cmd "output/$fmt $v"]
+ if {$value == $gdb} {
+ set result ok
+ } else {
+ set result $v
+ puts $_test(logfile) "output/$fmt $v"
+ puts $_test(logfile) "gdbtk: $value <> gdb: $gdb"
+ }
+
+ return $result
+}
+
+proc delete_all_variables {} {
+ global var
+
+ foreach variable [array names var] {
+ delete_variable $variable
+ }
+}
+
+proc editable_variables {} {
+ global var
+
+ set yes {}
+ set no {}
+ foreach name [array names var] {
+ if {[$var($name) editable]} {
+ lappend yes $name
+ } else {
+ lappend no $name
+ }
+ }
+
+ return [list $yes $no]
+}
+
+
+##### #####
+# #
+# Variable Creation tests #
+# #
+##### #####
+
+# Test: c_variable-1.1
+# Desc: Create global variable
+gdbtk_test c_variable-1.1 {create global variable} {
+ create_variable global_simple
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-1.2
+# Desc: Create non-existent variable
+gdbtk_test c_variable-1.2 {create non-existent variable} {
+ create_variable bogus_unknown_variable
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-1.3
+# Desc: Create out of scope variable
+gdbtk_test c_variable-1.3 {create out of scope variable} {
+ create_variable argc
+} {1}
+
+## FIXME: natives only
+# Break in main and run
+gdb_cmd "break do_locals_tests"
+gdb_cmd "run"
+
+# Test: c_variable-1.4
+# Desc: create local variables
+gdbtk_test c_variable-1.4 {create local variables} {
+ set results {}
+ foreach v {linteger lpinteger lcharacter lpcharacter llong lplong lfloat lpfloat ldouble lpdouble lsimple lpsimple func} {
+ lappend results [create_variable $v]
+ }
+ set results
+} {0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-1.5
+# Desc: create lsimple.character
+gdbtk_test c_variable-1.5 {create lsimple.character} {
+ create_variable lsimple.character
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-1.6
+# Desc: create lpsimple->integer
+gdbtk_test c_variable-1.6 {create lpsimple->integer} {
+ create_variable lpsimple->integer
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-1.7
+# Desc: ceate lsimple.integer
+gdbtk_test c_variable-1.7 {create lsimple.integer} {
+ create_variable lsimple.integer
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-1.8
+# Desc: names of editable variables
+gdbtk_test c_variable-1.8 {names of editable variables} {
+ editable_variables
+} {{lsimple.character lsimple.integer lpsimple lcharacter lpcharacter linteger lpinteger lfloat lpfloat func llong lplong lpsimple->integer ldouble lpdouble} {lsimple global_simple}}
+
+# Test: c_variable-1.9
+# Desc: create type name
+# Type names (like int, long, etc..) are all proper expressions to gdb.
+# make sure variable code does not allow users to create variables, though.
+gdbtk_test c_variable-1.9 {create type name} {
+ create_variable int
+} {1}
+
+##### #####
+# #
+# Value changed tests #
+# #
+##### #####
+
+# Test: c_variable-2.1
+# Desc: check whether values changed at do_block_tests
+gdbtk_test c_variable-2.1 {check whether values changed at do_block_tests} {
+ check_update
+} {{} {lsimple.character lsimple.integer lpsimple lsimple lcharacter lpcharacter global_simple linteger lpinteger lfloat lpfloat func llong lplong lpsimple->integer ldouble lpdouble} {}}
+
+# Step over "linteger = 1234;"
+gdb_cmd "step"
+
+# Test: c_variable-2.2
+# Desc: check whether only linteger changed values
+gdbtk_test c_variable-2.2 {check whether only linteger changed values} {
+ check_update
+} {linteger {lsimple.character lsimple.integer lpsimple lsimple lcharacter lpcharacter global_simple lpinteger lfloat lpfloat func llong lplong lpsimple->integer ldouble lpdouble} {}}
+
+# Step over "lpinteger = &linteger;"
+gdb_cmd "step"
+
+# Test: c_variable-2.3
+# Desc: check whether only lpinteger changed
+gdbtk_test c_variable-2.3 {check whether only lpinteger changed} {
+ check_update
+} {lpinteger {lsimple.character lsimple.integer lpsimple lsimple lcharacter lpcharacter global_simple linteger lfloat lpfloat func llong lplong lpsimple->integer ldouble lpdouble} {}}
+
+# Step over "lcharacter = 'a';"
+gdb_cmd "step"
+
+# Test: c_variable-2.4
+# Desc: check whether only lcharacter changed
+gdbtk_test c_variable-2.4 {check whether only lcharacter changed} {
+ check_update
+} {lcharacter {lsimple.character lsimple.integer lpsimple lsimple lpcharacter global_simple linteger lpinteger lfloat lpfloat func llong lplong lpsimple->integer ldouble lpdouble} {}}
+
+# Step over "lpcharacter = &lcharacter;"
+gdb_cmd "step"
+
+# Test: c_variable-2.5
+# Desc: check whether only lpcharacter changed
+gdbtk_test c_variable-2.5 {check whether only lpcharacter changed} {
+ check_update
+} {lpcharacter {lsimple.character lsimple.integer lpsimple lsimple lcharacter global_simple linteger lpinteger lfloat lpfloat func llong lplong lpsimple->integer ldouble lpdouble} {}}
+
+# Step over:
+# llong = 2121L;
+# lplong = &llong;
+# lfloat = 2.1;
+# lpfloat = &lfloat;
+# ldouble = 2.718281828459045;
+# lpdouble = &ldouble;
+# lsimple.integer = 1234;
+# lsimple.unsigned_integer = 255;
+# lsimple.character = 'a';
+for {set i 0} {$i < 9} {incr i} {
+ gdb_cmd "step"
+}
+
+# Test: c_variable-2.6
+# Desc: check whether llong, lplong, lfloat, lpfloat, ldouble, lpdouble, lsimple.integer,
+# lsimple.unsigned_character lsimple.integer lsimple.character changed
+gdbtk_test c_variable-2.6 {check whether llong -- lsimple.character changed} {
+ check_update
+} {{lsimple.character lsimple.integer lfloat lpfloat llong lplong ldouble lpdouble} {lpsimple lsimple lcharacter lpcharacter global_simple linteger lpinteger func lpsimple->integer} {}}
+
+# Step over:
+# lsimple.signed_character = 21;
+# lsimple.char_ptr = &lcharacter;
+# lpsimple = &lsimple;
+# func = nothing;
+for {set i 0} {$i < 4} {incr i} {
+ gdb_cmd "step"
+}
+
+# Test: c_variable-2.7
+# Desc: check whether lsimple.signed_character, lsimple.char_ptr, lpsimple, func changed
+gdbtk_test c_variable-2.7 {check whether lsimple.signed_character, lsimple.char_ptr, lpsimple, func changed} {
+ check_update
+} {{lpsimple func lpsimple->integer} {lsimple.character lsimple.integer lsimple lcharacter lpcharacter global_simple linteger lpinteger lfloat lpfloat llong lplong ldouble lpdouble} {}}
+
+# Step over
+# linteger = 4321;
+# lcharacter = 'b';
+# llong = 1212L;
+# lfloat = 1.2;
+# ldouble = 5.498548281828172;
+# lsimple.integer = 255;
+# lsimple.unsigned_integer = 4321;
+# lsimple.character = 'b';
+for {set i 0} {$i < 8} {incr i} {
+ gdb_cmd "step"
+}
+
+# Test: c_variable-2.8
+# Desc: check whether linteger, lcharacter, llong, lfoat, ldouble, lsimple.integer,
+# lpsimple.integer lsimple.character changed
+# Note: this test also checks that lpsimple->integer and lsimple.integer have
+# changed (they are the same)
+gdbtk_test c_variable-2.8 {check whether linteger -- lsimple.integer changed} {
+ check_update
+} {{lsimple.character lsimple.integer lcharacter linteger lfloat llong lpsimple->integer ldouble} {lpsimple lsimple lpcharacter global_simple lpinteger lpfloat func lplong lpdouble} {}}
+
+gdb_cmd "break subroutine1"
+gdb_cmd "continue"
+
+# Test: c_variable-2.9
+# Desc: stop in subroutine1
+gdbtk_test c_variable-2.9 {stop in subroutine1} {
+ lindex [gdb_loc] 1
+} {subroutine1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-2.10
+# Desc: create variable for locals i,l in subroutine1
+gdbtk_test c_variable-2.10 {create variable for locals i,l in subroutine1} {
+ set r [create_variable i]
+ lappend r [create_variable l]
+} {0 0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-2.11
+# Desc: create do_locals_tests local in subroutine1
+gdbtk_test c_variable-2.11 {create do_locals_tests local in subroutine1} {
+ create_variable linteger
+} {1}
+
+gdb_cmd "step"
+
+# Test: c_variable-2.12
+# Desc: change global_simple.integer
+# Note: This also tests whether we are reporting changes in structs properly.
+# gdb normally would say that global_simple has changed, but we
+# special case that, since it is not what a human expects to see.
+gdbtk_test c_variable-2.12 {change global_simple.integer} {
+ check_update
+} {{} {lsimple.character lsimple.integer lpsimple lsimple i lcharacter lpcharacter global_simple linteger lpinteger lfloat lpfloat l func llong lplong lpsimple->integer ldouble lpdouble} {}}
+
+gdb_cmd "step"
+
+# Test: c_variable-2.13
+# Desc: change subroutine1 local i
+gdbtk_test c_variable-2.13 {change subroutine1 local i} {
+ check_update
+} {i {lsimple.character lsimple.integer lpsimple lsimple lcharacter lpcharacter global_simple linteger lpinteger lfloat lpfloat l func llong lplong lpsimple->integer ldouble lpdouble} {}}
+
+gdb_cmd "step"
+
+# Test: c_variable-2.14
+# Desc: change do_locals_tests local llong
+gdbtk_test c_variable-2.14 {change do_locals_tests local llong} {
+ check_update
+} {llong {lsimple.character lsimple.integer lpsimple lsimple i lcharacter lpcharacter global_simple linteger lpinteger lfloat lpfloat l func lplong lpsimple->integer ldouble lpdouble} {}}
+
+gdb_cmd "next"
+
+# Test: c_variable-2.15
+# Desc: check for out of scope subroutine1 locals
+gdbtk_test *c_variable-2.15 {check for out of scope subroutine1 locals (ops, we don't have a out-of-scope list yet)} {
+ check_update
+} {{} {lsimple.character lsimple.integer lpsimple lsimple lcharacter lpcharacter global_simple linteger lpinteger lfloat lpfloat func llong lplong lpsimple->integer ldouble lpdouble} {i l}}
+
+# Test: c_variable-2.16
+# Desc: names of all editable variables
+gdbtk_test c_variable-2.16 {names of all editable variables} {
+ editable_variables
+} {{lsimple.character lsimple.integer lpsimple i lcharacter lpcharacter linteger lpinteger lfloat lpfloat l func llong lplong lpsimple->integer ldouble lpdouble} {lsimple global_simple}}
+
+# Done with locals/globals tests. Erase all variables
+delete_all_variables
+
+##### #####
+# #
+# Block tests #
+# #
+##### #####
+gdb_cmd "break do_block_tests"
+gdb_cmd "continue"
+
+# Test: c_variable-3.1
+# Desc: stop in do_block_tests
+gdbtk_test c_variable-3.1 {stop in do_block_tests} {
+ lindex [gdb_loc] 1
+} {do_block_tests}
+
+# Test: c_variable-3.2
+# Desc: create cb and foo
+gdbtk_test c_variable-3.2 {create cb and foo} {
+ set r [create_variable cb]
+ lappend r [create_variable foo]
+} {0 1}
+
+# step to "foo = 123;"
+gdb_cmd "step"
+
+# Be paranoid and assume 3.2 created foo
+delete_variable foo
+
+# Test: c_variable-3.3
+# Desc: create foo
+gdbtk_test c_variable-3.3 {create foo} {
+ create_variable foo
+} {0}
+
+# step to "foo2 = 123;"
+gdb_cmd "step"
+
+# Test: c_variable-3.4
+# Desc: check foo, cb changed
+gdbtk_test c_variable-3.4 {check foo,cb changed} {
+ check_update
+} {{foo cb} {} {}}
+
+# step to "foo = 321;"
+gdb_cmd "step"
+
+# Test: c_variable-3.5
+# Desc: create inner block foo
+gdbtk_test c_variable-3.5 {create inner block foo} {
+ global var
+ set err [catch {gdb_variable create inner_foo -expr foo} v]
+ if {!$err} {
+ set var(inner_foo) $v
+ }
+
+ set err
+} {0}
+
+# step to "foo2 = 0;"
+gdb_cmd "step"
+
+# Test: c_variable-3.6
+# Desc: create foo2
+gdbtk_test c_variable-3.6 {create foo2} {
+ create_variable foo2
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-3.7
+# Desc: check that outer foo in scope and inner foo out of scope
+# Note: also a known gdb problem
+gdbtk_test *c_variable-3.7 {check that outer foo in scope and inner foo out of scope (known gdb problem)} {
+ check_update
+} {{} {foo2 foo cb} inner_foo}
+
+delete_variable inner_foo
+
+# step to "foo = 0;"
+gdb_cmd "step"
+
+# Test: c_variable-3.8
+# Desc: check that foo2 out of scope
+gdbtk_test *c_variable-3.8 {check that foo2 out of scope (known gdb problem} {
+ check_update
+} {{} {foo cb} foo2}
+
+# step to "cb = 21;"
+gdb_cmd "step"
+
+# Test: c_variable-3.9
+# Desc: check that only cb is in scope
+gdbtk_test *c_variable-3.9 {check that only cb is in scope (known gdb problem)} {
+ check_update
+} {{} cb {foo2 foo}}
+
+# Test: c_variable-3.10
+# Desc: names of editable variables
+gdbtk_test c_variable-3.10 {names of editable variables} {
+ editable_variables
+} {{foo cb foo2} {}}
+
+# Done with block tests
+delete_all_variables
+
+##### #####
+# #
+# children tests #
+# #
+##### #####
+
+gdb_cmd "break do_children_tests"
+gdb_cmd "continue"
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.1
+# Desc: stopped in do_children_tests
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.1 {stopped in do_children_tests} {
+ lindex [gdb_loc] 1
+} {do_children_tests}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.2
+# Desc: create variable "struct_declarations"
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.2 {create variable "struct_declarations"} {
+ create_variable struct_declarations
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.3
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.3 {children of struct_declarations} {
+ get_children struct_declarations
+} {integer character char_ptr long_int int_ptr_ptr long_array func_ptr func_ptr_struct func_ptr_ptr u1 s2}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.4
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.4 {number of children of struct_declarations} {
+ $var(struct_declarations) numChildren
+} {11}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.5
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.integer
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.5 {children of struct_declarations.integer} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.integer
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.6
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.integer
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.6 {number of children of struct_declarations.integer} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.integer) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.7
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.character
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.7 {children of struct_declarations.character} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.character
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.8
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.character
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.8 {number of children of struct_declarations.character} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.character) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.9
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.char_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.9 {children of struct_declarations.char_ptr} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.char_ptr
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.10
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.char_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.10 {number of children of struct_declarations.char_ptr} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.char_ptr) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.11
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.long_int
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.11 {children of struct_declarations.long_int} {
+
+ get_children struct_declarations.long_int
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.12
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.long_int
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.12 {number of children of struct_declarations.long_int} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.long_int) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.13
+# Desc: children of int_ptr_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.13 {children of int_ptr_ptr} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr
+} {*int_ptr_ptr}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.14
+# Desc: number of children of int_ptr_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.14 {number of children of int_ptr_ptr} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr) numChildren
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.15
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.long_array
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.15 {children of struct_declarations.long_array} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.long_array
+} {0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.16
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.long_array
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.16 {number of children of struct_declarations.long_array} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.long_array) numChildren
+} {10}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.17
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.func_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.17 {children of struct_declarations.func_ptr} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.func_ptr
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.18
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.func_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.18 {number of children of struct_declarations.func_ptr} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.func_ptr) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.19
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.func_ptr_struct
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.19 {children of struct_declarations.func_ptr_struct} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.func_ptr_struct
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.20
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.func_ptr_struct
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.20 {number of children of struct_declarations.func_ptr_struct} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.func_ptr_struct) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.21
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.func_ptr_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.21 {children of struct_declarations.func_ptr_ptr} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.func_ptr_ptr
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.22
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.func_ptr_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.22 {number of children of struct_declarations.func_ptr_ptr} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.func_ptr_ptr) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.23
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.u1
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.23 {children of struct_declarations.u1} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.u1
+} {a b c d}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.24
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.u1
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.24 {number of children of struct_declarations.u1} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.u1) numChildren
+} {4}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.25
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.s2
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.25 {children of struct_declarations.s2} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.s2
+} {u2 g h i}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.26
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.s2
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.26 {number of children of struct_declarations.s2} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.s2) numChildren
+} {4}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.27
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.long_array.1
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.27 {children of struct_declarations.long_array.1} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.long_array.1
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.28
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.long_array.1
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.28 {number of children of struct_declarations.long_array.1} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.long_array.1) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.29
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.long_array.2
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.29 {children of struct_declarations.long_array.2} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.long_array.2
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.30
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.long_array.2
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.30 {number of children of struct_declarations.long_array.2} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.long_array.2) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.31
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.long_array.3
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.31 {children of struct_declarations.long_array.3} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.long_array.3
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.32
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.long_array.3
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.32 {number of children of struct_declarations.long_array.3} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.long_array.3) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.33
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.long_array.4
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.33 {children of struct_declarations.long_array.4} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.long_array.4
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.34
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.long_array.4
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.34 {number of children of struct_declarations.long_array.4} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.long_array.4) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.35
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.long_array.5
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.35 {children of struct_declarations.long_array.5} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.long_array.5
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.36
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.long_array.5
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.36 {number of children of struct_declarations.long_array.5} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.long_array.5) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.37
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.long_array.6
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.37 {children of struct_declarations.long_array.6} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.long_array.6
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.38
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.long_array.6
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.38 {number of children of struct_declarations.long_array.6} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.long_array.6) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.39
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.long_array.7
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.39 {children of struct_declarations.long_array.7} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.long_array.7
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.40
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.long_array.7
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.40 {number of children of struct_declarations.long_array.7} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.long_array.7) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.41
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.long_array.8
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.41 {children of struct_declarations.long_array.8} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.long_array.8
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.42
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.long_array.8
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.42 {number of children of struct_declarations.long_array.8} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.long_array.8) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.43
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.long_array.9
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.43 {children of struct_declarations.long_array.9} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.long_array.9
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.44
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.long_array.9
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.44 {number of children of struct_declarations.long_array.9} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.long_array.9) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.45
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.u1.a
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.45 {children of struct_declarations.u1.a} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.u1.a
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.46
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.u1.a
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.46 {number of children of struct_declarations.u1.a} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.u1.a) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.47
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.u1.b
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.47 {children of struct_declarations.u1.b} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.u1.b
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.48
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.u1.b
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.48 {number of children of struct_declarations.u1.b} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.u1.b) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.49
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.u1.c
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.49 {children of struct_declarations.u1.c} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.u1.c
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.50
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.u1.c
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.50 {number of children of struct_declarations.u1.c} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.u1.c) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.51
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.u1.d
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.51 {children of struct_declarations.u1.d} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.u1.d
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.52
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.u1.d
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.52 {number of children of struct_declarations.u1.d} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.u1.d) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.53
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.s2.u2
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.53 {children of struct_declarations.s2.u2} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.s2.u2
+} {u1s1 f u1s2}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.54
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.s2.u2
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.54 {number of children of struct_declarations.s2.u2} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.s2.u2) numChildren
+} {3}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.55
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.s2.g
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.55 {children of struct_declarations.s2.g} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.s2.g
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.56
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.s2.g
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.56 {number of children of struct_declarations.s2.g} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.s2.g) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.57
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.s2.h
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.57 {children of struct_declarations.s2.h} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.s2.h
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.58
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.s2.h
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.58 {number of children of struct_declarations.s2.h} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.s2.h) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.59
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.s2.i
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.59 {children of struct_declarations.s2.i} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.s2.i
+} {0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.60
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.s2.i
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.60 {number of children of struct_declarations.s2.i} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.s2.i) numChildren
+} {10}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.61
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.61 {children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1
+} {d e func foo}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.62
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.62 {number of children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1) numChildren
+} {4}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.63
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.f
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.63 {children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.f} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.s2.u2.f
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.64
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.f
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.64 {number of children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.f} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.s2.u2.f) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.65
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.65 {children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2
+} {array_ptr func}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.66
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.66 {number of children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2) numChildren
+} {2}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.67
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.d
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.67 {children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.d} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.d
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.68
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.d
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.68 {number of children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.d} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.d) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.69
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.69 {children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e
+} {0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.70
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.70 {number of children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e) numChildren
+} {10}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.71
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.func
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.71 {children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.func} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.func
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.72
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.func
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.72 {number of children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.func} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.func) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.73
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.foo
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.73 {children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.foo} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.foo
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.74
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.foo
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.74 {number of children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.foo} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.foo) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.75
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.75 {children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr
+} {0 1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.76
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.76 {number of children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr) numChildren
+} {2}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.77
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.func
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.77 {children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.func} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.func
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.78
+# Desc: number of children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.func
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.78 {number of children of struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.func} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.func) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.79
+# Desc: children of struct_declarations.*int_ptr_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.79 {children of struct_declarations.*int_ptr_ptr} {
+ get_children struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr
+} {**int_ptr_ptr}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.80
+# Desc: Number of children of struct_declarations.*int_ptr_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.80 {Number of children of struct_declarations.*int_ptr_ptr} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr) numChildren
+} {1}
+
+# Step to "struct_declarations.integer = 123;"
+gdb_cmd "step"
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.81
+# Desc: create local variable "weird"
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.81 {create local variable "weird"} {
+ create_variable weird
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.82
+# Desc: children of weird
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.82 {children of weird} {
+ get_children weird
+} {integer character char_ptr long_int int_ptr_ptr long_array func_ptr func_ptr_struct func_ptr_ptr u1 s2}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.83
+# Desc: number of children of weird
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.83 {number of children of weird} {
+ $var(weird) numChildren
+} {11}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.84
+# Desc: children of weird->long_array
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.84 {children of weird->long_array} {
+ get_children weird.long_array
+} {0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.85
+# Desc: number of children of weird->long_array
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.85 {number of children of weird->long_array} {
+ $var(weird.long_array) numChildren
+} {10}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.86
+# Desc: children of weird->int_ptr_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.86 {children of weird->int_ptr_ptr} {
+ get_children weird.int_ptr_ptr
+} {*int_ptr_ptr}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.87
+# Desc: number of children of weird->int_ptr_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.87 {number of children of weird->int_ptr_ptr} {
+ $var(weird.int_ptr_ptr) numChildren
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.88
+# Desc: children of *weird->int_ptr_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.88 {children of *weird->int_ptr_ptr} {
+ get_children weird.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr
+} {**int_ptr_ptr}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.89
+# Desc: number of children *weird->int_ptr_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.89 {number of children *weird->int_ptr_ptr} {
+ $var(weird.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr) numChildren
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.90
+# Desc: create weird->int_ptr_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.90 {create weird->int_ptr_ptr} {
+ create_variable weird->int_ptr_ptr
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.91
+# Desc: children of weird->int_ptr_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.91 {children of weird->int_ptr_ptr} {
+ get_children weird->int_ptr_ptr
+} {*weird->int_ptr_ptr}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.92
+# Desc: number of children of (weird->int_ptr_ptr)
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.92 {number of children of (weird->int_ptr_ptr)} {
+ $var(weird->int_ptr_ptr) numChildren
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.93
+# Desc: children of *(weird->int_ptr_ptr)
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.93 {children of *(weird->int_ptr_ptr)} {
+ get_children weird->int_ptr_ptr.*weird->int_ptr_ptr
+} {**weird->int_ptr_ptr}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.94
+# Desc: number of children of *(weird->int_ptr_ptr)
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.94 {number of children of *(weird->int_ptr_ptr)} {
+ $var(weird->int_ptr_ptr.*weird->int_ptr_ptr) numChildren
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.95
+# Desc: children of *(*(weird->int_ptr_ptr))
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.95 {children of *(*(weird->int_ptr_ptr))} {
+ get_children weird->int_ptr_ptr.*weird->int_ptr_ptr.**weird->int_ptr_ptr
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.96
+# Desc: number of children of *(*(weird->int_ptr_ptr))
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.96 {number of children of **weird->int_ptr_ptr} {
+ $var(weird->int_ptr_ptr.*weird->int_ptr_ptr.**weird->int_ptr_ptr) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.97
+# Desc: is weird editable
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.97 {is weird editable} {
+ $var(weird) editable
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.98
+# Desc: is weird->int_ptr_ptr editable
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.98 {is weird->int_ptr_ptr editable} {
+ $var(weird.int_ptr_ptr) editable
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.99
+# Desc: is *(weird->int_ptr_ptr) editable
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.99 {is *(weird->int_ptr_ptr) editable} {
+ $var(weird.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr) editable
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.100
+# Desc: is *(*(weird->int_ptr_ptr)) editable
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.100 {is *(*(weird->int_ptr_ptr)) editable} {
+ $var(weird.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr.**int_ptr_ptr) editable
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.101
+# Desc: is weird->u1 editable
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.101 {is weird->u1 editable} {
+ $var(weird.u1) editable
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.102
+# Desc: is weird->s2 editable
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.102 {is weird->s2 editable} {
+ $var(weird.s2) editable
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.103
+# Desc: is struct_declarations.u1.a editable
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.103 {is struct_declarations.u1.a editable} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.u1.a) editable
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.104
+# Desc: is struct_declarations.u1.b editable
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.104 {is struct_declarations.u1.b editable} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.u1.b) editable
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.105
+# Desc: is struct_declarations.u1.c editable
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.105 {is struct_declarations.u1.c editable} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.u1.c) editable
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.106
+# Desc: is struct_declarations.long_array editable
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.106 {is struct_declarations.long_array editable} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.long_array) editable
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.107
+# Desc: is struct_declarations.long_array[0] editable
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.107 {is struct_declarations.long_array[0] editable} {
+ $var(struct_declarations.long_array.0) editable
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-4.108
+# Desc: is struct_declarations editable
+gdbtk_test c_variable-4.108 {is struct_declarations editable} {
+ $var(struct_declarations) editable
+} {0}
+
+delete_variable weird
+
+##### #####
+# #
+# children and update tests #
+# #
+##### #####
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.1
+# Desc: check that nothing changed
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.1 {check that nothing changed} {
+ check_update
+} {{} {struct_declarations.s2.i.3 struct_declarations.func_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2.i.4 struct_declarations.s2.i.5 struct_declarations.s2.i.6 struct_declarations.func_ptr struct_declarations.s2.i.7 struct_declarations.s2.i.8 struct_declarations.s2.i.9 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.d struct_declarations.func_ptr_struct struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e struct_declarations.u1 struct_declarations.long_int struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.func struct_declarations.integer struct_declarations.s2.u2 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.0 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.1 struct_declarations.long_array.0 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.2 struct_declarations.long_array.1 struct_declarations.u1.a struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.3 struct_declarations.long_array.2 struct_declarations.u1.b struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.4 struct_declarations.long_array.3 struct_declarations.u1.c struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.5 struct_declarations.long_array.4 struct_declarations.u1.d struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr.**int_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.6 struct_declarations.long_array.5 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.7 struct_declarations.long_array.6 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.8 struct_declarations.long_array.7 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.9 struct_declarations.long_array.8 struct_declarations.character struct_declarations.long_array.9 struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.func struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.f struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.foo struct_declarations struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr.0 struct_declarations.char_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr.1 struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2 struct_declarations.long_array struct_declarations.s2.g struct_declarations.s2.i.0 struct_declarations.s2.h struct_declarations.s2.i.1 struct_declarations.s2.i struct_declarations.s2.i.2} {}}
+
+# Step over "struct_declarations.integer = 123;"
+gdb_cmd "step"
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.2
+# Desc: check that integer changed
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.2 {check that integer changed} {
+ check_update
+} {struct_declarations.integer {struct_declarations.s2.i.3 struct_declarations.func_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2.i.4 struct_declarations.s2.i.5 struct_declarations.s2.i.6 struct_declarations.func_ptr struct_declarations.s2.i.7 struct_declarations.s2.i.8 struct_declarations.s2.i.9 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.d struct_declarations.func_ptr_struct struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e struct_declarations.u1 struct_declarations.long_int struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.func struct_declarations.s2.u2 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.0 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.1 struct_declarations.long_array.0 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.2 struct_declarations.long_array.1 struct_declarations.u1.a struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.3 struct_declarations.long_array.2 struct_declarations.u1.b struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.4 struct_declarations.long_array.3 struct_declarations.u1.c struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.5 struct_declarations.long_array.4 struct_declarations.u1.d struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr.**int_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.6 struct_declarations.long_array.5 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.7 struct_declarations.long_array.6 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.8 struct_declarations.long_array.7 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.9 struct_declarations.long_array.8 struct_declarations.character struct_declarations.long_array.9 struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.func struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.f struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.foo struct_declarations struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr.0 struct_declarations.char_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr.1 struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2 struct_declarations.long_array struct_declarations.s2.g struct_declarations.s2.i.0 struct_declarations.s2.h struct_declarations.s2.i.1 struct_declarations.s2.i struct_declarations.s2.i.2} {}}
+
+# Step over:
+# weird->char_ptr = "hello";
+# bar = 2121;
+# foo = &bar;
+for {set i 0} {$i < 3} {incr i} {
+ gdb_cmd "step"
+}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.3
+# Desc: check that char_ptr changed
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.3 {check that char_ptr changed} {
+ check_update
+} {struct_declarations.char_ptr {struct_declarations.s2.i.3 struct_declarations.func_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2.i.4 struct_declarations.s2.i.5 struct_declarations.s2.i.6 struct_declarations.func_ptr struct_declarations.s2.i.7 struct_declarations.s2.i.8 struct_declarations.s2.i.9 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.d struct_declarations.func_ptr_struct struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e struct_declarations.u1 struct_declarations.long_int struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.func struct_declarations.integer struct_declarations.s2.u2 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.0 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.1 struct_declarations.long_array.0 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.2 struct_declarations.long_array.1 struct_declarations.u1.a struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.3 struct_declarations.long_array.2 struct_declarations.u1.b struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.4 struct_declarations.long_array.3 struct_declarations.u1.c struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.5 struct_declarations.long_array.4 struct_declarations.u1.d struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr.**int_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.6 struct_declarations.long_array.5 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.7 struct_declarations.long_array.6 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.8 struct_declarations.long_array.7 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.9 struct_declarations.long_array.8 struct_declarations.character struct_declarations.long_array.9 struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.func struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.f struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.foo struct_declarations struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr.0 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr.1 struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2 struct_declarations.long_array struct_declarations.s2.g struct_declarations.s2.i.0 struct_declarations.s2.h struct_declarations.s2.i.1 struct_declarations.s2.i struct_declarations.s2.i.2} {}}
+
+# Step over "struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr = &foo;"
+gdb_cmd "step"
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.4
+# Desc: check that int_ptr_ptr and children changed
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.4 {check that int_ptr_ptr and children changed} {
+ check_update
+} {{struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr.**int_ptr_ptr} {struct_declarations.s2.i.3 struct_declarations.func_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2.i.4 struct_declarations.s2.i.5 struct_declarations.s2.i.6 struct_declarations.func_ptr struct_declarations.s2.i.7 struct_declarations.s2.i.8 struct_declarations.s2.i.9 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.d struct_declarations.func_ptr_struct struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e struct_declarations.u1 struct_declarations.long_int struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.func struct_declarations.integer struct_declarations.s2.u2 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.0 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.1 struct_declarations.long_array.0 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.2 struct_declarations.long_array.1 struct_declarations.u1.a struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.3 struct_declarations.long_array.2 struct_declarations.u1.b struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.4 struct_declarations.long_array.3 struct_declarations.u1.c struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.5 struct_declarations.long_array.4 struct_declarations.u1.d struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.6 struct_declarations.long_array.5 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.7 struct_declarations.long_array.6 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.8 struct_declarations.long_array.7 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.9 struct_declarations.long_array.8 struct_declarations.character struct_declarations.long_array.9 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.func struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.f struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.foo struct_declarations struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr.0 struct_declarations.char_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr.1 struct_declarations.s2 struct_declarations.long_array struct_declarations.s2.g struct_declarations.s2.i.0 struct_declarations.s2.h struct_declarations.s2.i.1 struct_declarations.s2.i struct_declarations.s2.i.2} {}}
+
+# Step over "weird->long_array[0] = 1234;"
+gdb_cmd "step"
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.5
+# Desc: check that long_array[0] changed
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.5 {check that long_array[0] changed} {
+ check_update
+} {struct_declarations.long_array.0 {struct_declarations.s2.i.3 struct_declarations.func_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2.i.4 struct_declarations.s2.i.5 struct_declarations.s2.i.6 struct_declarations.func_ptr struct_declarations.s2.i.7 struct_declarations.s2.i.8 struct_declarations.s2.i.9 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.d struct_declarations.func_ptr_struct struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e struct_declarations.u1 struct_declarations.long_int struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.func struct_declarations.integer struct_declarations.s2.u2 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.0 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.1 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.2 struct_declarations.long_array.1 struct_declarations.u1.a struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.3 struct_declarations.long_array.2 struct_declarations.u1.b struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.4 struct_declarations.long_array.3 struct_declarations.u1.c struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.5 struct_declarations.long_array.4 struct_declarations.u1.d struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr.**int_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.6 struct_declarations.long_array.5 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.7 struct_declarations.long_array.6 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.8 struct_declarations.long_array.7 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.9 struct_declarations.long_array.8 struct_declarations.character struct_declarations.long_array.9 struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.func struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.f struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.foo struct_declarations struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr.0 struct_declarations.char_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr.1 struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2 struct_declarations.long_array struct_declarations.s2.g struct_declarations.s2.i.0 struct_declarations.s2.h struct_declarations.s2.i.1 struct_declarations.s2.i struct_declarations.s2.i.2} {}}
+
+# Step over "struct_declarations.long_array[1] = 2345;"
+gdb_cmd "step"
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.6
+# Desc: check that long_array[1] changed
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.6 {check that long_array[1] changed} {
+ check_update
+} {struct_declarations.long_array.1 {struct_declarations.s2.i.3 struct_declarations.func_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2.i.4 struct_declarations.s2.i.5 struct_declarations.s2.i.6 struct_declarations.func_ptr struct_declarations.s2.i.7 struct_declarations.s2.i.8 struct_declarations.s2.i.9 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.d struct_declarations.func_ptr_struct struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e struct_declarations.u1 struct_declarations.long_int struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.func struct_declarations.integer struct_declarations.s2.u2 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.0 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.1 struct_declarations.long_array.0 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.2 struct_declarations.u1.a struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.3 struct_declarations.long_array.2 struct_declarations.u1.b struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.4 struct_declarations.long_array.3 struct_declarations.u1.c struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.5 struct_declarations.long_array.4 struct_declarations.u1.d struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr.**int_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.6 struct_declarations.long_array.5 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.7 struct_declarations.long_array.6 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.8 struct_declarations.long_array.7 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.9 struct_declarations.long_array.8 struct_declarations.character struct_declarations.long_array.9 struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.func struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.f struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.foo struct_declarations struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr.0 struct_declarations.char_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr.1 struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2 struct_declarations.long_array struct_declarations.s2.g struct_declarations.s2.i.0 struct_declarations.s2.h struct_declarations.s2.i.1 struct_declarations.s2.i struct_declarations.s2.i.2} {}}
+
+# Step over "weird->long_array[2] = 3456;"
+gdb_cmd "step"
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.7
+# Desc: check that long_array[2] changed
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.7 {check that long_array[2] changed} {
+ check_update
+} {struct_declarations.long_array.2 {struct_declarations.s2.i.3 struct_declarations.func_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2.i.4 struct_declarations.s2.i.5 struct_declarations.s2.i.6 struct_declarations.func_ptr struct_declarations.s2.i.7 struct_declarations.s2.i.8 struct_declarations.s2.i.9 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.d struct_declarations.func_ptr_struct struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e struct_declarations.u1 struct_declarations.long_int struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.func struct_declarations.integer struct_declarations.s2.u2 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.0 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.1 struct_declarations.long_array.0 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.2 struct_declarations.long_array.1 struct_declarations.u1.a struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.3 struct_declarations.u1.b struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.4 struct_declarations.long_array.3 struct_declarations.u1.c struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.5 struct_declarations.long_array.4 struct_declarations.u1.d struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr.**int_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.6 struct_declarations.long_array.5 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.7 struct_declarations.long_array.6 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.8 struct_declarations.long_array.7 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.9 struct_declarations.long_array.8 struct_declarations.character struct_declarations.long_array.9 struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.func struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.f struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.foo struct_declarations struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr.0 struct_declarations.char_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr.1 struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2 struct_declarations.long_array struct_declarations.s2.g struct_declarations.s2.i.0 struct_declarations.s2.h struct_declarations.s2.i.1 struct_declarations.s2.i struct_declarations.s2.i.2} {}}
+
+# Step over:
+# struct_declarations.long_array[3] = 4567;
+# weird->long_array[4] = 5678;
+# struct_declarations.long_array[5] = 6789;
+# weird->long_array[6] = 7890;
+# struct_declarations.long_array[7] = 8901;
+# weird->long_array[8] = 9012;
+# struct_declarations.long_array[9] = 1234;
+for {set i 0} {$i < 7} {incr i} {
+ gdb_cmd "step"
+}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.8
+# Desc: check that long_array[3-9] changed
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.8 {check that long_array[3-9] changed} {
+ check_update
+} {{struct_declarations.long_array.3 struct_declarations.long_array.4 struct_declarations.long_array.5 struct_declarations.long_array.6 struct_declarations.long_array.7 struct_declarations.long_array.8 struct_declarations.long_array.9} {struct_declarations.s2.i.3 struct_declarations.func_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2.i.4 struct_declarations.s2.i.5 struct_declarations.s2.i.6 struct_declarations.func_ptr struct_declarations.s2.i.7 struct_declarations.s2.i.8 struct_declarations.s2.i.9 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.d struct_declarations.func_ptr_struct struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e struct_declarations.u1 struct_declarations.long_int struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.func struct_declarations.integer struct_declarations.s2.u2 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.0 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.1 struct_declarations.long_array.0 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.2 struct_declarations.long_array.1 struct_declarations.u1.a struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.3 struct_declarations.long_array.2 struct_declarations.u1.b struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.4 struct_declarations.u1.c struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.5 struct_declarations.u1.d struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr.**int_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.6 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.7 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.8 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.9 struct_declarations.character struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.func struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.f struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.foo struct_declarations struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr.0 struct_declarations.char_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr.1 struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2 struct_declarations.long_array struct_declarations.s2.g struct_declarations.s2.i.0 struct_declarations.s2.h struct_declarations.s2.i.1 struct_declarations.s2.i struct_declarations.s2.i.2} {}}
+
+# Step over "weird->func_ptr = nothing;"
+gdb_cmd "step"
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.9
+# Desc: check that func_ptr changed
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.9 {check that func_ptr changed} {
+ check_update
+} {struct_declarations.func_ptr {struct_declarations.s2.i.3 struct_declarations.func_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2.i.4 struct_declarations.s2.i.5 struct_declarations.s2.i.6 struct_declarations.s2.i.7 struct_declarations.s2.i.8 struct_declarations.s2.i.9 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.d struct_declarations.func_ptr_struct struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e struct_declarations.u1 struct_declarations.long_int struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.func struct_declarations.integer struct_declarations.s2.u2 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.0 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.1 struct_declarations.long_array.0 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.2 struct_declarations.long_array.1 struct_declarations.u1.a struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.3 struct_declarations.long_array.2 struct_declarations.u1.b struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.4 struct_declarations.long_array.3 struct_declarations.u1.c struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.5 struct_declarations.long_array.4 struct_declarations.u1.d struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr.**int_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.6 struct_declarations.long_array.5 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.7 struct_declarations.long_array.6 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.8 struct_declarations.long_array.7 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.e.9 struct_declarations.long_array.8 struct_declarations.character struct_declarations.long_array.9 struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.func struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.f struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1.foo struct_declarations struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s1 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr.0 struct_declarations.char_ptr struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2 struct_declarations.s2.u2.u1s2.array_ptr.1 struct_declarations.int_ptr_ptr struct_declarations.s2 struct_declarations.long_array struct_declarations.s2.g struct_declarations.s2.i.0 struct_declarations.s2.h struct_declarations.s2.i.1 struct_declarations.s2.i struct_declarations.s2.i.2} {}}
+
+# Delete all variables
+delete_all_variables
+
+# Step over all lines:
+# ...
+# psnp = &snp0;
+for {set i 0} {$i < 43} {incr i} {
+ gdb_cmd "step"
+}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.10
+# Desc: create psnp->char_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.10 {create psnp->char_ptr} {
+ create_variable psnp->char_ptr
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.11
+# Desc: children of psnp->char_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.11 {children of psnp->char_ptr} {
+ get_children psnp->char_ptr
+} {*psnp->char_ptr}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.12
+# Desc: number of children of psnp->char_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.12 {number of children of psnp->char_ptr} {
+ $var(psnp->char_ptr) numChildren
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.13
+# Desc: children of *(psnp->char_ptr)
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.13 {children of *(psnp->char_ptr)} {
+ get_children psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr
+} {**psnp->char_ptr}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.14
+# Desc: number of children of *(psnp->char_ptr)
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.14 {number of children of *(psnp->char_ptr)} {
+ $var(psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr) numChildren
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.15
+# Desc: children of *(*(psnp->char_ptr))
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.15 {children of *(*(psnp->char_ptr))} {
+ get_children psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr.**psnp->char_ptr
+} {***psnp->char_ptr}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.16
+# Desc: number of children of *(*(psnp->char_ptr))
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.16 {number of children of *(*(psnp->char_ptr))} {
+ $var(psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr.**psnp->char_ptr) numChildren
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.17
+# Desc: children of *(*(*(psnp->char_ptr)))
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.17 {children of *(*(*(psnp->char_ptr)))} {
+ get_children psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr.**psnp->char_ptr.***psnp->char_ptr
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.18
+# Desc: number of children of *(*(*(psnp->char_ptr)))
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.18 {number of children of *(*(*(psnp->char_ptr)))} {
+ $var(psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr.**psnp->char_ptr.***psnp->char_ptr) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.19
+# Desc: create psnp->long_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.19 {create psnp->long_ptr} {
+ create_variable psnp->long_ptr
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.20
+# Desc: children of psnp->long_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.20 {children of psnp->long_ptr} {
+ get_children psnp->long_ptr
+} {*psnp->long_ptr}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.21
+# Desc: number of children of psnp->long_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.21 {number of children of psnp->long_ptr} {
+ $var(psnp->long_ptr) numChildren
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.22
+# Desc: children of *(psnp->long_ptr)
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.22 {children of *(psnp->long_ptr)} {
+ get_children psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr
+} {**psnp->long_ptr}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.23
+# Desc: number of children of *(psnp->long_ptr)
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.23 {number of children of *(psnp->long_ptr)} {
+ $var(psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr) numChildren
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.24
+# Desc: children of *(*(psnp->long_ptr))
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.24 {children of *(*(psnp->long_ptr))} {
+ get_children psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr
+} {***psnp->long_ptr}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.25
+# Desc: number of children of *(*(psnp->long_ptr))
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.25 {number of children of *(*(psnp->long_ptr))} {
+ $var(psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr) numChildren
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.26
+# Desc: children of *(*(*(psnp->long_ptr)))
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.26 {children of *(*(*(psnp->long_ptr)))} {
+ get_children psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr.***psnp->long_ptr
+} {****psnp->long_ptr}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.27
+# Desc: number of children of *(*(*(psnp->long_ptr)))
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.27 {number of children of *(*(*(psnp->long_ptr)))} {
+ $var(psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr.***psnp->long_ptr) numChildren
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.28
+# Desc: children of *(*(*(*(psnp->long_ptr))))
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.29 {children of *(*(*(*(psnp->long_ptr))))} {
+ get_children psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr.***psnp->long_ptr.****psnp->long_ptr
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.29
+# Desc: number of children of *(*(*(*(psnp->long_ptr))))
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.29 {number of children of *(*(*(*(psnp->long_ptr))))} {
+ $var(psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr.***psnp->long_ptr.****psnp->long_ptr) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.30
+# Desc: create psnp->ptrs
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.30 {create psnp->ptrs} {
+ create_variable psnp->ptrs
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.31
+# Desc: children of psnp->ptrs
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.31 {children of psnp->ptrs} {
+ get_children psnp->ptrs
+} {0 1 2}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.32
+# Desc: number of children of psnp->ptrs
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.32 {number of children of psnp->ptrs} {
+ $var(psnp->ptrs) numChildren
+} {3}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.33
+# Desc: children of psnp->ptrs[0]
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.33 {children of psnp->ptrs[0]} {
+ get_children psnp->ptrs.0
+} {char_ptr long_ptr ptrs next}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.34
+# Desc: number of children of psnp->ptrs[0]
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.34 {number of children of psnp->ptrs[0]} {
+ $var(psnp->ptrs.0) numChildren
+} {4}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.35
+# Desc: children of psnp->ptrs[0]->next
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.35 {children of psnp->ptrs.0.next} {
+ get_children psnp->ptrs.0.next
+} {char_ptr long_ptr ptrs next}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.36
+# Desc: number of children of psnp->ptrs[0]->next
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.36 {number of children of psnp->ptrs[0]->next} {
+ $var(psnp->ptrs.0.next) numChildren
+} {4}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.37
+# Desc: children of psnp->ptrs[0]->next->char_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.37 {children of psnp->ptrs[0]->next->char_ptr} {
+ get_children psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr
+} {*char_ptr}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.38
+# Desc: number of children of psnp->ptrs[0]->next->char_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.38 {number of children of psnp->ptrs[0]->next->char_ptr} {
+ $var(psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr) numChildren
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.39
+# Desc: children of *psnp->ptrs[0]->next->char_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.39 {children of *psnp->ptrs[0]->next->char_ptr} {
+ get_children psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr
+} {**char_ptr}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.40
+# Desc: number of children of *psnp->ptrs[0]->next->char_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.40 {number of children of *psnp->ptrs[0]->next->char_ptr} {
+ $var(psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr) numChildren
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.41
+# Desc: children of **psnp->ptrs[0]->next->char_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.41 {children of **psnp->ptrs[0]->next->char_ptr} {
+ get_children psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr.**char_ptr
+} {***char_ptr}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.42
+# Desc: number of children of **psnp->ptrs[0]->next->char_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.42 {number of children of **psnp->ptrs[0]->next->char_ptr} {
+ $var(psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr.**char_ptr) numChildren
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.43
+# Desc: children of ***psnp->ptrs[0]->next->char_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.43 {children of ***psnp->ptrs[0]->next->char_ptr} {
+ get_children psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr.**char_ptr.***char_ptr
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.44
+# Desc: number of children of ***psnp->ptrs[0]->next->char_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.44 {number of children of ***psnp->ptrs[0]->next->char_ptr} {
+ $var(psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr.**char_ptr.***char_ptr) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.45
+# Desc: children of psnp->ptrs[0]->next->next
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.45 {children of psnp->ptrs[0]->next->next} {
+ get_children psnp->ptrs.0.next.next
+} {char_ptr long_ptr ptrs next}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.46
+# Desc: children of psnp->ptrs[0]->next->next->ptrs
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.46 {children of psnp->ptrs[0]->next->next->ptrs} {
+ get_children psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs
+} {0 1 2}
+
+# Step over "snp0.char_ptr = &b3;"
+gdb_cmd "step"
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.47
+# Desc: check that psnp->char_ptr (and [0].char_ptr) changed
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.47 {check that psnp->char_ptr (and [0].char_ptr) changed} {
+ check_update
+} {{psnp->ptrs.0.char_ptr psnp->char_ptr psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr.**psnp->char_ptr psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr.**psnp->char_ptr.***psnp->char_ptr} {psnp->ptrs.0.next psnp->ptrs.0.next.ptrs psnp->ptrs.0.next.next psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr.**char_ptr.***char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr.**char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr psnp->ptrs psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr.***psnp->long_ptr.****psnp->long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.next psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs.0 psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr.***psnp->long_ptr psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs.1 psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs.2 psnp->ptrs.0.long_ptr psnp->long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.ptrs psnp->ptrs.0 psnp->ptrs.1 psnp->ptrs.2 psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr} {}}
+
+# Step over "snp1.char_ptr = &c3;"
+gdb_cmd "step"
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.48
+# Desc: check that psnp->next->char_ptr (and [1].char_ptr) changed
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.48 {check that psnp->next->char_ptr (and [1].char_ptr) changed} {
+ check_update
+} {{psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr.**char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr.**char_ptr.***char_ptr} {psnp->ptrs.0.next psnp->ptrs.0.next.ptrs psnp->ptrs.0.next.next psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.long_ptr psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr.**psnp->char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs psnp->ptrs psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr.***psnp->long_ptr.****psnp->long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.next psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr.**psnp->char_ptr.***psnp->char_ptr psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs.0 psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr.***psnp->long_ptr psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs.1 psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs.2 psnp->ptrs.0.char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.long_ptr psnp->char_ptr psnp->long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.ptrs psnp->ptrs.0 psnp->ptrs.1 psnp->ptrs.2 psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr} {}}
+
+# Step over "snp2.char_ptr = &a3;"
+gdb_cmd "step"
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.49
+# Desc: check that psnp->next->next->char_ptr (and [2].char_ptr) changed
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.49 {heck that psnp->next->next->char_ptr (and [2].char_ptr) changed} {
+ check_update
+} {psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.char_ptr {psnp->ptrs.0.next psnp->ptrs.0.next.ptrs psnp->ptrs.0.next.next psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr.**char_ptr.***char_ptr psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr.**psnp->char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr.**char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr psnp->ptrs psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr.***psnp->long_ptr.****psnp->long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.next psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr.**psnp->char_ptr.***psnp->char_ptr psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs.0 psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr.***psnp->long_ptr psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs.1 psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs.2 psnp->ptrs.0.char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.long_ptr psnp->char_ptr psnp->long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.ptrs psnp->ptrs.0 psnp->ptrs.1 psnp->ptrs.2 psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr} {}}
+
+# Step over "snp0.long_ptr = &y3;"
+gdb_cmd "step"
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.50
+# Desc: check that psnp->long_ptr (and [0].long_ptr) changed
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.50 {check that psnp->long_ptr (and [0].long_ptr) changed} {
+ check_update
+} {{psnp->ptrs.0.long_ptr psnp->long_ptr psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr.***psnp->long_ptr psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr.***psnp->long_ptr.****psnp->long_ptr} {psnp->ptrs.0.next psnp->ptrs.0.next.ptrs psnp->ptrs.0.next.next psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr.**char_ptr.***char_ptr psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr.**psnp->char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr.**char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr psnp->ptrs psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.next psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr.**psnp->char_ptr.***psnp->char_ptr psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs.0 psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs.1 psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs.2 psnp->ptrs.0.char_ptr psnp->char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.ptrs psnp->ptrs.0 psnp->ptrs.1 psnp->ptrs.2} {}}
+
+# Step over "snp1.long_ptr = &x3;"
+gdb_cmd "step"
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.51
+# Desc: check that psnp->next->long_ptr (and [1].long_ptr) changed
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.51 {check that psnp->next->long_ptr (and [1].long_ptr) changed} {
+ check_update
+} {psnp->ptrs.0.next.long_ptr {psnp->ptrs.0.next psnp->ptrs.0.next.ptrs psnp->ptrs.0.next.next psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr.**char_ptr.***char_ptr psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr.**psnp->char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr.**char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr psnp->ptrs psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr.***psnp->long_ptr.****psnp->long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.next psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr.**psnp->char_ptr.***psnp->char_ptr psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs.0 psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr.***psnp->long_ptr psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs.1 psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs.2 psnp->ptrs.0.char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.long_ptr psnp->char_ptr psnp->long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.ptrs psnp->ptrs.0 psnp->ptrs.1 psnp->ptrs.2 psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr} {}}
+
+# Step over "snp2.long_ptr = &z3;"
+gdb_cmd "step"
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.52
+# Desc: check that psnp->next->next->long_ptr (and [2].long_ptr) changed
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.52 {check that psnp->next->next->long_ptr (and [2].long_ptr) changed} {
+ check_update
+} {psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.long_ptr {psnp->ptrs.0.next psnp->ptrs.0.next.ptrs psnp->ptrs.0.next.next psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr.**char_ptr.***char_ptr psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr.**psnp->char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr.**char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr psnp->ptrs psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr.***psnp->long_ptr.****psnp->long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.next psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr.**psnp->char_ptr.***psnp->char_ptr psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs.0 psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr.***psnp->long_ptr psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs.1 psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs.2 psnp->ptrs.0.char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.long_ptr psnp->char_ptr psnp->long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.ptrs psnp->ptrs.0 psnp->ptrs.1 psnp->ptrs.2 psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr} {}}
+
+# Test: c_variable-5.53
+# Desc: names of editable variables
+gdbtk_test c_variable-5.53 {names of editable variables} {
+ editable_variables
+} {{psnp->ptrs.0.next psnp->ptrs.0.next.next psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr.**char_ptr.***char_ptr psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr.**psnp->char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr.**char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.char_ptr.*char_ptr psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr.***psnp->long_ptr.****psnp->long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.next psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr.**psnp->char_ptr.***psnp->char_ptr psnp->char_ptr.*psnp->char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs.0 psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr.***psnp->long_ptr psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs.1 psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs.2 psnp->ptrs.0.char_ptr psnp->ptrs.0.long_ptr psnp->char_ptr psnp->long_ptr psnp->ptrs.0 psnp->ptrs.1 psnp->ptrs.2 psnp->long_ptr.*psnp->long_ptr.**psnp->long_ptr} {psnp->ptrs.0.next.ptrs psnp->ptrs.0.next.next.ptrs psnp->ptrs psnp->ptrs.0.ptrs}}
+
+##### #####
+# #
+# Display tests #
+# #
+##### #####
+
+delete_all_variables
+
+# Test: c_variable-6.1
+# Desc: create variable bar
+gdbtk_test c_variable-6.1 {create variable bar} {
+ create_variable bar
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-6.2
+# Desc: type of variable bar
+gdbtk_test c_variable-6.2 {type of variable bar} {
+ $var(bar) type
+} {int}
+
+# Test: c_variable-6.3
+# Desc: format of variable bar
+gdbtk_test c_variable-6.3 {format of variable bar} {
+ $var(bar) format
+} {natural}
+
+# Test: c_variable-6.4
+# Desc: value of variable bar
+gdbtk_test c_variable-6.4 {value of variable bar} {
+ value bar d
+} {ok}
+
+# Test: c_variable-6.5
+# Desc: change format of bar to hex
+gdbtk_test c_variable-6.5 {change format of bar to hex} {
+ $var(bar) format hex
+ $var(bar) format
+} {hexadecimal}
+
+# Test: c_variable-6.6
+# Desc: value of bar with new format
+gdbtk_test c_variable-6.6 {value of bar with new format} {
+ value bar x
+} {ok}
+
+# Test: c_variable-6.7
+# Desc: change value of bar
+gdbtk_test c_variable-6.7 {change value of bar} {
+ $var(bar) value 3
+ value bar x
+} {ok}
+
+# Test: c_variable-6.8
+# Desc: check new value of bar
+gdbtk_test c_variable-6.8 {change value of bar} {
+ $var(bar) format decimal
+ $var(bar) value
+} {3}
+
+delete_variable bar
+
+# Test: c_variable-6.11
+# Desc: create variable foo
+gdbtk_test c_variable-6.11 {create variable foo} {
+ create_variable foo
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-6.12
+# Desc: type of variable foo
+gdbtk_test c_variable-6.12 {type of variable foo} {
+ $var(foo) type
+} {int *}
+
+# Test: c_variable-6.13
+# Desc: format of variable foo
+gdbtk_test c_variable-6.13 {format of variable foo} {
+ $var(foo) format
+} {natural}
+
+# Test: c_variable-6.14
+# Desc: value of variable foo
+gdbtk_test c_variable-6.14 {value of variable foo} {
+ value foo x
+} {ok}
+
+# Test: c_variable-6.15
+# Desc: change format of var to octal
+gdbtk_test c_variable-6.15 {change format of foo to octal} {
+ $var(foo) format octal
+ $var(foo) format
+} {octal}
+
+# Test: c_variable-6.16
+# Desc: value of foo with new format
+gdbtk_test c_variable-6.16 {value of foo with new format} {
+ value foo o
+} {ok}
+
+# Test: c_variable-6.17
+# Desc: change value of foo
+gdbtk_test c_variable-6.17 {change value of foo} {
+ $var(foo) value 3
+ value foo o
+} {ok}
+
+# Test: c_variable-6.18
+# Desc: check new value of foo
+gdbtk_test c_variable-6.18 {check new value of foo} {
+ $var(foo) format decimal
+ $var(foo) value
+} {3}
+
+delete_variable foo
+
+# Test: c_variable-6.21
+# Desc: create variable weird and children
+gdbtk_test c_variable-6.21 {create variable foo} {
+ if {![create_variable weird]} {
+ lsort [get_children weird]
+ }
+} {char_ptr character func_ptr func_ptr_ptr func_ptr_struct int_ptr_ptr integer long_array long_int s2 u1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-6.22
+# Desc: type of weird and children
+gdbtk_test c_variable-6.22 {type of weird and children} {
+ set types {}
+ foreach v [lsort [array names var]] {
+ lappend types [$var($v) type]
+ }
+
+ set types
+} {{weird_struct *} {char *} char {void (*)()} {struct _struct_decl *(*)()} {struct _struct_decl (*)()} {int **} int {long int [10]} {long int} struct union}
+
+# Test: c_variable-6.23
+# Desc: change format of weird.func_ptr and weird.func_ptr_ptr
+gdbtk_test c_variable-6.23 {change format of weird.func_ptr and weird.func_ptr_ptr} {
+ $var(weird.func_ptr) format hexadecimal
+ $var(weird.func_ptr_ptr) format hexadecimal
+ set result {}
+ lappend result [$var(weird.func_ptr) format]
+ lappend result [$var(weird.func_ptr_ptr) format]
+ set result
+} {hexadecimal hexadecimal}
+
+# Test: c_variable-6.24
+# Desc: format of weird and children
+gdbtk_test c_variable-6.24 {format of weird and children} {
+ set formats {}
+ foreach v [lsort [array names var]] {
+ lappend formats [$var($v) format]
+ }
+
+ set formats
+} {natural natural natural hexadecimal hexadecimal natural natural natural natural natural natural natural}
+
+# Test: c_variable-6.25
+# Desc: value of weird and children
+gdbtk_test c_variable-6.25 {value of weird and children} {
+ set values {}
+ foreach v [lsort [array names var]] f [list x "" "" x x x x d d d d d] {
+ lappend values [value $v $f]
+ }
+
+ set values
+} {ok ok ok ok ok ok ok ok weird.long_array ok weird.s2 weird.u1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-6.26
+# Desc: change format of weird and children to octal
+gdbtk_test c_variable-6.26 {change format of weird and children to octal} {
+ set formats {}
+ foreach v [lsort [array names var]] {
+ $var($v) format octal
+ lappend formats [$var($v) format]
+ }
+
+ set formats
+} {octal octal octal octal octal octal octal octal octal octal octal octal}
+
+# Test: c_variable-6.27
+# Desc: value of weird and children with new format
+gdbtk_test c_variable-6.27 {value of foo with new format} {
+ set values {}
+ foreach v [lsort [array names var]] {
+ lappend values [value $v o]
+ }
+
+ set values
+} {ok ok ok ok ok ok ok ok weird.long_array ok weird.s2 weird.u1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-6.30
+# Desc: create more children of weird
+gdbtk_test c_variable-6.30 {create more children of weird} {
+ foreach v [array names var] {
+ get_children $v
+ }
+
+ # Do it twice to get more children
+ foreach v [array names var] {
+ get_children $v
+ }
+
+ lsort [array names var]
+} {weird weird.char_ptr weird.character weird.func_ptr weird.func_ptr_ptr weird.func_ptr_struct weird.int_ptr_ptr weird.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr weird.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr.**int_ptr_ptr weird.integer weird.long_array weird.long_array.0 weird.long_array.1 weird.long_array.2 weird.long_array.3 weird.long_array.4 weird.long_array.5 weird.long_array.6 weird.long_array.7 weird.long_array.8 weird.long_array.9 weird.long_int weird.s2 weird.s2.g weird.s2.h weird.s2.i weird.s2.i.0 weird.s2.i.1 weird.s2.i.2 weird.s2.i.3 weird.s2.i.4 weird.s2.i.5 weird.s2.i.6 weird.s2.i.7 weird.s2.i.8 weird.s2.i.9 weird.s2.u2 weird.s2.u2.f weird.s2.u2.u1s1 weird.s2.u2.u1s2 weird.u1 weird.u1.a weird.u1.b weird.u1.c weird.u1.d}
+
+# Test: c_variable-6.31
+# Desc: check that all children of weird change
+# Ok, obviously things like weird.s2 and weird.u1 will not change!
+gdbtk_test *c_variable-6.31 {check that all children of weird change (ops, we are now reporting array names as changed in this case - seems harmless though)} {
+ $var(weird) value 0x2121
+ check_update
+} {{weird.integer weird.character weird.char_ptr weird.long_int weird.int_ptr_ptr weird.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr weird.int_ptr_ptr.*int_ptr_ptr.**int_ptr_ptr weird.long_array.0 weird.long_array.1 weird.long_array.2 weird.long_array.3 weird.long_array.4 weird.long_array.5 weird.long_array.6 weird.long_array.7 weird.long_array.8 weird.long_array.9 weird.func_ptr weird.func_ptr_struct weird.func_ptr_ptr weird.u1.a weird.u1.b weird.u1.c weird.u1.d weird.s2.u2.f weird.s2.g weird.s2.h weird.s2.i.0 weird.s2.i.1 weird.s2.i.2 weird.s2.i.3 weird.s2.i.4 weird.s2.i.5 weird.s2.i.6 weird.s2.i.7 weird.s2.i.8 weird.s2.i.9} {weird.s2.i weird.s2.u2 weird weird.s2.u2.u1s1 weird.s2.u2.u1s2 weird.s2 weird.long_array weird.u1} {}}
+
+delete_variable weird
+
+##### #####
+# #
+# Special Display Tests #
+# #
+##### #####
+
+# Stop in "do_special_tests"
+gdb_cmd "break do_special_tests"
+gdb_cmd "continue"
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.1
+# Desc: stop in do_special_tests
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.1 {stop in do_special_tests} {
+ lindex [gdb_loc] 1
+} {do_special_tests}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.10
+# Desc: create union u
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.10 {create union u} {
+ create_variable u
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.11
+# Desc: value of u
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.11 {value of u} {
+ $var(u) value
+} {{...}}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.12
+# Desc: type of u
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.12 {type of u} {
+ $var(u) type
+} {union named_union}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.13
+# Desc: is u editable
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.13 {is u editable} {
+ $var(u) editable
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.14
+# Desc: number of children of u
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.14 {number of children of u} {
+ $var(u) numChildren
+} {2}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.15
+# Desc: children of u
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.15 {children of u} {
+ get_children u
+} {integer char_ptr}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.20
+# Desc: create anonu
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.20 {create anonu} {
+ create_variable anonu
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.21
+# Desc: value of anonu
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.21 {value of anonu} {
+ $var(anonu) value
+} {{...}}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.22
+# Desc: type of anonu
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.22 {type of anonu} {
+ $var(anonu) type
+} {union}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.23
+# Desc: is anonu editable
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.23 {is anonu editable} {
+ $var(anonu) editable
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.24
+# Desc: number of children of anonu
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.24 {number of children of anonu} {
+ $var(anonu) numChildren
+} {3}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.25
+# Desc: children of anonu
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.25 {children of anonu} {
+ get_children anonu
+} {a b c}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.30
+# Desc: create struct s
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.30 {create struct s} {
+ create_variable s
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.31
+# Desc: value of s
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.31 {value of s} {
+ $var(s) value
+} {{...}}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.32
+# Desc: type of s
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.32 {type of s} {
+ $var(s) type
+} {struct _simple_struct}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.33
+# Desc: is s editable
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.33 {is s editable} {
+ $var(s) editable
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.34
+# Desc: number of children of s
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.34 {number of children of s} {
+ $var(s) numChildren
+} {6}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.35
+# Desc: children of s
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.35 {children of s} {
+ get_children s
+} {integer unsigned_integer character signed_character char_ptr array_of_10}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.40
+# Desc: create anons
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.40 {create anons} {
+ create_variable anons
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.41
+# Desc: value of anons
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.41 {value of anons} {
+ $var(anons) value
+} {{...}}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.42
+# Desc: type of anons
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.42 {type of anons} {
+ $var(anons) type
+} {struct}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.43
+# Desc: is anons editable
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.43 {is anons editable} {
+ $var(anons) editable
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.44
+# Desc: number of children of anons
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.44 {number of children of anons} {
+ $var(anons) numChildren
+} {3}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.45
+# Desc: children of anons
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.45 {children of anons} {
+ get_children anons
+} {a b c}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.50
+# Desc: create enum e
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.50 {create enum e} {
+ create_variable e
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.51
+# Desc: value of e
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.51 {value of e} {
+ $var(e) value bar
+ $var(e) value
+} {bar}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.52
+# Desc: type of e
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.52 {type of e} {
+ $var(e) type
+} {enum foo}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.53
+# Desc: is e editable
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.53 {is e editable} {
+ $var(e) editable
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.54
+# Desc: number of children of e
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.54 {number of children of e} {
+ $var(e) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.55
+# Desc: children of e
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.55 {children of e} {
+ get_children e
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.60
+# Desc: create anone
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.60 {create anone} {
+ create_variable anone
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.61
+# Desc: value of anone
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.61 {value of e} {
+ $var(e) value bar
+ $var(e) value
+} {bar}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.62
+# Desc: type of e
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.62 {type of e} {
+ $var(e) type
+} {enum foo}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.63
+# Desc: is e editable
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.63 {is e editable} {
+ $var(e) editable
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.64
+# Desc: number of children of e
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.64 {number of children of e} {
+ $var(e) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.65
+# Desc: children of e
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.65 {children of e} {
+ get_children e
+} {}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.70
+# Desc: create anone
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.70 {try to create anone again (duplicate obj name} {
+ create_variable anone
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.71
+# Desc: value of anone
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.71 {value of anone} {
+ $var(anone) value A
+ $var(anone) value
+} {A}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.72
+# Desc: type of anone
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.72 {type of anone} {
+ $var(anone) type
+} {enum}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.73
+# Desc: is anone editable
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.73 {is anone editable} {
+ $var(anone) editable
+} {1}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.74
+# Desc: number of children of anone
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.74 {number of children of anone} {
+ $var(anone) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.75
+# Desc: children of anone
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.75 {children of anone} {
+ get_children anone
+} {}
+
+# Record fp
+set fp [gdb_cmd "output/x \$fp"]
+gdb_cmd {break incr_a}
+gdb_cmd {continue}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.80
+# Desc: stop in incr_a
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.80 {stop in incr_a} {
+ lindex [gdb_loc] 1
+} {incr_a}
+
+# Test: c_variable-7.81
+# Desc: Create variables in different scopes
+gdbtk_test c_variable-7.81 {create variables in different scopes} {
+ set a1 [gdb_variable create -expr a]
+ set a2 [gdb_variable create -expr a -frame $fp]
+
+ set vals {}
+ lappend vals [$a1 value]
+ lappend vals [$a2 value]
+ set vals
+} {2 1}
+
+# Exit
+#
+gdbtk_test_done
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.12.2
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+# Defaults:
+ac_help=
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+# Any additions from configure.in:
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+build=NONE
+cache_file=./config.cache
+exec_prefix=NONE
+host=NONE
+no_create=
+nonopt=NONE
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+target=NONE
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datadir='${prefix}/share'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+infodir='${prefix}/info'
+mandir='${prefix}/man'
+
+# Initialize some other variables.
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS=
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
+ac_max_here_lines=12
+
+ac_prev=
+for ac_option
+do
+
+ # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+ if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+ eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
+ ac_prev=
+ continue
+ fi
+
+ case "$ac_option" in
+ -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
+ *) ac_optarg= ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+ case "$ac_option" in
+
+ -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+ ac_prev=bindir ;;
+ -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+ bindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+ ac_prev=build ;;
+ -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+ build="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+ | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+ ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+ -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+ | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+ cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
+ ac_prev=datadir ;;
+ -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
+ | --da=*)
+ datadir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -disable-* | --disable-*)
+ ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+ { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi
+ ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+ eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;;
+
+ -enable-* | --enable-*)
+ ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+ { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi
+ ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+ case "$ac_option" in
+ *=*) ;;
+ *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+ esac
+ eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+ -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+ | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+ | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+ ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+ -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+ | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+ | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+ exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+ # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+ with_gas=yes ;;
+
+ -help | --help | --hel | --he)
+ # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+ # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+ cat << EOF
+Usage: configure [options] [host]
+Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions]
+Configuration:
+ --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE
+ --help print this message
+ --no-create do not create output files
+ --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages
+ --version print the version of autoconf that created configure
+Directory and file names:
+ --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+ [$ac_default_prefix]
+ --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+ [same as prefix]
+ --bindir=DIR user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin]
+ --sbindir=DIR system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin]
+ --libexecdir=DIR program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec]
+ --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data in DIR
+ [PREFIX/share]
+ --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc]
+ --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR
+ [PREFIX/com]
+ --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var]
+ --libdir=DIR object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib]
+ --includedir=DIR C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include]
+ --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include]
+ --infodir=DIR info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info]
+ --mandir=DIR man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man]
+ --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..]
+ --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names
+ --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names
+ --program-transform-name=PROGRAM
+ run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
+EOF
+ cat << EOF
+Host type:
+ --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST]
+ --host=HOST configure for HOST [guessed]
+ --target=TARGET configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST]
+Features and packages:
+ --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+ --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+ --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+ --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+ --x-includes=DIR X include files are in DIR
+ --x-libraries=DIR X library files are in DIR
+EOF
+ if test -n "$ac_help"; then
+ echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help"
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+
+ -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+ ac_prev=host ;;
+ -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+ host="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+ | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+ ac_prev=includedir ;;
+ -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+ | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+ includedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+ ac_prev=infodir ;;
+ -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+ infodir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+ ac_prev=libdir ;;
+ -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+ libdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+ | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+ ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+ -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+ | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+ libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+ | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
+ | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
+ ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+ -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+ | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
+ | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
+ localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+ ac_prev=mandir ;;
+ -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+ mandir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+ # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+ with_fp=no ;;
+
+ -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+ | --no-cr | --no-c)
+ no_create=yes ;;
+
+ -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+ | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+ no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+ -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+ | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+ | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+ ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+ -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+ | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+ | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+ oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+ ac_prev=prefix ;;
+ -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+ prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+ | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+ ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+ -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+ | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+ program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+ | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+ ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+ -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+ | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+ program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+ | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+ | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+ | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+ | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+ | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+ | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+ ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+ -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+ | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+ | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+ | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+ | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+ | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+ | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+ program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+ silent=yes ;;
+
+ -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+ ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+ -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+ | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+ sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+ | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+ | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+ | --sha | --sh)
+ ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+ -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+ | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+ | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+ | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+ sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -site | --site | --sit)
+ ac_prev=site ;;
+ -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+ site="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+ ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+ -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+ srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+ | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+ ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+ -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+ | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+ sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+ ac_prev=target ;;
+ -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+ target="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+ verbose=yes ;;
+
+ -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers)
+ echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.12.2"
+ exit 0 ;;
+
+ -with-* | --with-*)
+ ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+ { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi
+ ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+ case "$ac_option" in
+ *=*) ;;
+ *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+ esac
+ eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+ -without-* | --without-*)
+ ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+ { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi
+ ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+ eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;;
+
+ --x)
+ # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+ with_x=yes ;;
+
+ -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+ | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+ ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+ -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+ | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+ x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+ | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+ ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+ -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+ | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+ x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+ -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then
+ echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2
+ fi
+ if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then
+ { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi
+ nonopt="$ac_option"
+ ;;
+
+ esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+ { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# File descriptor usage:
+# 0 standard input
+# 1 file creation
+# 2 errors and warnings
+# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty
+# 4 used on the Kubota Titan
+# 6 checking for... messages and results
+# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log
+if test "$silent" = yes; then
+ exec 6>/dev/null
+else
+ exec 6>&1
+fi
+exec 5>./config.log
+
+echo "\
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+" 1>&5
+
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters.
+ac_configure_args=
+for ac_arg
+do
+ case "$ac_arg" in
+ -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+ | --no-cr | --no-c) ;;
+ -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+ | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;;
+ *" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*)
+ ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
+ *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;;
+ esac
+done
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+# Only set these to C if already set. These must not be set unconditionally
+# because not all systems understand e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
+# Fixing LC_MESSAGES prevents Solaris sh from translating var values in `set'!
+# Non-C LC_CTYPE values break the ctype check.
+if test "${LANG+set}" = set; then LANG=C; export LANG; fi
+if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi
+if test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; fi
+if test "${LC_CTYPE+set}" = set; then LC_CTYPE=C; export LC_CTYPE; fi
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
+# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
+echo > confdefs.h
+
+# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that
+# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct.
+ac_unique_file=defs
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+ ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+ # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
+ ac_prog=$0
+ ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+ test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=.
+ srcdir=$ac_confdir
+ if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+ srcdir=..
+ fi
+else
+ ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+ if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
+ { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ else
+ { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi
+fi
+srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'`
+
+# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+ if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+ CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
+ else
+ CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
+ fi
+fi
+for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
+ if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+ echo "loading site script $ac_site_file"
+ . "$ac_site_file"
+ fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+ echo "loading cache $cache_file"
+ . $cache_file
+else
+ echo "creating cache $cache_file"
+ > $cache_file
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest${ac_exeext} $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+ac_exeext=
+ac_objext=o
+if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
+ # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu.
+ if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then
+ ac_n= ac_c='
+' ac_t=' '
+ else
+ ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t=
+ fi
+else
+ ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t=
+fi
+
+
+
+CC=${CC-cc}
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in `cd $srcdir;pwd`/../../.. $srcdir/`cd $srcdir;pwd`/../../..; do
+ if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then
+ ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+ ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+ break
+ elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then
+ ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+ ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+ break
+ fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+ { echo "configure: error: can not find install-sh or install.sh in `cd $srcdir;pwd`/../../.. $srcdir/`cd $srcdir;pwd`/../../.." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+ac_config_guess=$ac_aux_dir/config.guess
+ac_config_sub=$ac_aux_dir/config.sub
+ac_configure=$ac_aux_dir/configure # This should be Cygnus configure.
+
+
+# Do some error checking and defaulting for the host and target type.
+# The inputs are:
+# configure --host=HOST --target=TARGET --build=BUILD NONOPT
+#
+# The rules are:
+# 1. You are not allowed to specify --host, --target, and nonopt at the
+# same time.
+# 2. Host defaults to nonopt.
+# 3. If nonopt is not specified, then host defaults to the current host,
+# as determined by config.guess.
+# 4. Target and build default to nonopt.
+# 5. If nonopt is not specified, then target and build default to host.
+
+# The aliases save the names the user supplied, while $host etc.
+# will get canonicalized.
+case $host---$target---$nonopt in
+NONE---*---* | *---NONE---* | *---*---NONE) ;;
+*) { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; } ;;
+esac
+
+
+# Make sure we can run config.sub.
+if ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_config_sub sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+else { echo "configure: error: can not run $ac_config_sub" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking host system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:575: checking host system type" >&5
+
+host_alias=$host
+case "$host_alias" in
+NONE)
+ case $nonopt in
+ NONE)
+ if host_alias=`${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_config_guess`; then :
+ else { echo "configure: error: can not guess host type; you must specify one" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ fi ;;
+ *) host_alias=$nonopt ;;
+ esac ;;
+esac
+
+host=`${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_config_sub $host_alias`
+host_cpu=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+host_vendor=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+host_os=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+echo "$ac_t""$host" 1>&6
+
+echo $ac_n "checking target system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:596: checking target system type" >&5
+
+target_alias=$target
+case "$target_alias" in
+NONE)
+ case $nonopt in
+ NONE) target_alias=$host_alias ;;
+ *) target_alias=$nonopt ;;
+ esac ;;
+esac
+
+target=`${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_config_sub $target_alias`
+target_cpu=`echo $target | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+target_vendor=`echo $target | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+target_os=`echo $target | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+echo "$ac_t""$target" 1>&6
+
+echo $ac_n "checking build system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:614: checking build system type" >&5
+
+build_alias=$build
+case "$build_alias" in
+NONE)
+ case $nonopt in
+ NONE) build_alias=$host_alias ;;
+ *) build_alias=$nonopt ;;
+ esac ;;
+esac
+
+build=`${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_config_sub $build_alias`
+build_cpu=`echo $build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+build_vendor=`echo $build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+build_os=`echo $build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+echo "$ac_t""$build" 1>&6
+
+test "$host_alias" != "$target_alias" &&
+ test "$program_prefix$program_suffix$program_transform_name" = \
+ NONENONEs,x,x, &&
+ program_prefix=${target_alias}-
+
+trap '' 1 2 15
+cat > confcache <<\EOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems.
+# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file,
+# creating it if it does not exist already. You can give configure
+# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is
+# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in
+# subdirectories, so they share the cache.
+# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure.
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the
+# --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+EOF
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+(set) 2>&1 |
+ case `(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1 | grep ac_space` in
+ *ac_space=\ *)
+ # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution
+ # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
+ sed -n \
+ -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \
+ -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+ sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p'
+ ;;
+ esac >> confcache
+if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then
+ :
+else
+ if test -w $cache_file; then
+ echo "updating cache $cache_file"
+ cat confcache > $cache_file
+ else
+ echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
+ fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute
+# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed.
+# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it.
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+ ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[^:]*$/d'
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
+# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
+# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
+cat > conftest.defs <<\EOF
+s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%-D\1=\2%g
+s%[ `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?]%\\&%g
+s%\[%\\&%g
+s%\]%\\&%g
+s%\$%$$%g
+EOF
+DEFS=`sed -f conftest.defs confdefs.h | tr '\012' ' '`
+rm -f conftest.defs
+
+
+# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status.
+: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
+
+echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS
+cat > $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+#! /bin/sh
+# Generated automatically by configure.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# This directory was configured as follows,
+# on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+#
+# $0 $ac_configure_args
+#
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists.
+
+ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]"
+for ac_option
+do
+ case "\$ac_option" in
+ -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+ echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion"
+ exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;;
+ -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v)
+ echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.12.2"
+ exit 0 ;;
+ -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h)
+ echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
+ *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;;
+ esac
+done
+
+ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir
+
+trap 'rm -fr `echo "Makefile" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g\$/@g/; /@g\$/s/[\\\\&%]/\\\\&/g;
+ s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g\$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\\CEOF
+$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+s%@SHELL@%$SHELL%g
+s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g
+s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g
+s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g
+s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g
+s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g
+s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g
+s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g
+s%@prefix@%$prefix%g
+s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g
+s%@bindir@%$bindir%g
+s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g
+s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g
+s%@datadir@%$datadir%g
+s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g
+s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g
+s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g
+s%@libdir@%$libdir%g
+s%@includedir@%$includedir%g
+s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g
+s%@infodir@%$infodir%g
+s%@mandir@%$mandir%g
+s%@CC@%$CC%g
+s%@host@%$host%g
+s%@host_alias@%$host_alias%g
+s%@host_cpu@%$host_cpu%g
+s%@host_vendor@%$host_vendor%g
+s%@host_os@%$host_os%g
+s%@target@%$target%g
+s%@target_alias@%$target_alias%g
+s%@target_cpu@%$target_cpu%g
+s%@target_vendor@%$target_vendor%g
+s%@target_os@%$target_os%g
+s%@build@%$build%g
+s%@build_alias@%$build_alias%g
+s%@build_cpu@%$build_cpu%g
+s%@build_vendor@%$build_vendor%g
+s%@build_os@%$build_os%g
+
+CEOF
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+
+# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
+# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
+ac_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script.
+ac_file=1 # Number of current file.
+ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
+ac_end=$ac_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file.
+ac_more_lines=:
+ac_sed_cmds=""
+while $ac_more_lines; do
+ if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
+ sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+ else
+ sed "${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+ fi
+ if test ! -s conftest.s$ac_file; then
+ ac_more_lines=false
+ rm -f conftest.s$ac_file
+ else
+ if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+ ac_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+ else
+ ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+ fi
+ ac_file=`expr $ac_file + 1`
+ ac_beg=$ac_end
+ ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_cmds`
+ fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+ ac_sed_cmds=cat
+fi
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+CONFIG_FILES=\${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile"}
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
+ # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+ case "$ac_file" in
+ *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
+ ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+ *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories.
+
+ # Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname.
+ ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+ if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+ # The file is in a subdirectory.
+ test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
+ ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+ # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+ ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+ else
+ ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
+ fi
+
+ case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+ .) srcdir=.
+ if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=.
+ else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;;
+ /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+ *) # Relative path.
+ srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"
+ top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+ esac
+
+
+ echo creating "$ac_file"
+ rm -f "$ac_file"
+ configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure."
+ case "$ac_file" in
+ *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\
+# $configure_input" ;;
+ *) ac_comsub= ;;
+ esac
+
+ ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
+ sed -e "$ac_comsub
+s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g
+s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g
+s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g
+" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") > $ac_file
+fi; done
+rm -f conftest.s*
+
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+
+exit 0
+EOF
+chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files
+test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1
+
--- /dev/null
+dnl Process this file file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+dnl This file is a shell script fragment that supplies the information
+dnl necessary to tailor a template configure script into the configure
+dnl script appropriate for this directory. For more information, check
+dnl any existing configure script.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.5)
+AC_INIT(defs)
+
+CC=${CC-cc}
+AC_SUBST(CC)
+AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(`cd $srcdir;pwd`/../../..)
+AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM
+AC_OUTPUT(Makefile)
--- /dev/null
+#
+# Check if we have a display
+#
+if {![info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]} {
+ untested "No DISPLAY -- skipping test"
+} else {
+
+ if {$tracelevel} {
+ strace $tracelevel
+ }
+
+ #
+ # test console window
+ #
+ set prms_id 0
+ set bug_id 0
+
+ set testfile "simple"
+ set srcfile ${testfile}.c
+ set binfile ${objdir}/${subdir}/${testfile}
+ set r [gdb_compile "${srcdir}/${subdir}/${srcfile}" "${binfile}" executable {debug}]
+ if { $r != "" } {
+ gdb_suppress_entire_file \
+ "Testcase compile failed, so some tests in this file will automatically fail."
+ }
+
+ # Start with a fresh gdbtk
+ gdb_exit
+ set results [gdbtk_start [file join $srcdir $subdir console.test]]
+ set results [split $results \n]
+
+ # Analyze results
+ gdbtk_analyze_results $results
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# Please email any bugs, comments, and/or additions to this file to:
+# bug-gdb@prep.ai.mit.edu
+
+# This file was written by Keith Seitz (keiths@cygnus.com)
+
+# Read in the standard defs file
+
+if {![gdbtk_read_defs]} {
+ break
+}
+
+global objdir test_ran
+global console text
+set console [ManagedWin::open Console]
+set text [$console get_text]
+
+##### #####
+# #
+# Helper functions for this module #
+# #
+##### #####
+
+# console_command --
+# Invoke STRING as a command in the console window and
+# return the result
+proc console_command {string} {
+ global console text
+
+ # Save current position
+ set line [lindex [split [$text index cmdmark] .] 0]
+ incr line 1
+
+ # Insert and invoke command
+ $text insert end $string
+ $console invoke
+ update
+
+ # Get the result
+ set end [lindex [split [$text index cmdmark] .] 0]
+ incr end -1
+ return [$text get $line.0 [list $end.0 lineend]]
+}
+
+# get_cmd_line --
+# Return the command line
+proc get_cmd_line {} {
+ global text
+
+ update
+ set index [$text index cmdmark]
+ return [$text get [list $index linestart] [list $index lineend]]
+}
+
+# clear_command_line --
+# Clear the command line
+proc clear_command_line {} {
+ global text
+ $text delete {cmdmark + 1 char} insert
+}
+
+##### #####
+# #
+# CONSOLE TESTS #
+# #
+##### #####
+
+#
+# Miscellaneous tests
+#
+
+# Test: console-misc-1
+# Desc: Change console prompt
+gdbtk_test console-misc-1 {change console prompt} {
+ # Insert the "set prompt" command into the text widget
+ console_command {set prompt (test) }
+
+ $text get {cmdmark linestart} {cmdmark lineend}
+} {(test) }
+if {$test_ran} {
+ console_command {set prompt (gdb) }
+}
+
+#
+# Paste tests
+#
+
+# Test: console-paste-1
+# Desc: Paste the X selection into console window
+gdbtk_test console-paste-1 {paste X text} {
+ # This is cheesy, but it works... Create a text widget
+ # which holds the current selection...
+ text .test_text
+ .test_text insert end "this is some pasted text"
+ .test_text tag add sel 1.0 {1.0 lineend}
+
+ event generate $text <<Paste>>
+ get_cmd_line
+} {(gdb) this is some pasted text}
+if {$test_ran} {
+ destroy .test_text
+ clear_command_line
+}
+
+#
+# Test for errors
+#
+
+# Test: console-error-1
+# Desc: Check if console window reports internal gdb errors
+gdbtk_test console-error-1 {invoke unknown command} {
+ console_command {this_command_doesn't_exist}
+} {Error: Undefined command: "this". Try "help".
+}
+
+#
+# History tests
+#
+
+# Test: console-history-1.1
+# Desc: Exercise the up-history functionality
+gdbtk_test console-history-1.1 {up history once} {
+ # Add some commands into the command buffer
+ console_command {show annotate}
+ console_command {show complaints}
+ console_command {show confirm}
+ console_command {show height}
+ console_command {show language}
+ console_command {show print demangle}
+ console_command {show remotebaud}
+ console_command {show remotebreak}
+ console_command {show remotecache}
+ console_command {show remotedebug}
+ console_command {show remotedevice}
+ console_command {show remotelogbase}
+ console_command {help quit}
+ console_command {help si}
+ event generate $text <Up>
+ get_cmd_line
+} {(gdb) help si}
+if {$test_ran} {
+ clear_command_line
+}
+
+# Test: console-history-1.2
+# Desc: Exercise the up-history functionality
+gdbtk_test console-history-1.2 {up history twice} {
+ # Add some commands into the command buffer
+ console_command {show annotate}
+ console_command {show complaints}
+ console_command {show confirm}
+ console_command {show height}
+ console_command {show language}
+ console_command {show print demangle}
+ console_command {show remotebaud}
+ console_command {show remotebreak}
+ console_command {show remotecache}
+ console_command {show remotedebug}
+ console_command {show remotedevice}
+ console_command {show remotelogbase}
+ console_command {help quit}
+ console_command {help si}
+ event generate $text <Up>
+ event generate $text <Up>
+ get_cmd_line
+} {(gdb) help quit}
+if {$test_ran} {
+ clear_command_line
+}
+
+# Test: console-history-1.3
+# Desc: Exercise the up-history functionality
+gdbtk_test console-history-1.3 {up history four times} {
+ # Add some commands into the command buffer
+ console_command {show annotate}
+ console_command {show complaints}
+ console_command {show confirm}
+ console_command {show height}
+ console_command {show language}
+ console_command {show print demangle}
+ console_command {show remotebaud}
+ console_command {show remotebreak}
+ console_command {show remotecache}
+ console_command {show remotedebug}
+ console_command {show remotedevice}
+ console_command {show remotelogbase}
+ console_command {help quit}
+ console_command {help si}
+
+ for {set i 0} {$i < 4} {incr i} {
+ event generate $text <Up>
+ }
+ get_cmd_line
+} {(gdb) show remotedevice}
+if {$test_ran} {
+ clear_command_line
+}
+
+# Test: console-history-1.4
+# Desc: Exercise the up-history functionality
+gdbtk_test console-history-1.4 {up fourteen times} {
+ # Add some commands into the command buffer
+ console_command {show annotate}
+ console_command {show complaints}
+ console_command {show confirm}
+ console_command {show height}
+ console_command {show language}
+ console_command {show print demangle}
+ console_command {show remotebaud}
+ console_command {show remotebreak}
+ console_command {show remotecache}
+ console_command {show remotedebug}
+ console_command {show remotedevice}
+ console_command {show remotelogbase}
+ console_command {help quit}
+ console_command {help si}
+ for {set i 0} {$i < 14} {incr i} {
+ event generate $text <Up>
+ }
+ get_cmd_line
+} {(gdb) show annotate}
+if {$test_ran} {
+ clear_command_line
+}
+
+# Test: console-history-1.5
+# Desc: Exercise the up-history search functionality
+gdbtk_test console-history-1.5 {up search} {
+ # Add some commands into the command buffer
+ console_command {show height}
+ console_command {show annotate}
+ console_command {show complaints}
+ console_command {print main}
+ console_command {show remotelogbase}
+ console_command {help quit}
+ console_command {help si}
+
+ $text insert end "sh"
+ event generate $text <Shift-Up>
+ event generate $text <Shift-Up>
+ event generate $text <Shift-Up>
+ get_cmd_line
+} {(gdb) show annotate}
+
+
+# Test: console-history-1.6
+# Desc: Exercise the down-history search functionality
+gdbtk_test console-history-1.6 {down search} {
+ event generate $text <Shift-Down>
+ event generate $text <Shift-Down>
+ get_cmd_line
+} {(gdb) show remotelogbase}
+
+# Test: console-history-1.7
+# Desc: Down-history search to bottom
+# We go back down until the original partialcommand is displayed
+gdbtk_test console-history-1.7 {down search to bottom} {
+ event generate $text <Shift-Down>
+ event generate $text <Shift-Down>
+ get_cmd_line
+} {(gdb) sh}
+
+# Test: console-history-1.8
+# Desc: Up-history search to top
+# We go up until there are no matches
+gdbtk_test console-history-1.8 {up search to top} {
+ for {set i 0} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
+ event generate $text <Shift-Up>
+ }
+ get_cmd_line
+} {(gdb) show annotate}
+
+if {$test_ran} {
+ clear_command_line
+}
+
+# Test: console-history-2.1
+# Desc: Exercise the down-history functionality
+gdbtk_test console-history-2.1 {down once} {
+ # Add some commands into the command buffer
+ console_command {show annotate}
+ console_command {show complaints}
+ console_command {show confirm}
+ console_command {show height}
+ console_command {show language}
+ console_command {show print demangle}
+ console_command {show remotebaud}
+ console_command {show remotebreak}
+ console_command {show remotecache}
+ console_command {show remotedebug}
+ console_command {show remotedevice}
+ console_command {show remotelogbase}
+ console_command {help quit}
+ console_command {help si}
+
+ for {set i 0} {$i < 14} {incr i} {
+ event generate $text <Up>
+ }
+ event generate $text <Down>
+ get_cmd_line
+} {(gdb) show complaints}
+if {$test_ran} {
+ clear_command_line
+}
+
+# Test: console-history-2.2
+# Desc: Exercise the down-history functionality
+gdbtk_test console-history-2.2 {down twice} {
+ # Add some commands into the command buffer
+ console_command {show annotate}
+ console_command {show complaints}
+ console_command {show confirm}
+ console_command {show height}
+ console_command {show language}
+ console_command {show print demangle}
+ console_command {show remotebaud}
+ console_command {show remotebreak}
+ console_command {show remotecache}
+ console_command {show remotedebug}
+ console_command {show remotedevice}
+ console_command {show remotelogbase}
+ console_command {help quit}
+ console_command {help si}
+
+ for {set i 0} {$i < 14} {incr i} {
+ event generate $text <Up>
+ }
+
+ event generate $text <Down>
+ event generate $text <Down>
+ get_cmd_line
+} {(gdb) show confirm}
+if {$test_ran} {
+ clear_command_line
+}
+
+# Test: console-history-2.3
+# Desc: Exercise the down-history functionality
+gdbtk_test console-history-2.3 {down four times} {
+ # Add some commands into the command buffer
+ console_command {show annotate}
+ console_command {show complaints}
+ console_command {show confirm}
+ console_command {show height}
+ console_command {show language}
+ console_command {show print demangle}
+ console_command {show remotebaud}
+ console_command {show remotebreak}
+ console_command {show remotecache}
+ console_command {show remotedebug}
+ console_command {show remotedevice}
+ console_command {show remotelogbase}
+ console_command {help quit}
+ console_command {help si}
+
+ for {set i 0} {$i < 14} {incr i} {
+ event generate $text <Up>
+ }
+
+ for {set i 0} {$i < 4} {incr i} {
+ event generate $text <Down>
+ }
+ get_cmd_line
+} {(gdb) show language}
+if {$test_ran} {
+ clear_command_line
+}
+
+# Test: console-history-2.4
+# Desc: Exercise the down-history functionality
+gdbtk_test console-history-2.4 {down infinitely} {
+ # Add some commands into the command buffer
+ console_command {show annotate}
+ console_command {show complaints}
+ console_command {show confirm}
+ console_command {show height}
+ console_command {show language}
+ console_command {show print demangle}
+ console_command {show remotebaud}
+ console_command {show remotebreak}
+ console_command {show remotecache}
+ console_command {show remotedebug}
+ console_command {show remotedevice}
+ console_command {show remotelogbase}
+ console_command {help quit}
+ console_command {help si}
+ for {set i 0} {$i < 14} {incr i} {
+ event generate $text <Up>
+ }
+
+ for {set i 0} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
+ event generate $text <Down>
+ }
+ get_cmd_line
+} {(gdb) }
+if {$test_ran} {
+ clear_command_line
+}
+
+#
+# gdb - gdbtk Interface Tests
+#
+
+# Test: console-interface-1.1
+# Desc: Verify that a "file" command in the console window causes
+# gdb to invoke the pre-/post-add-symbol hooks
+set file_loaded 0
+gdbtk_test console-interface-1.1 {file command goes through hooks} {
+ global TEST1_RESULT TEST2_RESULT
+
+ # This is really ugly, but its the only way to do this...
+ rename gdbtk_tcl_pre_add_symbol pre_add
+ rename gdbtk_tcl_post_add_symbol post_add
+
+ proc gdbtk_tcl_pre_add_symbol {file} {
+ global TEST1_RESULT
+
+ set TEST1_RESULT $file
+ pre_add $file
+ }
+ proc gdbtk_tcl_post_add_symbol {} {
+ global TEST2_RESULT
+
+ set TEST2_RESULT ok
+ post_add
+ }
+
+ # load a file and make sure we went through the pre/post_add_symbol hooks
+ set TEST1_RESULT {}
+ set TEST2_RESULT {}
+ set file [file join $objdir simple]
+ console_command "file $file"
+ if {$TEST1_RESULT != $file} {
+ set result "did not go through gdbtk_tcl_pre_add_symbol ($TEST1_RESULT)"
+ } elseif {$TEST2_RESULT != "ok"} {
+ set result "did not go through gdbtk_tcl_post_add_symbol"
+ } else {
+ set result {}
+ set file_loaded 1
+ }
+
+ set result
+} {}
+if {$test_ran} {
+ rename gdbtk_tcl_pre_add_symbol {}
+ rename gdbtk_tcl_post_add_symbol {}
+ rename pre_add gdbtk_tcl_pre_add_symbol
+ rename post_add gdbtk_tcl_post_add_symbol
+}
+
+#
+# Exit
+#
+gdbtk_test_done
+
+# Local variables:
+# mode: tcl
+# change-log-default-name: "ChangeLog-gdbtk"
+# End:
--- /dev/null
+#include "cpp_variable.h"
+
+static void do_simple_class_tests (void);
+
+int
+VB::fvb_pub () {return 300 + vb_pub_int;}
+
+int
+VB::vvb_pub () {return 400 + vb_pub_int;}
+
+int
+V::f () {return 600 + v_pub_int;}
+
+int
+V::vv () {return 400 + v_pub_int;}
+
+int
+VC::fvc () {return 300 + vc_pub_int;}
+
+int
+VC::vfvc () {return 100 + vc_pub_int;}
+
+main ()
+{
+ do_simple_class_tests ();
+}
+
+static void
+do_simple_class_tests (void)
+{
+ V *v = new V;
+ V vv;
+}
--- /dev/null
+#
+# Check if we have a display
+#
+if {![info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]} {
+ untested "No DISPLAY -- skipping test"
+} else {
+
+ if {$tracelevel} {
+ strace $tracelevel
+ }
+
+ #
+ # test variable API
+ #
+ set prms_id 0
+ set bug_id 0
+
+ set testfile "cpp_variable"
+ set srcfile ${testfile}.cc
+ set binfile ${objdir}/${subdir}/${testfile}
+ set r [gdb_compile "${srcdir}/${subdir}/${srcfile}" "${binfile}" executable {debug c++}]
+ if { $r != "" } {
+ gdb_suppress_entire_file \
+ "Testcase compile failed, so some tests in this file will automatically fail."
+ }
+
+ # Start with a fresh gdbtk
+ gdb_exit
+ set results [gdbtk_start [file join $srcdir $subdir ${testfile}.test]]
+ set results [split $results \n]
+
+ # Analyze results
+ gdbtk_analyze_results $results
+}
--- /dev/null
+struct _foo
+{
+ int a[10];
+ char *p;
+};
+
+class VA
+{
+ public:
+ int va_pub_int;
+ char *va_pub_charp;
+
+ private:
+ int va_priv_int;
+ char *va_priv_charp;
+
+ protected:
+ struct _foo bar;
+};
+
+class VB
+{
+ public:
+ int vb_pub_int;
+
+ int fvb_pub ();
+ virtual int vvb_pub ();
+
+ private:
+ int vb_priv_int;
+ char *vb_priv_charp;
+};
+
+class VC
+{
+ public:
+ int vc_pub_int;
+
+ int fvc ();
+ virtual int vfvc ();
+};
+
+class V : public VA, public VB, public VC
+{
+ public:
+ int f ();
+ virtual int vv ();
+ int v_pub_int;
+ char *v_pub_charp;
+
+ private:
+ int v_priv_int;
+ char *v_priv_charp;
+};
--- /dev/null
+# Copyright (C) 1998 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This Program Is Free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# Please email any bugs, comments, and/or additions to this file to:
+# bug-gdb@prep.ai.mit.edu
+
+# This file was written by Keith Seitz (keiths@cygnus.com)
+
+# Read in the standard defs file
+if {![gdbtk_read_defs]} {
+ break
+}
+
+global objdir test_ran
+global tcl_platform
+
+# Load in a file
+if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+ set program [file join $objdir cpp_variable.exe]
+} else {
+ set program [file join $objdir cpp_variable]
+}
+
+# This isn't a test case, since if this fails, we're hosed.
+if {[catch {gdb_cmd "file $program"} t]} {
+ # an error occured loading the file
+ gdbtk_test_error "loading \"$program\": $t"
+}
+
+# The variables that are created are stored in an array called "var".
+
+# proc to tell us which of the variables are changed/out of scope
+proc check_update {} {
+ global var
+
+ set changed {}
+ set unchanged {}
+ set out {}
+ #FIXME: Should get a list of root variables instead of using the array
+ foreach ind [array names var] {
+ set changed [concat $changed [$var($ind) update]]
+ }
+
+ foreach ind [array names var] {
+ set ix [lsearch -exact $changed $var($ind)]
+ if {$ix < 0} {
+ lappend unchanged $var($ind)
+ }
+ }
+
+ return [list $changed $unchanged $out]
+}
+
+# proc to create a variable
+proc create_variable {expr} {
+ global var
+
+ set err [catch {gdb_variable create "$expr" -expr $expr} v]
+ if {!$err} {
+ set var($expr) $v
+ }
+
+ return $err
+}
+
+# proc to get the children
+# Children are stored in the global "var" as
+# PARENT.child. So for struct _foo {int a; int b} bar;,
+# the children returned are {a b} and var(bar.a) and var(bar.b)
+# map the actual objects to their names.
+proc get_children {parent} {
+ global var
+
+ set kiddies [$var($parent) children]
+ set children {}
+ foreach child $kiddies {
+ set name [lindex [split $child .] end]
+ lappend children $name
+ set var($parent.$name) $child
+ }
+
+ return $children
+}
+
+proc delete_variable {varname} {
+ global var
+
+ if {[info exists var($varname)]} {
+ # This has to be caught, since deleting a parent
+ # will erase all children.
+ $var($varname) delete
+ set vars [array names var $varname*]
+ foreach v $vars {
+ if {[info exists var($v)]} {
+ unset var($v)
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# Compare the values of variable V in format FMT with value of OBJ
+# with gdb's value.
+proc cppvalue {obj v fmt} {
+ global var
+ global _test
+
+ puts $_test(logfile) "obj=$obj v=$v fmt=$fmt"
+ puts $_test(logfile) "var(\$obj)=$var($obj)"
+
+ set value [$var($obj) value]
+ set gdb [gdb_cmd "output/$fmt $v"]
+ puts $_test(logfile) "output/$fmt $v"
+ if {$value == $gdb} {
+ puts $_test(logfile) "gdbtk: $value == gdb: $gdb"
+ set result ok
+ } else {
+ set result $v
+ puts $_test(logfile) "gdbtk: $value <> gdb: $gdb"
+ }
+
+ return $result
+}
+
+proc delete_all_variables {} {
+ global var
+
+ foreach variable [array names var] {
+ delete_variable $variable
+ }
+}
+
+##### #####
+# #
+# Simple Class Tests #
+# #
+##### #####
+
+# run to "do_simple_class_tests"
+gdb_cmd "break do_simple_class_tests"
+gdb_cmd "run"
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-1.1
+# Desc: stopped in do_simple_class_tests
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-1.1 {stopped in do_simple_class_tests} {
+ lindex [gdb_loc] 1
+} {do_simple_class_tests(void)}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-1.2
+# Desc: create variable v
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-1.2 {create variable v} {
+ create_variable v
+} {0}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-1.3
+# Desc: number of children of v
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-1.3 {number of children of v} {
+ $var(v) numChildren
+} {5}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-1.4a
+# Desc: children of v
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-1.4a {children of v} {
+ get_children v
+} {VA VB VC public private}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-1.4b
+# Desc: public children of v
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-1.4b {public children of v} {
+ get_children v.public
+} {v_pub_int v_pub_charp}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-1.4c
+# Desc: private children of v
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-1.4c {private children of v} {
+ get_children v.private
+} {v_priv_int v_priv_charp}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-1.5
+# Desc: type of v
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-1.5 {type of v} {
+ $var(v) type
+} {V *}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-1.6
+# Desc: format of v
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-1.6 {format of v} {
+ $var(v) format
+} {natural}
+
+set value [$var(v) value]
+
+# Step over "V *v = new V;"
+gdb_cmd "next"
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-1.7
+# Desc: check value of v changed
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-1.7 {check value of v changed} {
+ check_update
+} {{v v.public.v_pub_int v.public.v_pub_charp v.private.v_priv_int v.private.v_priv_charp} {v.VB v.VC v.private v.public v.VA} {}}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-1.8
+# Desc: check values of v
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-1.8 {check values of v} {
+ set new [$var(v) value]
+ expr {$new != $value}
+} {1}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-1.9
+# Desc: v editable
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-1.9 {v editable} {
+ $var(v) editable
+} {1}
+
+##### #####
+# #
+# Children of v tests #
+# #
+##### #####
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.1
+# Desc: type of v.v_pub_int
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.1 {type of v.v_pub_int} {
+ $var(v.public.v_pub_int) type
+} {int}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.2
+# Desc: format of v.v_pub_int
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.2 {format of v.v_pub_int} {
+ $var(v.public.v_pub_int) format
+} {natural}
+
+gdb_cmd "set variable v.v_pub_int=2112"
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.3
+# Desc: value of v.v_pub_int changed
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.3 {value of v.v_pub_int changed} {
+ check_update
+} {v.public.v_pub_int {v.private.v_priv_charp v.VB v.private.v_priv_int v.VC v.public.v_pub_charp v v.private v.public v.VA} {}}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.4
+# Desc: value of v.v_pub_int
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.4 {value of v.v_pub_int} {
+ $var(v.public.v_pub_int) value
+} {2112}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.5
+# Desc: changed format of v.v_pub_int
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.5 {changed format of v.v_pub_int} {
+ $var(v.public.v_pub_int) format octal
+ $var(v.public.v_pub_int) format
+} {octal}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.6
+# Desc: value of v.v_pub_int with new format
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.6 {value of v.v_pub_int with new format} {
+ $var(v.public.v_pub_int) value
+} {04100}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.7
+# Desc: change value of v.v_pub_int (decimal)
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.7 {change value of v.v_pub_int (decimal)} {
+ $var(v.public.v_pub_int) value 3
+ cppvalue v.public.v_pub_int v.v_pub_int o
+} {ok}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.8
+# Desc: change value of v.v_pub_int (hexadecimal)
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.8 {change value of v.v_pub_int (hexadecimal)} {
+ $var(v.public.v_pub_int) value 0x21
+ cppvalue v.public.v_pub_int v.v_pub_int o
+} {ok}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.9
+# Desc: number of children of v_pub_int
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.9 {number of children of v_pub_int} {
+ $var(v.public.v_pub_int) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.10
+# Desc: children of v.v_pub_int
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.10 {children of v.v_pub_int} {
+ get_children v.public.v_pub_int
+} {}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.11
+# Desc: v.v_pub_int editable
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.11 {v.v_pub_int editable} {
+ $var(v.public.v_pub_int) editable
+} {1}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.21
+# Desc: type of v.v_priv_charp
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.21 {type of v.v_priv_charp} {
+ $var(v.private.v_priv_charp) type
+} {char *}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.22
+# Desc: format of v.v_priv_charp
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.22 {format of v.v_priv_charp} {
+ $var(v.private.v_priv_charp) format
+} {natural}
+
+gdb_cmd "set variable v.v_priv_charp=2112"
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.23
+# Desc: value of v.v_priv_charp changed
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.23 {value of v.v_priv_charp changed} {
+ check_update
+} {v.private.v_priv_charp {v.VB v.private.v_priv_int v.VC v.public.v_pub_charp v v.public.v_pub_int v.private v.public v.VA} {}}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.24
+# Desc: value of v.v_priv_charp
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.24 {value of v.v_priv_charp} {
+ $var(v.private.v_priv_charp) format hexadecimal
+ $var(v.private.v_priv_charp) value
+} {0x840}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.25
+# Desc: changed format of v.v_priv_charp
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.25 {changed format of v.v_priv_charp} {
+ $var(v.private.v_priv_charp) format octal
+ $var(v.private.v_priv_charp) format
+} {octal}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.26
+# Desc: value of v.v_priv_charp with new format
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.26 {value of v.v_priv_charp with new format} {
+ $var(v.private.v_priv_charp) value
+} {04100}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.27
+# Desc: change value of v.v_priv_charp (decimal)
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.27 {change value of v.v_priv_charp (decimal)} {
+ $var(v.private.v_priv_charp) value 3
+ cppvalue v.private.v_priv_charp v.v_priv_charp o
+} {ok}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.28
+# Desc: change value of v.v_priv_charp (hexadecimal)
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.28 {change value of v.v_priv_charp (hexadecimal)} {
+ $var(v.private.v_priv_charp) value 0x21
+ cppvalue v.private.v_priv_charp v.v_priv_charp o
+} {ok}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.29
+# Desc: number of children of v_priv_charp
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.29 {number of children of v_priv_charp} {
+ $var(v.private.v_priv_charp) numChildren
+} {0}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.30
+# Desc: children of v.v_priv_charp
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.30 {children of v.v_priv_charp} {
+ get_children v.private.v_priv_charp
+} {}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.31
+# Desc: v.v_priv_int editable
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.31 {v.v_priv_int editable} {
+ $var(v.private.v_priv_int) editable
+} {1}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.41
+# Desc: type of v.VA
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.41 {type of v.VA} {
+ $var(v.VA) type
+} {VA}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.42
+# Desc: format of v.VA
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.42 {format of v.VA} {
+ $var(v.VA) format
+} {natural}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.43
+# Desc: value of v.VA changed
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.43 {value of v.VA changed} {
+ check_update
+} {{} {v.private.v_priv_charp v.VB v.private.v_priv_int v.VC v.public.v_pub_charp v v.public.v_pub_int v.private v.public v.VA} {}}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.44
+# Desc: value of v.VA
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.44 {value of v.VA} {
+ $var(v.VA) value
+} {{...}}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.45
+# Desc: changed format of v.VA
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.45 {changed format of v.VA} {
+ $var(v.VA) format octal
+ $var(v.VA) format
+} {octal}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.46
+# Desc: value of v.VA with new format
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.46 {value of v.VA with new format} {
+ $var(v.VA) value
+} {{...}}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.47
+# Desc: number of children of VA
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.47 {number of children of VA} {
+ $var(v.VA) numChildren
+} {3}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.48a
+# Desc: children of v.VA
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.48a {children of v.VA} {
+ get_children v.VA
+} {public private protected}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.48b
+# Desc: public children of v.VA
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.48b {children of v.VA} {
+ get_children v.VA.public
+} {va_pub_int va_pub_charp}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.48c
+# Desc: private children of v.VA
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.48c {children of v.VA} {
+ get_children v.VA.private
+} {va_priv_int va_priv_charp}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.48d
+# Desc: protected children of v.VA
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.48d {children of v.VA} {
+ get_children v.VA.protected
+} {bar}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.49
+# Desc: v.VA editable
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.49 {v.VA editable} {
+ $var(v.VA) editable
+} {0}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.61
+# Desc: type of v.VB
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.61 {type of v.VB} {
+ $var(v.VB) type
+} {VB}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.62
+# Desc: format of v.VB
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.62 {format of v.VB} {
+ $var(v.VB) format
+} {natural}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.63
+# Desc: value of v.VB changed
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.63 {value of v.VB changed} {
+ check_update
+} {{} {v.VA.protected v.VA.private v.VA.public.va_pub_int v.private.v_priv_int v v.public.v_pub_int v.VA.public.va_pub_charp v.private.v_priv_charp v.VA.public v.public.v_pub_charp v.VA.private.va_priv_int v.VA v.public v.VB v.VC v.VA.protected.bar v.VA.private.va_priv_charp v.private} {}}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.64
+ # Desc: value of v.VB
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.64 {value of v.VB} {
+ $var(v.VB) value
+} {{...}}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.65
+# Desc: changed format of v.VB
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.65 {changed format of v.VB} {
+ $var(v.VB) format octal
+ $var(v.VB) format
+} {octal}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.66
+# Desc: value of v.VB with new format
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.66 {value of v.VB with new format} {
+ $var(v.VB) value
+} {{...}}
+
+# Note: The next two tests show whether or not the logic
+# concerning vptr tables is working.
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.67
+# Desc: number of children of VB
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.67 {number of children of VB} {
+ $var(v.VB) numChildren
+} {2}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.68a
+# Desc: children of v.VB
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.68a {children of v.VB} {
+ get_children v.VB
+} {public private}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.68b
+# Desc: public children of v.VB
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.68b {children of v.VB} {
+ get_children v.VB.public
+} {vb_pub_int}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.68c
+# Desc: private children of v.VB
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.68c {children of v.VB} {
+ get_children v.VB.private
+} {vb_priv_int vb_priv_charp}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.69
+# Desc: v.VB editable
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.69 {v.VB editable} {
+ $var(v.VB) editable
+} {0}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.70
+# Desc: v.VB.public editable
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.70 {v.VB.public editable} {
+ $var(v.VB.public) editable
+} {0}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.71
+# Desc: v.VB.vb_pub_int editable
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.71 {v.VB.vb_pub_int editable} {
+ $var(v.VB.public.vb_pub_int) editable
+} {1}
+
+gdb_cmd "set variable v.vb_pub_int=2112"
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.72
+# Desc: value of v.vb_pub_int changed
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.72 {value of v.vb_pub_int changed} {
+ check_update
+} {v.VB.public.vb_pub_int {v.VB.public v.VA.protected v.VA.private v.VB.private.vb_priv_int v.VB.private v.VA.public.va_pub_int v.private.v_priv_int v v.public.v_pub_int v.VB.private.vb_priv_charp v.VA.public.va_pub_charp v.private.v_priv_charp v.VA.public v.public.v_pub_charp v.VA.private.va_priv_int v.VA v.public v.VB v.VC v.VA.protected.bar v.VA.private.va_priv_charp v.private} {}}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.73
+# Desc: value of v.VB.vb_pub_int
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.73 {changed value of v.vb_pub_int} {
+ $var(v.VB.public.vb_pub_int) value
+} {2112}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.74
+# Desc: change value of v.VB.vb_pub_int
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.74 {change value of v.VB.public.vb_pub_int} {
+ $var(v.VB.public.vb_pub_int) value 3
+ cppvalue v.VB.public.vb_pub_int v.vb_pub_int d
+} {ok}
+
+# Test: cpp_variable-2.75
+# Desc: value of v.VB.vb_pub_int
+gdbtk_test cpp_variable-2.75 {changed value of v.VB.public.vb_pub_int} {
+ $var(v.VB.public.vb_pub_int) value
+} {3}
+
+
+# Exit
+#
+gdbtk_test_done
+
+
--- /dev/null
+# This file contains support code for the gdbtk test suite.
+#
+# Based on the Tcl testsuite support code, portions of this file
+# are Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California and
+# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+#
+global srcdir _test env srcdir objdir
+
+if {![info exists srcdir]} {
+ if {[info exists env(SRCDIR)]} {
+ set srcdir $env(SRCDIR)
+ } else {
+ set srcdir .
+ }
+}
+
+if {![info exists objdir]} {
+ if {[info exists env(OBJDIR)]} {
+ set objdir $env(OBJDIR)
+ } elseif {$_test(interactive)} {
+ # If running interactively, assume that the objdir is
+ # relative to the executable's location
+ set objdir [file join [file dirname [info nameofexecutable]] testsuite gdb.gdbtk]
+ } else {
+ set objdir .
+ }
+}
+
+if {![info exists _test(verbose)]} {
+ if {[info exists env(GDBTK_VERBOSE)]} {
+ set _test(verbose) $env(GDBTK_VERBOSE)
+ } else {
+ set _test(verbose)
+ }
+}
+if {![info exists _test(tests)]} {
+
+ if {[info exists env(GDBTK_TESTS)]} {
+ set _test(tests) $env(GDBTK_TESTS)
+ } else {
+ set _test(tests) {}
+ }
+}
+
+if {[info exists env(GDBTK_LOGFILE)]} {
+ set _test(logfile) [open $env(GDBTK_LOGFILE) a+]
+ fconfigure $_test(logfile) -buffering none
+} else {
+ set _test(logfile) {}
+}
+
+# Informs gdbtk internals that testsuite is running. An example
+# where this is needed is the window manager, which must place
+# all windows at some place on the screen so that the system's
+# window manager does not interfere. This is reset in gdbtk_test_done.
+set env(GDBTK_TEST_RUNNING) 1
+
+proc gdbtk_print_verbose {status name description script code answer} {
+ global _test
+
+ switch $code {
+ 0 {
+ set code_words {}
+ }
+ 1 {
+ set code_words "Test generated error: $answer"
+ }
+
+ 2 {
+ set code_words "Test generated return exception; result was: $answer"
+ }
+
+ 3 {
+ set code_words "Test generated break exception"
+ }
+
+ 4 {
+ set code_words "Test generated continue exception"
+ }
+
+ 5 {
+ set code_words "Test generated exception $code; message was:$answer"
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {$_test(verbose) > 1 \
+ || ($_test(verbose) != 1 && ($status == "ERROR" || $status == "FAIL"))} {
+ # Printed when user verbose mode (verbose > 1) or an error/failure occurs
+ # not running the testsuite (dejagnu)
+ puts stdout "\n"
+ puts stdout "==== $name $description"
+ puts stdout "==== Contents of test case:"
+ puts stdout "$script"
+ if {$code_words != ""} {
+ puts stdout $code_words
+ }
+ puts stdout "==== Result was:"
+ puts stdout "$answer"
+ } elseif {$_test(verbose)} {
+ # Printed for the testsuite (verbose = 1)
+ puts stdout "[list $status $name $description $code_words]"
+
+ if {$_test(logfile) != ""} {
+ puts $_test(logfile) "\n"
+ puts $_test(logfile) "==== $name $description"
+ puts $_test(logfile) "==== Contents of test case:"
+ puts $_test(logfile) "$script"
+ if {$code_words != ""} {
+ puts $_test(logfile) $code_words
+ }
+ puts $_test(logfile) "==== Result was:"
+ puts $_test(logfile) "$answer"
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# gdbtk_test
+#
+# This procedure runs a test and prints an error message if the
+# test fails.
+#
+# Arguments:
+# name - Name of test, in the form foo-1.2.
+# description - Short textual description of the test, to
+# help humans understand what it does.
+# script - Script to run to carry out the test. It must
+# return a result that can be checked for
+# correctness.
+# answer - Expected result from script.
+
+proc gdbtk_test {name description script answer} {
+ global _test test_ran
+
+ set test_ran 0
+ if {[string compare $_test(tests) ""] != 0} then {
+ set ok 0
+ foreach test $_test(tests) {
+ if [string match $test $name] then {
+ set ok 1
+ break
+ }
+ }
+ if !$ok then return
+ }
+
+ set code [catch {uplevel $script} result]
+ set test_ran 1
+ if {$code != 0} {
+ # Error
+ gdbtk_print_verbose ERROR $name $description $script \
+ $code $result
+ } elseif {[string compare $result $answer] == 0} {
+ if {[string index $name 0] == "*"} {
+ # XPASS
+ set HOW XPASS
+ } else {
+ set HOW PASS
+ }
+
+ if {$_test(verbose)} {
+ gdbtk_print_verbose $HOW $name $description $script \
+ $code $result
+ if {$_test(verbose) != 1} {
+ puts stdout "++++ $name ${HOW}ED"
+ }
+ }
+ if {$_test(logfile) != ""} {
+ puts $_test(logfile) "++++ $name ${HOW}ED"
+ }
+ } else {
+ if {[string index $name 0] == "*"} {
+ # XFAIL
+ set HOW XFAIL
+ } else {
+ set HOW FAIL
+ }
+
+ gdbtk_print_verbose $HOW $name $description $script \
+ $code $result
+ if {$_test(verbose) != 1} {
+ puts stdout "---- Result should have been:"
+ puts stdout "$answer"
+ puts stdout "---- $name ${HOW}ED"
+ }
+ if {$_test(logfile) != ""} {
+ puts $_test(logfile) "---- Result should have been:"
+ puts $_test(logfile) "$answer"
+ puts $_test(logfile) "---- $name ${HOW}ED"
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+proc gdbtk_dotests {file args} {
+ global _test
+ set savedTests $_test(tests)
+ set _test(tests) $args
+ source $file
+ set _test(tests) $savedTests
+}
+
+proc gdbtk_test_done {} {
+ global _test env
+
+ if {$_test(logfile) != ""} {
+ close $_test(logfile)
+ }
+
+ set env(GDBTK_TEST_RUNNING) 0
+ if {![info exists _test(interactive)] || !$_test(interactive)} {
+ gdb_force_quit
+ }
+}
+
+proc gdbtk_test_error {desc} {
+ set desc [join [split $desc \n] |]
+ puts "ERROR \{$desc\} \{\} \{\}"
+ gdbtk_test_done
+}
--- /dev/null
+int
+main(int argc, char * argv[])
+{
+ int i;
+ char *a;
+ char *b = "abc";
+ long foo;
+
+ a = (char *) malloc (300);
+
+ for (i=0; i < 50; i++)
+ {
+ int j = i % 3;
+ int k = 3 - j;
+ strncpy (a[i], b[k], j);
+ foo = (long) j * k / i + 2 * k * k * k;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+#
+# Check if we have a display
+#
+if {![info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]} {
+ untested "No DISPLAY -- skipping test"
+} else {
+ if {$tracelevel} {
+ strace $tracelevel
+ }
+
+ #
+ # test source window
+ #
+ set prms_id 0
+ set bug_id 0
+
+ set testfile "list"
+ set binfile $objdir/$subdir/$testfile
+ set r [gdb_compile "$srcdir/gdb.base/list0.c $srcdir/gdb.base/list1.c" "$binfile" executable debug]
+ if { $r != "" } {
+ gdb_suppress_entire_file \
+ "Testcase compile failed, so some tests in this file will automatically fail."
+ }
+
+ # Start with a fresh gdbtk
+ gdb_exit
+ set results [gdbtk_start [file join $srcdir $subdir srcwin.test]]
+ set results [split $results \n]
+ # Analyze results
+ gdbtk_analyze_results $results
+
+ # move file with "main" out of the way
+ file rename $srcdir/gdb.base/list0.c $srcdir/gdb.base/list0.c.save
+ # run slightly different set of tests
+ gdb_exit
+ set results [gdbtk_start [file join $srcdir $subdir srcwin2.test]]
+ set results [split $results \n]
+ #restore file
+ file rename $srcdir/gdb.base/list0.c.save $srcdir/gdb.base/list0.c
+ # Analyze results
+ gdbtk_analyze_results $results
+
+ set r [gdb_compile "$srcdir/gdb.base/list0.c $srcdir/gdb.base/list1.c" "$binfile" executable ""]
+ if { $r != "" } {
+ gdb_suppress_entire_file \
+ "Testcase compile failed, so some tests in this file will automatically fail."
+ }
+ # run slightly different set of tests
+ gdb_exit
+ set results [gdbtk_start [file join $srcdir $subdir srcwin3.test]]
+ set results [split $results \n]
+ # Analyze results
+ gdbtk_analyze_results $results
+}
+
+# Local variables:
+# mode: tcl
+# change-log-default-name: "ChangeLog-gdbtk"
+# End:
--- /dev/null
+# Copyright (C) 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# Please email any bugs, comments, and/or additions to this file to:
+# bug-gdb@prep.ai.mit.edu
+
+# This file was written by Martin Hunt (hunt@cygnus.com)
+
+# Read in the standard defs file
+
+if {![gdbtk_read_defs]} {
+ break
+}
+
+global objdir srcdir
+
+
+# move the pointer to the center of the bbox relative to $win
+proc move_mouse_to {win bbox} {
+ if {[llength $bbox] != 4} {
+ return 0
+ }
+ set x [expr [lindex $bbox 0] + [lindex $bbox 2] / 2]
+ set y [expr [lindex $bbox 1] + [lindex $bbox 3] / 2]
+ warp_pointer . [winfo rootx $win] [winfo rooty $win]
+
+ set nx 0
+ set ny 0
+
+ while {$nx != $x || $ny != $y} {
+ if {$nx < $x} {incr nx}
+ if {$ny < $y} {incr ny}
+ warp_pointer $win $nx $ny
+ }
+ return 1
+}
+
+proc click {win bbox event} {
+ if {![move_mouse_to $win $bbox]} {
+ return 0
+ }
+ update
+
+ set x [expr [lindex $bbox 0] + [lindex $bbox 2] / 2]
+ set y [expr [lindex $bbox 1] + [lindex $bbox 3] / 2]
+
+ if {[catch {event generate $win $event -x $x -y $y} result]} {
+ return 0
+ }
+ return 1
+}
+
+
+##### #####
+# #
+# SECTION 1: Mode Tests #
+# #
+##### #####
+
+# Load the test executable
+if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+ set file [file join $objdir list.exe]
+} else {
+ set file [file join $objdir list]
+}
+
+# This isn't a test case, since if this fails, we're hosed.
+if {[catch {gdb_cmd "file $file" 1} t]} {
+ # an error occured loading the file
+ gdbtk_test_error "loading \"$file\": $t"
+}
+
+set srcwin [ManagedWin::open SrcWin]
+set stw [$srcwin test_get twin]
+set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+
+# get things started
+gdb_cmd "break main"
+run_executable
+
+# Test: srcwin-1.1
+# Desc: Check for something in source window
+gdbtk_test srcwin-1.1 "source window has contents" {
+ set file1(source) [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ expr {![string compare $file1(source) ""]}
+} {0}
+
+
+# Test: srcwin-1.2
+# Desc: source->assembly mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin-1.2 "source->assembly mode change" {
+ $srcwin mode "" ASSEMBLY
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set file1(assembly) [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ expr {![string compare $file1(source) $file1(assembly)]}
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin-1.3
+# Desc: assembly->mixed mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin-1.3 "assembly->mixed mode change" {
+ $srcwin mode "" MIXED
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set file1(mixed) [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ expr {![string compare $file1(mixed) $file1(assembly)]}
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin-1.4
+# Desc: mixed->src+asm mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin-1.4 "mixed->src+asm mode change" {
+ $srcwin mode "" SRC+ASM
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set bwin [$stw test_get bwin]
+ set s [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ set a [$bwin get 1.0 end]
+ list [string compare $a $file1(assembly)] [string compare $s $file1(source)] [winfo ismapped $bwin]
+} {0 0 1}
+
+# Test: srcwin-1.5
+# Desc: src+asm->source mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin-1.5 "src+asm->source mode change" {
+ $srcwin mode "" SOURCE
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ set bwin [$stw test_get bwin]
+ list [string compare $file1(source) $a] [winfo ismapped $bwin]
+} {0 0}
+
+# Test: srcwin-1.6
+# Desc: source->mixed mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin-1.6 "source->mixed mode change" {
+ $srcwin mode "" MIXED
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ string compare $file1(mixed) $a
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin-1.7
+# Desc: mixed->source mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin-1.7 "mixed->source mode change" {
+ $srcwin mode "" SOURCE
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ string compare $file1(source) $a
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin-1.8
+# Desc: source->src+asm mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin-1.8 "source->src+asm mode change" {
+ $srcwin mode "" SRC+ASM
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set bwin [$stw test_get bwin]
+ set s [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ set a [$bwin get 1.0 end]
+ list [string compare $a $file1(assembly)] [string compare $s $file1(source)] [winfo ismapped $bwin]
+} {0 0 1}
+
+# Test: srcwin-1.9
+# Desc: src+asm->assembly mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin-1.9 "src+asm->assembly mode change" {
+ $srcwin mode "" ASSEMBLY
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ string compare $file1(assembly) $a
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin-1.10
+# Desc: assembly->src+asm mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin-1.10 "assembly->src+asm mode change" {
+ $srcwin mode "" SRC+ASM
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set bwin [$stw test_get bwin]
+ set s [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ set a [$bwin get 1.0 end]
+ list [string compare $a $file1(assembly)] [string compare $s $file1(source)] [winfo ismapped $bwin]
+} {0 0 1}
+
+# Test: srcwin-1.11
+# Desc: src+asm->mixed mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin-1.11 "src+asm->mixed mode change" {
+ $srcwin mode "" MIXED
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ set bwin [$stw test_get bwin]
+ expr {[string compare $file1(mixed) $a] ||
+ [winfo ismapped $bwin]}
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin-1.12
+# Desc: mixed->assembly mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin-1.12 "mixed->assembly mode change" {
+ $srcwin mode "" ASSEMBLY
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ string compare $file1(assembly) $a
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin-1.13
+# Desc: assembly->source mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin-1.13 "assembly->source mode change" {
+ $srcwin mode "" SOURCE
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ string compare $file1(source) $a
+} {0}
+
+
+##### #####
+# #
+# SECTION 2: Basic Operations #
+# #
+##### #####
+
+# Test: srcwin-2.1
+# Desc: check contents of filename combobox
+gdbtk_test srcwin-2.1 "check contents of filename combobox" {
+ set statbar [$srcwin test_get _statbar]
+ set names [$statbar.name listget 0 end]
+ set r 0
+ foreach f {list0.c list1.c list0.h} {
+ if {[lsearch $names $f] != -1} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {3}
+
+# Test: srcwin-2.2
+# Desc: check contents of function combobox
+gdbtk_test srcwin-2.2 "check contents of function combobox" {
+ set names [$statbar.func listget 0 end]
+ set r 0
+ foreach f {main foo unused} {
+ if {[lsearch $names $f] != -1} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {3}
+
+# Test: srcwin-2.3
+# Desc: goto filename
+gdbtk_test srcwin-2.3 "goto filename" {
+ set func [$srcwin test_get _name 1]
+ $func "" list1.c
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set file2(source) [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ expr {![string compare $file1(source) $file2(source)]}
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin-2.4
+# Desc: check contents of function combobox
+gdbtk_test srcwin-2.4 "check contents of function combobox" {
+ set names [$statbar.func listget 0 end]
+ set r 0
+ foreach f {bar long_line oof unused} {
+ if {[lsearch $names $f] != -1} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {4}
+
+# Test: srcwin-2.5
+# Desc: function combobox entry field should be empty after switching to a new file
+gdbtk_test srcwin-2.5 "function combobox entry field should be empty" {
+ set names [$statbar.func get]
+ string length $names
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin-2.6
+# Desc: goto function
+gdbtk_test srcwin-2.6 "goto function bar" {
+ $srcwin goto_func "" bar
+ set r 0
+
+ # now get a dump of all tags and check that only one line is
+ # marked BROWSE_TAG and no lines are STACK_TAG or PC_TAG.
+
+ # We know that list1.c should have BROWSE_TAG set at index 5.2
+ # for function "bar". If list1.c is changed or the layout of the source
+ # window is changed, this must be updated.
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "5.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} { incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} { incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -1
+ }
+
+ if {$r == 1} {
+ # things are OK so far, so just verify the function name is displayed
+ # in the combobox entry field.
+ set names [$statbar.func get]
+ if {[string compare $names "bar"]} {set r -2}
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin-2.7
+# Desc: goto function "oof". This tests that the correct line is highlighted
+# with BROWSE_TAG and no other lines are highlighted. It also checks that
+# the combobox has the correct function name in it. Finally, list1.c
+# has an extremely long line, line 32, that breaks some functions. We verify
+# that the GDBtk has the correct line number.
+
+gdbtk_test srcwin-2.7 "goto function oof" {
+ $srcwin goto_func "" oof
+ set r 0
+
+ # now get a dump of all tags and check that only one line is
+ # marked BROWSE_TAG and no lines are STACK_TAG or PC_TAG.
+
+ # We know that list1.c should have BROWSE_TAG set at index 32.2
+ # for function "oof". If list1.c is changed or the layout of the source
+ # window is changed, this must be updated.
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "32.2"} {
+ set line_number [$twin get "$i wordstart" "$i wordend"]
+ if {$line_number == "32"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r -100
+ }
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -1
+ }
+
+ if {$r == 1} {
+ # things are OK so far, so just verify the function name is displayed
+ # in the combobox entry field.
+ set names [$statbar.func get]
+ if {[string compare $names "oof"]} {set r -2}
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin-2.8
+# Desc: This test issues a next command while browsing list1.c.
+# It should display list0.c and highlight the correct line.
+gdbtk_test srcwin-2.8 "step while browsing" {
+ gdb_immediate "next" 1
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != "list0.c"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "main"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $file1(source) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG on correct line
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "11.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin-2.9
+# Desc: This test issues a next command while the current
+# PC is ready to call a function. It should not go into the function and
+# should update the PC highlight correctly.
+gdbtk_test srcwin-2.9 "next" {
+ gdb_immediate "next" 1
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != "list0.c"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "main"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $file1(source) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG on correct line
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "12.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin-2.10
+# Desc: This test issues a step command while the current
+# PC is ready to call a function. It should step into the function.
+gdbtk_test srcwin-2.10 "step" {
+ gdb_immediate "step" 1
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != "list0.h"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "foo"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that a new file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set file3(source) [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {![string compare $file1(source) $file3(source)]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG on correct line
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "8.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin-2.11
+# Desc: This test issues a break and a continue
+gdbtk_test srcwin-2.11 "set BP and continue" {
+ gdb_immediate "break oof" 1
+ gdb_immediate "continue" 1
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != "list1.c"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "oof"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ # we must clear the breakpoint first so it doesn't mess up the
+ # comparison...
+ gdb_immediate "clear oof" 1
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $file2(source) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG on correct line
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "32.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+##### #####
+# #
+# SECTION 3: Stack Operations #
+# #
+##### #####
+
+# Test: srcwin-3.1
+# Desc: This tests "stack up"
+gdbtk_test srcwin-3.1 "stack up (1)" {
+ $srcwin stack up
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != "list1.c"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "long_line"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $file2(source) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG and STACK_TAG on correct lines
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "32.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "22.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 10
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {2}
+
+# Test: srcwin-3.2
+# Desc: Another "stack up" test
+gdbtk_test srcwin-3.2 "stack up (2)" {
+ $srcwin stack up
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != "list1.c"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "bar"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $file2(source) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG and STACK_TAG on correct lines
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "32.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "7.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 10
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {2}
+
+# Test: srcwin-3.3
+# Desc: Another "stack up" test
+gdbtk_test srcwin-3.3 "stack up (3)" {
+ $srcwin stack up
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != "list0.h"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "foo"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {![string compare $file2(source) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG and STACK_TAG on correct lines
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "8.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin-3.4
+# Desc: Another "stack up" test
+gdbtk_test srcwin-3.4 "stack up (4)" {
+ $srcwin stack up
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != "list0.c"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "main"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $file1(source) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG and STACK_TAG on correct lines
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "12.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin-3.5
+# Desc: "stack up" when we are at the top
+gdbtk_test srcwin-3.5 "stack up when at the top" {
+ $srcwin stack up
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != "list0.c"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "main"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $file1(source) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG and STACK_TAG on correct lines
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "12.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin-3.6
+# Desc: "stack down" test
+gdbtk_test srcwin-3.6 "stack down" {
+ $srcwin stack down
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != "list0.h"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "foo"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {![string compare $file2(source) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG and STACK_TAG on correct lines
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "8.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin-3.7
+# Desc: "stack bottom" test
+gdbtk_test srcwin-3.7 "stack bottom" {
+ $srcwin stack bottom
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != "list1.c"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "oof"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $file2(source) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG on correct line
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "32.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin-3.8
+# Desc: "stack down" when at bottom
+gdbtk_test srcwin-3.8 "stack down when at bottom" {
+ $srcwin stack down
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != "list1.c"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "oof"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $file2(source) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG on correct line
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "32.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# 4 - BREAKPOINTS
+
+# Test: srcwin-4.1
+# Desc: Set BP in another file. Tests bp and cache functions
+gdbtk_test srcwin-4.1 "set BP in another file" {
+ gdb_immediate "break foo" 1
+ $srcwin goto_func "" foo
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != "list0.h"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "foo"} {set r -2}
+
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+
+ # check for BROWSE_TAG and BP image on correct line
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "8.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ } elseif {$k == "image"} {
+ if {$i == "8.0"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ set r -200
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {$r == 2} {
+ # clear BP and compare with previous contents. This should succeed,
+ gdb_immediate "clear foo" 1
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $file3(source) $a]} {set r -3}
+ }
+
+ set r
+} {2}
+
+# Test: srcwin-4.2
+# Desc: Test temporary BP
+gdbtk_test srcwin-4.2 "temporary BP" {
+ set r 0
+ if {[catch {gdb_immediate "tbreak foo" 1} msg]} {
+ set r -500
+ }
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != "list0.h"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "foo"} {set r -2}
+
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+
+ # check for BROWSE_TAG and BP image on correct line
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "8.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ } elseif {$k == "image"} {
+ if {$i == "8.0"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ set r -200
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+
+ gdb_immediate "continue" 1
+
+ # now check for PC_TAG and no image
+ if {$r == 2} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "8.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ } elseif {$k == "image"} {
+ set r -200
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+
+ set r
+} {3}
+
+# Test: srcwin-4.3
+# Desc: Test BP balloons
+gdbtk_test srcwin-4.3 "BP Balloons" {
+ # move pointer out of the way
+ warp_pointer . 0 0
+ set r 0
+ gdb_immediate "break 10" 1
+ gdb_immediate "tbreak 10" 1
+
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+
+ # check for BROWSE_TAG and BP image on correct line
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "8.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ } elseif {$k == "image"} {
+ if {$i == "10.0"} {
+ incr r
+ # we found the bp image, now we will test the bp balloon messages
+ set balloon [winfo toplevel [namespace tail $srcwin]].__balloon
+ # shouldn't be mapped yet
+ if {[winfo ismapped $balloon]} {
+ set r -3000
+ break
+ }
+ move_mouse_to $twin [$twin bbox $i]
+ #wait a second for the balloon message to appear
+ sleep 1
+ if {![winfo ismapped $balloon]} {
+ set r -4000
+ break
+ }
+ # read the contents of the balloon and parse it into lines
+ set a [split [$balloon.label cget -text] \n]
+ set i 0
+ # foreach line parse it and check the type and make sure it is enabled
+ foreach line $a {
+ if {[lindex $line 0] == "breakpoint"} {continue}
+ incr i
+ set enabled [lindex $line 0]
+ set bptype [lindex $line 2]
+ switch $i {
+ 1 {
+ if {$bptype != "donttouch"} {set r -1000}
+ }
+ 2 {
+ if {$bptype != "delete"} {set r -2000}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -200
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {2}
+
+#ManagedWin::open DebugWin
+
+# Test: srcwin-4.4
+# Desc: Click on line to set BP
+gdbtk_test srcwin-4.4 "Click on line to set BP" {
+ set r 0
+
+ # click mouse button 1 at index 14.1
+ if {![click $twin [$twin bbox 14.1] <Button-1>]} {
+ set r "Click failed on line 14.1"
+ } else {
+
+ # now look for BP at line 14
+ foreach bpnum [gdb_get_breakpoint_list] {
+ set bpinfo [gdb_get_breakpoint_info $bpnum]
+ lassign $bpinfo file func line pc type enabled disposition \
+ ignore_count commands cond thread hit_count
+ set file [lindex [file split $file] end]
+ if {$file == "list0.h"} {
+ if {$line == "14"} {
+ if {$enabled == "1"} {incr r}
+ if {$func == "foo"} {incr r}
+ if {$type == "breakpoint"} {incr r}
+ if {$disposition == "donttouch"} {incr r}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {4}
+
+
+# Test: srcwin-4.5
+# Desc: Continue till here popup
+gdbtk_test srcwin-4.5 "Continue till here popup" {
+ set r
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+
+ # click mouse button 1 at index 12.1
+ set b [$twin bbox 12.1]
+ if {![click $twin $b <ButtonPress-3>]} {
+ set r "Click failed on $b"
+ } else {
+
+ # Hack. Just release the botton 10 pixels to the right and below
+ # where the press was. This should select the first entry in the
+ # popup menu, "Continue to Here". This should be made more robust.
+ if {[llength $b] == 4} {
+ set x [expr [lindex $b 0] + [lindex $b 2] / 2 + 10]
+ set y [expr [lindex $b 1] + [lindex $b 3] / 2 + 10]
+ if {![click $twin [list $x $y 0 0] <ButtonRelease-3>]} {
+ set r "Click failed at $x $y"
+ } else {
+
+ # check for PC_TAG on the correct line
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "12.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ } elseif {$k == "image"} {
+ switch $i {
+ 10.0 {incr r}
+ 12.0 {incr r}
+ 14.0 {incr r}
+ default {incr r 1000}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r "Line 12.1 was not visible..."
+ }
+ # should have seen on PC_TAG at line 12, plus BP images at 10.0, 12.0 and 14.0
+ }
+ set r
+} {4}
+
+# 5.1 balloon variables
+# Test: srcwin-5.1
+# Desc: variable balloon test
+# continues to BP at line 14 and checks to see that value was updated
+gdbtk_test srcwin-5.1 "variable balloon test" {
+ # move pointer out of the way
+ warp_pointer . 0 0
+ set r 0
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+
+ # move pointer to variable "x" and check balloon
+ set index [string first "x++" [$twin get 10.0 10.end]]
+ move_mouse_to $twin [$twin bbox 10.$index]
+ sleep 1
+ if {[winfo ismapped $balloon]} {
+ if {![string compare "x=6" [$balloon.label cget -text]]} {incr r}
+ gdb_immediate "continue" 1
+ if {![string compare "x=8" [$balloon.label cget -text]]} {incr r}
+ } else {
+ set r -1
+ }
+
+ set r
+} {2}
+
+# 6.1 mixed mode disassembly of include file
+# Test: srcwin-6.1
+# Desc: Some versions of GDBtk can't do mixed-mode disassembly of a function
+# that is in an include file.
+gdbtk_test srcwin-6.1 "mixed mode disassembly of include file" {
+ set r 0
+ $srcwin mode "" MIXED
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+ if {$name != "list0.h"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "foo"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check contents of source window
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set text [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ # Is it correct? I don't know. Guess we look for some pieces of source...
+ if {[string first "static void" $text] != -1 &&
+ [string first "foo (x)" $text] != -1 &&
+ [string first "bar (x++);" $text] != -1} {
+ set r 1
+ }
+
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+gdbtk_test_done
+
+# Local variables:
+# mode: tcl
+# change-log-default-name: "ChangeLog-gdbtk"
+# End:
--- /dev/null
+# Copyright (C) 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# Please email any bugs, comments, and/or additions to this file to:
+# bug-gdb@prep.ai.mit.edu
+
+# This file was written by Martin Hunt (hunt@cygnus.com)
+
+
+# same as srcwin.test, except test debugging executables
+# when source files are missing.
+
+# Read in the standard defs file
+
+if {![gdbtk_read_defs]} {
+ break
+}
+
+global objdir srcdir
+
+##### #####
+# #
+# SECTION 1: Mode Tests #
+# #
+##### #####
+
+# Load the test executable
+if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+ set file [file join $objdir list.exe]
+} else {
+ set file [file join $objdir list]
+}
+
+# This isn't a test case, since if this fails, we're hosed.
+if {[catch {gdb_cmd "file $file" 1} t]} {
+ # an error occured loading the file
+ gdbtk_test_error "loading \"$file\": $t"
+}
+
+set srcwin [ManagedWin::open SrcWin]
+set stw [$srcwin test_get twin]
+set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+set statbar [$srcwin test_get _statbar]
+
+# get things started
+gdb_cmd "break main"
+run_executable
+
+# Test: srcwin2-1.1
+# Desc: Check for something in source window
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-1.1 "source window has contents" {
+ set r 0
+ set file1(source) [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {$file1(source) == ""} {set r -1}
+ if {[$statbar.mode get] != "ASSEMBLY"} {set r -2}
+ set r
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-1.2
+# Desc: source->assembly mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-1.2 "source->assembly mode change" {
+ $srcwin mode "" ASSEMBLY
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set file1(assembly) [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ # source == assembly because for there is no source
+ string compare $file1(source) $file1(assembly)
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-1.3
+# Desc: assembly->mixed mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-1.3 "assembly->mixed mode change" {
+ set r 0
+ $srcwin mode "" MIXED
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set file1(mixed) [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ # mixed != assembly because the lines with source should
+ # be noted, even if source in unavailable.
+ if {$file1(mixed) == $file1(assembly)} {set r -1}
+ if {[$statbar.mode get] != "MIXED"} {set r -2}
+ set r
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-1.4
+# Desc: mixed->src+asm mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-1.4 "mixed->src+asm mode change" {
+ set r 0
+ # mode change may fail if fallover to ASSEMBLY fails
+ if {[catch {$srcwin mode "" SRC+ASM}]} { set r -5 }
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ if {[$twin get 1.0 end] != $file1(assembly)} {set r -1}
+ if {[$statbar.mode get] != "ASSEMBLY"} {set r -2}
+ set r
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-1.5
+# Desc: src+asm->source mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-1.5 "src+asm->source mode change" {
+ set r 0
+ $srcwin mode "" SOURCE
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ if {[$stw test_get bwin] != ""} {set r -2}
+ if {[$twin get 1.0 end] != $file1(assembly)} {set r -1}
+ if {[$statbar.mode get] != "ASSEMBLY"} {set r -3}
+ set r
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-1.6
+# Desc: source->mixed mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-1.6 "source->mixed mode change" {
+ set r 0
+ $srcwin mode "" MIXED
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ if {[$twin get 1.0 end] != $file1(mixed)} {set r -1}
+ if {[$statbar.mode get] != "MIXED"} {set r -2}
+ set r
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-1.7
+# Desc: mixed->source mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-1.7 "mixed->source mode change" {
+ set r 0
+ $srcwin mode "" SOURCE
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ if {[$twin get 1.0 end] != $file1(source)} {set r -1}
+ if {[$statbar.mode get] != "ASSEMBLY"} {set r -2}
+ set r
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-1.8
+# Desc: source->src+asm mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-1.8 "source->src+asm mode change" {
+ set r 0
+ # mode change may fail if fallover to ASSEMBLY fails
+ if {[catch {$srcwin mode "" SRC+ASM}]} { set r -5 }
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set bwin [$stw test_get bwin]
+ if {[$twin get 1.0 end] != $file1(assembly)} {set r -1}
+ if {$bwin != ""} {set r -2}
+ if {[$statbar.mode get] != "ASSEMBLY"} {set r -3}
+ set r
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-1.9
+# Desc: src+asm->assembly mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-1.9 "src+asm->assembly mode change" {
+ set r 0
+ $srcwin mode "" ASSEMBLY
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ if {[$twin get 1.0 end] != $file1(assembly)} {set r -1}
+ if {[$statbar.mode get] != "ASSEMBLY"} {set r -2}
+ set r
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-1.10
+# Desc: assembly->src+asm mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-1.10 "assembly->src+asm mode change" {
+ set r 0
+ # mode change may fail if fallover to ASSEMBLY fails
+ if {[catch {$srcwin mode "" SRC+ASM}]} { set r -5 }
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set bwin [$stw test_get bwin]
+ if {[$twin get 1.0 end] != $file1(assembly)} {set r -1}
+ if {$bwin != ""} {set r -2}
+ if {[$statbar.mode get] != "ASSEMBLY"} {set r -3}
+ set r
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-1.11
+# Desc: src+asm->mixed mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-1.11 "src+asm->mixed mode change" {
+ set r 0
+ $srcwin mode "" MIXED
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ if {[$twin get 1.0 end] != $file1(mixed)} {set r -1}
+ if {[$statbar.mode get] != "MIXED"} {set r -2}
+ set r
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-1.12
+# Desc: mixed->assembly mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-1.12 "mixed->assembly mode change" {
+ set r 0
+ $srcwin mode "" ASSEMBLY
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ if {[$twin get 1.0 end] != $file1(assembly)} {set r -1}
+ if {[$statbar.mode get] != "ASSEMBLY"} {set r -2}
+ set r
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-1.13
+# Desc: assembly->source mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-1.13 "assembly->source mode change" {
+ set r 0
+ $srcwin mode "" SOURCE
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ if {[$twin get 1.0 end] != $file1(source)} {set r -1}
+ if {[$statbar.mode get] != "ASSEMBLY"} {set r -2}
+ set r
+} {0}
+
+
+##### #####
+# #
+# SECTION 2: Basic Operations #
+# #
+##### #####
+
+# Test: srcwin2-2.1
+# Desc: check contents of filename combobox
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-2.1 "check contents of filename combobox" {
+ set names [$statbar.name listget 0 end]
+ set r 0
+ foreach f {list0.c list1.c list0.h} {
+ if {[lsearch $names $f] != -1} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {3}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-2.2
+# Desc: check contents of function combobox
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-2.2 "check contents of function combobox" {
+ set names [$statbar.func listget 0 end]
+ set r 0
+ foreach f {main foo unused} {
+ if {[lsearch $names $f] != -1} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {3}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-2.3
+# Desc: goto filename
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-2.3 "goto filename" {
+ set func [$srcwin test_get _name 1]
+ $func "" list1.c
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set file2(source) [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ expr {![string compare $file1(source) $file2(source)]}
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-2.4
+# Desc: check contents of function combobox
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-2.4 "check contents of function combobox" {
+ set names [$statbar.func listget 0 end]
+ set r 0
+ foreach f {bar long_line oof unused} {
+ if {[lsearch $names $f] != -1} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {4}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-2.5
+# Desc: function combobox entry field should be empty after switching to a new file
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-2.5 "function combobox entry field should be empty" {
+ set names [$statbar.func get]
+ string length $names
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-2.6
+# Desc: goto function
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-2.6 "goto function bar" {
+ $srcwin goto_func "" bar
+ set r 0
+
+ # now get a dump of all tags and check that only one line is
+ # marked BROWSE_TAG and no lines are STACK_TAG or PC_TAG.
+
+ # We know that list1.c should have BROWSE_TAG set at index 5.2
+ # for function "bar". If list1.c is changed or the layout of the source
+ # window is changed, this must be updated.
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "5.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} { incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} { incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -1
+ }
+
+ if {$r == 1} {
+ # things are OK so far, so just verify the function name is displayed
+ # in the combobox entry field.
+ set names [$statbar.func get]
+ if {[string compare $names "bar"]} {set r -2}
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-2.7
+# Desc: goto function "oof". This tests that the correct line is highlighted
+# with BROWSE_TAG and no other lines are highlighted. It also checks that
+# the combobox has the correct function name in it. Finally, list1.c
+# has an extremely long line, line 32, that breaks some functions. We verify
+# that the GDBtk has the correct line number.
+
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-2.7 "goto function oof" {
+ $srcwin goto_func "" oof
+ set r 0
+
+ # now get a dump of all tags and check that only one line is
+ # marked BROWSE_TAG and no lines are STACK_TAG or PC_TAG.
+
+ # We know that list1.c should have BROWSE_TAG set at index 32.2
+ # for function "oof". If list1.c is changed or the layout of the source
+ # window is changed, this must be updated.
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "32.2"} {
+ set line_number [$twin get "$i wordstart" "$i wordend"]
+ if {$line_number == "32"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r -100
+ }
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -1
+ }
+
+ if {$r == 1} {
+ # things are OK so far, so just verify the function name is displayed
+ # in the combobox entry field.
+ set names [$statbar.func get]
+ if {[string compare $names "oof"]} {set r -2}
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-2.8
+# Desc: This test issues a next command while browsing list1.c.
+# It should display list0.c and highlight the correct line.
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-2.8 "step while browsing" {
+ gdb_immediate "next" 1
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != "list0.c"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "main"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $file1(source) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-2.11
+# Desc: This test issues a break and a continue
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-2.11 "set BP and continue" {
+ gdb_immediate "break oof" 1
+ gdb_immediate "continue" 1
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != "list1.c"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "oof"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ # we must clear the breakpoint first so it doesn't mess up the
+ # comparison...
+ gdb_immediate "clear oof" 1
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $file2(source) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG on correct line
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "32.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+##### #####
+# #
+# SECTION 3: Stack Operations #
+# #
+##### #####
+
+# Test: srcwin2-3.1
+# Desc: This tests "stack up"
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-3.1 "stack up (1)" {
+ $srcwin stack up
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != "list1.c"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "long_line"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $file2(source) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG and STACK_TAG on correct lines
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "32.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "22.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 10
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {2}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-3.2
+# Desc: Another "stack up" test
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-3.2 "stack up (2)" {
+ $srcwin stack up
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != "list1.c"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "bar"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $file2(source) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG and STACK_TAG on correct lines
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "32.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "7.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 10
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {2}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-3.3
+# Desc: Another "stack up" test
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-3.3 "stack up (3)" {
+ $srcwin stack up
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != "list0.h"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "foo"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set file3(source) [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {![string compare $file2(source) $file3(source)]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG and STACK_TAG on correct lines
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "8.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-3.4
+# Desc: Another "stack up" test
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-3.4 "stack up (4)" {
+ $srcwin stack up
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != "list0.c"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "main"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $file1(source) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for STACK_TAG
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-3.5
+# Desc: "stack up" when we are at the top
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-3.5 "stack up when at the top" {
+ $srcwin stack up
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != "list0.c"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "main"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $file1(source) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for STACK_TAG
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-3.6
+# Desc: "stack down" test
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-3.6 "stack down" {
+ $srcwin stack down
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != "list0.h"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "foo"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {![string compare $file2(source) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG and STACK_TAG on correct lines
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "8.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-3.7
+# Desc: "stack bottom" test
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-3.7 "stack bottom" {
+ $srcwin stack bottom
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != "list1.c"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "oof"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $file2(source) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG on correct line
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "32.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-3.8
+# Desc: "stack down" when at bottom
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-3.8 "stack down when at bottom" {
+ $srcwin stack down
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != "list1.c"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "oof"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $file2(source) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG on correct line
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "32.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# 4.1 bp, multiple, balloon, etc
+
+# Test: srcwin2-4.1
+# Desc: Set BP in another file. Tests bp and cache functions
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-4.1 "set BP in another file" {
+ gdb_immediate "break foo" 1
+ $srcwin goto_func "" foo
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != "list0.h"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "foo"} {set r -2}
+
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+
+ # check for BROWSE_TAG and BP image on correct line
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "8.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ } elseif {$k == "image"} {
+ if {$i == "8.0"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ set r -200
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {$r == 2} {
+ # clear BP and compare with previous contents. This should succeed,
+ gdb_immediate "clear foo" 1
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $file3(source) $a]} {set r -3}
+ }
+
+ set r
+} {2}
+
+# Test: srcwin2-4.2
+# Desc: Test temporary BP
+gdbtk_test srcwin2-4.2 "temporary BP" {
+ set r 0
+ if {[catch {gdb_immediate "tbreak foo" 1} msg]} {
+ set r -500
+ }
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != "list0.h"} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "foo"} {set r -2}
+
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+
+ # check for BROWSE_TAG and BP image on correct line
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "8.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ } elseif {$k == "image"} {
+ if {$i == "8.0"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ set r -200
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+
+ gdb_immediate "continue" 1
+
+ # now check for PC_TAG and no image
+ if {$r == 2} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {
+ if {$i == "8.2"} {
+ incr r
+ } else {
+ incr r 5
+ }
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ } elseif {$k == "image"} {
+ set r -200
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+
+ set r
+} {3}
+
+gdbtk_test_done
+
+# Local variables:
+# mode: tcl
+# change-log-default-name: "ChangeLog-gdbtk"
+# End:
--- /dev/null
+# Copyright (C) 1999 Cygnus Solutions
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# Please email any bugs, comments, and/or additions to this file to:
+# bug-gdb@prep.ai.mit.edu
+
+# This file was written by Martin Hunt (hunt@cygnus.com)
+
+###########################################################
+# same as srcwin.test, except test debugging executables #
+# build without "-g" #
+###########################################################
+
+# Read in the standard defs file
+
+if {![gdbtk_read_defs]} {
+ break
+}
+
+global objdir srcdir
+
+##### #####
+# #
+# SECTION 1: Mode Tests #
+# #
+##### #####
+
+# Load the test executable
+if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
+ set file [file join $objdir list.exe]
+} else {
+ set file [file join $objdir list]
+}
+
+# This isn't a test case, since if this fails, we're hosed.
+if {[catch {gdb_cmd "file $file" 1} t]} {
+ # an error occured loading the file
+ gdbtk_test_error "loading \"$file\": $t"
+}
+
+set srcwin [ManagedWin::open SrcWin]
+set stw [$srcwin test_get twin]
+set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+set statbar [$srcwin test_get _statbar]
+
+# get things started
+gdb_cmd "break main"
+run_executable
+
+# Test: srcwin3-1.1
+# Desc: Check for something in source window
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-1.1 "source window has contents" {
+ set r 0
+ set source(main) [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {$source(main) == ""} {set r -1}
+ if {[$statbar.mode get] != "ASSEMBLY"} {set r -2}
+ set r
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin3-1.2
+# Desc: source->assembly mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-1.2 "source->assembly mode change" {
+ set r 0
+ $srcwin mode "" ASSEMBLY
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ if {$source(main) != [$twin get 1.0 end]} {set r -1}
+ if {[$statbar.mode get] != "ASSEMBLY"} {set r -2}
+ set r
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin3-1.3
+# Desc: assembly->mixed mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-1.3 "assembly->mixed mode change" {
+ set r 0
+ $srcwin mode "" MIXED
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ if {$source(main) != [$twin get 1.0 end]} {set r -1}
+ if {[$statbar.mode get] != "MIXED"} {set r -2}
+ set r
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin3-1.4
+# Desc: mixed->src+asm mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-1.4 "mixed->src+asm mode change" {
+ set r 0
+ # mode change may fail if fallover to ASSEMBLY fails
+ if {[catch {$srcwin mode "" SRC+ASM}]} { set r -5 }
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ if {[$twin get 1.0 end] != $source(main)} {set r -1}
+ if {[$statbar.mode get] != "ASSEMBLY"} {set r -2}
+ set r
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin3-1.5
+# Desc: src+asm->source mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-1.5 "src+asm->source mode change" {
+ set r 0
+ $srcwin mode "" SOURCE
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ if {[$stw test_get bwin] != ""} {set r -2}
+ if {[$twin get 1.0 end] != $source(main)} {set r -1}
+ if {[$statbar.mode get] != "ASSEMBLY"} {set r -3}
+ set r
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin3-1.6
+# Desc: source->mixed mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-1.6 "source->mixed mode change" {
+ set r 0
+ $srcwin mode "" MIXED
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ if {[$twin get 1.0 end] != $source(main)} {set r -1}
+ if {[$statbar.mode get] != "MIXED"} {set r -2}
+ set r
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin3-1.7
+# Desc: mixed->source mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-1.7 "mixed->source mode change" {
+ set r 0
+ $srcwin mode "" SOURCE
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ if {[$twin get 1.0 end] != $source(main)} {set r -1}
+ if {[$statbar.mode get] != "ASSEMBLY"} {set r -2}
+ set r
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin3-1.8
+# Desc: source->src+asm mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-1.8 "source->src+asm mode change" {
+ set r 0
+ # mode change may fail if fallover to ASSEMBLY fails
+ if {[catch {$srcwin mode "" SRC+ASM}]} { set r -5 }
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set bwin [$stw test_get bwin]
+ if {[$twin get 1.0 end] != $source(main)} {set r -1}
+ if {$bwin != ""} {set r -2}
+ if {[$statbar.mode get] != "ASSEMBLY"} {set r -3}
+ set r
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin3-1.9
+# Desc: src+asm->assembly mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-1.9 "src+asm->assembly mode change" {
+ set r 0
+ $srcwin mode "" ASSEMBLY
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ if {[$twin get 1.0 end] != $source(main)} {set r -1}
+ if {[$statbar.mode get] != "ASSEMBLY"} {set r -2}
+ set r
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin3-1.10
+# Desc: assembly->src+asm mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-1.10 "assembly->src+asm mode change" {
+ set r 0
+ # mode change may fail if fallover to ASSEMBLY fails
+ if {[catch {$srcwin mode "" SRC+ASM}]} { set r -5 }
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set bwin [$stw test_get bwin]
+ if {[$twin get 1.0 end] != $source(main)} {set r -1}
+ if {$bwin != ""} {set r -2}
+ if {[$statbar.mode get] != "ASSEMBLY"} {set r -3}
+ set r
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin3-1.11
+# Desc: src+asm->mixed mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-1.11 "src+asm->mixed mode change" {
+ set r 0
+ $srcwin mode "" MIXED
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ if {[$twin get 1.0 end] != $source(main)} {set r -1}
+ if {[$statbar.mode get] != "MIXED"} {set r -2}
+ set r
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin3-1.12
+# Desc: mixed->assembly mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-1.12 "mixed->assembly mode change" {
+ set r 0
+ $srcwin mode "" ASSEMBLY
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ if {[$twin get 1.0 end] != $source(main)} {set r -1}
+ if {[$statbar.mode get] != "ASSEMBLY"} {set r -2}
+ set r
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin3-1.13
+# Desc: assembly->source mode change
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-1.13 "assembly->source mode change" {
+ set r 0
+ $srcwin mode "" SOURCE
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ if {[$twin get 1.0 end] != $source(main)} {set r -1}
+ if {[$statbar.mode get] != "ASSEMBLY"} {set r -2}
+ set r
+} {0}
+
+
+##### #####
+# #
+# SECTION 2: Basic Operations #
+# #
+##### #####
+
+# Test: srcwin3-2.2
+# Desc: check contents of function combobox
+# There won't be any because we have no debug info
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-2.2 "check contents of function combobox" {
+ set names [$statbar.func listget 0 end]
+ llength $names
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin3-2.3
+# Desc: goto filename - this won't work, but should leave things as they were
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-2.3 "goto filename" {
+ set func [$srcwin test_get _name 1]
+ $func "" list1.c
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ string compare $source(main) [$twin get 1.0 end]
+} {0}
+
+# Test: srcwin3-2.6
+# Desc: goto function
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-2.6 "goto function bar" {
+ $srcwin goto_func "" bar
+ set r 0
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set source(bar) [$twin get 1.0 end]
+
+ if {$source(bar) == $source(main)} {set r -1000}
+
+ # now get a dump of all tags and check that only one line is
+ # marked BROWSE_TAG and no lines are STACK_TAG or PC_TAG.
+
+ # We know that list1.c should have BROWSE_TAG set at index 5.2
+ # for function "bar". If list1.c is changed or the layout of the source
+ # window is changed, this must be updated.
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} { incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} { incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -1
+ }
+
+ if {$r == 1} {
+ # things are OK so far, so just verify the function name is displayed
+ # in the combobox entry field.
+ set names [$statbar.func get]
+ if {[string compare $names "bar"]} {set r -2}
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin3-2.7
+# Desc: goto function "oof". This tests that the correct line is highlighted
+# with BROWSE_TAG and no other lines are highlighted. It also checks that
+# the combobox has the correct function name in it.
+
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-2.7 "goto function oof" {
+ $srcwin goto_func "" oof
+ set r 0
+
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set source(oof) [$twin get 1.0 end]
+
+ if {$source(bar) == $source(oof)} {set r -1000}
+ if {$source(oof) == $source(main)} {set r -2000}
+
+ # now get a dump of all tags and check that only one line is
+ # marked BROWSE_TAG and no lines are STACK_TAG or PC_TAG.
+
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -1
+ }
+
+ if {$r == 1} {
+ # things are OK so far, so just verify the function name is displayed
+ # in the combobox entry field.
+ set names [$statbar.func get]
+ if {[string compare $names "oof"]} {set r -2}
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin3-2.8
+# Desc: This test issues a nexti command while browsing oof.
+# It should jump back to main
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-2.8 "nexti while browsing" {
+ gdb_immediate "nexti" 1
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of function combobox
+ if {$func != "main"} {set r -2}
+ if {$name != ""} {set r -1}
+
+ # check that correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $source(main) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin3-2.11
+# Desc: This test issues a break and a continue
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-2.11 "set BP and continue" {
+ gdb_immediate "break oof" 1
+ gdb_immediate "continue" 1
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != ""} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "oof"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ # we must clear the breakpoint first so it doesn't mess up the
+ # comparison...
+ gdb_immediate "clear oof" 1
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $source(oof) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+##### #####
+# #
+# SECTION 3: Stack Operations #
+# #
+##### #####
+
+# Test: srcwin3-3.1
+# Desc: This tests "stack up"
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-3.1 "stack up (1)" {
+ $srcwin stack up
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != ""} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "long_line"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set source(long_line) [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {![string compare $source(long_line) $source(oof)]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG and STACK_TAG on correct lines
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {incr r 5}
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin3-3.2
+# Desc: Another "stack up" test
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-3.2 "stack up (2)" {
+ $srcwin stack up
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != ""} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "bar"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $source(bar) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG and STACK_TAG on correct lines
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {
+ set r -100
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin3-3.3
+# Desc: Another "stack up" test
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-3.3 "stack up (3)" {
+ $srcwin stack up
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != ""} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "foo"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set source(foo) [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {![string compare $source(foo) $source(bar)]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG and STACK_TAG on correct lines
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin3-3.4
+# Desc: Another "stack up" test
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-3.4 "stack up (4)" {
+ $srcwin stack up
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != ""} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "main"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $source(main) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for STACK_TAG
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin3-3.5
+# Desc: "stack up" when we are at the top
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-3.5 "stack up when at the top" {
+ $srcwin stack up
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != ""} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "main"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $source(main) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for STACK_TAG
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin3-3.6
+# Desc: "stack down" test
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-3.6 "stack down" {
+ $srcwin stack down
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != ""} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "foo"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $source(foo) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG and STACK_TAG on correct lines
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin3-3.7
+# Desc: "stack bottom" test
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-3.7 "stack bottom" {
+ $srcwin stack bottom
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != ""} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "oof"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $source(oof) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG on correct line
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# Test: srcwin3-3.8
+# Desc: "stack down" when at bottom
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-3.8 "stack down when at bottom" {
+ $srcwin stack down
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != ""} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "oof"} {set r -2}
+
+ # check that the correct file is displayed
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $source(oof) $a]} {set r -3}
+
+ # check for PC_TAG on correct line
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump -tag 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+ set r
+} {1}
+
+# 4.1 bp, multiple, balloon, etc
+
+# Test: srcwin3-4.1
+# Desc: Set BP in another file. Tests bp and cache functions
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-4.1 "set BP in another file" {
+ gdb_immediate "break foo" 1
+ $srcwin goto_func "" foo
+ set r 0
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != ""} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "foo"} {set r -2}
+
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+
+ # check for BROWSE_TAG and BP image
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ } elseif {$k == "image"} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+
+ if {$r == 2} {
+ # clear BP and compare with previous contents. This should succeed,
+ gdb_immediate "clear foo" 1
+ set a [$twin get 1.0 end]
+ if {[string compare $source(foo) $a]} {set r -3}
+ }
+
+ set r
+} {2}
+
+# Test: srcwin3-4.2
+# Desc: Test temporary BP
+gdbtk_test srcwin3-4.2 "temporary BP" {
+ set r 0
+ if {[catch {gdb_immediate "tbreak foo" 1} msg]} {
+ set r -500
+ }
+ set name [$statbar.name get]
+ set func [$statbar.func get]
+
+ # check contents of name and function comboboxes
+ if {$name != ""} {set r -1}
+ if {$func != "foo"} {set r -2}
+
+ set twin [$stw test_get twin]
+
+ # check for BROWSE_TAG and BP image on correct line
+ if {$r == 0} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ } elseif {$k == "image"} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+
+ gdb_immediate "continue" 1
+
+ # now check for PC_TAG and no image
+ if {$r == 2} {
+ if {![catch {set z [$twin dump 1.0 end]}]} {
+ foreach {k v i} $z {
+ if {$k == "tagon"} {
+ if {$v == "PC_TAG"} {
+ incr r
+ }
+ if {$v == "STACK_TAG"} {incr r 10}
+ if {$v == "BROWSE_TAG"} {incr r 100}
+ } elseif {$k == "image"} {
+ set r -200
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ set r -4
+ }
+ }
+
+ set r
+} {3}
+
+gdbtk_test_done
+
+# Local variables:
+# mode: tcl
+# change-log-default-name: "ChangeLog-gdbtk"
+# End:
--- /dev/null
+/* Functions defined in other files */
+extern void extern_func1_1 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+
+/* Functions defined in this file */
+static void static_func_1 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+static void static_func_2 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+static void static_func_3 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+static void static_func_4 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+static void static_func_5 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+static void static_func_6 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+static void static_func_7 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+static void static_func_8 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+static void static_func_9 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+static void static_func_10 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+static void static_func_11 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+static void static_func_12 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+static void static_func_13 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+static void static_func_14 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+static void static_func_15 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+
+void func_1 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+void func_2 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+void func_3 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+void func_4 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+void func_5 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+void func_6 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+void func_7 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+void func_8 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+void func_9 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+void func_10 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+void func_11 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+void func_12 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+void func_13 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+void func_14 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+void func_15 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c);
+
+int
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ int a;
+ char *b;
+ unsigned long c;
+
+ a = 1;
+ b = "This is a string.";
+ c = 0xdeadL;
+
+ func_1 (a, b, c);
+
+ exit (0);
+}
+
+void
+func_1 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ func_2 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+func_2 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ func_3 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+func_3 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ func_4 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+func_4 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ func_5 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+func_5 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ func_6 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+func_6 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ func_7 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+func_7 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ func_8 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+func_8 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ func_9 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+func_9 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ func_10 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+func_10 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ func_11 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+func_11 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ func_12 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+func_12 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ func_13 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+func_13 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ func_14 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+func_14 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ func_15 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+func_15 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ static_func_1 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+static void
+static_func_1 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ static_func_2 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+static void
+static_func_2 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ static_func_3 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+static void
+static_func_3 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ static_func_4 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+static void
+static_func_4 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ static_func_5 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+static void
+static_func_5 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ static_func_6 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+static void
+static_func_6 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ static_func_7 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+static void
+static_func_7 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ static_func_8 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+static void
+static_func_8 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ static_func_9 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+static void
+static_func_9 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ static_func_10 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+static void
+static_func_10 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ static_func_11 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+static void
+static_func_11 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ static_func_12 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+static void
+static_func_12 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ static_func_13 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+static void
+static_func_13 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ static_func_14 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+static void
+static_func_14 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ static_func_15 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+static void
+static_func_15 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ extern_func1_1 (a, b, c);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* Functions defined in this file */
+void extern_func1_1 (int, char *, unsigned long);
+void extern_func1_2 (int, char *, unsigned long);
+void extern_func1_3 (int, char *, unsigned long);
+void extern_func1_4 (int, char *, unsigned long);
+void extern_func1_5 (int, char *, unsigned long);
+void extern_func1_6 (int, char *, unsigned long);
+void extern_func1_7 (int, char *, unsigned long);
+void extern_func1_8 (int, char *, unsigned long);
+void extern_func1_9 (int, char *, unsigned long);
+void extern_func1_10 (int, char *, unsigned long);
+void extern_func1_11 (int, char *, unsigned long);
+void extern_func1_12 (int, char *, unsigned long);
+void extern_func1_13 (int, char *, unsigned long);
+void extern_func1_14 (int, char *, unsigned long);
+void extern_func1_15 (int, char *, unsigned long);
+
+void
+extern_func1_1 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ extern_func1_2 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+extern_func1_2 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ extern_func1_3 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+extern_func1_3 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ extern_func1_4 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+extern_func1_4 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ extern_func1_5 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+extern_func1_5 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ extern_func1_6 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+extern_func1_6 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ extern_func1_7 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+extern_func1_7 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ extern_func1_8 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+extern_func1_8 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ extern_func1_9 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+extern_func1_9 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ extern_func1_10 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+extern_func1_10 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ extern_func1_11 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+extern_func1_11 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ extern_func1_12 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+extern_func1_12 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ extern_func1_13 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+extern_func1_13 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ extern_func1_14 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+extern_func1_14 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ extern_func1_15 (a, b, c);
+}
+
+void
+extern_func1_15 (int a, char *b, unsigned long c)
+{
+ /* THE END */
+ return;
+}
OSDN Git Service
